Arthur Gold Project, Nevada Technical Report Summary on a Pre-feasibility Study Report current at: 31 December 2025 Report prepared for: AngloGold Ashanti plc Qualified Persons: Mr. Geoffrey Gushée, FAusIMM, Director: Geology Mr. Hamid Taghavi, RM SME, Manager: Mine Engineering and Planning AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 2 Forward looking statements Certain statements contained in this Technical Report Summary (Report), other than statements of historical fact, including, without limitation, those concerning metal price assumptions, cash flow forecasts, projected capital and operating costs, metal recoveries, mine life and production rates, and other assumptions used in this Report, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements or forecasts are not based on historical facts, but rather reflect current beliefs and expectations concerning future events and generally may be identified by the use of forward-looking words, phrases and expressions such as “believe”, “expect”, “aim”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “foresee”, “forecast”, “predict”, “project”, “estimate”, “likely”, “may”, “might”, “could”, “should”, “would”, “seek”, “plan”, “scheduled”, “possible”, “continue”, “potential”, “outlook”, “target” or other similar words, phrases, and expressions; provided that the absence thereof does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Similarly, statements that describe objectives, plans or goals are or may be forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements or forecasts involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, performance, actions or achievements to differ materially from the anticipated results, performance, actions or achievements expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements. Although AngloGold Ashanti plc (AngloGold Ashanti) believes that the expectations reflected in such forward- looking statements and forecasts are reasonable, no assurance can be given that such expectations will prove to have been correct. Accordingly, results, performance, actions or achievements could differ materially from those set out in the forward-looking statements as a result of, among other factors, changes in economic, social, political and market conditions, including related to inflation or international conflicts, the success of development and operating initiatives, changes in the regulatory environment and other government actions, including environmental approvals, fluctuations in gold prices and exchange rates, the lack of legal challenges or social opposition to our mines or facilities, the outcome of future litigation proceedings, any supply chain disruptions, any public health crises, pandemics or epidemics, the ultimate determination and realisation of Mineral Reserve, the existence or realisation of Mineral Resource, the availability and receipt of required approvals, titles, licences and permits, the availability of sufficient working capital, availability of a qualified work force, the timing and amount of future production, the ability to meet production, cost and capital expenditure targets, the timing and ability to produce studies and analyses, the ultimate ability to mine, process and sell mineral products on economically favourable terms and other timing, business and operational risks and challenges and other factors that may influence future events or conditions. These factors are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause AngloGold Ashanti’s actual results, performance, actions or achievements to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors could also have material adverse effects on AngloGold Ashanti’s future results, performance, actions or achievements. Consequently, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. AngloGold Ashanti undertakes no obligation to update publicly or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except to the extent required by applicable law. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 3 Qualified Persons signatures page This Report is current at 31 December 2025. In preparing this Report, the Qualified Person(s) may have, where necessary, relied on the registrant, AngloGold Ashanti, company reports, property data, public information, and assumptions supplied by AngloGold Ashanti employees and other third party sources, including the reports and documents listed in Chapter 24 of this Report, available at the time of writing this Report. All information provided by AngloGold Ashanti has been identified in Chapter 25: Reliance on information provided by the registrant in this Report. QUALIFIED PERSONS /s/ Geoffrey Gushée Geoffrey Gushée, FAusIMM Director: Geology /s/ Hamid Taghavi Hamid Taghavi, RM SME Manager: Mine Engineering and Planning AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 4 Table of contents 1. Executive summary .................................................................................................................................. 14 1.1 Property description including mineral rights .................................................................................... 14 1.2 Ownership ....................................................................................................................................... 15 1.3 Geology and mineralisation ............................................................................................................. 15 1.4 Status of exploration, development and operations ......................................................................... 15 1.5 Mining methods ............................................................................................................................... 16 1.6 Mineral processing .......................................................................................................................... 16 1.7 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates ........................................................................... 16 1.7.1 Mineral Resource estimates ........................................................................................................ 16 1.7.2 Mineral Resource statement ........................................................................................................ 16 1.7.2.1 Factors that may affect the Mineral Resource estimates ...................................................... 17 1.7.3 Mineral Reserve estimates .......................................................................................................... 18 1.7.4 Mineral Reserve statement .......................................................................................................... 18 1.7.4.1 Factors that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates ........................................................ 18 1.8 Capital and operating costs ............................................................................................................. 19 1.8.1 Capital costs ................................................................................................................................ 19 1.8.2 Operating costs ........................................................................................................................... 19 1.9 Permitting requirements ................................................................................................................... 19 1.10 Conclusions and recommendations ................................................................................................. 19 2. Introduction .............................................................................................................................................. 20 2.1 Disclose registrant ........................................................................................................................... 20 2.2 Terms of reference ........................................................................................................................... 20 2.3 Purpose of this Report ..................................................................................................................... 20 2.4 Sources of information and data contained in the report or used in its preparation .......................... 21 2.5 Report date ...................................................................................................................................... 21 2.6 Qualified Person(s) site inspections ................................................................................................. 21 2.6.1 Mr. Geoffrey Gushée.................................................................................................................... 21 2.6.2 Mr. Hamid Taghavi ....................................................................................................................... 21 3. Property description ................................................................................................................................. 22 3.1 Location of the property ................................................................................................................... 22 3.2 Ownership ....................................................................................................................................... 25 3.3 Area of the property ......................................................................................................................... 25 3.4 Legal aspects (including environmental liabilities) and permitting .................................................... 26 3.5 Agreements, royalties and liabilities ................................................................................................. 27 4. Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure and physiography ................................................... 27 4.1 Accessibility ..................................................................................................................................... 27 4.2 Climate ............................................................................................................................................ 28 4.3 Local resources and infrastructure ................................................................................................... 28

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 5 4.4 Physiography ................................................................................................................................... 28 4.4.1 Topography, elevation, and vegetation ......................................................................................... 28 4.4.2 Surface water setting ................................................................................................................... 28 4.4.3 Surface water drainage ................................................................................................................ 28 4.4.4 Surface water recharge................................................................................................................ 29 5. History ..................................................................................................................................................... 29 6. Geological setting, mineralisation and deposit ......................................................................................... 29 6.1 Geological setting ............................................................................................................................ 29 6.1.1 Regional ...................................................................................................................................... 29 6.1.2 Local ............................................................................................................................................ 31 6.1.3 Property ....................................................................................................................................... 33 6.2 Geological model and data density .................................................................................................. 34 6.3 Mineralisation .................................................................................................................................. 37 7. Exploration ............................................................................................................................................... 42 7.1 Nature and extent of relevant exploration work ................................................................................ 42 7.2 Drilling techniques and spacing ....................................................................................................... 49 7.3 Results ............................................................................................................................................ 51 7.4 Locations of drill holes and other samples ....................................................................................... 52 7.5 Hydrogeology .................................................................................................................................. 54 7.5.1 Nature and quality of sampling methods ...................................................................................... 55 7.5.1.1 Hydrostratigraphic information ............................................................................................. 55 7.5.1.2 Groundwater levels and pressure response ......................................................................... 57 7.5.1.3 Hydraulic testing and inflow observations ............................................................................. 57 7.5.1.4 Surface water parameters (relevance to recharge/runoff inputs) .......................................... 57 7.5.2 Laboratory techniques for flow parameters and quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC) ... 57 7.5.3 Water quality laboratory testing (baseline characterisation) ......................................................... 57 7.5.4 Permeable zones/aquifers ........................................................................................................... 58 7.5.5 Recharge and discharge rates ..................................................................................................... 58 7.5.6 Water balance .............................................................................................................................. 58 7.5.7 Groundwater models used ........................................................................................................... 59 7.6 Geotechnical testing and analysis ................................................................................................... 59 7.6.1 Merlin deposit .............................................................................................................................. 59 7.6.1.1 Rock testing ......................................................................................................................... 60 7.6.1.2 Soil testing ........................................................................................................................... 60 7.6.2 Silicon deposit ............................................................................................................................. 60 7.6.2.1 Rock testing ......................................................................................................................... 60 8. Sample preparation, analysis and security ............................................................................................... 61 8.1 Sample preparation ......................................................................................................................... 61 8.2 Sampling governance ...................................................................................................................... 61 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 6 8.3 Quality control and quality assurance (QA/QC)................................................................................ 62 8.3.1 Certified reference material .......................................................................................................... 62 8.3.2 Blank samples ............................................................................................................................. 62 8.3.3 Duplicates .................................................................................................................................... 63 8.4 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy .......................................................................................... 63 9. Data verification ....................................................................................................................................... 63 9.1 Data verification procedures ............................................................................................................ 63 9.1.1 Internal reviews ........................................................................................................................... 63 9.1.2 External audit ............................................................................................................................... 63 9.2 Limitations on, or failure to conduct verification ............................................................................... 64 9.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy .................................................................................. 64 9.3.1 Mr. Geoffrey Gushée.................................................................................................................... 64 9.3.2 Mr. Hamid Taghavi ....................................................................................................................... 64 10. Mineral processing and metallurgical testing ....................................................................................... 64 10.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 64 10.2 Merlin deposit .................................................................................................................................. 65 10.2.1 Mineral processing and metallurgical testing ............................................................................ 65 10.2.1.1 Metallurgical sampling ...................................................................................................... 65 10.2.1.2 Mineralogy ....................................................................................................................... 67 10.2.1.3 Comminution testing ........................................................................................................ 68 10.2.1.4 Gravity recovery testwork ................................................................................................. 68 10.2.1.5 Flotation testwork ............................................................................................................. 68 10.2.1.6 Bottle roll cyanidation ....................................................................................................... 68 10.2.1.7 Solid liquid separation (SLS) tests .................................................................................... 69 10.2.1.8 Column leach tests ........................................................................................................... 69 10.2.2 Metallurgical results ................................................................................................................. 69 10.2.2.1 Comminution testing ........................................................................................................ 69 10.2.2.2 Gravity recovery testwork ................................................................................................. 70 10.2.2.3 Milling cyanidation ............................................................................................................ 70 10.2.2.4 Pressure filtration ............................................................................................................. 73 10.2.2.5 Heap leach cyanidation .................................................................................................... 73 10.2.2.6 Agglomeration .................................................................................................................. 77 10.3 Silicon deposit ................................................................................................................................. 78 10.3.1 Mineral processing and metallurgical testing ............................................................................ 78 10.3.2 Metallurgical results ................................................................................................................. 78 10.4 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy .................................................................................. 81 11. Mineral Resource estimates ................................................................................................................ 81 11.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 81 11.2 Merlin deposit .................................................................................................................................. 82 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 7 11.2.1 Exploratory data analysis ......................................................................................................... 82 11.2.2 Geological model ..................................................................................................................... 82 11.2.3 Density assignment .................................................................................................................. 85 11.2.4 Grade capping/outlier restriction .............................................................................................. 86 11.2.5 Composites .............................................................................................................................. 87 11.2.6 Variography .............................................................................................................................. 88 11.2.7 Estimation methods ................................................................................................................. 90 11.2.8 Validation ................................................................................................................................. 91 11.2.9 Mineral Resource confidence classification .............................................................................. 91 11.2.10 Reasonable prospects of economic extraction ......................................................................... 91 11.2.11 Input assumptions .................................................................................................................... 92 11.2.12 Commodity price ...................................................................................................................... 92 11.2.13 Cut-off grade ............................................................................................................................ 92 11.3 Silicon deposit ................................................................................................................................. 93 11.3.1 Exploratory data analysis ......................................................................................................... 93 11.3.2 Geological model ..................................................................................................................... 94 11.3.3 Density assignment .................................................................................................................. 94 11.3.4 Grade capping/outlier restriction .............................................................................................. 95 11.3.5 Composites .............................................................................................................................. 95 11.3.6 Variography .............................................................................................................................. 96 11.3.7 Estimation methods ................................................................................................................. 97 11.3.8 Validation ................................................................................................................................. 97 11.3.9 Mineral Resource confidence classification .............................................................................. 98 11.3.10 Input assumptions .................................................................................................................... 98 11.3.11 Commodity price ...................................................................................................................... 98 11.3.12 Cut-off grade ............................................................................................................................ 98 11.4 Mineral Resource statement ............................................................................................................ 99 11.5 Factors that may affect the Mineral Resource estimates ................................................................ 101 11.5.1 Merlin deposit ........................................................................................................................ 101 11.5.2 Silicon deposit ........................................................................................................................ 101 11.6 Qualified Person's opinion ............................................................................................................. 102 12. Mineral Reserve estimates ................................................................................................................ 102 12.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used ......................................................................... 102 12.1.1 Modifying factors .................................................................................................................... 102 12.1.1.1 Environmental ................................................................................................................ 102 12.1.1.2 Dilution and ore loss ....................................................................................................... 103 12.1.1.3 Geotechnical .................................................................................................................. 103 12.1.1.4 Infrastructure .................................................................................................................. 103 12.1.1.5 Economic ....................................................................................................................... 103 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 8 12.1.1.6 Metallurgical recoveries .................................................................................................. 103 12.1.1.7 Legal .............................................................................................................................. 104 12.1.1.8 Social ............................................................................................................................. 104 12.1.1.9 Governmental ................................................................................................................ 104 12.1.1.10 Royalties ........................................................................................................................ 104 12.1.1.11 Mining method................................................................................................................ 104 12.1.1.12 Hydrology/hydrogeology ................................................................................................. 104 12.1.1.13 Adjustment factors ......................................................................................................... 104 12.1.1.14 Processing ..................................................................................................................... 104 12.1.1.15 Cut-off grade .................................................................................................................. 105 12.2 Mineral Reserve classification and uncertainty .............................................................................. 106 12.3 Mineral Reserve summary ............................................................................................................. 106 12.4 Mineral Reserve statement ............................................................................................................ 106 12.5 Factors that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates .................................................................. 107 12.6 Qualified Person's opinion ............................................................................................................. 108 13. Mining methods ................................................................................................................................. 108 13.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 108 13.2 Geotechnical considerations .......................................................................................................... 109 13.3 Requirements for stripping, mining and backfilling ......................................................................... 111 13.4 Mine design ................................................................................................................................... 111 13.5 Waste dump design parameters .................................................................................................... 114 13.6 Surface waste dump and ore stockpile .......................................................................................... 115 13.6.1 Surface waste dump .............................................................................................................. 115 13.6.2 Ore stockpile .......................................................................................................................... 115 13.7 Production schedule ...................................................................................................................... 116 13.8 Mine equipment, machinery and personnel ................................................................................... 119 13.9 Final mine outline .......................................................................................................................... 119 14. Processing and recovery methods ..................................................................................................... 119 14.1 Comminution design criteria .......................................................................................................... 119 14.2 Mill process plant ........................................................................................................................... 121 14.2.1 Comminution .......................................................................................................................... 123 14.2.2 Gravity concentration ............................................................................................................. 124 14.2.3 CIL and adsorption circuit ...................................................................................................... 124 14.2.4 Adsorption, desorption and carbon regeneration circuit ......................................................... 124 14.2.5 Acid wash .............................................................................................................................. 124 14.2.6 Elution circuit – Pressure Zadra process ................................................................................ 125 14.2.7 Carbon regeneration and make-up addition ........................................................................... 125 14.2.8 Electrowinning and gold room ................................................................................................ 126 14.2.9 Tailings thickening and filtration.............................................................................................. 126

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 9 14.2.10 Filtered tailing storage facility ................................................................................................. 126 14.2.11 Heap leach ............................................................................................................................ 126 14.2.12 Heap leach crushing .............................................................................................................. 128 14.2.13 Heap leach facility .................................................................................................................. 129 14.2.14 Carbon adsorption plant ......................................................................................................... 129 14.3 Reagents ....................................................................................................................................... 129 14.3.1 Milk of lime ............................................................................................................................. 129 14.3.2 Sodium cyanide ..................................................................................................................... 130 14.3.3 Sodium hydroxide (NaOH) ..................................................................................................... 130 14.3.4 Hydrochloric acid (HCl) .......................................................................................................... 130 14.3.5 Flocculant .............................................................................................................................. 130 14.3.6 Activated carbon .................................................................................................................... 130 14.3.7 Anti-scalant ............................................................................................................................ 130 14.3.8 Oxygen .................................................................................................................................. 130 14.3.9 Gold room smelting fluxes ...................................................................................................... 131 15. Infrastructure ..................................................................................................................................... 131 15.1 Access roads and site roads .......................................................................................................... 131 15.2 Water demand, supply, and management ...................................................................................... 131 15.3 Power ............................................................................................................................................ 131 15.4 Hydrocarbon demand, supply and infrastructure ............................................................................ 132 15.5 Built infrastructure .......................................................................................................................... 132 15.5.1 Transportation infrastructure .................................................................................................. 133 15.5.2 Mine access road, corridor and haul roads ............................................................................ 133 15.5.3 Industrial waste disposal facilities .......................................................................................... 133 15.5.4 Other infrastructure ................................................................................................................ 133 15.6 Transportation facilities .................................................................................................................. 134 15.6.1 Ground freight road ................................................................................................................ 134 15.6.2 Ground freight rail .................................................................................................................. 134 15.6.3 Sea freight ............................................................................................................................. 135 15.6.4 Air freight ............................................................................................................................... 135 15.7 Conclusion ..................................................................................................................................... 136 16. Market studies ................................................................................................................................... 136 16.1 Market for mine products ............................................................................................................... 136 16.2 Commodity price forecasts ............................................................................................................ 136 16.3 Contracts ....................................................................................................................................... 137 17. Environmental studies, permitting plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups .... .......................................................................................................................................................... 137 17.1 Permitting ...................................................................................................................................... 137 17.2 Environmental ............................................................................................................................... 139 17.2.1 Requirements and plans for waste tailings disposal, site monitoring and water management 139 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 10 17.3 Socio-economic impacts ................................................................................................................ 139 17.4 Mine closure and reclamation ........................................................................................................ 140 17.4.1 Closure and reclamation planning .......................................................................................... 141 17.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy of current plans ............................................................... 141 17.6 Commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring ................................................................... 142 18. Capital and operating costs ............................................................................................................... 143 18.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 143 18.2 Capital costs .................................................................................................................................. 143 18.3 Operating costs ............................................................................................................................. 144 18.4 Risk assessment ........................................................................................................................... 144 19. Economic analysis ............................................................................................................................. 145 19.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods .................................................................................. 145 19.2 Taxes ............................................................................................................................................. 145 19.3 Results of economic analysis ......................................................................................................... 146 19.4 Sensitivity analysis ........................................................................................................................ 149 20. Adjacent properties ........................................................................................................................... 151 21. Other relevant data and information .................................................................................................. 151 22. Interpretation and conclusions ........................................................................................................... 151 22.1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................... 151 22.2 Geology and Mineralisation ........................................................................................................... 152 22.3 Mining methods and Mineral Reserve ............................................................................................ 152 22.4 Recovery methods ......................................................................................................................... 152 22.5 Infrastructure ................................................................................................................................. 153 22.6 Environmental aspects .................................................................................................................. 153 23. Recommendations ............................................................................................................................ 154 24. References ........................................................................................................................................ 155 24.1 References .................................................................................................................................... 155 24.1.1 External ................................................................................................................................. 155 24.1.2 Internal ................................................................................................................................... 155 24.2 Glossary of terms .......................................................................................................................... 156 24.3 Abbreviations and acronyms.......................................................................................................... 162 25. Reliance on information provided by the registrant ............................................................................ 165 26. Appendix ........................................................................................................................................... 167 List of figures Figure 3.1. Map of Nevada showing the location of Beatty. ............................................................................. 23 Figure 3.2. Map showing a portion of the Beatty district with locations of the currently proposed open pits for the Silicon and Merlin deposits as well as planned infrastructure. ......................................................................... 24 Figure 3.3. Outline of the AngloGold Ashanti claims in Nevada, USA, including the proposed Silicon and Merlin open pits. ........................................................................................................................................................ 25 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 11 Figure 6.1. Graphic log of the principal stratigraphic divisions exposed in the Arthur Gold Project area. ......... 30 Figure 6.2. Regional overview of the Arthur Gold Project in relation to other AngloGold Ashanti-owned projects. ....................................................................................................................................................................... 31 Figure 6.3. Simplified geological map showing the locations of the Silicon and Merlin deposits. ..................... 32 Figure 6.4. Simplified plan view of the three main structural groups at the Merlin and Silicon deposits with outlines of the current mineralisation extents, major faults, and simplified open pit outlines. ........................... 33 Figure 6.5. Southwest to northeast cross-section view across the Silicon deposit, highlighting the location of gold mineralisation associated with the Silicon-Tramway fault corridor, elevation in metres above mean sea level. ............................................................................................................................................................... 35 Figure 6.6. West to east cross-section view across the Merlin deposit, highlighting the extent of gold mineralisation depicted by the block model (overlay volume showing gold grade in ppm) and the major down- to-the-east faults (e.g., Bare Mountains fault and Merlin fault). ........................................................................ 36 Figure 6.7. Silicon updated litho-structural model highlighting stratigraphy and stratigraphically controlled mineralisation depicted by grade shells hosted both in the Picture Rock and Sierra Blanca units as well as within the main fault corridor...................................................................................................................................... 37 Figure 6.8. Cross section: Merlin litho-structural model highlighting stratigraphy, silica-adularia alteration and mineralisation primarily hosted in the Bullfrog and Tram Tuffs of the Crater Flats Group. ................................ 39 Figure 6.9. Long section: Merlin litho-structural model highlighting stratigraphy and mineralisation depicted by the block model, primarily hosted in the Bullfrog and Tram Tuffs of the Crater Flat Group. .............................. 41 Figure 7.1. Map showing the Arthur Gold Project pit outlines and mercury (Hg) results from surface rock grab samples. ......................................................................................................................................................... 43 Figure 7.2. Map showing sample location for soil and spectral programme conducted in Silicon. ................... 44 Figure 7.3. Plan view map of the drill hole collars within the Merlin and Silicon deposits. ................................ 48 Figure 7.4. Map showing the Arthur Gold Project pit outlines, associated block model extents for the Silicon and Merlin block model, and exploration drillholes used in each model. ................................................................ 50 Figure 7.5. Cross section of the Silicon deposit showing mineralisation focused along the Tramway fault and preferentially hosted by the Picture Rock Rhyolite flow unit. ........................................................................... 53 Figure 7.6. Long section of the Merlin deposit highlights broad mineralised zones, especially within the Bullfrog and Tram Tuff. ................................................................................................................................................. 54 Figure 7.7. Selected groundwater testing and monitoring locations from Itasca reporting. .............................. 56 Figure 10.1. Merlin geometallurgical clusters of 30ft composites with grades above 0.2g/t gold. ..................... 66 Figure 10.2. Merlin sample locations by test program, Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve pit shells........ 67 Figure 10.3. Merlin Bottle Roll Test Results, 2024 and 2025 Testing Programs (KCA MER02 and MLI 4903), results by grind size (P80 µm). ......................................................................................................................... 71 Figure 10.4. Gold recovery vs head grade by ore types, oxide material. ......................................................... 72 Figure 10.5. Silver recovery vs head grade. .................................................................................................... 73 Figure 10.6. Column leach test results. ........................................................................................................... 74 Figure 10.7. Coarse (1.7mm) bottle roll test results, composite grade below 1.7g/mt gold. ............................. 76 Figure 10.8. Coarse bottle test recovery versus HPGR column leach test recovery. ....................................... 77 Figure 10.9. Hydraulic conductivity at 122m simulated stack height. ............................................................... 78 Figure 11.1. Mineral Resource model boundaries for the Arthur Gold Project. ................................................ 81 Figure 11.2. Fault block boundaries for Merlin – plan view. ............................................................................. 84 Figure 13.1. Phase one of the Merlin open pit. .............................................................................................. 112 Figure 13.2. Phase two of the Merlin open pit. .............................................................................................. 113 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 12 Figure 13.3. Phase three of the Merlin open pit. ............................................................................................ 114 Figure 13.4. Mineral Reserve plan pit, surface waste dump, ore stockpile area. ........................................... 115 Figure 13.5. Proposed Project layout for the Merlin open pit. ........................................................................ 116 Figure 14.1. Milling flowsheet - mill and CIL processing circuit process flow diagram. ................................... 122 Figure 14.2. Heap leach flowsheet - heap leach and CIC processing circuit process flow diagram. .............. 127 Figure 19.1. NPV Sensitivity analysis for the Merlin open pit. ........................................................................ 149 List of tables Table 1.1. Gold Mineral Resource statement. .................................................................................................. 17 Table 1.2. Silver Mineral Resource statement. ................................................................................................ 17 Table 1.3. Gold Mineral Reserve statement. .................................................................................................... 18 Table 1.4. Silver Mineral Reserve statement. .................................................................................................. 18 Table 6.1. Project alteration types based on thin section petrology and TerraSpec analysis. ........................... 38 Table 7.1. Geophysical surveys undertaken for exploration of the Project area. .............................................. 45 Table 7.2. Summary of exploration drilling type and operator. ......................................................................... 46 Table 7.3. Summary of the Arthur Gold Project exploration drill holes by year, hole type, and total depth for all operators......................................................................................................................................................... 51 Table 10.1. Metallurgical testing programs, Silicon and Merlin deposits. ......................................................... 65 Table 10.2. Comminution test results summary. .............................................................................................. 69 Table 10.3. Pilot HPGR test results summary. ................................................................................................. 70 Table 10.4. Column leach test results. ............................................................................................................. 74 Table 10.5. Silicon estimated recovery. ........................................................................................................... 80 Table 11.1. Fault block domains for Merlin. ..................................................................................................... 83 Table 11.2. Block model coding for lithological units. ....................................................................................... 85 Table 11.3. Bulk density assignment for un-estimated blocks. ......................................................................... 85 Table 11.4. Grade capping and distance restrictions by estimation domain. .................................................... 87 Table 11.5. Gaussian variogram parameters for gold per domain. ................................................................... 89 Table 11.6. Block model construction parameters for Merlin. ........................................................................... 90 Table 11.7. Calculation of breakeven cut-off grade for Merlin. ......................................................................... 92 Table 11.8. Data in the Silicon drill database. .................................................................................................. 93 Table 11.9. Specific gravity used in Silicon block model by redox and gold domain. ........................................ 94 Table 11.10. Statistics of gold composites for Silicon. ...................................................................................... 96 Table 11.11. Statistics of silver composites for Silicon. .................................................................................... 96 Table 11.12. Variogram parameters for gold per domain. ................................................................................ 96 Table 11.13. Search orientations for Silicon estimate. ..................................................................................... 97 Table 11.14. Block model construction parameters for Silicon. ........................................................................ 97 Table 11.15. Calculation of breakeven cut-off grade for Silicon........................................................................ 99 Table 11.16. Calculation of breakeven cut-off grade for Silicon processing. .................................................... 99 Table 11.17. Gold Mineral Resource statement. ............................................................................................ 100 Table 11.18. Silver Mineral Resource statement. ........................................................................................... 100

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 13 Table 12.1. Merlin crushed leach recoveries. ................................................................................................ 103 Table 12.2. Merlin mill recoveries. ................................................................................................................. 104 Table 12.3. Mineral Reserve modifying factors for the Merlin open pit, current at 31 December 2025. .......... 105 Table 12.4. Inputs to gold cut-off grade by mineralisation type. ..................................................................... 105 Table 12.5. Gold Mineral Reserve statement. ................................................................................................ 107 Table 12.6. Silver Mineral Reserve statement. .............................................................................................. 107 Table 13.1. Merlin geotechnical domains....................................................................................................... 110 Table 13.2. Design specifications. ................................................................................................................. 110 Table 13.3. Mine schedule material movement by phase/period. .................................................................. 111 Table 13.4. Yearly mine production schedule in tonnes and ounces by year. ................................................. 118 Table 14.1. Design criteria for the mill process plant. .................................................................................... 119 Table 14.2. Design criteria for the heap leach operation. ............................................................................... 120 Table 15.1. Summary of proposed on-site buildings. ..................................................................................... 132 Table 15.2. Logistics study summary. ............................................................................................................ 136 Table 17.1. Key permits and authorisations. .................................................................................................. 138 Table 18.1. Capital costs included in the financial model for the Merlin open pit. ........................................... 143 Table 18.2. Operating costs used for the Merlin open pit. .............................................................................. 144 Table 19.1. Cash flow forecast for Merlin open pit. ........................................................................................ 146 Table 19.2. Cash flow forecast for Merlin open pit over the LOM. .................................................................. 147 Table 19.2. Cash flow forecast for Merlin open pit over the LOM (continued). ............................................... 148 Table 19.3. NPV Cash flow sensitivity to the gold price, grade processed, operating costs, capital. .............. 149 Table 19.4. NPV Cash flow sensitivity to the gold price. ................................................................................ 150 Table 19.5. Cash flow sensitivity to the Project capital costs. ........................................................................ 150 Table 19.6. Cash flow sensitivity to the gold grade. ....................................................................................... 150 Table 19.7. Cash flow sensitivity to the mine operating expenditure. ............................................................. 151 Table 19.8. Cash flow sensitivity to the processing operating expenditure..................................................... 151 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 14 1. Executive summary 1.1 Property description including mineral rights This Technical Report Summary (the Report) was prepared for AngloGold Ashanti plc (AngloGold Ashanti) on the Arthur Gold Project (previously the Silicon and Expanded Silicon project, referred to as ‘the Project’ or the ‘Arthur Gold Project’) in Nevada, USA by Mr. Geoffrey Gushée, FAusIMM, and Mr. Hamid Taghavi, RM SME. The in-country operating subsidiary is AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc. (AngloGold Ashanti North America). The Arthur Gold Project is a development-stage property that includes the Silicon and Merlin gold deposits. A Mineral Reserve has been estimated for the Merlin deposit following project studies that support a pre-feasibility study. The Project is located approximately 12km east of the town of Beatty in Nye County, Nevada, 110km from Pahrump and 190km from Las Vegas, USA. The Project is within the Bare Mountains sub-district of the Bullfrog Hills-Bare Mountains District. AngloGold Ashanti North America controls approximately 7,938 unpatented and patented mining claims, covering roughly 155,500 acres in the Beatty district. These claims encompass multiple project areas and deposits, including the Arthur Gold Project. In the Beatty district, east of US Highway 95, AngloGold Ashanti controls a total of 5,685 unpatented lode mining claims, encompassing multiple deposits with 2,669 claims encompassing the Arthur Gold Project, and approximately 805 claims covering the Merlin and Silicon deposits. Silicon was first presented to AngloGold Ashanti in early-2016 as an earn-in option with then-owners Renaissance Gold Inc. (RenGold), with the option agreement signed 21 June 2017. This agreement gave AngloGold Ashanti an option to acquire a 100% interest in the Project through total payments of $3M to RenGold over three years. The option over the Arthur Gold Project was fully exercised on 3 June 2020, with RenGold (now Triple Flag Precious Metals) maintaining a 1% net smelter return (NSR). The NSR applies to certain claims and any additions resulting from AngloGold Ashanti’s acquisition and location of unpatented mining claims within a defined area of interest described in the option agreement. AngloGold Ashanti acquired Corvus Gold Inc. (Corvus Gold) in December 2021 and the Coeur Sterling, Inc. (Coeur Sterling) Crown and Sterling claims in November 2022, which consolidated the Arthur Gold Project land package with the Lynnda Strip and C-Horst discoveries, which cover the southern end of the Merlin deposit. There are no significant encumbrances affecting AngloGold Ashanti’s ability to hold or operate these claims beyond standard federal and state permitting requirements. Mining rights on federal land are obtained and maintained under established US federal and Nevada state mining laws, which provide a predictable legal and administrative framework for claim location, maintenance, and development. AngloGold Ashanti acquires and retains these mineral rights through annual claim maintenance filings and fees, compliance with applicable regulations, and satisfaction of any conditions imposed under approved operating permits. Activities that involve surface disturbance on federal land require approval of a Plan of Operations submitted to the Bureau of Land Management (BLM). Depending on the scope and potential impacts of the proposed activities, the Project may require an Environmental Assessment or a full Environmental Impact Statement under the National Environmental Policy Act. Once the Plan of Operations and related permits are reviewed, modified as necessary, and approved by the responsible agencies, AngloGold Ashanti then receives the right to conduct mining operations on the specified claims in accordance with the approved plans and permit conditions. In addition to the Triple Flag 1% NSR, there are certain claims within the Arthur Gold Project that are also subject to a 1.5% NSR allocated to Franco Nevada Corporation and Altius. The royalties have no buyback provisions. A small selection of claims is also subject to a 2.0% NSR in favour of Imperial Metals which is subject to a 50% buy back provision. No state or federal production royalties apply; however, the State of Nevada assesses a graduated Net Proceeds of Minerals tax on mining revenues, ranging from 0.75% to 1.1%. Exploration drilling completed at the Arthur Gold Project comprises 1,063 holes for a total of 528,620.7m. At Silicon 262 reverse circulation (RC) drill holes, 65 diamond drill holes (DD) and 40 RC pre-collar/diamond tail (RD) for a total of 146,109m were completed. At Merlin 138 RC, 48 DD, and 447 RD holes for a total of 373,305.7m were completed. Recent drilling focused on the Merlin deposit with Mineral Resource definition drilling to provide sufficient geological and grade confidence to support an Indicated Mineral Resource estimate. Other work completed on the property include detailed geological mapping at a 1:5,000 scale over a total of AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 15 58km2. Ground geophysics was carried out on the Project, including 1,307km of induced polarisation/resistivity, ground magnetics and gravity surveys. Geochemical sampling comprising outcrop rock chip sampling and a 2.6 x 2.3km soil survey was also carried out at various phases of the exploration programme. The drilling programme is continuing to infill and further delineate the deposit, as well as collect testwork material in support of further engineering studies. 1.2 Ownership The relevant land containing the Project Mineral Resource is owned by the US federal government. Use of this land is administered through the US Department of the Interior by the BLM. The US government is required by law to administer the claims in a manner that will facilitate multiple uses of the property whenever feasible (e.g., allowing for both prospecting and recreational uses of BLM land). Relevant US federal and Nevada state laws provide procedures through which mining enterprises can claim mining rights through what are known as unpatented mining claims. Once initially staked in accordance with federal and state statutes, AngloGold Ashanti can maintain its claims by submitting annual maintenance fees and additional filings reflecting their intent to maintain the claim. AngloGold Ashanti's unpatented mining claims, together with certain required permits that have already been obtained or will be obtained in due course, provide it the exclusive right to explore for and produce gold and certain other valuable minerals from the lands covered by the claims. There is no expiration of AngloGold Ashanti's rights to operation on its mining claims so long as required fees and filings are made in a timely manner. The Arthur Gold Project is 100% owned by AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc., which is wholly owned by AngloGold Ashanti plc. 1.3 Geology and mineralisation The two deposits lie within the southern extension of the Walker Lane mineral belt and overlies the far-western margins of the southwestern Nevada volcanic field. The southwestern Nevada volcanic field comprises an overlapping complex of calderas (Timber Mountain Caldera Complex) about 30km to the east of Silicon, that developed between 11 and 15Ma. The geology comprises a stack of rhyolitic ignimbrite sheets, cut by complex normal faulting. The Merlin and Silicon deposits are interpreted as a low sulphidation epithermal gold system. Mineralisation occurred during multiple hydrothermal events is interpreted to have occurred between ca. 13 and 11.6Ma associated with large scale ignimbrite events. Mineralisation at Merlin exhibits strong stratigraphic and structural controls. High-grade gold is associated with epithermal veins and vein stockworks (e.g. Lynnda Vein) and occasionally as gold grains on manganese oxide coated fractures. At Silicon the dominant structural control is the Silicon-Tramway fault corridor where high-grade gold is associated with epithermal veins and vein stockworks in close (±30m) proximity to the steeply dipping fault. Moderate grade (±0.5g/t gold) disseminated gold is closely associated with the Picture Rock rhyolite flow which has a near-horizontal geometry. At Merlin a significant portion of the low to moderate-grade mineralisation occurs as broad oxidised disseminated zones within silica-adularia altered Bullfrog Tuff and Tram Tuff units. Merlin mineralisation is cut off to the east by the normal displacement, east-dipping Bare Mountains fault. Mineralisation wanes to the south where it becomes narrower and low grade. Additional drilling is required to define the limits of mineralisation to the west and better understand the mineralisation and fault system between Merlin and Silicon to the north. In general, gold grades appear associated with the presence of silica-adularia alteration, veins with complex and diverse texture, and hematite/ manganese oxide staining. Two or more hydrothermal events, one related to the early formation adularia-quartz-pyrite mineralisation and a subsequent hydrothermal breccia/vein event are interpreted based on cross-cutting relationships. The oxidation profile extends to depths >500m. 1.4 Status of exploration, development and operations The Arthur Gold Project is classified as a development stage project. The Silicon deposit includes a Mineral Resource only. Exploration successes at the Merlin deposit pivoted activity from the Silicon deposit to the Merlin area in 2023, focusing on increasing confidence in the Merlin deposit to support further studies. The Merlin deposit has advanced to a pre-feasibility study level and includes a Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimate. Further exploration, hydrogeological, and geotechnical drilling is currently underway to support progression to the next study phase. Baseline environmental and archaeological surveys have been completed AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 16 to support the Project, and additional surveys are in progress to collect additional data needed for advancement of the Project permitting. 1.5 Mining methods Silicon and Merlin are large medium-grade deposits, with a smaller high-grade strike. The nature of the mineralisation lends itself to conventional large-scale open pit mining. Mining is planned to be conducted using conventional drill-and-blast techniques, followed by load-and-haul operations using a fleet of large hydraulic excavators and electric rope shovels supported by rigid-frame haul trucks. Mined material will be transported to the run-of-mine (ROM) stockpile area, where it will be segregated into short-term and long- term stockpiles based on grade and processing destination prior to reclaim and delivery to the primary crushing circuit. The Merlin Mineral Reserve estimate supporting the mine plan has been prepared at the pre-feasibility study level and incorporates updated modifying factors, geotechnical parameters, and operational assumptions consistent with pre-feasibility study-level engineering. 1.6 Mineral processing Mineralised rock from the Merlin and Silicon open pits will be processed at a rate of 12.5Mtpa in an oxide mill (7Mtpa) or on a heap leach pad with tertiary crushing (5.5Mtpa). Mineralised material will be delivered to the crushing circuits or long-term stockpiles located near the open pit mine. Higher-grade ore will be three-stage crushed with gyratory crusher, cone crusher and high-pressure grinding rolls and ground to P80 106 µm in a ball mill closed with hydrocyclones. Centripetal concentrators will collect gravity recoverable gold and silver from the hydrocyclone underflow. Gravity concentrate will be processed on site by intensive sodium cyanide leaching. The ground slurry will be processed in a conventional carbon-in- leach (CIL) circuit, where sodium cyanide will be used to dissolve gold and silver from the mineralised material. Tailings will be filtered and placed in a dedicated impoundment for filtered tailings. Lower grade material will be three-stage crushed with gyratory crusher, cone crusher and high-pressure grinding rolls (HPGR) and agglomerated with cement in a drum agglomerator. The agglomerated ore will be conveyor stacked on a permanent heap leach pad. Sodium cyanide solution will be applied to percolate through the heap leach pad and dissolve gold and silver from the mineralised material. The gold and silver will be recovered from the pregnant solution in a vertical carbon in column (CIC) circuit. Loaded carbon produced from either the CIL circuit or the vertical CIC circuit will be processed in carbon desorption and regeneration circuit. Gold doré will be produced in an on-site facility and sold to a third party refinery. 1.7 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates 1.7.1 Mineral Resource estimates The Merlin Mineral Resource is based on a $2,150/oz pit optimisation, considering the same costs of the Mineral Reserve for bulk mining with milling and heap leaching treatment to demonstrate reasonable prospects of economic extraction, based on cut-off grades to consider mining and treatment of oxide and transitional material. The Silicon Mineral Resource is based on a $1,750/oz pit optimisation. 1.7.2 Mineral Resource statement The Mineral Resource for mineralisation assumed to be amenable to open pit methods is reported in situ. The Mineral Resource is reported exclusive of the Mineral Resource converted to Mineral Reserve. Mineral Resource that is not Mineral Reserve does not have demonstrated economic viability. The Mineral Resource is current at 31 December 2025 and is shown in Table 1.1 (gold) and Table 1.2 (silver).

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 17 Table 1.1. Gold Mineral Resource statement. Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained gold (t) (Moz Au) Total Arthur Gold Project (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 164.14 0.84 137.30 4.41 Total Measured & Indicated 164.14 0.84 137.30 4.41 Inferred 219.79 0.90 197.33 6.34 Table 1.2. Silver Mineral Resource statement. Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Ag) Contained silver (t) (Moz Ag) Total Arthur Gold Project (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 164.14 3.33 546.51 17.57 Total Measured & Indicated 164.14 3.33 546.51 17.57 Inferred 219.79 2.26 496.48 15.96 Notes: Rounding of numbers may result in computational discrepancies in the Mineral Resource tabulations. All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated. To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, grade and content for gold to two decimals. AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, grade and content for silver to two decimals. All ounces are Troy ounces. “Moz” refers to million ounces. The reported tonnages for the silver by-product are an outcome from the associated conceptual pit shell, that has been determined based on the extraction of the primary mineral. 1. The Mineral Resource stated herein is current at date and was prepared in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300. 2. All disclosure of Mineral Resource is exclusive of Mineral Reserve. The Mineral Resource exclusive of Mineral Reserve is defined as the inclusive Mineral Resource less the Mineral Reserve before dilution and other factors are applied. “Tonnes” refers to a metric tonne which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms. The Mineral Resource tonnages and grades are reported in situ and constrained to meet the requirement for reasonable prospects of economic extraction by volumes created through a mine shape optimiser process for underground or within an economically optimised pit shell for open pit. 3. Property currently in a development stage. 4. The gold and silver Mineral Resource for Arthur Gold Project includes the Silicon and Merlin deposits. 5. Mr. Geoffrey Gushée, FAusIMM, employed by AngloGold Ashanti, is the Qualified Person for the Arthur Gold Project Mineral Resource. 6. The Merlin gold Mineral Resource is based on a gold price of $2,150/oz. In 2025, for Merlin, a cut-off grade range from 0.19g/t to 0.30g/t gold (varying according to grade and material type) was applied to the open pit. In 2025, for Merlin, a metallurgical recovery factor range from 63.61% to 95.00% (varying according to grade and material type) was applied to the open pit for gold. 7. The Merlin silver Mineral Resource is based on a silver price of $23/oz. In 2025, for Merlin, a metallurgical recovery factor range from 10.20% to 22.21% (varying according to grade and material type) was applied to the open pit for silver. 8. The Silicon gold Mineral Resource is based on a gold price of $1,750/oz, and a silver price of 26.25/oz. In 2025, for Silicon, a cut-off grade of 0.14g/t gold was applied to the open pit. In 2025, for Silicon, a metallurgical recovery factor range from 46.0% to 79.0% (varying according to grade and material type) was applied to the open pit for gold. 9. The Silicon silver Mineral Resource is based on a silver price of $26.25/oz. In 2025, for Silicon, a metallurgical recovery factor range from 17.00% to 21.00% (varying according to grade and material type) was applied to the open pit for silver. 1.7.2.1 Factors that may affect the Mineral Resource estimates The Mineral Resource estimates for the Merlin and Silicon deposits are supported by appropriate estimation methodologies; however, several areas of uncertainty remain that could be addressed through additional drilling, geological refinement, and enhanced data integration. At Merlin, the current estimation approach utilising indicator kriging is considered appropriate but is sensitive to drill spacing and geological continuity, particularly in areas with limited data. Confidence in grade and density estimates would benefit from closer-spaced drilling, further validation of key domain boundaries, and improved understanding of mineralisation controls. Additional work is also required to assess the relationship between gold and silver, refine domaining, and evaluate the impact of grade capping and sample recovery thresholds on the Mineral Resource estimate. At Silicon, the presence of semi-continuous high-grade mineralisation highlights the potential for further refinement of grade domains with additional drilling. Current domaining may include lower-grade material within moderate-grade zones due to geological complexity, introducing potential uncertainty. Increased core drilling is recommended to better define structural controls, improve geological interpretation, and support geotechnical, hydrological, and metallurgical studies. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 18 Across both deposits, further drilling and improved integration of geological, geochemical, and metallurgical data are expected to reduce uncertainty, refine domain modelling, and enhance confidence in the Mineral Resource estimates, ultimately supporting the assessment of reasonable prospects for economic extraction. 1.7.3 Mineral Reserve estimates The Mineral Reserve is derived from the Mineral Reserve mine plan, which integrates all relevant modifying factors to establish an operationally and economically viable mine plan. The evaluation of Mineral Reserve incorporates the appropriate modifying factors to convert Indicated Mineral Resource into Probable Mineral Reserve. Inferred Mineral Resource is treated as waste in the Mineral Reserve plan. Details of the modifying factors applied in the Mineral Reserve estimation are discussed in later Chapters. 1.7.4 Mineral Reserve statement The Mineral Reserve using open pit mining methods is reported at the point of delivery to the process plant. The Mineral Reserve is based on a gold price of $1,950/oz. The Mineral Reserve is current at 31 December 2025 and is summarised in Table 1.3 (gold) and Table 1.4 (silver). Table 1.3. Gold Mineral Reserve statement. Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained gold (t) (Moz Au) Total Arthur Gold Project (open pit) Proven - - - - Probable 87.64 1.75 153.68 4.94 Total Proven & Probable 87.64 1.75 153.68 4.94 Table 1.4. Silver Mineral Reserve statement. Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Ag) Contained silver (t) (Moz Ag) Total Arthur Gold Project (open pit) Proven - - - - Probable 87.64 2.76 242.03 7.78 Total Proven & Probable 87.64 2.76 242.03 7.78 Notes: Rounding of numbers may result in computational discrepancies in the Mineral Reserve tabulations. All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated. To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, grade and content for gold to two decimals. To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, grade and content for silver to two decimals. The reported tonnages for the silver by-product are an outcome from the associated pit, that have been determined based on the extraction of the primary mineral. All ounces are Troy ounces. “Moz” refers to million ounces. 1. The Mineral Reserve stated herein is current at date and was prepared in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300. 2. “Tonnes” refers to a metric tonne which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms. 3. The Mineral Reserve tonnages and grades are estimated and reported as delivered to the plant (i.e., the point where material is delivered to the processing facility). 4. Property currently in a development stage. 5. The gold and silver Mineral Reserve for Arthur Gold Project includes the Merlin deposit only. 6. Mr. Hamid Taghavi, RM SME, employed by AngloGold Ashanti, is the Qualified Person for the Arthur Gold Project Mineral Reserve. 7. The Merlin gold Mineral Reserve is based on a gold price of $1,950/oz. In 2025, a dynamic cut-off grade strategy was applied for mine planning and the open pit cut-off grades range from 0.28g/t to 0.49g/t gold (varying according to grade and material type), and stockpiles cut-off grades range from 0.30g/t to 0.52g/t gold (varying according to grade and material type). In 2025, a metallurgical recovery factor range from 63.61% to 95.00% (varying according to grade and material type) was applied to the Merlin open pit and stockpiles for gold. 8. The Merlin silver Mineral Reserve is based on a silver price of $19.50/oz. In 2025, for Merlin, a metallurgical recovery factor range from 10.20% to 22.21% (varying according to material type) was applied to the open pit for silver. 1.7.4.1 Factors that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates The Mineral Reserve estimate is subject to a range of uncertainties and assumptions typical of projects at the pre-feasibility study stage. Key sensitivities include long-term commodity prices, exchange rates, and consumables costs, all of which may materially impact project economics. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 19 Additional factors that may influence the Mineral Reserve include changes to Mineral Resource inputs, pit design and optimisation parameters, and cut-off grade assumptions. Technical risks are associated with potential revisions to geotechnical, hydrogeological, metallurgical, and mining recovery assumptions, as well as updates to capital and operating cost estimates. Project execution risks include the ability to secure and maintain access to the site, preserve mineral and surface rights, and obtain and retain required environmental and regulatory approvals. Ongoing maintenance of the social licence to operate is also a key consideration. Overall, while the Mineral Reserve estimate is considered reasonable based on current data and assumptions, it remains sensitive to changes in these factors, which may impact future project development and economic outcomes. 1.8 Capital and operating costs 1.8.1 Capital costs To develop the capital costs, a competitive bid process was used to obtain budgetary quotes for heavy mining equipment, mechanical, and electrical equipment. For construction costs, several contractors familiar with mine site construction in Nevada have been contacted to provide unit rate costs for the construction of the site. The capital estimate is prepared with the assumption that the heavy mobile equipment fleet will be purchased outright by AngloGold Ashanti North America. The estimated costs are considered to have an accuracy of ±25%. The total life of mine (LOM) and construction capital cost for the Project, respectively, are $4,424M and $3,628M, in real 2026 dollars. 1.8.2 Operating costs Mining and process operating costs have been estimated from first principles, assuming the owners' operating costs. Labour costs are estimated based on project-specific staffing, salaries and wages, and benefit requirements. Unit consumptions of materials, supplies, power, water, and delivered supply costs were also estimated. General and administrative costs include project-specific labour and salary requirements and operating expenses, including social contributions, land access, and water rights. The operating costs presented are based upon the ownership of all process production equipment and site facilities. Total operating cost LOM is $3,329M. 1.9 Permitting requirements To conduct mining operations on federal lands managed by the BLM, a mine operator must submit a Plan of Operations and associated baseline study reports to the BLM for its review and approval, a process stipulated by the National Environmental Protection Act resulting the issuance of either an Environmental Assessment or Environmental Impact Statement dependent on the significance of impacts. AngloGold Ashanti currently has Plans of Operations and Decision Records/Findings of No Significant Impact issued by the BLM to conduct exploration activities on the Project claim block, and a similar process and approval, albeit more detailed and complex, is required before AngloGold Ashanti may conduct mining operations. The required permits to operate a mine under Nevada state law have been compiled by the Nevada Division of Minerals and are available to miners on the Nevada Division of Minerals website. The Bureau of Mining Regulation and Reclamation, a division of Nevada Division of Environmental Protection (NDEP), regulates mining in the state of Nevada. Any exploration, mining, milling, or other beneficiation process activity that proposes to create disturbances of five acres or greater, or that will remove more than 33,113t of material in any calendar year, requires a reclamation permit to be issued by the Bureau of Mining Regulation and Reclamation. The associated bonding required by both the federal and state governments is calculated using a prescriptive bond estimating tool provided by the state. A number of other federal, state, and county authorisations and permits may ultimately be required to support the Project, such as air quality permits, a water pollution control permit, etc. 1.10 Conclusions and recommendations It is recommended that the Arthur Gold Project progress to further refine project design, improve confidence in the Mineral Resource, and reduce key technical and permitting risks. Priority work should include targeted infill and step-out drilling to enhance geological confidence, expanded metallurgical testwork to confirm recovery assumptions and finalise the process flowsheet, and additional geotechnical investigations to refine pit slope AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 20 parameters and mine design. Environmental baseline studies and permitting activities should continue to be actively advanced, recognising permitting as a critical path item. These activities should be undertaken in parallel with the feasibility study to strengthen cost estimates, engineering design, and Mineral Reserve conversion. 2. Introduction 2.1 Disclose registrant This Technical Report Summary (the Report) was prepared for AngloGold Ashanti plc (AngloGold Ashanti) on the Arthur Gold Project (previously the Silicon and Expanded Silicon project, referred to as ‘the Project’ or the ‘Arthur Gold Project’) in Nevada, USA by Mr. Geoffrey Gushée, FAusIMM, and Mr. Hamid Taghavi, RM SME. The in-country operating subsidiary is AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc. (AngloGold Ashanti North America). The Report includes Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates for the Merlin deposit, and a Mineral Resource estimate for the Silicon deposit. 2.2 Terms of reference The terms of reference are based on public reporting requirements as per Subpart 229.1300 of Regulation S-K (Regulation S-K 1300) of the US Securities and Exchange Commission. The Technical Report Summary aims to reduce complexity and therefore does not include large amounts of technical or other project data, either in the Report or as appendices to the Report, as stipulated in Subpart § 229.1300 and § 229.1301, Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Mining Operations and § 229.601 (Item 601) Exhibits, and General Instructions. Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves are reported using the definitions in Regulation S-K 1300 (S-K1300), under Item 1300. The Qualified Persons have drafted the summary to conform, to the extent practicable, with the plain English principles set forth in Subpart 230.421 of Regulation S-K. Should more detail be required they will be furnished on request. Mineral Resource is reported for the Silicon and Merlin deposits. Mineral Reserve is reported for the Merlin deposit. The following should be noted in respect of the Report: • Unless otherwise stated, monetary units are in US dollars; $ or dollar refers to United States dollars. • The Report uses UK English. • All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated. • Rounding of numbers may result in computational discrepancies in this Report. • To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports gold and silver tonnage and content to two decimals. • Metric tonnes (t) are used throughout this Report, and all gold ounces are troy ounces. All units are reported using the metric system. • The reference coordinate system used on the location of properties as well as infrastructure and licences maps/plans is latitude longitude geographic coordinates. • All figures and images in this Report have been prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, unless otherwise stated. • The Report includes certain “non-GAAP” financial performance measures, which have been determined using industry guidelines and practices and are not measures under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Such non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative to, any other measure of performance prepared in accordance with IFRS, and the presentation of these measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures that other companies use. 2.3 Purpose of this Report

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 21 The purpose of this Report is to support public disclosure of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates for the Arthur Gold Project current at 31 December 2025. This Report updates the following Technical Report Summaries previously filed by AngloGold Ashanti on the Arthur Gold Project: • 2023 Technical Report Summary, Expanded Silicon Project, Merlin deposit, An initial assessment report (dated at 31 December 2023). • 2021 Technical Report Summary, Silicon, An initial assessment report (dated at 31 December 2021). 2.4 Sources of information and data contained in the report or used in its preparation The reported estimates and supporting background information, conclusions, and opinions contained herein are based on AngloGold Ashanti reports, property data, public information, and assumptions supplied by AngloGold Ashanti employees and other third-party sources, including the reports and documents listed in Chapter 24 of this Report, available at the time of writing this Report. Unless otherwise stated, all figures and images were prepared by AngloGold Ashanti. All information provided by AngloGold Ashanti was identified in Chapter 25: Reliance on information provided by the registrant. 2.5 Report date Information in the Report is current at 31 December 2025. 2.6 Qualified Person(s) site inspections All of the Qualified Persons visit the Arthur Gold Project regularly on roster or on a quarterly basis. The Qualified Persons’ inspections are integral to maintaining the accuracy and compliance of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimations, with detailed reports provided to track and verify their findings across exploration, operations, infrastructure, and financial metrics. Each Qualified Person is responsible for the chapters identified below under each Qualified Person’s name in the following sub-chapters and has relied on information provided by AngloGold Ashanti as described in Chapter 25. 2.6.1 Mr. Geoffrey Gushée Mr. Geoffrey Gushée is an employee of AngloGold Ashanti and has been based full-time at the Nevada Project Office since January 2025, as Director: Geology. In the course of his duties, he regularly visits surface exploration activities and is familiar with site layout and infrastructure. He has oversight of drilling, logging, sampling, and assaying activities, including management of major drilling and assay laboratory contracts, and undertakes regular inspections of drill sites, core and sample preparation facilities, geological logging activities and assay laboratories. He has oversight of Mineral Resource estimates and completes regular field trips to review geology with exploration geologists. This familiarity with the Project serves as his scope of personal inspection. Mr. Geoffrey Gushée is responsible for the following chapters of this Report as well as the tables/figures associated with these sections: • Chapters 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.7.1, 1.7.2, and 1.10. • Chapters 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, and 2.6.1. • Chapters 3, 4, 5, and 6. • Chapters 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, and 7.4. • Chapter 8. • Chapters 9.1, 9.2, and 9.3.1. • Chapters 11, 20, and 21. • Chapters 22.1 and 22.2. • Chapters 24, 25 and 26. 2.6.2 Mr. Hamid Taghavi AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 22 Mr. Hamid Taghavi is an employee of AngloGold Ashanti and has served as Manager: Mine Engineering & Planning for the Nevada-based projects since July 2022. He is based full-time at the Nevada Project Office and is responsible for mine engineering and planning. In his role, Mr. Taghavi manages the Mine Planning team and provides technical leadership across Nevada- based development-stage assets. His responsibilities include oversight of mine design, life-of-mine planning, mining capital estimation, operating cost development, and integration of modifying factors into Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve evaluations. He directs mine planning activities from feasibility and design through permitting, capital budgeting, construction planning, and operational readiness. Mr. Taghavi oversees mining capital cost estimation, develops project budgets, monitors financial performance, and maintains formal risk registers to identify and mitigate project risks. He works collaboratively with engineering, legal, permitting, environmental, and land management teams to ensure alignment with corporate objectives and regulatory requirements. He also manages external engineering and consulting firms, conducts technical reviews, and provides recommendations supporting Board-level investment decisions. Given the greenfield nature of the Nevada-based projects, Mr. Taghavi has conducted site inspections and field reviews related to drilling programs, safety audits, early-stage site development, site selection, and accessibility evaluations. Mr. Hamid Taghavi is responsible for the following sections of this Report as well as the tables/figures associated with these chapters: • Chapters 1.5, 1.6, 1.7.3, 1.7.4, 1.8, 1.9 and 1.10. • Chapter 2.6.2. • Chapters 7.5 and 7.6. • Chapters 9.2, and 9.3.2. • Chapters 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, and 21. • Chapters 22.1, 22.3, 22.4, 22.5, and 22.6. • Chapters 23, 24 and 25. 3. Property description 3.1 Location of the property The Arthur Gold Project within the AngloGold Ashanti Beatty claims, is located approximately 12km east of the town of Beatty in Nye County, Nevada, 110km from Pahrump and 190km from Las Vegas (Figure 3.1). AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 23 Figure 3.1. Map of Nevada showing the location of Beatty. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. Depicted in Figure 3.2 are the locations of the proposed open pits for the Silicon and Merlin deposits, as well as planned infrastructure. The coordinates of the Project are represented by the Merlin pit and are depicted on the map (Figure 3.2) in the geographic coordinate system (Merlin deposit centroid at 36°56’17’’ N, 116°37’54’’ W). AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 24 Figure 3.2. Map showing a portion of the Beatty district with locations of the currently proposed open pits for the Silicon and Merlin deposits as well as planned infrastructure. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. AGA: AngloGold Ashanti. The state of Nevada is considered a low risk, politically stable, well-regulated and highly rated mining jurisdiction. Mining in the US has the benefit of occurring in a US dollar denominated jurisdiction with relatively low inflation and easy access to key commodity and other suppliers. The Project is currently at the pre-feasibility study stage for potential development as an open pit mine with processing by heap leach and oxide milling methods. Open pit mining, heap leaching, and oxide milling are each well established in gold mining in the western US and the state of Nevada.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 25 3.2 Ownership The Arthur Gold Project is 100% owned by AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc. (AngloGold Ashanti North America), which is a wholly owned AngloGold Ashanti subsidiary. AngloGold Ashanti is the sole owner of all the federal unpatented lode mining claims discussed in Chapter 3.3. There are no other owners or lessors associated with the Arthur Gold Project. 3.3 Area of the property AngloGold Ashanti North America controls approximately 7,938 unpatented and patented mining claims, covering roughly 63,000 hectares in the Beatty district (Figure 3.3). Figure 3.3. Outline of the AngloGold Ashanti claims in Nevada, USA, including the proposed Silicon and Merlin open pits. Note: Figure Prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. AGA: AngloGold Ashanti. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 26 The claims are located in Nye County, Nevada, USA and are described under the Public Land Survey System, primarily within Townships 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 south, Ranges 46, 47, 47.5, and 48 east, Mt. Diablo Base and Meridian. These claims encompass multiple project areas and deposits, including the Arthur Gold Project, which comprises the Merlin and Silicon deposits discussed in this Report. In 2022, AngloGold Ashanti North America expanded its Nevada footprint with the acquisition of Corvus Gold and then Coeur Sterling, Inc (Coeur Sterling), a wholly owned subsidiary of Coeur Mining Inc., which held properties immediately to the south of the Project. AngloGold Ashanti controls a total of 5,685 (approximately 43,000 hectares) unpatented lode mining claims east of US Highway 95 (US-95) in the Beatty District, encompassing multiple deposits with 2,669 claims (approximately 20,000 hectares) encompassing the Arthur Gold Project, and approximately 805 claims covering the Merlin/Silicon deposit. The list of AngloGold Ashanti's mineral claims east of US-95 is shown in Appendix 1. Potential surface infrastructure locations were identified. These locations were investigated and used as the basis to develop engineering, capital estimates, and operational costs for this study; however, these are subject to change based on continued evaluation of mineralisation within the relevant lands, potential development options, and other relevant factors. 3.4 Legal aspects (including environmental liabilities) and permitting The relevant lands containing the Silicon and Merlin deposits are owned by the US federal government. AngloGold Ashanti, through the claim staking/maintenance process prescribed by statute, has the right to control and use the federal lands for the purposes of prospecting, exploring, developing, and operating a mine, subject to acquisition of certain required permits. This use includes both surface and subsurface operations. Use is not exclusive, and certain federal claims may have easements granted by the federal government, or in some instances the federal lands may be used for purposes other than mining (e.g. off-road recreational vehicle use). In all instances, however, AngloGold Ashanti has the legal right to use the federal land (surface and subsurface), once properly permitted, for its mining activities. So long as AngloGold Ashanti maintains mining (lode and mill) claims in accordance with federal and state law, there is no expiration of AngloGold Ashanti's right to use the land for exploration and/or mining purposes. AngloGold Ashanti currently has permits with Bureau of Land Management (BLM) and the Nevada Division of Environmental Protection’s (NDEP) Bureau of Mining Regulation and Reclamation for three authorised Exploration Plan of Operations to conduct exploration activities on the Silicon, Crown, and Mother Lode claim blocks, which include the Merlin deposit. The permits for activities on public lands are based on Environmental Assessments that contain environmental baseline data on biological species, cultural resources, climate and local physical characteristics. Reclamation Permits with the BLM and NDEP stipulate reclamation requirements and bonding costs for these projects. Under state and federal law, AngloGold Ashanti has reclamation/closure obligations (liability), and the liabilities must be secured by a bond procured by AngloGold Ashanti. The value of the bonds is prescribed by the State of Nevada according to a formula specified and accepted by the state, and the value is adjusted as the Project proceeds and expands its surface disturbances from exploration through production. The State of Nevada will retain the bonds associated with each of the Exploration Plan of Operations until all closure requirements are met by the Project. Closure planning associated with the Exploration Plan of Operations are conceptual at the Report date. The required closure content at the time of initial application to mine must have sufficient technical detail to align with the bonding for closure. The key state element will be the cost forecast for closure planning. The cost estimates will be determined using an industry-agency reclamation calculator that codifies and links most closure activities to standardised equipment and earthmoving costs. As to future permitting, AngloGold Ashanti will refer to the BLM 3809 regulations and Nevada Division of Minerals comprehensive list of required permits to guide its mine permit planning process to seek authorisation for a Mine Plan of Operations. In the case of the Project, AngloGold Ashanti has followed the process described above to obtain and hold unpatented mining claims covering the deposit areas. The US government continues to hold the ultimate title to the lands subject to these claims and is required by law to administer the claims in a manner that will facilitate multiple uses of the property whenever feasible (e.g., allowing for both prospecting and recreational uses of BLM land). However, AngloGold Ashanti’s unpatented lode mining claims, together with certain required permits that have already been obtained or will be obtained in due course, provide it the exclusive right to explore for and produce gold from the lands covered by the claims. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 27 During the exploration stage, AngloGold Ashanti is not authorised to restrict third party access to public lands covered by its unpatented mining claims for non-mining purposes, such as recreation. As the Project advances, AngloGold Ashanti will seek BLM authorisation to install fencing and limit access for safety reasons as part of its requests in the Mine Plan of Operations. In summary, AngloGold Ashanti presently holds the exclusive rights to explore for, mine, and produce gold from the Project (which encompasses the Silicon and Merlin mineral deposits, subject to acquisition of certain required permits which are not yet ready for application) by virtue of its ownership of unpatented mining claims covering the relevant lands. These rights can (and will) be maintained through AngloGold Ashanti's continued compliance with the BLM’s annual claim maintenance requirements, including required filings and payments of annual fees. So long as AngloGold Ashanti complies with the defined processes for submitting permit applications at both the state and federal level, there are no known impediments to AngloGold Ashanti obtaining the required permits. Government and statutory requirements are specified in well-established federal and state statutes and regulations controlling, in large part, the permitting process. A Preliminary Legal Register of all applicable federal, state and local statutes was prepared and will be periodically updated throughout the permitting process and operations. Further, a detailed matrix of all permitting requirements was also prepared, which will be used by the Project team to guide permitting activities at the local, state and federal level. The NDEP’s Bureau of Mining Regulation and Reclamation regulates mining in the state of Nevada. Any exploration, mining, milling, or other beneficiation process activity that proposes to create disturbance of five acres or greater, or that will remove in excess of 33,113t of material in any calendar year requires a reclamation permit to be issued by the Bureau of Mining Regulation and Reclamation. Depending on the nature of AngloGold Ashanti operations in Nevada, a number of other state permits may ultimately be required such as an Air Quality Operating Permit and a Water Pollution Control Permit. 3.5 Agreements, royalties and liabilities Apart from the underlying royalties, AngloGold Ashanti is not aware of any material liens or other significant encumbrances affecting the unpatented mining claims that would materially impair access to the property or the ability to conduct exploration or development activities. The claims must be maintained in good standing through the payment of annual federal maintenance fees and compliance with applicable recording requirements with the BLM and the relevant county recorder. Failure to maintain claims in accordance with these requirements could result in forfeiture of the claims. No material permit violations, enforcement actions, fines, or penalties related to the mineral tenure are known based on the information reviewed. There is an underlying 2.5% net smelter return (NSR) royalty which applies to certain claims within the Arthur Gold Project. The royalty is divided between Triple Flag Precious Metals (previously RenGold) (1% NSR), Franco Nevada Corporation (1% NSR) and Altius Minerals (0.5% NSR). There are no buyback provisions. A small selection of claims is also subject to a 2% NSR in favour of Imperial Metals which is subject to a proportionate buy-back right. There are no royalties that are required to be paid to either the state or federal government. However, the State of Nevada imposes a tax on gross revenues deriving from mining production, which is a graduated tax ranging in value from 0.75% to 1.1%. AngloGold Ashanti must acquire all necessary federal, state and local permits as identified in the Project’s permit matrix that is in development. The federal and state permitting processes require baseline data collection to support the analysis of Project-related impacts and will run in parallel along an approximately 18-month timeline. The National Environmental Policy Act permitting process includes an analysis of physical, biological and cultural resource impacts and associated Applicant Committed Environmental Protection Measures that will be developed in collaboration with cooperating federal, state and local entities. Part of this process includes Section 7 consultation with the US Fish and Wildlife Service that will include AngloGold Ashanti pursuing an Incidental Take Permit for golden eagle nests and mitigation plans for other threatened and endangered species that must be approved by the agency. 4. Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure and physiography 4.1 Accessibility The Arthur Gold Project is located within the Bare Mountains sub-district, of the Bullfrog Hills-Bare Mountains district, approximately 12km east of the town of Beatty in Nye County, Nevada, 110km from Pahrump, and 190km from Las Vegas. Access to the Project site is via 17km of unpaved road off Interstate Highway US-95, AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 28 approximately 2.4km south of Beatty. A municipal airport is located immediately south of Beatty with the nearest commercial airport located in Las Vegas. The nearest railroad terminal is also located in Las Vegas. Commercial flights to Las Vegas, access from public roads, and deliveries from logistical hubs are available year-round with only minor and short interruptions due to weather and other common transportation issues. 4.2 Climate The climate is arid, with hot summers and cool winters; occasional snowfall may occur at elevation. Average annual temperatures range from -1°C to 37°C and are rarely below -6°C or above 40°C. The hot season (average daily high temperature greater than 30°C) lasts for four months (late May to late September), while the cold season (average daily low temperature less than 5°C) lasts for about four months (mid-November to mid- March). Precipitation is generally low and typically bimodal, January to March and August to October, with winter storms and late-summer monsoonal events. The precipitation generally occurs in two seasons. The summer rains can be more intense (e.g. Hurricane Hilary (2023) which measured precipitation rates reaching approximately 10.2cm of rain in 36 hours). In general, the winters are relatively mild, and summer seasons have periods of extreme heat. Average annual precipitation is 113mm/year as measured at the Beatty station. Evaporation/evapotranspiration rates are high relative to precipitation (consistent with Mojave Desert conditions). Annual evapotranspiration rates calculated at the Beatty weather station are 1,550mm/year using the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) method and 1,900mm/year using the Penman-Monteith method. Pan evaporation rates in Beatty are 2,692mm/year and at the site are calculated from elevation and temperature relationships to be in the range of 1,753 to 2,149mm/year. 4.3 Local resources and infrastructure In the Beatty area, municipal water supply is provided by the Beatty Water and Sanitation District (for town users), and groundwater development and appropriation is regulated by the Nevada Division of Water Resources. Current work is being undertaken to acquire water rights in the affected hydrographic basins, and includes the hydrogeological, environmental and permitting work to establish and permit the required points of diversion for these water rights. The availability of labour within the town of Beatty and surrounding areas is limited. Skilled industrial labour is available from the southern Nevada area (Pahrump and Las Vegas) and experienced mining labour can be recruited from the western United States where similar operations are active. Details on the local sources for power and water are included in Chapter 15. 4.4 Physiography 4.4.1 Topography, elevation, and vegetation The Project lies on the northern margin of the Mojave Desert within Basin-and-Range physiography. Topography ranges from desert plains and low hills to locally steep, rocky terrain. Total relief across the Project area is approximately 366m, with elevations ranging from ~1,091 to 1,460m above mean sea level. Vegetation is sparse desert scrub typical of the region (e.g., creosote and saltbush-type communities). 4.4.2 Surface water setting No perennial surface watercourses are present within the Project area; drainage is via ephemeral channels that convey storm-runoff during infrequent high-intensity precipitation events. 4.4.3 Surface water drainage Two principal ephemeral drainages occur near the site: • Tates Wash draining generally east then south-southeast toward Crater Flats, this is technically a subbasin of the much larger Crater Flats Basin. This subbasin for Tates Wash contains the proposed

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 29 open pit, crushing, processing, heap leach, and tailings storage facilities (TSFs) along with most of the overburden stockpile areas. • Beatty Wash draining west toward Oasis Valley where it ultimately joins the Amargosa River upstream of Beatty. Surface-water management will prioritise minimising contact water and any potential releases toward Beatty Wash due to sensitive downstream receptors. 4.4.4 Surface water recharge Surface water recharge rates from precipitation and surface flows are very low in the Arthur Gold Project area and are primarily limited to the periodic storm flows in Beatty Wash and Tates Wash that route water to the unconsolidated coarse-grained alluvial sediments in the washes downgradient of the site for infiltration and recharge to the groundwater system close to the Amargosa River. 5. History Small-scale historical opal-cinnabar workings are scattered throughout the Arthur Gold Project area, with an inferred low total production. Ceramic-grade high-purity silica was mined from a small open cut and adits within acid-leached Topopah Spring Tuff at the Silicon mine between 1919 and 1929 (Kral, 1951). An area of mercury mineralisation to the immediate south and southwest of the Silicon deposit was drill tested with vertical rotary drill holes in the early 1990s. These reportedly contained local intervals of anomalous gold (Ristorcelli and Ernst, 1991). The main zone of water-table silica and advanced argillic alteration at the Silicon deposit was never drill- tested. The Merlin area was drill-tested with shallow (<500ft) vertical rotary holes in the late 1980s to early 1990s. The historic drill holes did not intersect gold mineralisation due to the shallow drilling depths. The Arthur Gold Project resides within the greater Bullfrog Hills - Bare Mountain district. Regionally there are bonanza quartz-adularia veins and disseminated bulk tonnage gold deposits in volcanic rocks to the west (Bullfrog, YellowJacket, Mayflower, North Bullfrog), and Carlin-like deposits (Mother Lode, Sterling, Daisy) in varying rock types to the south. The Silicon area was first presented to AngloGold Ashanti in early-2016 as an earn-in option with then-owners RenGold, with the option agreement signed on 21 June 2017. Upon completion of the option payments in 2020, AngloGold Ashanti acquired a 100% interest in the unpatented claims, subject to a 1% NSR royalty retained by RenGold (now Triple Flag Precious Metals) on any future production. Exploration drilling in the Crown block by Coeur Sterling discovered the C-Horst mineralisation in 2020, which is the southern margin of the Merlin deposit in the footwall of the Bare Mountains fault. Corvus Gold drilled on claims to the north of C-Horst after the C-Horst discovery in 2020 and 2021, on what Corvus Gold called the Lynnda Strip. AngloGold Ashanti claims north of the Lynnda Strip were part of the original Silicon claim block with initial drilling at the Merlin deposit in 2021. AngloGold Ashanti now controls both the C-Horst and Lynnda Strip areas through the acquisition of Corvus Gold in early 2022 and a land-cash transaction with Coeur Sterling in late 2022. Since 2018, AngloGold Ashanti has been advancing the Project through exploration and engineering studies. A pre-feasibility study was completed on the Merlin deposit in Q4 2025. 6. Geological setting, mineralisation and deposit 6.1 Geological setting 6.1.1 Regional The Arthur Gold Project lies immediately to the southwest of the Timber Mountain-Oasis Valley caldera complex in the southwestern Nevada volcanic field. The geology is dominated by Miocene rhyolites and related epiclastic units deposited between 11 and 15Ma. The stratigraphic nomenclature for Tertiary units used in this Report is largely based on Carr et al. (1996) with minor revisions. A simplified graphic log of the host volcanic stratigraphy to the deposit is illustrated in Figure 6.1. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 30 Figure 6.1. Graphic log of the principal stratigraphic divisions exposed in the Arthur Gold Project area. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. A regional overview map is shown in Figure 6.2. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 31 Figure 6.2. Regional overview of the Arthur Gold Project in relation to other AngloGold Ashanti-owned projects. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. 6.1.2 Local The Arthur Gold Project comprises the Silicon and Merlin deposits (Figure 6.3). AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 32 Figure 6.3. Simplified geological map showing the locations of the Silicon and Merlin deposits. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. The local geology is dominated by pyroclastic deposits (principally ignimbrite), with minor lava domes and volcanogenic-sedimentary mass-flow deposits, and minor sedimentary facies. The oldest units encountered in drill hole core at the Merlin deposit are the sedimentary rocks of Joshua Hollow which are the oldest tertiary units in the deposit areas. Superimposed on these carbonaceous siltstones and mudstones are ignimbrites attributed to the Pioneer Formation and the Sierra Blanca Tuff. The overlying Lithic Ridge Tuff is poorly-to- moderately welded, contains up to 20% intermediate and mafic lithic fragments, and displays lateral thickness variations. The domes are ascribed to the Picture Rock Rhyolite (14Ma) and comprise glassy, spherulitic, pumiceous and flow banded lavas. The Crater Flat Group comprises widespread rhyolitic ignimbrite sheets of the Tram Tuff and overlying Bullfrog Tuff. Each unit is distinguished by mineralogy, welding intensity and lithic content. The Crater Flat Group is overlain conformably by the Paint Brush Group, which comprises aphanitic, phenocryst- poor, densely welded rhyolitic ignimbrites erupted between 12.8Ma and 12.7Ma. The Claim Canyon caldera, the well-constrained source of the Tiva Canyon Tuff and related Yucca Mountain Tuff, abuts the Timber Mountain caldera, approximately 5.4km to the east of the Silicon deposit.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 33 A thick sequence of volcanogenic sedimentary and tuffaceous sandstone facies (Owl Canyon sequence) was deposited above an angular erosional unconformity that cut down into the tilted Crater Flat Group and Paint Brush Group between 12.7Ma and 11.62Ma. Shallowing of bedding dips stratigraphically upwards in the Owl Canyon sequence is interpreted to record progressive infilling of the extensional pull-apart basins and burial of spatially and temporally related faults. 6.1.3 Property The Project area hosts two main fault groups (Figure 6.4). Figure 6.4. Simplified plan view of the three main structural groups at the Merlin and Silicon deposits with outlines of the current mineralisation extents, major faults, and simplified open pit outlines. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. DTW: Down to the west; DTE: Down to the east; DTSW: Down to the southwest. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 34 The first is defined by northwest to southeast trending sub-vertical faults e.g. the Tramway-Thompson fault corridor, while the second group comprises north-northeast to south-southwest trending normal faults e.g. the Merlin fault and the Bare Mountain fault. While the first group dominates in the Silicon deposit area, both groups are important as mineralisation controls in the Merlin deposit. The structural data collected to the Report date indicates that the Merlin area sits within a dilational zone between two overstepping strike-slip northwest to southeast-trending fault zones. The northern fault zone is defined by Tramway-Thompson fault system, and the southern fault zone is visible in only geophysics, being buried under younger sediments. There is also a set of late joints overprinting both major fault groups. The joints are sub-vertical with a north-northeast to south- southwest orientation and have no mineral infill. Low-sulphidation epithermal deposits typically yield high-grade gold and silver hosted within quartz-adularia- carbonate veins and vein stockworks. Broad ‘disseminated’ gold mineralisation associated with pyrite and silicification often accompanies the vein mineralisation. The deposits originate from near-neutral pH, reduced hydrothermal fluids that are predominantly meteoric water mixed with a minor magmatic component. The primary mechanism for metal precipitation is fluid boiling triggered by rapid pressure drops as fluids ascend toward the surface. Pressure drops cause the loss of volatile gasses which triggers the deposition of metals in specific ‘boiling zones’. Examples include the Hishikari mine in Japan and the Round Mountain mine in Nevada. Exploration at the Arthur Gold Project targets both vein-hosted and disseminated mineralisation which are typically found within an approximately 150m thick boiling zone approximately 300-400m below surface. The Arthur Gold Project displays mineralisation styles typical for low sulphidation epithermal systems including stratigraphically controlled disseminated mineralisation and quartz vein-stockwork mineralisation. The disseminated mineralisation event at Merlin appears to pre-date a later quartz veining event based on cross- cutting relationships. Generally, the disseminated mineralisation is found within brittle units (e.g. glassy rhyolite flows, strongly welded crystal-rich tuffs). During deposition of the disseminated mineralisation, joints and fractures within the favourable units appear to have focused epithermal fluids along lateral flow paths. The later quartz vein-stockwork mineralisation occurs within select structures and is consistent with vertical flow paths based on epithermal vein zonation and grade distribution. Wall-rock lithology is a secondary control on the vein- style mineralisation where, again, brittle lithologies are the most favourable. Silver does occur with gold in Merlin, but primarily within quartz veining. The disseminated mineralisation is typically silver-poor. The Lynnda Vein in the Merlin deposit can have silver to gold ratios of up to 10:1. The total thickness of mineralisation is typically 150m. 6.2 Geological model and data density The 3D geological models were constructed to support the evaluation of a potential large-scale open-pit mining scenario within a large epithermal gold system. The Arthur Gold Project drilling programme is guided by the geological interpretation of regional-local stratigraphy and the structural offsets of the stratigraphic units, which form the baseline structural architecture of the models. Within the Silicon deposit (Figure 6.5), exploration is directed towards the Tramway-Silicon fault corridor, identified as the principal conduit for hydrothermal fluid flow. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 35 Figure 6.5. Southwest to northeast cross-section view across the Silicon deposit, highlighting the location of gold mineralisation associated with the Silicon-Tramway fault corridor, elevation in metres above mean sea level. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. SW: southwest; NE: northeast; Au ppm: parts per million gold; g/t Au: grams per tonne gold. This corridor serves as the sub-vertical foundation for modelling mineralisation domains. Current exploration efforts prioritise delving into secondary-tertiary structural influences on mineralisation. The focus extends to maintaining comprehensive volumes of mineralisation, alteration, oxidation, and stratigraphy with topological coherence. These volumes are continuously updated, serving as essential resources for infill drill planning and extending exploration in multiple directions: northwest, southwest, southeast, and down-plunge of known mineralisation. Oxidation and alteration models provide the basis for metallurgical domaining and shake leach recovery models. The Merlin deposit (Figure 6.6) infill drill programme was designed with 40m spaced drill holes targeting the Bullfrog and Tram Tuffs, as well as the key structures controlling mineralisation. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 36 Figure 6.6. West to east cross-section view across the Merlin deposit, highlighting the extent of gold mineralisation depicted by the block model (overlay volume showing gold grade in ppm) and the major down-to-the-east faults (e.g., Bare Mountains fault and Merlin fault). Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. W: west; E: east; Au ppm: parts per million gold.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 37 The programme focused on down-to-the-west structures, which acted as primary conduits for high-grade mineralisation, and down-to-the-east structures that offset the mineralisation. This approach aims to unravel the complexities of these structural features, enhancing geological understanding and optimising exploration outcomes. 6.3 Mineralisation Mineralisation at the Silicon deposit occurs in two discrete zones: low-grade disseminated mineralisation (average 0.1-1g/t gold) and a higher-grade core (average 2-5g/t gold). Both zones exhibit a strong structural control, and the geological model has been constructed to reflect these two domains of mineralisation. Higher- grade mineralisation is strongly associated with the emplacement of hydrothermal breccias whose matrix is composed of black quartz-pyrite or in quartz ± pyrite veinlet zones. Gold is commonly present either as <0.1mm native gold/gold-silver grains or encapsulated in pyrite. Pre-existing faults, particularly the Silicon-Tramway fault system, strongly controlled the emplacement of the hydrothermal breccias and quartz ±pyrite veinlet zones. In lower-grade intervals, the disseminated mineralisation forms broad and dispersed envelopes, primarily within the rhyolite flow of the Picture Rock stratigraphic unit (Figure 6.7). Figure 6.7. Silicon updated litho-structural model highlighting stratigraphy and stratigraphically controlled mineralisation depicted by grade shells hosted both in the Picture Rock and Sierra Blanca units as well as within the main fault corridor. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. SW: southwest; NE: northeast; g/t Au: grams per tonne gold. Rhyolite flow-hosted mineralisation is characterised by strong silica-adularia-illite alteration, crackle textures, increased pyrite concentration, and local moderate- to steeply-dipping quartz veins. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 38 Significant minerals present at the Merlin deposit are summarised in the alteration type and assemblages in Table 6.1, based primarily on thin section petrology and spectral analyses. Table 6.1. Project alteration types based on thin section petrology and TerraSpec analysis. Alteration Feldspar Sites Mafic Sites Groundmass Assemblage Veinlets Silica cap quartz ± pyrite, quartz ± pyrite quartz or quartz quartz, or chalcedony or chalcedony chalcedony chalcedony Silica adularia Illite quartz-illite quartz quartz-adularia- illite±pyrite quartz-illite±pyrite Advanced Argillic alunite-kaolinite illite-pyrite-kaolinite- alunite-quartz alunite-quartz kaolinite, ± pyrite Feox rims ±quartz ± kaolinite alunite Illitic illite-clay-quartz illite-pyrite-clay- quartz + clay quartz-illite-pyrite quartz ± pyrite, ± pyrite ± calcite Feox rims ± quartz + pyrite -smectite clay - pyrite Argillic clay-quartz ± illite + quartz + clay + quartz kaolinite + smectite quartz ± pyrite Illite Feox rims ± chlorite ± pyrite + quartz ± illite Propylitic calcite ± quartz chlorite quartz-calcite- calcite-chlorite- calcite ± ± clay ± chlorite ± chlorite ± quartz chlorite ± hematite quartz Note: FeOx = iron oxide. Silica-adularia alteration is strongly correlated with the highest gold grades at the Merlin deposit, predominantly occurring within the Crater Flats Group. Swelling clays (e.g. montmorillonite and smectite) can be found within the argillic and illitic alteration zones (Figure 6.8). AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 39 Figure 6.8. Cross section: Merlin litho-structural model highlighting stratigraphy, silica-adularia alteration and mineralisation primarily hosted in the Bullfrog and Tram Tuffs of the Crater Flats Group. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. W: west; E: east. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 40 Fresh pyrite is found within the unoxidised and transitional oxidation zones at the Merlin deposit and may impact metallurgical recovery. The unoxidised and transitional oxidation zones are captured in the Merlin oxidation model. The weathering typically extends >500m from surface, deeper that the planned Mineral Reserve open pit. The Merlin deposit has a current strike length of 2.7km and a width of 1.7km and typical thickness of 150m. The mineralisation is cut off to the east by the east-dipping Bare Mountain fault. The offset of the Bare Mountain fault is interpreted to be post-mineral with an estimated 1km normal displacement. The hanging wall of the Bare Mountain fault has not been tested. Mineralisation tenor appears to decrease to the south, with apparent narrowing of mineralised zones and lower grades evident. Additional drilling is required to define the limits of mineralisation to the west and better understand the mineralisation and fault system between the Merlin deposit and the Silicon deposit to the north. Mineralisation sitting east of the Merlin fault and west of the Bare Mountain fault is the most well-defined block from drilling of the Merlin deposit. The block has a 2km strike length and width of 550m. It plunges at 5-10° towards northeast, dips at 30-40° to the west, and has an average thickness of 150m. The Merlin deposit exhibits two primary styles of mineralisation: disseminated alteration-controlled and fault/vein-controlled. Disseminated gold mineralisation shows a strong correlation with the intensity of hydrothermal alteration and host lithology (Figure 6.9).

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 41 Figure 6.9. Long section: Merlin litho-structural model highlighting stratigraphy and mineralisation depicted by the block model, primarily hosted in the Bullfrog and Tram Tuffs of the Crater Flat Group. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. Au ppm: parts per million gold. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 42 The Crater Flats Group serves as a favourable host for both disseminated and vein-style mineralisation due to its brittle nature, providing an excellent conduit for fluid flow. Core logging from diamond drill (DD) holes indicates that the Merlin deposit underwent multiple pulses of hydrothermal fluid activity. Silica-adularia alteration plays a critical role in mineralisation by both introducing gold-rich fluids and increasing host rock brittleness, making it more prone to fracturing. This fracturing prepared the ground for subsequent hydrothermal pulses, further enhancing mineralisation potential. Additional studies are needed to determine the number of mineralising events and their relative timing. The variability in gold grades is similar between the two styles of mineralisation, ranging from 0.1g/t to greater than 100g/t gold. 7. Exploration 7.1 Nature and extent of relevant exploration work In addition to Mineral Resource definition drilling, detailed geological mapping at 1:5,000 scale was completed over a total area of 58km2. AngloGold Ashanti conducted a topographic survey in 2024 using NAD83 (North American Datum of 1983) Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) Zone 11N coordinate system with a resolution of 1m. The ground geophysics completed over the duration of the Project is summarised below. AngloGold Ashanti also completed geochemical sampling comprising outcrop rock chip sampling and a 2.6 x 2.3km soil survey was also completed at various phases of the exploration programme. During August and September, 2017, surface geologic-structural mapping and collection of 233 rock chip geochemical samples were completed to define drill targets. Rock chip samples were collected of different alteration types at structural intersections; however, consistent geochemical halos were not defined in rock chips. The one element that reported consistently elevated values was mercury, with over 4ppm mercury in 8% of all samples (Figure 7.1). AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 43 Figure 7.1. Map showing the Arthur Gold Project pit outlines and mercury (Hg) results from surface rock grab samples. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. Hg (ppm): parts per million mercury. Throughout the first quarter of 2018, a gridded 318 soil and spectral programme (200 x 400m sample spacing, reducing to 200 x 200m spacing over zones of mapped ASTER anomalies) was completed over an area of 2.6 x 2.3km (Figure 7.2). AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 44 Figure 7.2. Map showing sample location for soil and spectral programme conducted in Silicon. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti. Soil samples are indicated as ‘Sil_SoilSample Locations’ and spectral samples as ‘A3841_WhiteMica’. Samples were collected and sieved down in the field to approximately 3kg passing a 1mm fraction size. The greater than 1mm fraction was discarded on site. Samples were then zip-tied and transported to the AngloGold Ashanti Beatty drill hole core facility and placed in rice sacks for transport to the Australian Laboratory Services (ALS) laboratory in Reno, Nevada (ALS Reno). A hand sample was also collected along the grid for hyperspectral analysis. The spectral samples were labelled with the site sample number and transported to the AngloGold Ashanti Beatty drill hole core facility for analysis. The soil results indicate a very patchy pathfinder elemental zoning (including gold, zinc, lead, molybdenum, and bismuth) with low, at or near background levels, or at best, very weakly elevated values.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 45 Spectral hand samples were analysed for all minerals (recognised in each spectrum with an abundance qualifier) using a TerraSpec machine at the Beatty drill hole core facility. Each hand sample was measured six times to obtain readings from both weathered and fresh surfaces. The data were then exported and transferred to the AngloGold Ashanti Principal Spectral Geologist for interpretation. A summary of the geophysical surveys completed since 2017 is provided in Table 7.1. Table 7.1. Geophysical surveys undertaken for exploration of the Project area. Geophysical survey type Completed on behalf of Date completed Survey specification Summary of outcomes Heliborne Magnetics and Radiometrics Northern Empire (predecessor to Coeur Sterling) August 2017 (3D MVI completed 2025) Heliborne magnetic and radiometric survey over Crown Block (Sterling, Mother Lode, Merlin south). 100m line spacing, ~30m terrain clearance. Contractors: Thomas V Weis & Associates Inc. and Geosolutions Pty Ltd. 3D VOXI MVI completed in 2025. Provided high-resolution magnetic coverage. 3D inversion improved structural interpretation and subsurface magnetic modelling across the block. Ground Magnetics (GMAG) AGANA February–June 2019 20m line spacing ground magnetic survey totalling 1,258 line-km. Conducted by Planetary Geophysics (Brisbane). 3D VOXI MVI produced. Delivered detailed magnetic dataset supporting structural interpretation and drill targeting across Silicon and Merlin. Ground Gravity (Crown Block) Coeur Sterling 2018–2021 ~1,900 ground gravity stations collected by Thomas Carpenter Geophysical Services over Crown Block (including south Merlin). Data merged and instrumental in identifying and targeting the C- Horst and Lynnda Strip areas, contributing to discovery of the Merlin deposit. Ground Gravity (Merlin and Silicon) AGANA February–June 2019 2,711 detailed ground gravity stations collected by Magee Geophysical Services LLC. 3D VOXI density inversion generated. Enhanced density modelling and structural interpretation over Merlin and Silicon. Ground Gravity Extension AGANA February 2024 ~1,600 additional gravity readings east and SE of Merlin (Magee). All gravity datasets merged, filtered and 3D VOXI inverted. Merged dataset clearly maps regional fault blocks and complex Merlin structural intersection. Generated merged Corrected Bouguer Gravity (CBG 2.4 g/cc) Total Horizontal Gradient (THG) grid (to Feb 2024). Ground Gravity (Merlin West) AGANA December 2025 ~987 gravity stations on 200m x 200m grid west of Merlin tied into the existing data. Survey was done by Zonge. Mapping of local and regional faults under talus cover. IP-RES (Initial Silicon Line) AGANA October 2019 Single 1.5km pole-dipole IP line over central Silicon. Dipole spacing 100m; station spacing 50m. Contractor: Planetary Geophysics Pty Ltd. Delineated coincident chargeable-resistive anomaly correlating with known mineralisation. IP-RES (Expanded Survey) AGANA February–June 2019 48.3 line-km of dipole-dipole and pole-dipole IP-RES across 2.0km x 2.5km area over Silicon and Merlin. Identified similar anomalous responses and supported deeper mineralisation targeting. IP-RES (Transvaal and Maverick) AGANA November 2020 Additional pole-dipole IP-RES data collected by Planetary Geophysics. Extended geophysical targeting to additional prospects. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 46 Geophysical survey type Completed on behalf of Date completed Survey specification Summary of outcomes Titan24 IP-RES (Merlin) AGANA August 2022 Three west–east lines totalling 7.8km. 2D DC chargeability and resistivity (IP-RES) sections produced. Quantec did the survey. Resistivity data outlined major structural corridors (strike and dip). Chargeability low identified over Merlin occurrence. Titan24 Audio- magnetotellurics (AMT, Merlin) AGANA August 2022 AMT data collected concurrently with Titan24 (Quantec) survey. Three west–east lines totalling 7.8km. 2D inversion resistivity sections. Provided resistivity imaging supporting structural interpretation at Merlin. Titan-160 AMT (Crown Project) Coeur Sterling & Corvus Gold June–July 2024 9 lines totalling 82.6km over southern Merlin and Mother Lode (Quantec). 2D inversion resistivity sections. Line-9N imaged the Bare Mountain fault with eastward downthrow, confirming Merlin Deep extension. Ambient Noise Tomography (ANT) – Initial AGANA April 2023 Passive seismic ANT survey south of Merlin, data collected by AGANA and Magee and processed by Fleet Space Technologies. 50 geode stations over ~3.0km x 3.0km area. Produced 3D S-wave velocity cube. Initial processed dataset showed limited correlation with known geology. ANT Extension and reprocessing AGANA February 2024 Four additional patches of 64 geodes each (256 total) east and southeast of Merlin. Data merged with reprocessed April 2023 survey. Merged and reprocessed 3D S- wave velocity model showed good correlation with geology and improved mapping of structural continuations and offsets. Note: 3D: three dimensional; GMAG: ground magnetics; AGANA: AngloGold Ashanti North America; VOXI MVI: VOXI magnetic vector inversion; CBG: corrected Bouguer gravity; g/cc: grams per cubic centimetre; THG: Total Horizontal Gradient; IP-RES: induced polarisation-electrical resistivity; 2D: two dimensional; AMT: Audio-magnetotellurics; ANT: Ambient Noise Tomography. The size of the area covered for exploration comprises approximately 54km2. The Merlin deposit is approximately 2.1 x 1.0 x 0.8km and Silicon is approximately 1.2 x 0.6 x 0.8km. (Figure 6.3). Drilling at the Project comprises reverse circulation (RC) and DD by AngloGold, Coeur Sterling, Corvus Gold, and the legacy US Nevada Gold Search Joint Venture (NGSJV). Most NGSJV holes were too shallow to intersect mineralisation and limited records exist. These holes are not used in modelling or Mineral Resource estimation. The Coeur Sterling and Corvus Gold drilling is modern (2020-2022) and was well documented by the operators including unique sample IDs, sample weights, coordinates where appropriate, dates, and records of the sampler and assay laboratory. The AngloGold Ashanti, Coeur Sterling, and Corvus Gold drilling is used in modelling and estimation. A summary of drilling by type and operator is presented in Table 7.2. Most AngloGold Ashanti RC holes were completed at the Silicon deposit. The Merlin deposit has largely been drilled RC pre-collar/core tail (RD) drillholes. Table 7.2. Summary of exploration drilling type and operator. Company DD (n) DD (m) RC (n) RC (m) RD (n) RD (m) Holes (n) Total (m) AngloGold Ashanti 104 57,614.6 269 110,177.8 499 294,734.8 872 462,527.2 Coeur Sterling 9 3,599.9 105 37,587.9 13 4,311.5 127 45,499.3 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 47 Note: AGA: AngloGold Ashanti; NGSJV: US Nevada Gold Search Joint Venture; (n) number. The drill hole collars are shown in Figure 7.3. Company DD (n) DD (m) RC (n) RC (m) RD (n) RD (m) Holes (n) Total (m) Corvus Gold 31 12,146.3 5 3,255.4 36 15,401.7 NGSJV 28 5,192.6 - - 28 5,192.6 Grand Total 113 61,214.4 433 165,104.6 517 302,301.7 1,063 528,620.7 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 48 Figure 7.3. Plan view map of the drill hole collars within the Merlin and Silicon deposits. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. SW: southwest; NE: northeast; W: west; E: east. The drilling methods used are suitable for the objectives of Mineral Resource definition, using a spacing that is applicable for various Mineral Resource classification levels. Nominal drill spacing of 40 x 40m for indicated and 80 x 80m for Inferred Mineral Resource is applied at Merlin. At Silicon a nominal spacing of 82.5 x 82.5m for Indicated Mineral Resource and for Inferred Mineral Resource were classified based on evidence of geological continuity within the interpreted estimation domains.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 49 All non-drilling data are recorded electronically and secured in Microsoft SharePoint and backed up to the cloud regularly. Drill logging data were collected with GeoBank Mobile using the synchronised profiles hosted through the Azure cloud until August 2023 when acQuire was implemented as a logging software/database. Both programmes use a built-in approval process which is applied and verified by the Project geologist on site. A structured query language (SQL)-stored procedure is executed daily to import the approved data from Azure to the AngloGold Ashanti Denver Exploration production SQL database (geological data management system). Prior to exploration by AngloGold Ashanti, limited surface sampling and mapping work had been carried out by previous companies, including RenGold and the US Geological Survey (USGS). Only drill holes drilled by AngloGold Ashanti, Corvus Gold and Coeur Sterling. were used in Mineral Resource estimation and modelling. Several historic drill holes exist on the property, but very little information in terms of geological logs or assays are available and were not used for the Mineral Resource estimate and are not included in the drill hole summations provided in this Report. The density of sampling along drill holes, in conjunction with the drill spacing, is sufficient for the supporting statements referring to the geological understanding and potential for further exploration success near the area that hosts the Mineral Resource estimates. The drill hole spacing is able to support the Mineral Resource estimates at the Silicon and Merlin deposits. 7.2 Drilling techniques and spacing RC drilling is undertaken using a hammer (either outside return or face sampling return) or tricone bit, depending on the ground conditions. For example, conventional hammers are suited to clay-altered ground and unmineralised material above the water table (e.g. chalcedony blanket), while tricone bits (with an RC adaptor) are deployed at depths where hammer bits are ineffective due to groundwater inflows. DD hole core drilling was completed using PQ core (122.6mm core diameter), HQ core (96.0mm), and occasionally NQ core (75.7mm) diameter in cases where reducing from HQ core was required due to poor ground conditions. All drill hole core drilling is completed with a triple tube. Early exploration holes were oriented, however, there have been issues with the drill contractor’s familiarity with the method and friable ground which greatly reduced the number of reliable structural measurements collected. Exploration drilling since 2022 has been predominantly RC pre- collar (through unmineralised units), followed by PQ and/or HQ sized DD hole core tails in the potential mineralised zones. All drill hole core and chips are logged by AngloGold Ashanti geologists and contractors according to AngloGold Ashanti's standard practices, which include maintaining a photographic database of all core sample intervals, full geological and alteration logging, logging of sulphide and oxidised sulphide percentages, TerraSpec hyperspectral measurements and geotechnical logging (rock-quality designation (RQD), etc.). The logging is sufficient to support appropriate Mineral Resource estimation, technical studies, mining studies and metallurgical studies. Holse drilled and logged by Corvus Gold and Coeur Sterling were reviewed and all data gaps were addressed to align with AngloGold Ashanti’s requirements. All historical drilling was excluded from use in Mineral Resource estimation, in addition to several holes with poor data quality (e.g. RC holes showing obvious downhole contamination, in-progress holes with incomplete assays). The location of drill holes used for each model is shown in Figure 7.4. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 50 Figure 7.4. Map showing the Arthur Gold Project pit outlines, associated block model extents for the Silicon and Merlin block model, and exploration drillholes used in each model. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. The area outlined in purple contains drillholes from AngloGold Ashanti, Coeur: Coeur Sterling, and Corvus: Corvus Gold. NGSJV forms part of the excluded drill holes. Core recovery is systematically recorded by site geologists during the sample collection phase. This primary data serves as a diagnostic tool for assessing the quality of the physical sample before it enters the analytical pipeline. During the Mineral Resource estimation phase, these recovery metrics are used as a management filter to ensure only representative data is included in the model. Low drill hole core recovery at the Merlin deposit may have resulted in sample bias and this has been systematically assessed during Mineral Resource estimation (see Chapter 11). RC recoveries are not assessed in any systematic way due to the nature of wet drilling and an inability to collect the entire sample. Procedures undertaken at the rig are sufficient to minimise AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 51 the carryover between samples, including a blow back after each run and washing of the cyclone between runs. The RC drilling method may result in sample bias due to the loss of fine-grained or dense material separated while drilling. Infill drilling since mid-2022 has been with DD, either diamond core from the surface or an RC pre-collar with a core tail above the zone of interest for Mineral Resource conversion due to the uncertainty around the quality of RC drill hole samples. AngloGold Ashanti, Corvus Gold, and Coeur Sterling generated both qualitative and quantitative data. For example, geology, stratigraphy and alteration assemblages are qualitative hardness parameters (e.g. field estimated strength) are semi-quantitative. All DD hole core is photographed in the drill hole core boxes and submitted to Seequent’s Imago cloud image storage platform. Exploration drilling completed at the Arthur Gold Project comprises 1,063 holes for a total of 528,620.7m. At the Silicon deposit 262 RC drill holes, 65 DD holes and 40 RC pre-collar/diamond tail (RD) for a total of 146,109m were completed. At Merlin 138 RC, 48 DD, and 447 RD holes for a total of 373,305.7m were completed. All of the relevant intersections have been logged. A summary is provided in Table 7.3. Table 7.3. Summary of the Arthur Gold Project exploration drill holes by year, hole type, and total depth for all operators. Year DD (n) DD (m) RC (n) RC (m) RD (n) RD (m) Holes (n) Total (m) Historic 33 6,206.00 33 6,206.00 2018 10 4,064.60 8 3,142.50 18 7,207.10 2019 8 3,564.60 20 7,892.80 28 11,457.40 2020 2 1,302.40 72 30,844.20 7 3,348.00 81 35,494.60 2021 23 13,088.60 137 49,929.30 29 19,977.20 189 82,995.10 2022 29 17,305.30 126 46,111.70 32 19,487.20 187 82,904.10 2023 13 6,087.00 24 14,307.60 151 87,020.80 188 107,415.40 2024 11 6,107.30 9 4,565.90 215 120,464.50 235 131,137.70 2025 17 9,694.70 4 2,104.70 83 52,004.00 104 63,803.30 Grand Total 113 61,214.40 433 165,104.60 517 302,301.70 1,063 528,620.70 Once a drill hole had been abandoned all operators constructed a permanent cement monument at the collar location and the hole identification was specified on a brass tag. Hole collars are obtained using a differential global positioning system (DGPS) (model Trimble R12i). The DGPS coordinates are used as the collar locations for all modelling and reporting purposes. Upon drill hole completion, a downhole survey is collected at 15m (50ft) intervals using gyroscopic downhole methods (north-seeking gyro or surface recording gyro). The surveys were completed by International Directional Services, LLC or by drill crews using onsite Reflex Gyro SprintIQ tools. Survey results were quality checked in Leapfrog prior to import to the central database. All surveys were corrected to a 12° east magnetic declination where required (i.e. surface recording gyro data). 7.3 Results In the opinion of the Qualified Person, the quantity and quality of the logged geological and geotechnical data, collar and downhole survey data collected in the exploration and infill drill programmes on the mine are sufficient to support Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation and mine planning for the following reasons: • Drilling procedures, core and RC logging meets industry standards for gold exploration. • Collar surveys have been performed using industry standard instrumentation. • Downhole surveys were collected at the time of the programmes using industry standard instrumentation. • Recovery data from core and RC drill programmes are acceptable. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 52 • Areas affected by especially poor core recovery, were downgraded to Inferred Mineral Resource. • Areas with >50% proportion of suspect RC holes were downgraded to Inferred Mineral Resource. • Drill orientations are appropriate for the mineralisation style and are optimal for the orientation of the mineralisation for the bulk of the deposit area. • Drilling intervals have been regularly spaced and considered adequate and representative of the deposits. Drilling was not specifically targeted to the high-grade portions of the deposits, rather a relatively consistent drill spacing was completed. No material factors were identified with the data collection from the drill programmes that could affect Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve estimation. 7.4 Locations of drill holes and other samples Drilling at Silicon and Merlin is shown in Figures 7.5 and 7.6, respectively. The representative long section in Figure 7.6 shows the extent of the geological interpretation based on the drilling results at Merlin.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 53 Figure 7.5. Cross section of the Silicon deposit showing mineralisation focused along the Tramway fault and preferentially hosted by the Picture Rock Rhyolite flow unit. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 54 Figure 7.6. Long section of the Merlin deposit highlights broad mineralised zones, especially within the Bullfrog and Tram Tuff. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025 7.5 Hydrogeology Hydrogeologic characterisation for the Arthur Gold Project (including the Silicon and Merlin areas) is based on the following: • Extensive hydrogeology work done by AngloGold Ashanti, including hydrogeological sampling, drilling and aquifer testing on site, during the timeframe from 2022 to 2025. • Incorporating established regional hydrogeological framework studies done by the USGS for the Death Valley Regional Groundwater Flow System (DVRFS) which includes the Death Valley version 2 groundwater flow model (DV2) and the Death Valley version 3 predictive groundwater flow model (DV3 or DV3-PRED) as well as other related groundwater publications by the USGS (Belcher et al., 2017; Nelson, and Jackson, 2020). The Project lies within the Southwest Nevada volcanic field that is part of the DVRFS model focus area and both DV2 and DV3 has extensively been studied and numerically modelled by the USGS due to the federal focus on regional water-resource sensitivities and other historical federal programs. Main geologic units: The Southwest Nevada volcanic field consists of several calderas that produced airfall and ash flow tuffs, basalts, and rhyolite. Basin fill and alluvium occur in the valley bottoms. Bare Mountain is a siliciclastic and carbonate rock outcrop, but these units typically occur at depth beneath the volcanic rocks and below the planned open pit. Hydrogeologic units: The principal hydrogeologic units in the Project area include volcanics, carbonates, and basin fill where most of the groundwater flows through the higher permeability upper volcanic units. The deeper siliciclastic rocks have low permeability while the carbonate units are either very deep or not close to the Project area. Regional flows: Most of the regional groundwater flows from the Paiute Mesa recharge area to the north of the Project area towards the Amargosa River discharge area in Oasis Valley to the south. Discharge areas: The Oasis Valley Amargosa River discharge area occurs due to its low elevation, shallow groundwater, and shallow bedrock elevation at the lowest boundary of the Oasis Valley hydrological catchment. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 55 Initial conceptual model work indicates that the seeps and springs along this corridor are fed by regional groundwater flow in the volcanic bedrock units. This shallow groundwater in the discharge area flows through the local, thin and permeable upper basin fill unit. 7.5.1 Nature and quality of sampling methods 7.5.1.1 Hydrostratigraphic information The hydrostratigraphic information for the Project area was interpreted and based on the following information: • Lithological and structural logging of exploration drill core data and RC chips by the AngloGold Ashanti exploration programme provided the primary details on the hydrostratigraphic setting of the Project area until the end of 2022. • Starting in late 2022 and continuing through 2025, the hydrogeological field programme expanded to include the installation of groundwater monitoring wells and vibrating pressure transducers, packer testing of discrete lithological intervals, and localised air-lift testing during RC drilling. The data from this study work indicates that the aquifers present in the area are mostly dominated by fracture and fault driven aquifers in the local volcanic rocks. The programmes were designed and executed by local qualified hydrogeology consulting companies including Itasca International (Itasca, based in the Denver Office, Colorado) and Atkins Realis, together with AngloGold Ashanti representatives, following industry standard protocols (Figure 7.7) shows some of the current hydrogeology drilling locations. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 56 Figure 7.7. Selected groundwater testing and monitoring locations from Itasca reporting. Note: Figure prepared by Itasca, 2025. Blue and orange lines represent the proposed Merlin and Silicon pits, respectively

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 57 7.5.1.2 Groundwater levels and pressure response Water levels were measured in exploration drill holes and constructed monitoring wells. Some selected Mineral Resource exploration drill holes were instrumented with vibrating-wire pressure transducers to capture continuous hydraulic head responses during aquifer tests and to record hydrogeological transient conditions for baseline study purposes. These methods are standard for characterising hydraulic head distribution and aquifer responses. 7.5.1.3 Hydraulic testing and inflow observations Hydrogeologic parameters were derived from field hydraulic tests, including: • Packer testing over discrete lithological/structural intervals to estimate interval transmissivity/hydraulic conductivity in some of the more competent tuffs and volcanics. These packer tests were done in selected diamond core holes drilled by the Mineral Resource team. • Airlift yield observations were recorded during hydrogeological RC drilling. Short duration pumping tests were also completed by airlifting groundwater from several RC holes during the drilling process at predefined depths in the drill hole. The results of these tests were recorded with responses in the RC drill hole and the responses in hydraulic heads from nearby monitoring drill holes and vibrating-wire pressure transducers. These results were interpreted and guided the use of some aquifer parameters for the initial groundwater flow modelling workflows. • Longer constant-rate pumping test are planned from large diameter production drill holes which will include dye tracer flow tests, step tests and long-term constant rate tests, to improve hydrogeological parameter confidence and used in model calibration updates. • Hydrogeological drill hole logging of lithology, structure and hydrostratigraphy, together with selected downhole video, and 3D geological structural modelling in Leapfrog, was used to relate test responses to faults, fractures, and alteration domains. 7.5.1.4 Surface water parameters (relevance to recharge/runoff inputs) The Project area contains no perennial surface watercourses and surface hydrology is dominated by ephemeral channels with storm-runoff during rare significant storm events. Surface water related recharge to local aquifers would only be during these rare significant storm events. Recharge from any of these significant storm events would also be confined to the Quaternary or Tertiary aged unconsolidated ‘basin fill’ material that often hosts local aquifers. These basins fill areas are located mostly downgradient (in a hydrogeological gradient perspective), from the Project area. Consequently, surface-water runoff data collection has not been undertaken for recharge/runoff characterisation or baseflow monitoring. 7.5.2 Laboratory techniques for flow parameters and quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC) No rock or soil samples were submitted for laboratory permeability or porosity testing; therefore, laboratory permeability testing is not applicable for this dataset. Hydraulic conductivity, transmissivity, and storage parameters used in the interpretation and modelling were derived from field-based packer and pumping or aquifer tests. 7.5.3 Water quality laboratory testing (baseline characterisation) Water quality samples were collected from nine selected monitoring wells across the Project area. The purpose of these samples was to characterise the baseline water quality for the groundwater located in the local area. This included samples from monitoring wells under static conditions as well as samples from drill holes during airlifting and drill holes during pump testing workflows. The wells and boreholes were developed to remove drilling fluids and cuttings before any sampling was undertaken. Groundwater sampling protocols and work processes followed the NDEP Monitoring Well Design and Approved Monitoring and Sampling Methods required for all monitoring wells. These sampling methods are associated with standard Water Pollution Control Permits under Nevada Administrative Code (NAC) regulations 445A.350 through 445A.447. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 58 The Bureau of Mining Regulation and Reclamation methods were also followed for the sampling process which includes the following American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) methods: • D4448 Standard Guide for Sampling Groundwater Monitoring Wells • D4750 Test Method for Determining Subsurface Liquid Levels in a Borehole or Monitoring Well (Observation Well) • D5088 Practice for Decontamination of Field Equipment Used at Waste Sites • D5792 Practice for Generation of Environmental Data Related to Waste Management Activities: Development of Data Quality Objectives • D5903 Guide for Planning and Preparing for a Groundwater Sampling Event • D6089 Guide for Documenting a Groundwater Sampling Event • D6452 Guide for Purging Methods for Wells Used for Groundwater Quality Investigations • D6517 Guide for Field Preservation of Groundwater Samples The groundwater quality samples were analysed against Nevada mining regulatory screening lists (e.g., NDEP Profile 1 / Profile 1-R frameworks – NDEP 2022). The required local sampling protocols were followed and water quality assays were done in local certified laboratories. Most of the current groundwater quality results from the samples in the Project area indicate a sodium- bicarbonate type water. The water quality is representative of the Tertiary volcanic units in these areas. Some wells were completed in the Joshua Hollow Formation, which is a carbonaceous-siliciclastic unit and these sample results indicate a calcium-sulphate type that is distinctly different from the water quality in the volcanic units. 7.5.4 Permeable zones/aquifers The hydrogeological setting for the Project area is interpreted to be dominated by fracture- and fault-controlled groundwater flow within volcanoclastic units, with local faults acting as conduits and/or barriers depending on fault architecture and alteration. Regionally, the principal hydrogeologic units are volcanic, carbonate, and basin fill rocks; permeability typically decreases with depth within the thick volcanic/carbonate sequences. Measured/test-derived parameters and observed yields indicate heterogeneous transmissivity, with higher flow associated with discrete fractured structural zones. 7.5.5 Recharge and discharge rates The groundwater recharge rate is expected to be low in the arid setting of the Project and is sourced primarily from published regional DVRFS studies and groundwater flow model calibration runs. The recharge rates also reference the published basin size water-budge work used in the DV3 framework, with local recharge focused along washes during infrequent runoff events. From a groundwater flow model perspective, a 'water budget' is a water accounting summary (reported from the numerical model flow run results), of the simulated total volumes of water entering, leaving, and being stored within the numerical modelled area over time. A 'water budget' supports the assessment of the numerical model robustness by comparing the total volumes of flows in the numerical model run. It also supports identifying the principal sources of recharge, discharge, and other stresses, and evaluating their overall balance. The current understanding of the discharging processes also rely primarily on the published data from the USGS for the regional DVRFS studies. 7.5.6 Water balance The designed Project water balance (non-numerical flow model balance) calculates and accounts for the following volumes of water over a defined reporting period, such as the life of mine (LOM): • water that enters the Project area, including water supply or surplus mine dewatering • water moving through the site infrastructure, including through site storage, diversions, drains & channels, and site wide pipe reticulation • water consumed by operations, including mineral processing, dust suppression, and leaching AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 59 • water losses, including evaporation and seepage • water discharged from or leaving the site, including flows to infiltration basins and managed aquifer recharge systems The water balance provides the Project specific accounting of all major water inflows, outflows, uses, and changes in storage associated with the proposed mining operation and mineral processing. The water balance also addresses the management of surface water runoff and storage, including diversions, collection systems, sumps, ponds, and other temporary or permanent storage facilities, and identifies how water is transferred, reused, or discharged within the Project area. 7.5.7 Groundwater models used A groundwater flow model is being developed by Itasca, based on the MODFLOW 6 groundwater flow framework while using the GW Vistas software as a pre- and post-processor for the MODFLOW-6 Library (Langevin et al., 2017, Groundwater Vistas, Version 8). The modelling workflow processes are consistent with the USGS modelling approaches used regionally for other models such as the published DV2 and DV3 models. (MODFLOW 6 is a USGS modular framework widely used for groundwater flow simulation and supports transient and coupled processes where required). The groundwater flow model framework and assumptions for the Arthur Gold Project groundwater flow model are based on the following approach: the DV2 and DV3 groundwater flow models that were constructed and published by the USGS, are broadly seen by the local groundwater community as well as the regional and federal agencies as the most up to date groundwater models for the regional area. These models focussed on modelling and simulating groundwater flow conditions on a regional and major hydrologic catchment basis. These models are often relied on by the local and federal agencies and other external non-governmental organisations to test and verify potential impacts proposed by new water rights or projects in the area. Due to the large body of USGS sponsored groundwater data and studies underpinning these models, it was decided by AngloGold Ashanti to use these models in a few ways: • Regional conceptual groundwater model: Reviewing and applying some of the published and established hydrogeologic framework, model assumptions and parameters from the DV2 and DV3 for the regional areas into the Arthur Gold Project model. This includes the published recharge/discharge distributions, inter basin flow concepts, boundary conditions and potentiometric surface constraints from these studies. • Local conceptual groundwater model and parameterisation: The local mineralisation-focused hydrogeology data that were drilled, captured, sampled and interpreted for mineralised areas and immediate areas outside the mineralisation, were used to construct the local setting of the groundwater flow model. This dataset is based on local site-specific resource geological drilling, Mineral Resource definition geophysical surveys and hydrogeological drilling and sampling. The drilling provided access and opportunity for packer tests, airlift/pumping tests, monitoring well hydrographs, and the definition of geological structural controls (fault barrier/conduit behaviour) with a focus in and around the current mineralised zones. 7.6 Geotechnical testing and analysis 7.6.1 Merlin deposit Dedicated geotechnical drilling using triple tube HQ core barrels was completed over the Merlin deposit to collect samples and support the pre-feasibility study. This campaign included both soil and rock testing which was completed by a third-party ASTM certified laboratories (BGC Engineering, Call and Nicholas (CNI), AtkinsRelis) focusing on the classification of both rock mass strength and structural properties. In addition to the dedicated geotechnical holes, logging of exploration core was carried out according to AngloGold Ashanti Core Logging Procedure based on International Society of Rock Mechanics recommended methodology, with acoustic and optical televiewer measurements on some drill holes. Laboratory sampling of the Merlin deposit was split between rock and soil strength testing. Additional undrained triaxial testing is planned on the soil units. As this was a limiting factor, conservative design assumptions based on frictional strength properties were adopted with upside potential from cohesion not currently factored into the parameters. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 60 All laboratory samples were wrapped in aluminium, film, and bubble-wrapped to help avoid degradation during transport. Initial proxy testing at the Project and prior to laboratory testing indicate that some specimens may have experienced transport-related damage and further work is ongoing to quantify this bias. The following tests were completed: 7.6.1.1 Rock testing • 91 Unconfined compressive strength samples • 71 Hoek triaxial tests • 47 Brazilian tensile tests • 12 Direct shear tests • 14,121 Equotip (Leeb hardness) readings 7.6.1.2 Soil testing • 35 Particle size distribution with Atterberg limit tests • 22 Direct shear tests Geotechnical evaluation included dedicated geotechnical drill holes in combination to geotechnical logging of Mineral Resource drill holes to gain insight into the different types of lithologies, alteration and major structures in the deposit area. The Merlin stratigraphy comprises tuff sequences, which have undergone varying degrees of alteration and weathering. The effect of alteration is variable where clays reduce strength while silicious alteration improves the strength of the rock mass. A zone along the eastern extent of the pit was unable to be drilled out at the Report date due to permit restrictions and is planned for 2026 for the next study phase. 2D limit equilibrium analysis of the Merlin planned pit design was undertaken to assess slope stability. Designs were optimised to reduce interactions with large scale structures such as known faults, and ash flow units present between some tuff units. Geotechnical domains were based on lithology controls, alteration, and weathering with inter-ramp angles expected to be in the range of 29-40° for the different pit slope aspects in a dewatered scenario. Dewatering will be required to depressurize the high wall below the water table. 7.6.2 Silicon deposit Dedicated geotechnical drilling was partially completed for the Silicon deposit using a mix of triple tube HQ/PQ core, with initial samples tested at CNI for preliminary rock mass results, though these are yet to be incorporated into a formal study and assessment of Silicon remains conceptual in nature. Laboratory testing has focused on hard rock testing methodologies to define the geotechnical units. 7.6.2.1 Rock testing • 76 Unconfined compressive strength samples • 60 Hoek triaxial tests • 40 Brazilian tensile tests • 28 Direct shear tests • 2 Particle size distribution with Atterberg limit tests The Silicon deposit pit slope design remains conceptual in nature, but initial results and physical examination of the core indicate more favourable rock mass can be expected at Silicon when compared to Merlin, and the Silicon pit will be able to support steeper slopes. Initial conceptual design parameters from Itasca in 2022 recommended estimated slope angles are between 35-45° using empirical design charts.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 61 8. Sample preparation, analysis and security 8.1 Sample preparation The Mineral Resource estimates were based on drill hole samples only. RC samples were 1.5m long and diamond core samples were a nominal 1.5m long or less. AngloGold Ashanti, Coeur Sterling, and Corvus Gold marked samples during core logging, sawed each sample in half with a diamond saw (half-core), and placed each sample in labelled supersack. RC samples were bagged at the rig by the drill company, inventoried, and placed in labelled supersacks. Geological logging (including alteration, oxidation, and mineralisation logging) was carried out on intervals defined by the geologists according to AngloGold Ashanti logging schemes. For holes drilled by Coeur Sterling or Corvus Gold, logs were reviewed and/or relogged to align to the AngloGold Ashanti logging schemes. Samples collected for the assay were predominantly in 1.5m intervals except where core loss or significant geological changes were encountered. Geotechnical logging (recovery, RQD, weathering, joint alteration, roughness and number, and field estimated strength) was carried out on intervals corresponding to run lengths. Supersacks filled with RC and DD hole core samples were loaded onto a flat deck trailer where chain of custody was documented. The transport truck drove directly to the accredited laboratory for final chain of custody documentation. Upon receipt at the assay laboratory, all samples were dried in an oven at a temperature of 80 degrees C, crushed to greater than 70% passing 2mm, rotary split to 500g, and pulverised to 85% passing 75µm. Physical compositing of samples was only applied to the collection of some metallurgical samples where a large sample weight was required. Compositing of assays for Mineral Resource estimation was only carried out after individual assays were exported from the database. Bulk density samples were collected approximately every 5.5m, with a small (10 to 15cm) solid piece of core selected for analysis. Bulk density measurements were carried out on site (in house) using the ASTM C 914-95 Standard Test Method for Bulk Density and Volume of Solid Refractories by Wax Immersion method whereby samples were dried and coated in wax prior to water immersion. Routine checks of bulk density results were completed by submitting sample to ALS Vancouver using method code OA-GRA08, which is an identical wax immersion bulk density method to the one employed by AngloGold Ashanti. The density values determined by ALS Vancouver show good agreement with samples previously measured by AngloGold Ashanti. All density samples in the Silicon Mineral Resource were completed by AngloGold Ashanti. The Merlin Resource relies on density samples determined by Coeur Sterling and AngloGold Ashanti. AngloGold Ashanti completed verifications of the Coeur Sterling density samples and found the results acceptable. Corvus Gold did not complete density sampling on holes within the Merlin Resource. 8.2 Sampling governance To ensure the validity and integrity of samples audits of the sampling procedures are conduced monthly at RC rigs, the core cutting facility, and quarterly at ALS (the primary analytical laboratory). The cut/sampled drill hole core is stored onsite at AngloGold Ashanti’s laydowns in Beatty, Nevada along with coarse rejects. Pulps and coarse rejects are returned from the laboratory and stored at the AngloGold Ashanti warehouse in Reno, Nevada, secure laboratory facilities, or in connex boxes at the fenced AngloGold Ashanti facility. ALS is the sole primary assay laboratory company for the Project, although several of their laboratories were used in the region due to insufficient capacity at any one laboratory. For gold analysis, the ALS laboratories in Reno and Tucson were used. Multielement inductively coupled plasma (ICP) mass spectrometry (MS) analysis was completed at a regional hub, in this case by ALS Vancouver. The Reno and Vancouver laboratories are ISO/IEC 17025 accredited and are independent of AngloGold Ashanti. Samples were prepared (ALS code PREP-41) and sieved at less than 180µm (80 mesh), with the laboratory retaining both fractions. The less than 180µm sample was then split down to a 250g sample and then pulverised (ALS code PUL-31) to 85% passing 75µm. This material was analysed using fire assay (ALS code Au-ICP22) and multi-element four acid digestion with an ICP-MS finish and low detection mercury (ALS code ME-MS61m). Routine gold analyses were carried out by ALS using the ALS method code Au-ICP22 (prior to April 2024) or Au-AA24 (starting in April 2024). Au-ICP22 is a 50g fire assay with an ICP atomic emission spectroscopy (AES) finish. Au-AA24 is a 50g fire assay with an atomic absorption spectroscopy finish (AAS). Samples that reported a fire assay result greater than 0.150g/t receive an additional 30g cyanide leach analysis (ALS method code Au-AA13) and were analysed for gold and silver. Samples that report a fire assay result greater than 10g/t, were AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 62 analysed using the ALS code Au-GRAV22 analytical method which is a fire assay with a gravimetric finish. The fire assay analysis is considered a total analysis for gold while the cyanide leach analysis is considered partial. Additional analyses for other elements were carried out using a four-acid digest and ICP-MS finish under the ALS method code ME-MS61m. Drill samples were collected from the drill site at the Merlin deposit and delivered to the core logging facility in Beatty, Nevada. Samples were stored in a fenced enclosure with a locked gate before they are processed through the core logging facility. The drill samples were processed according to AngloGold Ashanti standards and described in the internal Core Logging Standard Operation Procedure (SOP) document. All intervals for sampling were marked up by geologists at site, and sample tags stapled onto the boxes. Following logging and sample marking, holes were either cut using automated diamond-blade saws at the AngloGold Ashanti 's facility in Beatty. The chain of custody for all samples was maintained by AngloGold Ashanti until the point of handover to ALS personnel (either at site to their shipping company, or upon delivery to the laboratory by a third party trucking company). Internal movements of samples by ALS from one laboratory to another were managed using the laboratory's internal tracking system. All assay data were transmitted electronically, with direct imports of assay files from the laboratory into the AngloGold Ashanti database (Datashed, acQuire). A visual inspection of assays received against expected zones of mineralisation was then carried out in Leapfrog to flag any unexpected results and ensure no transcription errors had occurred. 8.3 Quality control and quality assurance (QA/QC) Coarse blank and certified reference material (CRM) samples and duplicates were included as part of the routine sample submissions to the laboratories for both for RC and drill hole core samples. These samples were numbered in sequence with the primary samples and included in the relevant shipments when sent to the laboratory. 8.3.1 Certified reference material Several CRMs of varying gold concentration and oxidation state were used during each drilling campaign. A CRM was inserted into the primary drill sample stream at a rate of up to one in 20 samples, depending on the drilling programme. Where possible, the CRM was selected to match the expected grade and oxidation state of the surrounding primary drill samples. CRM results for global bias are considered good, with the mean result for all analytes within a ±5% relative difference acceptance range. Assay data were received from ALS as digital files from which quality control and quality assurance (QA/QC) reports were prepared for each drill hole by the database manager and sent to the senior project geologist for review. In cases where CRM assays were returned with gold values outside two standard deviations from the expected value, the CRM sample plus the 10 samples above and below the erroneous standard were re- assayed by the laboratory. Occasionally a re-assay could not be completed due to the CRM being completely consumed by the assay process. For these rare cases, the original results were accepted. Once an assay certificate was issued for the re-assayed values, and all QA/QC samples (both AngloGold Ashanti and laboratory standards) were verified to be within acceptable limits, the re-assay values were entered into the database as final. 8.3.2 Blank samples Coarse blanks were sourced from landscape supply companies and included three different rock types. One was a quartzite, another was a quaternary basalt ‘lava rock’, and the other is a granite. One prepared pulp blank was sourced from CDN Research in Langley, Canada. These samples were inserted at a rate of approximately one blank for every two CRM samples, and one field duplicate was inserted for every two CRM samples. The analytical QA/QC measures employed by AngloGold Ashanti are sufficient to properly monitor analytical accuracy and precision, and possible in-laboratory contamination. Coarse blanks were reviewed in relation to the preceding sample assay value. Results of this analysis, showing the primary sample and subsequent coarse blank sample, reflected negligible (majority <1%) carryover in relation to any prior high-grade samples. Occasionally re-assays could not be completed due to contamination at the primary crushing stage. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 63 8.3.3 Duplicates For RC drilling, field duplicates were collected as a second split from the rig splitter, whereas for DD hole core, duplicates were collected by half-coring. Duplicates were inserted into the sample stream at 3.7% insertion rate for the 2020 to 2023 drill programmes and 5.7% for the 2023-2025 drill programmes. Duplicate pairs were evaluated in a scatterplot showing a reduced major axis (RMA) regression and had R2 values over 0.9 showing a good reproducibility of the results. 8.4 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy In the Qualified Person's opinion, the sample preparation, security, and analytical procedures at the Project (including the use of Coeur Sterling and Corvus Gold data) are adequate and appropriate for use in the estimation of Mineral Resource and for use in conceptual mine planning. Adequate verification work was completed by AngloGold Ashanti validate the Coeur Sterling and Corvus Gold data. All analytical procedures used follow conventional industry practices and are appropriate for use in the estimation of Mineral Resource and conceptual mine planning. 9. Data verification 9.1 Data verification procedures The Qualified Person verified the data being reported on and used as the basis of this Report by: • Visiting the Project and inspecting geology and mineralisation in outcrop and drill core. • Visiting the drill hole core and RC storage areas and inspecting sampling procedures. • Reviewing drill hole core and RC/drill hole core logging procedures. • Verifying the location of drill holes in the field. • Reviewing QA/QC protocols. • Reviewing quality analysis of RC data. • Reviewing the quality of the RC sample and assay data. • Conducting unannounced visits to the assay laboratory. 9.1.1 Internal reviews AngloGold Ashanti has developed and implemented a rigorous system of internal and external reviews aimed at providing assurance in respect of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. This structured system ensures the accuracy and validity of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. This approach involves a clear delegation of responsibilities, with individuals at various organisational levels assuming responsibility and reviewing the work they are directly involved in through an internal review and sign-off process. Mine site technical specialists, who may be Qualified Persons, prepare and document the information supporting the Mineral Reserve and Mineral Resource estimates. Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates are reviewed by the Project team’s technical specialists during key stages of the estimate generation and reporting, followed by a final review conducted by corporate Qualified Persons with a global oversight role. AngloGold Ashanti have a number of internal processes in support of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. These include reconciliation, mineability and dilution evaluations, investigations of grade discrepancies, long-term / strategic plan reviews, and mining studies to meet internal financing criteria for project advancement. 9.1.2 External audit An external independent audit was undertaken by RSC Consulting Limited (RSC) during November-December 2025 and reported in January 2026. RSC concluded that the Merlin Mineral Resource estimate for the Merlin deposit was reported in accordance with S-K 1300. No material risks were identified following completion of the external review. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 64 9.2 Limitations on, or failure to conduct verification There were no limitations placed on the Qualified Person with verifying the data that supports the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimate. 9.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy 9.3.1 Mr. Geoffrey Gushée Geoffrey Gushée completed site visits (refer to Chapter 2.6). Through completion of data verification procedures and activities listed in Section 9.1, Geoffrey Gushée has verified that: • Appropriate procedures, checks, and validations for drilling, sampling, assaying, and geological logging are in place. • Drilling, sampling, assaying, and logging activities are conducted and/or supervised by trained and competent personnel. • Core and RC logging is conducted to a high standard and meets industry standards for gold exploration. • Collar and downhole surveying have been performed using industry standard instrumentation, and suitable for determining 3D position of mineralised intercepts relied upon for interpreting mineralisation wireframes. • Appropriate levels of QA/QC are performed routinely to confirm precision and accuracy. • Density data is accurately measured, and adequate coverage of density data is available for tonnage estimation in Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. • Core recovery is measured, demonstrating acceptable DD core recoveries over time. • Data integrity is verified for data in the drill hole database. In the opinion of the Qualified Person, sample method, preparation, governance and analytical procedures as described are adequate and can be relied upon in the Mineral Resource estimates, and support the Mineral Reserve estimates. 9.3.2 Mr. Hamid Taghavi Hamid Taghavi completed site visits (refer to Chapter 2.6). Hamid Taghavi focused on verifying the adequacy and accuracy of data specifically related to Mineral Reserve, covering the following aspects: • The mine, overburden storage area and stockpile designs, and access requirements are accurate and feasible. Representative economic assumptions, including commodity prices, recovery rates, mining costs, processing costs, general and administrative costs and capital expenditures were used. Cut-off grade calculations reflect processing costs, metallurgical recoveries, and operational constraints. • The recovery factors are representative of the processing methods used. • Sensitivities conducted on key factors: metal prices, operating costs, recovery rates and overall slope angles, to assess the impact on the Mineral Reserve estimates. • The data, methods, and assumptions support Mineral Reserve estimation. The opinion of the Qualified Person is that the data used is adequate, accurate and sufficient to support the Mineral Reserve estimates. 10. Mineral processing and metallurgical testing 10.1 Introduction Metallurgical testing programs have been completed for the Silicon and Merlin deposits since 2021. Testing from four programs have been reviewed and deemed appropriate for estimation of reasonable prospects of

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 65 economic extraction for the Mineral Resource estimates for Silicon and Merlin and metallurgical modifying factors for the Mineral Reserve estimates for Merlin (Table 10.1). Table 10.1. Metallurgical testing programs, Silicon and Merlin deposits. Report Date Deposit Description 14 Oct 2021 Silicon Metallurgical testing programme on four master composites to collect process parameters for heap leach, gravity, milling/cyanidation, and flotation processing. Included gravity-cyanidation testing on 20 RC cuttings composites. Completed by McClelland Laboratories Inc. in Sparks, NV, USA. 15 Dec 2022 Merlin Scoping metallurgical test programme for indicative amenability to bottle roll cyanidation, gravity recovery, and flotation testwork on 10 drill core intervals. Completed by Kappes Cassiday and Associates in Reno, NV, USA (project ID MER01). 30 Apr 2024 Merlin Metallurgical test programme on 64 drill core intervals and 10 master composites to collect process parameters and variability data on a geometallurgical representative sample set. Testing included bottle roll leaching, agglomeration, column leach, and compacted permeability test- work. Completed by Kappes Cassiday and Associates in Reno, NV, USA (project ID MER02). 9 Jan 2025 Merlin Metallurgical test programme on 51 composites from whole core collected from 5 drill holes within the Merlin deposit. Testing was completed to collect process parameters for milling and gravity recovery, variability data, and size sensitivity data for milling and column heap leaching. Completed by McClelland Laboratories Inc. in Sparks, NV, USA. (project ID 4903) Additional characterisation and testing were completed on samples for the Silicon deposit. These include more variability and amenability testing for milling-cyanidation, heap leach cyanidation, flotation, and atmospheric oxidation of concentrates. Results from these programs will be incorporated into future studies. Limited testing was completed by a previous owner on the southern end of the Merlin pit shell. Testing included limited bottle roll and column leach tests. Results were generally consistent with other oxide materials tested near that area of the Merlin deposit. Not all of the sampling methods could be verified and the limited amount of test results reported from these programs were excluded from estimates of the metallurgical response. 10.2 Merlin deposit 10.2.1 Mineral processing and metallurgical testing 10.2.1.1 Metallurgical sampling Sampling for the testwork completed in 2022 (by Kappes Cassiday and Associates) targeted 6.1m composites from the stratigraphic units that contained most of the gold mineralisation. These intervals were selected from different areas and elevations throughout the Merlin deposit. Of the 10 intervals selected, four were from the Bullfrog Tuff unit and four were from the Tram Tuff. The remaining intervals were selected from deeper and more refractory units, mostly outside of the planned pit, and rhyolite of the Picture Rock and Joshua Hollow Formations. A geometallurgical analysis was completed using the geochemical data to guide the selection of intervals for Merlin variability testing completed in 2024. The drill hole data were composited to 9.1m and intervals with less than 0.2g/t gold were removed. Using a clustering algorithm applied to the geochemical data six clusters were identified based on the concentrations of iron, mercury, sulphur, strontium, tellurium, and vanadium. Two of these clusters (clusters 2 and 4) were relatively similar and were combined for sampling and analysis. Cluster three included areas with significant alunite alteration with variable degrees of oxidation. The other clusters lacked indications of strong alunite alteration. Each of these clusters captured a different degree of oxidation. Most of the least oxidised composites were included in cluster six and were located outside of the planned pit. Figure 10.1 plots the composites in respect to the sulphur to iron ratio as a proxy for oxidation and the potassium plus sodium to aluminium ratio which maps the transition from clays (close to the origin) to micas (~0.3) and feldspars (~1.0). Drill core from these intervals were collected for a metallurgical testing program conducted at Kappes Cassiday for the 2024 programme. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 66 Figure 10.1. Merlin geometallurgical clusters of 30ft composites with grades above 0.2g/t gold. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. The colour of each point indicates the cluster, the shape indicating the location in respect to the planned pit shell, and the size indicating the ratio of cyanide soluble gold to total assayed gold content. Whole core samples from five PQ diameter drill holes were tested in McClelland Laboratories Inc. Drilling and sampling was completed in 2024 with testing completed in 2025. Three of these drill holes targeted mineralisation within phase 1 of the planned Merlin pit shell centred on the Lynnda Vein mineralisation. The other two drill holes were in mineralisation to the north and to the west within the Merlin pit shell. After geological logging at site, whole core within the likely mineralised zone was delivered to the metallurgical laboratory and divided into 3m intervals. Samples for comminution testing were collected from whole core before each 3m interval was crushed to a nominal 50mm size then blended and split (coned and quartered) with hand tools. Representative splits were reserved for column leach testing while the remainder of the material was further crushed, blended, and split in a similar fashion to produce representative splits at finer sizes for assaying and bottle roll testing. Intervals were combined into 35 sections with continuous lithology, alteration and grades generally above 0.2g/t gold. Each of these now larger intervals were used for coarse bottle roll testing. Based on those results, intervals with similar lithology, alteration, and apparent amenability to cyanidation were combined to make seven composites representing average grade material and three composites representation high grade vein material within the main pit shell. In the west hole, two composites were made representing a less amenable sulphide composite and a more amenable leach composite. In the north hole, three composites of average grades and variability amenability, and a composite of a single high-grade vein intercepted were made for testing. The test- work programme included head analysis, comminution, bottle roll leach, column leach, agglomeration, load permeability and gravity testwork. Figure 10.2 illustrates the sample distribution in the 2025 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve pit shells. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 67 Figure 10.2. Merlin sample locations by test program, Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve pit shells. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. LOM: life of mine; KCA: Kappes Cassiday & Associates; MLI: McClelland Laboratories Inc. 10.2.1.2 Mineralogy Semi-quantitative mineralogical analyses were completed by Advanced Mineral Technology Laboratory (AMTEL, London, ON, Canada) for samples from included in the 2022 and 2024 testing programmes at Kappes Cassiday and Associates (KCA). Intervals from high-grade vein intercepts and two intervals representing average and low oxide grades were collected for full gold deportment analyses. These were completed by Integrated Process Mineralogy Solutions Inc (iPIMNS, Mississauga, ON, Canada). The general mineralogy of the samples indicated the presence of a range of clays including kaolinite, illite, and smectite in typically low but varying amounts. Although the abundance of silicates varied from sample to sample, the rock mineralogy was similar for all samples. With some minor exceptions, sulphur content in the samples tested was very low and on average ≤0.16% for all samples. For most samples the sulphide content was ≤0.01%. Jarosite was the primary sulphate mineral observed, followed by baryte and alunite. The sulphur mineralogy of the samples indicated that the sulphur content is mainly associated with pyrite and very small quantities of chalcopyrite, arsenopyrite, pyrrhotite, and marcasite. Sphalerite and galena were observed mostly in trace amounts. The gangue mineralogy consisted of silicates like quartz, orthoclase and albite, as well as clays such as kaolinite and illite, with orthoclase being the most common feldspar mineral identified. Quantities of oxides of iron ranging from 0.6 to 3 wt.%, were also detected as hematite and goethite. The higher pyrrhotite content in the samples was limited to ≤24ppm. Cyanide soluble sources of iron and copper are therefore minimal with the highest copper content being 21ppm. A gold deportment study on seven composite samples from Merlin deposit was performed to determine the distribution of gold among different phases in the ore, and to identify the mineralogical factors that affect gold recoveries. Modal mineralogy, liberation, elemental deportment, microscopic/visible gold morphology and quantification of sub-microscopic gold (invisible gold) in iron-oxide and other minerals were investigated. The gold grade in the seven composite samples with a grind of P80 100µm ranged from 0.451g/t gold to a high of 23.7g/t gold. The quantity of visible gold (under magnification) consisting of native gold and gold-silver electrum in samples with grain sizes of 1 to 168µm, ranged from 82% to 99.1%. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 68 A large fraction of the total gold in samples (65%-99%, average 82.2%) was determined to be liberated gold with the remainder being locked gold within the crystals of the impervious host minerals such as quartz, or pyrite. The invisible gold fraction consisting of extremely fine particles undetectable by standard microscopes or chemically associated with silicates and sulphide minerals ranged from less than 1% to 18%. The gold deportment study indicated a strong correlation between fraction of invisible gold and presence of hematite, goethite and alunite in the ore. 10.2.1.3 Comminution testing Comminution testing results included results from Steve Morrell Comminution (SMC) and the Bond work index suite: Low Energy Impact (Crusher), Rod Mill Work Index, Ball Mill Work Index and Abrasion Index, as well as high-pressure grinding rolls (HPGR) specific throughput. In the 2024 test programme completed by KCA, 10 samples were tested for Bond ball mill work index, Bond abrasion index and SMC data. The comminution testwork was subcontracted to Hazen Research, Inc in Golden, Colorado. In 2025 test programme by McClelland Laboratories (MLI), SMC and Bond suite determinations were completed for eight sets of samples. Whole PQ core samples were used for crusher work index determinations with the residues collected for the remaining comminution testing. SMC determinations were completed for seven of the eight composites by FLS Dawson Labs in Salt Lake City, Utah, and interpreted by JKTech remotely. One composite did not have sufficient material for SMC testing and was not included. Additional to the Bond and JKTech testing, HPGR specific throughput determinations were completed for 26 composites. These were completed using a pilot HPGR located at KCA in September 2023. 10.2.1.4 Gravity recovery testwork In the 2022 testing programme at KCA, samples were stage ground to P100 212µm and then gravity concentrated using a Falcon L40 concentrator. The Falcon concentrates were hand panned to produce cleaner concentrates. Cleaner concentrates were fire assayed in their entirety for gold and silver. The panned tailings were combined with the gravity tailings and bottle roll leached. In 2025 testing programme at MLI, high-grade vein composites were ground to a P80 of 150µm before gravity concentration using a laboratory Knelson concentrator (MD3). The resulting gravity concentrate was cleaned using a Mozley Super Panner table. The panned concentrates were later used for intensive cyanidation tests. The panned tailings and the gravity tailings were recombined for cyanidation tests. Also, in the 2025 testing programme at MLI, extended-gravity recoverable gold (E-GRG) tests were completed on four high-grade vein intervals. The procedure consisted of sequentially milling and processing 20kg samples using laboratory ball mills and a Knelson concentrator (MD3). Grind sizes evaluated were P100 850µm, P80 250µm and P80 75µm. The resulting gravity concentrate at each grind size was screened to separate by particle size. Size fractions were each dried, weighed and assayed for gold and silver. 10.2.1.5 Flotation testwork In the 2022 programme at KCA, rougher and cleaner flotation testwork was completed on a portion of the received samples. The samples were ground to a P80 150µm for the flotation tests. The reagents were selected for a bulk sulphide float with gold specific collectors. These were copper sulphate as an activator, Aero MX 955, Aerofloat 208 and PAX as collectors and Oreprep F-549 and Aerofroth 70 as frothers. The tests were conducted at a natural pH solution environment. The reagents used in the cleaner flotation tests included Aerofloat 208, and PAX as collectors the tests were conducted at a natural pH. No regrind was conducted. Results from these scoping tests were poor, as expected for oxide material. No additional testing was conducted in follow-up programs for the Merlin deposit. 10.2.1.6 Bottle roll cyanidation Bottle roll cyanidation tests were completed during each testing programme for the Merlin deposit. A total of 348 tests were completed on 135 different samples. Testing for most composites included direct leaching from material crushed to 1.7mm to collect indicative data for column and heap leaching and CIL testing at P80 106µm.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 69 Larger composites had additional testing for grind size variability, gravity-cyanidation, and sensitivity to sodium cyanide concentration. 10.2.1.7 Solid liquid separation (SLS) tests A single oxide composite comprised of material from the 2025 testing programme at McClelland Laboratories was submitted to Pocock Industrial in Salt Lake City, UT, USA for solid liquid separation (SLS) testing. Before shipping, subsamples of the composite were ground to P80 150µm, 106µm or 75µm before cyanide leaching. Leached residues were then used for rheology, thickening, vacuum filtration, and pressure filtration test-work. Testing indicated that pressure filtration was required to generate cakes suitable for stability in a filtered TSF. Residues from the different grind sizes were shipped to NewFields Mining Design and Technical Services for stability testing at their Elko, Nevada laboratory. 10.2.1.8 Column leach tests A total of 44 column leach tests were completed on 26 different composites. Testing for all composites included leaching after HPGR crushing. For larger composites, additional column leach tests were completed on crush sizes of 50mm and 12.7mm. 10.2.2 Metallurgical results 10.2.2.1 Comminution testing The average, 20th percentile, and 80th percentile of comminution testing is provided in Table 10.2. Table 10.2. Comminution test results summary. Items Mean 20th percentile 80th percentile CWi, kWh/t 8.2 7.3 9.1 RWi, kWh/t 17.8 17.05 18.5 BWi (150µm CSS), kWh/t 21.04 19.48 23.14 Ai, g 0.38 0.27 0.53 SG 2.46 2.49 2.43 A 72.41 65.4 79.0 b 0.63 0.46 0.74 A x b 44.4 38.1 48.9 ta 0.47 0.40 0.50 DWi, kWh/m3 5.78 5.15 6.50 DWi, % 39.12 31.0 48.0 Mia, kWh/t 18.9 17.00 20.9 Mih, kWh/t 13.64 11.90 15.40 Mic, kWh/t 7.04 6.20 7.90 SCSE, kWh/t 9.37 8.86 9.84 Note: CWi: Crusher Work Index, RWi: Bond Rod Mill Work index, BWi: Bond Ball Mill Work index, Ai: Bond Abrasion index, SG: specific gravity, A/b/Axb/ta: JKSimMet SAG mill simulation parameters, DWi: drop weight index, Mia/ih/ic: resistance to breakage parameters, SCSE: SAG circuit specific energy, kWh/t: kilowatt hour per metric tonne, kWh/m3: kilowatt hour per cubic metre. A total of 26 composites were subjected to HPGR crushing using a pilot machine located at KCA in Reno. The average feed F80 was 19.05mm and the average product P80 was 7.06mm, the average percent passing 1mm was 38%. Both HPGR testing programmes applied single pass, no screens and no edge recycling. Results from these pilot HPGR tests are summarised in Table 10.3. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 70 Table 10.3. Pilot HPGR test results summary. Items Mean 20th percentile 80th percentile Specific throughput, t/h m3 234 228.0 239.8 Specific energy input at shaft, kWh/t 1.95 1.85 2.02 Note: t/h m3: metric tonne per hour per cubic metre, kWh/t: kilowatt hour per metric tonne. The SMC grinding test-work indicates Merlin is a medium hard ore. The Bond Ball Work Indices indicate a material that is easily crushed, but difficult to grind. The Merlin HPGR results indicate an ore amenable to HPGR crushing. Because of the limited number of tests and uncertainty of ore proportions represented by each sample, the 80th percentile values for SMC and Bond Suite values are used for design (as opposed to 75th percentile to account for ore variability only during production). The HPGR preliminary sizing is based primarily on expected feed top size (50mm) and a manufacturers’ “catalogue” size available. The expected roll diameter required, at 2m, and roll width, at 1m, indicates the HPGR would achieve the required throughput, even with the lowest HPGR specific throughput measured (215t/h m3). 10.2.2.2 Gravity recovery testwork Batch gravity recoveries ranged from 2% to 11% of the contained gold for seven composites testing in the 2022 testing programme. More detailed E-GRG testing was completed for the 2025 programme on high grade vein samples. Results indicated that more significant amounts of gold will be recovered by gravity during operations from material similar to these samples. No specific scale-up work has been completed to estimate the coarse gold recovery during operations however, based on these results gravity recovery was included in the processing flowsheet. 10.2.2.3 Milling cyanidation Test results indicate that higher gold and silver recoveries are obtained at finer grind size. With the benefit of higher metal recoveries, finer grind size also carries relatively higher sodium cyanide and hydrated lime consumption. Results from the 2024 and 2025 testing programmes are illustrated in Figure 10.3. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 71 Figure 10.3. Merlin Bottle Roll Test Results, 2024 and 2025 Testing Programs (KCA MER02 and MLI 4903), results by grind size (P80 µm). Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. Au: gold; Ag: silver: NaCN: sodium cyanide; kg/t: kilogram per metric tonne. Based on filtration and tailings stability data, the additional recovery gained for finer grinding to 75µm would not compensate for the additional filtration and material handling needed for filtered tailings. Gold recovery by milling cyanidation is modelled to be variable based on the gold head grade. This is based on the data collected from all CIL, P80 106µm test data collected for Merlin. Data were grouped into five grade bins. Outliers were removed and the median head grades and recoveries from each bin were selected. Material types and head grade medians with their recovery medians are illustrated in in Figure 10.4. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 72 Figure 10.4. Gold recovery vs head grade by ore types, oxide material. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. Ox: Oxide, TT: Tram Tuff, BT: Bullfrog Tuff, other: none silicic/silicic adularia; SSA: Silicic/silicic adularia. A linear log regression model was fitted to the median points. Oxide Materials: Modeled via linear log regression 𝑅𝐴𝑢(%) = 4.633 × log10 𝐴𝑢 + 91.96 𝑅𝐴𝑢(%) ≤ 95 Where: Au is gold head grade in grams per metric ton and RAu is the gold recovery percentage. Gold recoveries from transition and sulphide materials indicated little correlation with the gold head grade. Flat recoveries based on the average of test results, are predicted at the current stage of the Project: • Transition materials: Flat recovery of 73.95%. • Sulfide materials: Flat recovery of 15.09%. As shown in Figure 10.5, silver recovery showed little correlation with the silver head grades. Thus, a flat silver recovery is predicted at the current stage of the Project. Silver recovery was therefore modeled as flat recovery, weighted by silver content distribution. Overall mill silver recovery was 22.21%.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 73 Figure 10.5. Silver recovery vs head grade. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. Ox: oxidised, T: Transitional, S: Unoxidised, TT: tram tuff, BT: Bullfrog Tuff, SSA: Silicic/Silicic Adularia, other: none Silicic/Silicic Adularia. 10.2.2.4 Pressure filtration Pocock Industrial conducted solid liquid separation tests on three tailing products from the same oxide composite. The SLS test programme developed a set of data for design and optimisation of thickening and filtration equipment for the study. Pressure filtration tests examined the effect of membrane squeeze, air-dry duration on production rate and filter cake moisture for each material at the feed solids concentrations expected in the plant. At 80psig for fill and air blow, pressure filtration with membrane squeeze with air blow on the P80 106µm material provided 15.5% filtered cake moisture. Moisture contents of the filter cake from pressure filtration can be produced with very close to optimum for the coarsest grind (150µm) and the middle grind (106µm) yielded results that were 2-3% above optimum moisture content. The finest grind (75µm) was 6-7% above optimum moisture content. This result suggests that tailings at a grind size P80 of 75µm would require additional moisture reduction practices during placement and compaction on a TSF. In conclusion, grind sizes 150µm and 106µm are amendable to placement in a filtered TSF with little to no moisture manipulation however 75µm would require additional handling to reduce the moisture content before final placement. 10.2.2.5 Heap leach cyanidation A total of 26 tests were completed on composites after single pass crushing in a pilot HPGR. The crush size from these tests varied between P80 5mm and 9mm. The 2025 programme at McClelland Laboratories included testing after crushing to P80 50mm or 12.7mm for composites having enough material. All composites were tested after crushing by HPGR. For 8 of the 11 composites tested after crushing to 12.7mm and crushing by HPGR, the reduced top size and increased fines content in the HPGR resulted in increases of gold leaching kinetics and recoveries by 2% to 17% with an average increase of 9%. For three of the 11 composites, the HPGR tests reported 5%, 7%, and AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 74 8% lower recoveries compared to the P80 12.7mm tests. The lower recovery may be a result of assay variability affecting the calculated head grade or poor permeability during column leaching. Total leach duration, recovery, and calculated head grades for the 44 column leach tests included in pre- feasibility study are illustrated in Figure 10.6 and provided in Table 10.4. Figure 10.6. Column leach test results. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. HPGR: High-pressure grinding rolls. Table 10.4. Column leach test results. Sample ID Description Crush Size Leach Time, days Gold recovery % Silver recovery % Calculated Head Grade Gold g/mt Silver g/mt 4903-041 Phase 1 Leach 1 50mm 154 76% 8% 0.74 1.3 12.7mm 117 80% 7% 0.64 1.4 HPGR 103 81% 7% 0.59 1.4 4903-042 Phase 1 Leach 2 50mm 219 86% 20% 0.51 0.4 12.7mm 137 94% 50% 0.50 0.2 HPGR 75 89% 50% 0.45 0.2 4903-043 Phase 1 Leach 3 50mm 374 51% 7% 0.70 1.5 12.7mm 299 56% 7% 0.80 1.4 HPGR 263 70% 7% 0.91 1.4 4903-044 Phase 1 Leach 4 50mm 352 68% 3% 0.96 3.6 12.7mm 243 71% 3% 0.91 4.0 HPGR 217 77% 3% 0.92 3.8 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 75 Sample ID Description Crush Size Leach Time, days Gold recovery % Silver recovery % Calculated Head Grade Gold g/mt Silver g/mt 4903-045 Phase 1 Leach 5 12.7mm 215 80% 5% 1.65 2.1 HPGR 129 88% 5% 1.41 2.1 4903-046 Phase 1 Leach 6 12.7mm 303 65% 5% 2.76 6.6 HPGR 287 82% 8% 2.67 6.5 4903-047 Phase 1 Leach 7 50mm 357 86% 28% 4.02 1.8 12.7mm 279 93% 31% 3.36 1.3 HPGR 287 85% 28% 5.62 1.8 4903-048 Phase 1 Vein 1 HPGR 249 92% 77% 13.41 4.3 4903-049 Phase 1 Vein 2 HPGR 204 72% 5% 3.79 12.6 4903-050 Phase 1 Vein 3 HPGR 288 78% 66% 24.12 10.9 4903-036 West Leach 50mm 329 82% 8% 1.02 2.5 12.7mm 158 80% 8% 0.93 2.5 HPGR 131 90% 15% 0.76 2.6 4903-037 West Sulphide HPGR 77 74% 44% 0.27 1.6 4903-038 North Leach 1 50mm 357 83% 7% 1.35 1.4 12.7mm 269 82% 6% 1.25 1.7 HPGR 279 75% 11% 1.54 1.8 4903-039 North Leach 2 12.7mm 143 58% 7% 0.48 1.4 HPGR 131 63% 7% 0.49 1.5 4903-040 North Leach 3 12.7mm 143 71% 14% 0.45 0.7 HPGR 131 82% 17% 0.45 0.6 4903-051 North Vein HPGR 263 74% 21% 7.64 7.8 MerMC-001 Oxide Type 1 HPGR 73 80% 10% 0.31 1.7 MerMC-002 Oxide Type 1 HPGR 145 72% 6% 0.95 1.7 MerMC-003 Oxide Type 2 HPGR 100 52% 6% 0.41 3.2 MerMC-004 Oxide Type 2 HPGR 73 68% 14% 0.55 6.6 MerMC-005 Oxide Type 2 HPGR 170 81% 13% 0.96 3.6 MerMC-006 Oxide Type 2 HPGR 170 68% 11% 2.49 5.7 MerMC-007 Oxide Type 3 HPGR 100 75% 9% 0.83 1.9 MerMC-008 Alunitic Oxide HPGR 73 76% 3% 1.39 4.1 MerMC-009 Unoxidised HPGR 79 21% 13% 0.45 1.5 MerMC-010 Unoxidised HPGR 79 12% 8% 1.06 2.3 Note: HPGR: Highpressure grinding rolls; g/mt: gram per metric tonne. To expand the variability dataset for heap leach cyanidation, every composite was subjected to bottle roll cyanidation for 96 hours after crushing to P80 1.7mm. A comparison between the coarse bottle roll tests and the column leach tests indicates that these are a suitable proxy for composites without column leach testing. Results from the coarse bottle roll tests are illustrated in Figure 10.7. The coarse bottle roll test recovery versus the HPGR column leach recovery for 26 composites is plotted in Figure 10.8. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 76 Figure 10.7. Coarse (1.7mm) bottle roll test results, composite grade below 1.7g/mt gold. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. g/mt: gram per metric tonne.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 77 Figure 10.8. Coarse bottle test recovery versus HPGR column leach test recovery. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. HPGR: High-pressure grinding rolls. Based on the column leach data collected for HPGR crushing, the final gold recovery is estimated as 79.0%. Estimates for transition and sulphide material relied on bottle roll proxy data. Final gold recoveries from these are estimated as 63.7% and 13.36%, respectively. Silver recovery was generally low for all composites tested. Heap leach silver recovery for all material types is estimated as 10.2%. 10.2.2.6 Agglomeration Preliminary agglomeration optimisation tests were completed for HPGR crushed samples during both the 2024 and 2025 testing programmes. Results indicated that 3kg to 10kg of cement per tonne of feed would be needed for effective agglomeration. Loaded permeability testing completed on the testing residues confirmed that cement agglomeration was required to maintain acceptable permeability for HPGR crushed material under the full heap leach height. Agglomeration would not likely be required for material crushed to 12.7mm. Tests crushed to 12.7mm maintained acceptable permeability up to 60m of simulated heap stack height and only a single test reported permeability below a reasonably acceptable limit for 91m and 122m. The fines content versus the hydraulic conductivity for the 2025 McClelland Laboratories testing programme are plotted in Figure 10.9. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 78 Figure 10.9. Hydraulic conductivity at 122m simulated stack height. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. HPGR: High Pressure Grinding Rolls Lph/m2: Litre per hour per square metre. 10.3 Silicon deposit 10.3.1 Mineral processing and metallurgical testing A metallurgical testwork study was completed in 2021. The programme aimed to assess four potential processing routes: run-of-mine (ROM) heap leaching; crushed heap leaching; conventional milling and leaching; and finally; milling with a float-fine-grind leach circuit. The testwork was broadly split into two components, the master composite and RC drilling variability composite programs. The master composite programme covered a full suite of metallurgical testing for concept level process flowsheet development and metallurgical characterisation. Samples were composited into four main alteration classes thought to have discrete metallurgical properties. Approximately 180-300kg of PQ and/or HQ DD core were composited into four main alteration types: advanced argillic fresh (sulphidic); advanced argillic oxide; illitic/other fresh (sulphidic) and illitic/other oxide. The purpose of the master composite programme was to develop a concept level flowsheet. The test-work included column heap leach tests at two crush sizes, direct cyanide bottle rolls for carbon-in-leach (CIL) and direct cyanide bottle rolls after flotation and fine-grinding. Head assays, comminution testing, gravity separation, mineralogy, and coarse bottle roll tests were also completed. The RC programme studied five composites from each of the four main alteration types (20 total) and different gold grades. The as-received samples of RC drill chips were composited. Testing included direct cyanide bottle roll tests after grinding to P80 of 75 and 106µm, both with and without prior gravity separation. Matching samples were also subjected to LeachWell bottle rolls and 30g cyanide soluble gold analysis (shake leaches) after pulverising to a nominal 75µm. 10.3.2 Metallurgical results Recoveries for gold and silver recoveries were developed for four different processing options. 1. Heap leaching ROM material without crushing. 2. Heap leaching material crushed to P100 12.5mm. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 79 3. CIL cyanidation after milling to P80 75µm with a gravity recovery circuit. 4. Rougher flotation after milling to P80 105µm, re-grinding the rougher concentrate, and CIL cyanidation of the combined re-ground concentrate and rougher flotation tailings. Gravity recovery is included with the initial grinding stage. The ROM heap leach recovery was based on an extrapolation of the P100 44mm crushed leach column tests and can only be considered at indicative in the absence of additional test-work. Recoveries for the other three processing options are based on laboratory testing. Operating costs were based on test-work conditions and benchmarks from Forte Dynamics. The 12.5mm Crushed Heap Leach was selected as the preferred case for the Concept Study based on technical-economic evaluations. There were no issues with percolation during column leach testing after crushing to 12.5mm indicating that cement agglomeration is not likely needed. Clays need to be fully characterised to determine risk to solution flows in the heap leach facility. Tellurides may influence kinetics but not necessarily on final recovery, to be investigated further. Other refractory components will need to be understood with variability and detailed analysis in future mining studies. Refer to Table 10.5 for the estimated recovery for Silicon. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 80 Table 10.5. Silicon estimated recovery. Flowsheet Unit Material Type (Alteration Redox) Source AA_FR AA_OX IL_FR IL_OX ROM heap leach Gold Recovery (%) 57.0% 67.0% 41.0% 59.0% Estimated Silver Recovery (%) 30.0% 20.0% 10.0% 25.0% Estimated 12.5mm crushed heap leach (selected flowsheet) Gold Recovery (%) 72.0% 82.0% 56.0% 74.0% Testwork Silver Recovery (%) 45.0% 35.0% 25.0% 40.0% Testwork Milling-cyanidation (CIL) Gold Recovery (%) 85.1% 91.4% 46.8% 83.6% Testwork Silver Recovery (%) 75.5% 41.2% 36.3% 74.7% Testwork Flotation with cyanidation (CIL) of re-ground concentrate and float tailings Gold Recovery (%) 85.1% 91.4% 46.8% 86.6% Testwork Silver Recovery (%) 75.5% 41.2% 36.3% 74.7% Testwork Note: ROM: run-of mine; CIL: carbon-in-leach; Au: gold; Ag: silver; AA_FR: Advanced Adularia, Fresh; AA_OX: Advanced Adularia, Oxidised; IL_FR: Illitic, Fresh; IL_OX: Illitic, Oxide.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 81 10.4 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy The volume, quality, and representativeness of testing completed for the Silicon deposit is appropriate and consistent with industry-standard practices and can support a Mineral Resource estimate. Additional testing and evaluations to advance studies of the Silicon deposit were in progress at the Report date. The volume, quality, and representativeness of testing completed for the Merlin deposit is appropriate and consistent with industry-standard practices and can support Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation and mine planning. There are no additional processing factors or deleterious elements known that could have a significant impact on economic extraction or sale of doré product. Additional testing and evaluations to advance studies of the Merlin were in progress at the Report date. 11. Mineral Resource estimates 11.1 Introduction The Merlin and Silicon deposits are located approximately 2km apart, with the upper rim of the Mineral Resource shells approaching 150m apart (Figure 11.1). Figure 11.1. Mineral Resource model boundaries for the Arthur Gold Project. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 82 In this Report, the Merlin and Silicon deposits were treated as individual deposits and estimated using separate Mineral Resource models. Data analysis, geological modelling, block model parameters, and grade estimation were dependent on information available at the time of model creation. Some drill holes are used for both the Silicon and Merlin estimates due to overlapping Mineral Resource model boundaries. Despite this shared data, the resource shells are mutually exclusive and provide unique, non- overlapping Mineral Resource numbers. AngloGold Ashanti were responsible for the Merlin gold and silver Mineral Resource estimates. The Nevada Projects Geology team was responsible for the datasets, QA/QC of the datasets, geological interpretation, geological domaining, model flagging, and reporting of the Mineral Resource. Mineral Resource modelling was conducted between August and October 2025, following an infill drill campaign. AngloGold Ashanti commissioned RESPEC Company, LLC (RESPEC) to estimate gold and silver Mineral Resource estimates for the Silicon deposit. RESPEC documented estimation methodology, results, and related reviews of data including QA/QC and Data Verification. RESPEC completed the Silicon model work in October 2022. Drill hole data, digital topography of the Project area, and geological and block models, use the NAD83 UTM Zone 11N coordinate system. Distance unit measurements are in metres with gold and silver assay values modelled in grams per tonne for both the Merlin and Silicon deposits. 11.2 Merlin deposit 11.2.1 Exploratory data analysis The Merlin Mineral Resource estimate was based on a database extracted 29th of August, September 23rd, and September 20th, 2025, for gold, silver, and density, respectively, by AngloGold Ashanti personnel. Drilling is orientated in multiple directions with spacing ranging from 40m x 40m in the better-drilled southern areas to 160 x 160m spacing in the poorly drilled areas. The dataset consisted of 1,132 drill holes, of which 863 were used in the Mineral Resource estimate. The dataset included wet RC drill holes, DD holes, RC pre-collars with DD, piezometer holes and historic drill holes. Wet RC drilling is common in Nevada due to governmental health and safety regulations. Model data consisted of information collected by AngloGold Ashanti and data acquired through the 2023 purchase of Coeur Sterling and Corvus Gold. Database checks were performed as part of the estimate. Base checks include the search for duplicate samples, missing data, and inconsistencies in the downhole survey and density tables. More thorough studies were performed on core sample loss and drill sample types which were used to guide compositing and grade estimation parameters. Exploratory data analysis identified the requirement for sub domains within most of the primary estimation domains to separate the higher and lower-grade gold and silver populations. The sub domains were constructed using a probabilistic domaining approach based on indicator kriging. For example, a composite interval was assumed to fall with the higher-grade mineralised domain if the composited grade was 1.7g/t gold in the 2500 domain. 11.2.2 Geological model Merlin mineralisation is a low-sulphidation gold deposit within an extensional setting. The deposit scale or first- order structures are well understood, while the confidence in second and third-order structures are lower due to the current drill hole spacing. The Crater Flat Group is the favourable host of both disseminated and vein style mineralisation. The disseminated style gold mineralisation strongly correlates to the degree of hydrothermal alteration and lithology. The variability in gold grades is similar between the two styles of mineralisation and can range from 0.1g/t gold to greater than 100g/t gold in each style. Gold mineralisation is assumed to postdate major fault movement as it is spatially defined by fault block boundaries and lithological units within those blocks. Due to this relationship, the mineralisation domains were separated into seven fault block domains to ensure grades were not extrapolated across domain boundaries. The domains were interpreted and modelled within the Leapfrog mining software using continuous mineralised volumes present within the Bullfrog-Tram group. Mineralisation was observed in the Picture Group, but the drill hole spacing is sparse and reasonable geological shapes could not be interpreted with available drill data. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 83 Structural fault blocks formed the boundaries for the estimation domains and were sub-divided within each block using lithological contacts for the Paintbrush Group, Bullfrog Group, Tram Group, Picture Rock Group, and the Sierra Blanca Group. Domain boundaries are defined in Table 11.1 and Figure 11.2. Table 11.1. Fault block domains for Merlin. Domain Sub- Domain Description 1000 Western background domain within fault block (FB) 1000. 1500 Western mineralised domain within FB 1000 and the Bullfrog and Tram Groups. Includes lower grade (1501) and higher grade (1505) subdomains based on an indicator or categorical kriging of 0.6g/t gold. No higher- grade population was observed for silver. 2000 Central background domain within FB 2000. 2500 Central mineralised domain within FB 2000, Bullfrog and Tram Groups. Includes lower grade (2501) and higher grade (2505) subdomains based on an indicator or categorical kriging of 1.7g/t Au; No higher-grade population was observed for silver. 2600 Central mineralised domain within the FB 3000 and within the Picture Rock Group. 3000 Southeastern background domain within FB 3000. 3500 Southeastern mineralised domain within FB 3000 and the Bullfrog and Tram Groups. Includes lower grade (3501) and higher grade (3505) subdomains based on an indicator or categorical kriging of 1.5g/t gold or 2.00g/t silver. 3600 Southeastern mineralised domain located below the 3500, proximal to the boundary contact between the Tram and Picture Rock Groups and within FB 3000. 3700 Northeastern mineralised domain within FB 3000 and the Bullfrog and Tram Groups. Includes lower grade (3501) and higher grade (3505) subdomains based on an indicator or categorical kriging of gold 1.5g/t, no higher-grade silver population was observed. 4000 Northern background domain within FB 4000. 4500 Northern mineralised domain within FB 4000 and the Bullfrog and Tram Groups. 4510 Northern mineralised domain within FB 4000 and the Sierra Blanca Group. 4520 Northern mineralised domain within FB 4000 and the Sierra Blanca Group. 5000 Background domain within FB 5000. 6000 Background domain within FB 6000. 7000 Northeastern background domain within FB 7000. Note: FB: fault block. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 84 Figure 11.2. Fault block boundaries for Merlin – plan view. Note: Prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. FB: fault block. Oxidation at Merlin is pervasive. A thick oxidation blanket extends to over 600m depth across Merlin and encompasses most of the gold mineralisation. It is currently interpreted that the significant depth extent of oxidation at Merlin is due to the high fracture density within the Crater Flat Group, resulting from the brittle deformation from the faults described above that allowed oxidising fluid to move through. Throughout Merlin, increased fracture density typically correlates to increased oxidation intensity. Oxidation surfaces were modelled using a combination of visual logging and gold recovery ratios. Oxidation surfaces define the contact between oxide to transitional and transitional to sulphide. The drill holes and block model were flagged with the estimation domains, stratigraphic sequence and oxidation surfaces within Leapfrog software and exported to Datamine software. The stratigraphic sequence was denoted as an integer in the “lith” field of the block model. The mine model was a copy of the block model with field names adjusted to allow geotechnical software to run. Numeric values used are listed in Table 11.2.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 85 Table 11.2. Block model coding for lithological units. Block model Mine model Lithologic unit 101 1 Quaternary Alluvium 102 2 Younger Landslide Breccia 103 3 Rainer Mesa 104 4 Owl Canyon 105 5 Paintbrush Group 106 6 Bullfrog Tuff 107 7 Tram Tuff 108 8 Lithic Ridge Tuff 109 9 Picture Rock Group 110 10 Sierra Blanca 111 11 Joshua Hollow 11.2.3 Density assignment The bulk density estimation domains were based on the intersection of the fault blocks (codes 1000, 2000, etc) and the modelled lithologies (codes 101, 102, etc), with a resulting code that is the concatenation of the lithology code followed by the fault block code. Bulk density values were reviewed against the interpreted oxidation and alteration domains with limited population differences observed between each group. Based on the breakdown of primary domains by lithological blocks, there were a total of 37 bulk density domains. Of the 37 domains, three contained sufficient data to support estimation. The remaining 34 domains were assigned a constant bulk density value equal to the average bulk density by lithology shown in Table 11.3. Table 11.3. Bulk density assignment for un-estimated blocks. Variable Density Domain Assigned value (g/cm3) Variable Density Domain Assigned value (g/cm3) Bulk density 1011000 1.58 Density 1071000 2.28 1012000 1072000 1063000* 1063000* 1014000 1074000 1015000 1075000 1016000 1076000 1021000 1.71 1081000 2.39 1022000 1082000 1063000* 1063000* 1024000 1084000 1025000 1085000 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 86 Variable Density Domain Assigned value (g/cm3) Variable Density Domain Assigned value (g/cm3) 1026000 1086000 1031000 1.85 1091000 2.39 1032000 1092000 1063000* 1063000* 1034000 1094000 1035000 1095000 1036000 1096000 1041000 1.56 1101000 2.38 1042000 1102000 1063000* 1063000* 1044000 1104000 1045000 1105000 1046000 1106000 1051000 2.03 1111000 2.41 1052000 1112000 1063000* 1063000* 1054000 1114000 1055000 1115000 1056000 1116000 1061000 2.21 *Fault block 3000 includes Fault block 7000 1062000 1063000* 1064000 1065000 1066000 Note: * Fault block 3000 includes Fault block 7000. Bulk density was estimated using ordinary kriging with a two-pass search strategy and omnidirectional neighbourhoods. The search dimensions increased, the minimum number of composites decreased, and the optimum number of composites increased for the second-pass search neighbourhood. 11.2.4 Grade capping/outlier restriction The ordinary kriging panel estimates used capping and distance restriction capping techniques. The distance restriction method involved using uncapped or higher-capped composites if these composites were less than the distance threshold; otherwise, a secondary capping was applied. The distance restriction was limited to AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 87 40m. The selected thresholds were based on inflections and discontinuities in histograms, log probability plots, and metal quantities above thresholds. Identification of localised uniform conditioning caps for the composite data was completed following a review of histograms, log-probability plots, mean-variance plots and cumulative metal plots, with all individual domains and variables assessed. Diagrams showing histograms, log-probability plots, mean and variance plots and cumulative metal for all variables in all domains and density were prepared to define the values. In addition to the global capping, distance restrictions were employed during estimation for selected domains. The purpose was to limit the spatial influence of local high-grade assays to avoid excessive extrapolation of high grades into regions of lower grades. The selection of the distance restriction threshold value was based on log-probability plots, grade histograms, and spatial review. In the background domains for gold and silver, the distribution was truncated and not capped to reduce the influence of higher-grade composites further. Resulting cap values and distances by domain are provided in Table 11.4. Table 11.4. Grade capping and distance restrictions by estimation domain. Gold (g/t) capping approach Silver (g/t) capping approach Dom Global Distance Distance Capping or Dom Global Distance Distance Capping or Cap Restriction Capping Truncation Cap Restriction Capping Truncation 1001 0.8 40 0.1 Truncated 1001 1 40 0.11 Truncated 1501 0.7 - - - 1501 9.65 - - - 1505 4.85 40 3.75 Capped 2001 4.5 40 0.15 Truncated 2001 2.1 40 0.1 Truncated 2501 36.5 40 28.2 Capped 2501 5.4 40 4.13 Capped 3001 1 40 0.15 Truncated 2505 24.05 40 15.8 Capped 2601 8.5 40 0.19 Capped 2601 2 40 0.9 Capped 3501 5.1 40 4.4 - 3001 2 40 0.1 Truncated 3505 56 40 36 Capped 3501 9.9 40 7.3 Capped 3601 - - - - 3505 48.8 40 33.8 Capped 4001 16 40 10 Truncated 3601 0.88 40 0.75 Capped 3701 2.8 40 0.17 Capped 3701 6.95 40 4.3 Capped 4501 7.2 - - - 3705 10 - - - 4511 6.95 40 3.6 Capped 4001 1.05 40 0.1 Truncated 4521 3.55 - - - 4501 1.8 40 1.45 Capped 7001 2 40 0.17 Truncated 4511 1.05 40 0.76 Capped 4521 0.7 - - - 7001 1.5 40 0.1 Truncated Note: g/t: grams per tonne; Dom: domain. 11.2.5 Composites AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 88 Areas in the Merlin deposit return low sample recoveries from core drilling. These areas include both waste and mineralised zones. Drill samples are therefore excluded prior to compositing to manage non-representative samples, reduce sample bias, and limit artificial variability. This was accomplished by flagging samples above and below 50% drill recovery. Samples with a recovery of ≥50% were used for compositing, statistics, variograms, and grade estimation. Samples below the 50% threshold were not used and considered missing rather than zero-grade. The drill hole compositing routine was conducted using Datamine software. The compositing routine started at the drill hole collar location and restarted at each estimation domain boundary. A composite length of 3.05m for gold and 6.10m for silver was selected. Drill holes were composited to the chosen interval length with residuals in each domain added to the last composite. The estimation domains (i.e., based on the flagged block model) were used to code the 3.05m composited drill hole file. 11.2.6 Variography Experimental variograms were generated using drill hole information and directional variograms were modelled for all gold and silver domains. Omni-directional variograms were modelled for the density. Directional variograms were aligned sub-parallel to the regional stratigraphy that plunges 35° towards the east. Downhole experimental variograms were calculated for all variables in the transformed and naïve space. The downhole variograms were calculated using a lag of 3.05m or 6.10m, depending on the corresponding metal composite length. These variograms were used to infer the nugget variance of the Gaussian, back transformed, and naïve modelled variograms. Gaussian variogram parameters are presented in Table 11.5.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 89 Table 11.5. Gaussian variogram parameters for gold per domain. Variable Domain Azi Dip Plunge Nugget Structure 1 Structure 2 Structure 3 Structure 4 Azi (+) X (+) Z (-) Sill Maj Semi Min Sill Maj Semi Min Sill Maj Semi Min Sill Maj Semi Min (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) Indicator Gold 1500 -80 40 90 0.05 0.08 100 45 15 0.03 250 45 100 0.089 250 180 100 - - - - 2500 210 20 90 0.03 0.03 55 60 60 0.035 220 60 60 - - - - - - - - 3500 230 30 135 0.03 0.035 15 40 15 0.0155 40 40 70 0.042 450 220 70 - - - - 3700 230 30 135 0.031 0.018 40 40 15 0.0335 140 70 30 - - - - - - - - Gold g/t 1001 0 35 0 0.0004 0.0021 50 50 50 0.0014 150 150 150 0.001 220 220 220 0 220 220 220 1501 90 0 0 0.0054 0.0073 10 10 10 0.0092 50 50 50 0.0058 130 130 130 - - - - 1505 0 0 0 0.18 0.325 10 10 10 0.264 80 80 60 - - - - - - - - 2001 55 0 0 0.0044 0.0042 55 25 10 0.004 80 80 150 0.0062 600 600 250 - - - - 2501 -70 20 90 0.1 0.0114 20 20 10 0.112 30 125 40 0.0998 350 125 100 - - - - 2505 -50 50 -180 10.06 2.85 20 20 20 4.87 150 150 45 - - - - - - - - 2601 90 0 0 0.05 0.03 6 6 6 0.039 50 50 50 - - - - - - - - 3001 40 0 0 0.0011 0.00324 15 20 40 0.00101 70 100 120 0.00095 575 290 290 0.00095 575 290 290 3501 230 30 0 0.2 0.062 10 15 15 0.08 65 30 60 0.071 260 155 70 - - - - 3505* 180 30 0 6.79 9 20 20 6 3.9 20 40 6 7.4 60 40 35 4.3 5 5 5 3601 230 30 0 0.0036 0.0099 10 15 15 0.0057 65 30 60 0.0054 260 155 70 - - - - 3701 230 30 0 0.09 0.144 10 15 50 0.028 190 30 70 0.087 190 130 70 - - - - 3705 180 30 0 1.32 0.9 20 20 6 0.6 20 40 6 1.097 60 40 35 - - - - 4001 40 0 0 0.0016 0.005 55 55 55 0.0071 460 460 460 - - - - - - - - 4501 40 0 0 0.02 0.055 15 15 15 0.03 25 25 25 0.02 75 75 75 - - - - 4511 40 0 0 0.0075 0.01057 20 20 20 0.0044 55 55 55 0.0044 170 170 170 - - - - 4521 40 0 0 0.0047 0.0075 10 10 10 0.0033 25 25 25 0.0031 85 85 85 - - - - 7001 40 0 0 0.0035 0.0054 50 50 50 0.006 450 450 450 - - - - - - - - Note: Azi: azimuth; m: metres; Maj: Major direction; Semi: Semi-Major direction; Min: Minor direction; * short-range structure added to account for the difference in the back-transformed and naïve nugget variances. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 90 Dynamic anisotropy was used to estimate domains 3501 and 3505 for gold and silver variables. The orientation of the Lynnda Vein and the contact between the Bullfrog-Tram and Paintbrush Groups guided the dynamic anisotropy. Variograms were modelled on data transformed to a Gaussian variable. The Gaussian variogram models were back transformed to original units for each estimation and subdomain variable combination, thus honouring the variability for each domain/subdomain combination. The Gaussian anamorphosis was used for the transformation, which was subsequently used for the discrete Gaussian change of support model required for uniform conditioning. The search neighbourhoods for all variables were aligned to the variogram rotations for all domains except domains 2501, 2505, 3501, 3505, 3701 and 3705, which were controlled by dynamic anisotropies. The orientation of the Lynnda Vein and the contact between the Bullfrog-Tram and Paintbrush Groups were used to guide (i.e. dynamic anisotropy or local trends) the variograms and search neighbourhoods during the estimation of gold and silver. 11.2.7 Estimation methods The Mineral Resource estimate was completed through a structured geostatistical workflow designed to produce a reliable 3D block model. Several block sizes and estimation techniques were applied during the process, resulting in a final regularised model with 15 × 15 × 15m blocks. Block model extents for construction are given in Table 11.6. Table 11.6. Block model construction parameters for Merlin. Type X - Northing Y - Easting Z - Elevation Minimum Coordinates 529,900 4,085,635 180 Maximum Coordinates 532,900 4,088,635 1,500 Range (m) 3000 3000 3000 Parent Block Size (m) 45 45 15 Min. Sub-block (m) 5 5 2.5 Drill hole samples were composited to 3.05m intervals and imported into Isatis, Datamine, and Supervisor software for statistical and geostatistical analysis. The first stage of estimation involved distinguishing higher grade from lower grade material using indicator kriging. This classification was performed on 5 × 5 × 5m blocks and incorporated dynamic geological trends associated with the Lynnda Vein and the contacts between the Bullfrog Tram and Paintbrush Groups within the 2500, 3500, and 3700 domains. Indicator estimates were generated using a minimum of four and a maximum of 16 samples. Following this classification, ordinary kriging was used to estimate gold and associated variables including gold leach, silver, arsenic, calcium, mercury, sulphur, and density - across all domains. In key mineralised domains (3501, 3505, 3701, and 3705), gold grades were further refined using localised uniform conditioning. This method applies a change of support correction based on the composite grade distribution and variogram model and conditions the results to panel scale kriged estimates. The localised uniform conditioning process provides a more realistic representation of grade variability at the selective mining unit (SMU) scale, which is important for evaluating potential mining selectivity. For Merlin, SMU scale blocks measured 15 × 15 × 5m, while ordinary kriging panel estimates used larger 45 × 45 × 15m blocks in domains with wider drill spacing. Kriging neighbourhood analysis was conducted to optimise search parameters for estimation of all mineralised domains and grade variables. The analysis indicated improved estimation performance when the minimum number of samples per block was reduced and when the maximum number of samples was increased for second pass searches. Search ellipses were oriented according to the principal directions of the variogram models. A post processing morphological erosion and dilation procedure was applied to the block model to address isolated grade artifacts that can arise during geostatistical estimation. This method evaluates the spatial context of each block and adjusts anomalous isolated grades to better align with the prevailing grade trends in the AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 91 surrounding blocks. As a result, isolated low-grade blocks occurring within predominantly high-grade zones, and isolated high-grade blocks within low grade areas, are reassigned to reflect more geologically consistent continuity. This refinement improves the spatial coherence of the model without materially altering the overall grade distribution and provides a more realistic representation of mineralisation for subsequent mine planning. Domain boundaries were generally treated as hard boundaries; however, soft boundaries were applied where geological uncertainty or limited sampling warranted flexibility. A two-way soft boundary was used between the 3500–3700 and 2000–2600 domains due to uncertainty in the position of the Tramway South fault. For silver estimation only, a soft boundary was also applied between the 2000 and 2600 domains to compensate for sparse sampling in the latter. The final regularised block model, constructed at 15 × 15 × 15m resolution, incorporated all estimated numeric variables using volume density weighting and assigns categorical variables through majority coding. 11.2.8 Validation The estimates were reviewed onscreen and statistically. The statistical checks involved comparing the mean of the estimate and the mean of the composited drill hole dataset for all cells, informed cells, and cells located one cell or less from a composite to determine the estimation quality of well, moderately and poorly informed panels, respectively. A review of the statistical comparisons showed that the largest differences were in waste or background domains. Domains with the large differences were expected due to the application of the distance capping whereby anomalous composites ≥0.10g/t gold were truncated after 40m. Trend plots for composite assays versus estimated block grades were developed by easting, northing and elevation for all variable domain combinations. A review of the results showed that, in general, average block grades reflected the underlying composite grades for blocks with an average estimation sample distance of <40m. Globally, the observed departures are related to extrapolating higher or lower grades into poorly informed volumes. 11.2.9 Mineral Resource confidence classification The Merlin model classification was based on a drill hole spacing study by Cube Consulting completed at year- end 2025. The drill hole spacing study applies the 15% rule using Conditional Simulation, where to be classified as Measured, it must be within a ±15% error with 90% confidence for quarterly volumes, ±15% with 90% confidence for annual volumes for classification as Indicated, and ±30% with 90% confidence for Inferred. Quality of data was also considered, specifically core recovery and drilling type (RC or DD), as sources of uncertainty to define the final classification. Drill spacings of 80 x 80m (Inferred) and 40 x 40m (Indicated) were established from the drill hole spacing analysis. Where the Mineral Resource model showed high estimated core loss, the Indicated Mineral Resource areas were adjusted, downgrading to Inferred Mineral Resource, to exclude the high core loss areas. The Mineral Resource model, drill holes, and geological domains were examined in section. For Indicated Mineral Resource, the model was run through section-by-section, on 20m steps, with 20m clipping forward and backward to the current section. This check ensures there are no isolated mis-classified blocks. Wider drill spacing extends across the 2500 domain. For Inferred Mineral Resource in the 2500 domain, the same section-by-section run through was applied using 40m steps, with 40m clipping forward and backward to the current section to check confidence in the assignment of Inferred blocks. 11.2.10 Reasonable prospects of economic extraction A pit optimisation was completed by AngloGold Ashanti using a $2,150/oz gold price. An open pit shell was generated using the Hexagon Evaluator software and the regularised block model with block dimensions of 15 x 15 x 15m. Reasonable prospects for economic extraction were determined by calculating the recoverable grade for each block within the model, based upon recovery curves and equations provided by the AngloGold Ashanti metallurgy team. Each block received two recoverable block model fields for both gold and silver. One item was specific to mill processing and the other heap leach processing. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 92 11.2.11 Input assumptions The Lerchs-Grossmann optimised open pit shell considered the cost of bulk mining with milling and heap leach treatment to demonstrate reasonable prospects of economic extraction. Optimisation parameters included the operational costs, metallurgical recovery, and geotechnical parameters to support a reasonable prospect of economic extraction in the mining and treatment of oxide and transitional material. Sulphide mineralisation was excluded. 11.2.12 Commodity price Refer to Chapter 16 for more information on assumptions underlying the price selection. Merlin Mineral Resource economics used: • Gold price of $2,150/oz. • Silver price of $23.00/oz. 11.2.13 Cut-off grade The cut-off grade was a function of the costs of mining the block at that specific bench. The calculation of the breakeven cut-off grade and parameters used is shown in Table 11.7. Table 11.7. Calculation of breakeven cut-off grade for Merlin. Parameter Unit Value Metal Price Gold Price $/oz gold 2,150 Silver Price $/oz silver 23.00 Refining & Royalty Costs Refining Cost – Gold $/oz gold 5.00 Refining Cost – Silver $/oz silver 0.50 Royalty % gold and silver 2.50 Net Metal Value Minus Royalty & Refining Net Gold Value $/oz gold 2,091 Net Silver Value $/oz silver 0.72 Mine operational expenditure Mining Cost $/tonne 2.70 Haulage Cost $/tonne 0.00 Rehandle Cost $/tonne 0.00 General and administrative cost $/tonne 0.24 Dewatering Cost Reference Elevation for Pit Dewatering Elevation/metre 0 Dewatering Cost $/tonne 0 (included in Mine operational expenditure) Processing Cost

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 93 Parameter Unit Value Milling Costs 7Mtpa $/ore t 15.76 Crushed Leach 5.5Mtpa $/ore t 6.80 Mill Rehandle Cost $/ore t 0.00 Gold Recovery Crushed Leach % 78.45 Mill average for all grades delivered % 94.00 Break Even Cut-off Grade Crushed Leach (in grams) g/t Au 0.185 Mill (in grams) g/t Au 0.296 Crushed Leach (in ounces) oz/t Au 0.0059 Mill (in ounces) oz/t Au 0.0095 11.3 Silicon deposit Drill hole data, as well as digital topography of the Project area, geological and alteration models, were provided to RESPEC by AngloGold Ashanti in a digital database in NAD83 UTM Zone 11N coordinate system. 11.3.1 Exploratory data analysis Drilling at Silicon started in 2018 and continued through 2022. A total of 146,108.5m were drilled in 367 holes (Table 11.8). Table 11.8. Data in the Silicon drill database. Hole Type Count Drilled metres Core 65 35,865.68 RC 262 90,278.94 RC / Core Tail 36 17,255.12 Piezometer 4 2,708.76 Total 367 146,108.50 Note: RC/Core tail: Reverse circulation drilling used for pre-collar with core drilled to total hole depth. Approximately 72% of the holes and 64% of the metres was drilled with RC methods. Conventional wireline core drilling methods were used for 28% of the holes and 36% of the metres drilled by AngloGold Ashanti. RESPEC’s modelling was based on a database that included 266 RC holes, 101 core holes, all drilled by AngloGold Ashanti between 2018 and 2022. The consistency of sampling and logging procedures inherent from having only one operator and the availability of all assay certificates and records, provided an overall high-level of confidence in the Project data. The natural gold and silver populations identified on population-distribution graphs that plotted the gold-grade distributions of all project drill-hole assays, as well as an additional plot of assays from core holes only. This analysis led to the identification of low, medium, and high-grade gold populations. These populations were maintained throughout the modelling process. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 94 RESPEC reviewed RC drill data as a part of the data validation process and during the explicit modelling of mineralisation. During this work, several areas of cyclicity and potential downhole contamination were identified. AngloGold Ashanti also independently engaged a consultant to do a formal cyclicity study on RC drilling at Silicon. A total of 25 assay intervals in 21 drill holes were flagged as low-confidence assay intervals and were used in a confidence estimation which affected classification. Drilling database validation was conducted using GeoSequel software. The selection of the samples and hard boundary block modelling and geostatistical analysis were done in GEOVIA Surpac mining software as well as proprietary software developed at RESPEC. 11.3.2 Geological model Mineralisation is dominantly north-northwest (315° degrees) striking with a westerly dip of approximately 70°. A secondary control on mineralisation occurs as a lower-grade shell that is sub-parallel to lithological unit contacts surrounding the Silicon-Tramway fault corridor, particularly within the Tertiary rhyolite flow unit defined by AngloGold Ashanti. Geological factors critical to the grade domain modelling of Silicon gold and silver mineralisation therefore include structure, alteration, and lithology. Gold grade domains were defined as: • Low-grade (Domain 100), approximately from 0.07g/t to approximately 0.5g/t gold • Mid-grade (Domain 200), approximately from 0.5g/t to approximately 2.0g/t gold • High-grade (Domain 300), approximately greater than 2.0g/t gold Silver grade domains were defined as: • Low-grade (Domain 100), approximately from 6.0g/t to approximately 50.0g/t silver • Mid-grade (Domain 200), approximately from 50.0g/t to approximately 150.0g/t silver • High-grade (Domain 300), approximately greater than 150.0g/t silver Gold mineralisation is variably oxidised, generally as a function of depth. In the main part of the deposit, oxidation occurs to approximately 300-400m depth. Below the oxidation line is a thin transition zone as well as a distinctive mixed zone down the Silicon-Tramway fault corridor, which forms irregularly distributed bodies of mixed oxidised/unoxidised mineralisation, more-or-less parallel with the fault corridor. The rock is unoxidised below and laterally away from the mixed zone. Oxidation in the model was defined by modelling surfaces to discriminate between oxidised, transitional, and unoxidised. 11.3.3 Density assignment Bulk specific gravity determinations were completed on 2,098 core samples from mineralised and unmineralised intervals in drill holes. RESPEC analysed the samples by rock-type, alteration, redox zones, and mineralisation, applying low and high cuts to outlier values. Because of the range of lithologies and alteration types influencing specific gravity within the deposit, RESPEC concluded that there were insufficient samples to model specific gravity on all individual geological characteristics. Since the mineral domains were explicitly drawn to integrate mineralisation with lithology and alteration, the specific gravity values within each gold domain were averaged within each redox zone in the deposit and applied to the Mineral Resource estimate (Table 11.9). Table 11.9. Specific gravity used in Silicon block model by redox and gold domain. Gold Mineral Domain Redox Zone Bulk Density (g/cm3) 100 (Low-Grade) Oxide 2.25 200 (Mid-Grade) Oxide 2.39 300 (High-Grade) Oxide 2.34 Outside Domains Oxide 2.15 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 95 Gold Mineral Domain Redox Zone Bulk Density (g/cm3) 100 (Low-Grade Mixed/Transition 2.34 200 (Mid-Grade) Mixed/Transition 2.38 300 (High-Grade) Mixed/Transition 2.33 Outside Domains Mixed/Transition 2.21 100 (Low-Grade Unoxidised 2.39 200 (Mid-Grade) Unoxidised 2.40 300 (High-Grade) Unoxidised 2.41 Outside Domains Unoxidised 2.32 Outside All Domains Not applicable 2.28 Because gold mineralisation is much more extensive and significant than silver mineralisation at Silicon, the specific gravity values of silver domains within redox zones were not considered for application to the estimate. 11.3.4 Grade capping/outlier restriction Assay caps were determined by the inspection of population distribution plots of the coded assays grouped by grade domain to identify high-grade outliers that might be appropriate for capping. The final capped assay values for gold by grade domain were defined as: • Low-grade (Domain 100), 6.0g/t gold (99.97% of distribution) • Mid-grade (Domain 200), 10.0g/t gold (99.95% of distribution) • High-grade (Domain 300), 50.0g/t gold (98.67% of distribution) The final capped assay values for silver by grade domain are defined as: • Low-grade (Domain 100), 80g/t silver (99.9% of distribution) • Mid-grade (Domain 200), 200.0g/t silver (99.64% of distribution) • High-grade (Domain 300), 1,000.0g/t silver (95.5% of distribution) In addition to the assay caps, the use of restrictions on the search distances of higher-grade portions of each of the domains for the purposes of gold-grade estimation was evaluated statistically and visually following estimation iterations. Initial grade-estimation runs indicated the higher-grade samples were affecting inappropriate volumes in the mid and high-grade domains (domains 200 and 300). This led to implementation of search restrictions, which limited the maximum distance the highest-grade composites in each domain lie from a block to be used in the interpolation of gold grades into that block. The search restrictions were set at a threshold for grade domain 200 at greater than 8.0g/t gold and for grade domain 300 at greater than 10.0g/t gold. Restricted search distances for those high-grade samples are limited to 60m for all estimation passes. 11.3.5 Composites Capped assays were composited at 3.00m down-hole intervals, respecting the mineral domain boundaries (Table 11.10 for gold and Table 11.11 for silver). AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 96 Table 11.10. Statistics of gold composites for Silicon. Domain Count Mean Median Std. Dev. CV Min. Max. g/t Au g/t Au g/t Au g/t Au 100 6,286 0.21 0.18 0.18 0.86 0 6 200 3,643 0.79 0.69 0.45 0.57 0 10 300 726 5.45 3.26 6.13 1.13 0 50 100+200+300 10,655 0.71 0.31 1.94 2.74 0 50 Note: g/t Au: grams per tonne gold; Std Dev: standard deviation; CV: coefficient of variation; min: minimum; max: maximum. Table 11.11. Statistics of silver composites for Silicon. Domain Count Mean Median Std. Dev. CV Min. Max. g/t Ag g/t Ag g/t Ag g/t Ag 100 1,216 11 9.1 7.5 0.7 0.3 64.3 200 204 64.7 62.9 25.4 0.4 0.3 138.9 300 37 331.7 259 193.2 0.6 120.2 1000 100+200+300 1,457 23.5 10.3 53.9 2.3 0.3 1,000 Note: g/t Ag: grams per tonne silver; Std Dev: standard deviation; CV: coefficient of variation; min: minimum; max: maximum. The composite length was equal to twice the modal length of the coded samples. None of coded-assay lengths exceeded the composite length. 11.3.6 Variography A variography study was completed using all gold composites from the mineral domains, as well as the composites from each of the three domains individually in each estimation area. Maximum strike and dip ranges of 85 to 150m were modelled with consistency across domains and within estimation areas along major geological trends. In the strike direction alone, ranges as high as 160m were modelled. The variogram models at various orientations corresponded to the model estimation areas (Table 11.12). Table 11.12. Variogram parameters for gold per domain. Variable Estimation Area Azi Dip Plunge Nugget Structure 1 Structure 2 Sill Maj Semi Min Sill Maj Semi Min (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) Gold g/t 9 135 -65 0 0.1576 0.177 22 22 14.7 0.2178 120 120 60 10 135 -30 0 0.1691 0.2002 28 28 17.5 0.2078 140 140 107.7 11 135 -65 0 0.1576 0.177 22 22 14.7 0.2178 120 120 60 12 315 -10 0 0.148 0.1489 20 20 16.7 0.1687 145 145 111.5 13 135 -10 0 0.148 0.1489 25 25 25 0.1687 155 155 155 Note: Azi: azimuth; m: metres; Maj: Major direction; Semi: Semi-Major direction; Min: Minor direction. Modelled mineralisation has a variety of orientations. Wireframe solids were therefore created to encompass model areas with similar mineral orientations. Solids were used to code the model blocks to the estimation areas in Table 11.13 on a block-in/block-out basis.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 97 Table 11.13. Search orientations for Silicon estimate. Estimation Area Bearing Plunge Tilt 9 135 0 -65 10 135 0 -30 11 135 0 -65 12 315 0 -10 13 135 0 -10 This coding was then used to control search-ellipse orientations during gold-grade interpolations. 11.3.7 Estimation methods Gold-grade interpolation was completed using ordinary kriging based on length-weighted, 3m composites into 10 x 10 x 10m blocks. Sample selection for each estimation pass was a minimum of three for pass one, minimum of two for pass two, and a minimum of one for pass three with a maximum number of samples for all passes at 20. The estimation search distances as defined by variography and for the estimation were: • Pass 1, 80 x 80 x 26.7m • Pass 2, 150 x 150 x 75m • Pass 3, 450 x 450 x 450m The estimation passes were performed independently for each of the grade domains and within five estimation areas that controlled search orientations, so that only composites coded to a particular domain were used to estimate grade into blocks coded to that domain. Blocks coded as having partial percentages of more than one gold domain had multiple grade interpolations, one for each domain coded into the block. The estimated grades for each of the gold domains 100, 200, and 300 coded to a block were coupled with the coded partial percentages of those domains to enable the calculation of a single volume-weighted gold grade for each block. These final block grades were therefore diluted to the full block volumes using this methodology. Additionally, grade estimation runs were completed using inverse distance and nearest-neighbour methods for validation purposes. The block model extents and location are shown in Table 11.14. Table 11.14. Block model construction parameters for Silicon. Type X - Northing Y - Easting Z - Elevation Minimum Coordinates 532,062.72 4,087,913.11 320.00 Maximum Coordinates 534,572.72 4,091,843.11 1,510.00 Block Size (metres) 10 10 10 Rotation 0 -45 0 The block model was rotated 45° to the align with the primary direction of the Tramway fault. No gold or silver values were estimated outside of the noted grade domains. 11.3.8 Validation All block-model coding, including topography, lithology, alteration, redox zones, estimation areas, and mineral domains, was checked visually. Polygonal sectional volumes derived from the sectional mineral-domain polygons were compared to the polygonal volumes derived from the long sections, as well as to the coded block- model volumes derived from the partial percentages, to assure close agreement. Polygonal grade and tonnage estimates using both the cross-sectional and level plan domain polygons, as well as the nearest-neighbour and inverse-distance estimates, were used as a check the ordinary krig estimates. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 98 Swath plots were used to validate the local bias of the estimation by comparing the local means of the estimated blocks to determine if they are similar and follow the same trend as the real data (declustered composites) for the three main directions. Gold mineralised blocks within the swath plots illustrate the estimation is not overly smoothed, and the nearest neighbour, inverse distance, and ordinary kriged average block grades of the estimation follow the general trend of the average grades of the declustered composites. No unexpected relationships between the check estimates and the ordinary kriged estimates were indicated in the final model. Various grade-distribution plots of assays and composites, along with the nearest-neighbour, ordinary kriged, and inverse-distance block grades were also evaluated as a check on both the global and local estimation results, which led to additional grade-interpolation iterations. Finally, the ordinary kriged grades were visually compared to the drill-hole assay data in detail to assure that reasonable results were obtained. 11.3.9 Mineral Resource confidence classification Measured Mineral Resource were classified using a drill spacing of 50.8m x 50.8m and Indicated Mineral Resource the drill spacing was 82.5 x 82.5m. Inferred Mineral Resource were classified based on evidence of geological continuity within the interpreted estimation domains, where an estimate was generated using the optimised kriging neighbourhood. There are no Measured blocks in the Silicon Mineral Resource model. Areas with >50% proportion of suspect RC holes, which were flagged in the model, were downgraded to Inferred Mineral Resource. 11.3.10 Input assumptions Silicon pit optimisation considered the operational costs, metallurgical recovery, and geotechnical parameters to support a reasonable prospect of economic extraction at a $1,750/oz gold price based on a GEOVIA Whittle pit with regular model block dimensions of 10 x 10 x 10m. Optimization considered gold and silver for ROM material and crushed material in each redox zone, and applied geometrical parameters were based on geotechnical slopes provided by Itasca. They were based on the elevation above or below the water table at the 1150 elevation, northeast or southwest of the Tramway fault, and on lithology, alteration, and slope direction. This led to over 180 different zones in the model with a range of 35-45° once step-outs were considered. For oxide material, the average gold recovery assumption was 79%, and the average silver recovery assumption was 21%. Average gold recovery in the transition material was 66% and the average for silver recovery was 17%. Average recoveries assumed for sulphide material were 46% and 19% for gold and silver, respectively. A planned mining rate of 152Mtpa and a processing rate of 20Mtpa was used. 11.3.11 Commodity price Refer to Chapter 16 for more information on assumptions underlying the price selection. Silicon Mineral Resource economics used: • Gold price of $1,750/oz. • Silver price of $26.25/oz. 11.3.12 Cut-off grade The analysis was completed in Whittle using the cash flow mode. Thus, no specific cut-off grade was used. However, the minimum grade of material that would be processed was set to 0.137g/t gold. This was completed for both gold and silver using an “if” statement setting the recoveries to zero if the grade is less than 0.137g/t gold or 0.137g/t silver. Parameters used to determine the cut-off grade are shown in Table 11.15 and Table 11.16. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 99 Table 11.15. Calculation of breakeven cut-off grade for Silicon. Parameter Unit Value Metal Price Gold Price $/oz gold 1,750 Silver Price $/oz silver 26.25 Refining & Royalty Costs Refining Cost – Gold $/oz gold 5.00 Refining Cost – Silver $/oz silver 0.50 Royalty % gold and silver 2.50 Mine operational expenditure Mining Cost $/t 1.81 Haulage Cost $/t 0.00 General and administrative cost $1,000/year 5,000 Rehandle Cost $/t 0.00 General and administrative cost - 3 Stage Crush $/ore t 0.27 Dewatering Cost Included in Mining operational expenditure Dewatering Cost $/t 0 Table 11.16. Calculation of breakeven cut-off grade for Silicon processing. Parameter Unit Value By Material Type Oxide Transition Fresh ROM Cost $/ore t 2.45 2.47 Not applicable 3 Stage Crush Cost $/ore t 3.32 3.65 3.98 Average Recoveries - Gold % 79.0 66.0 46.0 Average Recoveries - Silver % 21.0 17.0 19.0 11.4 Mineral Resource statement The Mineral Resource estimates for mineralisation potentially amenable to open pit mining methods were reported in situ using the classifications in S-K 1300 and were constrained within a pit shell. The Mineral Resource estimate was reported exclusive of the Mineral Resource converted to Mineral Reserve. Mineral Resource that is not Mineral Reserve does not have demonstrated economic viability. The Mineral Resource is current at 31 December 2025 and is shown in Table 11.17 (gold) and Table 11.18 (silver). AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 100 Table 11.17. Gold Mineral Resource statement. Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained gold (t) (Moz Au) Silicon (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 121.56 0.87 105.90 3.40 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 121.56 0.87 105.90 3.40 Inferred 36.03 0.70 25.23 0.81 Merlin (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 42.58 0.74 31.40 1.01 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 42.58 0.74 31.40 1.01 Inferred 183.76 0.94 172.10 5.53 Total Arthur Gold Project (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 164.14 0.84 137.30 4.41 Total Measured & Indicated 164.14 0.84 137.30 4.41 Inferred 219.79 0.90 197.33 6.34 Table 11.18. Silver Mineral Resource statement. Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Ag) Contained silver (t) (Moz Ag) Silicon (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 121.56 3.98 483.31 15.54 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 12.56 3.98 483.31 15.54 Inferred 36.03 1.92 69.31 2.23 Merlin (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 42.58 1.48 63.20 2.03 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 42.58 1.48 63.20 2.03 Inferred 183.76 2.32 427.17 13.73 Total Arthur Gold Project (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 164.14 3.33 546.51 17.57 Total Measured & Indicated 164.14 3.33 546.51 17.57 Inferred 219.79 2.26 496.48 15.96 Notes: Rounding of numbers may result in computational discrepancies in the Mineral Resource tabulations. All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated. To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, grade and content for gold to two decimals. AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, grade and content for silver to two decimals. All ounces are Troy ounces. “Moz” refers to million ounces. The reported tonnages for the silver by-product are an outcome from the associated conceptual pit shell, that has been determined based on the extraction of the primary mineral. 1. The Mineral Resource stated herein is current at date and was prepared in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300. 2. All disclosure of Mineral Resource is exclusive of Mineral Reserve. The Mineral Resource exclusive of Mineral Reserve is defined as the inclusive Mineral Resource less the Mineral Reserve before dilution and other factors are applied. 3. “Tonnes” refers to a metric tonne which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms. 4. The Mineral Resource tonnages and grades are reported in situ and constrained to meet the requirement for reasonable prospects of economic extraction by volumes created through a mine shape optimiser process for underground or within an economically optimised pit shell for open pit. 5. Property currently in a development stage. 6. The gold and silver Mineral Resource for Arthur Gold Project includes the Silicon and Merlin deposits. 7. Mr. Geoffrey Gushée, FAusIMM, employed by AngloGold Ashanti, is the Qualified Person for the Arthur Gold Project Mineral Resource. 8. The Merlin gold Mineral Resource is based on a gold price of $2,150/oz. In 2025, for Merlin, a cut-off grade range from 0.19g/t to 0.30g/t (varying according to grade and material type) was applied to the open pit. In 2025, for Merlin, a metallurgical recovery factor range from 63.61% to 95.00% (varying according to grade and material type) was applied to the open pit for gold. 9. The Merlin silver Mineral Resource is based on a silver price of $23/oz. In 2025, for Merlin, a metallurgical recovery factor range from 10.20% to 22.21% (varying according to grade and material type) was applied to the open pit for silver.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 101 10. The Silicon gold Mineral Resource is based on a gold price of $1,750/oz, and a silver price of 26.25/oz. In 2025, for Silicon, a cut-off grade of 0.14g/t was applied to the open pit. In 2025, for Silicon, a metallurgical recovery factor range from 46.0% to 79.0% (varying according to grade and material type) was applied to the open pit for gold. 11. The Silicon silver Mineral Resource is based on a silver price of $26.25/oz. In 2025, for Silicon, a metallurgical recovery factor range from 17.00% to 21.00% (varying according to grade and material type) was applied to the open pit for silver. 11.5 Factors that may affect the Mineral Resource estimates 11.5.1 Merlin deposit • Indicator kriging was implemented as a statistical domaining approach to delineate higher and lower grade populations within the mineralised domains. Whilst this methodology is appropriate, it relies on the continuity of the higher-grade mineralisation to partition the two groups at relevant locations. The current approach may not be suitable in regions with limited drilling information. Additional drilling and further geological study will improve the confidence of the estimate. • The current drill hole spacing of 40 x 40m is limited to the 3500 estimation domain. Closer drill hole spacing would improve the confidence of the grade and density estimates. • The domain boundary between the 3500 and 3700 domains requires further validation and may require targeted drilling. In addition, a detailed geochemical analysis would help determine if the mineralisation in the 3700 is an extension of the 3500 Merlin mineralisation or related to the Silicon mineralisation. • The relationship between gold and silver has not been thoroughly studied. Additional work to understand the correlation between gold and silver would guide future domaining of the two metals to support the use of the same domains and estimation parameters. • A source of uncertainty in the Merlin estimate is the amount of gold removed during the two-stage capping process. The model’s sensitivity to these adjustments is currently not fully transparent, as the relationship between capped and uncapped values has not been reconciled. Furthermore, without a definitive understanding of high-grade continuity, there is a risk that the current approach is overly restrictive, potentially resulting in unnecessary reduction of gold ounces from the Mineral Resource. • Some areas in the Merlin deposit returned low sample recoveries from core drilling. These areas include both waste and mineralised zones. Drill samples were excluded in the estimation process when sample recovery is below 50% to exclude non-representative samples and reduce sample bias. A secondary process excludes a subset of these samples using an 80% recovery threshold. The impact of the chosen method to excluded samples within mineralised zones has not been established and requires further studies to quantify its impact on the reported Mineral Resource estimate. 11.5.2 Silicon deposit • The very high grade (>10g/t gold) demonstrates a semi-continuous distribution focused within the footwall of the Tramway fault. With additional drilling, very high-grade gold sub-domain (>10g/t gold) could be modelled. • In some cases, relatively low-grade samples were included in moderate-grade domains because of the erratic nature of the mineralisation. There is the possibility that the moderate-grade domain included lower grades which may influence more volume than would be expected due to the lack of well-informed domain constraints. High-grade search restrictions could be applied in order to mitigate the risk. • Due to the emerging understanding of the narrow high-grade veins and steeply dipping structural controls, the addition of core drilling where dominate RC drilling is present would aid geological interpretation of the deposit. Core drilling would also provide opportunities to collect information related to geotechnical data, hydrology, and metallurgical testing. • Inputs to the pit optimisation which constrains the Mineral Resource are highly dependent on metallurgical recoveries, which vary across the modelled redox zones. The modelled redox zones are controlled by geological variables, particularly the mixed zone, and could benefit from further integration of analytical data with new drilling and more detailed modelling of the metallurgical domains. • Risk factors that would likely influence the prospect of economic extraction could be resolved by further drilling and more metallurgical domain modelling. Drilling more core holes, and closely spaced drilling at an angle, would allow for refinement of the mid and high-grade domain models. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 102 11.6 Qualified Person's opinion In the opinion of the Qualified Person, the sample methods, sample preparation, governance and analytical procedures described are adequate and the resulting data can be used in Mineral Resource estimation. The Mineral Resource estimate has been prepared using industry accepted practice and conforms to the disclosure requirements of S-K1300. The Mineral Resource estimates are evaluated annually providing the opportunity to reassess the assumed conditions. To the extent known to the Qualified Person, there are no other known environmental, permitting, legal, title related, taxation, socio-political or marketing issues that could materially affect the Mineral Resource estimate for the Arthur Gold Project that are not discussed in this Report. The Qualified Person is of the opinion that any issues that arise in relation to relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospect of economic extraction can be resolved with further work. 12. Mineral Reserve estimates 12.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used The estimation of the Merlin open pit Mineral Reserve was based on the following key inputs: • Mineral Resource models for estimating the gold content and material type logged and coded. • Geotechnical wall angle parameters provided by AngloGold Ashanti. • $1,700/oz gold price and $19.50/oz silver price for pit optimisation and mine planning. • $1,950/oz gold price and $19.50/oz silver price for cash flow analysis. • Inferred Mineral Resource were treated as waste in the Mineral Reserve plan. Refer to Chapter 16 for more information on assumptions underlying the price selection. Pit optimisations were run using Hexagon MinePlan Project Evaluator software with the inputs from the data derived from the above processes. No depletion is necessary since mining has not yet begun. The cost inputs for optimisation were built using the pre-feasibility cost model. The costs include allocations for gold price royalties, refining costs, mining costs, dewatering costs, mill processing costs, crushed leach processing costs, and rehandle costs. The proposed mining method is conventional open-pit mining. Ore and waste will be drilled and blasted, then loaded into Caterpillar 798 360t haul trucks with Komatsu P&H 4100XPC Rope shovels. The loading and haulage fleet will be supported by track dozers, motor graders, and water trucks. Waste will be hauled to overburden storage area near the Merlin pit. Mill ore will be hauled to the mill ore stockpile, while lower-grade material will be crushed and conveyed to the leach pad. The proposed mining operation will be Owner-operated. To accommodate the disseminated nature of the orebody and the high mining rates required to optimise the operation, large rope shovels were selected. These shovels are well-suited to mining the designed 15m benches. The SMU for benches was defined as 15 x 15 x 15m, reflecting the size of the planned rope shovel buckets and providing an appropriate scale for modelling dilution while maintaining adequate selectivity. The Komatsu 4100- class rope shovel is particularly well matched to this geometry, as its bucket width aligns closely with the 15m mining unit, enabling effective excavation of the full bench height in a single pass while preserving horizontal selectivity. This alignment will allow the shovel to selectively mine individual block columns within the 15m block model with limited dilution from adjacent material, supporting effective ore and waste separation and efficient implementation of the block model in production mining. 12.1.1 Modifying factors Modifying factors applied to the Mineral Reserve estimation included, as noted in the following sub-sections: 12.1.1.1 Environmental There are no material environmental modifying factors that were applied to the shell generation of the Mineral Reserve, other than approved permitting boundaries. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 103 Backfill was planned in areas where mining proceeds below the water table. Backfill was addressed in the cost model by incorporation into the mine plan, including mining and haulage costs. 12.1.1.2 Dilution and ore loss Dilution and ore loss were accounted for by changing from a 5 x 5 x 5m block to a 15 x 15 x 15m block size. A block 15m wide can be reasonably mined with the selected fleet loading units. The Merlin ore body is disseminated, and the impact of dilution is low. This method is used widely in Carlin-type gold deposits throughout Nevada. The effect of this method was to reduce the ounces in the highest grade tranches of the grade tonnage distribution, while increasing ounces in the lower to intermediate tranches. The net effect was small with regard to a change in total ounces, but the highest grade ounces are lowered and some of the lowest grade ounces will not be processed. This was caused by in block dilution that was added when increasing the block size to a dimension that could be mined with the main loading units planned. The block sized change from 5 x 5 x 5m to 15 x 15 x 15m resulted in a 12% reduction in contained ounces to grades above 2.5g/t gold, while for material above 0.2g/t gold there is a 1% reduction in contained ounces. 12.1.1.3 Geotechnical Pit slope angles are discussed in Chapter 13.2. 12.1.1.4 Infrastructure There were no infrastructure-related modifying factors applied to the surface Mineral Reserve; infrastructure discussed in Chapter 15 can be moved to another location if needed. 12.1.1.5 Economic Economic assumptions include long-term commodity prices, operating costs, and capital costs appropriate for reserve estimation. Operating costs reflect owner-operated open pit mining, heap leach and mill processing, site general and administrative costs, and sustaining capital. Capital costs include pre-production development, processing facilities, infrastructure, and sustaining capital over the LOM. Cut-off grades have been calculated based on process route, metallurgical recovery, operating costs, and commodity price assumptions. Applicable royalties, taxes, and other fiscal obligations have been incorporated into the economic evaluation. As discussed in Chapter 16, gold and silver prices were provided by AngloGold Ashanti. Costs for process and mining are built on first principles cost models. 12.1.1.6 Metallurgical recoveries Ore processing is planned via a combination of heap leaching for oxide and suitable transition material and conventional milling for higher-grade or non-leachable material, based on metallurgical testwork. Metallurgical recovery factors for both heap leach and milling circuits were supported by laboratory and column testing and were applied by material type and grade. These parameters were considered reasonable and achievable for the selected processing routes. Crushed heap leach gold recovery ranges from 63.61% to 78.94%, varying by material type and grade (Table 12.1.). No sulphide or fresh material will be directed to the heap leach facility; all such material was classified as waste in the mine plan. Table 12.1. Merlin crushed leach recoveries. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 104 A flat recovery of 73.95% was applied to transition material. For oxide material, a grade-dependent recovery curve was used, with a maximum recovery capped at 95% (Table 12.2). As a result, mill recoveries range from 73.95% to 95.00%. No sulphide or fresh material will be processed through the mill and was treated as waste in the mine plan. Table 12.2. Merlin mill recoveries. 12.1.1.7 Legal There were no legal modifying factors applied. 12.1.1.8 Social There were no social modifying factors applied. AngloGold Ashanti maintains a good relationship with the Beatty community. 12.1.1.9 Governmental There were no governmental modifying factors applied. Nevada is a mining-friendly jurisdiction and AngloGold Ashanti North America has a good working relationship with the state government. 12.1.1.10 Royalties A 2.5% royalty was applied to both gold and silver for both optimisation and planning purposes. 12.1.1.11 Mining method Mining will be based on conventional open pit methods using truck–shovel equipment. Final pit designs were derived from economic pit optimisation and incorporated detailed phase designs, bench configurations, haul ramp geometries, and operational allowances. Mining dilution and mining recovery factors were applied based on bench height, blasting practices, and expected selectivity by material type. The production schedule reflected achievable mining rates, realistic equipment productivities, and an operational ramp-up consistent with comparable open pit gold operations in the region. The equipment selection used in this plan was at an appropriate level for a pre-feasibility study. 12.1.1.12 Hydrology/hydrogeology A hydrology model was created by Itasca, which is appropriate for the pre-feasibility study. This is discussed in detail in Chapter 7.5. 12.1.1.13 Adjustment factors No Mineral Resource or mining adjustment factors were considered. 12.1.1.14 Processing Ore processing is planned via a combination of heap leaching for oxide and suitable transition material and conventional milling for higher-grade or non-leachable material, based on metallurgical testwork. The throughput rates are a consistent 7Mtpa for the proposed mill and 5.5Mtpa for the planned heap leach. A summary of the modifying factors is shown in Table 12.3.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 105 Table 12.3. Mineral Reserve modifying factors for the Merlin open pit, current at 31 December 2025. Primary commodity price (Au) Secondary commodity price (Ag) % RMF (based on tonnes) % MRF (based on tonnes) % MRF (based on g/t) % MCF % MetRF $1,950/oz $19.50/oz 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 92.0 Note: Au: gold; Ag: silver RMF: Mineral Resource modification factor; MRF: mining recovery factor; MCF: mine call factor; MetRF: metallurgical recovery factor. 12.1.1.15 Cut-off grade The pit optimiser generated an economic model using the breakeven cut-off grade to generate pit shells using the Lerchs-Grossmann algorithm. The processing cost was the differential between treating material as waste or ore. Cut-off grades were calculated for gold by pit based on the mining assumptions, mining costs, processing costs, and recovery. Silver was not considered for the cut-off grade calculations. The reported tonnages for the silver by-product are an outcome from the associated pit or underground mine plans, that have been determined based on the extraction of the primary mineral. During scheduling process, the mining software dynamically determined cut-off grades based on the material allocation strategy, including stockpiling, processing capacity constraints, and haulage constraints with the objective of maximising schedule net present value (NPV). Cut-off grade parameters were defined by mineralisation type, resulting in the calculated cut-off grades presented in Table 12.4. Table 12.4. Inputs to gold cut-off grade by mineralisation type. Cut-off grade Open Pit COG Merlin 5MTPA Mill Fully Costed Cut Off Grades Oxide - Mill Material Oxide - Crushed Leach Material Oxide - Stockpiled Mill Material Oxide - Stockpiled Leach Material Mixed - Mill Material Mixed - Crushed Leach Material Mixed - Stockpiled Mill Material Mixed - Stockpiled Leach Material Ore Differential Mining Costs ($/t) {Ore Premium} 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Full Mining Costs, Haulage Included ($/t) 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70 2.70 Processing Fixed Cost ($/t) 15.75 6.800 15.75 6.80 15.75 6.800 15.75 6.80 Processing Variable Cost ($/t) 0.00 0.00 1.23 1.23 0.00 0.00 1.23 1.23 Processing Sustaining Capital Cost ($/t) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 General & Administration On Site Cost ($/t) 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 0.24 All Cap Infrastructure and Exploration Costs ($/t) 3.48 3.48 3.48 3.48 3.48 3.48 3.48 3.48 Total Cost per tonne ($/t) 22.17 13.22 23.40 14.45 22.17 13.22 23.40 14.45 Gold Price $/oz 1,950 1,950 1,950 1,950 1,950 1,950 1,950 1,950 Royalties $/oz 48.75 48.75 48.75 48.75 48.75 48.75 48.75 48.75 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 106 Cut-off grade Open Pit COG Merlin 5MTPA Mill Fully Costed Cut Off Grades Oxide - Mill Material Oxide - Crushed Leach Material Oxide - Stockpiled Mill Material Oxide - Stockpiled Leach Material Mixed - Mill Material Mixed - Crushed Leach Material Mixed - Stockpiled Mill Material Mixed - Stockpiled Leach Material Refining cost $/oz 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 Realised Gold Price $/oz 1,896 1,896 1,896 1,896 1,896 1,896 1,896 1,896 Realised Gold Price $/g 60.97 60.97 60.97 60.97 60.97 60.97 60.97 60.97 Metallurgical Recovery % 92.5% 78.9% 92.5% 78.9% 74.0% 63.6% 74.0% 63.6% Mine call factor % 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% Cut-Off Grade (g/t) 0.393 0.275 0.415 0.300 0.492 0.341 0.519 0.372 12.2 Mineral Reserve classification and uncertainty The Mineral Reserve estimate is based on an operational mine plan. The work completed to date represents a technically achievable and financially economical mine plan. This will be updated annually. The Mineral Reserve plan only considers the Indicated portion of the Merlin Pit. All Mineral Reserve is estimated by reporting physicals (volumes tonnes grades material types etc.) against the Mineral Resource model within detailed designs. Mineral Reserve physicals are then scheduled and put through a financial model for economic evaluation. All Indicated Mineral Resource within the Mineral Reserve model were classified as Probable. 12.3 Mineral Reserve summary The Mineral Reserve estimate for the Arthur Gold Project was classified as a Probable Mineral Reserve in accordance with Regulation S-K 1300 definitions. The Mineral Reserve was derived exclusively from the Indicated Mineral Resource estimate using the block model described in Chapter 11.2 of this Report and were defined through pit optimisation and detailed open pit designs incorporating three mining phases. Relevant modifying factors, including mining, processing, metallurgical, infrastructure, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social, and governmental considerations, were applied to determine the economically extractable portions of the resource. Overburden storage areas, including west and east dumps, were designed to accommodate all mined waste material associated with the Probable Mineral Reserve. A Reserve production schedule and supporting financial model were developed from the mine designs, and the Qualified Person’s review of the cash flow analysis indicates that the Project demonstrates positive cash flow and provides a reasonable basis for the declaration of Probable Mineral Reserve. 12.4 Mineral Reserve statement The Mineral Reserve, based on a $1,950/oz gold price, tonnages and grades are estimated and reported as delivered to the plant (i.e., the point where material is delivered to the processing facility). The Mineral Reserve estimate is current at 31 December 2025 and is summarised in Table 12.5 (gold) and Table 12.6 (silver). AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 107 Table 12.5. Gold Mineral Reserve statement. Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained gold (t) (Moz Au) Merlin (open pit) Proven - - - - Probable 87.64 1.75 153.68 4.94 Sub-total Proven & Probable 87.64 1.75 153.68 4.94 Total Arthur Gold Project (open pit) Proven - - - - Probable 87.64 1.75 153.68 4.94 Total Proven & Probable 87.64 1.75 153.68 4.94 Table 12.6. Silver Mineral Reserve statement. Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained silver (t) (Moz Au) Merlin (open pit) Proven - - - - Probable 87.64 2.76 242.03 7.78 Sub-total Proven & Probable 87.64 2.76 242.03 7.78 Total Arthur Gold Project (open pit) Proven - - - - Probable 87.64 2.76 242.03 7.78 Total Proven & Probable 87.64 2.76 242.03 7.78 Notes: Rounding of numbers may result in computational discrepancies in the Mineral Reserve tabulations. All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated. To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, grade and content for gold to two decimals. To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, grade and content for silver to two decimals. The reported tonnages for the silver by-product are an outcome from the associated pit, that have been determined based on the extraction of the primary mineral. All ounces are Troy ounces. “Moz” refers to million ounces. 1. The Mineral Reserve stated herein is current at date and was prepared in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300. 2. “Tonnes” refers to a metric tonne which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms. 3. The Mineral Reserve tonnages and grades are estimated and reported as delivered to the plant (i.e., the point where material is delivered to the processing facility). 4. Property currently in a development stage. 5. The gold and silver Mineral Reserve for Arthur Gold Project includes the Merlin deposit only. 6. Mr. Hamid Taghavi, RM SME, employed by AngloGold Ashanti, is the Qualified Person for the Arthur Gold Project Mineral Reserve. 7. The Merlin gold Mineral Reserve is based on a gold price of $1,950/oz. In 2025, a dynamic cut-off grade strategy was applied for mine planning and the open pit cut-off grades range from 0.28g/t to 0.49g/t gold (varying according to grade and material type), and stockpiles cut-off grades range from 0.30g/t to 0.52g/t gold (varying according to grade and material type). In 2025, a metallurgical recovery factor range from 63.61% to 95.00% (varying according to grade and material type) was applied to the Merlin open pit and stockpiles for gold. 8. The Merlin silver Mineral Reserve is based on a silver price of $19.50/oz. In 2025, for Merlin, a metallurgical recovery factor range from 10.20% to 22.21% (varying according to material type) was applied to the open pit for silver. The Mineral Reserve stated in this Report is based on tonnes and grade and contained metal delivered to the mill or crushed leach processing areas. 12.5 Factors that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates Factors that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates include: • Long-term commodity price assumptions. • Long-term exchange rate assumptions. • Long-term consumables price assumptions. Other factors that can affect the estimates include changes to: • Mineral Resource input parameters for the Mineral Resource that were converted to Mineral Reserve. • Input parameters used in the constraining stope and pit shell designs. • Cut-off grade assumptions. • Changes to geotechnical (including seismicity) and hydrogeological factors and assumptions. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 108 • Changes to metallurgical and mining recovery assumptions. • Inputs to capital and operating cost estimates. • Assumptions as to the ability to access the site, retain mineral and surface rights titles. • Assumptions as to the ability to maintain environmental and other regulatory permits and maintain the social licence to operate. 12.6 Qualified Person's opinion Mineral Reserve estimates are dependent upon the application of modifying factors, including but not limited to mining methods, metallurgical performance, operating and capital costs, infrastructure, permitting, environmental and social considerations, legal and land tenure, marketing assumptions, and economic parameters such as commodity prices and exchange rates. Mining-related risks, including deviations from assumed geotechnical conditions, dilution, recovery, equipment availability, or productivity assumptions, could adversely affect mineability and unit costs, potentially impacting Mineral Reserve viability. Similarly, variations in metallurgical performance relative to assumptions, including recovery, throughput, or reagent consumption, could materially affect payable metal production and economic outcomes. Mineral Reserve may also be materially affected by changes or delays in permitting, environmental approvals, land access, or social licence to operate. Additional or more restrictive regulatory requirements, mitigation measures, or unforeseen environmental or community-related constraints could limit mine development, alter mine plans, or increase costs beyond those assumed in the modifying factors. Infrastructure availability, water supply, power access, and logistics assumptions also represent potential sources of risk. Disruptions or changes in the availability, cost, or performance of required infrastructure could materially impact future mining operations and the economic basis of the Mineral Reserve estimates. The Qualified Person notes that the Mineral Reserve estimates are based on the best information available at the time of preparation of this Report and reflect reasonable assumptions regarding the modifying factors. However, as these factors are subject to change over time, actual outcomes may differ from those assumed, and such differences could result in a material change to the Mineral Reserve estimates. 13. Mining methods 13.1 Introduction The mining studies incorporate geological and Mineral Resource model data, geotechnical criteria, metallurgical assumptions, and macroeconomic inputs to evaluate mining method selection, pit optimisation, mine design, production scheduling, and waste management strategies. Multiple mining methods were evaluated during the pre-feasibility study. These evaluations considered open pit and underground mining methods across a range of production rates and layouts. The assessment accounted for deposit geometry, grade distribution, geotechnical constraints, production scheduling, capital and operating costs, and project risk. The open pit mining method was chosen based on the superior economics, improved production schedule, and the ability to fully exploit the orebody. This style of mining best lends itself to the disseminated style of the orebody and provides sufficient capabilities to mine at a high rate. This open pit mining method is very common in Nevada, with large scale mining operations. The most efficient method to exploit ore bodies of this scale is to use large rope shovels and ultra-class haul trucks, as is done at multiple other properties in Nevada. Mine planning and optimisation were carried out using industry-standard software and workflows, including Lerchs–Grossmann pit optimisation, staged pit design, and LOM scheduling. The planned mining approach is conventional open pit truck-and-shovel operations, consistent with industry practice for deposits of comparable scale, geometry, and production rate. Primary loading is assumed to be performed by electric rope shovels in the Komatsu 4100XPC class (or equivalent), selected to match the targeted production profile and truck payload for optimised fleet productivity. Haulage will be conducted using rigid-frame ultra-class haul trucks in the Caterpillar 798 class (or equivalent), aligned with the selected loading unit size to achieve appropriate pass-matching and cycle-time efficiency.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 109 The mining fleet will be supported by ancillary equipment including track-type dozers for pit floor and dump management, rubber-tired loaders for stockpile and contingency loading, motor graders for haul road maintenance, water trucks for dust suppression, and other standard support equipment required for safe and efficient open pit operations. This equipment selection reflects a balance between productivity, operational flexibility, capital efficiency, and alignment with the production targets defined in the LOM plan. The mining plan proposes conventional staged open pit mining methods of drill blast, load, and haul operations with Owner-operated equipment. Overburden (waste rock) storage areas will be located adjacent to the open-pit mining area. Lower-grade ore will be hauled by the open pit mining fleet to the heap leach crusher, with higher-grade material preferentially fed to the stockpile to the gravity mill circuit. Most of the waste mining will be above the water table, while the majority of the ore is below the water table. The planned general mining method is summarised as follows: • Clearing and stripping of suitable material from all disturbed areas into discrete stockpiles. • Drilling and blasting of ore and associated internal waste on 15m benches, while bulk waste, which is outside the ore envelope, is also blasted on 15m benches. Trim blasts will be used to provide wall control as required. Most of the explosive usage is ammonium nitrate/fuel oil, with all explosives supplied by a subcontractor. • Loading and hauling using 4100XPC or equivalent class rope shovels and 360t capacity haul trucks, mining on 15m high benches in all material zones. Mill and crushed leach ore will be directly fed to the crusher or stockpiled for blending. • The heap leach will be constructed in 10m lifts from the mine as required. • Overburden storage areas will be developed in 30m lifts and progressively rehabilitated. • Ancillary plant support for floor control, haul road construction and maintenance, rehabilitation drill support, waste dump battering provided by a fleet of dozers, graders, and water carts. • Pit dewatering will be managed by dewatering wells. Collection of storm water by in-pit sumps will be used as needed during the mining operation. Hydrological studies are discussed in detail in Chapter 7.5. • Grade control drilling will be provided by the owner, including both RC drill and blasthole sampling, and will be conducted during the mine life. • Topsoil will be stockpiled during initial mining stages in the pits and throughout construction of the heap leach facility and overburden storage areas. These stockpiles will be earmarked for post-mining reclamation activities per Nevada regulatory requirements. The proposed mine schedule was developed with the following operational constraints/parameters applied: • Pre-calculated, set cut-off grades are not applied during the mine planning process. Mine Plan Schedule Optimiser software was used for scheduling purposes, with operating cost and cycle time inputs based on haulage profiles to create variable cut-off grades in order to maximise NPV. • Milling rate is set at a maximum of 7Mtpa, with first ore delivery in year 4. • Heap leach rate is set at a maximum of 5.5Mtpa, with first ore delivery in year 4. • The maximum mining rate is 146Mtpa, peaking in year 3 and declining based on haulage capacities and material deliveries. • Maximum vertical advance of 10 benches per year (applied to benches larger than 0.5Mt). • Maximum of 28 Caterpillar 798 trucks planned per year. • Maximum of 5 P&H 4100XPC shovels planned per year. 13.2 Geotechnical considerations A primary factor of the Merlin design is the weathering and alteration of the rock mass is expected to control the geomechanical behaviour of the slope which is reflected in the Merlin geotechnical domains assigned (Table 13.1). It is also assumed that slope dewatering will be able to be achieved ahead of mining. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 110 Table 13.1. Merlin geotechnical domains. Domain identifier Group Description MER_EastWallUnits 1 Younger Landslide Breccias + Quaternary Alluvials (Tyx/Tgs/Qay) MER_FRSW_AA 2 Fresh to slightly weathered advanced argillic alteration. MER_FRSW_ARILPP 3 Fresh to slightly weathered undifferentiated clays MER_FRSW_SI 4 Fresh to slightly weathered silica altered. MER_MW_AA 5 Moderately weathered advanced argillic MER_MW_ARILPP 6 Moderately weathered undifferentiated clays MER_MW_SI 7 Moderately weathered silica altered. MER_HWCW_AA 8 Highly to completely weathered advanced argillic alteration. MER_HWCW_ARILPP 9 Highly to completely weathered undifferentiated clay alteration. MER_HWCW_SI 10 Highly to completely weathered silica altered. MER_Jt 11 Joshua Hollows Stratigraphy. Design specifications were developed internally and provided as primary inputs into the mine slope design (Table 13.2). Table 13.2. Design specifications. Note: GT: Geotechnical; OS: overall slope; IR: inter-ramp; OSA: overall slope angle; IRA: inter-ramp angle; BFA: Bench Face Angle; FoS: Factor of Safety. These specifications are agnostic of the slope location and require local adjustments and design modification based on the final wall design and for the presence of large structures such as faults. Inter-ramp angles were optimised on the allowable overall slope angles to meet the design acceptance criteria. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 111 13.3 Requirements for stripping, mining and backfilling The total LOM material movement is forecast at approximately 1,043Mt. Of this total, 45.5Mt is classified as mill feed, 42.1Mt as heap leach feed, and 955.8Mt as waste. The resulting LOM average strip ratio is estimated at 10.9:1 (waste: ore). At the completion of mining, the open pit is planned to be partially backfilled to the projected long-term groundwater table elevation, consistent with closure strategy assumptions. Recommended overall slope angles (inclusive of ramps and local step-outs), as provided by the AngloGold Ashanti Geomechanics team, range from 28° to 35°, depending on geotechnical domain and sector. These angles form the basis of the pit design used for Mineral Reserve estimation. Hydrogeological modelling and associated design considerations were discussed in detail in Chapter 7.5. From the yearly production schedule in Table 13.3, the first three years of mining will be waste stripping, and the first ore will be available at the end of year three. Table 13.3. Mine schedule material movement by phase/period. Tonnage (Mt) Year Phase 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 Total Phase1 73 117 146 48 384 Phase2 90 135 68 20 7 320 Phase3 47 103 88 84 18 340 Total 73 117 146 138 135 115 123 95 84 18 1,043 The pit is expected to be fully dewatered by the time mining goes below the water table. 13.4 Mine design The Mineral Reserve plan consists of three nested pushbacks, focusing on the high-grade portion of the Merlin pit. The pushbacks were developed using the geotechnical criteria provided by the geotechnical team, as detailed in geotechnical recommendation chapter. The IRA varies based on geotechnical domain, as does the bench width. The bench face angle and bench height are 75° and 15m, respectively. Phases one to three of the planned Merlin open pit are shown in Figures 13.1 to 13.3. The final pit layout is discussed in Chapter 13.9. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 112 Figure 13.1. Phase one of the Merlin open pit. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 113 Figure 13.2. Phase two of the Merlin open pit. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 114 Figure 13.3. Phase three of the Merlin open pit. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. Two-way haul roads were designed at a width of 42m, which includes running width of 3.5 times the width of the haul truck, plus 6m for the berm. Roads were designed at 10% grade, with a switchback radius of 16m. Single lane haul roads were used for no more than the last three benches of the pushback. Single lanes were designed at 27m and up to 12% grade. In general, mining widths are generous, with many benches allowing for up to 400m of mining width to maximise productivity. However, near pit bottoms and ramp interactions mining widths will go down to as narrow as 50m. Groundwater will be addressed with dewatering wells prior to mining. Surface water will be addressed through in-pit pumps when needed, and emulsion can be used for blasting drill holes in meteoric water. In the Beatty climate, meteoric water can be expected to be minimal. 13.5 Waste dump design parameters Overburden storage area or waste storage facility designs were created for the pre-feasibility study to contain mined material that will not be processed. A 1.35 swell factor was assumed, which will provide for both swell when mined and compaction when placed into the facility. All waste or overburden dump areas will be stripped and the topsoil store for reclamation works. Run off from these areas will be collected by perimeter ditches stored and recycled to the process plant for reuse as make up water. Waste stockpiles were designed at a 3:1 slope, which account for concurrent reclamation. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 115 At the end of mine-life, stockpiled waste will be reclaimed into the pit, above the water table. The water table is expected to take decades to create a pit lake based on current ground water levels and recharge rates in a preliminary groundwater, therefore there is a delay expected between the end of mining and the beginning of waste reclamation to the pit. 13.6 Surface waste dump and ore stockpile 13.6.1 Surface waste dump Two overburden storage areas were incorporated into the Mineral Reserve plan: the east overburden storage areas and the west overburden storage areas. Both facilities are designed with overall slope angles of 3H:1V to support concurrent reclamation and long-term stability objectives. The selected geometry provides sufficient footprint and operational flexibility to allow for segregation and management of potentially acid-generating material, if required. The overburden storage areas were strategically located as close to the pit limits as practical to minimise haulage distances, while preserving optionality for potential future pit expansions. The east overburden storage areas expansion to the east is constrained by the Greenlink Corridor, while the west overburden storage areas expansion to the north is limited by Beatty Wash. These constraints have been incorporated into the current design envelopes. The designed storage capacities of the west and east overburden storage areas are approximately 1,431Mt and 258Mt, respectively as shown in Figure 13.4. Figure 13.4. Mineral Reserve plan pit, surface waste dump, ore stockpile area. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. Brown: west overburden storage area (OSA); blue: east overburden storage area (OSA), green dashed: Ore Stockpile Area. 13.6.2 Ore stockpile An ore stockpile facility has been designed on the southeast side of the pit with an estimated total storage capacity of approximately 40Mt, as shown in Figure 13.5 (proposed Project layout). AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 116 Figure 13.5. Proposed Project layout for the Merlin open pit. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. OSA: Overburden Storage Area; HLP: Heap Leach Pad; FTSF: Filtered Tailings Storage Facility. The stockpile is intended to provide operational flexibility and maintain a consistent feed rate to both the milling circuit and the crushed heap leach facility throughout the LOM. The stockpile strategy will support grade management, processing optimisation, and mitigation of short-term mining variability. Material will be segregated based on grade and metallurgical characteristics to facilitate blending and processing control, as required by the respective processing streams. Ore rehandling costs associated with stockpile reclaim were incorporated into the cut-off grade calculations and were reflected in the mine planning assumptions and financial model. Reclaim was assumed to be conducted using front-end loaders, with material transported by 100t class haul trucks to the primary crusher dump hopper. The unit rehandling cost estimate was based on equipment productivity assumptions, haul distances, cycle times, fuel consumption, and labour inputs consistent with the pre-feasibility study-level mine operating cost model. The stockpile layout and capacity are considered sufficient to support production smoothing and processing continuity under the planned mining sequence. 13.7 Production schedule The mine schedule was developed with the following operational constraints/parameters applied: • Pre-calculated, set cut-off grades were not applied during the mine planning process. Mine Plan Schedule Optimiser (MPSO) was used for the scheduling portion of this exercise. MPSO used

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 117 operational expenditure and cycle time based on haulage profile to create a variable cutoff to maximise NPV. The total LOM material movement is forecast at approximately 1,043Mt. Of this total, 45.5Mt is classified as mill feed, 42.1Mt as heap leach feed, and 955.8Mt as waste (Table 13.4). The resulting LOM average strip ratio is estimated at 10.9:1 (waste:ore). AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 118 Table 13.4. Yearly mine production schedule in tonnes and ounces by year. Project Year Destinations Unit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Total Leach Tonnage (K Tonne) 270 6,158 3,320 10,431 8,296 3,214 4,883 5,508 42,081 Cont. gold (K Oz) 3 148 54 155 125 53 102 98 739 Cont. silver (K Oz) 31 665 180 397 273 136 255 251 2,189 Mill Tonnage (K Tonne) 49 9,650 857 9,582 8,029 3,389 7,000 7,000 45,555 Cont. gold (K Oz) 10 1,556 45 629 542 120 799 501 4,202 Cont. silver (K Oz) 21 1,947 92 1,085 732 244 750 722 5,593 Waste Tonnage (K Tonne) 73,000 116,800 145,681 121,714 130,890 94,987 106,932 88,508 71,618 5,696 955,826 Total Tonnage 73,000 116,800 146,000 137,522 135,067 115,000 123,258 95,111 83,501 18,204 1,043,462 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 119 13.8 Mine equipment, machinery and personnel The mining fleet will consist of large-scale equipment suitable for conventional open-pit mining. The project is to be run as an Owner-operated mine. The primary mining fleet is shown in the equipment list below. • 10 CAT MD6310 drills • 28 CAT 798 Haul trucks • 5 Komatsu 4100XPC shovels • 5 CAT 18M motorgraders • 5 CAT D10T2 track dozers • 5 CAT 777 water trucks • 5 CAT 834 rubber tire dozers • 2 CAT 992 project loaders • 4 CAT 777 project haul trucks • 3 CAT 395 project excavators • 3 CAT D11 dozers • 2 CAT 988 project loaders Total personnel in mine operations will include the maintenance department and is expected to run 491 personnel at the highest headcount. 13.9 Final mine outline The proposed project layout for the Merlin open pit is shown in Figure 13.5. 14. Processing and recovery methods Crushed heap leaching or milling are the preferred processing methods for the Merlin deposit. Generally, the Merlin ore is strongly oxidised with gold recoveries increasing with decreasing feed size. Significant amounts of gravity recoverable gold are present in higher grade zones of the deposit. These higher-grade materials are routed to the milling cyanidation circuit that includes a gravity gold recovery circuit integrated with a closed- circuit ball mill. Lower grade material is processed by crushing, agglomeration, and heap leach cyanidation. This comparatively lower cost process reduces the economic cut-off grades and increases the profitability of the Project. The processing methods selected have been applied to similar deposits in the region and more widely in the mining industry. Both the milling circuit and the heap leaching circuit consist of well-tested technologies that have been operated successfully at similar scales. There are no novel processes included in the pre-feasibility study. 14.1 Comminution design criteria A summary of the design criteria for the mill process plant and the heap leach operation is included in Table 14.1 and 14.2 below. Table 14.1. Design criteria for the mill process plant. Description Units Value Mill process plant Throughput t/a 7,000,000 Nominal rate, does not include availability and design factors t/d 19,178 Design Throughput t/h 1,065 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 120 Description Units Value Crushing configuration Gyratory-Cone-HPGR Overall Utilisation, Primary Crushing % 75 Overall Utilisation, Secondary Crushing % 75 Overall Utilisation, HPGR Tertiary Crushing % 88 Operating Time, hours/day h/day 24 Primary crushed ore product size P100 mm 295 P80 mm 113 Secondary crushed ore product size P100 mm 76 P80 mm 46 Tertiary crushed ore product size P100 mm 22 P80 mm 9 Tertiary crusher screen undersize (ball mill feed) P100 mm 6 P80 mm 3.1 Grinding configuration Ball Mill / Cyclone Overall Utilisation, Grinding % 92 Operating Time, hours/day h/day 24 Design Throughput t/h 869 Recirculating Load % 300 Total Mill Power Installed kW 18,400 Table 14.2. Design criteria for the heap leach operation. Description Units Value Heap leach operation Throughput t/a 5,500,000 Throughput t/d 15,068 Crushing configuration Gyratory-Cone-HPGR Overall Utilisation, Primary Crushing % 75 Overall Utilisation, Secondary Crushing % 80

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 121 Description Units Value Overall Utilisation, HPGR Tertiary Crushing % 80 Overall Utilisation, Conveyor Stacking % 75 Operating Time h/day 24 Primary crushed ore product size P100 mm 177 Secondary crushed ore product size P100 mm 50 P80 mm 40 Tertiary crushed ore product size P100 mm 36 P80 mm 9 14.2 Mill process plant The proposed milling flowsheet is shown in Figure 14.1. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 122 Figure 14.1. Milling flowsheet - mill and CIL processing circuit process flow diagram. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 123 The comminution circuit will comprise three-stage crushing with HPGR and a single large ball mill operating in closed circuit with hydrocyclones. Downstream of comminution, the process plant will include gravity concentration, intensive cyanide leaching and electrowinning for gravity circuit recovery. The remaining gold will be recovered through a CIL circuit. Gold and silver values loaded to activated carbon in the CIL circuit will be extracted by pressure elution (Zadra) in an adsorption-desorption-recovery (ADR) plant. Metals will then be precipitated by electrowinning from high grade solutions. The precipitates will be filtered, scrubbed of mercury in a vacuum retort, and smelted in a furnace to produce doré bars. The quality of the activated carbon will be maintained by acid washing and regeneration in a rotary kiln before it will be returned to the CIL circuit. The tailings will be filtered and conveyed to a filtered TSF using belt conveyors, grasshoppers, ramp grasshoppers and a radial stacker. Mobile equipment will be used on the filtered TSF to spread tailings and to compact structural zones as designed to maintain stability. 14.2.1 Comminution The major crushing equipment and their sizes will be as follows: • Primary Crusher: 42 x 65 gyratory crusher, 373kW motor • Secondary Crusher: MP1000 cone crusher, 746kW motor • Coarse Ore Screen and Secondary Crusher Screen: 3.6m wide x 8.5m long vibrating screens • HPGR: HRC2000e unit, 4,040kW motor • HPGR Product Screen: 3.0 x 7.3m, 30kW • HPGR Product fine ore stockpile Screen: 3.0 x 7.3m, 30kW The grinding circuit was designed around a single large ball mill operating in closed circuit with hydrocyclones. Major equipment sized for the grinding circuit will be as follows: • Ball Mill: 8.28 m diameter x 12.8 m EGL, 18,400 kW motor • Cyclone: Single Cyclone Cluster with twenty-two 20” cyclones Crushing plant feed will be hauled from long term stockpiles or reclaimed from the crushing area ROM stockpile. Stockpiled ore will be recovered by front-end loader and transferred by haul trucks to the dump hopper. The major components of the primary crushing system for the mill will consist of the dump hopper, primary crusher surge pocket, hydraulic rock breaker, discharge apron feeder, and the primary crusher discharge conveyor. The coarse crushed ore feed conveyor will transfer the discharge of crushed ore from the primary crusher discharge conveyor to the secondary crusher screen feed bin. The coarse ore will be fed by the secondary crusher screen apron feeder to the secondary screen. Screen over size will be sent for secondary crushing and the undersize fraction will be transferred by the coarse ore stockpile feed conveyor to the coarse ore stockpile. Reclaim from the coarse ore stockpile will be transferred by coarse ore stockpile discharge apron feeders and the HPGR feed conveyor to the HPGR feed bin and then via the HPGR feed conveyor to the HPGR crusher. Because the mill availability is 92% and the HPGR crusher will have a lower availability at 88%, during normal operation the HPGR will produce about 5% more than the mill can immediately use. This quantity of extra output will be dry screened and stored in the fine ore stockpile. A “shark fin” splitter will split 5% of the crushed product to a screen and its undersize will be transferred to the stockpile. When crushing equipment is down, a front-end loader will transfer fine ore to the ball mill from the fine ore stockpile via a conveyor. The mainstream from the “shark fin” splitter will be sent to a product screen pulp box where the ore will be wetted with process water, and then discharged to a product screen. Oversize will be recycled using three conveyors back to the HPGR. The screen undersize product will be transferred to the hydrocyclone feed pump box before pumping it to the cyclone cluster for classification. The hydrocyclone cluster underflow will flow by gravity to the feed end of the ball mill. Discharge from the ball mill will return by gravity to the hydrocyclone feed pump box. The hydrocyclone overflow stream, with a P80 of 106µm will be transferred to the grinding thickener via a trash screen that will remove any oversized grit and organic waste. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 124 14.2.2 Gravity concentration The gravity feed pump will divert fresh feed from the cyclone feed pump box to two screens. The undersize will be directed at two centrifugal gravity concentrators. The screen oversize (+2mm), representing roughly 10% of the slurry, will bypass the concentrators and flow to the gravity tails pump box. The gravity concentrators will operate in semi-continuous mode. When discharged, concentrate will flow to the intensive leach reactor (ILR) feed hopper, excess water will be decanted, and concentrate will be accumulated until a full batch is available for processing. The accumulated concentrate will then be transferred by gravity to the ILR, where it will undergo desliming; the ILR fines will then be returned to the grinding circuit via the gravity tails pump box. Within the ILR, intensive cyanidation will dissolve gold into a high tenor pregnant solution. This solution will be filtered through the ILR filter media to produce a clear pregnant liquor suitable for direct electrowinning. The ILR pregnant solution is collected in the ILR pregnant solution tank and processed separately from the pregnant solution that will be generated during carbon elution. Gravity circuit testwork indicated a gravity gold recovery of up to 50% of the contained gold. The mass pull from the gravity concentrators will be approximately 0.088% of the gravity circuit feed. Gravity tails will be pumped from the gravity tails pump box back to the cyclone feed pump box in the grinding circuit. 14.2.3 CIL and adsorption circuit The hydrocyclone overflow will report to the grinding (pre-leach) thickener, where the slurry is concentrated from 35% solids to 50% solids (w/w). Thickened slurry is then pumped to two parallel CIL trains via a leach feed pump box. Within each CIL train, the slurry will enter either the first or the second tank and then flow in series through the remaining tanks. Slurry transfer between successive CIL tanks will be accomplished using mechanically swept inter-tank pumping screens (Kemix or similar). These screens will retain the carbon inventory within each tank while allowing slurry to pass through, with flow driven by moderate pumping integrated with the screens and a controlled differential in slurry level between adjacent tanks. Inter-tank screens can be removed using a dedicated CIL tower crane and transported to a wash bay for routine cleaning and maintenance using a high-pressure screen washer. A spare screen will be maintained on site to facilitate fast screen changeover. Stripped/regenerated carbon or pre-attrited virgin carbon will enter the final tank of each CIL train and will be advanced counter current to slurry flow using carbon advance pumps. In the first two CIL tanks, the carbon advance pumps will deliver loaded carbon with slurry to a loaded carbon screen, which will separate loaded carbon as screen oversize. The loaded carbon is hydraulically transferred to the acid wash column or elution column in the ADR plant, while the screen undersize (slurry) will return to the CIL tanks 1 or 2. Carbon concentration in the CIL circuit will be maintained at 15g/L overall. Loaded carbon from the first/second CIL tank will be sent to the carbon acid washing or elution columns on a batch basis. Oxygen will be sparged into each CIL tank to maintain dissolved oxygen concentration of approximately 20ppm. Milk of lime will be added to maintain the leach pH at approximately 11. Sodium cyanide will be added to leach tanks 1 to 3 via a pumped ring main system that allows for sodium cyanide addition to any CIL tank if upstream tanks are bypassed. Slurry exiting the final CIL tank, after passing through the inter-tank screens in CIL tanks 8 and 16 will be discharged at a slurry density of about 50% w/w solids. The stream will flow across a carbon safety screen, which will recover any remaining carbon fines as screen oversize. The carbon-free screen undersize reports by gravity to the tail wash thickener by gravity. 14.2.4 Adsorption, desorption and carbon regeneration circuit The adsorption, desorption, and carbon regeneration circuit was designed to treat loaded carbon from the CIL trains and recover dissolved gold through acid washing, elution, electrowinning, and carbon reactivation. 14.2.5 Acid wash Loaded carbon from the first/second CIL tank in each train will be pumped to a loaded carbon screen, which is operated in a closed loop for six hours once per day. The screen oversize will flow by gravity to a carbon steel, rubber lined acid wash column with a 12t carbon capacity. The screen undersize/fines will return to the leach recirculation tank and feed pump box, with a bypass option to CIL tank 2. In the acid wash column, the loaded carbon will be treated with a 3% w/w hydrochloric solution prepared by diluting 32% w/w hydrochloric acid (HCl). The acid will remove calcium, magnesium and other salts that foul the

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 125 carbon surface and reduce adsorption capacity. After acid washing, the carbon will be rinsed with fresh water and sodium hydroxide solution to neutralise the residual acid. The washing liquor will be discarded to the tailing thickener feed pump box. To protect surrounding process areas, the acid wash column will sit inside an acid- proof bund equipped with an acid-resistant sump pump that will return collected spillage to the final tailing thickener feed pump box. 14.2.6 Elution circuit – Pressure Zadra process Acid-washed carbon will be hydraulically transferred to one of two 12t elution columns, which will operate in series as part of a Pressure Zadra elution system. The circuit will include: • Two 12t capacity elution columns operating in series, • Electric elution heaters, • Two recovery heat-exchangers, • Two trim heat-exchangers, • A strip eluate tank and • A strip eluate pump. This equipment will operate in a closed loop with four electrowinning cells located inside the gold room. The proposed elution sequence will be: • Pre-soak: An alkaline solution containing 1.5% w/w of sodium hydroxide (NaOH) and 0.2% w/w of sodium cyanide circulates through the columns at 95°C. • Stripping Phase: Additional solution is added at 2.0 bed volumes per hour. The stripping solution is heated to ≥145°C at 400kPag to desorb the gold from the loaded carbon. • Pregnant Solution Handling: The pregnant eluate exits the column top, passes through elution discharge strainers, and heat exchangers and flow to the electrowinning stage. The trim heat exchangers cool the solution > 95°C using fresh water to prevent flashing in the electrowinning cells. • Carbon Discharge: After elution, stripped carbon is cooled by displacement with process water and transferred to a carbon dewatering sieve bend. The oversize reports to the kiln feed hopper. Undersize of the sieve bend reports to the fine carbon collection tank. The settled carbon fines will be pumped to a filter press to recover carbon fines. Overflow from the carbon collection tank will be pumped to the CIL regenerated carbon storage tank. 14.2.7 Carbon regeneration and make-up addition The oversize carbon will be metered using the kiln screw feeder into an electric, rotary, regeneration kiln for carbon regeneration. This electrically powered and heated kiln is designed for: • 100% carbon throughput regeneration • 20 hour/day operation. • 700/750°C operating temperature • Inert atmosphere provided by superheated steam After exiting the kiln, regenerated carbon is quenched in water in the carbon quench tank and pumped to either the CIL carbon sizing screen or the vertical carbon in column (CIC) carbon sizing screen using a single duty regenerated carbon transfer pump. • CIL sizing screen oversize → CIL regenerated carbon storage tank → recycle to final CIL tank • Vertical CIC sizing screen oversize → vertical CIC regenerated carbon storage tank → trucked to heap leach vertical CIC columns • All undersize → fine carbon collection tank → pressure filtration Kiln exhaust gases will pass through a mercury scrubber before discharging to the atmosphere. Because carbon attrition occurs in the circuit, fresh carbon will be added through the carbon attrition tank via a fresh carbon AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 126 hopper with bag breaker. Fresh carbon will be pre-attrited to remove carbon fines, then it will be transferred to either the CIL regenerated carbon storage tank or vertical CIC regenerated carbon storage tank through the vibrating carbon screens installed above the tanks. 14.2.8 Electrowinning and gold room Pregnant eluate produced during the pressure Zadra elution process will be collected in a dedicated pregnant solution tank. The pregnant solution will be distributed to four electrowinning (EW) cells arranged in two parallel trains, each consisting of two cells in series. A separate EW cell will be provided for pregnant solution generated from the gravity/ILR circuit. All EW cells will be enclosed and fitted with stainless-steel mesh cathodes. Gold will be recovered by electrowinning onto the cathode surfaces. The resulting gold-bearing sludge will be removed from the cathodes using high-pressure wash water and gravitates to the sludge filter feed tank. Barren solution from the EW cell will flow by gravity to the strip eluate tank, where NaOH, sodium cyanide and anti- scalant concentrations will be adjusted prior to reheating and recirculating to the elution columns. To limit the accumulation of impurities, approximately 20% of the barren solution will be bled to the first two tanks in each CIL train. Fumes generated in the EW cells will be collected by two EW extraction and vented to the atmosphere at the electrowinning exhaust stack after passing through the EW cell mist eliminators. Any collected condensate will be returned to the strip eluate tank or the ILR pregnant solution tank. The gold-bearing sludge will be dewatered in a sludge press filter, and the filter cake will be dried in a sludge oven at approximately 100°C. Dried sludge will be blended with fluxes (silica, nitre, borax, and sodium carbonate) in accordance with a pre-determined recipe and smelted in an electric barring furnace. Smelting will produce a molten precious metal phase and a separate slag phase. Molten metal will be poured into doré moulds at a nominal rate of five smelts per week. Slag will be removed and collected in slag trays separately. Furnace particulates will be captured by the furnace extraction system and baghouse. The doré bars will be quenched, cleaned, weighed, stamped, sampled for assay, and stored in the secure vault while awaiting dispatch to a commercial refinery. The gold room will be equipped with full security features, including access control, intrusion detection, and closed circuit television. A dedicated gold room sump fitted with a gold trap will collect process spillage. Captured solids will periodically be removed, and overflow from the sump will be returned to the leach circuit via the gold room sump pump. 14.2.9 Tailings thickening and filtration The tailings slurry (approximately 40 w/w% solids when combined with filtrate from the tailings filters) after passing through the carbon safety screen will be thickened in the final tailing thickener to a target density of approximately 62 w/w % solids. The underflow will be pumped to a pressure filtration plant comprising four filter presses. The filter presses will dewater the tailings to approximately 85 w/w % solids, producing a dry filter cake suitable for dry tailings stacking. Dewatered tailings will be conveyed via overland conveyors, grasshopper conveyors and a dry stacker to the filtered TSF. A portion of the tailing thickener overflow will be used as tailings filter manifold flush water and filter cloth wash water. These water streams will be collected in the tailings filtrate tank and pumped back to the tailing thickener. 14.2.10 Filtered tailing storage facility A filtered TSF was designed to manage the tailings produced by the mill. Tailings will be conveyed to a surface stacking facility southeast of the process plant, where they will be placed in thin lifts, spread, and compacted where needed using conventional earth-moving equipment in a bottom-up configuration. The filtered TSF was designed to ensure environmental containment in compliance with all applicable Nevada State, USA Federal, and Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management requirements. A starter dam and toe buttress will provide operational and seismic stability for the first lifts. Seepage from and precipitation landing on the filtered TSF will be collected in engineered drainage systems and directed to containment ponds. An exterior drainage system will direct all other precipitation around and downgrade from the filtered TSF. A geotechnical investigation concluded that the site is generally suitable for a filtered TSF, with no identified geological hazards expected to materially impact facility performance. 14.2.11 Heap leach The heap leach flowsheet is shown in Figure 14.2. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 127 Figure 14.2. Heap leach flowsheet - heap leach and CIC processing circuit process flow diagram. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 128 The crushing circuit will comprise three stages of crushing, with a primary gyratory crusher, a secondary cone crusher, and a tertiary HPGR. Two stockpiles, coarse ore crushed, and fine ore crushed, will decouple the various operations to reduce interruption and maximise the circuit availability. From the HPGR crushed stockpile, ore will be withdrawn and agglomerated in a drum agglomerator by addition of barren solution and cement before stacking. A lime addition system was designed but is not expected to be required due to higher cement dosage at the early stage of the heap construction. The agglomerated HPGR crushed ores will be stacked on the heap leach pad via grasshoppers and a radial stacker. Barren solution will be applied on the heap leach pad via drip emitters. The sodium cyanide solution will percolate through the heap leach pad, dissolves gold and silver, and will be collected at the bottom of the heap leach pad. The pregnant solution will be pumped to the vertical CICs, where gold and silver will be adsorbed by activated carbon. Once loaded with gold and silver, the activated carbon will be transported to the ADR plant located adjacent to the milling facility to recover gold and silver. 14.2.12 Heap leach crushing The crushing circuit was designed based on the process design criteria of 5.5Mtpa and to account for the ore comminution characteristics determined from the test programs. The major crushing equipment and their sizes will be as follows: • Primary Crusher: 42 x 65 gyratory crusher 373kW (500 HP) • Coarse Ore Screen: 3.6m wide x 8.5m long vibrating screen • Secondary Crusher: 671 kw one crusher (900 HP) • Tertiary Crusher: 1.7m diameter x 1.4 m wide roll 3,275kW HPGR (4,390 HP) ROM material will be delivered from the open pit to a ROM stockpile in the crushing area or from long term stockpiles directly to the crusher. ROM material stockpiled next to the crusher will be sized to provide a minimum of two weeks of mining production. Stockpiled ore will be recovered by front-end loader and transferred by 100t class haul trucks to the dump hopper. The primary gyratory crusher layout was sized according to the new gyratory unit. Major components of primary crushing system will include the dump hopper, primary crusher surge pocket, hydraulic rock breaker, discharge apron feeder, discharge conveyor, and coarse ore stockpile feed conveyor. The primary crushing, secondary crushing and tertiary crushing layouts were modelled as per the flowsheet. The coarse material, crushed to P100 of 177mm, will be stored in the coarse ore stockpile, which will have a live capacity of 12,800t and equivalent to 12 hours of plant throughput. The stockpile will be reclaimed by three apron feeders operating in parallel, which will discharge onto coarse ore reclaim conveyor for transfer to the coarse ore screen feed bin. The coarse ore screen feed conveyor will transfer the ore from the feed bin to the coarse ore screen. In addition to the coarse ore feed, the screen will also receive the secondary crusher product via the secondary crusher transfer conveyor. The coarse ore screen oversize will be transferred via the coarse screen o/s conveyor to the secondary crusher feed bin and fed to the secondary crusher by a secondary crusher belt feeder. The secondary crusher product will be discharged to the coarse ore reclaim conveyor and fed to the coarse ore bin. The coarse screen undersize is transferred via the coarse screen undersize conveyor to the HPGR feed bin and fed to the HPGR crusher by the HPGR feed conveyor. The fine HPGR discharge (P80 of 9mm and P100 of 36mm) will be placed in the fine ore stockpile. Fine ore will be reclaimed from the fine ore stockpile by three discharge apron feeders and conveyed to the agglomerator feed conveyor. The agglomeration circuit was designed around a drum agglomerator configuration. Testwork indicated that a maximum rate of 10kg of cement per tonne of ore would be needed for effective agglomeration. Cement will be added to the agglomeration drum feed belt. Provision was made in the layout for the future installation of a second silo for a lime addition system. Barren leach solution will be directly introduced into the agglomeration drum at a rate of 82L/t of ore. Lime addition, although included in the design basis, was not expected to be required during the initial stages of heap construction when higher cement dosage will be applied. The agglomeration circuit was designed for 81% availability.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 129 A bulk sampling system was incorporated into the process to support metallurgical accounting requirements (not shown on the layout), as reflected in the process flow diagram. 14.2.13 Heap leach facility Ore discharged from the agglomerator drum will be conveyed via the agglomerator discharge conveyor to a series of grasshopper conveyors and ramp grasshopper conveyors, which feed an index feed conveyor and a radial stacker for heap construction. The heap will be built in nominal 8m lifts to a planned maximum height of 96m. Heap leaching will be conducted with an average leach cycle of 65 days. The initial heap area is approximately 10.1Mft2. The heap leach facility was developed to a pre-feasibility study level based on the design prepared by NewFields. The overall facility will comprise a lined heap leach pad, process pond, and event pond, with the heap leach pad designed for staged development in two phases. Phase one will include the initial pad area together with solution management infrastructure. Phase two will provide for a future pad expansion. Each phase was designed to accommodate 32Mt of ore, for 64Mt total. Ore will be conveyed to the heap leach pad and stacked in nominal lifts on a composite-lined pad incorporating a low-permeability soil or geosynthetic clay liner overlain by a high density polyethylene (HDPE) primary liner and drainage layer. The pad and solution collection systems were designed to accommodate a nominal solution application rate of 0.005gpm/ft² and a maximum solution return rate of approximately 5,000gpm, consistent with the selected heap leach operating parameters. A geotechnical investigation concluded that the site is generally suitable for heap leach facility development, with no identified geological hazards expected to materially impact facility performance. 14.2.14 Carbon adsorption plant Pregnant leach solution (PLS) will drain by gravity from the heap to the pregnant solution tank and will be pumped to the vertical CIC units at a design rate of 5,000gpm using two operating vertical pumps. Gold adsorption will occur in two vertical CIC units operating in parallel. Each vertical CIC unit will consist of a closed-top, five-stage carbon adsorption column. Loaded carbon will be withdrawn from the bottom stage of each vertical CIC using a dedicated carbon transfer pump and discharged into a tanker truck. Excess solution accompanying the loaded carbon will be drained and returned to the process circuit. Loaded carbon will be transported by truck to the centralised ADR facility located at the mill. Regenerated carbon will be returned from the mill ADR to the vertical CIC circuit by truck. After removing loaded carbon from the bottom stage, the same carbon pump will advance carbon down the column, one stage at a time. When the top stage is finished transferring, regenerated carbon will be loaded from a nearby storage tank. 14.3 Reagents Reagent selection and consumption were based on project-specific metallurgical testwork and industry operating practice. All reagents will be stored, mixed and handled in dedicated areas to prevent cross- contamination and ensure personnel safety. Alkaline and acidic reagents will be stored in separate contained and bunded areas equipped with sumps and sump pumps to manage potential spills. Storage tanks were sized to accommodate projected consumption rates and delivery volumes and will be provided with level instrumentation and alarms to prevent overfilling. Reagent transfer and preparation areas will be equipped with appropriate ventilation, fire suppression systems, and safety shower stations, and Material Safety Data Sheet stations. Forklifts will be used for handling reagent bulk bags and totes. 14.3.1 Milk of lime Quicklime will be delivered by tank truck and pneumatically transferred by a truck carried blower to the storage silo. Air entering the silo with the quicklime will exit the silo through a baghouse filtered silo vent at top of the silo. Quicklime from the cone bottom of the silo will be delivered by a screw conveyor to a vertical grinding mill type slaker. Fresh water will be fed to the slaker with control manifold to control the slaking temperature to an ideal range (normally between 75 to 85°C) for optimal slaking. Slaked lime milk will be further diluted to 20% w/w and discharged to a transfer pump box and transferred to the milk of lime storage tank. A recirculating pumping system will be delivering the lime milk to various dosing points for pH control of CIL slurry. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 130 14.3.2 Sodium cyanide Sodium cyanide will be delivered to site as solid briquettes with ISO containers. A mixing/recirculation pumping system with suction from the mixing/recirculation tank will pump pH adjusted solution (pH ≥10.5) to the ISO container to dissolve the solid briquettes and recirculate back by compressed air to the mixing tank. The mixing tank was sized to contain one ISO container’s sodium cyanide (17.5 ton of 98% w/w) with solution diluted to concentration of 30%. The mixing/recirculation pump will then pump the solution from mixing tank to the cyanide holding tank. From there, cyanide feed pumps will distribute cyanide solution to the CIL, ILR and elution circuits via a ring main piping system. Spillages in the sodium cyanide area will be collected at the sodium cyanide area sump and will be delivered to the leach tanks area by using the sodium cyanide area sump pump. 14.3.3 Sodium hydroxide (NaOH) NaOH will be delivered to site in bulk form at 50 w/w % solution and held in a dedicated storage tank. The sodium hydroxide distribution pump will distribute caustic solution to the desorption circuit, ILR mixing tank and the cyanide mix/storage tanks. The distribution pump will be a fixed speed, centrifugal pump operating in a continuous loop at the bulk storage tank. Recirculating flowrate will be managed through a manual ball valve. 14.3.4 Hydrochloric acid (HCl) HCl solution will be delivered to site in bulk form and held in a dedicated storage tank. The hydrochloric acid dosing pump will be a variable speed peristaltic pump for dosing the acid wash column. 14.3.5 Flocculant There will be two flocculant systems for this project: one will be the grinding thickener flocculant system and the other counter current decantation (CCD) and tails thickener flocculant system. The two systems will be identical except for the different holding tank volume and dosing pumping systems. There will be one flocculant system for the grinding thickener and tails thickener. Flocculant will be delivered to site in bulk bags. A bulk bag will be lifted by a dedicated hoist into the flocculant hopper with bag breaker where a flocculant screw feeder will discharge the flocculant at a controlled rate into the educator bowl and where it will be mixed with fresh water as it enters the flocculant mixing tank to produce a 0.5% w/w solution. Flocculant solution will be transferred by a progressive cavity type transfer pump from the mixing tank to the storage tank. A variable speed dosing pump will be used to deliver flocculant to the grinding thickener through the flocculant inline mixer, to achieve a dosing rate of 54g/t of solids at 0.05% w/w. For the CCD and tails thickener flocculant system, two holding tanks were currently sized for the required volume and three dosing pumps were designed, each for one of the three thickeners. 14.3.6 Activated carbon The fresh activated carbon used for gold adsorption will consist of granular particles in the form of coconut shells of 1.68 x 3.35mm (6 x 12 mesh) in size. The carbon will be delivered in 500kg bulk bags containing less than 5% moisture and stored in the reagent building. Fresh activated carbon will be added into the carbon quench tank. 14.3.7 Anti-scalant Anti-scalant will be delivered in 1m3 totes in solution form. Anti-scalant will be delivered without dilution by the positive displacement-type dosing pump to the strip eluate tank at a dosage rate of 10-15ppm. 14.3.8 Oxygen Oxygen will be a critical reagent during the leaching reaction, and it will be added to maintain a dissolved level of at least 20 ppm in the leach tanks. The oxygen supply will be produced through a pressure swing adsorption plant (PSA). The PSA plant will consist of two systems in parallel, each including an air compressor, an air dryer and an air receiver, a PSA gas separator, and an oxygen receiver. The oxygen pressure in the receiver will be maintained at a minimum pressure (40psig) to allow delivery to the CIL tanks. This minimum pressure can be adjusted as required. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 131 14.3.9 Gold room smelting fluxes Borax, silica sand, sodium nitrate, and soda ash will be delivered in 20-25kg bags in the form of crystals pellets. The breakdown in composition will be as follows: 60% borax, 30% silica, 5% sodium nitrate, and 5% sodium carbonate. The fluxes will be combined with the gold sludge before smelting. 15. Infrastructure The Merlin area currently has minimal infrastructure on-site, as it is an exploration area. Current access to the property is by dirt road running from US-95 just south of Beatty, NV, through Fluorspar Canyon to the site. The existing infrastructure consists of low-volume wells which supply water for exploration drilling, temporary exploration roads, and drilling staging areas/laydown yards. An emergency response trailer and trained medical personnel are stationed at the Merlin laydown yard. 15.1 Access roads and site roads There is an existing access road at Fluorspar Canyon that is used to access the exploration areas. This road will be improved to allow for more traffic and safe bulk deliveries to site. A second access road will be established to the site from US-95 through Crater Flat, on the eastern side of the Project. This second route is not currently being used south of the exploration area. A new road base will be established with culverts and drainage as needed. The proposed on-site roads will include the primary haulage roads and light vehicle and delivery roads that connect the crushing plant, mill, ADR and mine shop administration areas to the main Crater Flat access road that will run along the eastern side of the planned heap leach pad. 15.2 Water demand, supply, and management Water will be supplied from new wells installed in the Amargosa Desert basin or from dewatering wells to be installed around the open pit. AngloGold Ashanti owns rights to use 574 acre-feet per year in the Crater Flat water basin where the proposed mine will be located. The planned operations will consume approximately 2,200 acre-feet per year. Additional water will be supplied using water rights owned and purchased in the Amargosa Desert Basin. Approvals for this water usage will be needed from the Nevada Division of Water Resources. Fresh water for potable water, fire water, and process make-up, will be delivered through a 24-inch high-density polyethylene pipeline from off-site wells, or diverted from the dewatering system, and stored in an elevated storage tank adjacent to the proposed truck maintenance shop location. The potable water treatment facility was designed to process water at a capacity of 300L per person per day, with the tank size determined by workforce numbers. Potable water will be pumped from the storage tank and distributed via a high-density polyethylene piping network throughout the site. The potable water pipes will be installed underground with a minimum cover of 0.9m. Non-contact water will be routed around the site and conveyed downslope through engineered channels designed to handle the 1:100-year storm event with a 20% climate change factor. Contact water will be collected in lined ponds and recycled to the process plant for reuse, minimising discharge and supporting water conservation. Water from dewatering wells will be directed to a holding facility, where it will undergo testing and treatment as necessary before being injected into the aquifer using a re-infiltration system. A portion of the dewatering water will be diverted to be used as fresh water. Depending on the water quality, it will be used to generate potable water or will bypass the freshwater tank and go directly to the process area. For domestic waste disposal, planning includes designated areas for solid waste collection and transfer to a non-hazardous landfill or to licensed off-site facilities in compliance with regulatory requirements. Sewage management will use a packaged treatment plant sized for the workforce, with treated effluent discharged in accordance with environmental standards or reused where permissible. Other infrastructure for domestic waste and sewage disposal will include wastewater lines, sewage lines, sewage pumps, a septic tank and tile field. 15.3 Power Power will be provided by the local utility provider, Valley Electric Association, with coordination from California Independent System Operator and GridLiance. California Independent System Operator manages more than 50,000MW of generation capacity and supplies most of the power consumed in the Valley Electric Association AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 132 network. GridLiance owns and operates transmission lines and substations that provide connections to the Valley Electric Association. A system impact study for the Arthur Gold Project is in progress to define the system upgrades needed to supply the required power for operations. This will require a new, larger capacity transmission line, substation, and branch line to the proposed operations site. A preliminary electrical load analysis identified an average power demand of approximately 57MW, with an estimated connected load of 86MW. A single-line diagram was developed to determine the specifications and sizing requirements for the distribution equipment. A standby diesel generator facility comprising three units rated at 2MW each will be installed at the process plant substation. These generators will connect to the process plant side to supply emergency loads in the event of a power outage. Within the facility, overhead power lines will distribute 34.5kV from the main substation to the two switchyards. The ball mill and the two high-pressure grind roll crushers will receive power via dedicated 13.8kV overhead wood pole lines with aluminum conductor steel reinforced (ACSR) conductors. Distribution to the process plant, crusher corridors, heap corridor, and remote locations will also use 4.16kV overhead wood pole lines with ACSR conductors. At the mine site, a 35kV overhead looped line will provide redundancy and facilitate modifications for the power supply to shovels, dewatering pumps, and access trolleys throughout various phases of mining operations. All electrical equipment supplied will comply with North American standards. Power, control, and instrumentation wiring will generally employ steel wire armoured cables with copper conductors. 15.4 Hydrocarbon demand, supply and infrastructure Hydrocarbon demand, supply, and infrastructure requirement, were reviewed as part of the pre-feasibility study, and bulk diesel delivery by road tankers was selected as the best option. Fuel for surface vehicles will be delivered to the site and stored at the maintenance workshop (as required), with a weekly supply of fuel, lubricants, and other fluids. Storage will include suitable facilities at the maintenance area and is based on the fleet types and numbers, and these facilities shall feature three dispensing ports for haul trucks, light off-site trucks, and light gas vehicles, each with separate entrances and exits. These storage facilities will be double- walled, standalone fuel stations. Dispensing stations will be strategically located near haul truck parking bays and process plant service roads, with dedicated access routes to minimise congestion. Connectivity improvements include upgrades to Fluorspar Canyon Road and provisions for future pipeline tie-ins. Hydrocarbon systems will integrate with site utilities for pump operation and monitoring, while emergency access meets Nevada Department of Transportation hazardous material standards. 15.5 Built infrastructure The built infrastructure will include buildings and civil works. A summary of the site buildings planned is provided in Table 15.1. Table 15.1. Summary of proposed on-site buildings. Building Dimensions Features Truck Shop, Administration, and Warehouse 57,000 ft² 380 ft x 150 ft x 50 ft Pre-engineered structure, truck shop adjoining a two story area with administration offices on the second floor and warehousing on the first Blast Bulk Storage Facility 4,800 ft2 80 ft x 60 ft x 20 ft Lump sum turnkey package, final design under approval of blasting contractor Magazine Storage Facility 3,348 ft2 62 ft x 54 ft x 20 ft Lump sum turnkey package, will store Class B, and Class C explosives in compliance to all applicable regulations. Gold Room 6,370 ft2 91 ft x 71 ft x 71 ft Pre-engineered building. Houses all refinery and associated gas handling equipment.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 133 Building Dimensions Features Mill General Reagents Storage 3,000 ft2 72 ft x 42 ft x 36 ft Pre-engineered steel building. Stores reagents for the process area and has facilities for receipt and handling of bulk reagents. Process Maintenance, Workshop, Storage, Canteen Building 3,000 ft2 180 ft x 17 ft x 33 ft Pre-engineered steel building. Accommodates plant maintenance activities, workshop operations, storage areas, and a canteen for plant personnel. Guardhouse 200 ft2 20 ft x 10 ft x 10 ft Lump sum turnkey modular package, assembled before delivery to site. Support Laboratory 3,080 ft2 56 ft x 55 ft x 20 ft Lump sum turnkey modular package, pre-assembled offsite before shipment, re-assemble and final installation on site. Includes all laboratory equipment. Health Building 2,400 ft2 60 ft x 40 ft x 20 ft Pre-engineered building. Space for onsite medical support and parking for emergency vehicles. Tailing Filtration Building 28,750 ft2 250 ft x 115 ft x 66 ft Stick-built building. Metal roof to cover filters with short exterior walls. Will include overhead space needed for installation and operational clearance for maintenance cranes. Operational Control Rooms (Qty 3) 200 ft2 each 20 ft x 10 ft x 10 ft Lump sum turnkey modular package. Assembled before delivery to site. Located near the Grinding Area, the Heap Leach Primary Crusher, and the Tailings Filtration Building Electrical Controls and Motor Drive Buildings (E-Houses, Qty 6) To be determined Lump sum turnkey modular package. Assembled before delivery to site. Will contain the electrical control and motor drive equipment for different sections of the process and mining areas. The size of these buildings will be determined by the supplier depending on the number and size of motor drives that will be serviced from each E-House. 15.5.1 Transportation infrastructure The planned site access will be provided by two primary existing roads. These roads will be inspected and enhanced to accommodate heavy equipment during both the construction phase and subsequent operations. The improvements will include road widening, resurfacing, and, where necessary, the installation of culverts and bridge structures. 15.5.2 Mine access road, corridor and haul roads The proposed mine will be accessed via dedicated haul roads designed for the selected truck fleet, with one entrance and one exit on opposite sides of the pit to optimise traffic flow. Each haul road will be approximately 100ft wide, incorporating two lanes, with ditches and berms on both sides to prevent unauthorised access by light vehicles. A separate light vehicle road was included in the layout to eliminate crossings with heavy equipment, improving safety and operational efficiency. 15.5.3 Industrial waste disposal facilities Domestic and non-hazardous waste will be separated at source and transported to an approved landfill. Hazardous waste, including used oils, lubricants, and chemical residues, will be collected in designated containment areas and disposed of off-site. 15.5.4 Other infrastructure Other infrastructure requirements for the proposed site will include provisions for fire protection, security, and a range of support facilities. Fire protection infrastructure is planned to consist of fire water tanks, fire water lines, and hydrants distributed throughout the site, with coverage for key operational areas such as the process plant, AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 134 maintenance facilities, and accommodation zones. Security measures will be considered, including perimeter fencing, controlled access points, and a security building located near the site gate. Support facilities will be assessed to ensure adequate maintenance workshops, administrative offices, and storage areas are available for ongoing operations. Septic and waste management infrastructure will include sewage lines, septic tanks, and tile fields, as well as systems for solid waste disposal and hazardous waste containment. Stormwater management will be addressed through engineered diversion channels and lined ponds for contact water, as reflected in the site layout. These facilities will be designed to meet regulatory requirements and support safe, efficient, and environmentally responsible operations. 15.6 Transportation facilities A logistics study was conducted, and the route options were reviewed, including information on regulations, seasonal influences, and mitigation measures. 15.6.1 Ground freight road US-95 serves as the primary north-south corridor connecting Las Vegas with Beatty and Tonopah. This direct, well-maintained highway plays a crucial role in mining logistics and facilitates ground freight transportation to locations throughout North America. Additionally, US-95 provides access to the nearest port Los Angeles/Long Beach via I-710, I-10 east, I-15 north, and then US-95 north to Beatty. Limitations: Oversized loads require Nevada and California Departments of Transport permits. Police escorts, pilot cars, and specific travel hours may be necessary. Bridge and road weight restrictions should be verified on I-15 and US-95. Transporting cyanide, fuel, and explosives requires designated carriers and must comply with strict permitting rules. A route survey is required prior to planning oversize cargo transport. There are no regulations for gold ore, concentrate, or bullion. Armoured transport options are available by road, rail, and air (such as Brinks). The following regulations apply: • Federal hazardous materials regulation (49 CFR) all fuel, flammable liquids, oxidisers, toxic chemicals, cyanide, and many reagents must be classified, packaged, marked, with placards; drivers and transporters must meet training, shipping-paper, and placard requirements. This is the baseline for road hazardous material (HAZMAT) shipments. • Under Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms and federal explosives rules (27 CFR Part 555) and Nevada statute explosives rules, blasting agents, detonators, propellants, etc., are strictly controlled; manufacturing/possession/storage/transport require licensing, secure storage, recordkeeping and (often) pre-transport notifications and locked magazines; and Nevada has criminal and licensing statutes governing explosives. Transit of bulk explosives will trigger both federal (Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms /Department of Transport) and state requirements. • State oversize/overweight permits and routing (Nevada Department of Transportation). Any large mining equipment or heavy modular loads require Nevada over-dimensional/overweight permits; Nevada Department of Transportation issues permits online, sets allowable travel times, route restrictions, escort requirements, and weight/axle limits, and permits must be carried in the vehicle. Bridge/structure ratings and local county road rules can force route changes. • Cyanide and specific mining chemical guidance/industry codes sodium cyanide (commonly used in gold recovery) triggers special handling practices, emergency planning, and, if part of a Code-certified operation certified transport expectations (International Cyanide Management Code guidance) plus Environmental Protection Authority oversight of cyanide-related emissions/air toxics. Many mines require certified transporters for cyanide delivery. Seasonal Impacts: US-95 remains reliable and operational throughout the year. Additional precautions may be necessary for transporting cyanide, chemicals, fuel, and explosives from July to September due to extreme temperatures. Climate-controlled transportation should be considered for heat-sensitive cargo. Although some desert highways may experience closures during late summer, US-95 continues to operate without interruption. 15.6.2 Ground freight rail Beatty does not have direct rail service. The nearest major rail terminal is the Union Pacific Las Vegas Intermodal Terminal, located 117 miles from Beatty. Another option is the BNSF Barstow Intermodal Facility, a west coast cargo hub situated 204 miles to the south of Beatty and accessible via I-15N and CA-127N. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 135 Limitations: Rail carriers facilitate the acceptance, routing, special placarding, and shipper certifications required for HAZMAT rail transportation. The following regulations apply. • Federal hazardous materials regulation (49 CFR) all fuel, flammable liquids, oxidisers, toxic chemicals, cyanide, and many reagents must be classified, packaged, marked, with placards; drivers and transporters must meet training, shipping-paper and placard requirements. This is the baseline for road HAZMAT shipments. • Under Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms and federal explosives rules (27 CFR Part 555) and Nevada statute explosives rules, blasting agents, detonators, propellants, etc., are strictly controlled: manufacturing/possession/storage/transport require licensing, secure storage, recordkeeping and (often) pre-transport notifications and locked magazines; Nevada has criminal and licensing statutes governing explosives. Transit of bulk explosives will trigger both federal (Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms and Department of Transport) and state requirements. • Rail carrier HAZMAT and carrier policies Class I railroads (e.g., Union Pacific) will accept hazardous shipments but require the shipper to certify correct classification/packaging and to follow Department of Transport placarding and rail-specific rules; some rail routes or terminals may refuse certain divisions or require special handling/security. Rail is still often the preferred method for bulk hazardous reagents or large modules, but carriers set operational constraints. • Cyanide and specific mining chemical guidance/industry codes sodium cyanide (commonly used in gold recovery) triggers special handling practices, emergency planning, and if part of a Code-certified operation certified transport expectations (International Cyanide Management Code guidance) plus Environmental Protection Authority oversight of cyanide-related emissions/air toxics. Many mines require certified transporters for cyanide delivery. Seasonal Impacts: Both railways are stable and not affected by weather conditions during winter or peak summer. 15.6.3 Sea freight The Port of Los Angeles/Long Beach, CA, is the largest container port in the United States and is located approximately 330 miles southwest of Beatty. This port accommodates container, break-bulk, and roll on-roll on vessels. It can be accessed via CA-127S, I-15S, and US-95. Cargo arriving at the port can be transported directly to the Project site via I-15 and US-95 by truck, or by rail from the port to the Union Pacific Las Vegas Intermodal Terminal, followed by trucking to the Project site. As an alternative, the Port of Oakland, located about 540 miles northwest of Beatty, may also be used as a west coast entry point. Limitations: No Federal or State regulations, only subject to ocean carrier restrictions at sea. During multimodal transport via ground or rail, subject to ground freight regulations for road/rail. Seasonal Impacts: Congestion at the port during the holiday season and peak shipping season, late summer/fall, is a potential risk. No risk due to weather. 15.6.4 Air freight Harry Reid International Airport (LAS) at Las Vegas, Nevada, located 120 miles southeast of Beatty, can be accessed via US-95. Harry Reid International Airport is a major hub for all air cargo and is a major hub for freight providers such as DHL, Fed-Ex and UPS. For small parcels and cargo couriers are a good option as they are based at LAS. The Local Beatty Airport (BTY) is mostly for public use and for small cargo and is not suitable for large freight. Limitations: No Federal or State regulations, only subject to air carrier restrictions in the air. During multimodal transport via ground or rail, subject to ground freight regulations for road/rail. Seasonal Impacts: Mostly reliable year-round. Minor impact/delays may be observed due to winter fog or desert dust storms. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 136 15.7 Conclusion Freight will be delivered to site through a combination of air, sea, rail, and truck using the routes described above. Each method is relatively low risk and reliable. A summary of preferred routes by generalised cargo type is provided in Table 15.2. Table 15.2. Logistics study summary. Cargo type Preferred route/mode Risks Mitigation Small Cargo Air (LAS) + Truck (US-95) Heat-sensitive cargo in summer Climate-controlled trucking Containerised Cargo Sea (LA/Long Beach) + Rail (UP Las Vegas) + Truck (US-95) Port congestion, flash floods Buffer time, dual port options, alternate trucking Oversize Cargo Sea (LA/Long Beach, breakbulk/RO- RO) + Heavy haul truck via I-15 + US- 95 Permit delays, travel restrictions, heat/wind Night/early morning transport, DOT permits, escorts 16. Market studies 16.1 Market for mine products The principal commodities produced at the Project will be gold and silver, which are freely-traded commodities. No market studies were completed in support of this Report. Gold production can generally be sold to a number of financial institutions or refining houses and therefore no market studies are required. Gold is a freely-traded commodity with deep, liquid international markets, and therefore marketability of production from the Arthur Gold Project is not considered a risk. Once in operation, the doré bars will be refined and sold through established channels, with pricing determined transparently by the London Bullion Market Association and other recognised exchanges. No dedicated market study was commissioned, as such studies are not typically required for precious metals; however, the global gold market is supported by a broad range of buyers, including refiners, central banks, and investment institutions. Metallurgical testwork completed to date and the anticipated recovery methods leading to production of doré bars have not identified deleterious elements that would restrict saleability or result in penalties, and the risk of off specification product is not anticipated. Gold produced from the Project will be readily marketable, with no material restrictions anticipated. It is assumed that doré bullion will be produced at the ADR plant for commercial refining. It is assumed that the produced doré bullion will be shipped by road to a commercial refiner in the region, such as Asahi Refining in Salt Lake City, Utah. Selected refiners will be accredited on the Good Delivery List of the London Bullion Market Association. 16.2 Commodity price forecasts AngloGold Ashanti management determined the gold prices (in US dollars) used for estimating the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are based on the use of economic assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for the Mineral Resource as well as the expected price for the Mineral Reserve to be economically viable. These economic assumptions are in US dollars and based on AngloGold Ashanti’s assessment of multiple factors, including long-range commodity price trends, consensus exchange rate and price forecasts, historical price averages (over a ten-year period), impacts on inflation and the resulting high-interest rate environment. AngloGold Ashanti selects appropriate prices for the Mineral Reserve mine plan that align to its strategy for each asset. The resultant plan is then tested for economic viability at the stated Mineral Reserve price. A gold price of $1,950/oz and a silver price of $19.50/oz was used for the Mineral Reserve estimates. A gold price of $2,150/oz and a silver price of $23.00/oz was used for the Merlin Mineral Resource estimates. A gold price of $1,750/oz and a silver price of $26.25/oz was used for the Silicon Mineral Resource estimates. Typically, the price is set higher than the Mineral Reserve price. The metal price assumptions for the Project’s metal products are considered suitable to support the financial analysis of the Mineral Reserve evaluation. to ensure that the Mineral Reserve estimate is a subset of the Mineral Resource estimate.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 137 16.3 Contracts No material contracts to develop or sell gold doré or silver by-product have been drafted or issued at this time, given the early stage of property assessment. 17. Environmental studies, permitting plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups 17.1 Permitting AngloGold Ashanti currently has permits with the BLM and the NDEP’s Bureau of Mining Regulation and Reclamation for three authorised Exploration Plan of Operations to conduct exploration activities on the Silicon, Crown, and Mother Lode claim blocks, which include the Merlin deposit in southern Nye County, Nevada, USA. Those permits allow 543.83 acres of surface disturbance on public land. The permits for activities on the public lands are based on Environmental Assessments that contain environmental baseline data on biological species, cultural resources, climate, and local physical characteristics. AngloGold Ashanti has existing Reclamation Permits with the BLM and the NDEP that stipulate reclamation requirements and bonding costs for these projects. Under state and federal law, AngloGold Ashanti has reclamation/closure obligations (liability), and the liabilities must be secured by a bond procured by AngloGold Ashanti. The value of the bonds is prescribed by the State of Nevada according to a formula specified and accepted by the state, and the value is adjusted as the Project proceeds and expands its surface disturbances from exploration through production. The State of Nevada will retain the bonds associated with each of the Exploration Plan of Operations until all closure requirements are met by the Project. Closure planning associated with the Exploration Plan of Operations are conceptual at this Report’s current date. The required closure content at the time of initial application to mine will have sufficient technical detail to align with the bonding for closure. The key state element will be the cost forecasting of the closure planning. The cost estimates are determined using an industry-agency reclamation calculator that codifies and links most closure activities to standardised equipment and earthmoving costs. AngloGold Ashanti is in the process of consolidating these Exploration Plan of Operations into a single Exploration Plan of Operations to be known as the Arthur Gold Exploration Project. The proposed consolidation would authorise the same amount (543.93 acres) and type of surface disturbance (exploration activities) within a larger project area. At the Report date, the BLM and the NDEP were reviewing the consolidation proposal. At the Report current date, permitting for the Arthur Gold Mine Plan of Operations had not commenced, but is planned for 2026. On the federal level, any future mining activity would be subject to analysis under the National Environmental Policy Act. The National Environmental Policy Act is a United States environmental law that requires federal agencies to assess the environmental effects of their proposed actions before making decisions. The proposed operation is on public lands administered by the BLM, a federal agency. The National Environmental Policy Act is triggered when a "major federal action" is proposed on public lands that could significantly affect the human environment. The planned mine is therefore likely to require and an Environmental Impact Statement under the National Environmental Policy Act. State permitting is managed by agencies such as the NDEP which are responsible for protecting water, air, and land. The permitting processes will rely on robust, technically defensible studies. AngloGold Ashanti has been conducting baseline studies and evaluating potential mine impacts for the past several years and will continue into 2026. These studies are conducted in accordance with BLM and other federal and state-approved protocols. Several other state and county-level permits will be required to operate a mine in Nevada. AngloGold Ashanti is compiling a list of potential required permits, which will depend on a final mine plan. A list of key permits and authorisations anticipated for the Arthur Gold Project is listed in Table 17.1. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 138 Table 17.1. Key permits and authorisations. Permit or Authorisation Description Regulatory Agency Anticipated Application Date Anticipated Grant Date Record of Decision A Record of Decision by the BLM is issued for a mine project to ensure that the Project is conducted in accordance with the law and the public interest. The Record of Decision constitutes the decision of the BLM and is based on the analyses contained in an Environmental Impact Statement. US Department of the Interior BLM Q1 2027 Q4 2028 Section 106 Compliance / Programmatic Agreement Section 106 compliance requires agencies to identify historic properties in the area where the Project could have effects. A programmatic agreement would occur between BLM, State Historic Preservation Office, and AngloGold Ashanti that defines how cultural resources and traditional cultural properties will be identified and managed. State Historical Preservation Office Q2 2027 Q4 2028 Section 7 Compliance / Take Permits Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act requires federal agencies to ensure their actions do not jeopardise endangered or threatened species or adversely modify their critical habitats. Take permits would be required if impacts will occur on any federally listed species, such as Desert Tortoise, Spring-Loving Centaury, and incidental eagle take. US Fish and Wildlife Service Q2 2027 Q4 2028 Right of Way Permits, requiring SF- 299 and Plans of Development Required for transmission lines and other linear structures placed on public lands administered by the BLM. US Department of the Interior Bureau of Land Management Q1 2027 Q4 2028 404 Permit/Waters of US Jurisdictional Determination Installation of any required structures within Federally jurisdictional drainages, and/or dredging or removal of waters and wetlands of the US would require a 404 permit. A jurisdictional determination is needed to locate which waters/wetlands have federal jurisdiction US Army Corps of Engineers Q3 2026 Q1 2027 Air Quality Construction and Operating Permits Sources of air emissions for the Project are regulated under the NDEP and require permits for construction and operations- related activities. NDEP Bureau of Air Pollution Control Q3 2027 Q4 2028 Reclamation Permit An approved permit for reclamation of surface disturbance due to mining and mineral processing, including financial assurances, is required. NDEP Bureau of Mining Regulation and Reclamation Q1 2027 Q4 2028 Water Pollution Control Permit These permits are required to prevent degradation of waters of the state from mining. The permits require facility design and containment requirements. NDEP Bureau of Mining Regulation and Reclamation Q3 2027 Q4 2028 General Stormwater Discharge Permit Required for the management of site stormwater NDEP Bureau of Water Pollution Control Q3 2027 Q4 2028 Industrial Artificial Pond Permit Required for ponds containing chemicals directly associated with the processing of ore. Nevada Department of Wildlife Q3 2027 Q4 2028 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 139 Permit or Authorisation Description Regulatory Agency Anticipated Application Date Anticipated Grant Date Class III Solid Waste Landfill Required for disposal of wastes on site NDEP, Bureau of Sustainable Materials Management Q3 2027 Q4 2028 Preparation of permit applications will begin in 2026, prioritised according to lead time requirements. AngloGold Ashanti plans to begin submitting these long-lead applications by early 2027, thereby ensuring that all necessary authorisations will be in place to support Project timeline assumptions. 17.2 Environmental AngloGold Ashanti has developed characterisation plans that describe the ongoing and future collection of baseline environmental data that will be required to support any future mine permitting process. Current baseline characterisation activities include: geochemical characterisation of waste rock geochemistry and acid-base accounting, hydrologic characterisation and testing, water quality monitoring, seep, spring and wetland studies, cultural resource surveys, surveys for plants and wildlife including surveys for desert tortoise, eagles, and sensitive plants and animals; and baseline and impact assessments for air, traffic, socioeconomics, visual and dark skies, noise and vibration, and palaeontology. These studies address some of the baseline data whose collection is time critical to production of a Mine Plan of Operations that would serve as the basis to initiate the BLM’s National Environmental Policy Act process required to process a Plan of Operations. The BLM may identify additional baseline data and data collection timing could affect the proposed schedule for completion of the National Environmental Policy Act process. No known environmental issues have been identified that would materially affect the current mine design or scope of the needed environmental permits. The proposed operations area encompasses sensitive environmental areas that will require monitoring and mitigation, particularly in terms of compliance with the Endangered Species Act. Mitigation measures applicable to the exploration programme will be part of the exploration Decision Records or are agreed-upon best management practices. 17.2.1 Requirements and plans for waste tailings disposal, site monitoring and water management Four overburden storage area configurations were evaluated from the standpoint of environmental impact, permitting constraints, haulage efficiency, and long-term closure compatibility. The west and east overburden storage areas were selected because they best satisfy operational haulage requirements while avoiding sensitive environmental features such as regional drainages and US-95 highway adjacency concerns. The design supports concurrent reclamation using engineered 3:1 slopes and allows for future segregation of potentially acid generating waste if required. Tailing storage facilities were designed as a bottom-up filtered tailing stack with a small perimeter starter dam to provide toe stability and inspection access during operations. The facility will incorporate a composite liner system consisting of compacted native soil, a reinforced geosynthetic clay liner, an 80-mil double layer High- Density Polyethylene geomembrane, cushioning geotextile, and an underdrain layer. Surface water management was a key design driver and will include fully-lined perimeter contact water ditches, dedicated collection ponds, and non-contact diversion channels to segregate clean runoff from contact waters. Permanent contact water ponds were designed to store runoff from a 1:50-year, 24-hour storm event, consistent with environmental design flood criteria, with temporary systems provided to support phased TSF development. Collected contact water will be pumped back to the process plant for reuse, minimising freshwater demand. Full engineered design is being completed for this feature. Site monitoring, water management, and closure will be included in the mining application to the NDEP and the BLM. AngloGold Ashanti has completed the installation of multiple groundwater monitoring wells to evaluate local water levels and baseline water quality conditions. No significant issues are anticipated. 17.3 Socio-economic impacts AngloGold Ashanti North America maintains ongoing, collaborative working relationships with the Town of Beatty, Nye County officials, local community organisations, adjacent landowners, and relevant state and federal agencies, including the BLM and the NDEP. AngloGold Ashanti North America also conducts regular outreach AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 140 to local, state, and federal elected officials and agency representatives to provide project updates and support informed decision-making. AngloGold Ashanti North America conducts regular community meetings, stakeholder consultations, and public engagement activities in Beatty and surrounding communities. These efforts include public open houses, small- group stakeholder meetings, coordination with local advisory boards, direct engagement with neighbouring landowners, and structured forums such as the Beatty Community Working Group, which brings together local stakeholders and project representatives to discuss project updates, community priorities, and areas of mutual interest. To support transparent, constructive, and long-term relationships within the proposed operation’s area of influence, AngloGold Ashanti North America implements community investment and engagement initiatives aligned with its corporate social responsibility framework. These initiatives include support for local education and workforce development programs, collaboration with local service providers and emergency response agencies, participation in community events and forums, and efforts designed to enhance local economic participation and community well-being. AngloGold Ashanti North America also supports locally driven initiatives such as the Beatty Foundation, an independent, community-based organisation that administers funding for local projects and programs aligned with community priorities. These efforts are coordinated through the AngloGold Ashanti North America Community Relations Manager and are designed to promote open communication, encourage local workforce participation, and deliver tangible, community-aligned benefits throughout the life of the Project. The mine permitting process, including baseline studies and the Environmental Impact Statement, has scoped and initiated the analysis of the potential impacts of mine activities on various social factors, including population, economic conditions, demographics, recreation, social justice, and disparate economic impacts through a Socioeconomic Impact Assessment. This analysis is an integral part of the public and agency review process. Mitigation measures to address any identified impacts will be proposed in the Environmental Impact Statement and finalised in the Record of Decision. The social licence to operate is a critical foundation for the proposed mine and refers to the ongoing approval and acceptance by local communities and stakeholders. AngloGold Ashanti is committed to building and sustaining community and stakeholder support. The potential material socio-economic and cultural impacts are being identified and will be included and analysed in the Socioeconomic Impact Assessment. Mitigation measures will be proposed and approved in the Environmental Impact Statement and Record of Decision. 17.4 Mine closure and reclamation Mine closure planning, bonding, and permitting are managed by the State of Nevada through the NDEP. Any exploration, mining, milling, or other beneficiation process activity that proposes to create a disturbance of five acres or greater, or that will remove in excess of 33,113t of material in any calendar year, requires a reclamation permit to be issued by Bureau of Mining Regulation and Reclamation. The associated bonding required by the state will be calculated using a prescriptive bond estimating tool to be provided by the state. As discussed in Chapter 3.4, the value of the bond is prescribed by the State of Nevada, according to a formula specified and accepted by the state to determine the value of the bond. The State of Nevada will retain the bond until all closure requirements are met by AngloGold Ashanti. A closure plan will be prepared based on the pre-feasibility study design and submitted to the NDEP (and the BLM) as part of the Water Pollution Control Permit with the NDEP. The closure plan will provide provisional methodologies and details on the closure and reclamation tasks for the permitting components (e.g., heap pads, mill dismantling/demolition, overburden storage area). Closure costs will be calculated using the same prescriptive bond estimating tool provided by state, while taking into consideration self-performed pit backfilling. Closure planning for Merlin is conceptual at the Report date. The required closure content at the time of the initial application to mine must have sufficient technical detail to align with the bonding for closure. The key state element will be the cost forecasting of the closure planning. The cost estimates will be determined using an industry-agency reclamation calculator that codifies and links most closure activities to standardised equipment and earthmoving costs.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 141 17.4.1 Closure and reclamation planning Closure and reclamation planning for the Arthur Gold Project establishes the foundation for achieving long-term physical, geochemical, and environmental stability while meeting all federal and Nevada regulatory requirements. The pre-feasibility study-level strategy aligns with NAC 519A (reclamation and landform stability), NAC 445A (water quality protection), BLM 43 CFR 3809 (surface management), the Clean Water Act, and AngloGold Ashanti’s global closure and rehabilitation standards. The overarching objective is to transition the site to a safe, stable, and self-sustaining post-mining landscape without the need for perpetual active management. Key objectives include ensuring long-term geotechnical stability of the Merlin open pit, waste rock landforms, and the filtered TSF; preventing acid rock drainage and deleterious metal leaching; maintaining compliance with water-quality standards at permitted compliance points; reducing erosion through properly designed landforms and drainage systems; and establishing vegetation using native species appropriate for the local arid climate. The preferred closure concept includes partial backfilling of approximately half of the pit volume using material from the east and west overburden storage areas. This approach reduces long-term public-safety risks associated with highwalls and improves landform stability. Backfilled areas will be re-shaped to stable slopes (≈3H:1V), promote proper drainage, and support revegetation through placement of suitable growth media. Construction of safety berms or equivalent perimeter controls will ensure long-term public safety. Waste rock landforms will be regraded and capped with a diverting flow-control layer designed to minimise infiltration and reduce geochemical risks. Slopes will be flattened where necessary to support erosion control and vegetation establishment. Roughly half of the stored overburden will be rehandled to assist with pit backfilling. Closure of the filtered TSF involves placement of a cover system to reduce infiltration and protect long-term water quality. The facility will be regraded for stable drainage, and long-term monitoring will confirm settlement, cover integrity, and water-quality performance at down-gradient compliance wells. The closure water-management system will collect contact water from the overburden storage areas and filtered TSF and direct it either to the closure water-treatment facility or to an approved discharge point. Engineered drainage channels will be designed to withstand major storm events, ensuring long-term hydrological stability and protection of surrounding waters. Maintaining separation of contact and non-contact water remains a central requirement under Nevada’s Water Pollution Control Permit framework. Closure landforms will be covered with growth media sourced from designated borrow areas. Native seed mixes appropriate for the Mojave-Great Basin transition will be used to stabilise slopes, support wildlife habitat, and re-establish a functional ecosystem. Further seed-mix refinement, soil-amendment requirements, and revegetation methods will be defined during the feasibility study. Remaining process facilities, pipelines, powerlines, tanks, and ancillary structures will be de-energised, demolished, or removed according applicable United States Federal and Nevada state requirements. Dewatering and monitoring wells will be plugged and abandoned per Nevada State requirements (NAC 534). Inert demolition material may be placed in the onsite landfill, where allowed, by permit. Long-term post-closure monitoring will assess water quality, vegetation establishment, and landform performance. Financial assurance will be calculated using Nevada’s Standardised Reclamation Cost Estimator, ensuring all reclamation liabilities are fully bonded. More detailed geotechnical modelling, acid rock drainage and metal leaching assessments, cover design testing, and climate-resilience evaluations will be completed during the feasibility study. Closure costs, excluding backfill, were estimated using the Standardised Reclamation Cost Estimator (SRCE) version 2.0. Backfill costs were estimated using a detailed cost model for labour, consumables, maintenance, and management of a mining fleet to rehandle waste back to the Merlin pit. It was assumed that these activities will be owner managed over a 20 year period. The total cost for backfilling the pit was estimated as $492M. Using the SRCE tool, all other closure activity was estimated to cost $160M. During the 20 years of closure activities, general and administrative costs were estimated to be $91M. 17.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy of current plans The baseline and permitting process with state and federal agencies is designed to adequately characterise the current conditions and the affected environment (including social and cultural resources and/or entities). All AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 142 stakeholders will have the opportunity to comment on the proposed operations via public scoping and later in the process via presentations, meetings, and written and electronic submissions during comment periods. Project environmental compliance will be established by state and federal regulations. The submitted baselines, impact assessments, and permit applications assess the Project's compliance with applicable regulations to determine adequacy. Baseline gaps or inadequate environmental protection controls by AngloGold Ashanti will require revision and resubmission of permit applications. Controls will be designed for effective mitigation along with practicable implementation considerations. 17.6 Commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring AngloGold Ashanti North America is committed to maximising local and regional economic participation through the procurement of goods and services in support of the Project. AngloGold Ashanti prioritises the use of qualified local and Nevada-based businesses, including Tribal-owned enterprises, where available, and seeks to build long-term, mutually beneficial relationships with suppliers operating within Nye County, surrounding communities, and neighbouring Tribal Nations. AngloGold Ashanti North America maintains ongoing coordination with local business organisations, Tribal representatives, industry associations, and workforce and economic development partners to communicate procurement opportunities and support vendor readiness. These efforts include participation in regional supplier outreach events, coordination with organisations such as the Nevada Mining Association and regional economic development authorities, and direct engagement with local and Tribal businesses to provide information on project needs, contracting processes, and vendor qualification requirements. AngloGold Ashanti North America maintains a supplier registration process that enables local and Tribal businesses to register their interest and receive information about the Project, anticipated scopes of work, and potential contracting opportunities. AngloGold Ashanti North America’s procurement approach is aligned with its corporate sustainability framework and is designed to promote local workforce participation, strengthen the regional and Tribal supply chain, and contribute to long-term economic resilience in the Beatty District and Nye County. These efforts are coordinated across procurement, sustainability, Tribal engagement, and community relations functions to ensure consistent communication, transparency, and alignment with community and Tribal stakeholder priorities throughout the proposed LOM and during closure. No commitments had been made regarding local procurement or hiring at the Report date. However, consistent with its principles and values, AngloGold Ashanti intends to continue building on existing stakeholder engagement efforts to establish constructive, beneficial, and sustainable relationships with stakeholders at the local, regional, and state levels. These relationships, while differing by stakeholder group (e.g., local communities, non-governmental organisations, and government agencies), are expected to support the development of social licence to operate while contributing to long-term community sustainability. A Preliminary Project Stakeholder Engagement Plan has been developed, and baseline studies were conducted and integrated during the pre-feasibility study phase to inform ongoing engagement, LOM planning, and risk management. The greater southern Nevada region (including Beatty, Amargosa Valley, Pahrump, and Tonopah) is expected to have sufficient human capital, service providers, and supporting industries to support potential Project operations, subject to certain limitations. While an available labour pool is anticipated when considering the broader regional workforce, it is assumed that a significant portion of the workforce would require mining-specific training. Accordingly, workforce training and development requirements were incorporated into planning assumptions. Residential housing capacity in Beatty is currently limited and is not sufficient to support a substantial increase in the workforce. Housing is more readily available in Pahrump and Tonopah. As part of the pre-feasibility study process, AngloGold Ashanti engaged with Beatty town leadership to discuss community preferences related to potential workforce growth and whether employees would be based locally or in surrounding communities. Beatty currently has limited access to retail services, including the absence of a grocery store, constrained availability of dry goods, limited dining options, and limited temporary accommodation. These factors are recognised as considerations for workforce liveability and community capacity planning. Any potential changes to local services or business activity would be dependent on future project development, market conditions, and community interest, and would be evaluated in alignment with AngloGold Ashanti's operational planning, policies, standards, and engagement processes. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 143 18. Capital and operating costs 18.1 Introduction The financial analysis includes the following financial cost estimates provided by the AngloGold Ashanti technical teams. • Capital cost estimates are based on vendor estimates, budgetary quotes, and in house estimates based on previous projects the Engineering, Procurement, and Construction Management (EPCM) has managed. • Operating cost estimates are calculated based on a zero-cost basis and updated to reflect 2026 dollars. • General and administrative cost estimates are based upon the North Bullfrog operational readiness exercise escalated to Arthur Gold Project scale in October 2025 and updated to reflect 2026 dollars. • All-in-sustaining costs (AISC) include operating costs, closure costs, sustaining capital, but do not include capital costs. • All-in costs (AIC) include operating costs and capital costs. • For both AISC and AIC the World Gold Council standard on non-GAAP metrics is followed. • Mine closure liability estimate is based on costs associated with mining and processing of the Mineral Reserve estimate. • Capital and operating costs have been estimated to a ±25% level of accuracy. 18.2 Capital costs The key costs excluded from the positive cashflow cost model are: exploration costs through the end of 2025; and all sunk costs incurred through the end of 2025, are excluded. The total LOM and pre-production capital cost for the Project, respectively, are $4,424M and $3,628M. Table 18.1 summarises the capital cost estimate included in the financial model. Table 18.1. Capital costs included in the financial model for the Merlin open pit. Item Value $M (Real) Pre-production Mining 819 Mining Capital 690 Process 1,358 Mineral Resource Drilling 61 Environmental Studies 6 Water Rights 23 Land Acquisitions 8 Permitting 29 Indirect Costs 168 Engineering, Procurement, and Construction Management (EPCM) 99 Hydro/Geo Tech 26 Engineering Studies 12 Owners Capital 219 Commissioning / Ramp-up 109 Total Construction Capital 3,628 Closure Costs 675 Total Construction Capital + Closure 4,303 Sustaining Capital 121 Total 4,424 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 144 18.3 Operating costs Operating cost estimates were prepared by AngloGold Ashanti North America for mining and by third party consultants Atkins Realis, in collaboration with AngloGold Ashanti North America, for processing. Mining costs assume an owner-operated fleet and were developed using first-principles cost estimation methodologies supplemented by vendor quotations. Labour costs were developed from the anticipated staffing plan. Labour rates were applied with consideration for burden and overtime. The specific rates were based on AngloGold Ashanti North America guidance, the 2022 Nevada Mining Association Compensation and Benefits survey, and were escalated for inflation. Total operating costs for the Arthur Gold Project are presented in Table 18.2. Table 18.2 does not include operating costs that are capitalised before commercial production; operational costs that occur prior to commercial production are capitalised. Table 18.2. Operating costs used for the Merlin open pit. Operating Costs LOM Total ($M) Unit Costs ($/t) Mining ($/t mined) 2,062 1.98 Processing – Mill ($/t processed) 690 15.15 Processing - Crushed Heap Leach ($/t processed) 277 6.59 General and Administrative ($/t processed) 274 3.13 Total Operating Costs ($/t processed) 3,329 37.98 The unit operating costs are based on 1,043Mt, of which 88Mt is ore and 956Mt is waste over an estimated LOM of 12 years (including mining and processing). The mining costs include drilling, blasting, loading, hauling, support equipment, general mine and maintenance, supervision, and technical. Processing costs include mill and heap leach processing, as well as transportation and refining costs. G&A costs include all administration and overhead costs. The unit cost for ore processed is based on the total tonnes, including the mill tails processing. Arthur Gold Project has developed operating and capital estimates with a ± 25% accuracy in accordance with pre-feasibility level requirements of Subpart 229.1302. Contingency for operating cost has not been applied based on reasonableness to comparable Nevada Operations and Arthur Gold Projects internal process in estimating operating costs. Capital Contingency was developed for non-civil work at 18%, civil work, i.e. mining waste removal was developed based on a $/t mined basis with a portion capitalised based on International Financial Reporting Standards. The overall capital contingency applied is 12%. 18.4 Risk assessment The study risk assessment focuses on the technical and project-delivery factors that may influence cost accuracy, schedule reliability, engineering definition, and operational performance. This evaluation concentrates on the elements that directly affect the confidence level of the capital and operating cost estimates prepared for the study. The capital cost estimate was developed as a Class 4 study using deterministic methods supported by vendor quotations, benchmark data, and first-principles calculations. Contingency was assigned based on design maturity, data quality, and the relative confidence of each contributing discipline. Operating costs were developed using first-principles approaches, complemented by vendor data, testwork, and benchmarking against comparable operations. The resulting accuracy is consistent with pre-feasibility-level expectations. Several technical areas contribute to remaining cost uncertainty. Metallurgical testwork, while sufficient for the current phase of study purposes, requires further refinement to better quantify recovery performance, variability among material types, and processing characteristics. These aspects could influence both operating consumables and equipment sizing during the next study phase. In mining and geotechnical engineering, updates to slope design have already demonstrated material impacts on stripping volumes and pre-production costs, emphasizing the need for additional geotechnical drilling and analysis during the Feasibility Study. Engineering definition also varies among equipment packages, with some costing derived from historical data where vendor quotations were not available, though such uncertainties are addressed through the applied contingency structure.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 145 Project schedule remains a notable source of risk, particularly with respect to federal permitting timelines, which lie on the project’s critical path. Additional schedule and cost uncertainty arises from the reliance on a predominantly non-local construction workforce which can influence contractor pricing, labor turnover, and site productivity. Risk management for the study is supported by a formal risk register that tracks identified risks, existing controls, and required follow-up actions. While the capital estimate does not include explicit risk-mitigation cost allowances, sensitivities and scenario analyses demonstrate that the project remains robust under a range of adverse but reasonable cost, operating, and schedule conditions. Overall, the risk assessment confirms that the cost estimation methods, associated contingencies, and current level of engineering definition are appropriate for the current study stage and provide a sound basis for advancing to the next study phase. 19. Economic analysis 19.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods The financial model that supports the Merlin Mineral Reserve estimate is a standalone model that calculates annual cash flows based on scheduled ore production, assumed processing recoveries, metal sale prices, projected operating and capital costs and estimated taxes. The prices used are in US dollars and therefore do not have an exchange rate applied. The financial analysis includes the following inputs: • 2026 Business planning assumptions used. • Mining method evaluated is conventional truck and shovel open pit. • The mining cost, processing cost, and other site costs are calculated on a zero-cost basis. Costs are based on direct quotes from vendors, public labour statistics, AngloGold Ashanti North America internal data, and salaried data published online. The economic analysis was performed in support of the estimation of the Mineral Reserve; this indicated a positive cash flow using the assumptions detailed in this Report. The economic analysis is based on the metallurgical recovery predictions in Chapter 10, the Mineral Reserve estimates in Chapter 12, the mine plan discussed in Chapter 13, the commodity price forecasts in Chapter 16, closure cost estimates in Chapter 17, and the capital and operating costs outlined in Chapter 18. For the financial analysis, a 2.5% royalty was applied. This reflects the regional royalty that will be applicable. 19.2 Taxes The Project is subject to federal income tax. Nevada does not impose a state-level corporate income tax; however, mining operations are subject to the Nevada Net Proceeds of Minerals tax. Additional applicable taxes and fees include property taxes, sales and use taxes and payroll taxes. Currently AngloGold Ashanti (USA) Inc. (the tax paying US entity of AngloGold Ashanti, as opposed to the operating entity of AngloGold Ashanti North America) is not paying income taxes as no income is being generated by the Project. AngloGold Ashanti USA has been generating net operating losses for several years, with in excess of $800M of net operating losses carry forwards. Net operating losses generated prior to 2018 can offset 100% of taxable income and may be carried forward 20 years. AngloGold Ashanti USA generated more than 700M of net operating losses in 2014 and 2015 related to the Cripple Creek operation and these net operating losses expire in 2034 and 2035. Net operating losses generated after 2017 may offset 80% of taxable income and are carried forward indefinitely. Nevada net proceeds of minerals tax is a tax based on the actual production of minerals from operating mines in Nevada. The project will be subject to a 5% Nevada net proceeds of minerals tax rate. Sales and use tax are imposed on the sale, transfer, barter, licensing, lease, rental, use or other consumption of tangible personal property in Nevada. The sales tax for Nye County, Nevada is 7.60%, with 4.0% paid to the state of Nevada and 3.6% paid to Nye County. This tax is owed regardless of the location of the seller and is based on the location of the mining project. Services are generally not subject to sales and use tax in Nevada when they are separately stated on invoices. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 146 19.3 Results of economic analysis The cash flow forecast is presented in Table 19.1 and Table 19.2. Table 19.1. Cash flow forecast for Merlin open pit. Units Merlin Reserve First gold Year 2033 Gold from Project Area Koz 4,526 Total Tonnes Treated Mt 88 Average Annual Gold Production Koz 500 Average Ore Grade g/t 1.75 Life of Mine (Mining + Processing) Years 12 Cost Base (Real) Cash Costs $/oz 778 All-in-Sustaining Cost (AISC) $/oz 954 All-in-Cost (AIC) $/oz 1,755 Investment Evaluation Gold Price Assumption (real) $/oz 1,950 Initial Project Capital Investment (Real) $M 3,628 Sustaining Capital (real) $M 121 NPV (@ 5%) $M 41 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 147 Table 19.2. Cash flow forecast for Merlin open pit over the LOM. Item Unit Total LOM 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 Gold Price $/oz 1,950.0 1,950.0 1,950.0 1,950.0 1,950.0 1,950.0 1,950.0 1,950.0 1,950.0 Silver Price $/oz 19.5 19.5 19.5 19.5 19.5 19.5 19.5 19.5 19.5 Production Gold Oz ('000) 4,526 - - - - - - - 929.0 750.8 605.1 403.5 410.5 841.6 541.2 43.2 1.0 - - - - - - Silver Oz ('000) 1,466 - - - - - - - 243.0 299.9 229.5 152.3 144.5 194.2 186.1 15.5 0.6 - - - - - - Revenue Gold Revenue USD M 8,826 - - - - - - - 1,812 1,464 1,180 787 800 1,641 1,055 84 2 - - - - - - Royalties USD M 221 - - - - - - - 45 37 30 20 20 41 26 2 0 - - - - - - Operating Costs Mining Cost USD M 2,062 - - - - - - - 341 355 307 331 307 302 111 7 0 - - - - - - Processing Cost USD M 967 - - - - - - - 50 140 147 147 147 147 149 38 1 - - - - - - General & Admin USD M 274 - - - - - - - 21 28 28 27 27 22 22 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Other Operating Costs USD M 26 - - - - - - - - - 6 7 6 6 2 - - - - - - - - By product (+/-) USD M (29) - - - - - - - (5) (6) (4) (3) (3) (4) (4) (0) (0) - - - - - - Total Operating Cost USD M 3,521 - - - - - - - 453 554 513 528 505 514 307 52 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sustaining Capital USD M 121 - - - - - - - - 1 12 14 54 37 3 1 - - - - - - - Closure Costs USD M 675 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Non-GAAP Metrics & Cash Flow Total AISC USD M 4,318 - - - - - - - 453 555 524 542 558 551 310 55 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 Total AISC USD/oz 954 - - - - - - - 487 739 866 1,343 1,360 655 573 1,276 3,637 - - - - - - Other Capital (non Sust.) USD M 3,628 116 117 66 425 664 1,029 919 292 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Total AIC USD M 7,945 116 117 66 425 664 1,029 919 745 555 524 542 558 551 310 55 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 Total AIC USD/oz 1,755 - - - - - - - 802 739 866 1,343 1,360 655 573 1,276 3,637 - - - - - - Tax USD M 383 - (0) (0) 4 6 7 10 64 56 30 11 11 96 87 1 0 - - - - - - Free Cash Flow USD M 497 (116) (117) (65) (429) (670) (1,036) (929) 1,003 853 626 233 231 994 659 28 (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) NPV0 USD M 497 NPV5 USD M 41 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 148 Table 19.2. Cash flow forecast for Merlin open pit over the LOM (continued). Item Unit Total LOM 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 Gold Price $/oz Silver Price $/oz Production Gold Oz ('000) 4,526 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Silver Oz ('000) 1,466 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Revenue Gold Revenue USD M 8,826 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Royalties USD M 221 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Operating Costs Mining Cost USD M 2,062 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Processing Cost USD M 967 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - General & Admin USD M 274 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 7 7 7 7 8 7 9 Other Operating Costs USD M 26 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - By product (+/-) USD M (29) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Total Operating Cost USD M 3,521 0 0 0 0 0 4 4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 7 7 7 7 8 7 9 Sustaining Capital USD M 121 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Closure Costs USD M 675 2 2 2 2 2 26 26 26 25 25 24 24 24 24 23 37 47 53 47 47 54 54 67 Non-GAAP Metrics & Cash Flow Total AISC USD M 4,318 2 2 2 2 2 29 30 29 28 28 28 27 28 27 26 42 54 60 53 53 61 61 76 Total AISC USD/oz 954 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Other Capital (non Sust.) USD M 3,628 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Total AIC USD M 7,945 2 2 2 2 2 29 30 29 28 28 28 27 28 27 26 42 54 60 53 53 61 61 76 Total AIC USD/oz 1,755 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Tax USD M 383 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Free Cash Flow USD M 497 (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (29) (30) (29) (28) (28) (28) (27) (28) (27) (26) (42) (54) (60) (53) (53) (61) (61) (76) NPV0 USD M 497 NPV5 USD M 41

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 149 19.4 Sensitivity analysis A sensitivity analysis was performed on the Project economics. The results are presented in Figure 19.1. Figure 19.1. NPV Sensitivity analysis for the Merlin open pit. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. This chart illustrates how the Project’s cash flow responds to a ±25% level of accuracy changes in four key value drivers: gold price, grade processed, operating costs, and capital costs. Each line shows the directional impact of increasing or decreasing that variable relative to the base case. Gold price and grade have positive slopes, indicating that higher values improve cash flow, while operating costs and capital have negative slopes, showing that increases in these inputs reduce cash flow. Overall, the graph highlights which variables the Project is most sensitive to and how changes in each factor affect economic performance. The Project is most sensitive to grade and gold price, as a 25% decrease results in a comparable decrease to the NPV. The Project is least sensitive to operating costs. The sensitivity tables (Tables 19.3 to 19.8) quantify the NPV response to variations in key parameters, including commodity price, capital expenditures, gold grade, mining operating costs, and processing operating costs. Table 19.3. NPV Cash flow sensitivity to the gold price, grade processed, operating costs, capital. Parameter 1 -25% Base Case +25% Gold Price (1,147) 41 1,119 Grade Processed (1,151) 41 1,123 Operating Costs 428 41 (394) Capital 634 41 (616) 1 NPV5 Sensitivities estimated based on current mine plan for the Mineral Reserve Case. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 150 Table 19.4. NPV Cash flow sensitivity to the gold price. Gold Price ($) Increment NPV5 1,463 Base -25% (1,147) 1,560 Base -20% (903) 1,658 Base -15% (657) 1,755 Base -10% (413) 1,853 Base -5% (180) 1,950 Base 41 2,048 Base +5% 264 2,145 Base +10% 438 2,243 Base +15% 666 2,340 Base +20% 894 2,438 Base +25% 1,119 2,715 Custom 1,746 3,500 Custom 3,437 Table 19.5. Cash flow sensitivity to the Project capital costs. Capital Real ($M) Increment NPV5 4,535 Base +25% (616) 4,353 Base +20% (477) 4,172 Base +15% (343) 3,990 Base +10% (215) 3,809 Base +5% (87) 3,628 Base 41 3,446 Base -5% 169 3,265 Base -10% 297 3,083 Base -15% 426 2,902 Base -20% 504 2,721 Base -25% 634 Table 19.6. Cash flow sensitivity to the gold grade. Grade (g/t) Increment NPV5 1.31 Base -25% (1,151) 1.40 Base -20% (906) 1.49 Base -15% (660) 1.58 Base -10% (414) 1.67 Base -5% (181) 1.75 Base 41 1.84 Base +5% 264 1.93 Base +10% 439 2.02 Base +15% 669 2.10 Base +20% 897 2.19 Base +25% 1,123 AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 151 Table 19.7. Cash flow sensitivity to the mine operating expenditure. Mining operating expenditure Percent NPV5 2.44 Base +25% (224) 2.34 Base +20% (171) 2.24 Base +15% (118) 2.14 Base +10% (65) 2.05 Base +5% (12) 1.95 Base 41 1.85 Base -5% 94 1.75 Base -10% 148 1.66 Base -15% 161 1.56 Base -20% 214 1.46 Base -25% 267 Table 19.8. Cash flow sensitivity to the processing operating expenditure. Processing operating expenditure Percent NPV5 13.80 Base +25% (114) 13.24 Base +20% (83) 12.69 Base +15% (52) 12.14 Base +10% (21) 11.59 Base +5% 10 11.04 Base 41 10.48 Base -5% 72 9.93 Base -10% 104 9.38 Base -15% 135 8.83 Base -20% 167 8.28 Base -25% 161 20. Adjacent properties This Chapter is not relevant to this Report. 21. Other relevant data and information This Chapter is not relevant to this Report. 22. Interpretation and conclusions 22.1 Introduction The Arthur Gold Project is a development-stage property that includes the Silicon and Merlin gold deposits. This Report was prepared for AngloGold Ashanti based on the pre-feasibility study, which is based on an open pit at the Merlin deposit. The Arthur Gold Project Mineral Reserve estimate for the Merlin deposit and the Mineral Resource estimates for the Merlin and Silicon deposits, current at 31 December 2025, were compiled per the AngloGold Ashanti Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Reporting Group Standard and meet Regulation S-K 1300 definitions. The Qualified Persons believe that the geological interpretation and modelling of exploration data, economic analysis, mine design and sequencing, process scheduling, and operating and capital cost estimation have been developed using accepted industry practices. The Project is subject to a range of technical, environmental, social, economic, political and other risks typical of projects at this stage. No material has yet been mined or processed, and therefore no production reconciliation AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 152 has been completed. Ongoing drilling, metallurgical testing, mine planning and permitting activities will continue to refine the Project definition and reduce uncertainty over time. 22.2 Geology and Mineralisation The Merlin and Silicon deposits lie within the southern extension of the Walker Lane mineral belt and overlies the far-western margins of the southwestern Nevada volcanic field. The southwestern Nevada volcanic field comprises an overlapping complex of calderas (Timber Mountain Caldera Complex) about 30km to the east of Silicon, that developed between 11 and 15Ma. The geology comprises a stack of rhyolitic ignimbrite sheets, cut by complex normal faulting. Merlin-Silicon is interpreted as a low sulphidation epithermal gold system. Mineralisation occurred during multiple hydrothermal events is interpreted to have occurred between ca. 13 and 11.6Ma associated with large scale ignimbrite events. Mineralisation at Merlin exhibits strong stratigraphic and structural controls. High-grade gold is associated with epithermal veins and vein stockworks (e.g. Lynnda Vein) and occasionally as gold grains on manganese oxide coated fractures. Silicon mineralisation is defined by steeply dipping high grade epithermal veins and hydrothermal breccias, in a dominantly south-southeast (135°) striking, west dipping (~70°) fault corridor (i.e., Silicon-Tramway fault zone), with additional stratigraphically controlled disseminated mineralisation along the Rhyolite flow of the Picture Rock Group. A significant portion of the low to moderate-grade mineralisation occurs as broad oxidised disseminated zones within silica-adularia altered Bullfrog Tuff and Tram Tuff units. Merlin mineralisation is cut off to the east by the normal displacement, east-dipping Bare Mountains fault. Mineralisation wanes to the south where it is narrow and low grade. Additional drilling is required to define the limits of mineralisation to the west and better understand the mineralisation and fault system between Merlin and Silicon to the north. In general, gold grades appear associated with the presence of silica-adularia alteration, veins with complex and diverse texture, and hematite/ manganese oxide staining. Two or more hydrothermal events, one related to the early formation adularia-quartz-pyrite mineralisation and a subsequent hydrothermal breccia/vein event are interpreted based on cross-cutting relationships. The oxidation profile extends to depths >500m. 22.3 Mining methods and Mineral Reserve The Merlin deposit is a large medium-grade deposit, with a smaller high-grade strike. The nature of the mineralisation lends itself to conventional large-scale open pit mining. Mining is planned to be conducted using conventional drill-and-blast techniques, followed by load-and-haul operations using a conventional fleet of large hydraulic excavators and electric rope shovels supported by rigid-frame haul trucks. Ore will be transported to the ROM stockpile area, where it will be segregated into short-term and long-term stockpiles based on grade and processing destination prior to reclaim and delivery to the primary crushing circuit. The Merlin mine plan supporting the Mineral Reserve estimate was prepared at the pre-feasibility study level and incorporated updated modifying factors, geotechnical parameters, and operational assumptions consistent with pre-feasibility study-level engineering. The current pit slope design is developed to a pre-feasibility study level. Further geotechnical modelling will be undertaken at the feasibility study stage as an opportunity to refine pit slope recommendations. Technical risks include uncertainties in geological continuity, grade distribution, metallurgical variability and mine plan assumptions. These risks can be mitigated through continued infill and step-out drilling, iterative geological and Mineral Resource model updates, additional metallurgical testing and ongoing optimisation of pit designs, haulage profiles and mine schedules. As mining starts, operational data and reconciliation will further reduce technical uncertainty. 22.4 Recovery methods Ore from the Merlin open pit will be processed in an oxide mill or on a heap leach pad with tertiary crushing. The ore will be delivered to the crushing circuits or long-term stockpiles located near the open pit mine. Higher grade material will be three-stage crushed with gyratory crusher, cone crusher and HPGR and ground to P80 106 µm in a ball mill closed with hydrocyclones. Centripetal concentrators will collect gravity recoverable gold and silver from the hydrocyclone underflow. Gravity concentrate will be processed on site by intensive sodium cyanide leaching. The ground slurry will be processed in a conventional CIL circuit, where sodium

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 153 cyanide will be used to dissolve gold and silver from the mineralised material. Tails will be filtered and placed in a dedicated tailings impoundment. Lower grade material will be three-stage crushed with gyratory crusher, cone crusher and high-pressure grind roll and agglomerated with cement in a drum agglomerator. The agglomerated ore will be conveyor stacked on a permanent heap leach pad. Sodium cyanide solution will be applied to percolate through the heap leach pad and dissolve gold and silver from the mineralised material. The gold and silver will be recovered from the pregnant solution in a vertical CIC circuit. Loaded carbon produced from either the CIL circuit or the vertical CIC circuit will be processed in carbon adsorption, desorption and regeneration circuit. Gold doré will be produced in an on-site facility and sold to a third party refinery. Both the heap leach and milling-cyanidation circuits are conventional and have been successfully implemented by other projects at similar commercial scales. 22.5 Infrastructure The Arthur Gold Project is located in a favourable mining jurisdiction in southern Nevada, approximately 12km from Beatty, with access to established regional infrastructure, experienced mining vendors, and maintained transportation corridors suitable for heavy and oversized loads. No regional infrastructure constraints have been identified that would preclude Project development. Site access will be supported by upgrades to the existing Fluorspar Canyon Road and construction of a secondary access route from US-95 via Crater Flat. On-site infrastructure, including haul roads and service roads, is planned to support open pit mining, crushing, milling, and heap leach operations. Water supply will be sourced from existing groundwater rights in the Crater Flat basin and additional rights in the Amargosa Desert basin, supplemented by pit dewatering. Water management includes recycling of process water, stormwater diversion designed for extreme events, lined contact water containment, aquifer re-infiltration, and potable water treatment systems. Required regulatory approvals are anticipated to be obtainable. Power will be supplied by the regional utility, with transmission upgrades, including a new line and substation, to support an estimated average demand of approximately 57MW (86MW connected load). Standby diesel generators will provide emergency backup power. The Project is adjacent to the Greenlink Nevada transmission line which is currently in construction. This will be owned and operated by NV Energy. Surface infrastructure designs accommodate for this transmission line but there will be no direct connection to this line or the NV Energy power network. The Project is within the utility district for Valley Electric Association and a separate line will be constructed to connect to their service system. Hydrocarbon supply will be provided via bulk diesel delivery and on-site storage and dispensing facilities designed to support the mining fleet. 22.6 Environmental aspects Waste rock disposal, tailings management, water control, and closure planning have been evaluated at the pre- feasibility study level and are considered technically achievable under Nevada regulatory requirements. The west overburden storage area configuration was selected based on environmental avoidance, haulage efficiency, permitting considerations, and long-term closure compatibility. The design supports concurrent reclamation and potential segregation of potentially acid generating material. The filtered tailings facility will use a lined, bottom-up dry stack configuration with engineered drainage controls and composite liner systems to protect groundwater. Contact water will be collected and recycled to the process plant, while non-contact water will be diverted to minimise freshwater demand and environmental risk. Groundwater monitoring infrastructure has been established, and no significant baseline concerns have been identified at the Report date. Socio-economic impacts are being assessed through the Environmental Impact Statement process, including evaluation of population, economic, and community effects. Mitigation measures will be defined through the permitting process. Community engagement and maintaining social licence to operate are integral components of project development. Closure and reclamation planning was developed in alignment with Nevada and federal regulatory frameworks. The strategy includes partial pit backfilling, regrading and stabilisation of waste rock facilities, composite cover systems for the filtered TSF, long-term water management controls, and progressive revegetation using native AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 154 species. All closure liabilities will be secured through state-mandated bonding using Nevada’s standardised reclamation cost estimator. Additional geotechnical, geochemical, and hydrological studies will be completed at the feasibility study stage to further refine closure designs. Based on current evaluations, no material environmental, closure, or socio-economic issues have been identified that would preclude development, subject to completion of detailed engineering, regulatory approvals, and bonding requirements. Environmental and permitting risks are associated with potential delays to Project progression, and as such, permitting remains on the critical path. Environmental risks are primarily associated with permitting timelines discussed in Chapter 17.1, baseline data completeness, and compliance with regulatory requirements. Permitting remains on the critical path for Project advancement. These risks will be managed through early and continuous engagement with regulatory agencies, completion of environmental baseline studies, incorporation of environmental controls into mine design and adherence to applicable environmental standards and monitoring programs. Social risks include stakeholder expectations, land access, and community acceptance. These risks will be mitigated through proactive stakeholder engagement, transparent communication of Project activities and impacts and implementation of grievance and feedback mechanisms. Ongoing engagement is expected to support and maintain the social licence to operate. Economic risks relate to commodity price volatility, operating and capital cost escalation and overall market conditions. These risks are partially mitigated through conservative economic assumptions, cost benchmarking, sensitivity analyses and continued opportunities for mine plan and processing optimisation. Project economics remain sensitive to changes in gold price and input costs. Political and regulatory risks are primarily associated with changes in permitting requirements, regulatory interpretations or government policies that could impact project timelines or costs. These risks will be managed through compliance with existing regulations, monitoring of regulatory developments and maintaining constructive relationships with the relevant authorities. Overall, while risks and uncertainties remain consistent with a project at this stage of development, they are considered manageable with established mitigation strategies. Continued exploration success, refinement of technical studies, and advancement of permitting are expected to further reduce risk and enhance Project value over time. 23. Recommendations All mining, technical, and supporting studies have been completed to a pre-feasibility study level of accuracy and confidence, consistent with industry standards and study objectives. The following steps represent the natural progression of work to be undertaken to further refine, de-risk, and enhance the Arthur Gold Project, the costs associated with these steps are listed below and included in total project capital: • Complete targeted infill and step-out drilling to further improve orebody definition, geological continuity, and confidence in the Mineral Resource estimates. • Undertake expanded metallurgical characterisation and variability testwork to confirm recovery assumptions, validate design criteria, and support final process flowsheet selection. • Advance geotechnical data collection, detailed analysis, and modelling to refine pit slope recommendations and support final mine design parameters. • Continuing proactive management and advancement of environmental baseline studies and permitting activities, recognising that permitting remains on the Project critical path and a key schedule risk. • Progress the feasibility study in parallel with permitting activities to increase confidence in cost estimates, engineering design, and Mineral Reserve conversion. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 155 24. References 24.1 References 24.1.1 External Belcher, W.R., Sweetkind, D.S., Faunt, C.C., Pavelko, M.T., and Hill, M.C., 2017, An update of the Death Valley regional groundwater flow system transient model, Nevada and California: US Geological Survey Scientific Investigations Report 2016-5150, 74 p., 1 pl. Carr, M.D, Sawyer, D.A., Nimz, K., Maldonado, F., and Swadley, W.C., 1996. Digital bedrock geological map database of the Beatty 30 x 60-minute quadrangle, Nevada and California. USGS open-file report 96-291, 41 p. Haines and Terbrugge, 1991, The MRMR ratings empirical design chart. Groundwater flow modelling was developed using Groundwater Vistas (GW Vistas), Version 8, by Environmental Simulations, Inc., as the graphical interface and model pre-/post-processing environment for MODFLOW-based simulations. https://www.groundwatermodels.com/index.php Langevin, C.D., Hughes, J.D., Banta, E.R., Niswonger, R.G., Panday, Sorab, and Provost, A.M., 2017, Documentation for the MODFLOW 6 Groundwater Flow Model: US Geological Survey Techniques and Methods, book 6, chap. A55, 197. Lucia M. Patterson, 2018, Nevada Bureau of Mines and Geology Special Publication L-6 State and Federal Permits Required in Nevada before mining or milling can begin, Nevada Division of Minerals. Nevada Division of Environmental Protection, 2022. https://ndep.nv.gov/uploads/land-mining-regs-guidance- docs/20210824_GuidanceDoc_ModP1RList_ADA2.pdf Nelson, N.C., and Jackson, T.R., 2020, Simulated effects of pumping in the Death Valley Regional Groundwater Flow System, Nevada and California—Selected management scenarios projected to 2120: US Geological Survey Scientific Investigations Report 2020–5103, 30 p. SGS Canada Inc., 2019. An Investigation into Gravity Amenability Testwork on Drill Core Samples, Burnaby, BC, Canada: SGS Canada Inc. 24.1.2 Internal Aaron Tomsett, 2023, Merlin Gold Project Preliminary Gold Mineral Resource Estimate, Cube Consulting. AngloGold Ashanti's Guidelines for the reporting of the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve, Internal document. AngloGold Ashanti's Standard Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Reporting Group Standard, Internal document. AngloGold Ashanti, 2024, Geotechnical Core Logging Procedure, Internal Document AngloGold Ashanti, 2025, Core Logging SOP, Internal Document Itasca, 2022, Silicon Geotech Update Jared Olson, 2022, Report on Heap Leach Cyanidation Testing C-Horst Drill Core Composites, McClelland Laboratories. Kappes Cassiday and Associates, 2022, Merlin Project Report of Metallurgical Test Work. Wilson, S.E., Young, M.R., House, A.R., Delong, R., and Malhotra, D., 2020a, Technical Report and Preliminary Economic Assessment for Biox Mill and heap leach Processing at the Mother Lode project, Bullfrog Mining district, Nye County, Nevada, Corvus Gold. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 156 Wilson, S.E., Young, M.R., House, A.R., Delong, R., and Malhotra, D., 2020b, Technical Report and Preliminary Economic Assessment for Gravity Milling and Heap Leach Processing at the North Bullfrog Project, Bullfrog Mining District, Nye County, Nevada, Corvus Gold. Kappes, Cassiday & Associates, 2022. Merlin Project Report of Metallurgical Test Work December 2022, Reno, Nevada: Kappes, Cassiday & Associates. Kappes, Cassiday & Associates, 2024. Merlin Project Variability Composites Report of Metallurgical Test Work April 2024, Reno, Nevada: Kappes, Cassiday & Associates. McClelland Laboratories, Inc., 2021. Report on Metallurgical Testing - Silicon Project Drill Core and RC Cutting Composites MLI Job No. 4662 October 14, 2021, Sparks, Nevada: McClelland Laboratories Inc. McClelland Laboratories, Inc., 2025. Report on Metallurgical Testing - Merlin Drill Core Composites MLI Job No. 4903 January 9, 2025, Sparks, Nevada: McClelland Laboratories. RSC Consulting, 2026. Report for AngloGold Ashanti, 2025 Merlin Mineral Resource Audit for the Arthur Gold Project. Internal report prepared for the Arthur Gold Project, February 2026. RESPEC, 2022. Report on H2 RESOURCE ESTIMATION FOR THE SILICON PROJECT, Internal document. 24.2 Glossary of terms All-in costs (AIC): All-in cost refers to the total expenses associated with completing a transaction, project, or obtaining a loan, inclusive of all direct and indirect costs. AIC includes growth capital and exploration cost for new deposits and or expansions. All-in sustaining costs (AISC): AISC is a non-GAAP measure which is an extension of the “total cash costs” metric and incorporates all costs related to sustaining production and recognises sustaining capital expenditures associated with developing and maintaining gold mines. In addition, the metric includes the cost associated with corporate office structures that support these operations, the community and environmental rehabilitation costs attendant with responsible mining and any exploration and evaluation cost associated with sustaining current operations. AISC includes stay-in-business capital and items of capital nature and excludes growth capital. By-products: Any potentially economic or saleable products that emanate from the core process of producing gold or copper, including silver, molybdenum and sulphuric acid. Carbon-in-leach (CIL): Gold is leached from a slurry of ore where cyanide and carbon granules are added to the same agitated tanks. The gold loaded carbon granules are separated from the slurry and treated in an elution circuit to remove the gold. Carbon-in-pulp (CIP): Gold is leached conventionally from a slurry of ore with cyanide in agitated tanks. The leached slurry then passes into the CIP circuit where activated carbon granules are mixed with the slurry and gold is adsorbed on to the activated carbon. The gold-loaded carbon is separated from the slurry and treated in an elution circuit to remove the gold. Comminution: Comminution is the crushing and grinding of ore to make gold available for physical or chemical separation (see also “Milling”). Contained gold or Contained copper: The total gold or copper content (tonnes multiplied by grade) of the material being described.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 157 Cut-off grade: Cut-off grade is the grade (i.e., the concentration of metal or mineral in rock) that determines the destination of the material during mining. For purposes of establishing “prospects of economic extraction,” the cut-off grade is the grade that distinguishes material deemed to have no economic value (it will not be mined in underground mining or if mined in surface mining, its destination will be the waste dump) from material deemed to have economic value (its ultimate destination during mining will be a processing facility). Other terms used in similar fashion as cut-off grade include net smelter return, pay limit, and break-even stripping ratio. Depletion: The decrease in the quantity of ore in a deposit or property resulting from extraction or production. Development: The process of accessing an orebody through shafts and/or tunneling in underground mining operations. Development stage property: A development stage property is a property that has Mineral Reserve disclosed, but no material extraction. Diorite: An igneous rock formed by the solidification of molten material (magma). Doré: Impure alloy of gold and silver produced at a mine to be refined to a higher purity. Economically viable: Economically viable, when used in the context of Mineral Reserve determination, means that the Qualified Person has determined, using a discounted cash flow analysis, or has otherwise analytically determined, that extraction of the Mineral Reserve is economically viable under reasonable investment and market assumptions. Electrowinning: A process of recovering gold from solution by means of electrolytic chemical reaction into a form that can be smelted easily into gold bars. Elution: Recovery of the gold from the activated carbon into solution before zinc precipitation or electrowinning. Exploration results: Exploration results are data and information generated by mineral exploration programs (i.e., programs consisting of sampling, drilling, trenching, analytical testing, assaying, and other similar activities undertaken to locate, investigate, define or delineate a mineral prospect or mineral deposit) that are not part of a disclosure of Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve. A registrant must not use exploration results alone to derive estimates of tonnage, grade, and production rates, or in an assessment of economic viability. Exploration stage property: An exploration stage property is a property that has no Mineral Reserve disclosed. Exploration target: An exploration target is a statement or estimate of the exploration potential of a mineral deposit in a defined geological setting where the statement or estimate, quoted as a range of tonnage and a range of grade (or quality), relates to mineralisation for which there has been insufficient exploration to estimate a Mineral Resource. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 158 Feasibility study: A feasibility study is a comprehensive technical and economic study of the selected development option for a mineral project, which includes detailed assessments of all applicable modifying factors, as defined by this section, together with any other relevant operational factors, and detailed financial analyses that are necessary to demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that extraction is economically viable. The results of the study may serve as the basis for a final decision by a proponent or financial institution to proceed with, or finance, the development of the project. A feasibility study is more comprehensive, and with a higher degree of accuracy, than a pre-feasibility study. It must contain mining, infrastructure, and process designs completed with sufficient rigour to serve as the basis for an investment decision or to support project financing. The confidence level in the results of a feasibility study is higher than the confidence level in the results of a pre-feasibility study. Terms such as full, final, comprehensive, bankable, or definitive feasibility study are equivalent to a feasibility study. Flotation: Concentration of gold and gold-hosting minerals into a small mass by various techniques (e.g. collectors, frothers, agitation, air-flow) that collectively enhance the buoyancy of the target minerals, relative to unwanted gangue, for recovery into an over-flowing froth phase. Gold Produced or Gold production: Refined gold in a saleable form derived from the mining process. Grade: The quantity of ore contained within a unit weight of mineralised material generally expressed in grams per metric tonne (g/t) or ounce per short ton for gold bearing material or Percentage copper (%Cu) for copper bearing material. Greenschist: A schistose metamorphic rock whose green colour is due to the presence of chlorite, epidote or actinolite. Indicated Mineral Resource: An Indicated Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of adequate geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with an Indicated Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a Qualified Person to apply modifying factors in sufficient detail to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because an Indicated Mineral Resource has a lower level of confidence than the level of confidence of a Measured Mineral Resource, an Indicated Mineral Resource may only be converted to a Probable Mineral Reserve. Inferred Mineral Resource: An Inferred Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of limited geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological uncertainty associated with an Inferred Mineral Resource is too high to apply relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospects of economic extraction in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. Because an Inferred Mineral Resource has the lowest level of geological confidence of all Mineral Resource, which prevents the application of the modifying factors in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability, an Inferred Mineral Resource may not be considered when assessing the economic viability of a mining project, and may not be converted to a Mineral Reserve. Initial assessment (also known as concept study, scoping study, conceptual study and preliminary economic assessment): An initial assessment is a preliminary technical and economic study of the economic potential of all or parts of mineralisation to support the disclosure of Mineral Resource. The initial assessment must be prepared by a Qualified Person and must include appropriate assessments of reasonably assumed technical and economic factors, together with any other relevant operational factors, that are necessary to demonstrate at the time of reporting that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. An initial assessment is required for disclosure of Mineral Resource but cannot be used as the basis for disclosure of Mineral Reserve. Leaching: Dissolution of gold from crushed or milled material, including reclaimed slime, prior to adsorption on to activated carbon or direct zinc precipitation. Life of mine (LOM): Number of years for which an operation is planning to mine and treat ore, and is taken from the current mine plan. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 159 Measured Mineral Resource: A Measured Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of conclusive geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with a Measured Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors, as defined in this section, in sufficient detail to support detailed mine planning and final evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because a Measured Mineral Resource has a higher level of confidence than the level of confidence of either an Indicated Mineral Resource or an Inferred Mineral Resource, a Measured Mineral Resource may be converted to a Proven Mineral Reserve or to a Probable Mineral Reserve. Metallurgical plant: A processing plant constructed to treat ore and extract gold or copper in the case of Quebradona (and, in some cases, often valuable by-products). Metallurgical recovery factor (MetRF): A measure of the efficiency in extracting gold, silver or copper from the ore. Milling: A process of reducing broken ore to a size at which concentrating or leaching can be undertaken (see also “Comminution”). Mine call factor (MCF): The ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the total quantity of recovered and unrecovered mineral product after processing with the amount estimated in the ore based on sampling. The ratio of contained gold delivered to the metallurgical plant divided by the estimated contained gold of ore mined based on sampling. Mineral deposit: A mineral deposit is a concentration (or occurrence) of material of possible economic interest in or on the earth’s crust. Mineral Reserve: A Mineral Reserve is an estimate of tonnage and grade or quality of Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource that, in the opinion of the Qualified Person, can be the basis of an economically viable project. More specifically, it is the economically mineable part of a Measured or Indicated Mineral Resource, which includes diluting materials and allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined or extracted. Mineral Reserve is subdivided in order of increasing confidence into Probable Mineral Reserve and Proven Mineral Reserve. Mineral Reserve is aggregated from the Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve categories. A Measured Mineral Resource may be converted to either a Proven Mineral Reserve or a Probable Mineral Reserve depending on uncertainties associated with modifying factors that are taken into account in the conversion from Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve. The Mineral Reserve tonnages and grades are estimated and reported as delivered to plant (i.e., the point where material is delivered to the processing facility). Mineral Resource: A Mineral Resource is a concentration or occurrence of material of economic interest in or on the Earth's crust in such form, grade or quality, and quantity that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. A Mineral Resource is a reasonable estimate of mineralisation, taking into account relevant factors such as cut-off grade, likely mining dimensions, location or continuity, that, with the assumed and justifiable technical and economic conditions, is likely to, in whole or in part, become economically extractable. It is not merely an inventory of all mineralisation drilled or sampled. Mineral Resource is subdivided and must be so reported, in order of increasing confidence in respect of geoscientific evidence, into Inferred, Indicated or Measured categories. The Mineral Resource tonnages and grades are reported in situ and stockpiled material is reported as broken material. Mining recovery factor (MRF): This factor reflects a mining efficiency factor relating the recovery of material during the mining process and is the variance between the tonnes called for in the mining design and what the plant receives. It is expressed in both a grade and tonnage number. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 160 Modifying Factors: Modifying factors are the factors that a Qualified Person must apply to Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource and then evaluate in order to establish the economic viability of Mineral Reserve. A Qualified Person must apply and evaluate modifying factors to convert Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource to Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve. These factors include but are not restricted to: Mining; processing; metallurgical; infrastructure; economic; marketing; legal; environmental compliance; plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups; and governmental factors. The number, type and specific characteristics of the modifying factors applied will necessarily be a function of and depend upon the mineral, mine, property, or project. Non-sustaining capital (expenditure): Non-sustaining capital (expenditure) is a non-GAAP measure comprising capital expenditure incurred at new operations and capital expenditure related to ‘major projects’ at existing operations where these projects will materially increase production. Open pit mining: An excavation made at the surface of the ground for the purpose of extracting minerals, inorganic and organic, from their natural deposits, which excavation is open to the surface. Ounce (oz) (troy): Used in imperial statistics. A kilogram is equal to 32.1507 ounces. A troy ounce is equal to 31.1035 grams. Pay limit: The grade of a unit of ore at which the revenue from the recovered mineral content of the ore is equal to the sum of total cash costs, closure costs, Mineral Reserve development and stay-in-business capital. This grade is expressed as an in situ value in grams per tonne or ounces per short ton (before dilution and mineral losses). Precipitate: The solid product formed when a change in solution chemical conditions results in conversion of some pre-dissolved ions into solid state. Preliminary feasibility study (pre-feasibility study): is a comprehensive study of a range of options for the technical and economic viability of a mineral project that has advanced to a stage where a Qualified Person has determined (in the case of underground mining) a preferred mining method, or (in the case of surface mining) a pit configuration, and in all cases has determined an effective method of mineral processing and an effective plan to sell the product. A pre-feasibility study includes a financial analysis based on reasonable assumptions, based on appropriate testing, about the modifying factors and the evaluation of any other relevant factors that are sufficient for a Qualified Person to determine if all or part of the Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource may be converted to Mineral Reserve at the time of reporting. The financial analysis must have the level of detail necessary to demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that extraction is economically viable. A pre-feasibility study is less comprehensive and results in a lower confidence level than a feasibility study. A pre-feasibility study is more comprehensive and results in a higher confidence level than an initial assessment. Probable Mineral Reserve: A Probable Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of an Indicated and, in some cases, a Measured Mineral Resource. Production stage property: A production stage property is a property with material extraction of Mineral Reserve. Productivity: An expression of labour productivity based on the ratio of ounces of gold produced per month to the total number of employees in mining operations. Proven Mineral Reserve: A Proven Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of a Measured Mineral Resource and can only result from conversion of a Measured Mineral Resource.

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 161 Qualified Person: A Qualified Person is an individual who is (1) A mineral industry professional with at least five years of relevant experience in the type of mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and in the specific type of activity that person is undertaking on behalf of the registrant; and (2) An eligible member or licencee in good standing of a recognised professional organisation at the time the technical report is prepared. Section 229.1300 of Regulation S-K 1300 details further recognised professional organisations and also relevant experience. Quartz: A hard mineral consisting of silica dioxide found widely in all rocks. Recovered grade: The recovered mineral content per unit of ore treated. Reef: A gold-bearing horizon, sometimes a conglomerate band, that may contain economic levels of gold. Reef can also be any significant or thick gold bearing quartz vein. Refining: The final purification process of a metal or mineral. Regulation S-K 1300: Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K (17 CFR § 229.1300) which contains the SEC’s mining property disclosure requirements for mining registrants. Rehabilitation: The process of reclaiming land disturbed by mining to allow an appropriate post-mining use. Rehabilitation standards are defined by country-specific laws, including but not limited to the South African Department of Mineral Resources, the US Bureau of Land Management, the US Forest Service, and the relevant Australian mining authorities, and address among other issues, ground and surface water, topsoil, final slope gradient, waste handling and re-vegetation issues. Resource modification factor (RMF): This factor is applied when there is an historic reconciliation discrepancy in the Mineral Resource model. For example, between the Mineral Resource model tonnage and the grade control model tonnage. It is expressed in both a grade and tonnage number. Scats: Within the metallurgical plants, scats is a term used to describe ejected ore or other uncrushable / grinding media arising from the milling process. This, typically oversize material (ore), is ejected from the mill and stockpiled or re-crushed via a scats retreatment circuit. Retreatment of scats is aimed at fracturing the material such that it can be returned to the mills and processed as with the other ores to recover the gold locked up within this oversize material. Seismic event: A sudden inelastic deformation within a given volume of rock that radiates detectable seismic energy. Shaft: A vertical or subvertical excavation used for accessing an underground mine; for transporting personnel, equipment and supplies; for hoisting ore and waste; for ventilation and utilities; and/or as an auxiliary exit. Smelting: A pyro-metallurgical operation in which gold precipitate from electro-winning or zinc precipitation is further separated from impurities. Stoping: The process of excavating ore underground. Stripping ratio: The ratio of waste tonnes to ore tonnes mined calculated as total tonnes mined less ore tonnes mined divided by ore tonnes mined. Sustaining capital (expenditure): Sustaining capital (expenditure) is a non-GAAP measure comprising capital expenditure incurred to sustain and maintain existing assets at their current productive capacity in order to achieve constant planned levels of productive output and capital expenditure to extend useful lives of existing production assets. This includes replacement of vehicles, plant and machinery, Mineral Reserve development, deferred stripping and capital expenditure related to financial benefit initiatives, safety, health and the environment. Tailings: Finely ground rock of low residual value from which valuable minerals have been extracted. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 162 Tonnage: Quantity of material measured in tonnes. Tonne: Used in metric statistics. Equal to 1,000 kilograms. Total cash costs: Total cash costs is a non-GAAP metric and, as calculated and reported by AngloGold Ashanti, includes costs for all mining, processing, onsite administration costs, royalties and production taxes, as well as contributions from by-products, but exclude amortisation of tangible, intangible and right of use assets, rehabilitation costs and other non-cash costs, retrenchment costs, corporate administration, marketing and related costs, capital costs and exploration costs. Underground mining: The extraction of rocks, minerals and industrial materials, other than coal, oil and gas, from the Earth by developing entries or shafts from the surface to the seam or deposit before recovering the product by underground extraction methods. Waste: Material that contains insufficient mineralisation for consideration for future treatment and, as such, is discarded. Yield: The amount of valuable mineral or metal recovered from each unit mass of ore expressed as ounces per short ton or grams per metric tonne. Zinc precipitation: Zinc precipitation is the chemical reaction using zinc dust that converts gold in solution to a solid form for smelting into unrefined gold bars. 24.3 Abbreviations and acronyms ° Degrees > Greater than ≥ Greater than or equal to µm Micrometres ± Plus/minus % Percentage $ United States dollar $/t United States dollar per tonne $/oz United States dollar per ounce 2D Two dimensional 3D Three dimensional A x b JKSimMet SAG mill simulation parameters AAS Atomic absorption spectroscopy ACSR Aluminum conductor steel reinforced ADR Adsorption-desorption-recovery AES Atomic emission spectroscopy ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers Ag Silver AGA AngloGold Ashanti AGA AngloGold Ashanti North America Ai Bond abrasion index ALS Australian Laboratory Services ALS Reno Australian Laboratory Services in Reno, Nevada AMT Audio-frequency magnetotellurics AMTEL Advanced Mineral Technology Laboratory ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials Au Gold AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 163 BLM Bureau of Land Management VTY Beatty Airport, Beatty, Nevada BWi Bond ball mill work index C Celsius ca. Circa CCD Counter current decantation CIC Carbon in column CNI Call and Nicholas CRM Certified reference material Coeur Sterling Coeur Sterling, Inc cm Centimetre(s) Corvus Gold Corvus Gold Inc. CWi Crusher work index DD Diamond drill DGPS Differential global positioning system DV2 Death Valley version 2 groundwater flow model DV3 Death Valley version 3 predictive groundwater flow model DVRFS Death Valley Regional Groundwater Flow System DWi Drop weight breakage index E-GRG Extended-gravity recoverable gold EW Electrowinning F80/100 Feed 80% or 100% passing particle size FAusIMM Fellow of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy ft Feet ft2 Squared feet g Grams g/cm3 Grams per cubic centimetre g/L Grams per litre g/t Grams per tonne g/mt Grams per metric ton gpm Gallons per minute gmp/ft2 Gallons per minute per square foot GPS global positioning system h/day Hours per day HCl Hydrochloric acid HDPE High density polyethylene HPGR High-pressure grinding rolls ICP Inductively coupled plasma ICP-MS Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry ID Identity IFRS International Financial Reporting Standards ILR Intensive leach reactor iPIMNS Integrated Process Mineralogy Solutions Inc Itasca Itasca International KCA Kappes Cassiday and Associates kg Kilogram(s) kg/t Kilogram per tonne km Kilometre(s) km2 Square kilometre(s) AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 164 kPag Kilopascal gauge kV Kilo volt(s) kW Kilo watt(s) kWh/m3 Kilo watt hour(s) per cubic metre kWh/t Kilo watt hour(s) per tonne LAS Harry Reid International Airport, Las Vegas, Nevada LMBA London Bullion Market Association m Metre M Million Mia/ih/ic Resistance to breakage parameters m2 Square metre m3 Cubic metre Ma Million annum Mg Magnesium MLI McClelland Laboratories mm Millimetre(s) mm/year Millimetre(s) per year MPSO Mine Plan Schedule Optimiser Moz Million ounces Mt Million tonnes Mt. Mount Mtpa Million tonnes per annum MW Megawatt N North NAC Nevada Administrative Code NAD North American Datum of 1983 NaOH Sodium hydroxide NDEP Nevada Division of Environmental Protection NGSJV US Nevada Gold Search Joint Venture NPV Net present value NSR Net smelter return NV Nevada, United States of America OSA Overburden storage area P80/100 Product 80% or 100% passing particle size PLS Pregnant leach solution ppm Parts per million PSA Pressure swing adsorption plant psig Pounds per square inch gauge QA/QC Quality assurance and quality control RC Reverse circulation RSC RSC Consulting Limited RD Reverse circulation pre-collars with a diamond drill tail RenGold Renaissance Gold Inc. RESPEC RESPEC Company, LLC ROM Run-of-mine RM SME Registered Member of the Society for Mining, Metallurgy and Exploration RQD Rock quality designation RWi Bond rod mill work index

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 165 SAG Semi-autogenous grinding SCSE SAG circuit specific energy SG Specific gravity SLS Solid liquid separation SMC Steve Morrell Comminution SMU Selective mining unit SOP Core Logging Standard Operation Procedure SQL Structured query language ta JKSimMet SAG mill simulation parameter t/a Metric tonne(s) per annum t/d Metric tonne(s) per day t/h Metric tonne(s) per hour t/h m3 Metric tonne per hour per cubic metre TSF Tailings storage facility/facilities US/USA United States of America US-95 US Highway 95 USGS US Geological Survey UTM Universal Transverse Mercator V Volt W West w/w% Percentage weight concentration 25. Reliance on information provided by the registrant The Qualified Persons are of the opinion that AngloGold Ashanti has extensive experience in managing the complex challenges associated with operating at local, regional, national and international levels in support of successful global mining operations. AngloGold Ashanti maintains well-established divisions, departments and multidisciplinary teams organised both at mine sites and at corporate level to meet its operational and business requirements. These closely integrated functions address matters which, while not directly related to the physical production of saleable metals, are essential to fulfilling corporate obligations and navigating the regulatory, financial, environmental and social dimensions of modern mining. By way of illustration of the AngloGold Ashanti’s organisational structure, the corporate office includes departments responsible for Financial and Operational Analysis, Information Services, Administration and Sales, Business Development and Growth, Legal, Global Strategic Relations, Government Relations, Communications, Finance, Accounting, Tax and Investor Relations. Additional corporate teams are similarly structured to provide broad-based services and oversight. These departments work in coordination with the operating divisions, ensuring alignment of requirements, reporting and information flow. At mine-site level, operating divisions are organised into dedicated management teams, including Mine Management, Operations, Maintenance and Construction, Processing, Finance and Accounting, Social Responsibility and Community Development, Environmental Management, Regional Supply Chain and Human Resources. These teams are staffed with experienced professionals responsible for addressing the full range of technical, regulatory and operational requirements associated with mining activities. As subject-matter specialists within their respective disciplines, they represent reliable sources of information and have been consulted in the preparation, support and characterisation of information contained in this Report. In connection with the preparation of this Report, AngloGold Ashanti departments have provided information in the following areas: • Macroeconomic trends, data, interest rates and related assumptions • Marketing information • Legal matters outside the scope of the Qualified Persons’ expertise • Environmental matters outside the scope of the Qualified Persons’ expertise AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 166 • Community development initiatives and local stakeholder accommodation • Governmental and regulatory factors outside the scope of the Qualified Persons’ expertise The Qualified Persons have prepared Chapter 16.2 of this Report in reliance on the information provided by AngloGold Ashanti as described above. The Qualified Persons consider it reasonable to rely upon AngloGold Ashanti for the information specified above because it is generated and maintained by AngloGold Ashanti’s responsible corporate and site functions under established governance, control and review processes, and has been checked by the Qualified Persons for consistency and reasonableness in the context of this Report. As noted, the corporate and mine-site divisions contributing information to this Report are business-directed functions responsible for generating accurate and reliable data in support of AngloGold Ashanti’s operational and strategic objectives. This structured organisational framework supports the production of dependable information and provides an appropriate foundation for Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 167 26. Appendix B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV105797075 BTY 183 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101719925 SI 1058 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797074 BTY 182 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101870807 SI 1060 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797077 BTY 185 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101870809 SI 1062 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797076 BTY 184 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101874217 SI 992 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797079 BTY 187 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101874218 SI 993 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797078 BTY 186 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101870811 SI 1064 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797081 BTY 189 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101870813 SI 1066 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797080 BTY 188 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101719918 SI 1051 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797083 BTY 191 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101719920 SI 1053 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797082 BTY 190 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101719922 SI 1055 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797085 BTY 193 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101719924 SI 1057 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797084 BTY 192 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101719926 SI 1059 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797087 BTY 195 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101870808 SI 1061 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797086 BTY 194 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101870810 SI 1063 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797089 BTY 197 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101870812 SI 1065 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797088 BTY 196 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101870814 SI 1067 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797091 BTY 199 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101873332 SI 1127 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797090 BTY 198 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101873331 SI 1126 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797093 BTY 201 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101873334 SI 1129 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797092 BTY 200 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101873333 SI 1128 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797095 BTY 203 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101874244 SI 860 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797094 BTY 202 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101874243 SI 859 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797430 BTY 538 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101874248 SI 864 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797431 BTY 539 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101874247 SI 863 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797033 BTY 141 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101874252 SI 868 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797032 BTY 140 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101874251 SI 867 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797035 BTY 143 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101874256 SI 872 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797034 BTY 142 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101874255 SI 871 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797037 BTY 145 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763635 SX 211 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 168 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV105797036 BTY 144 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763637 SX 213 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797039 BTY 147 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763636 SX 212 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797038 BTY 146 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763638 SX 214 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797041 BTY 149 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763639 SX 215 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797040 BTY 148 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763641 SX 217 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797043 BTY 151 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763640 SX 216 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797042 BTY 150 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763642 SX 218 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797045 BTY 153 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763569 SX 145 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797044 BTY 152 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763571 SX 147 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797047 BTY 155 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763570 SX 146 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797046 BTY 154 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763572 SX 148 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797049 BTY 157 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763565 SX 141 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797048 BTY 156 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763567 SX 143 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797051 BTY 159 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763566 SX 142 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797050 BTY 158 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763568 SX 144 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797053 BTY 161 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763573 SX 149 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797052 BTY 160 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763497 SX 73 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797055 BTY 163 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763499 SX 75 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797054 BTY 162 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763498 SX 74 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797057 BTY 165 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763500 SX 76 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797056 BTY 164 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763501 SX 77 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797059 BTY 167 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763502 SX 78 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797058 BTY 166 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763504 SX 80 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797061 BTY 169 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763431 SX 7 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797060 BTY 168 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763433 SX 9 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797063 BTY 171 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763432 SX 8 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797062 BTY 170 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763434 SX 10 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797065 BTY 173 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763427 SX 3 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797064 BTY 172 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763429 SX 5 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797067 BTY 175 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763428 SX 4 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 169 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV105797066 BTY 174 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763430 SX 6 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797069 BTY 177 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763495 SX 71 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797068 BTY 176 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763496 SX 72 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797071 BTY 179 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763425 SX 1 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797070 BTY 178 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763426 SX 2 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797073 BTY 181 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763128 NBX 194 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797072 BTY 180 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763127 NBX 193 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797223 BTY 331 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763130 NBX 196 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797222 BTY 330 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763129 NBX 195 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797225 BTY 333 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763132 NBX 198 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797224 BTY 332 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763131 NBX 197 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797227 BTY 335 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763133 NBX 199 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797226 BTY 334 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763136 NBX 202 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797229 BTY 337 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763137 NBX 203 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797228 BTY 336 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763140 NBX 206 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797231 BTY 339 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763141 NBX 207 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797230 BTY 338 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763144 NBX 210 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797233 BTY 341 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763145 NBX 211 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797232 BTY 340 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763148 NBX 214 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797235 BTY 343 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763149 NBX 215 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797234 BTY 342 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763150 NBX 216 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797237 BTY 345 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763151 NBX 217 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797236 BTY 344 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763147 NBX 213 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797239 BTY 347 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763146 NBX 212 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797238 BTY 346 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763154 NBX 220 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797241 BTY 349 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763153 NBX 219 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797240 BTY 348 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105763152 NBX 218 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105797243 BTY 351 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101605428 BVC EXT. #2 Mother Lode LLC Owned NV105797242 BTY 350 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101304510 BVC #5697 Mother Lode LLC Owned NV105797245 BTY 353 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101477481 BVC #5696 Mother Lode LLC Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 170 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV105797244 BTY 352 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101479178 BVC #5698 Mother Lode LLC Owned NV105797247 BTY 355 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101401501 TWE 43 Mother Lode LLC Owned NV105797246 BTY 354 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101495861 TWE 42 Mother Lode LLC Owned NV105797249 BTY 357 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101499239 TWE 44 Mother Lode LLC Owned NV105797248 BTY 356 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101406155 TWE 41 Mother Lode LLC Owned NV105797251 BTY 359 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101756869 MF 19 Mother Lode LLC Owned NV105797250 BTY 358 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101546103 MF 17 Mother Lode LLC Owned NV105797253 BTY 361 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101479815 MF 15 Mother Lode LLC Owned NV105797252 BTY 360 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101497850 MOTHER LODE # 20 Mother Lode LLC Owned NV105797255 BTY 363 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101480258 MOTHER LODE # 15 Mother Lode LLC Owned NV105797254 BTY 362 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788266 ME-21 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797257 BTY 365 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788255 ME-10 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797256 BTY 364 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788253 ME-08 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797259 BTY 367 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788262 ME-17 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797258 BTY 366 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788249 ME-04 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797261 BTY 369 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788267 ME-22 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797260 BTY 368 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788265 ME-20 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797263 BTY 371 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788261 ME-16 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797262 BTY 370 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788263 ME-18 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797139 BTY 247 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788251 ME-06 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797138 BTY 246 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788260 ME-15 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797141 BTY 249 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788254 ME-09 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797140 BTY 248 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788252 ME-07 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797143 BTY 251 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788248 ME-03 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797142 BTY 250 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788250 ME-05 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797145 BTY 253 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788258 ME-13 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797144 BTY 252 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788257 ME-12 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797147 BTY 255 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788259 ME-14 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797146 BTY 254 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788256 ME-11 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797149 BTY 257 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788247 ME-02 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 171 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV105797148 BTY 256 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787090 ME-01 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797151 BTY 259 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101570521 MN-06 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797150 BTY 258 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101570520 MN-05 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797153 BTY 261 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101570518 MN-03 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797152 BTY 260 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101570517 MN-02 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797155 BTY 263 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101570516 MN-01 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797154 BTY 262 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101570519 MN-04 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797157 BTY 265 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787070 MN-11 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797156 BTY 264 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101570525 MN-10 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797159 BTY 267 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101570522 MN-07 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797158 BTY 266 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787084 MN-25 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797161 BTY 269 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787082 MN-23 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797160 BTY 268 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787083 MN-24 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797163 BTY 271 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101570524 MN-09 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797162 BTY 270 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101570523 MN-08 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797165 BTY 273 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787071 MN-12 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797164 BTY 272 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787076 MN-17 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797167 BTY 275 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787075 MN-16 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797166 BTY 274 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787072 MN-13 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797169 BTY 277 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787087 MN-28 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797168 BTY 276 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787085 MN-26 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797171 BTY 279 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787086 MN-27 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797170 BTY 278 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787074 MN-15 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797173 BTY 281 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787073 MN-14 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797172 BTY 280 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787077 MN-18 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797175 BTY 283 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787081 MN-22 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797174 BTY 282 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787078 MN-19 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797177 BTY 285 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787088 MN-29 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797176 BTY 284 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787089 MN-30 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797179 BTY 287 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787080 MN-21 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 172 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV105797178 BTY 286 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101787079 MN-20 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797181 BTY 289 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564469 MN 129 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797180 BTY 288 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564468 MN 128 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797183 BTY 291 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564470 MN 130 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797182 BTY 290 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564471 MN 131 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797185 BTY 293 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564466 MN 126 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797184 BTY 292 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564467 MN 127 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797187 BTY 295 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564475 MN 135 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797186 BTY 294 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564474 MN 134 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797189 BTY 297 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564476 MN 136 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797188 BTY 296 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564477 MN 137 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797191 BTY 299 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564472 MN 132 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797190 BTY 298 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564473 MN 133 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797193 BTY 301 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564481 MN 141 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797192 BTY 300 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564480 MN 140 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797195 BTY 303 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565243 MN 142 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797194 BTY 302 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565244 MN 143 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797197 BTY 305 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564478 MN 138 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797196 BTY 304 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564479 MN 139 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797199 BTY 307 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565248 MN 147 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797198 BTY 306 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565247 MN 146 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797201 BTY 309 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565249 MN 148 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797200 BTY 308 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565250 MN 149 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797203 BTY 311 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565245 MN 144 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797202 BTY 310 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565246 MN 145 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797205 BTY 313 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565254 MN 153 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797204 BTY 312 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565253 MN 152 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797207 BTY 315 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565255 MN 154 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797206 BTY 314 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565256 MN 155 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797209 BTY 317 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565251 MN 150 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 173 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV105797208 BTY 316 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565252 MN 151 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797211 BTY 319 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565260 MN 159 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797210 BTY 318 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565259 MN 158 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797213 BTY 321 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565257 MN 156 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797212 BTY 320 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101565258 MN 157 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797215 BTY 323 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563702 MN 119 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797214 BTY 322 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563701 MN 118 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797217 BTY 325 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563699 MN 116 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797216 BTY 324 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563700 MN 117 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797219 BTY 327 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563698 MN 115 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797218 BTY 326 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563696 MN 113 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797221 BTY 329 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563697 MN 114 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797220 BTY 328 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563695 MN 112 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797097 BTY 205 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563693 MN 110 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797096 BTY 204 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563694 MN 111 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797099 BTY 207 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563692 MN 109 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797098 BTY 206 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563690 MN 107 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797101 BTY 209 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563691 MN 108 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797100 BTY 208 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563689 MN 106 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797103 BTY 211 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563703 MN 120 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797102 BTY 210 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563704 MN 121 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797105 BTY 213 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564465 MN 125 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797104 BTY 212 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564464 MN 124 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797107 BTY 215 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101563705 MN 122 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797106 BTY 214 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101564463 MN 123 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797109 BTY 217 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711231 MN376 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797108 BTY 216 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711230 MN375 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797111 BTY 219 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711232 MN377 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797110 BTY 218 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711233 MN378 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797113 BTY 221 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711237 MN382 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 174 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV105797112 BTY 220 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711236 MN381 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797115 BTY 223 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711234 MN379 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797114 BTY 222 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711235 MN380 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797117 BTY 225 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711239 MN384 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797116 BTY 224 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711238 MN383 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797119 BTY 227 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711240 MN385 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797118 BTY 226 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711241 MN386 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797121 BTY 229 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712267 MN389 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797120 BTY 228 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711242 MN387 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797123 BTY 231 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712269 MN391 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797122 BTY 230 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712271 MN393 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797125 BTY 233 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712273 MN395 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797124 BTY 232 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711227 MN372 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797127 BTY 235 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711226 MN371 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797126 BTY 234 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711228 MN373 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797129 BTY 237 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711229 MN374 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797128 BTY 236 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712266 MN388 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797131 BTY 239 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712268 MN390 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797130 BTY 238 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712270 MN392 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797133 BTY 241 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712272 MN394 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797132 BTY 240 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712274 MN396 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797135 BTY 243 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560024 MN348 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797134 BTY 242 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560026 MN350 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797137 BTY 245 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560030 MN354 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797136 BTY 244 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560028 MN352 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797458 BTY 566 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560032 MN356 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797457 BTY 565 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560034 MN358 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797460 BTY 568 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560038 MN362 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797459 BTY 567 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560036 MN360 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797462 BTY 570 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560040 MN364 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 175 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV105797461 BTY 569 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560042 MN366 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797464 BTY 572 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711223 MN368 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797463 BTY 571 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558841 MN344 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797466 BTY 574 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560022 MN346 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797465 BTY 573 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560023 MN347 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797468 BTY 576 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560025 MN349 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797467 BTY 575 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560029 MN353 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797470 BTY 578 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560027 MN351 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797469 BTY 577 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560031 MN355 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797631 BTY 739 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560033 MN357 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797630 BTY 738 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560037 MN361 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797633 BTY 741 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560035 MN359 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797632 BTY 740 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560039 MN363 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797635 BTY 743 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101560041 MN365 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797634 BTY 742 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711222 MN367 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797637 BTY 745 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558840 MN343 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797444 BTY 552 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558842 MN345 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797443 BTY 551 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557826 MN320 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797446 BTY 554 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557828 MN322 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797445 BTY 553 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558823 MN326 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797448 BTY 556 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557830 MN324 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797447 BTY 555 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558825 MN328 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797450 BTY 558 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558827 MN330 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797449 BTY 557 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558831 MN334 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797452 BTY 560 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558829 MN332 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797451 BTY 559 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558833 MN336 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797454 BTY 562 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558835 MN338 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797453 BTY 561 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558837 MN340 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797456 BTY 564 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557822 MN316 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797455 BTY 563 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557824 MN318 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 176 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV105797551 BTY 659 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557825 MN319 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797550 BTY 658 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557827 MN321 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797553 BTY 661 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558822 MN325 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797306 BTY 414 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557829 MN323 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797308 BTY 416 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558824 MN327 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797310 BTY 418 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558826 MN329 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797312 BTY 420 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558830 MN333 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797314 BTY 422 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558828 MN331 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797316 BTY 424 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558832 MN335 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797318 BTY 426 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558834 MN337 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797320 BTY 428 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101558836 MN339 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797322 BTY 430 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557821 MN315 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797324 BTY 432 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557823 MN317 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797326 BTY 434 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556610 MN292 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797328 BTY 436 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556612 MN294 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797330 BTY 438 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556616 MN298 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797333 BTY 441 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556614 MN296 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797332 BTY 440 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556618 MN300 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797335 BTY 443 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556620 MN302 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797334 BTY 442 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557812 MN306 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797336 BTY 444 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557810 MN304 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797338 BTY 446 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557814 MN308 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797341 BTY 449 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557816 MN310 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797340 BTY 448 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557818 MN312 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797342 BTY 450 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556606 MN288 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797344 BTY 452 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556608 MN290 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797346 BTY 454 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556609 MN291 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797265 BTY 373 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556611 MN293 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797264 BTY 372 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556615 MN297 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797267 BTY 375 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556613 MN295 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 177 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV105797266 BTY 374 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556617 MN299 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797269 BTY 377 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556619 MN301 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797268 BTY 376 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557811 MN305 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797271 BTY 379 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556621 MN303 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797270 BTY 378 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557813 MN307 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797273 BTY 381 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557815 MN309 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797272 BTY 380 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101557817 MN311 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797275 BTY 383 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556605 MN287 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797274 BTY 382 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556607 MN289 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797277 BTY 385 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555403 MN264 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797276 BTY 384 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555405 MN266 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797279 BTY 387 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555409 MN270 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797278 BTY 386 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555407 MN268 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797281 BTY 389 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555411 MN272 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797280 BTY 388 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555413 MN274 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797283 BTY 391 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555417 MN278 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797282 BTY 390 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555415 MN276 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797285 BTY 393 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555419 MN280 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797284 BTY 392 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555421 MN282 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797287 BTY 395 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556602 MN284 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797286 BTY 394 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554241 MN260 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797288 BTY 396 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555401 MN262 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797290 BTY 398 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555402 MN263 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797293 BTY 401 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555404 MN265 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797292 BTY 400 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555408 MN269 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797294 BTY 402 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555406 MN267 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797296 BTY 404 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555410 MN271 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797298 BTY 406 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555412 MN273 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797300 BTY 408 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555416 MN277 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797302 BTY 410 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555414 MN275 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 178 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV105797304 BTY 412 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555418 MN279 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797776 BTY 884 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101555420 MN281 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797424 BTY 532 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556601 MN283 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797425 BTY 533 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554240 MN259 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797426 BTY 534 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554242 MN261 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797427 BTY 535 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554223 MN242 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797428 BTY 536 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553221 MN240 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797429 BTY 537 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554225 MN244 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797437 BTY 545 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554227 MN246 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797435 BTY 543 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554231 MN250 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797434 BTY 542 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554229 MN248 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797433 BTY 541 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554233 MN252 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797432 BTY 540 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554235 MN254 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797438 BTY 546 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554239 MN258 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797441 BTY 549 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554237 MN256 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797442 BTY 550 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554222 MN241 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797436 BTY 544 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553220 MN239 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797439 BTY 547 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554224 MN243 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797440 BTY 548 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554226 MN245 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797471 BTY 579 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554230 MN249 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797472 BTY 580 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554228 MN247 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797473 BTY 581 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554232 MN251 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797474 BTY 582 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554234 MN253 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797475 BTY 583 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101554236 MN255 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797476 BTY 584 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553203 MN222 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV105797477 BTY 585 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553201 MN220 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV106702068 SI 2002 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553205 MN224 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV106702073 SI 2007 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553207 MN226 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV106702069 SI 2003 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553211 MN230 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV106702070 SI 2004 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553209 MN228 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 179 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV106702071 SI 2005 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553213 MN232 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV106702072 SI 2006 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553215 MN234 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101762626 CT 218 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553217 MN236 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101762624 CT 216 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553202 MN221 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101762627 CT 219 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101552021 MN219 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101762625 CT 217 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553204 MN223 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101762630 CT 222 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553206 MN225 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101762628 CT 220 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553210 MN229 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101762633 CT 225 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553208 MN227 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101762631 CT 223 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553212 MN231 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101762629 CT 221 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553214 MN233 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101840272 CT 258 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101553216 MN235 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101840270 CT 256 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101552012 MN210 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101840273 CT 259 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101552011 MN209 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101840271 CT 257 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101552013 MN211 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101840278 CT 264 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101552014 MN212 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101840276 CT 262 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101552016 MN214 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101840274 CT 260 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101552015 MN213 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101840279 CT 265 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101552017 MN215 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101840277 CT 263 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101552018 MN216 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101840275 CT 261 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101552008 MN206 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101761211 CT 298 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101552007 MN205 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101761209 CT 296 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101552010 MN208 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101761212 CT 299 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101552009 MN207 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101761210 CT 297 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550810 MN187 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101760616 CT 302 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550808 MN185 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101761213 CT 300 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550812 MN189 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101760617 CT 303 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550814 MN191 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101760615 CT 301 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550818 MN195 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101761457 CT 342 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550816 MN193 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 180 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101761455 CT 340 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550820 MN197 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101761458 CT 343 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101552001 MN199 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101761456 CT 341 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550809 MN186 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101839827 CT 376 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550807 MN184 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101761453 CT 338 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550811 MN188 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101761454 CT 339 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550813 MN190 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101761451 CT 336 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550817 MN194 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101761452 CT 337 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550815 MN192 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101575523 TF 2 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550819 MN196 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101575524 TF 3 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550821 MN198 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101575525 TF 4 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101552002 MN200 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101575526 TF 5 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869802 MN164 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101575527 TF 6 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869634 MN162 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101575528 TF 7 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869804 MN166 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101575529 TF 8 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869806 MN168 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101575530 TF 9 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869810 MN172 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101576691 TF 10 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869808 MN170 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101576692 TF 11 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869812 MN174 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101576693 TF 12 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869814 MN176 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101576694 TF 13 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550806 MN183 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101576695 TF 14 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550805 MN182 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101576696 TF 15 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869632 MN160 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101576697 TF 16 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712403 MN399 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101576698 TF 17 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712404 MN400 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101642925 SI 376 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712405 MN401 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644137 SI 389 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712406 MN402 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644135 SI 387 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712408 MN404 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101642921 SI 372 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712409 MN405 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644131 SI 383 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712410 MN406 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101642924 SI 375 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712411 MN407 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 181 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101642922 SI 373 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712412 MN408 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101642918 SI 369 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101713422 MN409 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101642920 SI 371 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101713423 MN410 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644133 SI 385 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101713424 MN411 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101642919 SI 370 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101713425 MN412 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644130 SI 382 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101713426 MN413 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644145 SI 397 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101713427 MN414 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644143 SI 395 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101712407 MN403 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644128 SI 380 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869803 MN165 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644139 SI 391 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869801 MN163 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101642926 SI 377 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869805 MN167 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644127 SI 379 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869807 MN169 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644141 SI 393 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869811 MN173 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101642927 SI 378 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869809 MN171 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645427 SI 407 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869813 MN175 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645428 SI 408 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869815 MN177 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645426 SI 406 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101550802 MN179 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645423 SI 403 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101869633 MN161 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645422 SI 402 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634405 MN 98 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644140 SI 392 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634401 MN 94 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644138 SI 390 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634403 MN 96 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644134 SI 386 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634410 MN 103 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644136 SI 388 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634407 MN 100 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645424 SI 404 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634409 MN 102 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645421 SI 401 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634411 MN 104 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645435 SI 415 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101635506 MN 105 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645434 SI 414 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634408 MN 101 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645431 SI 411 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101760506 MN-416 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645430 SI 410 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101760505 MN-415 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645420 SI 400 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101760870 MN-417 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 182 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101644146 SI 398 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101760871 MN-418 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644142 SI 394 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101760872 MN-419 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644144 SI 396 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101760873 MN-420 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645432 SI 412 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101760874 MN-421 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645429 SI 409 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101760875 MN-422 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645440 SI 420 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101760876 MN-423 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645439 SI 419 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101760877 MN-424 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645437 SI 417 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101760878 MN-425 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645438 SI 418 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101760879 MN-426 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644129 SI 381 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634406 MN 99 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644147 SI 399 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634404 MN 97 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101644132 SI 384 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634402 MN 95 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101645436 SI 416 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634316 MN 93 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101646675 SI 424 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634314 MN 91 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101646674 SI 423 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634312 MN 89 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101646672 SI 421 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634310 MN 87 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101646673 SI 422 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634308 MN 85 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101646676 SI 425 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633263 MN 83 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101649221 SI 474 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633261 MN 81 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101649219 SI 472 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633259 MN 79 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101649220 SI 473 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633257 MN 77 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640496 SI 319 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633256 MN 76 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640497 SI 320 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633258 MN 78 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640495 SI 318 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634311 MN 88 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101789449 SI 315 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634309 MN 86 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101789448 SI 314 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634307 MN 84 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101789438 SI 304 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633262 MN 82 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101789437 SI 303 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633260 MN 80 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101789435 SI 301 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633255 MN 75 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101789436 SI 302 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633254 MN 74 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 183 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101640493 SI 316 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633253 MN 73 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101789447 SI 313 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633252 MN 72 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640607 SI 327 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633251 MN 71 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640608 SI 328 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633246 MN 66 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640606 SI 326 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633244 MN 64 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640603 SI 323 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101630463 MN 62 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640602 SI 322 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101630461 MN 60 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101789442 SI 308 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101630459 MN 58 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101789441 SI 307 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633245 MN 65 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101789439 SI 305 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633243 MN 63 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101789440 SI 306 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101630462 MN 61 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640604 SI 324 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101630460 MN 59 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640601 SI 321 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101630458 MN 57 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641720 SI 350 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598870 MN 48 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641716 SI 346 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598868 MN 46 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641719 SI 349 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598866 MN 44 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641717 SI 347 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598864 MN 42 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641713 SI 343 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598862 MN 40 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641715 SI 345 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598869 MN 47 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641714 SI 344 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598867 MN 45 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101642923 SI 374 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598865 MN 43 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640609 SI 329 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598863 MN 41 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640610 SI 330 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598861 MN 39 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101789443 SI 309 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633247 MN 67 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640611 SI 331 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633248 MN 68 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640612 SI 332 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633250 MN 70 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101789444 SI 310 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101633249 MN 69 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101789445 SI 311 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598872 MN 50 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101789446 SI 312 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101630453 MN 52 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640613 SI 333 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101630457 MN 56 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 184 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101641709 SI 339 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101630455 MN 54 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641711 SI 341 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598871 MN 49 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641721 SI 351 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101630452 MN 51 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641710 SI 340 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101630456 MN 55 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641712 SI 342 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101630454 MN 53 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641722 SI 352 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598854 MN 32 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641723 SI 353 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598856 MN 34 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641724 SI 354 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598860 MN 38 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641725 SI 355 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598858 MN 36 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641726 SI 356 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598853 MN 31 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640615 SI 335 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598855 MN 33 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640614 SI 334 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598859 MN 37 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101640616 SI 336 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598857 MN 35 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641707 SI 337 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634315 MN 92 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641708 SI 338 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101634313 MN 90 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101641727 SI 357 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101788264 ME-19 Corvus Gold Inc. Owned NV101642907 SI 358 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717844 SNAKE 1 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101642909 SI 360 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717845 SNAKE 2 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101642908 SI 359 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717846 SNAKE 3 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101642910 SI 361 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717847 SNAKE 4 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101642911 SI 362 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717848 SNAKE 5 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101642912 SI 363 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717849 SNAKE 6 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101642913 SI 364 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717850 SNAKE 7 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101642914 SI 365 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717851 SNAKE 8 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101642915 SI 366 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717852 SNAKE 9 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101642917 SI 368 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717853 SNAKE 10 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101642916 SI 367 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717854 SNAKE 11 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101646688 SI 437 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717855 SNAKE 12 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101646690 SI 439 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717856 SNAKE 13 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101646692 SI 441 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717857 SNAKE 14 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 185 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101646687 SI 436 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717858 SNAKE 15 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101646689 SI 438 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717859 SNAKE 16 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101646691 SI 440 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101717860 SNAKE 17 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101647922 SI 444 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435644 BX #104 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647923 SI 445 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435640 BX #100 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647924 SI 446 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435643 BX #103 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647920 SI 442 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435641 BX #101 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647921 SI 443 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435639 BX #98 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646686 SI 435 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435642 BX #102 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646681 SI 430 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435652 BX #112 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646682 SI 431 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435648 BX #108 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646683 SI 432 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435651 BX #111 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646684 SI 433 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435649 BX #109 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646685 SI 434 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435645 BX #105 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646677 SI 426 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435647 BX #107 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646679 SI 428 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435646 BX #106 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646678 SI 427 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435650 BX #110 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646680 SI 429 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436465 BX #116 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647925 SI 447 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436466 BX #117 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647926 SI 448 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435653 BX #113 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647927 SI 449 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435801 BX #115 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647928 SI 450 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435654 BX #114 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647929 SI 451 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436467 BX #118 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647933 SI 455 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436470 BX #121 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647935 SI 457 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105791456 BX 122A Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647937 SI 459 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436475 BX #132 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647939 SI 461 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436473 BX #130 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101649210 SI 463 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374503 BX #140 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647932 SI 454 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436481 BX #138 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647934 SI 456 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436477 BX #134 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 186 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101647936 SI 458 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436479 BX #136 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647938 SI 460 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436474 BX #131 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647940 SI 462 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374502 BX #139 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101649212 SI 465 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436480 BX #137 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101649213 SI 466 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436476 BX #133 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101649214 SI 467 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436478 BX #135 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101649215 SI 468 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436472 BX #128 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101649216 SI 469 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373113 BX #204 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647931 SI 453 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373111 BX #202 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647930 SI 452 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373121 BX #212 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101649211 SI 464 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373119 BX #210 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101649218 SI 471 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373115 BX #206 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101649217 SI 470 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373117 BX #208 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787231 SI-232 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373127 BX #218 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787230 SI-230 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373123 BX #214 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787229 SI-228 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373125 BX #216 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741982 SI-01 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374506 BX #151 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787228 SI-223 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374604 BX #159 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787227 SI-222 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374508 BX #153 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101849269 SI-127 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374510 BX #155 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787226 SI-220 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374602 BX #157 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787225 SI-219 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374507 BX #152 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741985 SI-04 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374605 BX #160 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741984 SI-03 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374509 BX #154 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741983 SI-02 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374601 BX #156 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741988 SI-16 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374603 BX #158 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741987 SI-15 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374499 BX #91 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741986 SI-14 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374500 BX #93 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101857771 SI-19 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374501 BX #95 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741990 SI-18 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435125 BX #88 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 187 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101741989 SI-17 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435638 BX #96 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101857774 SI-22 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435635 BX #90 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101857773 SI-21 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435636 BX #92 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101857772 SI-20 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435637 BX #94 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741992 SI-28 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435118 BX #61 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741991 SI-27 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435120 BX #63 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787224 SI-218 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373112 BX #203 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741995 SI-31 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373110 BX #201 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741994 SI-30 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373120 BX #211 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741993 SI-29 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373118 BX #209 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741997 SI-46 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373114 BX #205 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101380189 SI-45 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373116 BX #207 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101380188 SI-44 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373126 BX #217 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101380196 SI-61 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373122 BX #213 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101380195 SI-60 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373124 BX #215 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101380190 SI-59 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373886 BX #224 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101849266 SI-64 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373884 BX #222 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101849265 SI-63 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373894 BX #232 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101380197 SI-62 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373892 BX #230 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101742000 SI-49 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373888 BX #226 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741999 SI-48 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373890 BX #228 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741998 SI-47 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373900 BX #238 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853186 SI-52 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373896 BX #234 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853185 SI-51 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373898 BX #236 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853184 SI-50 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373885 BX #223 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853189 SI-67 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373883 BX #221 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853188 SI-66 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373893 BX #231 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853187 SI-65 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373891 BX #229 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101849263 SI-53 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373887 BX #225 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101857769 SI-12 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373889 BX #227 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 188 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101857768 SI-11 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373899 BX #237 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101857767 SI-10 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373895 BX #233 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101857777 SI-25 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373897 BX #235 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101857776 SI-24 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101365822 PC 06 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101857775 SI-23 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101365043 PC 01 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853181 SI-34 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101365821 PC 05 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853180 SI-33 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101365044 PC 02 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101857779 SI-32 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101365819 PC 03 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101741996 SI-37 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101365820 PC 04 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853183 SI-36 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101365823 PC 07 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853182 SI-35 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500166 BX #285 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101380185 SI-38 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101365824 PC 08 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101857770 SI-13 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500167 BX #287 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101857778 SI-26 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101365826 PC 10 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101380186 SI-39 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101365825 PC 09 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101380187 SI-40 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376008 BX #27 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853193 SI-122 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375263 BX #23 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853195 SI-124 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500161 BX #276 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853194 SI-123 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375265 BX #25 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853197 SI-126 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376016 BX #35 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853196 SI-125 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376012 BX #31 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853190 SI-68 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376010 BX #29 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101380200 SI-77 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376014 BX #33 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101380199 SI-76 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376020 BX #39 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101380198 SI-75 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376018 BX #37 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101849268 SI-79 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376022 BX #41 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101849267 SI-78 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500151 BX #266 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101330995 SI-90 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500159 BX #274 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101330994 SI-89 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500153 BX #268 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101333986 SI-201 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500155 BX #270 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 189 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101330997 SI-92 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500157 BX #272 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101330996 SI-91 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101499672 BX #264 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101333987 SI-202 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101499668 BX #260 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101330999 SI-94 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101499670 BX #262 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101330998 SI-93 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500164 BX #281 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101333989 SI-204 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500162 BX #277 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101333988 SI-203 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500160 BX #275 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101333984 SI-97 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500163 BX #279 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101333983 SI-96 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500165 BX #283 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101331000 SI-95 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500150 BX #265 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101333993 SI-213 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500158 BX #273 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101333985 SI-98 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500152 BX #267 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853191 SI-80 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500154 BX #269 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101853192 SI-81 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101500156 BX #271 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101330993 SI-82 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101499671 BX #263 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101333994 SI-215 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101499666 BX #257 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101333995 SI-217 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101499667 BX #259 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101333990 SI-208 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101499669 BX #261 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101333991 SI-209 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376009 BX #28 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101333992 SI-210 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375264 BX #24 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101849264 SI-54 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101438679 BX#300 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101380191 SI-55 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376007 BX #26 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101380192 SI-56 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376017 BX #36 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101380193 SI-57 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376013 BX #32 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101380194 SI-58 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376011 BX #30 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101784591 SI 476 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376015 BX #34 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101784592 SI 477 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376021 BX #40 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101784594 SI 479 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376019 BX #38 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101784593 SI 478 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376023 BX #42 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101785904 SI 480 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101438680 BX#301 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 190 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101785905 SI 481 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375248 BX #01 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787092 SI 483 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101438683 BX#304 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787091 SI 482 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101438681 BX#302 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787093 SI 484 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375256 BX #09 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787094 SI 485 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375252 BX #05 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787096 SI 487 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375250 BX #03 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787095 SI 486 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375254 BX #07 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787097 SI 488 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375258 BX #13 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787098 SI 489 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375257 BX #11 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787100 SI 491 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375259 BX #15 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787099 SI 490 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375249 BX #02 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787101 SI 492 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101438682 BX#303 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787102 SI 493 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375251 BX #04 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787104 SI 495 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376026 BX #45 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787103 SI 494 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376024 BX #43 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787105 SI 496 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435104 BX #47 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787106 SI 497 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376025 BX #44 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787108 SI 499 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435105 BX #48 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787107 SI 498 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375261 BX #19 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787109 SI 500 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375260 BX #17 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787110 SI 501 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375262 BX #21 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788268 SI 503 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101439235 BX#308 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101787111 SI 502 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101439237 BX#310 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640639 SI 546 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101438685 BX#306 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640640 SI 547 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375255 BX #08 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640642 SI 549 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101375253 BX #06 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640641 SI 548 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373882 BX #220 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640643 SI 550 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373881 BX #219 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640644 SI 551 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374498 BX #240 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640646 SI 553 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101373901 BX #239 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 191 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101640645 SI 552 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374505 BX #142 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640647 SI 554 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101374504 BX #141 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640648 SI 555 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436468 BX #119 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640650 SI 557 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436469 BX #120 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640649 SI 556 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435122 BX #65 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640651 SI 558 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435124 BX #86 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640652 SI 559 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435116 BX #59 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640654 SI 561 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101436471 BX #123 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640653 SI 560 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101438670 AUZ#09 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640655 SI 562 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101438667 AUZ#06 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640656 SI 563 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437859 AUZ#03 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640658 SI 565 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437858 AUZ#02 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101640657 SI 564 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101438668 AUZ#07 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788269 SI 504 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101438669 AUZ#08 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788270 SI 505 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101318291 BX 73 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788272 SI 507 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101318292 BX 74 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788271 SI 506 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101318290 BX 72 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788273 SI 508 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101318287 BX 69 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788274 SI 509 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101318286 BX 68 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788276 SI 511 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101318288 BX 70 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788275 SI 510 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101318285 BX 67 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788277 SI 512 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101318289 BX 71 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788278 SI 513 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319541 BX 81 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788280 SI 515 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319542 BX 82 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788279 SI 514 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319540 BX 80 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788281 SI 516 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101318295 BX 77 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788282 SI 517 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101318294 BX 76 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101641855 SI 566 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101318296 BX 78 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101641856 SI 567 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101318293 BX 75 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101644270 SI 624 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101318297 BX 79 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 192 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101644271 SI 625 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435112 BX #55 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101644273 SI 627 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435114 BX #57 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101644272 SI 626 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435110 BX #53 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101644274 SI 628 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435121 BX #64 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101645462 SI 629 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435123 BX #66 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101645464 SI 631 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435119 BX #62 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101645463 SI 630 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435115 BX #58 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101645465 SI 632 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435117 BX #60 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101645466 SI 633 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435113 BX #56 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101645468 SI 635 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101403917 GOLDSPAR #23 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101645467 SI 634 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101300791 GOLDSPAR #21 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101645469 SI 636 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV102520729 GOLDSPAR #17 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101645470 SI 637 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101301158 GOLDSPAR #19 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101645472 SI 639 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101300538 GOLDSPAR #15 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101645471 SI 638 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101305144 GOLDSPAR #13 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101645473 SI 640 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101453248 GOLDSPAR #11 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101645474 SI 641 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739494 RFM 359 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101645476 SI 643 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739501 RFM 366 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101645475 SI 642 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739502 RFM 367 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101645477 SI 644 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739498 RFM 363 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101645478 SI 645 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739504 RFM 369 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101645480 SI 647 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739493 RFM 358 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101645479 SI 646 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739495 RFM 360 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101645481 SI 648 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739499 RFM 364 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101645482 SI 649 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739497 RFM 362 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646716 SI 651 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739503 RFM 368 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646715 SI 650 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739500 RFM 365 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646717 SI 652 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856267 RFM 416 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646718 SI 653 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855339 RFM 393 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646720 SI 655 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855356 RFM 412 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 193 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101646719 SI 654 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855340 RFM 394 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646721 SI 656 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854159 RFM 390 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646723 SI 658 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854161 RFM 392 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646725 SI 660 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855358 RFM 414 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646727 SI 662 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854160 RFM 391 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646729 SI 664 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854158 RFM 389 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646731 SI 666 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855354 RFM 410 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646733 SI 668 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855352 RFM 408 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646735 SI 670 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854154 RFM 385 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646722 SI 657 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855348 RFM 404 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646724 SI 659 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854157 RFM 388 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646726 SI 661 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854155 RFM 386 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646728 SI 663 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854151 RFM 382 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646730 SI 665 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854153 RFM 384 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646732 SI 667 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855350 RFM 406 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101646734 SI 669 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854152 RFM 383 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647962 SI 671 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854150 RFM 381 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647969 SI 678 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855346 RFM 402 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101641894 SI 680 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855344 RFM 400 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101641895 SI 681 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854146 RFM 377 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101641896 SI 682 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556156 RFM 396 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643075 SI 683 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854149 RFM 380 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643076 SI 684 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854147 RFM 378 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643077 SI 685 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854143 RFM 374 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643078 SI 686 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854145 RFM 376 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643079 SI 687 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855342 RFM 398 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647970 SI 679 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854144 RFM 375 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643088 SI 696 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855341 RFM 395 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643090 SI 698 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856268 RFM 417 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643092 SI 700 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855357 RFM 413 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 194 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101643094 SI 702 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856266 RFM 415 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101644275 SI 704 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855355 RFM 411 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101644277 SI 706 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855353 RFM 409 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101644279 SI 708 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855349 RFM 405 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101644281 SI 710 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855351 RFM 407 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643086 SI 694 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855347 RFM 403 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643089 SI 697 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855345 RFM 401 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643091 SI 699 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556157 RFM 397 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643093 SI 701 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855343 RFM 399 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643095 SI 703 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856275 RFM 424 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101644276 SI 705 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854142 RFM 373 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101644278 SI 707 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739506 RFM 371 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101644280 SI 709 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854141 RFM 372 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101644282 SI 711 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739505 RFM 370 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643087 SI 695 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850056 TATE'S WASH 14 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647964 SI 673 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850049 TATE'S WASH 7 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647965 SI 674 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850048 TATE'S WASH 6 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647966 SI 675 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850054 TATE'S WASH 12 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647967 SI 676 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850046 TATE'S WASH 4 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647968 SI 677 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850063 TATE'S WASH 21 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643080 SI 688 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850062 TATE'S WASH 20 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643081 SI 689 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850060 TATE'S WASH 18 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643082 SI 690 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850061 TATE'S WASH 19 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101647963 SI 672 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850047 TATE'S WASH 5 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101644283 SI 712 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850053 TATE'S WASH 11 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101644284 SI 713 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850052 TATE'S WASH 10 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643083 SI 691 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101849648 TATE'S WASH 3 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101643084 SI 692 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101849647 TATE'S WASH 2 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788283 SI 518 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850050 TATE'S WASH 8 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101788285 SI 520 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850059 TATE'S WASH 17 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 195 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101788287 SI 522 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850058 TATE'S WASH 16 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101789471 SI 524 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850057 TATE'S WASH 15 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101789473 SI 526 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101849646 TATE'S WASH 1 Coeur Sterling LLC Owned NV101789475 SI 528 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101494247 MARY # 1 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101789477 SI 530 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101344508 MARY # 2 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101789479 SI 532 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101602393 MARY # 4 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101789481 SI 534 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101496781 MARY # 3 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101789483 SI 536 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101349401 MARY # 5 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101789485 SI 538 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101457565 MARY # 6 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101789490 SI 543 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101498213 MARY # 8 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101789491 SI 544 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101603152 MARY # 7 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101640638 SI 545 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101544972 MARY # 10 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101789484 SI 537 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101406755 MARY # 11 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101788284 SI 519 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101302738 MARY # 9 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101788286 SI 521 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101732655 ROSY 1 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101788288 SI 523 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101829832 MONICA'S CIGAR Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101789472 SI 525 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856284 RFM 480 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101789474 SI 527 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856285 RFM 481 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101789476 SI 529 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856283 RFM 479 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101789478 SI 531 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856280 RFM 476 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101789480 SI 533 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856279 RFM 475 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101789482 SI 535 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856281 RFM 477 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641875 SI 586 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856278 RFM 474 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641857 SI 568 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101735100 RFM 488 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641859 SI 570 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101735101 RFM 489 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641861 SI 572 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101735099 RFM 487 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641863 SI 574 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101735096 RFM 484 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641865 SI 576 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101735095 RFM 483 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641867 SI 578 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101735097 RFM 485 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641869 SI 580 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856286 RFM 482 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 196 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101641871 SI 582 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101735106 RFM 494 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641873 SI 584 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101735104 RFM 492 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641858 SI 569 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101735103 RFM 491 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641860 SI 571 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101735102 RFM 490 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641862 SI 573 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856282 RFM 478 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641864 SI 575 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101735098 RFM 486 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641866 SI 577 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101735105 RFM 493 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641868 SI 579 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739492 RFM 473 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641870 SI 581 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101736339 RFM 438 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641872 SI 583 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101736338 RFM 437 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641874 SI 585 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101736331 RFM 430 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643058 SI 591 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101736337 RFM 436 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643059 SI 592 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101736330 RFM 429 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643065 SI 598 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101738554 RFM 442 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643070 SI 603 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101738561 RFM 449 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643064 SI 597 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101738560 RFM 448 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643068 SI 601 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739491 RFM 472 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643066 SI 599 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101738553 RFM 441 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644255 SI 609 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860162 RFM 47 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643074 SI 607 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860161 RFM 46 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643072 SI 605 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856586 RFM 95 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101789487 SI 540 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856587 RFM 96 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101789489 SI 542 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856589 RFM 98 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101789486 SI 539 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856590 RFM 99 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643055 SI 588 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101789451 RFM 102 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101789488 SI 541 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856591 RFM 100 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643057 SI 590 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101789450 RFM 101 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643054 SI 587 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856588 RFM 97 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643060 SI 593 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101789457 RFM 108 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643061 SI 594 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101789458 RFM 109 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 197 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101643062 SI 595 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101789461 RFM 112 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643063 SI 596 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101789459 RFM 110 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643056 SI 589 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101789460 RFM 111 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643071 SI 604 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101789456 RFM 107 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643069 SI 602 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739487 RFM 468 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643067 SI 600 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739488 RFM 469 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644256 SI 610 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739490 RFM 471 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644254 SI 608 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739489 RFM 470 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643073 SI 606 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855571 RFM 34 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644257 SI 611 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855564 RFM 27 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644262 SI 616 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855573 RFM 36 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644260 SI 614 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105234541 RFM 24 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644258 SI 612 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855566 RFM 29 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644268 SI 622 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855563 RFM 26 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644266 SI 620 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855572 RFM 35 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644263 SI 617 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855565 RFM 28 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644261 SI 615 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855568 RFM 31 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644259 SI 613 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855574 RFM 37 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644269 SI 623 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855575 RFM 38 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644267 SI 621 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855567 RFM 30 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644286 SI 715 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855569 RFM 32 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644285 SI 714 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101641732 RFM 147 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101643085 SI 693 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101640633 RFM 138 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644265 SI 619 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101640635 RFM 140 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644264 SI 618 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855597 RFM 81 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644293 SI 722 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855598 RFM 82 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644291 SI 720 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855596 RFM 80 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645486 SI 728 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855593 RFM 77 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645484 SI 726 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855592 RFM 76 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644295 SI 724 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855594 RFM 78 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 198 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101644289 SI 718 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855591 RFM 75 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644287 SI 716 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855595 RFM 79 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644294 SI 723 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855570 RFM 33 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644292 SI 721 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101738569 RFM 463 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645487 SI 729 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101738568 RFM 462 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645485 SI 727 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101738567 RFM 461 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645483 SI 725 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855576 RFM 39 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644290 SI 719 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855577 RFM 40 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101644288 SI 717 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101738566 RFM 460 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645494 SI 736 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855599 RFM 83 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645492 SI 734 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856576 RFM 85 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645500 SI 742 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855600 RFM 84 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645498 SI 740 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856577 RFM 86 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645496 SI 738 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856578 RFM 87 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645490 SI 732 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101641733 RFM 148 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645488 SI 730 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101641737 RFM 152 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645495 SI 737 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101641735 RFM 150 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645493 SI 735 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101641845 RFM 154 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645501 SI 743 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101641847 RFM 156 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645499 SI 741 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855590 RFM 74 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645497 SI 739 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855589 RFM 73 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645491 SI 733 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856579 RFM 88 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645489 SI 731 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856580 RFM 89 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101646736 SI 746 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101641848 RFM 157 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645502 SI 744 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101641849 RFM 158 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645503 SI 745 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855578 RFM 41 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765414 SI 772 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860158 RFM 43 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765416 SI 774 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855579 RFM 42 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765418 SI 776 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860159 RFM 44 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765420 SI 778 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860160 RFM 45 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 199 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101765801 SI 780 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101738565 RFM 459 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765803 SI 782 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856581 RFM 90 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765805 SI 784 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856583 RFM 92 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765807 SI 786 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856582 RFM 91 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765413 SI 771 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856584 RFM 93 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765415 SI 773 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856585 RFM 94 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765417 SI 775 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101641850 RFM 159 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765419 SI 777 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101641852 RFM 161 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765421 SI 779 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101641851 RFM 160 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765802 SI 781 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101641853 RFM 162 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765804 SI 783 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101641854 RFM 163 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765806 SI 785 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739476 RFM 242 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765809 SI 788 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739477 RFM 243 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765811 SI 790 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739479 RFM 245 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765813 SI 792 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739480 RFM 246 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765815 SI 794 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739481 RFM 247 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765817 SI 796 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739482 RFM 248 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765819 SI 798 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739483 RFM 249 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765821 SI 800 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739484 RFM 250 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101839602 SI 802 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854397 RFM 14 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765808 SI 787 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854390 RFM 7 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765810 SI 789 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854387 RFM 4 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765812 SI 791 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854389 RFM 6 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765814 SI 793 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739486 RFM 467 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765816 SI 795 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101738572 RFM 466 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765818 SI 797 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101738571 RFM 465 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765820 SI 799 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854399 RFM 16 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101839601 SI 801 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854398 RFM 15 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101839603 SI 803 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101738570 RFM 464 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101839604 SI 804 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854400 RFM 17 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 200 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101839605 SI 805 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105234538 RFM 18 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101839606 SI 806 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854394 RFM 11 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101839607 SI 807 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854391 RFM 8 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101839608 SI 808 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854393 RFM 10 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101839609 SI 809 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105234539 RFM 20 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101839610 SI 810 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855559 RFM 19 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101839612 SI 812 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855560 RFM 21 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101839611 SI 811 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105234540 RFM 22 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101839614 SI 814 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854395 RFM 12 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101839613 SI 813 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855561 RFM 23 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765410 SI 768 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854396 RFM 13 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765409 SI 767 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854384 RFM 1 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765412 SI 770 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854385 RFM 2 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765411 SI 769 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854386 RFM 3 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765406 SI 764 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855584 RFM 68 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765405 SI 763 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855585 RFM 69 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765408 SI 766 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855586 RFM 70 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765407 SI 765 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855587 RFM 71 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765402 SI 760 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855588 RFM 72 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765401 SI 759 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101640632 RFM 137 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765404 SI 762 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101640634 RFM 139 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765403 SI 761 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101640623 RFM 128 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765019 SI 756 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101640625 RFM 130 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765018 SI 755 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101640622 RFM 127 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765021 SI 758 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101640624 RFM 129 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765020 SI 757 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101789467 RFM 118 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765015 SI 752 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101789469 RFM 120 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765014 SI 751 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101789466 RFM 117 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765017 SI 754 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101789468 RFM 119 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765016 SI 753 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855582 RFM 66 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 201 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101765011 SI 748 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855583 RFM 67 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765010 SI 747 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855581 RFM 65 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765013 SI 750 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860177 RFM 62 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101765012 SI 749 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860176 RFM 61 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872490 SI 956 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860178 RFM 63 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870815 SI 1068 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860175 RFM 60 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870817 SI 1070 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855580 RFM 64 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870819 SI 1072 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860173 RFM 58 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870821 SI 1074 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860174 RFM 59 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870823 SI 1076 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860172 RFM 57 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870825 SI 1078 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860169 RFM 54 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870827 SI 1080 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860168 RFM 53 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871653 SI 1082 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860170 RFM 55 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871655 SI 1084 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860167 RFM 52 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871657 SI 1086 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860171 RFM 56 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871659 SI 1088 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860165 RFM 50 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871661 SI 1090 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860166 RFM 51 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871663 SI 1092 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860164 RFM 49 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871665 SI 1094 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101860163 RFM 48 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871667 SI 1096 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101439822 ROSY 2 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871669 SI 1098 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101439824 ROSY 8 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871671 SI 1100 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101439823 ROSY 7 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872504 SI 1102 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101525238 GOLD SPAR # 2 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101872506 SI 1104 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101349937 GOLD SPAR # 4 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101872508 SI 1106 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101302902 GOLD SPAR # 6 GK Holdings MC LLC Leased NV101872510 SI 1108 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319545 DX #03 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872512 SI 1110 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319546 DX #04 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872514 SI 1112 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319544 DX #02 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872516 SI 1114 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319553 DX #11 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872518 SI 1116 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319554 DX #12 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 202 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101872520 SI 1118 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319552 DX #10 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872522 SI 1120 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319543 DX #01 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872524 SI 1122 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319551 DX #09 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870816 SI 1069 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319549 DX #07 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870818 SI 1071 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319547 DX #05 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870820 SI 1073 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510809 DX #33 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870822 SI 1075 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510810 DX #34 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870824 SI 1077 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510808 DX #32 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870826 SI 1079 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510807 DX #31 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871652 SI 1081 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510805 DX #29 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871654 SI 1083 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510806 DX #30 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871656 SI 1085 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510804 DX #28 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871658 SI 1087 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510803 DX #27 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871660 SI 1089 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510801 DX #25 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871662 SI 1091 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510802 DX #26 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871664 SI 1093 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510800 DX #24 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871666 SI 1095 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510799 DX #23 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871668 SI 1097 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510797 DX #21 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871670 SI 1099 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510798 DX #22 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871672 SI 1101 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510796 DX #20 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872505 SI 1103 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319561 DX #19 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872507 SI 1105 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319559 DX #17 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872509 SI 1107 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319560 DX #18 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872511 SI 1109 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319558 DX #16 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872513 SI 1111 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319557 DX #15 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872515 SI 1113 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319555 DX #13 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872517 SI 1115 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319556 DX #14 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872519 SI 1117 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510815 DX #39 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872521 SI 1119 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510816 DX #40 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101872523 SI 1121 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510814 DX #38 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 203 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101873328 SI 1123 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510813 DX #37 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101873329 SI 1124 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510811 DX #35 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101873330 SI 1125 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510812 DX #36 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101874240 SI 856 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512065 DX #51 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101874239 SI 855 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512066 DX #52 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870694 SI 815 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512064 DX #50 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870695 SI 816 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512063 DX #49 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870697 SI 818 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512061 DX #47 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870696 SI 817 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512062 DX #48 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870698 SI 819 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512059 DX #45 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870699 SI 820 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512060 DX #46 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870801 SI 822 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512058 DX #44 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870700 SI 821 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512057 DX #43 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870803 SI 824 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101510817 DX #41 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870802 SI 823 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512056 DX #42 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870804 SI 825 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512077 DX #63 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870805 SI 826 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512075 DX #61 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871631 SI 828 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512073 DX #59 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101870806 SI 827 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512071 DX #57 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871632 SI 829 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512069 DX #55 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871633 SI 830 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512067 DX #53 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871635 SI 832 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513350 DX #64 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871634 SI 831 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512076 DX #62 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871637 SI 834 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512074 DX #60 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871636 SI 833 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512072 DX #58 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871638 SI 835 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512070 DX #56 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871639 SI 836 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101512068 DX #54 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871641 SI 838 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513361 DX #75 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871640 SI 837 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513359 DX #73 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871642 SI 839 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513357 DX #71 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 204 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101871643 SI 840 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513355 DX #69 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871645 SI 842 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513353 DX #67 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101871644 SI 841 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513351 DX #65 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101873340 SI 844 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513362 DX #76 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101873339 SI 843 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513360 DX #74 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101873341 SI 845 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513358 DX #72 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101873342 SI 846 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513356 DX #70 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101873344 SI 848 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513354 DX #68 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101873343 SI 847 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513352 DX #66 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101873345 SI 849 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513365 DX #79 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101873346 SI 850 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513363 DX #77 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101873348 SI 852 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513368 DX #82 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101873347 SI 851 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513367 DX #81 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101874238 SI 854 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513366 DX #80 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101874237 SI 853 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101513364 DX #78 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101874242 SI 858 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437372 MA #02 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101874241 SI 857 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437373 MA #03 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101874246 SI 862 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437845 MA #10 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101874245 SI 861 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437847 MA #12 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101874250 SI 866 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437840 MA #05 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101874249 SI 865 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437839 MA #04 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101874254 SI 870 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437848 MA #13 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101874253 SI 869 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437843 MA #08 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101873337 SI 1132 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437841 MA #06 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101873336 SI 1131 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437371 MA #01 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101873335 SI 1130 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437844 MA #09 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101640494 SI 317 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437846 MA #11 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101640605 SI 325 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437851 MA #16 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101641718 SI 348 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437850 MA #15 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101645425 SI 405 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437852 MA #17 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 205 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101645433 SI 413 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437853 MA #18 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101732747 SI 475 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437842 MA #07 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101646737 SW 1 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437854 MA #19 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101646739 SW 3 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437855 MA #20 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101646741 SW 5 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437856 MA #22 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101646738 SW 2 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105791452 DAISY 8 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101646740 SW 4 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105791453 DAISY 9 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101646742 SW 6 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105791451 DAISY 7 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101646743 SW 7 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105791449 DAISY 5 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101646745 SW 9 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105791448 DAISY 4 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101646747 SW 11 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105791450 DAISY 6 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101646744 SW 8 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105791447 DAISY 3 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101646746 SW 10 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105791446 DAISY 2 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101646748 SW 12 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105791445 DAISY 1 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101646749 SW 13 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105791454 DAISY 10 Coeur Sterling Inc Owned NV101646750 SW 14 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435106 BX #49 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101646751 SW 15 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435108 BX #51 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875092 SI 874 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435107 BX #50 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874257 SI 873 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435109 BX #52 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875093 SI 875 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101435111 BX #54 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875094 SI 876 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101314395 ROSY 6 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875096 SI 878 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101314394 ROSY 4 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875095 SI 877 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101437849 MA #14 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875097 SI 879 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850066 TATE'S WASH 24 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875098 SI 880 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850064 TATE'S WASH 22 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875100 SI 882 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850065 TATE'S WASH 23 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875099 SI 881 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101676250 LC #39 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875101 SI 883 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711979 BADGER #1 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875102 SI 884 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101713142 BX#131-B Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875104 SI 886 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101713145 MA #21 Couer Sterling Inc Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 206 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101875103 SI 885 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101713139 BADGER #3 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875105 SI 887 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105791455 DGAP 5A Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875107 SI 889 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101713140 BADGER #4 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875109 SI 891 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101713143 DGAP 1 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875111 SI 893 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101713138 BADGER #2 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875927 SI 895 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711978 B-D Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875929 SI 897 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711977 B-C Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875931 SI 899 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711976 B-B Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875106 SI 888 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101711975 B-A Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875108 SI 890 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319550 DX #08 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875110 SI 892 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101319548 DX #06 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875112 SI 894 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101597256 TE 2 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875928 SI 896 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101597255 TE 1 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875930 SI 898 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101597258 TE 4 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875932 SI 900 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101597257 TE 3 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875933 SI 901 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598168 TE 7 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875935 SI 903 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101597259 TE 5 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875937 SI 905 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598172 TE 11 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875939 SI 907 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598170 TE 9 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875941 SI 909 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598176 TE 15 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875943 SI 911 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598174 TE 13 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875945 SI 913 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598178 TE 17 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875934 SI 902 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598169 TE 8 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875936 SI 904 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598167 TE 6 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875938 SI 906 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598173 TE 12 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875940 SI 908 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598171 TE 10 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875942 SI 910 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598177 TE 16 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875944 SI 912 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598175 TE 14 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875946 SI 914 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598179 TE 18 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875947 SI 915 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598182 TE 21 Couer Sterling Inc Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 207 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101876807 SI 917 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598180 TE 19 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876809 SI 919 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598186 TE 25 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876811 SI 921 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598184 TE 23 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876813 SI 923 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599012 TE 29 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876815 SI 925 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599010 TE 27 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876817 SI 927 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599014 TE 31 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876806 SI 916 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598183 TE 22 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876808 SI 918 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598181 TE 20 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876810 SI 920 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598187 TE 26 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876812 SI 922 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101598185 TE 24 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876814 SI 924 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599013 TE 30 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876816 SI 926 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599011 TE 28 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876818 SI 928 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599015 TE 32 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876819 SI 929 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599018 TE 35 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876821 SI 931 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599016 TE 33 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876823 SI 933 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599022 TE 39 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876825 SI 935 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599020 TE 37 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101877694 SI 937 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599024 TE 41 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101877696 SI 939 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599019 TE 36 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101877698 SI 941 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599017 TE 34 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876820 SI 930 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599023 TE 40 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876822 SI 932 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599021 TE 38 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876824 SI 934 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599025 TE 42 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101876826 SI 936 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599028 TE 45 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101877695 SI 938 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599026 TE 43 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101877697 SI 940 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599853 TE 49 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101877699 SI 942 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599851 TE 47 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101871646 SI 943 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599855 TE 51 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101871648 SI 945 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599850 TE 46 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101871650 SI 947 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599027 TE 44 Couer Sterling Inc Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 208 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101872483 SI 949 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599854 TE 50 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872485 SI 951 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599852 TE 48 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872487 SI 953 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599856 TE 52 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872489 SI 955 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599863 TE 59 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101871647 SI 944 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599861 TE 57 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101871649 SI 946 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101629972 TE 63 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101871651 SI 948 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599865 TE 61 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872484 SI 950 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101629974 TE 65 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872486 SI 952 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599864 TE 60 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872488 SI 954 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599862 TE 58 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872491 SI 957 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101629973 TE 64 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872492 SI 958 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101629971 TE 62 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872493 SI 959 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101629975 TE 66 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872494 SI 960 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670960 TE 73 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872495 SI 961 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670958 TE 71 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872496 SI 962 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670964 TE 77 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872497 SI 963 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670962 TE 75 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874219 SI 994 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670966 TE 79 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874221 SI 996 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670961 TE 74 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874223 SI 998 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670959 TE 72 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874225 SI 1000 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670965 TE 78 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874227 SI 1002 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670963 TE 76 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874229 SI 1004 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670967 TE 80 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874231 SI 1006 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670974 TE 87 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874220 SI 995 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670972 TE 85 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874222 SI 997 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670978 TE 91 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874224 SI 999 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670976 TE 89 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874226 SI 1001 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671959 TE 93 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874228 SI 1003 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670975 TE 88 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874230 SI 1005 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670973 TE 86 Couer Sterling Inc Owned

AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 209 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101874232 SI 1007 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671958 TE 92 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872498 SI 964 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670977 TE 90 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872499 SI 965 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671960 TE 94 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872500 SI 966 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671967 TE 101 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872501 SI 967 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671965 TE 99 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872502 SI 968 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671971 TE 105 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101872503 SI 969 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671969 TE 103 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873307 SI 970 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671973 TE 107 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874233 SI 1008 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671968 TE 102 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874235 SI 1010 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671966 TE 100 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875071 SI 1012 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671972 TE 106 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875073 SI 1014 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671970 TE 104 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875075 SI 1016 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671974 TE 108 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875077 SI 1018 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599859 TE 55 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875079 SI 1020 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599857 TE 53 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874234 SI 1009 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599860 TE 56 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874236 SI 1011 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101599858 TE 54 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875072 SI 1013 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101629978 TE 69 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875074 SI 1015 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101629976 TE 67 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875076 SI 1017 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101629979 TE 70 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875078 SI 1019 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101629977 TE 68 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875080 SI 1021 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670970 TE 83 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873308 SI 971 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670968 TE 81 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873309 SI 972 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670971 TE 84 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873310 SI 973 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101670969 TE 82 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873311 SI 974 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671963 TE 97 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873312 SI 975 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671961 TE 95 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873313 SI 976 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671964 TE 98 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873314 SI 977 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671962 TE 96 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875081 SI 1022 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671977 TE 112 Couer Sterling Inc Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 210 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101875083 SI 1024 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671975 TE 109 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875085 SI 1026 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101671976 TE 110 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875087 SI 1028 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556200 TE 111 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875089 SI 1030 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850051 TATE'S WASH 9 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875091 SI 1032 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101850055 TATE'S WASH 13 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875907 SI 1034 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101855562 RFM 25 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875082 SI 1023 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854388 RFM 5 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875084 SI 1025 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854392 RFM 9 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875086 SI 1027 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101376027 BX #46 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875088 SI 1029 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101641734 RFM 149 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875090 SI 1031 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739478 RFM 244 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875906 SI 1033 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856276 RFM 457 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875908 SI 1035 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101856277 RFM 458 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873315 SI 978 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101739496 RFM 361 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873316 SI 979 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854156 RFM 387 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873317 SI 980 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101854148 RFM 379 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873318 SI 981 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556153 BAD BILL Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873319 SI 982 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556155 CHUCK #2 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873320 SI 983 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV101556154 CHUCK #1 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873321 SI 984 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105245090 TWE 1 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875909 SI 1036 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105245091 TWE 2 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875911 SI 1038 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105245093 TWE 4 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875913 SI 1040 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105245092 TWE 3 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875915 SI 1042 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105245094 TWE 5 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101719911 SI 1044 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105245095 TWE 6 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101719913 SI 1046 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105245097 TWE 8 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101719915 SI 1048 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105245096 TWE 7 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875910 SI 1037 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105245098 TWE 9 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875912 SI 1039 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105245099 TWE 10 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101875914 SI 1041 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105245100 TWE 11 Couer Sterling Inc Owned AngloGold Ashanti Technical Report Summary for the Arthur Gold Project – current at 31 December 2025 __________________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 211 B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t B L M S e r i a l N u m b e r C l a i m N a m e C o m p a n y N a m e F i l e d U n d e r I n t e r e s t NV101719910 SI 1043 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105290476 WC #8 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101719912 SI 1045 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105290482 WC #14 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101719914 SI 1047 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105290481 WC #13 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101719916 SI 1049 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105290484 WC #16 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873322 SI 985 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105290483 WC #15 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873323 SI 986 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105290480 WC #12 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873324 SI 987 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105290479 WC #11 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873325 SI 988 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105290477 WC #9 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873326 SI 989 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105290475 WC #7 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101873327 SI 990 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105290478 WC #10 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101874216 SI 991 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105290473 WC #5 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101719917 SI 1050 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105290474 WC #6 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101719919 SI 1052 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105290470 WC #2 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101719921 SI 1054 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105290472 WC #4 Couer Sterling Inc Owned NV101719923 SI 1056 AngloGold Ashanti North America Inc Owned NV105290471 WC #3 Couer Sterling Inc Owned

Geita Gold Mine, Tanzania Technical Report Summary Report current at: 31 December 2025 Report prepared for: AngloGold Ashanti plc Qualified Persons: Ms. Janeth Luponelo, RM SME, Senior Manager Geology and Exploration Mr. Duan Campbell, Pr. Eng, Business Improvement Manager AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 2 Forward looking statements Certain statements contained in this Technical Report Summary (Report), other than statements of historical fact, including, without limitation, those concerning metal price assumptions, cash flow forecasts, projected capital and operating costs, metal recoveries, mine life and production rates, and other assumptions used in this Report, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements or forecasts are not based on historical facts, but rather reflect current beliefs and expectations concerning future events and generally may be identified by the use of forward-looking words, phrases and expressions such as “believe”, “expect”, “aim”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “foresee”, “forecast”, “predict”, “project”, “estimate”, “likely”, “may”, “might”, “could”, “should”, “would”, “seek”, “plan”, “scheduled”, “possible”, “continue”, “potential”, “outlook”, “target” or other similar words, phrases, and expressions; provided that the absence thereof does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Similarly, statements that describe objectives, plans or goals are or may be forward- looking statements. These forward-looking statements or forecasts involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, performance, actions or achievements to differ materially from the anticipated results, performance, actions or achievements expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements. Although AngloGold Ashanti plc (AngloGold Ashanti) believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements and forecasts are reasonable, no assurance can be given that such expectations will prove to have been correct. Accordingly, results, performance, actions or achievements could differ materially from those set out in the forward-looking statements as a result of, among other factors, changes in economic, social, political and market conditions, including related to inflation or international conflicts, the success of development and operating initiatives, changes in the regulatory environment and other government actions, including environmental approvals, fluctuations in gold prices and exchange rates, the lack of legal challenges or social opposition to our mines or facilities, the outcome of future litigation proceedings, any supply chain disruptions, any public health crises, pandemics or epidemics, the ultimate determination and realisation of Mineral Reserve, the existence or realisation of Mineral Resource, the availability and receipt of required approvals, titles, licences and permits, the availability of sufficient working capital, availability of a qualified work force, the timing and amount of future production, the ability to meet production, cost and capital expenditure targets, the timing and ability to produce studies and analyses, the ultimate ability to mine, process and sell mineral products on economically favourable terms and other timing, business and operational risks and challenges and other factors that may influence future events or conditions. These factors are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause AngloGold Ashanti’s actual results, performance, actions or achievements to differ materially from those expressed in any forward- looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors could also have material adverse effects on AngloGold Ashanti’s future results, performance, actions or achievements. Consequently, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. AngloGold Ashanti undertakes no obligation to update publicly or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except to the extent required by applicable law. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 3 Qualified Persons signatures page This Report is current at 31 December 2025. In preparing this Report, the Qualified Person(s) may have, where necessary, relied on the registrant, AngloGold Ashanti, company reports, property data, public information, and assumptions supplied by AngloGold Ashanti employees and other third party sources, including the reports and documents listed in Chapter 24 of this Report, available at the time of writing this Report. All information provided by AngloGold Ashanti has been identified in Chapter 25: Reliance on information provided by the registrant in this Report. QUALIFIED PERSONS /s/ Janeth Luponelo Janeth Luponelo, RM SME Senior Manager Geology and Exploration /s/ Duan Campbell Duan Campbell, Pr. Eng. Business Improvement Manager AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 4 Contents 1. Executive summary ............................................................................................................................. 13 1.1 Property description including mineral rights ................................................................................ 13 1.2 Ownership .................................................................................................................................... 14 1.3 Geology and mineralisation .......................................................................................................... 14 1.4 Status of exploration, development and operations ...................................................................... 15 1.5 Mining methods ............................................................................................................................ 15 1.6 Mineral processing ....................................................................................................................... 15 1.7 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates ........................................................................ 15 1.7.1 Mineral Resource estimates .................................................................................................. 15 1.7.2 Mineral Resource statement .................................................................................................. 16 1.7.2.1 Factors that may affect the Mineral Resource estimates ................................................ 16 1.7.3 Mineral Reserve estimates .................................................................................................... 17 1.7.4 Mineral Reserve statement .................................................................................................... 17 1.7.4.1 Factors that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates .................................................. 17 1.8 Capital and operating costs .......................................................................................................... 18 1.8.1 Capital costs .......................................................................................................................... 18 1.8.2 Operating costs ..................................................................................................................... 18 1.9 Economic analysis ........................................................................................................................ 18 1.10 Permitting requirements ............................................................................................................ 19 1.11 Conclusions and recommendations .......................................................................................... 19 2. Introduction.......................................................................................................................................... 19 2.1 Disclose registrant ........................................................................................................................ 19 2.2 Terms of reference ....................................................................................................................... 19 2.3 Purpose of this Report .................................................................................................................. 20 2.4 Sources of information and data contained in the report or used in its preparation ....................... 20 2.5 Report date .................................................................................................................................. 20 2.6 Qualified Person(s) site inspections .............................................................................................. 20 2.6.1 Ms. Janeth Luponelo ............................................................................................................. 20 2.6.2 Mr. Duan Campbell ............................................................................................................... 21 3. Property description ............................................................................................................................. 21 3.1 Location of the property ................................................................................................................ 21 3.2 Area of the property ...................................................................................................................... 24 3.3 Legal aspects (including environmental liabilities) and permitting ................................................. 24 3.4 Agreements, royalties and liabilities .............................................................................................. 27 4. Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure and physiography ............................................... 27 5. History ................................................................................................................................................. 29 6. Geological setting, mineralisation and deposit ..................................................................................... 30 6.1 Geological setting ......................................................................................................................... 30 6.1.1 Geita greenstone belt ............................................................................................................ 30 6.1.2 Deformation history and mineralisation .................................................................................. 33 6.1.3 Property geology ................................................................................................................... 34

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 5 6.1.3.1 Nyamulilima district ........................................................................................................ 34 6.1.3.2 Central district ................................................................................................................ 34 6.1.3.3 Matandani-Kukuluma district .......................................................................................... 35 6.2 Geological models and mineralisation .......................................................................................... 35 6.2.1 Nyamulilima district ............................................................................................................... 36 6.2.1.1 Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2, 3 and 4 deposit geology and mineralisation ............................... 38 6.2.1.2 Selous geology and mineralisation ................................................................................. 42 6.2.1.3 Star and Comet-Ridge 8 Complex geology and mineralisation ....................................... 42 6.2.2 Central district ....................................................................................................................... 46 6.2.2.1 Nyankanga geology and mineralisation .......................................................................... 49 6.2.2.2 Geita Hill geology and mineralisation .............................................................................. 52 6.2.2.3 Kalondwa Hill geology and mineralisation....................................................................... 54 6.2.2.4 Chipaka geology and mineralisation ............................................................................... 55 6.2.3 Matandani-Kukuluma district ................................................................................................. 57 6.2.3.1 Matandani deposit geology and mineralisation ............................................................... 59 6.2.3.2 Kukuluma deposit geology and mineralisation ................................................................ 61 6.2.3.3 Area 3 West deposit geology and mineralisation ............................................................ 63 6.3 Deposit types................................................................................................................................ 64 7. Exploration .......................................................................................................................................... 65 7.1 Nature and extent of relevant exploration work ............................................................................. 65 7.1.1 Grids and surveys ................................................................................................................. 65 7.1.2 Geological mapping ............................................................................................................... 66 7.1.3 Geochemical sampling .......................................................................................................... 66 7.1.4 Rock chip sampling ............................................................................................................... 68 7.1.5 Geophysical surveys ............................................................................................................. 69 7.1.5.1 1996-2000 Geita mine detailed airborne magnetic surveys ............................................ 69 7.1.5.2 2003 High-resolution helicopter-borne airborne magnetic survey (MIDAS) ..................... 69 7.1.5.3 2006 and 2008 AeroTEM airborne electro-magnetic survey ........................................... 70 7.1.5.4 2008-2009 High resolution Xcalibur helicopter-borne magnetic and radiometric survey . 71 7.1.5.5 2011 Kukuluma and Matandani audio-frequency magneto-telluric survey....................... 72 7.1.5.6 2015-2016 Geita mine 2D, 3D and vertical seismic profile full waveform seismic surveys .. ....................................................................................................................................... 73 7.2 Drilling .......................................................................................................................................... 74 7.2.1 Drilling techniques and drill spacing ....................................................................................... 78 7.2.2 Logging ................................................................................................................................. 78 7.2.3 Density .................................................................................................................................. 79 7.2.4 Recovery ............................................................................................................................... 80 7.2.4.1 Diamond drill core recovery ............................................................................................ 80 7.2.4.2 Reverse circulation sample recovery procedure ............................................................. 81 7.2.5 Collar surveys ....................................................................................................................... 81 7.2.6 Downhole surveys ................................................................................................................. 82 7.2.7 Condemnation, geotechnical and hydrological drilling ........................................................... 82 AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 6 7.2.8 Metallurgical drilling ............................................................................................................... 82 7.2.9 Grade control drilling ............................................................................................................. 82 7.2.10 Sample length/true thickness ................................................................................................. 83 7.2.11 Results .................................................................................................................................. 83 7.3 Hydrogeology ............................................................................................................................... 83 7.3.1 Nature and quality of sampling methods ................................................................................ 83 7.3.2 Type and appropriateness of laboratory techniques .............................................................. 84 7.3.3 Results .................................................................................................................................. 84 7.3.3.1 Geita rainfall ................................................................................................................... 84 7.3.3.2 Ground water monitoring ................................................................................................ 85 7.3.3.3 Underground water supply and dewatering .................................................................... 86 7.3.3.4 Open pit water supply and dewatering ............................................................................ 87 7.3.4 Qualified Person(s) interpretation .......................................................................................... 87 7.4 Geotechnical testing and analysis ................................................................................................ 88 7.4.1 Nature and quality of sampling methods ................................................................................ 89 7.4.2 Type and appropriateness of laboratory techniques .............................................................. 89 7.4.3 Results .................................................................................................................................. 89 7.4.4 Qualified Person(s) interpretation .......................................................................................... 90 8. Sample preparation, analyses and security ......................................................................................... 90 8.1 Sample preparation ...................................................................................................................... 91 8.2 Assay method and laboratory ....................................................................................................... 91 8.3 Sampling governance ................................................................................................................... 92 8.4 Quality assurance and quality control ........................................................................................... 92 8.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy ....................................................................................... 94 9. Data verification ................................................................................................................................... 94 9.1 Data verification procedures ......................................................................................................... 94 9.1.1 Site procedures ..................................................................................................................... 96 9.1.2 Internal reviews ..................................................................................................................... 96 9.1.3 External audit ........................................................................................................................ 97 9.2 Limitations on, or failure to conduct verification ............................................................................ 97 9.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy ............................................................................... 97 9.3.1 Ms. Janeth Luponelo ............................................................................................................. 97 9.3.2 Mr. Duan Campbell ............................................................................................................... 97 10. Mineral processing and metallurgical testing .................................................................................... 98 10.1 Mineral processing and metallurgical testing ............................................................................. 99 10.1.1 Location of the analytical/testing laboratories and relationship to the registrant ..................... 99 10.2 Laboratory testwork and results .............................................................................................. 100 10.2.1 Laboratories used for testwork ............................................................................................ 100 10.2.2 Geometallurgical programme .............................................................................................. 100 10.2.3 Nyamulilima pit testwork results .......................................................................................... 101 10.2.4 Geita Hill underground testwork results ............................................................................... 103 10.2.5 Test results of other individual mineralisation sources ......................................................... 104 10.2.6 Gold deportment .................................................................................................................. 105 AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 7 10.2.7 Recovery forecast ............................................................................................................... 105 10.2.7.1 LOM recovery assumptions .......................................................................................... 105 10.2.8 Metallurgical variability ........................................................................................................ 107 10.2.9 Deleterious elements ........................................................................................................... 107 10.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy.......................................................................... 108 11. Mineral Resource estimates ........................................................................................................... 108 11.1 Reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction ................................ 108 11.2 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used ................................................................... 109 11.2.1 Geological models ............................................................................................................... 114 11.2.2 Estimation methodology ...................................................................................................... 115 11.2.3 Compositing ........................................................................................................................ 115 11.2.4 Wireframing and domaining ................................................................................................. 115 11.2.4.1 Nyankanga, Geita Hill and Star and Comet, Ridge 8 underground ............................... 115 11.2.4.2 Selous, Chipaka, Kukuluma, Matandani, Area 3 West open pit .................................... 115 11.2.5 Grade capping and outlier restriction ................................................................................... 116 11.2.6 Density ................................................................................................................................ 116 11.2.7 Variography ......................................................................................................................... 116 11.2.8 Quantitative kriging neighbourhood analysis ....................................................................... 116 11.2.9 Block model extent and block size ....................................................................................... 117 11.2.10 Estimation ........................................................................................................................ 119 11.2.10.1 Nyamulilima open pit ................................................................................................... 119 11.2.10.2 Underground models ................................................................................................... 120 11.2.10.3 Open pit models .......................................................................................................... 120 11.2.10.4 Stockpiles .................................................................................................................... 120 11.2.11 Block model validation ..................................................................................................... 120 11.3 Mineral Resource classification and uncertainty ...................................................................... 120 11.4 Mineral Resource statement ................................................................................................... 121 11.5 Factors that may affect the Mineral Resource estimates ......................................................... 123 11.6 Qualified Person's opinion....................................................................................................... 124 12. Mineral Reserve estimates ............................................................................................................. 124 12.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used ................................................................... 124 12.1.1 Open pit .............................................................................................................................. 124 12.1.2 Underground ....................................................................................................................... 125 12.1.3 Input assumptions ............................................................................................................... 125 12.1.4 Modifying factors ................................................................................................................. 127 12.2 Cut-off grades ......................................................................................................................... 128 12.2.1 Full-grade ore cut-off ........................................................................................................... 128 12.2.2 Open pit .............................................................................................................................. 128 12.2.3 Underground ....................................................................................................................... 129 12.3 Mineral Reserve classification and uncertainty ........................................................................ 131 12.4 Mineral Reserve statement ..................................................................................................... 131 12.5 Factors that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates ........................................................... 133 AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 8 12.6 Qualified Person's opinion....................................................................................................... 133 13. Mining methods.............................................................................................................................. 133 13.1 Open pit .................................................................................................................................. 133 13.2 Underground ........................................................................................................................... 135 13.3 Requirements for stripping, underground development and backfilling .................................... 138 13.3.1 Mine scheduling strategies .................................................................................................. 138 13.3.1.1 Open pit stripping strategy ............................................................................................ 138 13.3.1.2 Waste rock dump strategy ............................................................................................ 138 13.3.1.3 Stockpile strategy ......................................................................................................... 138 13.3.1.4 Blending strategy .......................................................................................................... 138 13.3.1.5 Underground stoping strategy ...................................................................................... 139 13.3.1.6 Mine ventilation strategy ............................................................................................... 139 13.4 Mine equipment, machinery and personnel ............................................................................. 140 13.4.1 Mine equipment and machinery ........................................................................................... 140 13.4.1.1 Open Pit ....................................................................................................................... 140 13.4.1.2 Underground ................................................................................................................ 140 13.4.2 Personnel ............................................................................................................................ 141 13.5 Final mine outline .................................................................................................................... 141 14. Processing and recovery methods ................................................................................................. 141 14.1 Process plant design ............................................................................................................... 141 14.2 Energy, water, and process materials requirements ................................................................ 144 14.2.1 Power .................................................................................................................................. 144 14.2.1.1 Own power source and supply ..................................................................................... 144 14.2.1.2 Tanesco power source and supply ............................................................................... 144 14.2.2 Water .................................................................................................................................. 144 14.2.3 Process consumables ......................................................................................................... 145 14.3 Flowsheet ............................................................................................................................... 145 15. Infrastructure .................................................................................................................................. 147 15.1 Logistics .................................................................................................................................. 147 15.2 Power ..................................................................................................................................... 147 15.3 Water supply ........................................................................................................................... 147 15.4 Accommodation and facilities .................................................................................................. 147 15.5 Built infrastructure ................................................................................................................... 147 15.6 Communications ..................................................................................................................... 148 16. Market studies ............................................................................................................................... 148 16.1 Market for mine products ........................................................................................................ 148 16.2 Commodity price forecasts ...................................................................................................... 149 16.3 Contracts ................................................................................................................................ 149 17. Environmental studies, permitting plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups ...................................................................................................................................................... 149 17.1 Permitting ............................................................................................................................... 149 17.2 Requirements and plans for waste tailings disposal, site monitoring and water management . 150 17.3 Socio-economic impacts ......................................................................................................... 150

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 9 17.4 Mine closure and reclamation ................................................................................................. 151 17.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy of current plans ........................................................ 151 17.6 Commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring ............................................................ 151 18. Capital and operating costs ............................................................................................................ 152 18.1 Capital costs ........................................................................................................................... 152 18.2 Operating costs ....................................................................................................................... 152 18.3 Risk assessment ..................................................................................................................... 154 18.3.1 Technical and operational risks ........................................................................................... 154 18.3.2 Environmental, social, and permitting risks .......................................................................... 154 18.3.3 Economic and financial risks ............................................................................................... 154 18.3.4 Political and regulatory risks ................................................................................................ 155 19. Economic analysis ......................................................................................................................... 155 19.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods ........................................................................... 155 19.2 Results of economic analysis .................................................................................................. 155 19.3 Sensitivity analysis .................................................................................................................. 157 20. Adjacent properties ........................................................................................................................ 158 21. Other relevant data and information ............................................................................................... 158 22. Interpretation and conclusions ....................................................................................................... 158 23. Recommendations ......................................................................................................................... 159 23.1 Continuous improvement ........................................................................................................ 159 23.2 Costs and schedule ................................................................................................................ 159 24. References .................................................................................................................................... 159 24.1 References ............................................................................................................................. 159 24.1.1 External ............................................................................................................................... 159 24.1.2 Internal ................................................................................................................................ 160 24.2 Glossary of terms .................................................................................................................... 160 24.3 Abbreviations and acronyms ................................................................................................... 165 25. Reliance on information provided by the registrant ......................................................................... 168 List of figures Figure 3.1. Map of Tanzania showing the location of Geita to the south of Lake Victoria. ........................... 22 Figure 3.2. Mining infrastructure map for Geita mine. ................................................................................. 23 Figure 3.3. Geita mine licence status, current at 31 December 2025. ......................................................... 25 Figure 4.1. Elevation contour map for the Geita mine. ................................................................................ 28 Figure 6.1. Location map of the Archean greenstone belts that constitute the Lake Victoria goldfields and locations of major gold deposits. ................................................................................................................. 31 Figure 6.2. Geological map of the Geita greenstone belt showing litho-structural framework and deposits. 32 Figure 6.3. Generalised stratigraphy of Geita greenstone belt. ................................................................... 33 Figure 6.4. Geological map of the Nyamulilima district showing spatial distribution of the open pit and underground deposits as well as surrounding prospects. ............................................................................ 37 Figure 6.5. Geological map of the Nyamulilima district showing the location of Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2, 3 and 4 deposit and other potential exploration targets......................................................................................... 39 AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 10 Figure 6.6. Plan view of Nyamulilima Cuts 1 to 4 open pit, showing the litho-structural set up in relation to tonalite intrusives and mineralisation. ......................................................................................................... 41 Figure 6.7. Geological cross section 4755E through Star and Comet Cuts 2 and 3 showing the relationship between lithologies and structures controlling mineralisation. ..................................................................... 44 Figure 6.8. Geological cross section 6000E through Ridge 8 showing the relationship between lithologies and structures controlling mineralisation. .................................................................................................... 45 Figure 6.9. Geological map of Geita greenstone belt showing the three mineralised districts, deposits and key exploration targets................................................................................................................................ 47 Figure 6.10. Geological map of the Central district showing location of the underground operations and structures hosting mineralisation and truncating mineralisation. ................................................................. 48 Figure 6.11. Cross section through the Nyankanga deposit (Block 4) showing an open-ended down-plunge continuity of the mineralisation past the terminating faults. ......................................................................... 49 Figure 6.12. Composite (900mRL-815mRL levels) geological map for Nyankanga underground project showing litho-structural framework.............................................................................................................. 50 Figure 6.13. Hand drawn geological cross section through the Nyankanga underground Block 4 showing the effect of litho-structural set up in relation to mineralisation. ................................................................... 51 Figure 6.14. Hand drawn geological cross section through Geita Hill underground Block 2 showing an open-ended down-dip mineralisation continuity along the shear plane. ...................................................... 53 Figure 6.15. Oblique view of the Geita Block 1 underground (Lone Cone deposit as open pits) showing litho-structural set and control for high-grade shoot. ................................................................................... 54 Figure 6.16: Kalondwa Hill 3D modelled orebody next to Nyankanga pit. ................................................... 55 Figure 6.17. Geological map of the Chipaka deposit showing litho-structural set and mineralisation. ......... 56 Figure 6.18. Geological cross of the Chipaka deposit showing spatial distribution of rocks, structures, and controls for mineralisation. .......................................................................................................................... 56 Figure 6.19. Geological map of the Kukuluma district showing litho-structural framework, location of deposits and prospects. .............................................................................................................................. 58 Figure 6.20. Geology of the Matandani deposit showing litho-types and controls (D3-shear zones) for gold mineralisation. ............................................................................................................................................ 60 Figure 6.21. Geological cross section 21550E through Matandani deposit showing litho-structural set up and controls on gold mineralisation (view looking north-northwest). ........................................................... 61 Figure 6.22. Geological map of the Kukuluma deposit showing litho-structural set up. ............................... 62 Figure 6.23. Geological cross section 21000E through Kukuluma showing litho-structural set up and controls for gold mineralisation. .................................................................................................................. 63 Figure 6.24. Geological cross section through Area 3 West deposit showing litho-types, structures, and mineralisation. ............................................................................................................................................ 64 Figure 7.1. Geochemical sampling coverage across the SML..................................................................... 67 Figure 7.2. Rock chips sampling coverage across the SML. ....................................................................... 68 Figure 7.3. 1996-2000 detailed airborne magnetic survey areas. ................................................................ 69 Figure 7.4. Detailed airborne magnetics surveys by helicopter across Central district. ............................... 70 Figure 7.5. 2006 and 2008 AeroTEM survey areas. .................................................................................... 71 Figure 7.6. 2008-2009 high resolution Xcalibur airborne magnetic and radiometric survey area. ................ 72 Figure 7.7. Audio-frequency magneto-telluric sections across Kukuluma and Matandani. .......................... 73 Figure 7.8. 2015-2016 Geita mine 2D, 3D and vertical seismic profile full waveform seismic survey areas.74 Figure 7.9. Geita mine map summary of drilling by location and drill hole type. .......................................... 77 Figure 7.10. Geita Gold Mine actual rainfall over average rainfall and evaporation. .................................... 84 Figure 7.11. Environmental monitoring boreholes and hydrogeological piezometers. ................................. 86 AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 11 Figure 7.12. Nyamulilima dewatering lines. ................................................................................................. 87 Figure 8.1. Geita mine sampling, assay, and quality assurance workflow. .................................................. 93 Figure 8.2. Exploration and grade control sampling flowsheet. ................................................................... 94 Figure 10.1. Demonstration of the Geita mine geometallurgical programme (data types and techniques).101 Figure 10.2. Variation of hardness values for Geita mine plant ore sources. ............................................. 103 Figure 10.3. Multi-element analysis x-ray fluorescence (XRF) results of Geita mine ore sources. ............ 103 Figure 10.4. Total recoveries (CIL+ gravity gold recovery) for all Geita Hill underground domains. ........... 104 Figure 10.5. Recovery forecast for LOM. .................................................................................................. 106 Figure 10.6. Location of samples collected in each Geita Hill domain and classified by grade. ................. 107 Figure 12.1. 2025 Mineral Reserve modifying factors regarding mining methods. .................................... 125 Figure 12.2. Cut-off grade interpretation and use in MSO shapes. ........................................................... 131 Figure 14.1. Process flow chart. ............................................................................................................... 146 Figure 19.1. Net present value at a $1,700/oz gold Mineral Reserve price. .............................................. 157 Figure 19.2. NPV sensitivity analysis. ....................................................................................................... 158 List of tables Table 1.1. Mineral Resource statement. ..................................................................................................... 16 Table 1.2. Mineral Reserve statement. ....................................................................................................... 17 Table 1.3. LOM capital cost estimate. ......................................................................................................... 18 Table 1.4. Unit operating costs. .................................................................................................................. 18 Table 5.1. Historical production from Geita mine. ....................................................................................... 29 Table 7.1. RC and DD drilling records from Geita mine drill hole database. ................................................ 75 Table 7.2. All drilling data informing the Geita mine Mineral Resource estimates by deposit and hole type. ................................................................................................................................................................... 76 Table 7.4. Nyamulilima open pit densities. .................................................................................................. 79 Table 7.5. Underground sulphide rock densities. ........................................................................................ 79 Table 7.6. Underground sulphide rock densities. ........................................................................................ 80 Table 7.7. Drill core recovery from 2000 to 2025. ....................................................................................... 81 Table 7.8. RC sample recovery from 2018 to 2025. .................................................................................... 81 Table 7.9. Summary of grade control drilling. .............................................................................................. 82 Table 7.10. Strength parameter results for the major lithologies per deposit. .............................................. 90 Table 10.1. Summary of Nyamulilima comminution results. ...................................................................... 102 Table 10.2. Laboratory leach test conditions. ............................................................................................ 102 Table 10.3. SGS South Africa testwork results (24 hours leach). .............................................................. 102 Table 10.4. Metallurgical recoveries Selous, Kalondwa Hill, Kukuluma, Matandani and Area 3 West. ...... 106 Table 11.1. Input parameters Mineral Resource pit shells. ....................................................................... 111 Table 11.2. Input parameters MSO shapes. ............................................................................................. 113 Table 11.3. Block model extents and block sizes. ..................................................................................... 118 Table 11.4. Drill hole spacings for Mineral Resource confidence classification. ........................................ 120 Table 11.5. Mineral Resource statement. ................................................................................................. 121 Table 12.1. Open pit input assumptions. ................................................................................................... 126 AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 12 Table 12.2. Underground input assumptions. ........................................................................................... 127 Table 12.3. Mineral Reserve modifying factors. ........................................................................................ 127 Table 12.3. Mineral Reserve modifying factors (continued). ..................................................................... 128 Table 12.4. Cut-off grade calculation for full-grade ore (open pit). ............................................................ 129 Table 12.5. Cut-off calculation for full-grade ore (underground). ............................................................... 130 Table 12.6. Mineral Reserve statement. ................................................................................................... 132 Table 13.1. Equipment list for the open pit. ............................................................................................... 140 Table 13.2. Equipment list for the underground. ....................................................................................... 140 Table 14.1. Process plant design components. ........................................................................................ 143 Table 18.1. LOM capital cost estimate. ..................................................................................................... 152 Table 18.2. Unit operating costs. .............................................................................................................. 153 Table 18.3. LOM operating cost estimate. ................................................................................................ 153 Table 19.1. Cash flow and NPV calculations. ........................................................................................... 156

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 13 1. Executive summary 1.1 Property description including mineral rights Geita Gold Mine (GGM, or Geita mine) is operated by Geita Gold Mining Limited (Geita Gold). Special mining licence (SML) 45/1999 (also referred to as SML 45/99) is jointly held by Geita Gold and Samax Resources Limited (Samax), with 85% and 15% ownership, respectively. Both Geita Gold and Samax are wholly owned subsidiaries of AngloGold Ashanti. Geita mine is located approximately 1,200km from the main Tanzanian business centre of Dar es Salaam. It falls within the Lake Zone of northwestern Tanzania, approximately 120km west of Mwanza and 4km west of Geita town. The mining operations currently consist of three underground mines, Star and Comet, Nyankanga, and Geita Hill, and one open pit mine, Nyamulilima. The Mineral Reserve is estimated for Nyamulilima, Geita Hill, Nyankanga, Star and Comet, and material in stockpiles. The Mineral Resource is estimated for Geita Hill (includes Lone Cone), Nyankanga, Star and Comet, Ridge 8, Nyamulilima, Area 3 West, Chipaka, Kalondwa Hill, Kukuluma, Matandani, Selous, and material in stockpiles. The mine has a private airport, located 6km north of the process plant, with a dirt air strip that is suitable for small- to medium-sized propeller aircraft. The airport is primarily used for transport of mine personnel between Geita, Mwanza, Dodoma, and Dar es Salaam. Gold was first discovered at Geita in 1898, with formal mine development and underground production occurring from the late 1930s to the mid-1960s, producing approximately 1Moz before closure. Intensive exploration programmes resumed in the mid-1990s, supporting redevelopment and the start of modern mining operations. In 1996, Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited (Ashanti) acquired the Geita tenure through the acquisition of Cluff Resources and acquired the Kukuluma and Matandani deposits in 1998 from Samax Resources Limited. In December 2000, Ashanti reached an agreement to sell a 50% interest in Geita to AngloGold Limited (AngloGold) for $324M, with AngloGold adding its neighbouring Nyamulilima deposits into the joint venture company. In 2004, the merger of AngloGold and Ashanti resulted in the operation being wholly run by AngloGold Ashanti. Open pit mining began in June 2000, at Geita Hill. Over the years, a number of open pits were mined, namely Nyankanga, (operating between 1999 and 2020), Geita Hill East, Geita Hill West, and Lone Cone (between 2000 and 2018) open pits; oxide ore mining at Kukuluma and Matandani open pits (between 2002 and 2007); and Star and Comet open pit (between 2007 and 2014). In September 2020, the Nyankanga open pit was mined to completion. In April 2021, the Nyamulilima open pit began operations following intensive surface exploration programmes that began in 2019. From 2016, underground mining operations restarted, initially from the Star and Comet with access via the Star and Comet open pit. Underground mining began at Nyankanga in 2017 with access via the Nyankanga open pit, and at Geita Hill in 2020 with access via the Geita Hill West open pit. AngloGold Ashanti holds SML 45/1999, issued by the Ministry of Energy and Minerals on 27 August 1999 for a 25-year term. The SML was successfully renewed on 27 August 2024 for a further 15-year term. On 18 August 2025, 5.4602km2 of the SML was voluntarily surrendered as part of a strategic decision by AngloGold Ashanti. SML 45/1999 covers an area of approximately 190km2. Within the SML there are seven primary mining licences (PML) totalling 0.629km2 which belong to third parties. Two prospecting licences (PL): Kifufu PL 10566/2016 and Bukolwa South PL 10925/2016, located to the north of the SML and collectively covering an area of 22.7km2 attained their final expiry and final renewal durations in September-October 2025 and were surrendered to the government. AngloGold Ashanti has the surface rights to the necessary portions of the SML required for mining and infrastructure for current operations. The mine operates under a mine development agreement (MDA) established with Government of Tanzania in 1999. AngloGold Ashanti has obtained all necessary permits and approvals for current open pit and underground mining operations. There are no known regulatory impediments to obtaining or retaining the right to operate in the SML. The mine is permitted to extract approximately 25,000m3 per day of raw water from Lake Victoria by pumping. In addition, there is sustainable use of raw water through recycling of the process water. The Geita process plant is crushing and milling approximately 5.5Mtpa and forecast to produce approximately 0.5Mozpa over the life of mine (LOM) plan. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 14 The current operations are supported by a LOM plan to 2039. An annually updated LOM exploration strategy is in place for Mineral Resource growth and to replace and grow Mineral Reserve at a rate of greater than depletion (greater than 0.6Mozpa). The exploration strategy is aligned with the Geita business plan and seeks to extend the LOM mining plan beyond 2034, targeting Mineral Resource conversion drilling in the underground mines to secure near-term ounces, in conjunction with exploration of underground extensions and pit expansion potential for Mineral Resource growth, and surface exploration of key prospects for potential future open pit and underground mining opportunities. 1.2 Ownership Geita Gold is wholly-owned and operated by AngloGold Ashanti.. SML 45/1999 is jointly held by Geita Gold and Samax, with 85% and 15% ownership respectively. Both Geita Gold and Samax are wholly owned subsidiaries of AngloGold Ashanti. 1.3 Geology and mineralisation GGM is hosted in the Geita greenstone belt, which is a northern segment of the Sukumaland Greenstone Belt, located in the northwestern part of the Tanzania Craton and south of Lake Victoria. This Archaean sequence strikes almost east west, extending for about 80km and up to 20km wide. The Geita greenstone belt sits dominantly within the Nyanzian Supergroup stratigraphy that is subdivided into the Lower Nyanzian and the Upper Nyanzian Groups. The Geita greenstone belt is mainly comprised of Nyanzian Supergroup mafic volcanic, volcaniclastic and sedimentary rocks, including banded iron formation (BIF). The entire Nyanzian sequence is intruded by a variety of Archaean and Proterozoic igneous rocks. Lower areas across the property are covered by remnants of a thick paleo-alluvial system that likely drained towards Lake Victoria. Both the Archaean-Proterozoic rocks and paleo-alluvials are covered by ferricrete at different levels of induration and evolution, up to 15m thick. The Geita mine gold deposits are shear-hosted, Archaean orogenic gold deposits. All these deposits are hosted in silicified, magnetite-rich metasedimentary units along the sheared intrusive contacts of various plutonic bodies that intruded the greenstone belt. Within the GGM leases, the Geita greenstone belt is subdivided into three major mineralised trends: • The Geita Central district contains three major gold deposits occurring along a northeast-southwest mineralised trend: Geita Hill (northeast), Lone Cone and Nyankanga (southwest). Geita Hill, Lone Cone and Nyankanga occur along a moderately northwest-dipping system of reverse faults that have been reactivated several times during subsequent deformation events. The mineralisation is mainly related to diorite and BIF contacts exploited by the shear system. The alteration is restricted within the ore zone and consists of secondary sulphide (mainly pyrite), silica, carbonate and moderate potassic alteration. Chipaka exists as a separate deposit within the central part of the Geita Greenstone Belt. Other key prospects within the Central Trend include Kalondwa Hill, Fikiri-Jumanne, Samena and Prospect 30, all located within the westward extension of the Central Trend. • The Nyamulilima trend contains three major gold deposits on an approximately northwest-southeast mineralised trend: Nyamulilima in the northwest (historically named Roberts), and Star and Comet and Ridge 8 in the southeast. Individual deposits occur along a series of north-south trending, steeply dipping, left stepping en-echelon fault zones that cut across the ironstone-rich sediments and granite- granodiorite-tonalite intrusions. Mineralisation is preferentially localised along fault zones where they cut the ironstone-granitoid contacts. The mineralisation is associated with secondary pyrite and minor pyrrhotite, silica, carbonate and actinolite alteration. • The Matandani-Kukuluma trend contains five gold deposits distributed along an approximately east- west mineralised trend: Area 3 South in the east, Area 3 Central, Area 3 West, and Kukuluma and Matandani in the west. The mineralisation is steeply dipping along the contacts of intermediate fine- grained intrusions and magnetite rich chert and ironstone showing a general en-echelon, left stepping geometry. The gold is associated with secondary pyrite, arsenopyrite and minor pyrrhotite. Magnetite, silica, carbonate and amphibole alteration are variably present within the mineralised zone. Deformation in the Geita greenstone belt is comprised of early stages of ductile shearing and folding, with periodic emplacement of large diorite intrusive complexes, sills and dykes. Later stages of deformation involved development of brittle-ductile shear zones, with faults developed in the later stages of deformation AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 15 associated with late emplacement of felsic porphyry dykes within the Geita greenstone belt, and granitic intrusions located on the margins of the Geita greenstone belt. Gold mineralisation occurred late in the tectonic history of the Geita greenstone belt, synchronous with the development of brittle-ductile shear zones. Mineralisation is dominantly sulphide replacement of magnetite- rich layers in ironstone, with local replacement of ferromagnesian phases and magnetite in the diorite intrusions. Primary gold mineralisation is associated with the intersection of the brittle-ductile shear zones and pre-existing fold hinges, with higher-grade concentrations associated with BIF lithologies and with diorite dyke and sill contacts. The structures associated with the mineralised system are well-defined, the alteration zone is restricted to the mineralised zone, and quartz veins are rare or missing although silicification is common. 1.4 Status of exploration, development and operations Geita has an annually updated five-year exploration plan in place, with an aggressive current plan operating approximately 20 drill rigs forecast to drill approximately 235km in 2026 with a budget of $51M. The exploration strategy targets Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve growth ahead of annual depletion in the LOM plan, where surface drilling is targeting new open pit and underground opportunities, and underground drilling is targeting Mineral Resource conversion to allow Mineral Reserve growth via mine planning, engineering and extension of underground operations down-dip and along strike. 1.5 Mining methods Mining at GGM uses both open pit and underground mining methods. The Nyamulilima open pit began production in April 2021 and reached full production during 2022. Open pit mining is by conventional truck and shovel methods, where production mining equipment is operated by GGM, with Capital Mining Services Tanzania Limited providing production and grade control drilling services and Orica providing blasting and explosives services. Underground mining began at Star and Comet in 2016 and subsequently at Nyankanga in 2017, and most recently Geita Hill in 2020. Star and Comet underground has successfully transitioned to owner mining. The mining contractor African Underground Mining Services is used at Nyankanga and Geita Hill for underground development and stoping. The underground mining method is a combination of longitudinal retreat open stoping and transverse open stoping. Cemented aggregate backfill is used at Nyankanga to fill the primary stopes and allows for the mining of secondary stopes. Ore is hauled from the Nyamulilima open pit (22km) and from Star and Comet (17km), Nyankanga (4km) and Geita Hill (2km) underground operations to the central run-of-mine (ROM) pad by the Geita surface mining fleet. 1.6 Mineral processing Geita mine’s ore processing method is a conventional carbon-in-leach (CIL) process with a throughput capacity of 5.5Mtpa. The circuit contains a primary gyratory crusher, secondary and tertiary crushers, a semi- autogenous grinding (SAG) mill, a ball mill and 12 leach tanks (two x pre-oxygenation and ten x leach tanks). This is coupled with a gravity circuit using two Knelson concentrators. In planning the plant feed blend material, hardness grade, oxide and sulphide content are considered to optimise throughput and recovery. 1.7 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates 1.7.1 Mineral Resource estimates The total Geita exclusive Mineral Resource is 133.27Mt at 1.92g/t gold and 8.23Moz (of which 42% or 53.22Mt at 2.01g/t gold and 3.44Moz is Inferred Mineral Resource). The total open pit exclusive Mineral Resource is 91.91Mt at 1.16g/t gold and 3.84Moz (47%), the underground exclusive Mineral Resource is 40.79Mt at 3.33g/t gold and 4.34Moz (53%) as well as 0.56Mt at 2.80g/t gold and 0.05Moz (1%) in stockpiles. The open pit exclusive Mineral Resource for Nyamulilima open pit is 75.20Mt at 1.05g/t gold and 2.54Moz), being minor Inferred Mineral Resource inside the final pit design (less than 5%) and remaining Mineral Resource outside the final pit design and inside the 2025 $2,000/oz gold price Mineral Resource optimisation shell. Kukuluma/Matandani open Mineral Resource is 7.61Mt at 2.84g/t gold and 0.69Moz and several small open pit Mineral Resource total 9.11Mt at 2.08g/t gold and 0.61Moz (Area 3, Kalondwa Hill, Chipaka, Selous) and these have no Mineral Reserve declared. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 16 The underground exclusive Mineral Resource is informed by the Geita Hill underground 15.14Mt at 3.69g/t gold and 1.80Moz, Nyankanga underground 15.75Mt at 3.09g/t gold and 1.56Moz and Star and Comet 7.65Mt at 3.16g/t gold and 0.69Moz. The exclusive Mineral Resource for Ridge 8 underground is 2.25Mt at 3.87g/t gold and 0.28Moz. Stockpiles of 0.05Moz below the Mineral Reserve cut-off and above the Mineral Resource cut-off include refractory ore stockpiles only. There was no change in stockpiles from 2024 to 2025. 1.7.2 Mineral Resource statement The Mineral Resource for mineralisation assumed to be amenable to open pit and/or underground mining methods is reported in situ. Mineralisation in stockpiles is reported as broken material, in stockpiles. The Mineral Resource is reported exclusive of the Mineral Resource converted to Mineral Reserve. Mineral Resource that is not Mineral Reserve does not have demonstrated economic viability. The Mineral Resource is current at 31 December 2025 and is shown in Table 1.1. Table 1.1. Mineral Resource statement. Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained gold (t) (Moz Au) Total Geita mine (underground and open pit) Measured 9.90 2.47 24.51 0.79 Indicated 70.15 1.77 124.31 4.00 Total Measured & Indicated 80.05 1.86 148.82 4.78 Inferred 53.22 2.01 107.09 3.44 Notes: Rounding of numbers may result in computational discrepancies in the Mineral Resource tabulations. All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated. To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, grade and content for gold to two decimals. All ounces are Troy ounces. “Moz” refers to million ounces. 1. The Mineral Resource stated herein is current at date and was prepared in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300 2. All disclosure of Mineral Resource is exclusive of Mineral Reserve. The Mineral Resource exclusive of Mineral Reserve is defined as the inclusive Mineral Resource less the Mineral Reserve before dilution and other factors are applied. 3. “Tonnes” refers to a metric tonne which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms. 4. The Mineral Resource tonnages and grades are reported in situ and constrained to meet the requirement for reasonable prospects of economic extraction by volumes created through a mine shape optimiser process for underground or within an economically optimised pit shell for open pit and stockpiled material is reported as broken material. 5. Property currently in a production stage. 6. Based on a gold price of $2,000/oz. 7. Ms. Janeth Luponelo, RM SME, employed by AngloGold Ashanti, is the Qualified Person for the Geita mine Mineral Resource. 8. In 2025, a cut-off grade range from 0.50g/t to 1.20/t gold (varying according to area) was applied to the open pit, and a cut-off grade range from 0.88g/t to 2.52g/t gold (varying according to area) was applied to the underground. 9. In 2025, a metallurgical recovery factor range from 43.50% to 97.00% (varying according to material type) was applied to the open pit, a metallurgical recovery factor of 92.80% was applied to the stockpile, and a metallurgical recovery factor range from 78.02% to 93.37% (varying according to area) was applied to the underground for gold. 1.7.2.1 Factors that may affect the Mineral Resource estimates Uncertainties that may affect the Mineral Resource estimates include: • Metal price and exchange rate assumptions. • Changes to the assumptions used to generate the gold grade cut-off grade. • Changes in local interpretations of mineralisation geometry and continuity of mineralised zones. • Changes to geological and mineralisation shape and geological and grade continuity assumptions. • Density and domain assignments. • Changes to geotechnical, mining, and metallurgical recovery assumptions. • Changes to the input and design parameter assumptions that pertain to the conceptual pit shell and stope designs constraining the estimates. • Assumptions as to the continued ability to access the site, retain mineral and surface rights titles, maintain environment and other regulatory permits, and maintain the social licence to operate.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 17 There are no other environmental, legal, title, taxation, socioeconomic, marketing, political or other relevant factors known to the Qualified Person that would materially affect the estimation of the Mineral Resource that are not discussed in this Report. 1.7.3 Mineral Reserve estimates The Mineral Reserve estimate was classified as either Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve based on the confidence levels determined in the Mineral Resource confidence classifications and the level of understanding of the historical performance of the appropriate modifying parameters. Inferred Mineral Resource is not used in the estimation and reporting of the Mineral Reserve estimate. The open pit mine makes use of traditional truck and shovel mining while the underground mines make use of two methods, up-hole longitudinal retreat and/or transverse mining. Mine designs are derived from optimised mining shapes using a gold price of $1,700/oz. Cut-off grades vary by deposit and oxidation state. Cut-off grades used for the open pit estimate range from 0.85g/t gold to 0.95g/t gold. Cut-off grades for the underground range from 2.40g/t gold to 3.36g/t gold. 1.7.4 Mineral Reserve statement The Mineral Reserve using underground and open pit mining methods are reported at the point of delivery to the process plant. Mineralisation in stockpiles is reported as broken material, in stockpiles. The total GGM estimated Mineral Reserve is 75.69Mt at 1.65g/t gold and 4.02Moz. The open pit Mineral Reserve is 41.07Mt at 1.31g/t gold and 1.73Moz (43% of the total Mineral Reserve), the underground Mineral Reserve is 13.42Mt at 3.65g/t gold and 1.57Moz (39% of the total Mineral Reserve) and 21.20Mt at 1.06g/t and 0.72Moz (18% of the total Mineral Reserve) in stockpiles. The Mineral Reserve is current at 31 December 2025 and is summarised in Table 1.2. Table 1.2. Mineral Reserve statement. Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained gold (t) (Moz Au) Total Geita mine (underground and open pit) Proven 21.20 1.06 22.44 0.72 Probable 54.49 1.88 102.65 3.30 Total Proven & Probable 75.69 1.65 125.09 4.02 Notes: Rounding of numbers may result in computational discrepancies in the Mineral Reserve tabulations. All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated. To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, grade and content for gold to two decimals. All ounces are Troy ounces. “Moz” refers to million ounces. 1. The Mineral Reserve stated herein is current at date and was prepared in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300 2. “Tonnes” refers to a metric tonne which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms. 3. The Mineral Reserve tonnages and grades are estimated and reported as delivered to the plant (i.e., the point where material is delivered to the processing facility). 4. Property currently in a production stage. 5. Based on a gold price of $1,700/oz. 6. Mr. Duan Campbell, Pr. Eng, employed by AngloGold Ashanti, is the Qualified Person for the Geita mine Mineral Reserve. 7. In 2025, a cut-off grade range from 0.85g/t to 0.95g/t (varying according to area) was applied to the open pit, a cut-off grade range from 0.70g/t to 0.88g/t (varying according to the material type) was applied to the stockpiles, and a cut-off grade range from 2.40g/t to 3.36g/t (varying according to area) was applied to the underground. 8. In 2025, a metallurgical recovery factor range from 92.80% to 97.00% (varying according to material type) was applied to the open pit, a metallurgical recovery factor of 92.80% was applied to the stockpiles, and a metallurgical recovery factor range from 78.02% to 93.37% (varying according to area) was applied to the underground for gold. 1.7.4.1 Factors that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates Uncertainties that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates include: long-term commodity price assumptions; long-term exchange rate assumptions; long-term consumables price assumptions; Mineral Resource input parameters for that Mineral Resource converted to Mineral Reserve; changes to input parameters used in the constraining stope or pit designs; changes to cut-off grade assumptions; changes to geotechnical (including seismicity) and hydrogeological factors and assumptions; changes to metallurgical and mining recovery assumptions; the ability to control unplanned dilution; changes to inputs to capital and operating cost estimates; ability to access the site, retain mineral and surface rights titles; and the ability to maintain environmental and other regulatory permits, and maintain the social licence to operate. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 18 There is upside potential for the estimates if mineralisation that is currently classified as Mineral Resource can be converted to Mineral Reserve following appropriate technical studies. 1.8 Capital and operating costs 1.8.1 Capital costs Stay-in-business and exploration sustaining capital expenditure was estimated on a zero-base using the Geita mine’s Mineral Reserve based on capital assumptions and is estimated at $231M for the Mineral Reserve. The stay-in-business relates to surface and underground infrastructure, mining fleet replacement, process infrastructure upgrades and other site stay-in-business projects. Exploration capital was categorised by sustaining, non-sustaining, and brownfields; however, only sustaining exploration costs were proportioned using produced ounces. The stay-in-business provisions are summarised in Table 1.3. Table 1.3. LOM capital cost estimate. Mineral Reserve stay-in-business expectations Units UG GH UG NY UG SC OP NYM Total LOM per operation Years 5 5 3 7 — Stay-in-business capital $M 14.27 22.37 58.53 135.62 230.79 $/t treated 2.85 3.13 46.25 2.18 3.05 Note: LOM: life of mine; UG: underground; GH: Geita Hill; NY: Nyankanga; SC: Star and Comet; OP: open pit; NYM: Nyamulilima. 1.8.2 Operating costs Operating expenditure is estimated by a first principles budget process, applying known unit costs from mine contracts to physicals, and is estimated at $4,336M for the LOM plan. The average all in costs (AIC) over the Mineral Reserve derived LOM plan equates to $1,379/oz gold. Unit operating costs are summarised in Table 1.4. Table 1.4. Unit operating costs. Description Unit UG GH UG NY UG SC OP NYM Total Mining cost (ore tonnes) $/t 51.00 53.02 70.08 10.97 18.58 Processing cost $/t 19.94 19.30 19.32 19.07 19.15 General and administrative cost $/t 15.24 15.24 15.24 12.86 13.28 Other operational $/t 7.65 19.36 11.47 4.56 6.27 Stay-in-business capital $/t 2.85 3.13 46.25 2.18 3.05 Closure cost $/t 1.76 1.82 1.76 1.04 1.17 Total mining cost/tonne ore treated $/t 98.43 111.88 164.11 50.67 61.51 Note: UG: underground; GH: Geita Hill; NY: Nyankanga; SC: Star and Comet; OP: open pit; NYM: Nyamulilima. 1.9 Economic analysis The following are material assumptions used for the Geita 2025 Mineral Reserve: • Gold price $1,700/oz real terms. • Royalties: 8.1% of gross gold revenue which includes the following: o Government Royalty: 6.0% of gross gold revenue. o Service Levy: 0.3% of gross gold revenue. o Inspection and clearance fees: 1% of gross gold revenue. o Community Investment Spent: 0.7% of gross gold revenue. o World Gold Council: 0.10% of gross gold revenue. • Income Tax: 30% of net profit (as per current tax legislation). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 19 1.10 Permitting requirements Environmental impact assessments (EIAs) have been completed in support of mine construction and operations, and Geita mine maintains budgets and programmes to comply with applicable legislative requirements. All key environmental permits, licences and approvals required for current mining operations are in place. AngloGold Ashanti complies with a requirement to spend 0.7% of its total turnover on corporate social investment and allocates approximately $4M/year to community investment initiatives in the Geita host communities. The tailings storage facility (TSF) was registered with the Ministry of Water in compliance with the Dam Safety regulations. Water quality monitoring plans cover locations in and around the TSF. Site monitoring and water management are covered in an approved environmental management plan (EMP), which was prepared to comply with relevant legal requirements. Approximately 77% of the SML is within the Geita forest reserve. AngloGold Ashanti has permission to carry out mining operations in the reserve from the Ministry of Natural Resources and Tourism and has controls in place to comply with the Forest Act and regulations. The mine closure plan is an active document which is updated on a regular basis. Current at December 2025, the total mine closure liability estimates stand at $88.6M. 1.11 Conclusions and recommendations The Qualified Persons have reviewed the licensing, geology, exploration, Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation methods, mining, mineral processing, infrastructure requirements, environmental, permitting, social considerations and financial information and consider the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates for the Geita mine, current at 31 December, 2025, are reported in accordance with Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K (Regulation S-K 1300) of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). An economic analysis was performed in support of the estimation of the Mineral Reserve; this indicated a positive cash flow using the assumptions detailed in this Report. As GGM is a mature operating mine, the Qualified Persons recommend sustaining programmes to maintain and, where applicable, improve confidence in the estimates and key modifying factors, including targeted definition/infill drilling in planned open pit and underground areas, reconciliation governance, confirmation of geotechnical/hydrogeology performance against design assumptions, and ongoing metallurgical and underground performance reviews as part of normal planning and continuous improvement processes. 2. Introduction 2.1 Disclose registrant This Technical Report Summary (Report) was prepared for AngloGold Ashanti in respect of Geita Gold Mine (GGM, or Geita mine). 2.2 Terms of reference The terms of reference are based on public reporting requirements as per Subpart 229.1300 of Regulation S-K (Regulation S-K 1300) of the US Securities and Exchange Commission. The Technical Report Summary aims to reduce complexity and therefore does not include large amounts of technical or other project data, either in the Report or as appendices to the Report, as stipulated in Subpart § 229.1300 and § 229.1301, Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Mining Operations and § 229.601 (Item 601) Exhibits, and General Instructions. Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves are reported using the definitions in Regulation S-K 1300 (S-K1300), under Item 1300. The Qualified Persons have drafted the summary to conform, to the extent practicable, with the plain English principles set forth in Subpart 230.421 of Regulation S-K. Should more detail be required they will be furnished on request. The following should be noted in respect of this Report: • Unless otherwise stated, monetary units are in US dollars; $ or dollar refers to United States dollars. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 20 • The Report uses UK English. • All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated. • Rounding of numbers may result in computational discrepancies in this Report. • To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage and content for gold to two decimals. • Metric tonnes (t) are used throughout, and all ounces are Troy ounces. • The reference coordinate system used for the location of properties as well as infrastructure and licence maps/plans are latitude-longitude geographic coordinates. • All figures and images in this Report have been prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, unless otherwise stated. • The Report includes certain “non-GAAP” financial performance measures, which have been determined using industry guidelines and practices and are not measures under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Such non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative to, any other measure of performance prepared in accordance with IFRS, and the presentation of these measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures that other companies use. 2.3 Purpose of this Report The purpose of this Report is to support public disclosure of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates for the Geita mine, current at 31 December 2025. This Report updates the following Technical Report Summaries previously filed by AngloGold Ashanti for Geita mine: • 2022 Technical Report Summary, Geita Gold Mine, A Life of Mine Summary Report (dated at 31 December 2022). • 2021 Technical Report Summary, Geita Gold Mine, A Life of Mine Summary Report (dated at 31 December 2021). 2.4 Sources of information and data contained in the report or used in its preparation The reported estimates and supporting background information, conclusions, and opinions contained herein are based on AngloGold Ashanti reports, property data, public information, and assumptions supplied by AngloGold Ashanti employees and other third party sources, including the reports and documents listed in Chapter 24 of this Report, available at the time of writing this Report. Unless otherwise stated, all figures and images were prepared by AngloGold Ashanti. All information provided by AngloGold Ashanti was identified in Chapter 25: Reliance on information provided by the registrant in this Report. 2.5 Report date Information in the Report is current at 31 December 2025. 2.6 Qualified Person(s) site inspections All of the Qualified Persons either work at Geita mine or visit regularly on roster or on a quarterly basis. The Qualified Persons’ inspections are integral to maintaining the accuracy and compliance of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimations, with detailed reports provided to track and verify their findings across exploration, operations, infrastructure, and financial metrics. Each Qualified Person is responsible for the chapters identified below under each Qualified Person’s name in the following sub-chapters and has relied on information provided by AngloGold Ashanti as described in Chapter 25. 2.6.1 Ms. Janeth Luponelo Ms. Janeth Luponelo is an employee of AngloGold Ashanti and has been based full-time at the Geita mine since January 2010. While on-site, she is appointed Senior Manager Geology and Exploration, and manages a team of 215 employees, and is responsible for surface and underground mine geology, grade control and exploration. In the course of her duties, she regularly visits open pit and underground mining operations, and

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 21 surface and underground exploration operations and is familiar with site layout and infrastructure. She has oversight on drilling, logging, sampling, and assaying activities, including management of major drilling and assay laboratory contracts, and undertakes regular inspections of drill sites, core and sample preparation facilities, geological logging activities and assay laboratories. She has oversight of Mineral Resource estimates and completes regular field trips to review geology with mine and exploration geologists. For mine to mill reconciliation, she completes regular inspection of mine production activities in the open pit and underground operations, stockpiles and visits the process plant. This familiarity with the operations serves as her scope of personal inspection. Ms. Janeth Luponelo is responsible for the following chapters of this Report as well as the Tables/Figures associated with these chapters: • Chapters 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.7.1, 1.7.2, and 1.10. • Chapters 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, and 2.6.1. • Chapters 3 and 6. • Chapters 7.1 and 7.2. • Chapter 8. • Chapters 9.1, 9.2, and 9.3.1. • Chapters 11, 20, 21, and 22. • Chapters 24 and 25. 2.6.2 Mr. Duan Campbell Mr. Duan Campbell is an employee of AngloGold Ashanti and has been based full-time at the Geita mine site since September 2019. He initially served as an Underground Production Specialist before being appointed Acting Senior Manager, Underground Technical Services, in December 2020. In December 2021, his responsibilities expanded to include oversight of the operating open pit, and he was promoted to Senior Manager, Technical Services. In this role, Mr. Campbell managed the Technical Services team and provided technical oversight and support to mine operations. His involvement included participation in production and cost reviews, inspections of open pit operations and associated infrastructure, and reviews of mine planning, operational performance, mill projects, maintenance activities, and production data. He also conducted site inspections of the process plant, tailings management facilities, maintenance workshops, and surface infrastructure. In July 2025, Mr. Campbell transitioned to the role of Business Improvement Manager. A qualified Technical Services Manager was appointed as his successor, and Mr. Campbell provided guidance and technical review to ensure the Mineral Reserve estimates remained compliant with applicable reporting standards, while retaining accountability as the Qualified Person. The successor will assume the role of Qualified Person for the 2026 Mineral Reserve declaration. Mr. Duan Campbell is responsible for the following chapters of this Report as well as the tables/figures associated with these chapters: • Chapters 1.5, 1.6, 1.7.3, 1.7.4, 1.8, 1.9, and 1.10. • Chapter 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, and 2.6.2 • Chapters 4 and 5. • Chapters 7.3 and 7.4. • Chapter 9.3.2. • Chapters 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, and 21. • Chapters 22, 23, 24 and 25. 3. Property description 3.1 Location of the property The Geita mine is located approximately 1,200km from the main Tanzanian business centre of Dar es Salaam (Figure 3.1). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 22 Figure 3.1. Map of Tanzania showing the location of Geita to the south of Lake Victoria. Note: Figure sourced from Political Map of Tanzania - Nations Online Project, https://www.nationsonline.org/oneworld/ map/tanzania-political-map.htm, 2025. Geita falls within the Lake Zone of northwestern Tanzania, approximately 120km west of Mwanza and 4km west of Geita town. The mine is located at a latitude of 2.8676° south and longitude of 32.1865° east representing the co- ordinates of the Geita process plant. The mining infrastructure map is shown in Figure 3.2 AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 23 Figure 3.2. Mining infrastructure map for Geita mine. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. TSF: tailings storage facility; SML: special mining licence; WD: waste dump. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 24 3.2 Area of the property SML 45/1999 covers an area of approximately 190km2. 3.3 Legal aspects (including environmental liabilities) and permitting The Geita mine is wholly owned by AngloGold Ashanti through its subsidiary, Geita Gold. The SML 45/1999 is jointly held by Geita Gold and Samax Resources Limited, another wholly owned subsidiary of AngloGold Ashanti, with 85% and 15% ownership respectively. Geita Gold holds a valid mining permit in SML 45/1999, which was issued by the Ministry of Energy and Minerals (Tanzania) on 27 August 1999 for a 25-year term. The SML was successfully renewed on 27 August 2024 for a further 15-year term. On 18 August 2025, 5.4602km2 of the SML was voluntarily surrendered as part of a strategic decision by AngloGold Ashanti. Within the SML there are seven primary mining licences (PMLs) totalling about 0.629km2 which belong to third parties. Two prospecting licences (PLs), Kifufu PL 10566/2016 and Bukolwa South PL 10925/2016, located to the north of the SML collectively covering an area of 22.7km2 attained their final expiry and final renewal durations in September-October 2025, and were surrendered to the government. The outline of the Geita mine mineral tenure is shown in Figure 3.3.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 25 Figure 3.3. Geita mine licence status, current at 31 December 2025. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. AGA: AngloGold Ashanti; PML: primary mining licence; SML: special mining licence.. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 26 Within its SML, Geita mine has the exclusive rights to search for, mine, dig, mill, process, refine, transport, use and or market gold or other minerals found to occur in association with gold and execute such other works as are necessary for the purpose. In 2016, Geita mine was granted approval to conduct operations for the underground rights required for underground mining and infrastructure. In the year 2020, Geita mine was granted approval to mine at Geita Hill underground, and in 2021 was granted approval to carry out the surface open pit mining operations at Nyamulilima. All the deposits used in Mineral Reserve estimation are within the renewed mine's SML area and the mine has permits for their exploitation. At the date of this Report, there are no further changes to the SML boundaries. At the time of compiling this Report, there are no known risks that could result in the loss of ownership, in part or in whole, of the deposits that were used in estimating the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve, current at 31 December 2025. Approximately, 77% of the mine lease falls within the Geita forest reserve, which is typically dominated by Miombo woodland with minor area of grasses and shrubs. Geita mine has a valid permit from the Tanzania Forest Services to operate in the forest reserve. AngloGold Ashanti has the surface rights to the necessary portions of the SML required for mining and infrastructure for current operations. The Geita mine operates under a mine development agreement (MDA) established with Government of Tanzania in 1999. AngloGold Ashanti has obtained all necessary permits and approvals for current open pit and underground mining operations. There are no known regulatory impediments to obtaining or retaining the right to operate in the SML. The following key permits and approvals are in place: • The mine has a permit #FD/RES/GEITA/44 of 1999 to mine in the forest reserve. • Environmental impact assessments (EIAs) were conducted and approved before operations began at Nyankanga (1998), Kukuluma (1998), Geita Hill (2005). • The underground EIA Certificate number for Geita Hill West and Nyankanga, and the replacement power plant is 6020/EC/EIA/2874, dated January 2017, and is valid for the duration of the project. • The underground EIA Certificate number for Star and Comet mine is 5397/EC/EIA/2336, dated March 2016, and is valid for the duration of the project. • In relation to SML 45/1999; approval of changing of mining method for underground mining was granted in 2016 for Star and Comet and Nyankanga underground operations. • The Geita Hill underground mine approval was granted in September 2020. • The open pit EIA was granted for Nyamulilima in January 2021 and is valid for the duration of the Nyamulilima project. • The open pit mining approval was granted for Nyamulilima in February 2021 and is valid for the duration of the Nyamulilima project. Permits or agreements that were needed to be obtained with respect to the current Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve declaration for Nyamulilima relate to an approval from the Ministry of Minerals to begin open pit mining at Nyamulilima. The approval was obtained in February 2021 and was required for the open pit mining to begin in April 2021. The mine is permitted to extract water by pumping of approximately 25,000m3 of raw water from Lake Victoria per day. In addition, there is sustainable use of raw water through recycling of the process water. There are currently no legal proceedings that may influence the rights to mine and further explore the Geita mine SML and associated prospecting licences (PLs). Site Management is working with the Resident Mines Office and other relevant Government entities ensure the area remains clear of illegal mining activities. The Geita mine takes account of the environmental legal requirements through its certified Environmental Management System for better management of environmental aspects such as tailings storage facilities (TSFs), waste disposal facilities (landfill, bio farms etc.), waste rock storage facilities (WRSFs), power generation, source pits and wastewater impoundments. Monitoring programmes are periodically undertaken as detailed in the approved AngloGold Ashanti’s Geita mine environmental management plan (EMP) which is subject to annual audits by the National Environmental AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 27 Management Council and the Tanzania Mineral Audit Agency. Environmental liabilities associated with the Project are those expected to be associated with operating open pit and underground mines in Tanzania. At the time of compiling this Report, there were no known impediments related to the security of tenure and the right to operate with respect to the current Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve declaration. In addition, there is no known technical, environmental, social, economic, political, or other key risks that materially impact the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve for which the site management and parent company do not have mitigation plans in place. 3.4 Agreements, royalties and liabilities Royalty is legislated at 6% of gross revenue, with an additional 1% inspection fee of the gross revenue from gold exports charged from 2017 (7% of gross revenue total). Rehabilitation liability is included in the mine closure costs which is taken into consideration when defining the cut-off grade for Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. Rehabilitation guarantees for Geita mine are governed by the Mine Closure Guidelines 2019 issued by the Ministry of Minerals. On 17 May 2024 the Ministry of Environment issued the Environmental Management (Environmental Performance Bond) Regulations. Geita mine has submitted the required Rehabilitation Agreement under the regulations and is awaiting approval from the Government. 4. Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure and physiography The mining operations are accessed using a well-sealed tarmac road from Mwanza to the east. The main access to the mine is located at the east end of Geita township and is a security-controlled access point. Access within the SML is via a well-maintained network of formed, dirt roads and mining haul roads. Access to exploration areas is via four-wheel drive tracks, with access control for steep terrain areas. The mine has a private airport, located 6km north of the process plant, with a dirt air strip that is suitable for small- to medium-sized propeller aircraft. The airport is primarily used for transport of mine personnel (five days per week) between Geita, Mwanza, Dodoma, and Dar es Salaam. The climate is a moderate tropical climate. The Geita region receives between 900mm and 1,200mm of rain each year. Between the wet and dry seasons, the maximum temperature varies between 22°C and 30°C. The primary wet season is from February to May, with the smaller wet season between September and December. Mining operations are conducted year-round. The Geita town population is approximately 1.7M people with varying economic activities including small scale and artisanal mining works, animal husbandry and subsistence farming. Recently, the surrounding community has put high pressure on natural resources and impacted significantly on the natural forest due to demand for timber extraction, small and illegal mining workings and charcoal burning. The area has a relatively long mining history and a good supply of skilled mining personnel. Power for the Geita mine is generated on-site by three diesel power stations. The total diesel power generation capacity at Geita mine is 54.25MW. The existing power plant (referred to as the Old Powerhouse) has a diesel power generation capacity of 10MW and is operated by Wärtsilä. In 2018, a new diesel power station was commissioned, adding 40MW of power generation capacity and is also operated by Wärtsilä. The power generation plant for the underground operations, located at the Star and Comet, consists of 5 x 1,250Kva diesel generators designed to deliver a total of 4.25MW. In mid-2024, the Geita mine was connected to the national electricity grid, with electrical power supplied by Tanzania Electric Supply Company Limited (Tanesco). The 33kV hydroelectric power facility constructed by Tanesco was completed and is supplying power to the national grid and to the Geita mine. The Geita mine substation and grid connection were completed and commissioned in mid-2024. The grid supply has been synchronised with the existing Wärtsilä power plant, which is currently operated in hot-standby mode, providing approximately 40MW of installed diesel-generated capacity for backup power supply. The Star and Comet power generation plant will continue to operate. The Geita mine is surrounded by several natural hills, which dominantly trend northwest to southeast, where meta-ironstone units, which are relatively more resistant to weathering, are exposed and crop out. Elevation of the meta-ironstone ridges range up to 1,550m above mean sea level. The meta-ironstone ridges are surrounded by valleys and lowlands extending from the northern, eastern, and western parts of the SML, with elevation of lowlands at 1,100m above mean sea level (Figure 4.1). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 28 Figure 4.1. Elevation contour map for the Geita mine. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. AGA: AngloGold Ashanti; SML: special mining licence.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 29 Approximately 77% of the mine lease falls within the Geita forest reserve, which is typically dominated by Miombo woodland with minor areas of grasses and shrubs. The mine is located approximately 25km upstream of the Lake Victoria water basin. The operations are situated at the headwaters of the Mtakuja River that drains directly into Lake Victoria. Apart from Mtakuja River, there are other streams that drain straight to the lake such as the Mabubi River, and the Kukuluma and Matandani streams. There is sufficient land area available within the SML to accommodate mine-related infrastructure. 5. History Gold mineralisation was first discovered in the Geita district in 1898 by a German prospector. This resulted in Tanganyika Concessions Limited forming Kentan Gold Areas Limited in 1934. Through a subsidiary company, Saragurwa Prospecting Syndicate, a regional survey was conducted. The first mines were developed in 1938, and between 1938 and 1966, the Geita mines were the largest gold mines in East Africa, producing 1Moz from underground operations. The underground mines in operation during this time were located at Geita Hill, Prospect 30 and Ridge 8. The Geita mines were closed in 1966 due rising mining costs and diminishing ore supply. In 1996, Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited (Ashanti) acquired the Geita tenure through the acquisition of Cluff Resources and acquired the Kukuluma and Matandani in 1998 from Samax Resources Limited. In December 2000, Ashanti reached an agreement to sell a 50% interest in Geita mine to AngloGold for $324M, with AngloGold adding its neighbouring Nyamulilima deposits into the joint venture company. In 2004, the merger of AngloGold and Ashanti resulted in the operation being wholly run by AngloGold Ashanti. Open pit mining began in 1999 at Nyankanga, the pit remained active for over two decades until its completion in September 2020. Mining at Geita Hill Open pit occurred between 2001 and 2018, with three open pits mined, namely Geita Hill East, Geita Hill West and Lone Cone. Between 2002 and 2007, Kukuluma and Matandani open pit mines were mined to extract oxide ore. The Star and Comet Open Pit between 2007 and 2014. In April 2021, the Nyamulilima open pit began operations following intensive surface exploration programmes that began in 2019. From 2016, underground mining operations restarted, initially from the Star and Comet with access via the Star and Comet open pit. Underground mining began at Nyankanga in 2017 with access via the Nyankanga open pit, and at Geita Hill in 2020 with access via the Geita Hill West open pit. Historical production between 1938 and 1966 is reported to be 1Moz. The Geita mine has consistently produced gold since starting operations in June 2000, producing on average 0.48Mozpa at an average grade of 3.32g/t gold (Table 5.1). Table 5.1. Historical production from Geita mine. Year Milled Tonnes (t) Grade (g/t Au) Plant recovery (%) Gold production (oz Au) 2000 2,063,097 2.94 93.4 176,836 2001 4,581,913 3.99 93.3 545,561 2002 4,118,268 4.09 92.6 579,041 2003 5,704,215 3.93 91.7 661,045 2004 4,765,247 4.09 90.7 692,335 2005 6,077,671 3.44 90.8 613,232 2006 5,691,122 2.08 82.9 308,251 2007 5,065,521 2.39 84.6 326,853 2008 4,267,752 2.29 86.6 263,738 2009 4,439,562 2.20 86.8 272,186 2010 4,693,527 2.65 89.5 356,762 2011 3,863,240 4.39 90.6 493,828 AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 30 Year Milled Tonnes (t) Grade (g/t Au) Plant recovery (%) Gold production (oz Au) 2012 4,751,283 3.88 89.3 530,638 2013 4,040,448 3.95 89.6 459,355 2014 5,185,805 3.13 91.6 476,880 2015 5,152,293 3.50 90.7 527,001 2016 5,516,935 3.02 91.2 488,830 2017 5,357,894 3.46 90.3 539,113 2018 5,345,025 3.74 87.8 564,232 2019 5,205,745 3.98 90.7 603,788 2020 5,423,564 3.91 91.5 623,000 2021 5,440,073 2.98 91.4 485,899 2022 5,693,896 3.09 92.0 520,695 2023 5,479,359 3.00 91.7 484,689 2024 5,448,661 3.03 91.0 483,476 2025 5,205,252 3.26 90.2 491,644 Grand Total 128,577,368 3.32 91.7 12,568,908 6. Geological setting, mineralisation and deposit 6.1 Geological setting 6.1.1 Geita greenstone belt The Geita mine is hosted in the late Archaean Geita greenstone belt, which forms part of the outer arc of the Sukumaland greenstone belt (Figure 6.1). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 31 Figure 6.1. Location map of the Archean greenstone belts that constitute the Lake Victoria goldfields and locations of major gold deposits. Note: Figure sourced from Semantic Scholar (https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/Lake-Victoria-Goldfields-Henckel- Poulsen/af0e524264a38ba42f9367d5f40f779faeb4dabc/figure/1), 2025. The mine hosts a number of Late Archaean orogenic gold deposits including (from west to east), the Star and Comet Complex, Ridge 8, Nyamulilima open pit, Nyankanga, Lone Cone, Geita Hill, Kukuluma and Matandani and number of advanced prospects such as Selous, Chipaka and Kalondwa Hill. All these deposits are hosted in silicified, magnetite-rich metasedimentary units along the sheared intrusive contacts of various plutonic bodies that intruded the greenstone belt. The Geita greenstone belt covers a 50km x 25km area which is a poorly exposed, greenstone domain striking generally east–west (Figure 6.2). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 32 Figure 6.2. Geological map of the Geita greenstone belt showing litho-structural framework and deposits. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. TTG: felsic gneiss; SML: special mining licence.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 33 The belt is bounded to the north, east and west by late syn- to post-tectonic 2660-2620Ma, high-potassium granites, and to the south by tonalite, trondhjemite and granodiorite gneisses across a large, east-west- trending mylonitic shear zone. The southern part of the Geita greenstone belt contains meta-basalt with minor gabbro yielding model ages of approximately 2820Ma. The remaining area of the Geita greenstone belt is composed of sediments deposited approximately 2770Ma. Within the Geita greenstone belt, number of intrusive bodies with various compositions are recorded and include tonalite, trondhjemite, granodiorite, monzonite, diorites, lamprophyres, and gabbro. Emplacement ages range from 2720-2660Ma. Both the meta-volcano sedimentary package as well as intrusive bodies are variably deformed and metamorphosed. The metamorphic grade within the belt is generally greenschist facies and progressively increases towards the edge/margin of the belt to amphibolite close to the contact with the high-potassium granites. Stratigraphically, the Geita greenstone belt sits dominantly within the Nyanzian Supergroup that is sub- divided into the Lower Nyanzian and the Upper Nyanzian Groups (Figure 6.3). Figure 6.3. Generalised stratigraphy of Geita greenstone belt. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. The Lower Nyanzian Group is composed of mafic volcanic units (basalts, pillow basalt, minor gabbro, and dolerites). This group of rocks within the Geita greenstone belt is collectively termed the Kiziba Formation. The Upper Nyanzian Group consists of black shales, BIF, clastic sedimentary rocks, tuffs, agglomerates and felsic volcaniclastic rocks. The Nyanzian Supergroup is unconformably overlain by the Kavirondian System comprising conglomerates and sandstones. The entire package is intruded by a variety of mafic to felsic rocks. The supra-crustal package shows variable thickness and is estimated to be more than 500m thick in places. Across the Archaean-Proterozoic rocks there is a property-wide paleo-drainage system, which likely flowed towards Lake Victoria. The Archaean-Proterozoic rocks and paleo-alluvials are covered by ferricrete at different levels of induration and evolution, up to 15m thick. 6.1.2 Deformation history and mineralisation The Geita greenstone belt has been subjected through a protracted history of deformation involving tectonic switches from extensional to compressional regimes resulting in the formation of a large scale synformal AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 34 configuration in the region (Central district). West-northwest-trending limbs connected by a northeast- trending hinge zone are surrounded by tight antiforms and synforms to the east (Kukuluma district) and west (Nyamulilima district) respectively. Generally, four main deformation phases (D1-D4) are recorded post-deposition of the 2.82Ga mafic basement (high-magnesium tholeiites). Extensional processes led to the formation of a basin on top of the mafic basement with the basin fill materials being black shales, volcaniclastic units, BIF, ferruginous shales and clastic sediments. The D1-D2 deformation phases record the onset of a compressional regime resulting in tight isoclinal folds with possible northwest-southeasterly directed compression related to thrusts (southeasterly-directed thrusting) associated with synchronous periodic emplacement of large diorite intrusive complexes as sills and dykes. This phase was followed by a progressive northeast-southwest compression stage (D3) that is associated with the formation of a large syncline in the Central district and tight folding in the surrounding Kukuluma and Nyamulilima districts. D3 was also associated with continued emplacement of intrusions of tonalite, trondhjemite, granodiorite, diorite, and monzonite. Reactivation of thrusts led to the formation of brittle-ductile sinistral shear zones in the Central district as well as steep brittle-ductile northwest-southeast- trending shear zones within the surrounding Kukuluma and Nyamulilima districts. These shear zones control gold mineralisation within the three districts. Emplacement of intrusive bodies during this deformation phase stopped shortly before the gold mineralising event. Gold mineralisation within the Geita greenstone belt is estimated to have occurred at approximately 2.64Ga. The high-potassium granitoids, which are undeformed, were emplaced at approximately 2.62Ga. Gold mineralisation within the Geita greenstone belt occurred late in the tectonic history of the greenstone belt, synchronous with the development of the D3 brittle-ductile shear zones. Mineralisation is preferentially developed along the sheared lithological contacts such as intrusive-metasediment contacts, and tuff-BIF contacts. It is also hosted in the hinge zones of D3 folds that generally plunge shallowly to moderately towards the northwest. The shear zones manifest as highly deformed zones associated with intense silicification and brecciation with disseminated sulphides such as pyrite, pyrrhotite, and arsenopyrite. In the Central district, gold occurs as electrum and gold tellurides along grain boundaries and as inclusions in pyrite, biotite, and potassium-feldspar. Silicification and potassic alteration occur within the ore zone. Gold mineralisation within the Nyamulilima district is strongly associated with intense silicification and disseminated sulphides, dominantly pyrite, but with occasional pyrrhotite. Gold can also occur in association with electrum and tellurides. At the Kukuluma district, gold is predominantly (approximately 80%) locked within arsenopyrite, with minor pyrrhotite. Gold can also occur in association with electrum and tellurides. Gold occurs texturally late in all three districts and is associated with a potassic-carbonate-quartz alteration assemblage. 6.1.3 Property geology There are three major mineralised districts within the SML: • Nyamulilima district is in the west, is oriented northwest-southeast, and hosts the Star and Comet, Ridge 8, Nyamulilima and Selous deposits. • Central district is located centrally, oriented northeast-southwest, and hosts the Nyankanga, Geita Hill, Lone Cone, Kalondwa Hill, and Chipaka deposits. • Matandani-Kukuluma district is in the northeast, is oriented east-west, and hosts the Kukuluma, Matandani, and Area 3 West deposits. 6.1.3.1 Nyamulilima district The Nyamulilima deposits occur along a series of north-south-trending, steeply-dipping, left-stepping en- echelon fault zones that cut across the ironstone-rich sediments and granite, granodiorite, and tonalite intrusions. Mineralisation is preferentially localised along fault zones where the faults cut the ironstone- granitoid contacts. Mineralisation is associated with secondary pyrite and minor pyrrhotite, silica, carbonate, and actinolite alteration. 6.1.3.2 Central district The Geita Hill and Nyankanga deposits occur along a moderately northwest-dipping system of reverse faults that have been multiply reactivated during subsequent deformation events. The mineralisation is mainly hosted in diorite and along BIF contacts exploited by mineralised shear systems. Alteration is restricted within AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 35 the mineralised zone and consists of secondary sulphide (mainly pyrite), silica, carbonate, and moderate potassic alteration. Chipaka deposit occurs as a separate deposit within the central part of the Geita greenstone belt located about 5km towards north-northwest from the Nyankanga deposit. Gold mineralisation at Chipaka is controlled by sheared BIF-diorite contacts along the D3 fold limbs and hinges. The high-grade and wider ore zones are hosted in BIF with high-grade ore shoots located along the fold hinges of the anticline with shallow plunging angles towards the northwest. Breccia zones do occur within fold hinges associated with high-grade ore zone. The high-grade ore zones vary in size from 3-5m wide, defining a total strike length of ~400m within the area drilled to an Inferred Mineral Resource. The Fikiri, Jumanne, Samena, and Prospect 30 prospects are located along a northwest-southeast-trending meta-ironstone ridge on the western fold limb of the Central district, extending west from Nyankanga. Prospect 5 and Nyamonge West are located along a northwest-southeast trending meta-ironstone ridge, on the eastern fold limb of the Central district, with its fold closure coinciding with the eastern extension of Geita Hill deposits. 6.1.3.3 Matandani-Kukuluma district The Matandani, Kukuluma, and Area 3 West deposits are shear-hosted on steeply dipping contacts of intermediate fine-grained intrusions and magnetite-rich chert and ironstone sediments, showing a general en-echelon, left-stepping structural geometry. Gold is associated with secondary pyrite, arsenopyrite, and minor pyrrhotite. Magnetite, silica, carbonate, and amphibole alteration are variably present within the mineralised zone. 6.2 Geological models and mineralisation Geological models are constructed using integrated geological data obtained through exploration work programmes such as surface geological mapping, pits and underground face and side wall mapping, geochemical studies, geophysical surveys and interpretation of geophysical data, and making use of exploration drilling data for each deposit at Geita. The exploration process map begins with land acquisition (prospecting licences) from the issuing authority. Once the prospecting licences have been granted, desktop studies are conducted to establish an understanding of previous land holdings, previous works and gain a quick overview of the landforms and other features or lineaments related to geological settings as well as sitting exploration targets. For Geita’s licences, desktop studies were completed between the mid-1990’s and 2010. The exploration work programmes mentioned above are designed to follow up on the exploration targets based on the preliminary geological understanding gained from the desktop studies and ground truthing. Exploration targeting identifies new prospects for exploration, where exploration drilling advances within the target area as the level of geological confidence increases. For Geita mine deposits, the mineralisation is generally hosted in BIF and along the lithological contacts between BIF and other volcano-sedimentary units or intrusive rocks at locations where these host rocks have been interacted by shear zones and fold systems. Once the geology of the area has been well understood, a comprehensive geological interpretation is then performed, followed by 3D geological modelling. Significant exploration was completed from the mid-1990s to the late 2000s and used to delineate and consolidate the exploration targets (surface and sub-surface data) covering the lease area. Collection of drilling samples, logging and assaying have been performed according to AngloGold Ashanti and industry best practice protocols. The exploration drill holes data combined with integrated geology and geophysical data sets form the basis for the geological models, which are constructed using Leapfrog and Datamine software. Intensive exploration programmes at Geita mine began in the mid-1990s and mining operations resumed in 1999. Since then, Geita mine has been consistently investing in exploration to facilitate new gold discoveries and improve confidence in the known Mineral Resource to extend the LOM. The geological concepts behind exploration initiatives and the confidence within the Geita greenstone belt have been driven by presence of colonial mining at Geita Hill, Prospect 30 and Ridge 8, presence of historical and recent mining activities within the belt, strong geochemical anomalies in all known deposits and satellite targets, coherent geophysical features with good correlation with other geological data sets, favourable host rocks, confidence level in understanding the geology and mineralisation controls and confidence in ore recoveries. Excluding the Matandani and Kukuluma deposits, which are metallurgically refractory in nature. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 36 6.2.1 Nyamulilima district The Nyamulilima district forms the western part of the Geita greenstone belt and has a total strike length of 5km. It is dominated by a volcano-sedimentary package intruded by various igneous bodies of tonalite, trondhjemite, and granodiorite composition (Figure 6.4). The Nyamulilima district hosts the Nyamulilima, Selous and Star and Comet (including Ridge 8) underground deposits.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 37 Figure 6.4. Geological map of the Nyamulilima district showing spatial distribution of the open pit and underground deposits as well as surrounding prospects. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. 1: Nyamulilima open pit; 2: Star and Comet Cut 2 underground mine; 3: Star and Comet Cuts 3 and 5 underground mine; 4: Ridge 8 underground mine; 5: Selous optimised pit shell and prospect; 6: Mabe Prospect; 7: Xanadu prospect; 8: Star and Comet South prospect. 9: Star and Comet northwest extension prospect; 10: Roberts South prospect; BIF: banded iron formation; ppb: parts per billion. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 38 The extreme western end of the district is composed of mafic volcanic rocks that are collectively termed the Kiziba Formation. The volcanic units are intruded by a granitic body. In the northern, eastern, and southern part of the area mafic volcanic rocks dominate and have pillow structures suggesting younging towards the north. The metamorphic grade is variable, progressing from greenschist to amphibolite facies towards the west and south. The greenschist metamorphism may be related to the emplacement of granitic bodies. Amphibolite facies metamorphism may be associated with the Geita regional shear zone that located in the southern end of the Geita greenstone belt. The district structural geometry generally trends northwest southeast. It is associated with series of antiforms and synforms that have axial planes that steeply dip towards the southwest. The folds represent a high-strain district that was generated during northeast-southwest compression early in D3. Folds dominantly plunge shallowly towards the northwest. Both the intrusive bodies and the meta-volcanosedimentary package are multiply folded. The D3 shear zones used the fold hinge zones and intrusive-metasedimentary contacts. D3 folds have been re-folded, generating northeast-southwest-striking axial planes that dip towards the northwest. These folds became nucleation points for the post-mineralisation faults (D4-faults) terminating continuities of D3-shear zones. The D4-re-folding may have led to a sub-parallel alignment to both D3 and D4 shear zones, including to re-mobilisation and potential displacement of the mineralisation. The district currently hosts one open pit deposit known as Nyamulilima Cuts 1-3 and number of underground operations collectively termed the Star and Comet–Ridge 8 Complex. Apart from these deposits being localised along the hinge zones of D3-folds, regionally they display a general series of north-south-trending, steeply-dipping, left-stepping, en-echelon fault zones. The faults dominantly dip towards the southwest, and some locally dip towards the north-northwest. On a district scale, these faults controlled the localisation of gold-bearing fluids and hence mineralisation. On a deposit scale, both the shear/fault zones as well as hinge zones of D3 folds locally controlled high-grade shoot locations, particularly within BIF. Preferential mineralisation sites associated with the shear zones include fold hinge zones and intrusive-metasedimentary contacts. Mineralisation is associated with secondary pyrite and minor pyrrhotite, silica, carbonate, and actinolite alteration. Sericite can be present in the tonalite, trondhjemite, and granodiorite lithologies. The sulphides typical of the mineralisation display sugary, fine-grained, and disseminated textures along micro-fractures and within groundmass and/or matrices. Primary or formational sulphides are typically normally stratabound within the black shales and volcaniclastic units where they form pyrite nodules, and massive layers of chalcopyrite and pyrite, respectively. Mineralisation ranges in thickness from 2-10m thick with variable total strike lengths from 500m long at Selous to the approximately 1km long strike extent of the Star and Comet-Ridge 8 Complex. The deposits are typically tabular and discontinuous. Discontinuity both down dip and along strike is caused by the presence of post-mineralisation D4 faults. 6.2.1.1 Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2, 3 and 4 deposit geology and mineralisation Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2, 3 and 4 is the only active open pit mine within the SML. It is hosted within a late Archaean volcano-sedimentary package dominated by BIF and volcaniclastic rocks that are intruded by various igneous bodies of tonalite, trondhjemite, and granodiorite composition (Figure 6.5). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 39 Figure 6.5. Geological map of the Nyamulilima district showing the location of Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2, 3 and 4 deposit and other potential exploration targets. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 40 The Nyamulilima deposit has a total strike length of approximately 600m. Gold mineralisation is controlled by northwest-southeast-trending, steeply approximately 70° southwest-dipping shear zones (Figure 6.6), where mineralisation typically ranges from a 3m up to 25m in thickness, and where gold is dominantly associated with disseminated sulphides, breccia zones (at tonalite-BIF contacts) and silicification in shear zones.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 41 Figure 6.6. Plan view of Nyamulilima Cuts 1 to 4 open pit, showing the litho-structural set up in relation to tonalite intrusives and mineralisation. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. Ppm: parts per million. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 42 The package preserves greenschist facies metamorphism, characterised by chlorite, actinolite, and tremolite. The deposit sits along northwest-southeast-trending hinge zones of a D3 fold that plunges shallowly at approximately 30° towards the northwest. The axial plane trends northwest-southeast, and dips moderately to steeply at approximately 50-75° towards the southwest. Northwest-striking, steeply southwest-dipping D3 shear zones have focused on both the hinge zone and fold limbs, preferentially following contacts between tonalite intrusive rocks and metasedimentary units. The D4 deformation phase has re-folded the D3 fold generating northeast-southwest-trending, steeply northwest-dipping (60-80°) axial planes. Brittle faults developed along these axial planes leading the segmentation of the D3 shear zones. Some displacement may be associated with these faults. The mineralisation is cut by a northeast-southwest-trending approximately 60m thick fault zone (Figure 6.4). Locally, the dip direction changes due to post-mineralisation re-folding that re-aligns the intrusive- metasediment orientation. High-grade shoots form along sheared diorite-BIF contacts as well as along D3 fold hinge zones that plunge shallowly towards the northwest. The main host rock for high-grade shoots is BIF. Other lithologies such some of the tonalite varieties and volcaniclastic rocks host mineralisation particularly where those rocks have been intensely deformed/fractured in zones of high fluid influx, leading to brecciation. This occurs in close association with the sheared hinge zones of tight folds. Mineralisation continuity along strike, down-dip, and down-plunge is commonly affected by the presence of post-mineralisation faults, which segment the deposit. Some of the intrusive bodies within the tonalite- trondhjemite-granodiorite suite appear to be good hosts for mineralisation while others appear to be barren even where overprinted by D3 shear zones. Detailed research is ongoing to establish the zircon chemistry in relation to fold mineralisation. The deposit is dominantly tabular, ranging in thickness from 3-25m. It narrows when localised along linear tonalite-trondhjemite-granodiorite-BIF contacts. Mineralisation widens where shear zones intersect and within the D3 fold hinge zones, particularly where breccia zones have formed. Breccia zones commonly carry extremely high gold grades. Breccia textures varying in intensity from quartz vein networks to host rocks fragments cemented by massive milky quartz in tonalite-trondhjemite-granodiorite. Mineralisation within the tonalite-trondhjemite-granodiorite is frequently associated with quartz vein and pyrite-filled fractures. Mineralisation is associated with sulphidation, primarily fine-grained disseminated secondary pyrite, and minor pyrrhotite. Silicification is common in the deformation zones surrounding the shear surfaces forming veins, veinlets, and locally, breccias. Sulphide replacement of magnetite layers can occur. 6.2.1.2 Selous geology and mineralisation The Selous deposit is located at the northwestern end of the Nyamulilima district where geology is composed of meta-sedimentary rocks dominated by BIF with minor occurrences of shales and volcaniclastic rocks. It has a total strike length of 400m. The mineralisation ranges in thickness from 1-8m and extends 300m down- dip and is open at depth. Mineralisation is dominantly associated with disseminated sulphides, breccia zones (at tonalite-BIF contacts) and silicification in shear zones. The meta-sedimentary lithologies are intruded by igneous bodies of various compositions ranging from granodiorite to tonalite, and cut by undeformed northeast-trending late-stage dolerite dykes. The meta- sedimentary rocks and intrusions (except the late dolerite dykes) have been folded and are cut by northeast- dipping, flat-lying shear zones. Steep, northwest-dipping brittle-ductile shear zones cut the flat-lying shear zones. Gold mineralisation is interpreted to be related to both the extensive flat-lying shear zones as well as steeply-dipping shear zones. 6.2.1.3 Star and Comet-Ridge 8 Complex geology and mineralisation The Star and Comet-Ridge 8 complex is a mineralised trend located in the southeastern end of the Nyamulilima district. It has a total strike length of 1km. The mineralisation ranges in thickness from 1-15m and extends 800m down-dip and is open at depth. The mineralisation is shear hosted, dominantly associated with disseminated sulphides, breccia zones (at tonalite-BIF contacts) and silicification in shear zones. The Star and Comet pit consists of BIF intercalated with clastic and tuffaceous sediments, which have been intruded by a tonalitic complex. Ridge 8 forms the southeastern extension of the Star and Comet deposit and is dominated by tuffaceous materials and shales. The Star and Comet pit is hosted within the hinge zone of a tight D3 antiform fold that plunges shallowly at approximately 30° towards the northwest. The shear uses the fold limbs, localising along the tonalite-BIF contacts. The shear zone trends generally northwest-southeast, and dips steeply at approximately 80° towards the northeast. The Ridge 8 deposit is hosted within the hinge of a tight synform shallowly plunging AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 43 towards the northwest. Shearing is localised along the fold limbs, particularly along the ash tuff-BIF contact. The shear zone generally trends northwest southeast, and dips steeply towards the northeast. The lithological contacts are dominated by massive sulphides as a marker horizon. Gold mineralisation is controlled by D3 shear zones trending northwest southeast. The zones steeply dip towards the northeast (Figure 6.7 and 6.8) respectively. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 44 Figure 6.7. Geological cross section 4755E through Star and Comet Cuts 2 and 3 showing the relationship between lithologies and structures controlling mineralisation. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. S&C: Star and Comet.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 45 Figure 6.8. Geological cross section 6000E through Ridge 8 showing the relationship between lithologies and structures controlling mineralisation. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. S&C: Star and Comet. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 46 At the Star and Comet deposit, high-grade shoots are hosted along sheared, brecciated BIF-tonalite contacts as well as in the hinge zones of tight D3-folds that shallowly plunge towards the northwest. The main host rock for high-grade shoots is BIF. At Ridge 8, BIF and massive sulphides are the main host lithologies for high-grade gold zones. The ash tuff can be mineralised where the lithology is intensely deformed/fractured in zones of high fluid influx leading to brecciation. This typically occurs in close association with sheared hinge zones of tight folds. Mineralisation continuity along strike, down-dip, and down-plunge is commonly affected by the presence of post-mineralisation mafic dykes that segment the orebody. Some of the intrusive bodies within the tonalite- trondhjemite-granodiorite suite appear to be good hosts for mineralisation while others appear to be barren even where overprinted by D3 shear zones. Detailed research is ongoing to establish the zircon chemistry in relation to fold mineralisation. The deposit is dominantly tabular, with thicknesses ranging from 3-4m. Mineralisation narrows where it is localised along the linear tonalite-BIF contacts. contacts It widens where shear zones intersect and within the D3 fold hinge zones, particularly where breccia zones have formed. Breccia zones commonly carry extremely high gold grades. Breccia textures varying in intensity from quartz vein networks to host rocks fragments cemented by massive milky quartz can form in tonalite-trondhjemite-granodiorite rocks. Mineralisation within the tonalite-trondhjemite-granodiorite is frequently associated with quartz veining and pyrite-filled fractures. Mineralisation is associated with fine-grained disseminated secondary pyrite, and pyrrhotite. Silicification and carbonates are common in the deformation zones surrounding the shear surfaces, forming veins, veinlets, and locally, breccias. Sulphide replacement of magnetite layers can occur. 6.2.2 Central district The Central district is in the central portion of the Geita greenstone belt. The district has an approximate total strike length of 28km. The geology is dominated by a volcano-sedimentary package intruded by various igneous bodies of dominantly dioritic composition. Diorites display textural differences and may be hornblende- or plagioclase-rich and be coarse to fine grained (Figure 6.9). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 47 Figure 6.9. Geological map of Geita greenstone belt showing the three mineralised districts, deposits and key exploration targets. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. AGA: AngloGold Ashanti; SML: special mining licence; TTG: felsic gneiss; OP: open pit. The Central District is bounded by two dashed black lines. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 48 Granodiorite and lamprophyres may locally occur. The district hosts two underground operations, at Nyankanga and Geita Hill deposits that have Mineral Reserve estimates and the Chipaka and Kalondwa Hill deposits which have Mineral Resource estimates. The underground operations cover a total strike length of 5km. Other prospects within the remaining approximately 22km of strike include Fikiri-Jumanne, Samena, Prospect 30, Prospect 5, and Nyamonge West. A district-scale early-stage D3 synform generally plunges moderately to shallowly towards the northwest. The Central district is a relatively low-strain district compared to the surrounding Kukuluma and Nyamulilima high- strain domains. Within the district-scale synform there are several synforms and antiforms that are bounded by east-west-trending, shallowly north-dipping thrusts. The thrusts were generated during the D1/D2 stage and were associated with a northwest-southeast compressional regime. These thrusts/faults and axial planes of the synforms and antiforms were reactivated during late D3 deformation, resulting in the generation of series of sub-parallel, east-west-trending, shallowly north-dipping sinistral shear zones. Several fold hinges plunge shallowly towards the southwest and northwest. D4 re-folding caused by northwest-southeast compression reactivated the early-formed extensional faults resulting in the formation of brittle, steeply west-southwest-dipping faults (Iyoda faults) (Figure 6.10). These faults truncate the continuity of the D3 shear zone and may displace the D3 shears. Figure 6.10. Geological map of the Central district showing location of the underground operations and structures hosting mineralisation and truncating mineralisation. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. GH: Geita Hill. The Nyankanga and Geita Hill deposits are located along a northeast-southwest-trending hinge zone of a D3 fold. A shear zone is focused along the intrusive-metasedimentary contact as well as using shallowly northwest-dipping axial planes. On a deposit scale, both the shear zones/fault zone and the D3 fold hinge zones locally control high-grade shoot locations, particularly when gold is hosted within BIF. Geological observations suggest that the location of the high-grade shoots is controlled by D3 fold hinge zones within BIF and medium- to fine-grained dioritic bodies. Fold hinge zones display intense brecciation of the diorites. Silicification and potassic alteration is evidenced by biotite stringers, and biotite along pyrite-silica-filled microfractures. Mineralisation is associated with secondary pyrite, silica, carbonate, and moderate potassic alteration. The sulphides typical of the deposit are fine grained and disseminated along micro-fractures.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 49 The deposits have variable sizes ranging from 15-20m in thickness. Strike lengths range from 1,500m at Nyankanga Blocks 1-5 to approximately 3.6km within the Geita Hill Block 1-6 trend. The deposits are tabular and discontinuous. The discontinuity both down dip and along strike is caused by the presence of post- mineralisation faults (D4 Iyoda faults) that segment the mineralisation. 6.2.2.1 Nyankanga geology and mineralisation The Nyankanga deposit is the largest gold deposit in the entire Geita greenstone belt. It has a total strike length of approximately 1.5km, and dips over 1,000m, where the mineralisation is still open at depth. The mineralisation is to 5 to 35m thick at Nyankanga, where the mineralisation is hosted in BIF and along lithological contacts between BIF and other volcano-sedimentary units or intrusive rocks where these host rocks have been cut by shear zones and fold axes. It is hosted within a late Archaean volcano-sedimentary package that is dominated by BIF and volcaniclastic lithologies. These rocks have been intruded by dioritic bodies of various compositions, collectively referred to as the Nyankanga Intrusive Complex (Figure 6.11). BIF can form roof pendants in some of the diorite bodies. The Nyankanga deposit was subject to multiple deformation phases. Metamorphism in the deposit area reached greenschist facies. Figure 6.11. Cross section through the Nyankanga deposit (Block 4) showing an open-ended down-plunge continuity of the mineralisation past the terminating faults. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. g/t: grams per tonne; BIF: banded iron formation; UG: underground. On a district scale, the deposit sits along a northeast-southwest-trending hinge zone of a D3 fold that plunges shallowly at approximately 30° towards the northwest (Figure 6.10). The axial plane of the fold trends northeast-southwest and shallowly dips at approximately 30-40° to the north. Northwest-southeast-trending D3 shear zones are localised along the fold hinge zones and intrusive-metasedimentary contacts in the fold limbs. The shear zones result from reactivation of D1/D2 sub-parallel faults/thrusts that were generated during southeasterly-directed compression. The D3 deformation was later overprinted by northwest- southeast-directed compression, resulting in the generation of steeply dipping (approximately 80-85°), northwest-southeast-trending D4 brittle faults (Iyoda faults). The faults segment the deposit. These segments are referred to as blocks for underground mining purposes. High-grade shoots are localised along sheared diorite-BIF contacts and in the hinge zones of shallowly northwest-plunging D3 folds (Figure 6.12). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 50 Figure 6.12. Composite (900mRL-815mRL levels) geological map for Nyankanga underground project showing litho-structural framework. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. mRL: metres relative level; LC: Lone Cone; GH: Geita Hill; BIF: banded iron formation; VOC: tuffs. Gold mineralisation is controlled by a shallowly (approximately 30-40°) north-dipping, northeast-southwest- trending anastomosing D3-shear zone that displays dominantly sinistral kinematics (Figure 6.13). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 51 Figure 6.13. Hand drawn geological cross section through the Nyankanga underground Block 4 showing the effect of litho-structural set up in relation to mineralisation. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. BIF: banded iron formation; UG: underground. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 52 Higher gold grades have identified within highly brecciated and intensely silicified zones that are associated with disseminated pyrite in fold hinge zones, particularly within the Nyankanga Blocks 3-4 underground area. Mineralisation continuity along strike, down-dip, and down-plunge is typically affected by the presence of post-mineralisation, D4 faults that segment the deposit. Coarse-grained diorite bodies and quartz-feldspar porphyries truncate mineralisation continuity along strike, down-dip and down-plunge. The deposit is tabular with breccia zones locally forming sigmoidal shapes. Mineralisation thickness varies from 15-25m. It narrows when localised along linear diorite-BIF contacts and widens where shear zones intersect. Wider mineralised zones also occur in the D3 fold hinge zones where breccia zones have formed. Breccia zones commonly carry high gold grades. Breccia textures vary in intensity from quartz vein networks to host rock fragments cemented by massive milky quartz. Modelling of the high-grade breccia zones show a long axis plunging at 15° towards 280°, which is consistent with the D3-fold axis plunge. Mineralisation is associated with fine-grained disseminated pyrite. Silicification and potassic alteration in the deformation zones surrounding the shear surfaces can occur as veins, veinlets, and local breccias. Sulphide replacement of magnetite layers can occur. 6.2.2.2 Geita Hill geology and mineralisation The Geita Hill trend, including the Lone Cone and Geita Hill deposits, comprises a 4.5km long, east-northeast- west-southwest-trending mineralised zone within the nose of a district-scale synform that closes to the southeast (refer to Figure 6.8). The Geita Hill mineralisation dips over 400-500m, where the mineralisation is still open at depth. The mineralisation is between 2m to 20m thick at Geita Hill, where the mineralisation is hosted in BIF and along lithological contacts between BIF and other volcano-sedimentary units or intrusive rocks where these host rocks have been cut by shear zones and fold axes. The stratigraphic units hosting the Geita Hill trend consist of a thick approximately 2700Ma volcano- sedimentary package that has been intruded by Nyankanga Intrusive Complex dioritic bodies. Mineralisation continuity along strike is affected by the presence of normal displacement, post-mineralisation D4 faults (Iyoda type faults) which strike north-northwest and dip very steeply to the west (Figure 6.10). Clastic sediments, interbedded with black shales, were deposited in a volcanogenic oxygen-poor environment. Sedimentary units other than the black shales are interpreted as turbidite beds deposited in a pro-grading sub-marine deltaic or delta-fan environment. A series of sills and dykes that appear concordant to the supra-crustal package intrude the sedimentary units. The deposit sits along the hinge zone of an east-northeast-west-southwest-trending D3 fold. The fold axial plane dips shallowly to moderately towards the north. Sinistral D3 shear zones have developed along the fold axial planes. D4 brittle faults segment earlier shear zones. Gold mineralisation is controlled by the D3 fold (Figure 6.1).

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 53 Figure 6.14. Hand drawn geological cross section through Geita Hill underground Block 2 showing an open- ended down-dip mineralisation continuity along the shear plane. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. BIF: banded iron formation; GHUG: Geita Hill underground. Higher-grade shoots occur within sheared diorite-BIF contacts, along shallowly (approximately 25-40°) northwest-plunging hinge zones of D3 folds, and in association with jogs, bends, and oversteps in the D3 sinistral shear zone (Figure 6.15). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 54 Figure 6.15. Oblique view of the Geita Block 1 underground (Lone Cone deposit as open pits) showing litho- structural set and control for high-grade shoot. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. UG: underground; mRL: metres relative level; NYUG: Nyankanga underground; BLK: block. The deposit is dominantly tabular. Locally, breccia zones can form sigmoidal shapes. Mineralisation thickness varies from 15-20m. Mineralisation narrows when is localised along linear diorite-BIF contacts and widens at shear zone intersections, and where breccia zones have formed in D3 fold hinge zones. Breccia zones and deformational damage zones can carry extremely high gold grades. Breccia textures vary in intensity from quartz vein networks to host rock fragments cemented by massive milky quartz. Mineralisation is associated with fine-grained disseminated pyrite. Silicification and potassic alteration in the deformation zones surrounding the shear surfaces occurs as veins, veinlets, and local breccias. Sulphide replacement of magnetite layers can occur. 6.2.2.3 Kalondwa Hill geology and mineralisation The Kalondwa Hill deposit is located immediately southwest of the Nyankanga deposit, in a fault corridor called the Iyoda fault zone, which is also intruded by the Nyankanga Intrusive Complex. The Kalondwa Hill deposit covers a total strike length of approximately 800m. The mineralisation is hosted in mineralised shears between 5m and 15m thick. The mineralisation dips steeply over 400m and is still open at depth. In the deposit area, a volcano-sedimentary package has been intruded by dioritic bodies with compositions similar those within the Nyankanga Intrusive Complex. The entire rock mass was subjected to greenschist facies metamorphism evidenced by the presence of actinolite, tremolite and epidote preserved within the supracrustal rocks. The deposit is hosted in the limbs of re-folded D3 folds, which have been segmented by D4 brittle faults (Iyoda fault zone) into a northern and southern domain (Figure 6.16). D3 shear zones are preferentially developed along northwest striking moderately-steeply southwest dipping D3 fold axial planes in the northern domain, developing along diorite-BIF contacts. An overturned antiform is intruded by dioritic bodies. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 55 Figure 6.16: Kalondwa Hill 3D modelled orebody next to Nyankanga pit. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. In the southern domain, D3 shear zones are developed along northeast-striking moderately- to steeply dipping northwest D3 axial planes. The southern domain shows a dominance of supracrustal rocks with only minor dioritic apophyses. Gold mineralisation is hosted along the sheared diorite-BIF and BIF-volcaniclastic lithology contact within the D3 fold limbs and fold hinge zone. The mineralisation varies in thickness from 5-15m. Breccia zones can occur within fold hinges and may be associated with higher-grade shoots. Mineralisation is associated with fine-grained disseminated pyrite. Silicification in the deformation zones surrounding the shear surfaces consists of veins, veinlets, and local breccias. Sulphide replacement of magnetite layers can occur. 6.2.2.4 Chipaka geology and mineralisation The Chipaka deposit is located approximately 5km northwest of the Nyankanga deposit, and the prospect strikes northwest-southeast over approximately 3km. The deposit lithologies consist of a volcano- sedimentary package intruded by dioritic bodies that have a similar composition like the rocks of the Nyankanga Intrusive Complex (Figure 6.17). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 56 Figure 6.17. Geological map of the Chipaka deposit showing litho-structural set and mineralisation. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. Ppb: parts per billion; BIF: banded iron formation; VOC: tuff. The entire rock mass has been metamorphosed to greenschist facies, as evidenced by the presence of actinolite, tremolite and epidote preserved within the supracrustal rocks. The late Archaean rock package is cut by a northeast-southwest-trending Paleoproterozoic dyke of gabbroic composition. The deposit sits along the hinge zone of an overturned northwest-southeast trending D3 antiform intruded by the dioritic body (Figure 6.18). Figure 6.18. Geological cross of the Chipaka deposit showing spatial distribution of rocks, structures, and controls for mineralisation. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. Section looks west. Ppm: parts per million. D3 shear zones preferentially developed along diorite-BIF contacts along the limbs of D3 folds. The southern fold limb dips shallowly at approximately 35° towards south. The northern limb is relatively steeper, at approximately 70°, dipping towards the north. The fold hinge zone plunges shallowly at approximately 30°

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 57 towards the northwest. The D3 shear zones also dip steeply to the north. D4 brittle faults (Iyoda-type faults) truncate mineralisation continuity down-dip and along strike. Gold mineralisation is preferentially hosted along the sheared diorite-BIF within the D3 fold limbs and hinges (refer to Figure 6.18). The deposit varies in thickness from 3 to 5m. Breccia zones within fold hinges can be associated with higher-grade shoots. Locally, continuity of mineralisation along strike and down-dip can be affected by D4 faulting and the presence of the late-stage gabbroic dyke. Mineralisation is associated with fine-grained disseminated pyrite. Silicification in the deformation zones surrounding the shear surfaces can be present as veins, veinlets, and local breccias. Sulphide replacement of magnetite layers can occur. 6.2.3 Matandani-Kukuluma district The Matandani-Kukuluma district is in the eastern sector of the Geita greenstone belt. The district is about 7.6km in length. Lithologies are dominated by a volcano-sedimentary package that has been intruded by monzonitic and dioritic bodies. In the east and north, the district is bordered by undeformed 2.66-2.62Ga high K-rich granites and felsic porphyries of granitic, and monzonitic to granodioritic composition (Figure 6.19). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 58 Figure 6.19. Geological map of the Kukuluma district showing litho-structural framework, location of deposits and prospects. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. BIF: banded iron formation. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 59 Garnet and hornfels formed within the BIF sediments that are close to granitic contacts, suggesting elevated metamorphic grade to amphibolite as well as contact metamorphism. To the south, the district is bordered by 2.82Ga mafic volcanic units and the tonalite, trondhjemite, and granodiorite gneissic terrain. The district hosts the Kukuluma, Matandani, and Area 3 West deposits, together with the Matandani NW Extension and Area 3 Central and South prospects. Initial mining of these deposits targeted the oxide zone and stopped in 2007 when refractory arsenopyrite-rich mineralisation was exposed. At the district-scale, doubly-plunging, shallowly- to moderately-dipping to the northwest and southeast early- stage tight D3 synforms and antiforms occur. These folds are intruded by monzonitic to dioritic composition rocks. D3 brittle-ductile shear zones developed along the intrusive-metasedimentary contacts and within the D3 fold axial planes result of reactivation of the D1/D2 deformation features. This resulted in a general en- echelon, left-stepping geometry of the mineralisation trends. D4 re-folding caused by northwest-southeast- directed compression resulted in the formation of post-mineralisation brittle faults that separate the deposits. These faults locally truncate the D3 shear zones and may displace them. The Kukuluma and Matandani deposits are located along the northwest-southeast-trending hinge zone of a doubly-plunging D3 fold. Shear zones developed along the intrusive-metasedimentary contact and along south-westerly- and northeasterly-trending, shallowly dipping D3 fold axial planes. On a deposit scale, the shear and hinge zones of D3 folds locally control formation of high-grade shoots, particularly within BIF. Mineralisation is associated with secondary pyrite, pyrrhotite, arsenopyrite, silica, carbonate, and amphibole alteration. Sulphides tare commonly fine grained. Arsenopyrite clusters occur as fracture-fill or stringers within the rock mass. Mineralisation is tabular, with thicknesses ranging from 10-20m. Strike lengths are variable, ranging from 650m at Kukuluma, to approximately 300m long at Area 3 West. Mineralisation is commonly discontinuous down dip and along strike because of post-mineralisation faulting. 6.2.3.1 Matandani deposit geology and mineralisation The Matandani deposit consists of a multiply deformed meta-volcano-sedimentary package that has been intruded by monzonitic to dioritic bodies, which are collectively referred to as the Kukuluma Intrusive Complex (Figure 6.20). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 60 Figure 6.20. Geology of the Matandani deposit showing litho-types and controls (D3-shear zones) for gold mineralisation. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. Grade values were filtered >2 g/t gold. BIF: banded iron formation. The deposit area was subjected to greenschist facies metamorphism evidenced by chlorite, actinolite, and tremolite within the siltstone and mudstone sedimentary sequences. Mineralisation is hosted in the hinge zone of a doubly-plunging antiform that plunges towards the northwest on its extreme northern end, and to the southeast on the southern edge of the open pit, forming a conical shape. Northwest-southeast-trending, steeply-dipping (approximately 800°) D3 shear zones formed along both the hinge zones and limbs of the antiform. Gold mineralisation is hosted in the limbs of the antiform along the sheared contact between BIF and Kukuluma Intrusive Complex rocks (Figure 6.21).

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 61 Figure 6.21. Geological cross section 21550E through Matandani deposit showing litho-structural set up and controls on gold mineralisation (view looking north-northwest). Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. BIF: banded iron formation. The deposit is tabular, and mineralisation thicknesses range from 10-30m. Thicker mineralised zones occur within bends in the BIF. There is limited post-mineralisation faulting, so mineralisation is relatively continuous down dip and along strike. A highly silicified zone can be associated with partial to complete replacement of magnetite to pyrrhotite. Fine-grained arsenopyrite clusters can occur along micro-fractures as well as in the matrix of the BIF. Locally, high-grade zones are spatially associated with the hinge zone of the non-cylindrical D3 folds within the BIF. The higher-grade portions of the deposit appear to be shallower in the central deposit area, trending to deeper levels to the northwestern and southeastern deposit edges. The western deposit area has relatively lower grades compared to the eastern, which may be due to variability in rock assemblages within the limbs. The eastern limb is dominated by BIF, which is some places is interbedded with volcaniclastic (ignimbrites) rocks. The western limb consists of a breccia zone that consists of highly silicified black shales with pyrite nodules, volcaniclastic lithologies, and BIF, which makes it less favourable for gold precipitation. The main alteration types are silicification and sulphidation, with carbonate and amphibole being observed. 6.2.3.2 Kukuluma deposit geology and mineralisation The Kukuluma deposit area consists of a multiply deformed meta-volcano-sedimentary package that is intruded by the Kukuluma Intrusive Complex (Figure 6.22). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 62 Figure 6.22. Geological map of the Kukuluma deposit showing litho-structural set up. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. BIF: banded iron formation. The Kukuluma deposit area has a significant of shale content. There is an almost complete change of stratigraphy between the western and eastern deposit edges. The eastern part is dominated by volcaniclastics (Ignimbrites) rocks interbedded by BIF. The western deposit area is dominated by turbiditic sequences. The deposit has been subjected to greenschist facies metamorphism. The deposit has developed along a north-westerly-plunging antiform hinge zone. The antiform is conical in shape, with the two limbs dipping steeply at approximately 80° to the southwest and northeast. Northwest- southeast-trending D3 shear zones preferentially developed along the fold hinge zone and limbs. Mineralisation is hosted in antiform limbs along the sheared contact between BIF and the Kukuluma Intrusive Complex lithologies (Figure 6.23). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 63 Figure 6.23. Geological cross section 21000E through Kukuluma showing litho-structural set up and controls for gold mineralisation. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. Grade values > g/t gold. Mineralisation is tabular, with thicknesses ranging from 5-10m. There is limited post-mineralisation faulting, so mineralisation is relatively continuous down dip and along strike. A highly silicified zone can be associated with partial to complete replacement of magnetite to pyrrhotite. Fine-grained arsenopyrite clusters occur along micro-fractures as well as in the BIF matrix. Higher-grade zones are spatially associated BIF within the D3 fold hinge zone. Mineralisation on the western limb is lower grade than on the eastern limb, possibly due to lithology variations. The eastern limb is dominated by BIF, which is some places is interbedded with volcaniclastic (ignimbrite) rocks. The western limb consists of a breccia zone that consists of highly silicified black shales with pyrite nodules, volcaniclastic lithologies, and BIF, which makes it less favourable for gold precipitation. The main alteration types are silicification and sulphidation, with carbonate and amphibole being observed. The intensity of the alteration is relatively low at Kukuluma compared to Matandani and may reflect the lower grade and mineralisation thicknesses. 6.2.3.3 Area 3 West deposit geology and mineralisation The Area 3 West deposit is located at the southeastern extent of the Kukuluma district. Lithologies consist of a multiply deformed meta-volcano-sedimentary package that has been intruded by rocks of the Kukuluma Intrusive Complex. The deposit area has been subjected to greenschist facies metamorphism. The deposit sits along the hinge zone of a semi-district scale synform that plunges shallowly towards the northwest (Figure 6.24). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 64 Figure 6.24. Geological cross section through Area 3 West deposit showing litho-types, structures, and mineralisation. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. Northwest-southeast-trending, steeply (approximately 80°) southwest-dipping shear zones have developed within the synform hinges. The shears are preferentially located along intrusive-metasedimentary contacts and form an intensely brecciated zone. Mineralisation is tabular, with thicknesses ranging from 10-15m. There is limited post-mineralisation faulting, so mineralisation is relatively continuous down dip and along strike. A highly silicified zone can be associated with partial to complete replacement of magnetite to pyrrhotite. Fine-grained arsenopyrite clusters occur along micro-fractures as well as in the BIF matrix. The main alteration types are silicification and sulphidation, with carbonate and amphibole being observed. 6.3 Deposit types The Geita mine gold deposit(s) are considered examples of orogenic gold deposit(s). Orogenic gold deposits are typically located within Archean greenstone belts, with age of formation in the Neoarchean (2.8 to 2.5Ga) geological time. Typical characteristics of orogenic gold deposits include formation in subduction-related orogenic belts. Common lithologies associated with orogenic gold deposits are volcaniclastic sediments, BIF, and metasedimentary host rocks with granitoids, diorite intrusive rocks, lamprophyres and felsic porphyry dykes. Alteration typically observed in orogenic gold deposits includes hydrothermal alteration, involving the chemical alteration of rocks by hot, mineral-laden fluids, with common alteration minerals including sericite, chlorite, and silicification, and often associated with gold mineralisation, silicification: where silica rich fluids are released into the rock, often resulting in the formation of quartz veins, and often associated with gold mineralisation and carbonate alteration: where carbonate-rich fluids are released into the rock, often resulting in the formation of carbonate veins, and associated with gold mineralisation. Orogenic gold deposits typically form during multiple deformation phases, often referred to as D1, D2, D3, etc. Each phase involves different types of stress and structural changes in the crust, with shear zones.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 65 Deformation events create structural features such as faults, shear zones, and folds, which provide pathways for mineralising fluids. The formation of shear zones intensely deforms host rocks, observed as breccias, fractures, and displacement of lithological units. Mineralised fluids carrying gold migrate along these structural features, and deposit gold. Mineralisation is thought to be derived from devolatilization and dehydration of deeply buried rocks, where mineralising fluids are metamorphic derived fluids from amphibolite-greenschist facies transition. In orogenic gold deposits, sulphide minerals often play a significant role in the mineralisation process. These minerals can act as indicators of gold presence and provide insights into the conditions under which the gold was deposited. Common sulphide minerals associated with orogenic gold deposits include pyrite, arsenopyrite, pyrrhotite, chalcopyrite, sphalerite, and galena. Sulphide minerals can provide valuable information about the temperature, pressure, and fluid chemistry during the formation of the gold deposit. The timing of gold mineralisation is often closely related to specific deformation events, where gold deposition may occur during a period of transpression (compression and shearing) or trans-tension (extension and shearing). The geological concepts being applied, and forming the basis of the exploration programme, centre around the orogenic gold model and the shear-hosted nature of the deposits. The orogenic gold model is considered highly applicable at Geita mine due to: • Location in the Geita greenstone belt. • Neoarchean ages for host rocks, timing of intrusive activity. • Stratigraphic sequence consistent with formation in subduction-related orogenic belts. • Established deformation history aligned with orogenic model. • Presence of volcaniclastic sediments, BIF, and metasedimentary host rocks. • Presence of granitoids, diorite intrusive rocks, lamprophyres, and felsic porphyry dykes. • Shear-hosted gold mineralisation associated with pyrite, arsenopyrite, pyrrhotite, and silicification. The exploration model for Geita mine primarily targets areas with structural complexity (shear zones, folding and faulting), and where shears are exploiting BIF-diorite or BIF-metasediment contacts. The Qualified Person agrees the orogenic gold model is appropriate for ongoing exploration. 7. Exploration 7.1 Nature and extent of relevant exploration work Exploration is now dominated by the exploration and grade control drilling described in Chapter 7.2.9, as the Project has a long production history. Exploration methods completed over time include: • Soil geochemistry campaigns between 1999 and 2011. • Exploration mapping at district, prospect, and deposit scale. • Rock chip sampling at deposit and prospect scale during mapping. • Airborne and ground based geophysical surveys, and 2D and 3D seismic surveys. • Exploration and grade control drilling. 7.1.1 Grids and surveys All exploration collars are designed, set out for drilling (planned collar), and surveyed after drill hole completion (actual collar) using the mine Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) grid system. The UTM system appropriate for the Geita mine is Grid: UTM zone 36 south, Projection: Transversal Mercator, Spheroid: Clarke 1880 (modified), Datum: Arc1960. Three mine grid systems are used for open pit and underground mining, each with rotation parameters from the Geita mine UTM grid system: • Nyamulilima Grid (covers Nyamulilima, Star and Comet, Ridge 8, and surrounds). • Nyankanga Grid (covers Nyankanga, Geita Hill, Lone, Kalondwa Hill, Chipaka and surrounds). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 66 • Kukuluma Grid (covers Kukuluma, Matandani, Area 3 West and surrounds). The mine grid systems used in all open pit and underground production activities can be transformed to UTM when required. The use of the survey equipment in relation to the periods over the mine life and advances in technology are: • 1999-2004: Geodimeter, Sokkia, Topcon total stations (high precision). • 2005-2008: Trimble global positioning system (GPS) series (RTK) and Geodimeter total stations (high precision). • 2009-2015: RTK, Geodimeter and Trimble Geodimeter S series (high precision). • 2015-2018: RTK and Trimble Geodimeter S series (high precision). • 2019 to Report current date: RTK, DJI Phantom 4 RTK drones, Wingtraone Generation II drones. For the underground mines (Star and Comet, Nyankanga and Geita Hill) a Trimble Geodimeter S6 total station (high precision) was used from early 2016. From early 2017 onwards, a Leica TS16 total station (high precision) instrument has been used. For underground void/stope surveys cave monitoring survey and drone equipment (Optech and Void Scanner (Carlson)), CALS and Emesent Hovemap Drones (DJI) are used. Survey activities are performed using both conventional and photogrammetric methods, including topographic survey, exploration collar markups and pickups, grade control collar markups and pickups, drill and blast collar markups and pickups, mine limit markups, and pit and underground as-built surveys (daily/weekly/monthly), as well site infrastructure surveys and mapping. A RTK instrument is currently used for surface surveying and topographic mapping in conjunction with drone technology (DJI and WingtraOne drone). Airborne light detection and ranging (LiDAR) and satellite imagery surveys are undertaken over the Geita mining licences (SML 45/1999), PMLs and the surrounding areas annually to acquire high-resolution imagery and generate digital terrain models for short- and long-term mining planning, geology exploration planning, mine and community project planning and support, volumetric calculations, security crime detection and control, future land evaluation and compensation purposes, and environmental management and monitoring. 7.1.2 Geological mapping Geological mapping is routinely conducted from open pit and underground exposures, with significant surface exploration mapping completed across the SML during the tenure history. Outputs from geological mapping are provided as the basis for the geology maps in Chapter 6. Surface geological mapping is highly effective when used in conjunction with geophysics and rock chip sampling to identify drill targets. 7.1.3 Geochemical sampling Geochemical (soil) sampling has been conducted in campaigns over vast areas of the SML between 1999 and 2011. The coverage is shown in Figure 7.1. The results of the soil sampling campaigns have provided valuable data identifying low level gold mineralisation trends. The results of the soil sampling were used for exploration planning for follow up drilling. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 67 Figure 7.1. Geochemical sampling coverage across the SML. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. AGA: AngloGold Ashanti; GGM: Geita Gold Mine; SML: special mining licence; ppb: parts per billion. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 68 7.1.4 Rock chip sampling Rock chips sampling has been conducted over known prospect areas of the SML. Rock chip samples are collected during exploration mapping at prospect scale and used for identifying mineralisation in mapped features. Rock chip sampling is used for building geological understanding at prospect scale and informs exploration planning for drill targeting. The coverage is shown in Figure 7.2. Figure 7.2. Rock chips sampling coverage across the SML. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. AGA: AngloGold Ashanti; GGM: Geita Gold Mine; SML: special mining licence; ppb: parts per billion.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 69 7.1.5 Geophysical surveys A range of geophysical surveys were conducted between 1996 and 2016. A summary of the surveys is provided in the following subsections. The geophysical surveys are used extensively in generation of drill targets. 7.1.5.1 1996-2000 Geita mine detailed airborne magnetic surveys The area covered by the airborne magnetic survey is shown in Figure 7.3. Figure 7.3. 1996-2000 detailed airborne magnetic survey areas. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. The 1996-2000 airborne magnetic survey conducted over the GGM licence provided the first pass regional geometry of the fold system and mafic dykes mapped by magnetic highs as well as major tenement scale breaks which were interpreted to be faults. 7.1.5.2 2003 High-resolution helicopter-borne airborne magnetic survey (MIDAS) The MIDAS survey covered the area from Kalondwa Hill to Fikiri-Jumanne, and the Prospect 5 - Nyamonge West trends (Figure 7.4.). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 70 Figure 7.4. Detailed airborne magnetics surveys by helicopter across Central district. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. SML: special mining licence; PL: prospecting licence. The survey used a horizontal line gradient, and nominal 25m line spacing (effective 18.5m). The survey produced exceptional data quality. The MIDAS data improved the resolution of the 1996-2000 low resolution magnetic data specifically in the area covering Central district. The clarity of the image (signals) improved significantly resulting into better delineation of the lithological units and breaks. In addition, topographic highs and lows were well established. 7.1.5.3 2006 and 2008 AeroTEM airborne electro-magnetic survey A time domain electromagnetic (TEM) survey using AeroTEM covered the areas shown in Figure 7.5. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 71 Figure 7.5. 2006 and 2008 AeroTEM survey areas. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. SML: special mining licence; PL: prospecting licence. The survey used an in-loop AeroTEM loop, at 125Hz, and a 75m line spacing. The estimated depth of investigation was limited to <200m. The AeroTEM survey results provided better understanding of the tenement scale distribution of lithological units which are conductive or conductive bodies. Conductive bodies may be potential hosts for gold mineralisation. 7.1.5.4 2008-2009 High resolution Xcalibur helicopter-borne magnetic and radiometric survey The area covered by the high resolution Xcalibur airborne magnetic and radiometric survey is shown in Figure 7.6. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 72 Figure 7.6. 2008-2009 high resolution Xcalibur airborne magnetic and radiometric survey area. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. SML: special mining licence; PL: prospecting licence. The survey used a horizontal gradient, with 25m line spacing (effective 18.5m), and 20m of ground clearance where possible. The survey was undertaken to support detailed mapping of BIF and intrusive units. The 2008-2009’s high resolution Xcalibur radiometric survey over the tenement improved delineation of lithological units which are radiometric high (Potential intermediate to felsic units) versus ones which are low. The high-resolution magnetic surveys provided detailed tenement scale magnetic signals compared to the 1996-2000`s survey. 7.1.5.5 2011 Kukuluma and Matandani audio-frequency magneto-telluric survey The area covered by the 2011 audio-frequency magneto-telluric survey is provided in Figure 7.7.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 73 Figure 7.7. Audio-frequency magneto-telluric sections across Kukuluma and Matandani. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. AMT: audio-frequency magnetotellurics; BIF: banded iron formation. Survey data was re-processed in 2014 using a 2D algorithm to confirm fold structures. The 2011 audio-frequency magneto-telluric survey in the Kukuluma district and its re-processing in 2014 provided better understanding of the district scale fold profile at depth that warrants further investigation. 7.1.5.6 2015-2016 Geita mine 2D, 3D and vertical seismic profile full waveform seismic surveys The locations of the 2015-2016 seismic survey lines are shown in Figure 7.8. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 74 Figure 7.8. 2015-2016 Geita mine 2D, 3D and vertical seismic profile full waveform seismic survey areas. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. BIF: banded iron formation; 2D: two dimensional; 3D: three dimensional. Two 2D lines were completed in 2015 at Nyankanga and Geita Hill West as proof-of-concept surveys to support future 3D surveying. In 2015 and 2016, vertical seismic profile and full waveform sonic downhole surveys were completed on the drill holes shown in Figure 9.8. 3D surveys were completed over the Nyankanga and Geita Hill deposits, covering an area of 19.5km2, approximately 7 x 3.5km. The surveys were able to be used for detailed 3D mapping to depths of >1.5km. 7.2 Drilling AngloGold Ashanti uses a combination of reverse circulation (RC) and core diamond drilling (DD) for the purposes of Mineral Resource estimation. Drilling recorded with RCDD refers to drill holes with RC pre-collars with a DD tail. Only RC and DD drilling is used in the Mineral Resource estimates. Current at 31 December 2025, the Geita mine drill hole database holds a total of 162,926 RC and DD holes, for a total of 5,509,042m drilled. A summary of DD and RC drilling by location, drill hole type and year is provided in Table 7.1. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 75 Table 7.1. RC and DD drilling records from Geita mine drill hole database. Year Surface Exploration DD Surface Exploration RC Surface Exploration RCDD Surface Grade Control RC UG Exploration DD UG Grade Control DD UG Grade Control RC Total Holes Total Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres 1996 28 1,529 20 1,259 - - - - - - - - - - 48 2,788 1997 - - 134 18,980 97 33,971 - - - - - - - - 231 52,951 1998 37 1,712 365 49,721 67 12,520 - - - - - - - - 469 63,953 1999 - - 31 9,602 71 19,902 - - - - - - - - 102 29,504 2000 33 3,776 1 345 2 605 1 16 - - - - - - 37 4,742 2001 3 1,127 15 1,366 14 5,962 307 4,274 - - - - - - 339 12,729 2002 381 91,847 1,180 132,941 - - 19,653 328,876 - - - - - - 21,214 553,664 2003 173 55,025 144 17,085 1 200 11,995 166,855 - - - - - - 12,313 239,165 2004 164 42,090 286 47,588 16 2,935 7,591 136,557 - - - - - - 8,057 229,170 2005 42 12,217 165 23,896 - - 13,662 287,813 - - - - - - 13,869 323,926 2006 38 10,006 232 33,498 2 524 7,211 189,211 - - - - - - 7,483 233,239 2007 36 8,339 67 9,939 9 2,708 5,662 149,715 - - - - - - 5,774 170,701 2008 23 6,296 247 31,173 41 8,498 4,046 129,761 - - - - - - 4,357 175,728 2009 120 36,503 449 42,848 118 27,857 4,336 94,940 - - - - - - 5,023 202,148 2010 76 21,345 137 22,189 46 11,025 4,725 98,420 - - - - - - 4,984 152,979 2011 126 32,860 251 38,720 28 8,803 4,448 100,786 - - - - - - 4,853 181,169 2012 123 33,491 244 38,292 110 35,337 4,334 76,182 - - - - - - 4,811 183,302 2013 21 4,542 116 14,936 155 41,181 4,656 76,419 - - - - - - 4,948 137,078 2014 2 441 86 8,891 44 12,856 2,522 53,710 - - - - - - 2,654 75,898 2015 16 4,253 74 7,775 24 7,902 2,098 47,018 3 342 - - - - 2,215 67,290 2016 20 5,591 81 6,608 32 13,051 2,265 47,438 40 8,488 91 4,439 - - 2,529 85,615 2017 27 6,883 88 8,072 8 3,413 2,844 55,817 168 27,140 324 15,393 - - 3,459 116,718 2018 63 13,479 44 4,811 - - 2,703 49,363 425 46,497 1,093 28,555 424 8,155 4,752 150,860 2019 74 21,708 101 17,531 1 66 1,915 37,559 390 57,289 772 21,832 1,220 31,900 4,473 187,885 2020 115 33,666 232 36,134 6 594 1,176 25,779 210 47,508 652 24,837 1,001 28,513 3,392 197,031 2021 198 61,525 261 60,159 1 261 2,230 49,504 216 49,209 507 21,773 1,081 32,845 4,494 275,276 AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 76 Year Surface Exploration DD Surface Exploration RC Surface Exploration RCDD Surface Grade Control RC UG Exploration DD UG Grade Control DD UG Grade Control RC Total Holes Total Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres 2022 214 61,181 214 46,068 1 4,212 75,845 323 73,339 593 18,936 1,791 59,306 7,348 334,675 2023 138 54,052 80 25,087 6,740 130,108 263 65,101 746 23,301 2,393 64,670 10,360 362,319 2024 75 30,125 153 37,711 47 20,578 5,987 99,282 33 8,506 146 10,036 2,130 73,632 8,571 279,870 2025 74 32,887 200 51,800 17 7,007 6,651 112,612 292 76,431 158 17,004 2,375 128,929 9,767 426,670 Grand Total 2,440 688,496 5,698 845,025 958 277,756 133,970 2,623,859 2,363 459,850 5,082 186,106 12,415 427,950 162,926 5,509,042 Note: DD: diamond drilling; RC: reverse circulation; RCDD: reverse circulation pre-collar with diamond tail; UG: underground. The database also holds aircore (AC) and rotary air blast (RAB) drilling used for exploration targeting. AC and RAB drilling are not used in Mineral Resource estimation. Current at 31 December 2025, the Geita mine drill hole database holds 4,313 AC and RAB drill holes for a total of 190,690m drilled. Drilling records in the Geita mine drill hole database represent drilling from 1996 and with drilling currently ongoing. Any drilling before 1996 is not recorded in the current database. Other drilling in the database includes sterilisation, water bores and geotechnical drilling. Current at 31 December 2025, the Geita mine drill hole database holds 176,349 drill holes for a total of 5,987,795m drilled. A summary of RC and DD informing the Mineral Resource estimates by deposit and drill hole type is provided in Table 7.2. Table 7.2. All drilling data informing the Geita mine Mineral Resource estimates by deposit and hole type. Deposit Surface Exploration DD Surface Exploration RC Surface Exploration RCDD UG Exploration DD Total Holes Total Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres Area 3 West 6 1,711 138 16,674 7 2,486 151 20,871 Chipaka 7 1,714 191 21,768 198 23,482 Geita Hill 552 137,874 1,603 196,794 61 19,577 308 55,150 2,524 409,395 Kalondwa Hill 118 44,959 235 44,286 15 5,682 2 502 370 95,429 Kukuluma-Matandani 33 7,285 302 47,855 74 27,106 409 82,246 Nyamulilima Open Pit 429 152,103 784 155,035 45 17,312 1,258 324,450 Nyankanga 471 156,732 818 111,191 467 125,223 1,074 163,778 2,830 556,924 Selous 59 13,289 38 6,394 97 19,683 Star and Comet 265 60,211 831 70,777 86 22,743 1,191 231,964 2,373 385,694 Grand Total 1,940 575,878 4,940 670,773 755 220,129 2,575 451,394 10,210 1,918,175 Note: DD: diamond drilling; RC: reverse circulation; RCDD: reverse circulation pre-collar with diamond tail; UG: underground.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 77 A map summary of drilling by location and drill hole type is presented in Figure 7.9. Figure 7.9. Geita mine map summary of drilling by location and drill hole type. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. AGA: AngloGold Ashanti; GGM: Geita Gold Mine; SML: special mining licence; AC: Aircore; RAB: rotary air blast; DD: diamond drilling; RC: reverse circulation. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 78 7.2.1 Drilling techniques and drill spacing Surface exploration was completed using RC, DD, RAB, and AC methods. Underground drilling, beginning in 2017 was completed using RC and DD methods. Open pit grade control over the life of the mine has been completed using RC methods. The average depth of drilling is variable depending on the objective of the drilling programme. RC drilling techniques are primarily used for surface exploration, and surface and underground grade control. DD with NQ (47.6 mm core diameter), NQ2 (50.6mm), HQ (63.5mm) and HQ3 (61.6mm) sized core is used for surface and underground exploration, and NQ (47.6mm) sized core for underground grade control. Drill methods include: • DD: - Standard rod for HQ, NQ application. - Core is oriented with the ACT Digital orientation tool during drilling and core is then aligned and marked on a "V" rail/angle iron during core processing. - Down hole surveys are completed using Reflex and Champ gyroscopic downhole survey instruments. - Core diameters include HQ, and NQ. The majority of drilling at Geita mine is NQ/NQ2 size. - Logging is completed on all DD holes, both grade control and exploration. • RC: - RC chip samples are collected using rotating cone splitters. - Down hole surveys are completed using Reflex and Champ gyroscopic downhole survey instruments. - Rods are typically 131mm for grade control, and 114mm for exploration, with 5.5″ face sampling bits. - Logging is completed on all RC holes, both grade control and exploration. The exploration drill spacing typically ranges from 20/25m x 20m to 40m x 20m for Indicated Mineral Resource and up to about 40/80m x 40/80m for Inferred Mineral Resource. Grade control drill spacing for Measured Mineral Resource also varies based on the size of the orebodies. Surface grade control drill spacing at Nyankanga and Geita Hill is 10m x 5m and for Nyamulilima OP is 12.5m x 5m. Grade control drill spacing for underground orebodies is 10m x10m for Nyankanga-Geita Hill (sometimes being reduced to 10m x5m at Geita Hill due to narrow orezones). At Star and Comet underground, the GC drill spacing is 10m x 5m. 7.2.2 Logging Logging is both qualitative and quantitative. Logging is completed for the entire length of all completed drill holes. Core logging is conducted using AngloGold Ashanti geological logging guidelines. Logging is completed with sufficient detail on lithology, structure, alteration, mineralisation, geotechnical and rock mass quality to support the geological modelling, estimation, mining, metallurgical and technical studies required, and for Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation. Geological logging is completed for RC and DD drill holes to describe rock type, and includes lithology, mineralisation, alteration, texture, grainsize, vein systems and lithological profiles for weathering (oxide, transition or fresh rock). Structural and geotechnical logging is completed on all DD core for structure, rock mass characterisation, rock quality designation (RQD) and core recovery. All drill core is oriented for collection of structural and geotechnical data. Core photography is conducted for all DD drilling, and photographs are electronically stored. Portable X-ray fluorescence analysers (pXRF) handheld instruments are used to collect in situ simultaneous multielement analysis outside the confines of a laboratory, and handheld hyperspectral (Terraspec) scans are completed for geometallurgical studies from selected pulverised samples returned from the assay laboratory. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 79 Geometallurgical data collection includes routine bottle roll testwork of mineralised zones to determine recovery, and hyperspectral scanning and pXRF analysis of assay pulp reject material is undertaken for geometallurgical project work. Routine metallurgical testwork is undertaken to monitor recovery and hardness, and specialist testwork is completed for new ore bodies. 7.2.3 Density Density data are collected routinely from DD core at 1m intervals. Table 7.4 to Table 7.6 summarise average densities by lithology for the main areas with Mineral Resource estimates. Table 7.4. Nyamulilima open pit densities. Lithology Number of samples Mean value Estimate Banded iron formation 13,247 2.99 3.01 Volcaniclastics 16,782 2.77 2.78 Tonalite 59,368 2.68 2.69 Diorite 86 2.74 2.53 Mafic dyke 734 2.74 2.22 Felsic dyke 531 2.73 2.14 Overburden 2,814 2.09 2.09 Oxide 2,814 2.09 2.09 Transition 2,814 2.09 2.43 Note: Density is reported in g/cm3. Table 7.5. Underground sulphide rock densities. Lithology Number of samples Mean value Estimate Nyankanga Banded iron formation 28,272 3.02 3.02 Diorite 113,477 2.75 2.75 Quartz feldspar porphyry 8,692 2.75 2.74 Star and Comet Banded iron formation 6,834 3.12 3.02 Ash tuff 8,455 2.77 2.84 Shale 183 3.06 2.80 Massive sulphide 2,263 3.36 3.58 Tonalite 9,496 2.73 2.78 Breccia 3,463 3.15 3.17 Dolerite 2,918 2.79 2.86 Felsic dyke 1,011 2.78 2.98 Lapilli tuff 14,928 2.83 2.91 Ridge 8 Banded iron formation 661 3.07 3.15 Ash tuff 1,909 2.37 2.53 Shale 342 2.95 2.79 Massive sulphide 185 3.15 2.83 Tonalite 10 2.80 — Breccia 198 3.10 3.08 Dolerite 3 3.17 — Felsic dyke 6 2.88 2.74 Lapilli tuff 135 3.08 2.95 Geita Hill AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 80 Lithology Number of samples Mean value Estimate Banded iron formation 59,222 2.99 2.99 Volcanoclastics 3,251 2.87 2.88 Sediments 2,229 2.79 2.80 Diorite 16,979 2.73 2.75 Note: Density is reported in g/cm3. Table 7.6. Underground sulphide rock densities. Area Lithology No. Oxide No. Transition No. Sulphide Area 3 West BIF chemical — 2.79 2.46 — 3.00 2.58 — 3.11 2.85 BIF sedimentary — 2.66 — 2.73 — 3.06 Sediments — 2.38 — 2.50 — 2.81 Kukuluma (from grab samples) BIF chemical 172 2.79 2.48 100 3.00 2.60 — — 2.80 BIF sedimentary 152 2.63 107 2.73 — — Chert 78 2.84 89 2.85 — — Acid tuff 107 2.30 14 2.38 — — Mudstone 31 2.65 4 2.87 — — Shale 8 2.51 2 2.93 — — Tuff 68 2.47 11 2.48 — — All clastic units 213 2.41 32 2.50 — — Matandani (from grab samples) BIF chemical 172 2.79 2.49 100 3.00 2.59 — — 2.83 BIF sedimentary 152 2.63 107 2.73 — — Chert 78 2.84 89 2.85 — — Acid tuff 107 2.30 14 2.38 — — Mudstone 31 2.65 4 2.87 — — Shale 8 2.51 2 2.93 — — Tuff 68 2.47 11 2.48 — — All clastic units 213 2.41 32 2.50 — — Selous BIF — 3.26 2.80 — — 2.92 — — 3.08 Tuff — 2.81 — — — — Igneous — 2.75 — — — — Felsic porphyry — 2.87 — — — — Massive sulphide — 3.98 — — — — Note: Density is reported in g/cm3; BIF: banded iron formation. 7.2.4 Recovery In-house procedures are in place to ensure optimal sample recoveries through DD core recovery logging and mass balance studies for RC drill samples. 7.2.4.1 Diamond drill core recovery AngloGold Ashanti has written procedures in place for core recovery: • The core should be at least NQ (47.6 mm) on a stable profile and drilled with a double-or triple-tube core barrel. Larger diameter pre-collar drilling will ensure the stability of the hole in the upper portions of the ground, which is generally more unconsolidated and weathered. • Core loss is relatively common during diamond drilling, and the driller should aim to recover as much core as possible, such that total core recovery should be at least 85%, and preferably greater than 90%, while preventing crushing, wearing, and grinding the core.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 81 • Although the drilling company calculates a total core recovery and solid core recovery, it is important that the geological technician and geologist on-site are also familiar with these. RQD is generally measured as a geotechnical parameter in the core yard. Total core recovery, solid core recovery, and RQD are calculated as follows: • Total core recovery = (total length of core recovered/drilled length) x 100. • Solid core recovery = (total length of core in pieces > core diameter/drilled length) x 100. • RQD = (Length of core in pieces > 100mm/drilled length) x 100. Core recovery data has been collected throughout the mine’s history. For all collected data the total average value is 97.4%, with a minimum recovery of 92.1% at Kalondwa Hill where the area is relatively fractured, and a maximum core recovery of 98.9% at Xanadu. Drill core recovery over time is presented in Table 7.7. Table 7.7. Drill core recovery from 2000 to 2025. Project Year Average core recovery (%) Status Comments Nyankanga 2019-2025 85.3 Active Geotechnical complexity across Iyoda Faults Geita Hill 2019-2025 78.5 Active Geotechnical complexity across Iyoda Faults Star and Comet 2020-2025 90.7 Active Nyamulilima 2020-2025 83.8 Active Multiple faults within the deposit Ridge 8 2020-2025 90.7 Active Mabe 2023-2025 98.8 Active Xanadu 2023-2025 78.3 Active Multiple faults within the target area Kalondwa Hill 2023-2025 88.2 Active Kukuluma 2007-2011 94.5 Inactive Matandani 2007-2011 98.5 Inactive Area 3 West 2007-2011 94.1 Inactive Selous 2018-2025 98.9 Active Lone Cone 2000-2010 80.11 Active Geotechnical complexity across Iyoda Faults P30 2022-2025 98.1 Active Total average core recovery (%) 89.89 7.2.4.2 Reverse circulation sample recovery procedure In-house procedures are in place to ensure optimal sample recoveries. RC sample recovery is measured through mass balance, where samples from different chutes are collected, weighed, recorded, and compared to the expected weight calculated from the density of the rock and the drill bit diameter for the drilling interval, which is typically a 1m interval. The RC sample recovery over time is presented in Table 7.8. Table 7.8. RC sample recovery from 2018 to 2025. Project Year Average RC sample recovery (%) Nyankanga 2020-2025 87 Geita Hill 2018-2025 85 Star and Comet 2019-2025 90 Nyamulilima 2020-2025 89.3 Total average RC recovery (%) 87.8 Note: RC: reverse circulation. 7.2.5 Collar surveys Survey and grid information was provided in Chapter 7.1.1. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 82 7.2.6 Downhole surveys All exploration drill holes, surface and underground, and underground RC and DD grade control, are currently set up using ACE Azi Alignment tools or survey control, with surveying at 6m to confirm correct hole trajectory during rig set up and after collaring. Downhole surveying is typically completed at 30m intervals as the drill hole progresses, with an end-of-hole survey completed. Downhole surveys are collected using north-seeking gyroscopic downhole survey instruments, due to magnetic rock types present in the area. For surface and underground grade control drilling downhole surveys are only completed on drill holes greater than 40m in length. The survey results are sent electronically to the project geologists who verify the surveys and prepare data for import into the Fusion database. 7.2.7 Condemnation, geotechnical and hydrological drilling Sterilisation drilling was completed in 2020 to 2021 to confirm the location of the Nyamulilima WRSF. A total 18,250m of RC and DD drilling was completed to approximately 500m depth. No significant mineralisation was identified. Geotechnical drilling is routinely drilled for open pit and underground operations. Geotechnical drilling was completed in 2021 to 2022 in support of Nyamulilima open pit design. Additional drilling was completed in 2023 to collect geotechnical information for zones associated with open pit expansion. Hydrological drilling comprises water bore drilling for water supply at various locations around the site, and piezometers for monitoring ground water. 7.2.8 Metallurgical drilling Limited dedicated metallurgical drilling is recorded in the Fusion drill hole database. Metallurgical samples are typically collected from exploration drill holes or collected from run-of-mine (ROM) mineralisation. 7.2.9 Grade control drilling RC drilling is undertaken for open pit and underground grade control. Table 7.9 provides a summary of the grade control drilling completed. Table 7.9. Summary of grade control drilling. Project Surface Underground Underground Total holes Total metres Grade control RC Grade control DD Grade control RC Holes Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres Chipaka 20 975 20 975 Geita Hill 30,623 713,509 44 4,903 2,936 112,127 33,603 830,539 Kukuluma- Matandani 13,912 275,211 13,912 275,211 Nyamulilima open pit 26,802 481,473 26,802 481,473 Nyankanga 56,192 1,013,463 2,172 89,104 4,600 203,117 62,964 1,305,684 Star and Comet 7,403 153,348 2,805 83,093 5,887 164,420 16,095 400,861 Total 134,952 2,637,979 5,021 177,100 13,423 479,664 153,396 3,294,743 Note: RC: reverse circulation; DD: diamond drilling. Open pit RC grade control drilling is currently completed at Nyamulilima open pit from every 10m bench. Grade control drilling is designed to drill up to four benches at a time on wider spaced patterns as advanced grade control drilling. Hole depths range from 13-54m depending on design for ore zone coverage. The current drill spacing for Nyamulilima is 12.5m along strike and 5m across strike, with 1m samples collected AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 83 as a dry sample through rotating cone splitters. The drill holes are drilled to the northeast, toward 040°, at - 50° to intersect the orebody perpendicular to strike. Underground grade control is completed from within ore drives using ring pattern, drilling from -90° to + 90°. Drilling is undertaken by both RC and DD methods. Drill holes range in length from 10-150m. Drill spacing is 10m along strike, with 3-10m drill hole toe spacing. RC samples are taken as 1m samples collected as a wet sample (water injection) through rotating cone splitters. DD samples are taken from NQ drill core and submitted as full core samples after logging. 7.2.10 Sample length/true thickness Exploration drilling from surface and underground is drilled to intersect the mineralisation as close to perpendicular as possible to produce mineralised intercepts representing true thickness. Open pit grade control drilling is drilled to intersect the mineralisation as close to perpendicular as possible to produce mineralised intercepts representing true thickness. Underground grade control is drilled in ore drives, using ring pattern, and cuts mineralisation at all orientations. 7.2.11 Results The geological data used to carry out the geological interpretation and geological modelling are extracted by the project geologist from the Fusion database. Primary information to plot the drill holes trace are the collar, downhole survey, lithology, and assay tables. The secondary tables to supplement the interpretation are the structure, alteration, vein sets and mineralisation tables. 3D geological data viewing, validation, interpretation, and modelling are conducted using Leapfrog and Datamine computer-based software. The project data can still be further integrated with geophysical data using a 2D based ArcGIS software. Drill plans and sections are printed as hard copies for detailed geological interpretation on a light table. Once completed, they are scanned and digitized to continue with interpretation and 3D modelling in Leapfrog and Datamine. No drilling results relating to the Mineral Resource model areas have been excluded from use in Mineral Resource estimates. Both DD and RC samples are used for Mineral Resource calculations at Geita mine as these methods are believed to provide good quality samples. Assay results from the laboratory are accompanied by Certificates of Analysis for each batch. Assays are validated and imported into the Fusion database as they are received, and the import notification is automatically generated to notify pass or failed batches. The laboratory is notified on the failed batches and re-assay is completed. Quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC) reports are generated on weekly, monthly, quarterly, annually and for specific Mineral Resource model estimates. Geological models are routinely validated and updated as drilling progresses, and the final review is conducted prior to Mineral Resource model updates. Exploration results are communicated on weekly, monthly, quarterly, and annual basis through site and corporate reporting frameworks. 7.3 Hydrogeology 7.3.1 Nature and quality of sampling methods Geita does not use laboratory techniques to test for groundwater flow parameters. However, for the water quality analysis the laboratory techniques are utilised, where the sample are sent to accredited laboratory for analysis. Groundwater flow parameters are not laboratory-derived, they are determined from field tests such as pumping tests, packer tests and falling head tests. In these tests, the changes in water level over time in a pumping drill hole, together with measurements of water level response in surrounding piezometers (water level monitoring drill holes), are used to determine the hydrogeological parameters of an aquifer, i.e., the permeability (K), transmissivity (T) and storage or storativity (s) of the lithology through which groundwater is flowing in response to a flow gradient (i). Pumping tests are carried out comprising Step-Tests, Constant Discharge (or Constant Head) Tests, followed by a Recovery Test. These are standard tests used by hydrogeologists to determine aquifer parameters where the data from the tests are collated and assessed using industry standard equations such as the Theis DuPuit and Thiem equations applied to Darcy’s Law. For rainfall monitoring, routine rainfall measurements are taken from gauging stations across the Geita mine. These data are used to determine surface flow and groundwater recharge rates based on surface catchment runoff and groundwater infiltration rates using Excel spreadsheets and applying models such as Cumulative AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 84 Rainfall Departure and OPSIM (Operational Simulation of Industrial water Management and natural resource systems). Seasonal rainfall is compared to long-term site average conditions and predicted conditions (global meteorological forecasting models). Site dewatering pumping rates are set to cater for average as well as extreme events using pit stage curves to determine expected ingress volumes of water to the open pits based on average and extreme events. Open pit sump dewatering pump availability is set to enable pumping out a 1:100 RI event within 30 days. Surface water flow monitoring and site water balances are carried out using data from flowmeters and flow gauges (such as a V-notch weir) and data is collated and assessed in Excel spreadsheets as well as using software packages such as OPSIM. This is an integral component of routine water flow and storage monitoring and management at Geita mine to ensure operational efficiency (maximise re-use of water) and mitigate risks (e.g., inrush and inundation of underground workings from an extreme rainfall event). 7.3.2 Type and appropriateness of laboratory techniques The environmental section under the Health, Safety and Environment department at GGM routinely carried out surface water and groundwater quality monitoring to ensure quality compliance to the mining licence and national standards. Samples are collected and analysed at accredited laboratories for indicator parameters and compared with water use and discharge standards. Geochemical analysis-water samples undergo laboratory testing for physical parameters such as, pH, electrical conductivity, total dissolved solids, chemical parameters such as major cations and anions, heavy metals and biological parameters like total coliforms, e-coli, hydrocarbons. These parameters help to determine water-rock interaction and potential groundwater contamination. Standard QA/QC and strict chain of custody procedures are followed in handling samples collected. The hydrogeology section under the Technical Services Department at GGM routinely makes in-field water quality tests for basic indicator parameters (salinity and pH). Water quality results are collated and assessed for compliance to, or deviation from, relevant standards and remediation measures put in place if required. 7.3.3 Results 7.3.3.1 Geita rainfall The Geita District falls within the highland equatorial climate zone with a dry period in the middle of the year and a bi-modal wet season between November and April. The average annual precipitation amounts to approximately 1000mm/year, and the average annual evapotranspiration of approximately 1300mm/year (Figure 7.10). Therefore, only the four wettest months of the year produce an excess of water around the area. Figure 7.10. Geita Gold Mine actual rainfall over average rainfall and evaporation. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. GGML: Geita Gold Mine.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 85 Water management focuses on pumping out of rainwater incident to the open pits falling within the catchment area and inflows from groundwater intersected in fracture/fault zones in the underground operations. Sub- horizontal weepholes are installed during open pit mining to dewater and de-pressurise the upper saprolite package and underlying weathered zone. Surface and underground mining takes place in predominantly massive, competent rock with limited open fractures and resultant low permeability and storage with respect to groundwater hydraulics. During open pit mining, minor groundwater seepages (<1L/s) were encountered with excavation through the surficial saprolite package overlying the basal BIF because of the low permeability and moderate storage of the saprolite material. Pit dewatering comprises transfer pumping from a sump installed in the pit bottom that stores rainwater and minor groundwater seepage inflow, as well as return flows from water used for underground mining operations. This is carried out via several stage-pumping systems as the pit deepens. The stage-pumping stations typically comprise one to two electrical or diesel operated pumps with a 100L/s (360m3/hr) flow rate and 100m head capacity. During normal operations one pump is a duty pump and one is on standby to cater for extreme rainfall events. Pit water management is done to ensure that dry mining conditions exist as well as to eliminate the risk of flooding of underground operations during extreme rainfall events, where the pit lake water level may rise to the entrance level of the underground workings (portal). Target levels are set to maintain the pit lake water level a minimum of 10m below the elevation of the lowest portal. No water is discharged to the environment in compliance with the Tanzanian regulations. In an extreme case following flood events that result in the storage (surge) capacity of the on-site containments being exceeded, special permission is sought from the regulatory authorities to discharge this floodwater to local river courses such as the Mtakuja River Swamp. In this case routine water quality sampling is undertaken to ensure compliance of discharged water to receiving water quality guidelines, in line with the current discharge permits. Surface (open pit) mining is carried out at Nyamulilima pit where de-watering infrastructure commissioned in 2022, and de-watering is being done to date, discharging into Nyamulilima dam. All underground operations are accessed from within their respective open pit shells, where the mined out open pits are used for water storage from both surface and underground water sources. Pumps and related infrastructure for the underground dewatering are managed by Underground Engineering, and the pumping rates and targets are managed by the Hydrogeology Section of the Mine Technical Services Department on site. 7.3.3.2 Ground water monitoring The mine is situated at an elevation of approximately 1,200m above mean sea level. Groundwater quality and water levels are measured in approximately 40 environmental monitoring boreholes across the mine site catchment area, and water levels are recorded at 44 piezometers installed near the major open pits (Figure 7.11). The groundwater elevations: the levels range from 1300m above mean sea level along the hills to 1150m above mean sea level towards Lake Victoria. This results in a hydraulic gradient of between 1-3%, with the groundwater flow path resembling the general surface water run-off direction in each sub-catchment. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 86 Figure 7.11. Environmental monitoring boreholes and hydrogeological piezometers. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2024. GW: groundwater; SML: special mining licence. 7.3.3.3 Underground water supply and dewatering As underground workings are developed, sumps are constructed, and dewatering pumping is done via stage- lifts to surface where water is discharged into the respective pit lakes/sumps for re-use/recycling for mining operations. Star and Comet underground water supply rate approx. 18L/s from open pit pumps. Outflow from underground is discharged to the Star and Comet Open pit and Star and Comet dam and recycled. The Nyankanga underground operations is supplied at approx. 25L/s from the mined out Lone Cone open pit. Dewatering is discharged from Nyankanga underground operations into the Nyankanga open pit sump. Geita Hill underground water supply is from water stored in the pit lake as well as pumping of a void dewatering drill hole (approximately 11L/s). Underground water is discharged into Geita Hill open pit lake/sump and transfer pumped to Lone Cone pit for storage and re-use for GGM mining and ore processing operations. At strategic positions, cover holes are drilled serving a dual purpose to validate the presence of water-bearing structures/bodies and geotechnical rock conditions. The information derived from these holes guides further development plans and execution. The cover drilling is carried out at all underground operations ahead of 'blind' development zones supervised by the geotechnical section, to check for structure ahead of development, for water, and for voids. Underground water intersections from drilling are reported to, and monitored by, the hydrogeology and geotechnical departments, who advise on appropriate water management strategies (i.e., whether to grout or plug drill holes or to allow drill holes to self-drain into the underground sumps). Water and void intersections encountered during exploration drilling follow the same procedure. Typically, the majority of water-bearing structures intersected are left open and drain with time, requiring minimal intervention. Depending on operational requirements, development plans and sump infrastructure some water intersections are sealed AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 87 using a Van Ruth plug, which is removed once development has proceeded to allow gravity drainage. Overall, the preferred method is to minimise piezometric pressure build-up in and around underground workings. A series of sumps have been developed as mining progresses to pump out any groundwater seepages encountered with mining development, as well as excess water used for underground mining operations that flows to collect in underground sub-level sumps. Excess water from sump pumping and underground mining is pumped to existing site water storages, i.e., either the existing pit lake or to on-site water containments such as Lone Cone North pit. Water is then re- circulated back into the system and used for both underground mining and gold plant operations to ensure maximum re-use of water on-site. 7.3.3.4 Open pit water supply and dewatering Open pit water levels are maintained at an elevation below the lowest portal to underground workings that provides adequate buffer to contain rain/storm water inflow during extreme events (1:100 RI), to prevent inrush or inundation. Open pit dewatering is carried out to ensure dry mining operations, prevent flooding of equipment and to prevent water inrush or inundation of entrances/portals to underground workings. Nyankanga dewatering pumping rate approx. 270m3/hr and stage-pumped to Lone Cone pit for re-use in mining operations and Process Plant. Similarly, Geita Hill West pit is dewatered at a rate of approx. 205m3/hr and stage-pumped into Lone Cone Pit for operational use. Nyamulilima pit is dewatered at a rate of 48m3/hr to Nyamulilima dam for mining operations and dust suppression (Figure 7.12). Figure 7.12. Nyamulilima dewatering lines. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. 7.3.4 Qualified Person(s) interpretation From various hydrogeological studies confirm that the Geita mine’s climatic patterns results into the site water deficit for which the pit lake waters and dams are utilised for raw water supply in the mines to compensate the deficit, and in-satellite sites are supplied from the drilled boreholes. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 88 For intersected water bearing structures in the underground and open pit operations due to low permeability rocks structures (0.001-1.0m/d) the amount intersected are collected in the mine sumps and pumped to the storages by dewatering pumps. As per environmental regulations and site procedures of zero discharge of mine-water; all water generated during the mining operations are contained and recycled for mine operations, and if there is a need of discharge of fresh water the authority permit is acquired. Based on current piezometric and dewatering data, no significant impact of groundwater into the operations. The seepages observed in open pit structures are managed by weep holes and pit sumps while underground is managed by decline sumps, pumped out and recycled for mine use like underground supply and for dust suppression. 7.4 Geotechnical testing and analysis Stability of underground and open pit excavations are mainly affected by geotechnical structures such as faults, thrusts, shears. Groundwater is synonymous with these structures adding to the complication of stress management. The management of groundwater drainage and mining shapes in and around the proximity of these geotechnical structures are crucial to minimise the induced stresses that cause dilution and/or mining recovery. Management interventions include the following: • Cover hole drilling to determine presence of groundwater. • Lithological drill hole logging derived from either Mineral Resource definition and/or grade control drilling to assess the ground conditions and weathering profile. • Face sampling underground and open pit. • Interpret and build structural models also included in Mineral Resource models used for planning purposes. • Minimise mining width and length to reduce hydraulic radius underground. • Mining Sequence and backfill underground. • Development support standard per excavation size and purpose underground. • Reduce face angle in open pit. • Increase berm widths in open pit. • Slope management plan and monitoring systems in open pit. • Rockfall analysis using specialised software in the open pit. • Seismicity sensors for underground and open pit. Geotechnical information that has been collected from laboratory testing and field measurements include: • Various lithologies and alteration types present, and their distribution within the deposit. • Structural data regarding the location, orientation, length, spacing and character of infilling material for faults, defects, and veins strength properties of intact rock and of fresh and saw-cut joint planes. Geotechnical core logging is undertaken primarily to obtain information that can be used to determine the engineering properties of the rock mass, which is essential for open pit and underground mine design. The engineering properties of the rock mass determines behaviours and response of the rock mass when benches, slopes, tunnels and stopes are excavated in them. The data gathered from geotechnical logging forms the basis for determining the stable slope, stope and pillar size design parameters and design for stope and development ground support. The following geotechnical parameters are collected from geotechnical logging: • Material strength and anisotropy estimates. • Quantity of defects. • Strength quality of defects. • Orientation and geometry of structures.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 89 Geotechnical field mapping is done to identify structures and rock masses that can have a material impact on production. Major structure mapping, which involves collecting data about large structures that may affect the overall design of the underground mine or inter-ramp/overall slopes or multiple developments and/or stopes; and cell mapping, which involves collecting relatively small structures that may affect a single bench, development, or stope. The mapped structures are projected to interim and final benches, inter-ramp and overall slopes for the open pits, and onto development and stope designs for the underground to identify possible failure geometries before they are exposed. 7.4.1 Nature and quality of sampling methods The sampling methods for both underground and open pit mining at GGM adhere to industry best practices and AngloGold Ashanti standards. The DD that was conducted for open pit had four geotechnical holes totalling 1,109m for 2025. Rock mass classification follows the RMR89 and GSI systems, with core samples sent to Geological Survey of Tanzania laboratory for uniaxial compressive strength and triaxial testing. The sample transportation is done by the transporter selected by GGM logistics team Geotechnical monitoring involves prisms, extensometers and GroundProbe radars to detect ground movement. The stability of the operating pit (Nyamulilima) is controlled by the structures and poor ground especially on the oxide zone, model updates for the structures are done to project to the benches below and give guidance on how such structures can be avoided/mitigated to allow the safe mining of the pit. The unfavourable orientations of the structures are most located on the Southern part of the Nyamulilima pit For the underground mine, the 2025 drilling programme covered the Nyankanga underground, Geita Hill underground and Star and Comet with 52 holes totalling 7,932m. Rock mass classification follows the Q- prime systems for underground, with core samples sent to Geological Survey of Tanzania laboratory for uniaxial compressive strength and triaxial testing. The drilling covers some of the developments and stopes that deem to require additional information on the assessment of the ground condition and presence of voids. 7.4.2 Type and appropriateness of laboratory techniques Laboratory testing of rock material is undertaken to give confidence to the rock mass strength properties that are estimated from rock mass classification systems. Laboratory testing techniques used at GGM include uniaxial compressive strength (UCS), triaxial compressive strength and direct shear testing to some extent. Historically, the mine has utilised accredited rock testing laboratories to undertaking laboratory testing. Currently, GGM is utilising the services of the Geological Survey of Tanzania rock testing laboratory in Dodoma for conducting all rock strength testing. The backfilling samples are tested on-site using Geita mine’s laboratory. Rock sampling and testing procedures are used as part of quality control and assurance to ensure the samples are collected and prepared correctly and to ensure that testing is done in accordance with International Society of Rock Mechanics Commission on Standardisation of Laboratory and Field Tests (1978). The collected data (laboratory and field) is validated and stored in secure site databases and a central companywide geotechnical database. The quality control and assurance data for backfill is undertaken to ensure that the cemented aggregate fill (CAF) deposited underground meets the strength, quality and placement requirements. The quality of the CAF ingredient materials is monitored by: • Ensuring correct cement is delivered, no damage is evident on the packaging, test certificates are supplied by the cement manufacturer and periodic spot checks are conducted by an external laboratory to confirm the cement specifications are correct. • Ensuring consistent water quality by doing monthly checks on the water chemistry and quality. Ensuring that the correct particle size distribution (PSD) is produced by the crushing circuit and performing UCS tests to ensure that the rock quality is consistent. 7.4.3 Results The results of laboratory testing at Geita mine show that the rock strengths in all the deposits (i.e., Nyankanga, Geita Hill, Star and Comet and Nyamulilima) are generally greater than 100MPa, which equates AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 90 to a R5 grade and very strong rock. The majority of the UCS results for the CAF samples are recorded to have 2MPa which is the requirement as suggested by Peterson and Cooke, the backfilling consultant. The strength parameter results for the major lithologies per deposit are summarised in Table 7.10. Table 7.10. Strength parameter results for the major lithologies per deposit. Lithology Uniaxial compressive strength Mean (MPa) Standard deviation (MPa) Nyankanga BIF 144.74 80.27 DPH 108.58 39.54 QFP 52.09 24.21 TUFF 189.11 63.98 Geita Hill BIF 194.81 69.02 DPH 108.00 32.37 Star and Comet BIF 214.48 101.04 DPH 367.32 101.87 QFP 344.67 156.33 Nyamulilima BIF 107.7 47.9 DPH 129.8 49.8 Note: BIF: banded iron formation; DPH: diorite (rich in plagioclase over hornblende); QFP: quartz feldspar porphyry; TUFF: volcanic tuffaceous sediment; MPa: megapascal 7.4.4 Qualified Person(s) interpretation The geotechnical assessment indicates that the Geita deposits consist of mainly very strong rock (R5 grade), however structural complex zones are intersected at some zones especially for the Nyankanga and Geita Hill underground. These zones require additional ground control measures for the safe development of excavations. The stability of the stopes in all the underground operations is mostly controlled by the structures; structure models are updated every time they are intersected so that they can be incorporated in the design. Geotechnical assessment and analysis are conducted to the individual stope to provide recommendation and guidance to the operation team for safe mining of the stope. The Nyamulilima pit structures affect mostly the Southern side of the pit, design of the pit accounts for these structures to check for the influence as per the recommendation from the geotechnical section, additionally ground based radar (GroundProbe radar) is deployed to monitor this slope so that it inform the movement of the slope in case they is any instability developed. The Qualified Person interprets the results and confirms that the mining at Geita mine is geotechnically controlled to allow safe mining, however the mitigation suggested needs to be maintained. 8. Sample preparation, analyses and security Diamond and RC drilling are the primary sources of samples that provide data for Mineral Resource estimates. DD and RC samples are used from both exploration, Mineral Resource definition (infill) and grade control drilling programmes and used to inform Mineral Resource estimates. Underground face samples are collected routinely and used operationally for identifying ore zones during underground development. Truck dump samples and ROM face samples (grab samples) are routinely collected for checking ROM ore grades. Other samples such as surface grab, channel, trench, and soil samples are collected during exploration to assess prospectivity. Underground face samples, truck samples, ROM face samples and exploration surface grab, channel, trench and soil samples are excluded from Mineral Resource estimation. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 91 Samples from RC drilling are collected at 1m intervals using rotating cone splitters, with approximately 3-5kg collected in calico sample bags, and bulk reject sample is collected in plastic sample bags (in case re- assaying is required) and retained at the core sheds. Surface RC samples are collected as dry samples, where underground RC samples are collected as wet samples using water injection. Water injection is required to eliminate dust underground where the underground RC method is applied. For DD, samples are typically collected at 1m intervals, but the sampling interval can change based on geological observations (change in rock type, alteration, mineralisation, structural fabrics in the rock mass or core loss). The minimum sample length from drill core is 0.5m and the maximum length is 1.5m. For DD, the samples are cut with a core saw and half is submitted (half-core) for analysis. NQ core generated from underground grade control drilling, is sampled as full core after logging. The core is placed in calico sample bags for transport to the lab. Grab samples (rock chips, channels, ROM face, truck dump) are collected routinely from underground, open pit and exploration mapping, underground face sampling in development, and from stockpiles. The samples are typically 3-5kg and are used for improving geological understanding at specific locations. Grab samples are not used in Mineral Resource estimation but may be used during interpretation of mineralisation wireframes. Exploration and grade control samples are adequately monitored in the field to ensure sampling protocols are followed at the rigs, transport of samples from the drilling sites to the core shed is completed under sample transport protocols to ensure sample security, and on receipt at the core shed samples are prepared for sample dispatch to the laboratories to undergo laboratory tests. The initial process to prepare the samples for dispatch to the laboratory begins at exploration core yard. Samples are confirmed and identified with sample numbers and reconciled with drilling and sampling records. Once samples are confirmed, blanks and certified reference materials (CRMs) are inserted for QA/QC purposes. Samples transported to the SGS Mwanza laboratory (outside the mine site) undergo security checks at the sample yard by government officials and are sealed in a closed truck using the government seals. Samples processed on-site are submitted to the SGS Geita site laboratory by Geita Gold Mine employees (geologists who are responsible for the samples dispatch to the labs). Comprehensive sample transport procedures are in place. The receiving laboratory sends back electronic reconciliation reports confirming that samples were received. At the laboratory, assaying is then completed and follows analytical procedures aligned with industry and AngloGold Ashanti standards. Assay results and Certificates of Analysis are sent electronically, and QA/QC verification is completed before assays are loaded to the Fusion database for geology and mine planning use. 8.1 Sample preparation RC samples, typically 3-5kg, are oven dried (12 hours at 104°C), then crushed to 90% passing 2mm. Samples are split to approximately 0.5kg and pulverised to 90% passing 75µm. Drill core samples, typically 3-5kg, are oven dried (12 hours at 104°C), then crushed to 90% passing 2mm. Samples are then split to approximately 0.5kg and pulverised to 90% passing 75µm. Grab samples, typically 3-5kg, are oven dried (12 hours at 104°C), then crushed to 90% passing 2mm. Samples are split to approximately 0.5kg and pulverised to 90% passing 75µm. Crushed samples (coarse reject) and pulverised pulps are stored by the laboratories for three months to one year, for the purposes of re-assaying, check assaying and quality assurance/quality control testwork. 8.2 Assay method and laboratory All exploration, Mineral Resource definition and grade control samples are currently assayed by African Assay Laboratories Tanzania Limited, which is owned by, and is a subsidiary of, the SGS group. SGS has provided laboratory services for the Geita mine since 2002. Currently, SGS operates a commercial laboratory located in Mwanza (SGS Mwanza) and the AngloGold Ashanti-owned laboratories located at the Geita mine. On-site, the main laboratory (SGS Geita) is located at the process plant, with a sample preparation facility located at Star and Comet. The SGS Mwanza laboratory was ISO 17025 accredited by the South African National Accreditation System in 2012. Whilst the SGS Geita on-site laboratory is not ISO accredited, it is AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 92 run by the same management and uses the same applied methodology and standards. The laboratories are independent of AngloGold Ashanti. AngloGold Ashanti staff complete routine site laboratory visits at all SGS facilities to check compliance with industry practices and AngloGold Ashanti standards. From 2007 to 2016, the Geita mine engaged ALS Chemex laboratories located in Australia, Canada, and South Africa for independent sample assay verification services. ALS certifications with respect to ISO 17025 during the provision of this service is unknown. Gold is determined using fire assay with an atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) finish. This is considered a total assay for gold. The SGS Mwanza laboratory completes 50g fire assays and the SGS Geita on-site laboratory completes 40g fire assays. The detection limit is 0.01 g/t gold in both cases. A gravimetric finish is used for samples returning assays >5g/t gold and screen fire assay for all samples returning values >20g/t gold (this is a quality control measure to check for the presence of coarse gold). Base metal assaying is conducted on mineralised intervals using the ICP12B method, which analyses for a 32-element suite using aqua regia digest and an inductively coupled plasma (ICP) optical emission spectroscopy (OES) finish. 8.3 Sampling governance DD half-core is retained and stored in the core yard for future reference and in case re-logging, sampling, and assaying as required. DD core samples are generally retained throughout the life of mine (LOM) and beyond. If a need to dispose of DD core arises, a disposal permit is requested from the Ministry of Energy and Minerals and is typically limited to DD core related to mined-out volumes. RC bulk/reject samples are stored for three to six months and discarded once assays are received and validated. RC sample chip trays are stored for future reference and re-logging, and RC samples (chips) are retained until mined out, and if they need to be disposed of, the disposal process follows AngloGold Ashanti’s environmental waste management protocols. Data are electronically stored in the Fusion database with built-in quality controls to prevent duplication, overlaps and gaps. On-site database personnel conduct daily, weekly, and monthly database health checks on the imported data to ensure validated and accurately captured data. Assay data are managed and controlled as per in-house QA/QC protocols which are aligned to AngloGold Ashanti standards and guidelines for sampling, assaying, and QA/QC. The Fusion database is a structured query language (SQL) database, and is hosted on secure servers, with routine backup functionality. 8.4 Quality assurance and quality control Comprehensive QA/QC procedures and protocols are in place and are aligned with AngloGold Ashanti QA/QC guidelines. Representative QA/QC is conducted on exploration, grade control and underground sampling during routine submission for assay and check assaying on a quarterly basis. QA/QC performance is presented for 2025 and is considered a representative of current QA/QC procedures and protocols in place, and which have been followed routinely to this standard for the past ten years. QA/QC is reviewed for each Mineral Resource estimate and was verified by the Qualified Person, where the following is presented in detail as an example of QA/QC that is routinely conducted. Sampling, assaying, and QA/QC workflow is shown in Figure 8.1.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 93 Figure 8.1. Geita mine sampling, assay, and quality assurance workflow. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. QA/QC samples submitted include submission of: • CRMs to determine precision and accuracy of analytical procedures (2.5%). • Coarse blanks (4%) are submitted to monitor sample hygiene and contamination during sample preparation (splitting). • Pulp blanks (4%) submitted to monitor hygiene at assaying stage, in particular if there is contamination from re-used fire assay pots. • Field duplicates (2%), known as rig duplicates for RC sampling and DD duplicates from the second split of core, to monitor for sample bias during splitting, and for determination of coarse gold variability (nugget), and general mineralisation variability. • Coarse rejects are routinely assayed (2.5%) to monitor repeatability and sample bias of assays during splitting at the laboratory. • Pulp duplicates (2.5%) are assayed routinely to monitor precision and repeatability of assaying techniques. • Particle size analysis checks for crushing to 2mm and pulverizing performance to 75µm. • Check assaying of pulps quarterly targeting 100+ samples re-submitted for checking repeatability and precision. • Other QA/QC methods include comparison of gravimetric analysis for gold for assays reported over 5 g/t and screen fire assay analysis for selected high-grade assays (>20g/t). Overall, the operation targets about 10% of the total drilling sample count for the combined QA/QC samples submitted. Sample collection strictly adheres to AngloGold Ashanti Sampling Guideline Rev 1.04 2019, and sample collection is controlled as per in-house sampling protocols and procedures that are aligned to AngloGold Ashanti’s standards and guidelines for sampling, assaying, and QA/QC. Sampling procedures require secure AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 94 packaging, labelling and transportation of samples to laboratories. The SGS laboratories send an electronic reconciliation of samples received. Thereafter, assay results are reported electronically and captured into the Fusion database (Figure 8.2). Figure 8.2. Exploration and grade control sampling flowsheet. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. QAQC: quality assurance and quality control. 8.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy The Qualified Person has verified adequate procedures are in place for sample preparation, sample transport and security and analytical methods. The Qualified Person has regularly completed inspections of open pit and underground operations and exploration areas to observe sampling practices at the rigs and completed regular visits to core sheds and assay laboratories observe sample handling, sample preparation and sample transport practices. Sampling activities are conducted by trained and competent personnel. The observed sampling practices do not indicate any material problems with sampling, sample handling, sample preparation and sample transport. Sampling is conducted in line with industry standards, and sufficiently reliable to provide representative samples for assaying/gold determination. The Qualified Person considers that sufficient QA/QC samples are submitted for each batch to confirm precision and accuracy of assay data reported and used in Mineral Resource estimates. The QA/QC programme results do not indicate any material problems with sampling or analytical programmes, and data are sufficiently reliable to support estimation without limitations on Mineral Resource estimates. 9. Data verification 9.1 Data verification procedures While completing site duties as the appointed Senior Manager Geology and Exploration, the Qualified Person has routinely conducted the following data verification procedures: AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 95 • Visited the open pit, underground operations, and exploration areas to inspect activities relating to drilling and sampling. • Visited the core shed to inspect activities relating to geological logging, sampling, sample despatch and sample storage. • Visited the site assay laboratory facilities to inspect activities relating to sample preparation and assaying. • Visited the main ROM pad, satellite ROM pads and low-grade stockpile areas to inspect activities relating to stockpiles. • Visited exploration and operational areas to review geology and mineralisation. • Regularly inspected drill core with Exploration Manager to confirm the nature of the mineralisation and geological and structural features present. • Reviewed Mineral Resource and grade control models and signs off on model handover reports. • Reviewed drilling performance monthly and attends drilling contractor performance meetings. • Reviewed QA/QC performance monthly and attends laboratory performance meetings. • Reviewed reconciliation performance monthly, specifically reviewing Mineral Resource model to grade control to mine design to mined actual. • Reviewed monthly change in stockpile calculations and signs off on stockpile reports. • Attended daily production meetings, and weekly management meetings and chairs monthly site reconciliation meetings to report on geology and reconciliation performance. • Conducted scheduled reviews of Geology and Exploration procedures as per document control protocols. During the preparation of this Report, the Qualified Person has conducted the following data verification procedures: • Cross-referenced database records with drill hole extracts used in each of the 2025 Mineral Resource updates. • Coordinated QA/QC review for 2025 drilling data and reviewed results. • Reviewed QA/QC reports relating to each Mineral Resource estimate. • Reviewed procedures relating to drilling, sampling, assaying, geological modelling, and resource estimation. • Reviewed and read all Mineral Resource Estimation Documents relating to 2025 Mineral Resource updates. • Reviewed and re-read SRK Consulting 2022 Geita External Mineral Resource and Reserve Report. • Interviewed Evaluation Superintendent to verify data used, geological model assumptions and model estimation parameters for each Mineral Resource update. • Interviewed Senior Manager Process Plant to verify metallurgical assumptions and get information for documenting metallurgical testwork completed over time. • Interviewed Exploration Manager and team exploration geologists to verify understanding of geological models. • Interviewed Survey Superintendent to verify site survey equipment specifications and to validate survey practices in the field. • Interviewed Downhole Survey contractor to verify downhole survey equipment specifications and to validate downhole survey practices in the field. • Interviewed drilling contractor Project Managers to verify drilling procedures. The Qualified Person has verified that data management, relating to sampling, assaying and QA/QC incorporates rigorous data validation, and follows established procedures for recording of sampling against AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 96 drill holes, and recording of assaying data against the samples. Sampling and assaying data is validated and stored in a secure database. The Qualified Person has verified that appropriate procedures are in place for QA/QC and has reviewed QA/QC data and associated reports (monthly, quarterly) prepared by geology personnel. The Qualified Person has reviewed QA/QC data relating to each Mineral Resource estimate, which is documented each of the Mineral Resource estimation documents relating to the Mineral Resource estimate update. Monthly laboratory performance meetings are held with SGS laboratory managers, laboratory visits are conducted quarterly, and laboratories are audited annually by internal AngloGold Ashanti experts. Bi- annually, the laboratories are audited by independent consultants as part of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Review. The last third party Mineral Resource and Reserve review was completed in November 2022, by SRK Consulting, who in addition to laboratory inspections, reviewed QA/QC data for the period of 2019 to 2022. No material issues with QA/QC were identified in that review. 9.1.1 Site procedures The Qualified Person verified that adequate procedures are in place at the Geita mine, and data is collected by trained and competent personnel. The following provides a summary of procedures in place. Drill hole data are electronically stored in the Datamine Fusion database with built-in QC controls to prevent duplication, overlaps and gaps. The database has a series of automated validation tools during import and export for error identification. Data that fail validation are verified and corrected. On-site database personnel conduct daily, weekly, and monthly database health checks on the imported data to ensure that it is validated and accurately captured. Drill hole collar locations, after drilling, are surveyed by Survey Department using industry-recognised survey techniques (discussed in Chapter 7.1.1 and 7.2.5). Downhole surveying is undertaken on all exploration drill holes, using appropriate gyro downhole survey tools (see Chapter 7.2.6). Downhole surveys are validated in Datamine by supervising geologists to validate downhole survey prior to import into Datamine Fusion database. Geological logging is completed for all drill holes and is conducted by trained geologists (refer to Chapter 7.2.2). Geological logging data is imported to the Datamine Fusion database and validated to ensure logged intervals use approved logging codes for lithology, texture, mineralisation, alteration, and structure. Procedures are in place for routine density measurement and for RC and DD core recovery (see Chapter 7.2.4) Assay data are managed and controlled as per QA/QC protocols, which are aligned to AngloGold Ashanti standards and guidelines for drilling, sampling, and assaying (see Chapter 8). Assay data are imported directly from laboratory assay certificates by assigned persons. Database routines validate every input and produce a report, detailed log and full quality control charts of check assays and CRMs such that checks are completed during each batch import. Results of the QA/QC programmes are rigorously tracked through internal weekly and monthly reporting protocols. The Datamine Fusion database is a SQL database, and is hosted on secure servers, with routine backup functionality. A full-time database administrator is employed at the Geita mine to manage the database. 9.1.2 Internal reviews AngloGold Ashanti has developed and implemented a rigorous system of internal and external reviews aimed at providing assurance in respect of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. This structured system ensures the accuracy and validity of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. This approach involves a clear delegation of responsibilities, with individuals at various organisational levels assuming responsibility and reviewing the work they are directly involved in through an internal review and sign-off process. Mine site technical specialists, who may be Qualified Persons, prepare and document the information supporting the Mineral Reserve and Mineral Resource estimates. Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates are reviewed by the Business Unit technical specialists during key stages of the estimate generation and reporting, followed by a final review conducted by corporate Qualified Persons with a global oversight role.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 97 AngloGold Ashanti has a number of internal processes in support of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. These include reconciliation, mineability and dilution evaluations, investigations of grade discrepancies, long-term/strategic plan reviews, and mining studies to meet internal financing criteria for project advancement. 9.1.3 External audit An external independent audit by SRK Consulting was undertaken on the mine during December 2022. SRK Consulting concluded that the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve were reported in accordance with the current international reporting codes. No material risks were identified following completion of the external review. 9.2 Limitations on, or failure to conduct verification No limitations were placed on the Qualified Persons for data verification. 9.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy 9.3.1 Ms. Janeth Luponelo Through completion of data verification procedures and activities listed in Chapter 9.1, Ms. Luponelo verified that: • Appropriate procedures, checks, and validations for drilling, sampling, assaying, and geological logging are in place. • Drilling, sampling, assaying, and logging activities are conducted and/or supervised by trained and competent personnel. • Core and RC logging is conducted to a high standard and meets industry standards for gold exploration. • Collar and downhole surveying are performed using industry standard instrumentation, and suitable for determining 3D position of mineralised intercepts relied upon for interpreting mineralisation wireframes. • Appropriate levels of QA/QC are performed routinely to confirm precision and accuracy. • Density data are accurately measured, and adequate coverage of density data is available for tonnage estimation in Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. • Routine RC recovery checks are completed, demonstrating acceptable RC sample recoveries over time. • Core recovery is measured, demonstrating acceptable DD core recoveries over time. • Data integrity is verified for data in the drill hole database. In summary, data are to be sufficiently reliable to support estimation without limitations on Mineral Resource confidence categories. The checks are appropriate, and consistent with industry standards. Data are acceptable to provide reliable data to inform estimation of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve, and for use in mine planning. 9.3.2 Mr. Duan Campbell Mr. Campbell focused on verifying the adequacy and accuracy of data specifically related to Mineral Reserve, covering the following aspects: • Ensures that mine designs, including stope shapes, pit outlines, and layouts, are feasible and based on accurate data, such as geotechnical stability and access requirements. Mineral Reserve estimates must reflect practical, safe, and economically viable mining practices. • Verifies that Mineral Reserve estimates are based on realistic and current economic assumptions, including commodity prices, recovery rates, mining costs, processing costs, and capital expenditures. This ensures the economic feasibility of Mineral Reserve under forecast market conditions. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 98 • Reviews the cut-off grade calculations, ensuring they accurately reflect processing costs, metallurgical recoveries, and operational constraints. This cut-off grade supports which material qualifies as Mineral Reserve and thus directly impacts Mineral Reserve tonnage and grade estimates. • Examines the adequacy of metallurgical testing and processing data, confirming that recovery factors, processing methods, and throughput rates align with Mineral Reserve estimates, and that metallurgical assumptions for ore processing are reliable and consistent with the expected mineralised material characteristics. • Evaluates the adequacy of on-site and off-site infrastructure required to support Mineral Reserve extraction, such as transportation, water supply, tailings management, power, and waste disposal. For Mineral Reserve, the Qualified Person ensured that all infrastructure requirements are feasible and properly costed to support planned operations. • Ensures the Mineral Reserve estimates account for any critical environmental constraints, including compliance with environmental regulations, water management plans, and reclamation requirements. The Qualified Person verified that long-term sustainability issues, such as TSFs, acid rock drainage, and habitat conservation, were factored into mine planning and cost estimates. • Verifies that geotechnical data, including slope stability and rock mass characteristics, are suitable for long-term mining operations and that Mineral Reserve estimates reflect necessary ground support or slope adjustments. Hydrological data are also reviewed to ensure mine dewatering and groundwater control measures are feasible and accounted for in Mineral Reserve plans. • Assesses whether the processing plant and TSFs have adequate capacity and design to support production. This includes verifying that infrastructure plans align with the scale of mining and processing required. • Conducts risk and sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of potential changes in key factors such as metal prices, operating costs, and recovery rates on the Mineral Reserve estimates. This analysis provides insights into estimation robustness and highlights any potential need for contingency measures. • Ensures that all data, methods, and assumptions meet the requirements of the 2014 CIM definitions for Mineral Reserve, particularly with regards to the level of confidence required for classifying Mineral Reserve as Proven or Probable. The Qualified Person's opinion on these aspects ensures that the data used to support Mineral Reserve estimates are comprehensive, sufficient, and reliable, with appropriate consideration of economic, operational, environmental, and technical factors that are critical to the life of mine (LOM) mining and process plan. 10. Mineral processing and metallurgical testing The process plant was commissioned in 1999 following design and constriction managed by Lycopodium in Australia. The plant is designed to treat hard sulphide ore together with a mix of oxide material when it becomes available. Detailed designs and tests were conducted as part of the project development during 1997-1999. After the operations began in 1999, the following key metallurgical testwork programmes were completed: • 2013-2015: Kukuluma-Matandani testwork. A detailed testwork programme to study the metallurgical performance of the Kukuluma Matandani mineralisation was completed as part of a prefeasibility study. This study included testing of various processing methods for highly refractory ore such as bio- oxidation, and pressure oxidation. • 2016-2017: Star and Comet underground testwork. This aimed to establishing the metallurgical behaviour of the mineralisation at depth. • 2020-2021: Nyamulilima testwork. Evaluated metallurgical performance of Nyamulilima (new pit) mineralisation and assessing the potential impact on the existing plant design. 2022-2023: Geita Hill underground testwork. Completed to establish the metallurgical behaviour of the mineralisation at depth. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 99 10.1 Mineral processing and metallurgical testing Significant metallurgical testwork has been conducted on samples from the various deposits since the 1990s, targeting parameters such as mineralogy, hardness, grindability, gravity recoverability, flotation, sensitivity to cyanide including carbon-in-leach (CIL) and intensive leaching, optimisation on grinds, leaching time and cyanide concentration, diagnostic leach, gold deportment and effect of blending. 10.1.1 Location of the analytical/testing laboratories and relationship to the registrant Testwork programmes were conducted primarily by SGS in South Africa, Advanced Mineral Technology Laboratory (AMTEL) in Canada, and ALS in Australia. These are international independent commercial laboratories which are not affiliated with AngloGold Ashanti. They have performed several metallurgical testworks used for plant optimisation. Other laboratories such as the Nesch Mintec Laboratory in Mwanza (Nesch Mintec) and SGS Mwanza are certified laboratories available in Tanzania and have provided essential analytical support within Tanzania. They are independent commercial laboratories, not affiliated with the AngloGold Ashanti. Information below indicates a summary of the independent commercial laboratories that were contracted for analytical, metallurgical, and mineralogical services. 1. Nesch Mintech Tanzania Limited • Location: Butimba, Mwanza, Tanzania. • Role: Independent contractor for analytical and metallurgical services. • Accreditation: ISO/IEC 17025 certified by SADCAS, Facility #TEST-5 0029. • Technical Scope: Fire Assay and mineral analysis adhering to various regulatory standards. • Quality Assurance: Monitors quality via African Mineral Standards, Rocklabs, and Geostats proficiency programmes. • Validity: Active through June 2, 2028. • Subcontracting: Maintains partnerships with GEOLABS SA and Petrolab (UK) for specialised requirements. 2. African Assay Laboratories (T) Limited (SGS Mwanza) • Location: Mkuyuni Industrial Area, Mwanza, Tanzania. • Role: Independent third-party contractor for geochemical and gold analysis. • Accreditation: ISO/IEC 17025 certified by CALA (Canada), Certificate #1004114. • Technical Scope: Specialises in gold by fire assay. • Quality Assurance: Participates in monthly Laboratory Quality Services International and African Mineral Standards programmes, and biannual Geostats proficiency testing. • Validity: Active through May 12, 2027. • Subcontracting: None; all analytical work is performed in-house. 3. African Assay Laboratories (T) Limited (SGS South Africa (Pty) Ltd.) • Location: 58 Melville Street, Booysens, Johannesburg. • Role: Independent third-party contractor for geochemical and gold analysis. • Accreditation: ISO/IEC 17025:2017 certified by the South African National Accreditation Systems, facility accreditation number T0265. • Validity: Active through Feb 27, 2030. • Subcontracting: None; all analytical work is performed in-house. 4. Advanced Mineral Technology Laboratory Ltd. (AMTEL) • Location: London, Ontario, Canada. • Role: Independent consulting group for mineralogical characterization and gold deportment. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 100 • Technical Scope: Advanced microscopy and metallurgical balance. • Accreditation Strategy: Operates as a specialist consultancy; all primary chemical assays are subcontracted to ISO-accredited facilities. • Quality Assurance: Employs a pm10% reconciliation protocol between mineralogical gold deportment and certified head assays. • Validity (Subcontractor): ALS accreditation is valid until May 18, 2029. 5. ALS Pty Limited • Location: Perth Metallurgy. 6 MacAdam Place, Balcatta WA 6021 • Role: Independent contractor for analytical and metallurgical mineral division. • Accreditation: ISO 9001, ISO 45001 and ISO 14001 • Validity: Active through May 28, 2028. 10.2 Laboratory testwork and results 10.2.1 Laboratories used for testwork The Geita site laboratory consists of two main sections: the metallurgical laboratory, which handles process optimisation testwork (e.g. bottle roll tests, gravity gold recovery, diagnostic leach tests, Bond work index etc.), and SGS geochemical laboratory, which handles analytical services such as fire assay for plant accounting samples (finished by AAS machine) as well as X-ray fusion and limited wet chemistry. Additional testwork such as mineralogy, gold deportment, ore characterisation and other extensive treatment processes (e.g. bio-oxidation, heap leach etc.) is conducted at external laboratories including SGS, AMTEL, and ALS) Nesch Mintec and SGS Mwanza. 10.2.2 Geometallurgical programme A geometallurgical programme was launched in late 2012 to enhance predictions of material property changes in the mineralisation to be treated, and their effects on metallurgical processes (Figure 10.1).

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 101 Figure 10.1. Demonstration of the Geita mine geometallurgical programme (data types and techniques). Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. A*b: ore hardness factor; pXRF: Portable X-Ray Fluorescence; BBW: Bond Ball Work Index; CSS: Closed Side Setting (106mm); UCS: universal compressive strength; ICP-MS: Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry; LECO: LECO trademark is an acronym of the original name, Laboratory Equipment Corporation. Various test programmes were initiated, including comminution tests (modified and full Bond work index), diagnostic leaching, gravity gold recovery tests, oxygen uptake tests, and optimisation of reagent usage. 10.2.3 Nyamulilima pit testwork results During the development of Nyamulilima pit in 2020-2021, extensive metallurgical tests were completed by SGS South Africa to establish the metallurgical response. The external testwork included mineralogy, ore characterisation (hardness and elemental analysis), gravity gold recovery, leach recovery and reagent and grind optimisation. The on-site testwork used standard leach conditions for each test, which differed from those used by the external laboratory, but allowed for a large quantity of leach recovery data to be compiled. The mineralogical laboratory results showed that the average head gold grade was 6.43 g/t, which was higher than average mill feed grade. The bulk mineralogy by quantitative X-ray diffraction showed that the sample consisted mainly of silicates (quartz, plagioclase and pyroxene) with lesser amounts of sulphides and Fe- oxides. Heavy liquid separation results indicated that there was approximately 15% gold distributed within the slimes (supported by the quantitative evaluation of minerals by scanning electron microscopy (QEMSCAN) result for the feed gold grains <20µm), approximately 30% gold distributed within the floats (due to very fine unliberated gold associated with silicate and sulphide gangue) and only approximately 56% of the gold distributed within the sinks (which could be attributed to liberated gold particles or to fine gold associated with sulphides). A similar trend was seen in the sulphur distribution. Gold deportment tests indicated that gold occurs as native gold with minor amounts of silver as well as antimony (not detected in all grains). Based on over a thousand particles measured ,100% of the gold grains was <35µm. Gold grains are very fine grained and locked within “gangue” particles, hence poor liberation. Gold is primarily associated with silicates (65%) and pyrite (12%). The Nyamulilima ore is classified as hard with a Bond work index (BWi) ranging from 16.2-18.8kWh/t. Modified Bond ball mill tests conducted on five samples yielded results ranging from 15.6-18.6kWh/t at limiting screen of 150µm. The Bond crushability index (CWi) averaged 20.2 kWh/t with a minimum 11.0 kWh/t AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 102 and maximum of 30.3kWh/t. Previously, different ore sources were tested at the limiting screen size of 106µm and varied from 9.6 to 20.6kWh/t. A dry specific gravity (SG) value was determined as part of the CWi for the Nyamulilima testwork at 2.71. SG measurements varied from 2.68 to 4.17. Table 10.1 summarises the comminution results: Table 10.1. Summary of Nyamulilima comminution results. Test Units Nyamulilima (range) Nyamulilima (average) No. of samples Range Average Crusher work index kWh/t 11.0-30.3 20.2 20 — — Specific gravity — 2.71 2.71 20 2.68-4.17 — BWi (p80 75µm equivalent) kWh/t 16.2-18.8 17.64 5 9.6-20.6 17.03 Note: BWi: bond work index; µm: micrometres; kWh/t: kilo watt hours per tonne. The gravity gold recovery testwork indicated that the largest portion of the gold is liberated at a grind of 212µm, but the overall gravity gold recovery ranges from 18.0- 25%. The gravity recovery at 75µm appears less than optimum with an industry benchmark of good gravity gold recovery being >30%. The gravity separation results indicated that the primary concentrate sample was comprised of native gold, minor amounts of silver and antimony detected (not detected in all grains). There was some coarser gold grains detected in the gold deportment, with 80% <35µm, the primary concentrate sample showed approximately 62% of gold grains are liberated with approximately 35% that are locked. The gold is also associated with sulphides (pyrite) and silicates. A total of 714 leach tests were conducted at the on-site metallurgical laboratory on the gravity tails with an average overall recovery of approximately 94%. The leach conditions were significantly different than the testwork that was conducted at SGS South Africa, i.e. the gravity portion was not removed, milling was to a finer grind (p80-75µm) and with a higher cyanide addition of 1kg/t. Table 10.2 summarises the leach conditions. Table 10.2. Laboratory leach test conditions. Laboratory Location Cyanide (kg/t) Dissolved Oxygen (ppm) Carbon (kg/t) Lead (kg/t) Grind (p80 µm) Relative Density (%solids) Gravity Residence Time (hour) Oxygen Addition On-site 1 >5 30 0.05 75 50 N/A 24 Hydrogen peroxide SGS South Africa 0.35 >10 15 0.05 106 52 Yes 24 Oxygen gas Note: kg/t: kilogram per tonne; ppm: parts per million; µm: micrometres; N/A: not applicable. The overall average gold recovery for the blends as conducted at SGS South Africa at plant conditions is 86.3% whilst for the Nyamulilima composite it was 88.8% (Table 10.3). Table 10.3. SGS South Africa testwork results (24 hours leach). Test Leach recovery (%) Overall recovery (%) Range Average Range Average Nyamulilima — 82.8 — 88.8 Blends 74.1- 89.2 81.7 79.8-92.1 86.3 The diagnostic leach indicated that the gravity tails sample contained about 5.62g/t gold. Of the contained gold, approximately 86% was recoverable via CIL, with only 1.35% of the gold associated with preg-robbing material. Much of the remaining gold (6.16%) was associated with HCl-digestible minerals. The sample contained about 24% (m/m) mass of HCl-digestible minerals. Gold is of a very fine particle size (i.e. 100% <35µm based on measurements on nearly 2,000 particles. Gravity gold recoveries (e.g. at 18.3%) are low compared to the 56% recovered by heavy liquid separation on 100% <1.7mm). However, most, if not all, of the latter gold can be attributed to association with pyrite, which is also recovered in the sinks. The fine gold particles were found to be occluded within, or associated with, silicate gangue (65%) and pyrite (12%). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 103 Comminution tests showed that the ore hardness (modified bond) is in the same operating envelope as the current mineralisation being treated to the plant, although some of the latest and most recent results indicate that the mineralisation from the Nyamulilima pit is relatively harder than other sources within the Geita mine deposit. Gravity response appeared to be more favourable than the existing response, which indicated an opportunity to increased gravity gold recovery. Variability appears to exist with the gravity recovery response due to the fine-grained nature of the gravity recoverable gold albeit at the deeper levels within the Nyamulilima open pit. 10.2.4 Geita Hill underground testwork results In 2022–2023, an extensive testwork programme was conducted for the development of the Geita Hill underground operations. Prior to that, the Geita Hill deposit had been mined as an open pit mine and therefore more work was needed to establish the metallurgical performance of the mineralisation at depth. Core samples were collected for comminution and leaching tests. The samples collected were categorised in terms of domains (Block 1, Block 2, 3 and 4, Block 5 and 6 and Lone Cone), lithologies, and gold grades. The external testwork scope at SGS in South Africa included mineralogy, ore characterisation (hardness and elemental analysis), gravity gold recovery, leach recovery, settling, oxygen uptake rate test, reagents, and optimisation testwork. Comminution test results showed that the average BWi values were 18.37, 15.77, 19.81 and 19.31kWh/t for Block 1, Blocks 2, 3 and 4, Blocks 5 and 6 and Lone Cone respectively. These values classify the mineralisation as hard but within the hardness range of current ore as indicated in Figure 10.2. Figure 10.2. Variation of hardness values for Geita mine plant ore sources. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. KWh/t: kilo watt hours per tonne; BP2026: 2026 business plan; UG: underground. A multi-element analysis for selected samples was completed and the results indicated that Geita Hill underground ore is similar to the existing ores (Figure 10.3), but has no silver and less copper, nickel and lead than other sources. Figure 10.3. Multi-element analysis x-ray fluorescence (XRF) results of Geita mine ore sources. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 104 Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. XRF: x-ray fluorescence; ppm: parts per million; Al: aluminium; As: arsenic; Ca: calcium; Cu: copper; Fe: iron; Ni: nickel; Pb: lead; S: sulphur; Ag: silver. The overall gravity recoveries for all domains at Geita Hill underground trended lower than the current plant gravity gold recovery of ≥20%. The gravity recoveries as a percentage of total gold recovered range was 14- 19% and 14-18% for the eight-hour batch test and 24-hour batch test respectively These results indicated that Geita Hill underground ore will not enhance the gravity gold recovery component of the Geita mine plant feed ore. The average total recovery (gravity and CIL leach) was 87.2% as indicated in Figure 10.4. Figure 10.4. Total recoveries (CIL+ gravity gold recovery) for all Geita Hill underground domains. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. Optimisation tests indicated that a finer grind size would increase recoveries, but no significant recovery benefit was noted with increased cyanide addition. Based on the metallurgical testwork results conducted and the other considerations, the metallurgical behaviour of the Geita Hill underground mineralisation is within the existing treatment envelopes and as such its treatment risks were deemed as within acceptable levels. 10.2.5 Test results of other individual mineralisation sources A 2016 testwork programme conducted at SGS for five individual high-grade samples indicated average gold head grade ranging between 5.43-6.40g/t. The samples were collected from the Star and Comet, Geita Hill, and Nyankanga deposits. The samples were subjected to gravity separation using the Knelson MD-3 concentrator, and the concentrate and tailings subjected to leach tests where intense cyanidation as well as the effect of grind, cyanide addition and time on gold dissolution was investigated. The gravity separation results showed that three of the composites for Star and Comet Cut 3 underground normal material, Geita Hill East and Nyankanga achieved gold recoveries above 20% illustrating that gravity concentration remains a viable option as a concentration process. The highest gravity gold recovery achieved was 49.5% for the Nyankanga sample. During the intensive cyanidation of the gravity tails, the maximum leach gold dissolutions achieved after 24 hours for the five composites ranged between 97.9-99.4%. For the majority of the samples, steady state was reached in 2-4 hours. Leach tests investigating the effect of grind size illustrated that there is an increase in gold dissolution as particle size decreases. Gold dissolutions ranging between 83.7-94.6% were achieved. The optimum grind size was shown to be 80% passing 106µm. The effect of cyanide addition was investigated, and it was found that an increase in cyanide addition increased gold dissolution. The optimum cyanide addition for the five samples was found to be 0.35kg/t and 0.50kg/t based on the three addition rates investigated. It was observed that during leaching tests on the Star and Comet Cut 3 massive sulphide sample, foam formed on top of the slurry. This could have an impact on plant operation and was taken into consideration as a risk. Leach tests were conducted using varying leaching times in the presence and absence of oxygen. For all five samples the addition of oxygen increased the rate of gold dissolution as well as the maximum dissolution achieved. For three of the samples, Star and Comet Cut 2 underground massive sulphide, Geita Hill east and Nyankanga, a leaching time of 12 hours would be sufficient to reach steady state. For the remaining two

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 105 samples, Star and Comet Cut 3 underground massive sulphide and Star and Comet Cut 3 underground normal sulphide, steady state was only reached at approximately 48 hours of leaching. 10.2.6 Gold deportment The gold deportment was established in five composite samples from Nyankanga, Geita Hill open pit, Geita Hill underground, Star and Comet Cut 2, and Star and Comet Cut 3. The samples were sent to AMTEL during 2016. Certain ores were sent as distinct ore zone and wall-rock units, which were blended. The aim of the gold deportment analyses was to quantify all gold forms and carriers, to predict metallurgical behaviour, and determine the best blending recipe based on mineralogy. The deportment testwork allows for prediction of ore behaviour within the existing flowsheet at Geita. Key findings were as follows: • Pyrite is the principal sulphide in Star and Comet Cut 3, Nyankanga and Geita Hill Pit ores. Pyrrhotite is more abundant in Geita Hill underground and Star and Comet Cut 2 ores. Monoclinic (magnetic) pyrrhotite is the dominant form in the ores, except for Star and Comet Cut 3 which has roughly equal hexagonal and monoclinic pyrrhotite. • Free gold mineral grains are the principal gold carrier in all ores except Star and Comet Cut 3. • The highest-grade composites (Geita Hill open pit and Nyankanga) have significant coarse gold (>40µm), which will benefit from up-front gravity processing. • The gold deportment of the Star and Comet Cut 3 ore is different due to the very high pyrite content (32wt.%) of this composite, and lack of coarsest free gold grains. • The gold grade in pyrite is highest in the high-grade ores (Geita Hill open pit 69g/t Au; Nyankanga 44g/t Au). The high pyrite content appears to result in a dilution of associated gold, with these particles having the lowest grade (13g/t Au). • Predicted rougher flotation recovery ranges from 73-86%. Highest predicted flotation recovery is in the Star and Comet Cut 3 ore, where sulphide content is highest (albeit this recovery would come at a very high mass pull). The lowest predicted flotation recovery is in the Star and Comet Cut 2 and Geita Hill underground ores, due to high magnetite contents. • Leach recovery (at grind P80 110µm) was better overall, ranging from 85-91%, except for Star and Comet Cut 3 (78%) which is lower due to the absence of coarse gold grains. • Refractory gold content is low and consistent at about 1% of the head grade for all ores. 10.2.7 Recovery forecast 10.2.7.1 LOM recovery assumptions Figure 10.5 presents the forecast recoveries for the LOM. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 106 Figure 10.5. Recovery forecast for LOM. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. BP 2025: business plan 2025; GH: Geita Hill; S&C: Star and Comet; UG: underground. The recovery forecast for each year considers the blend mix of the sources mined in that year and the recovery assumption for each individual source. The recovery assumptions for each source are based on testwork completed on-site and at external laboratories. For Mineral Resource reported exclusive of Mineral Reserve, the metallurgical recoveries are shown in Table 10.4. Table 10.4. Metallurgical recoveries Selous, Kalondwa Hill, Kukuluma, Matandani and Area 3 West. Weathering Profile Unit Selous Kalondwa Hill Kukuluma Matandani Area 3 West Chipaka Met. recovery oxide % 95.6 95.6 75.2 84.4 80.6 87.8 Met. recovery transition % 92.6 94.6 43.5 52.7 65.9 87.8 Met. recovery fresh % 90.4 93.4 48.8 47.1 51.5 58.6 Note: Met: metallurgical. For the Selous deposit, a total of 231 samples were collected in 2018 for bottle roll analysis at an average composite length of 3m where average recoveries for oxide are 95.6%, transitional 92.6% and for sulphide 90.4%. For the Kalondwa Hill deposit, a total of 15 bottle roll samples were collected in 2023 from dominantly BIF, where average recoveries for oxide are 95.6%, transitional 94.6% and for sulphide 93.4%, which aligns closely to average recoveries reported at Nyankanga (sulphide ore 92 to 94%). Kalondwa Hill is adjacent to Nyankanga with similar host lithologies. For the Kukuluma-Matandani deposit, representative testwork was completed during mining between 2003 and 2007 on composite samples for bottle roll leach testwork that were collected from grade control drilling. Average recoveries for Kukuluma oxide are 75.2%, transitional 43.5% and for sulphide 48.8%. Average recoveries for Matandani oxide are 84.4%, transitional 52.7% and for sulphide 47.1%. The Area 3 West deposit has testwork results from exploration drilling, with average recoveries for oxide are 80.6%, transitional 65.9% and for sulphide 51.5%. In 2015, a gold deportment study was carried out on AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 107 Matandani exploration samples, indicated that 68% of the gold was sub-microscopic (approximately 2.5µm) and hosted exclusively in arsenopyrite, confirming refractory nature of the mineralisation. For the Chipaka deposit, a total of 33 bottle roll composites were collected in 2006 from exploration drilling, where average recoveries for oxide and transitional 87.8% and for sulphide 58.6%. The forecast average annual recovery for the LOM ranges from 84.6% to 94.4% with Ridge 8 (78.0%) material potentially having the greatest impact on recoveries in the years 2026-2028. Star and Comet, including Ridge 8 recoveries range from 78.0% to 85.0%. Nyamulilima and Nyankanga have good recoveries of 92.8% and 93.4% respectively, and Geita Hill has average recoveries of 89.3%. Recoveries for Nyamulilima, Star and Comet, Nyankanga and Geita Hill are based on comprehensive metallurgical testwork. 10.2.8 Metallurgical variability Samples selected for metallurgical testwork were chosen to ensure that variability was adequately addressed. For the Nyamulilima testwork, samples collected represented the various host lithologies, including, by mass, tuff-volcanoclastic (43%), BIF (36%) and tonalite (21%). Various weathering zones were also considered with the samples composed of 60% fresh, 26% transitional and 14% oxide material. For Geita Hill underground testwork, samples collected were selected from the four domains identified at that time (Block 1, Block 2,3, and 4, Blocks 5 and 6 and Lone Cone) and primarily consisted of BIF (80%) and diorite (20%). Figure 10.6 is an illustration of the location of the various samples by grade also showing the spatial representation by domain. Figure 10.6. Location of samples collected in each Geita Hill domain and classified by grade. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. GH: Geita Hill. 10.2.9 Deleterious elements Silver is present in the ores at Geita mine accounting for 7% of bullion for Star and Comet/Nyankanga blended ores. Silver increases to 10% of bullion in Nyankanga/Geita Hill blends. The presence of silver is not considered deleterious to metallurgical recovery. Testwork results have not indicated the presence of deleterious elements in any significant concentrations that could be of concern. None of the bullion produced has incurred penalties due to the presence of deleterious elements at the refinery. The Kukuluma and Matandani transitional and sulphide mineralisation (reported as Mineral Resource only) are refractory with recoveries of approximately 60% from preliminary 2011-2015 testwork using the current process plant configuration. The Kukuluma and Matandani mineralisation will require alternative processing methods to be determined to increase recovery and support economic potential evaluations. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 108 10.3 Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy The laboratory data provided in this Report is considered accurate and determined using conventional analytical techniques and procedures for exploration and grade control drilling and for metallurgical sampling for the process plant. 11. Mineral Resource estimates Mineral Resource considered potentially amenable to open pit mining methods is reported for Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2, 3 and 4, Selous, Kalondwa Hill, Chipaka, Kukuluma, Matandani and Area 3 West. Mineral Resource considered potentially amenable to underground mining methods is reported for Geita Hill, Nyankanga, and Star and Comet (including Ridge 8). Stockpiled material with average stockpile grade above mineralised waste cut-off grade is included in the Mineral Resource estimate. The primary Mineral Resource models are updated annually, typically in the first quarter of each year, and are in place for Nyankanga underground, Star and Comet underground and Geita Hill underground operations and for the Nyamulilima open pit operations. For each of the deposits, 3D geological wireframe models were constructed for the mineralisation, structures and lithology and were used as the basis for the Mineral Resource estimate. The following discussion covers geological modelling, drilling data and validation and comments on mineral estimation parameters for the Mineral Resource estimates. All Mineral Resource estimates at Geita mine were documented internally and were comprehensively reviewed during the preparation of this Report. 11.1 Reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction The Geita mine Mineral Resource tonnages and grades are reported in situ and constrained to meet the requirement for reasonable prospects of economic extraction by volumes created through a mine shape optimiser process for underground or within an economically optimised pit shell for open pit and stockpiled material is reported as broken material. Appropriate factors have been applied to the modelled grade and tonnage to account for anticipated dilution and ore loss in determination of the Mineral Resource. open pit Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are supported by optimised pit shells and designs, while underground Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are supported by the sufficient designs and modifying factors. Sufficient work has been done to determine the prospect for economic extraction. Open pit mining at Geita, located at Nyamulilima (22km from process plant), is by conventional truck-and- shovel open pit mining method. The open pit mining is conducted using Geita mine-owned, operated, and maintained fleet. Capital Mining Services Tanzania Limited provides production drilling services and Orica provides blasting services. Underground mining began at Star and Comet in 2016 while at Nyankanga the operations started in 2017 using the services of an underground mining contractor. In 2018, Star and Comet became an owner operator operation, whilst Nyankanga and Geita Hill are mined using the services of an underground mining contractor. Stope mining is by a combination of longitudinal and transverse open stoping. Ore is hauled from the Nyamulilima open pit (22km) and from Star and Comet (17km), Nyankanga (4km) and Geita Hill (2km) underground operations to the central ROM pad by the Geita surface mining fleet. Geita ore processing method is via conventional CIL process. The CIL plant has a throughput capacity of approximately 5.5Mtpa. The circuit contains a primary gyratory crusher, secondary and tertiary crushers, a semi-autogenous grinding (SAG) mill, ball mill and 12 leach tanks. This is coupled with a gravity circuit through two Knelson concentrators. In planning, the plant feed blend based on material, hardness, grade, and sulphide content are considered to optimize throughput and recovery. Ore from Nyankanga (90.7%) and Nyamulilima (92%) have recoveries greater than 90%, however Geita Hill (87.2%) and Star and Comet (Cut 2 88.3%, Cut 3 88.4%, Cut 5 80.4% and Ridge 8 80.4%) ore have lower metallurgical recoveries. When blended with Nyankanga and Nyamulilima ores, at up to 30% in blend, recoveries above 87% are maintained in the blends, with a metallurgical recovery of 91.6% recorded for 2024. A comprehensive strategy is in place to manage ore blending in the LOM. Geita has an established 5.5Mtpa CIL processing plant capable of processing hard ore. While open pit mining at Nyankanga was completed in October 2020, the start of open pit mining in 2021 allows for 5.5Mtpa to be maintained, hence, no modifications are required to the processing plant. GGM also has an established TSF with sufficient area to construct wall raises. Raise four was completed in 2024 and raise five is planned for 2027, which will provide capacity up to 2033. Thereafter, strategic options are being assessed for a raise six

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 109 or the construction of a new TSF to be operational for deposition from 2034 to accommodate planned future production. A full workshop facility is in place to support the maintenance of all types of machinery (heavy and light mining equipment) and all types of supporting light trucks and light vehicles available on site. The mine also runs its own 36MW diesel generation power plant at full capacity and a 25km length water supply pipeline from Lake Victoria for water supply to the mine. Mine dewatering provides additional water for process plant and mining operations, and recycled tailings water is returned to the process plant. Contractor infrastructure supported on the mine site includes workshops for the production and exploration drilling contractors, workshops for the underground mining contractor, a plant for the explosives supplier as well as a samples analysis laboratory. Geita mine has further support infrastructure in place including a mine village, medical facility, mine store, administration buildings, food catering facility and an airstrip. The Geita special mining licence (SML) has been granted and Geita mine has legal permission to mine the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. SML number 45 of 1999 with initial period of 25 years has been obtained to mine the portion of the Mineral Resource and Reserve. On 23 August 2024, the SML was successfully renewed, with the new validity starting on 27 August 2024 and lasting 15 years. On 18 August 2025, AngloGold Ashanti made a strategic decision to surrender a portion of its SML, specifically an area measuring approximately 5.4602km2. This action has adjusted the total area now held by AngloGold Ashanti to 190.7932km2. For the part of SML that falls within the forest reserve, Geita mine has been granted permit number FD/RES/GEITA/44 to mine in Geita forest reserve. There are no anticipated environmental or social factors that pose a risk to an economic extraction of the declared Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. Mining Permits are in place for all underground operations, with an EIA for Nyamulilima open pit. Costs for environmental rehabilitation and social sustainability projects are included in the optimisation cost model and modifying factors. Land compensation demands and speculations are being constantly monitored on site and attended to as they arise. The exercise for SML renewal was also well managed and no major risks are associated with it. No marketing parameters are significant in determination of the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve, however cost of selling and refining gold is included in cost models and modifying factors. The Mineral Resource is declared at an assumed gold price of $2,000/oz. The Mineral Reserve is declared at an assumed gold price of $1,700/oz. These gold prices are considered reasonable assumptions based on the recent historical gold price. Capital and operating costs used in cost models are based on projections of actual operating costs and the anticipated capital (for example for the mining fleet, TSF or asset integrity) required to sustain the production. At the time of compiling this Report, there were no material risks identified that would prevent economic extraction of the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. GGM does have a risk management process in place whereby operational risk is identified, mitigated, and managed. An independent external Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve audit was undertaken in 2019 and found no fatal flaws in process or output. In 2020, an internal Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve audit was undertaken and found no fatal flaws in process or output. A comprehensive external audit was completed by SRK Consulting in December 2022 and found no significant flaws in process or output. 11.2 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used The Mineral Resource exclusive of Mineral Reserve is disclosed. The selected point of reference is 31 December 2025. The Mineral Resource exclusive of Mineral Reserve (exclusive Mineral Resource) is defined as the Inclusive Mineral Resource less the Mineral Reserve before dilution and other factors are applied. The exclusive Mineral Resource consists of the following components: • Inferred Mineral Resource, including that within the Mineral Reserve design or stope shape • Mineral Resource that sits above the Mineral Resource cut-off grade but below the Mineral Reserve cut-off grade that resides within the defined Mineral Reserve volume • Mineral Resource that lies between the LOM pit shell/mine design and the Mineral Resource pit shell/mine design (this material will become economic if the gold price increases) • Mineral Resource where the technical studies to engineer a Mineral Reserve have not yet been completed. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 110 For the open pits, the mineralisation boundaries for the individual deposits are defined from detailed logging of all geological drill holes. This information is validated and then used to create a 3D model. The geological model is subsequently populated with an appropriately dimensioned block model. Ordinary kriging is used to interpolate values into the blocks. Localised uniform conditioning (LUC) is used to generate a recoverable Mineral Resource model which estimates the proportion of ore that occurs above the Mineral Resource cut- off grade assuming a specified selective mining unit (SMU). The open pit Mineral Resource is reported within a $2,000/oz optimised pit shell and above the calculated mineralised waste cut-off grade per pit (Table 11.1). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 111 Table 11.1. Input parameters Mineral Resource pit shells. Cost inputs Unit Nyamulilima Cuts 1,2,3 and 4 Selous Kalondwa Hill Kukuluma Matandani Area 3 West Chipaka Costs Mineralisation mining cost $/t mined 3.22 3.22 4.10 3.82 3.86 4.75 4.99 Waste mining cost $/t mined 3.22 3.22 3.56 3.78 3.86 4.75 4.99 Material handling $/t treated 2.08 2.08 2.71 2.71 2.71 1.14 Processing cost oxide $/t treated 17.95 17.95 19.45 15.36 15.36 15.36 14.31 Processing cost transition $/t treated 19.23 19.23 20.23 17.82 17.82 17.82 16.58 Processing cost fresh $/t treated 20.02 20.02 21.02 18.92 18.36 18.92 17.82 General and administrative cost $/t treated 9.96 9.96 9.96 9.96 9.96 9.96 9.96 Other Parameters Metallurgical recovery oxide % 97.0 97.0 97.0 75.2 84.4 80.6 87.8 Metallurgical recovery transition % 95.0 95.0 95.0 43.5 52.7 65.9 87.8 Metallurgical recovery fresh % 92.8 92.8 92.8 48.8 47.1 51.5 58.6 Average pit slope angles Degree 55 45 55 45 45 60.8 45 Mineral Resource cut-off grade oxide g/t Au 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.65 0.60 0.60 0.50 Mineral Resource cut-off grade transition g/t Au 0.55 0.55 0.55 1.20 1.00 0.80 0.55 Mineral Resource cut-off grade fresh g/t Au 0.60 0.60 0.60 1.10 1.15 1.05 0.85 Mineral Resource gold price $/oz Au 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 Royalties % 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 112 For the underground Mineral Resource, the geological model and the mineralised boundary are generated in the same way as for the open pits. However, a high-grade wireframe is delineated within the broader, lower grade mineralised envelope. In this instance, all geological controls are adhered to when determining this domain. Ordinary kriging models are then constructed within the low and high-grade domains and numerous validation exercises are completed to ensure robust estimates are achieved. The ultimate open pit designs are used as the limiting boundaries between open pit and underground during model compilation. The Mineral Resource considered potentially amenable to underground mining is reported inside a mineable shape optimiser (MSO) volume generated using a determined underground cut-off grade for each deposit for Measured, Indicated and Inferred Mineral Resource classification (Table 11.2).

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 113 Table 11.2. Input parameters MSO shapes. Cost Inputs Unit SC2 SC3 SC5 R8 NY BLK1,2 NY BLK3,4 NY BLK5 GH WEST BLK1,2 GH EAST BLK3,4,5 Costs Production (mining cost) $/t mineralisation mined 0 54.39 78.55 70.49 47.02 54.30 48.95 47.59 48.69 Material handling $/t mineralisation mined 1.79 1.79 1.79 1.79 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.5 0.5 Backfill/others $/t mineralisation mined - - - - - - - - - Mine Services $/t mineralisation mined 26.80 26.80 26.80 26.80 36.24 36.24 36.24 24.27 24.27 Processing cost $/t treated 20.03 20.03 20.03 20.03 19.30 19.30 19.30 19.94 19.94 MSO optimising cut-off g/t Au 0.88 1.98 2.52 2.46 1.81 1.94 1.85 1.70 1.72 Mineral Resource cut-off grade g/t Au 0.88 1.98 2.52 2.46 1.81 1.94 1.85 1.70 1.72 Mineral Resource gold price $/oz Au 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 Metallurgical recovery factor %MetRF 90.3 85 82.7 78 93.4 93.4 93.4 89.3 89.3 Royalties % 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.3 Note: MSO: mineable shape optimiser; MetRF: metallurgical recovery factor; SC: Star and Comet; R8: Ridge 8; NY: Nyankanga; BLK: block; GH: Geita Hill. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 114 Stockpiled material above mineralised waste cut-off grade (0.6g/t Au) is included in the Mineral Resource estimate. GGM has four deposits which are active mining operations and supported by Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. The primary Mineral Resource models are updated annually, and are in place for Nyankanga underground, Star and Comet underground and Geita Hill underground operations and for Nyamulilima open pit operations. For each of the deposits, 3D geological wireframe models are constructed for the lithologies, mineralisation, structures and orebody geometries which are used as the basis for the Mineral Resource estimate. These geological models and Mineral Resource estimates are updated when new information is received (updated at least once per year). Geological data is collected as per in-house data collection procedures and later captured electronically and stored in the Fusion database. Data in the database is locked to prevent unauthorised access. Geological models are constructed through integration of different data sources and subject to reviews. The geological models are peer reviewed by in-house technical specialists external to Geita. The geological models are regularly updated as the project grows and shared with the Mineral Resource modelling team. The models are also reviewed during exploration workshops for knowledge sharing and new inputs. At all stages of the geological updates and reviews, the lithological and structural frameworks are all discussed at length as well as alteration and mineralisation controls. Geita has been involved in active mining since 2000. There are currently no obvious geological, mining, metallurgical, environmental, social, infrastructural, legal, or economic factors that are anticipated to have a significant effect on the prospects and of any possible future exploration target or deposit currently reported in the Mineral Resource. There is no known structural, lithological, mineralogical, or other geological data that could materially influence the estimated quantity and quality of the Mineral Resource. The arsenopyrite bearing ore at Matandani-Kukuluma is refractory in nature, but this has already been catered for in the pit shell optimisations and cut-off grade calculations. Mining has been put on hold until when suitable extraction methods have been decided. For the open pits, the mineralisation boundaries for the individual deposits are defined from detailed logging of all geological drill holes. This information is validated and then used to create a 3D model. The geological model is subsequently populated with an appropriately dimensioned block model. Ordinary kriging is used to interpolate values into the blocks. LUC is used to generate a recoverable Mineral Resource model which estimates the proportion of ore that occurs above the Mineral Resource cut-off grade assuming a specified SMU. The open pit Mineral Resource is reported within a $2,000/oz optimised pit shell and above the calculated mineralised waste cut-off grade per pit. Stockpiled material above mineralised waste cut-off grade is included in the Mineral Resource. For the underground Mineral Resource, the geological model and the mineralised boundary are generated in the same way as for the open pits. However, a high-grade wireframe is delineated within the broader, lower grade mineralised envelope. In this instance, all geological controls are adhered to when determining this domain. Ordinary kriging models are then constructed within the low and high-grade domains and numerous validation exercises are completed to ensure robust estimates are achieved. The ultimate open pit designs are used as the limiting boundaries between open pit and underground during model compilation. The underground Mineral Resource is reported inside a MSO volume generated using a determined underground cut-off grade for each deposit. The underground stopes and development are evaluated using the ordinary kriging models and the open pit designs are evaluated using the LUC models. 11.2.1 Geological models The Geita mine geological models are updated continuously by the exploration team over time, in conjunction with mine geologists, using Leapfrog. Lithological and structural data from drilling and mapping are incorporated into the creation of each geological model. The key elements informing the geological models are discussed in Chapter 6. The geological models for Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2, 3 and 4, Nyankanga, Geita Hill and Star and Comet, Area 3 West, Chipaka, Kalondwa Hill, Kukuluma, Matandani, and Selous were reviewed during the preparation of this Report and are considered by the Qualified Person to be accurate representations of the geology for each deposit, and suitable for informing the Mineral Resource estimates. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 115 11.2.2 Estimation methodology Estimation methodologies at Geita mine have evolved since 2001 to embrace nonlinear techniques. Progressive updates on Mineral Resource models since then have shown that uniform conditioning (UC) is a robust technique and suitable for the ore bodies at GGM. Previous external audits conducted on the Mineral Resource Models for Nyankanga, Geita Hill and Star and Comet by QG and Optiro consultants also confirmed that UC is an appropriate technique that is suitable for the ore bodies at GGM. UC is considered appropriate based on the following assumptions: • Highly skewed gold distributions. • The wide Exploration drill spacing of 40m x 40m or 20m x 20m versus short range variography that is characterised by 40% to 50% nugget effects and 90% variability within 10m. • Complex ore zones in which low-grade meta-sediments are structurally juxtaposed with higher grade BIF. • Impracticality of using wireframes to separate mineralisation from waste within the ore zone. • The understanding that extensive grade control ahead of mining would be critical in determining the actual within-pit location of the ore blocks (SMUs). • The change of support is robust and can be demonstrated as correct at the validation stage. • The results can be validated against the theoretical grade distributions and grade control. • The method is robust in the presence of grade zonation. LUC has been adopted from 2018, involving post processing of UC results. Adoption of LUC is driven by inability to predict a spatial location of the recoverable mineralisation and hence regarded as a disadvantage of the conventional UC method. Treatment of extreme grade values: A thorough statistical analysis of the data set drives the determination of the top cutting / capping values to be applied during estimation for each deposit. In some instances, local capping is applied on areas that are poorly informed or areas with high-grade anomalies that have shown to be influenced by presence of the high grades in the vicinity. 11.2.3 Compositing Sample drilled through the core length (DD) or through non-core (RC) are sampled at an average of 1m interval, guided by the collected geological information. For Mineral Resource estimation, sampling composites are applied at composite length of 1m/3m and minimum composite length of 0.5m/1m, weighting by lithological types or down the length of the drill hole dependent on mineralisation distribution of the deposit. 11.2.4 Wireframing and domaining Indicator kriging was adopted to define the zones of mineralisation at a 0.2g/t gold cut-off grade to define mineralisation from waste domains. Four geostatistical domains were identified and generated using the structural trends supplied by the Exploration team. The wireframes split the deposit into different areas: West, Central, East and Far East. 11.2.4.1 Nyankanga, Geita Hill and Star and Comet, Ridge 8 underground For the Mineral Resource potentially considered amenable to underground mining methods, high-grade, and low-grade wireframes were generated using 2.0g/t and 0.5g/t gold cut-off thresholds, respectively. Wireframes were generated using Leapfrog vein tools. Domains were then assigned using geostatistical analysis and interpretation from geological models. 11.2.4.2 Selous, Chipaka, Kukuluma, Matandani, Area 3 West open pit For the Mineral Resource considered potentially amenable to open pit mining methods, wireframes were generated using 0.5g/t gold wireframes using Leapfrog vein tools and implicit modelling. Domains were assigned using geostatistical analysis and interpretation from the geological models. The wireframes and domains were reviewed, are adequately documented and provide reasonable interpretation of mineralisation for the purposes of Mineral Resource estimation. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 116 11.2.5 Grade capping and outlier restriction Exploratory and statistical data analysis of raw and composited drill hole data are routinely completed using the Mineral Resource wireframe and domain data for each Mineral Resource estimate. From each analysis, top cutting/capping values were applied to de-clustered drill hole composite data sets. In some instances, local capping was applied to areas that are poorly informed or areas with high-grade anomalies that have shown to be influenced by presence of high grades in the vicinity. A top cut of 2g/t gold was applied to all waste domains in the underground Mineral Resource models. Grade capping and outlier analysis is documented and was reviewed by the Qualified Person for each Mineral Resource estimate. Grade capping and outlier analysis was completed using standard methodologies and is considered appropriate for the Geita mine Mineral Resource estimate. 11.2.6 Density Two density estimation methodologies were applied. Where ordinary kriging was used, all available density data from the Fusion database were exported, composited at 1m, together with the AU field. The minimum and maximum limit values were generated based on variances from the mean using standard deviation (2D/3D) aiming at minimising the influence of outliers. All values less than the minimum threshold or greater than the maximum threshold was projected to the minimum and maximum limits respectively. Data were selected within lithological volumes and statistical analyses were computed on all data, per lithology, and per mineralisation domains. Following the analyses, the density data were de-surveyed and used in estimation. Where indicator kriging was used, the density data were extracted from the exploration drill hole data based by rock type, redox state (oxide, transition and sulphide) and whether they were from within or external to the mineralised envelope. Within the exploration drill holes the drill intersections were flagged on lithology as BIF-chemical (BIFC-magnetite, chert present)), BIF-sediment (BIFS-magnetite absent) or non-BIF. Indicator variograms were generated from the flagged data and used in the kriging of mineralised and waste panels to estimate per panel the proportion of BIFS and BIFC. From the sum of the BIFC and BIFS indicators the non- BIF proportion was deduced. The panels were then identified as belonging to oxide, transition or sulphide using redox boundary wireframes and the panel density determined by applying the average density for the material proportioned by rock type class. 11.2.7 Variography Variography is undertaken for all Mineral Resource estimates using Supervisor geostatistical software to calculate and model the variograms. Directions of continuity were evaluated by making use of variogram contours on the horizontal, across-strike, and dip planes to determine continuity along strike, down dip, and across plunge. The nugget was determined from the downhole variogram. Directional variograms were calculated to identify any changes in grade behaviour. Various lags were used along and across strike, and lags for downhole aligned with composite length. Angular tolerance is applied for the along and across strike variograms, and for down dip. The shortest direction variograms (along the mineralisation thickness) were typically in the downhole direction. Variogram orientations are tested in Datamine, where 3D ellipsoids were constructed for the mineralised domains and validated against known strike and dips of the mineralisation. For Nyamulilima, indicator variograms at a 0.2g/t gold threshold were calculated for each area, using a combined exploration and grade control dataset. Three spherical models were auto-fitted in Isatis, with the auto-fitting giving acceptable results. The variogram rotation was consistent for all areas, striking 140° and dipping 70° to the southwest. For all other Mineral Resource estimates model updates variograms were calculated and modelled for all estimation zones, using Datamine Supervisor software. Composited samples inside wireframes were used, with capping values applied where necessary to reduce noise to the variograms. Variography is documented and was reviewed by the Qualified Person for each Mineral Resource estimate. Variography was completed using standard industry recognised methodologies and validation steps and is considered appropriate for the Geita mine Mineral Resource estimate. 11.2.8 Quantitative kriging neighbourhood analysis Quantitative kriging neighbourhood analysis was routinely completed for the Mineral Resource estimates, where kriging variance, kriging efficiency, statistical efficiency, slope of regression, magnitude of negative

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 117 weights, and simple kriging weight to the mean were evaluated. These metrics were calculated for each block in a block model and quantified kriging performance considering the available data, the variogram, and the block geometry. Kriging neighbourhood analyses were conducted to determine optimal search neighbourhoods and number of samples to be used in the ordinary kriging. The kriging variance and slope of regression were used as indicators to determine optimal parameters. The quantitative kriging neighbourhood analysis is documented and was reviewed by the Qualified Person for each Mineral Resource estimate. The analysis was completed using standard industry recognised methodologies and validation steps and is considered appropriate for the Geita mine Mineral Resource estimate. 11.2.9 Block model extent and block size Block model extents and block sizes are summarised in Table 11.3. Block sizes are considered by the Qualified Person to be appropriate for geological understanding, exploration drill hole spacing, and estimation methodology applied for each Mineral Resource estimate. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 118 Table 11.3. Block model extents and block sizes. Model Grid Grid Type X Min X Max Y Min Y Max Z Min Z Max Block Size X Block Size Y Block Size Z Sub-cell X Sub-cell Y Sub-cell Z Nyankanga NY_MINE Local 49000 51000 8600 12400 500 1600 20 20 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 Geita Hill NY_MINE Local 51000 54800 8600 10400 500 1600 20 20 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 Chipaka NY_MINE Local 51500 52220 15530 16570 880 1230 20 20 5 2.5 2.5 2.5 Kalondwa Hill NY_MINE Local 48500 49660 9300 12000 500 1600 20 20 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 Nyamulilima RT_MINE Local 2760 4540 2040 3630 400 1550 10 10 3.33 2.5 2.5 3.33 Star and Comet RT_MINE Local 3800 6925 3250 4550 400 1600 25 20 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 Selous RT_MINE Local 1700 2600 2500 4020 800 1500 50 40 10 10 5 3.33 Kukuluma KK_MINE Local 69370 71070 20100 22980 980 1600 20 40 10 10 5 3.33 Matandani KK_MINE Local 69370 71070 20100 22980 980 1600 20 40 10 10 5 3.33 Area 3 West KK_MINE Local 70600 72500 19100 20500 500 1600 20 40 10 2.5 2.5 3.33 AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 119 11.2.10 Estimation 11.2.10.1 Nyamulilima open pit The model was estimated using UC and post-processed to LUC, with kriged panels of 30 x 30 x 10m (Datamine). LUC was used to generate a recoverable Mineral Resource model that estimated the proportion of mineralisation that occurred above the Mineral Resource cut-off grade assuming a specified SMU. UC was applied, and considered appropriate based on the following assumptions: • Highly skewed gold distributions. • The wide exploration drill spacing of 40m x 40m or 20m x 20m versus short range variography that is characterised by 40% to 50% nugget effects and 90% variability within 10m. • Complex mineralised zones in which low-grade meta-sedimentary rocks are structurally juxtaposed with higher-grade BIF. • Impracticality of using wireframes to separate mineralisation from waste within the mineralised zone. • The understanding that extensive grade control ahead of mining would be critical in determining the actual within pit location of the mineralised blocks (SMUs). • The change of support is robust and can be demonstrated as correct at the validation stage. • The results can be validated against the theoretical grade distributions and grade control. • The method is robust in the presence of grade zonation. LUC was applied and involved post-processing of the UC results. This was driven by the inability to predict a spatial location of the recoverable mineralisation and hence regarded as a disadvantage of the conventional UC method. Optimisation of the estimation environment was a four- to five-stage process depending on data availability. These stages included: • Search volume optimisation, various iterations are performed to: - Stabilise the kriging variance. - Maximise the slope of regression. - Minimise sample screening resulting in negative weights; and attaching maximum kriging weight to the sample nearest the block centre. • Maximum number of samples in the search environment. Based upon using sufficient samples to: - Stabilise the kriging variance. - Maximise the slope of regression. - Minimise sample screening. - Attaching maximum kriging weight to the sample nearest the block centre. • Compare the average of the block estimates with the averages for both the raw and de-clustered conditioning sample data. • Conducting regression analysis of drill hole data against ordinary kriged block estimates set at standard search and estimation environment parameters. Dry bulk density was estimated using ordinary block kriging where sufficient data existed. In areas where no estimate was possible, lithological domain average densities were applied. PAFNAF refers to potential acid forming (PAF) or non-acid forming (NAF) minerals present in the waste material. The procedure PAFNAF in Mineral Resource estimation used drill hole logging of percentage of sulphide minerals in the drill hole data set. In the drill hole data (waste only), the drill holes were coded as follows: • PAFNAF = 1 if TOTS ≥2.5, and, • PAFNAF = 0.5 if TOTS ≥1.5 AND <2.5, else, AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 120 • PAFNAF =0 If TOTS <1.5. where TOTS = total sulphur from geological logging. From the results, the threshold of PAFNAF and TOTS where PAFIND (PAF Indicator) were determined. In the block model, PAFIND = 1 is flagged for potential acidic forming materials and PAFIND=0 for non-acid forming materials. The PAFIND is used for scheduling of waste rock mining, where PAF rock is encapsulated inside NAF waste rock during WRSF construction to manage acid mine drainage. 11.2.10.2 Underground models Ordinary kriging models were constructed for the underground deposits and informed by low and high-grade domains. Numerous validation exercises were completed to ensure robust estimates were achieved. Based upon the validation completed, the kriging environment was adjusted as appropriate until satisfactory results were achieved. The final kriged estimates are validated to ensure the block estimates honour exploration drilling data. Dry bulk density was estimated using ordinary block kriging where sufficient data existed. In areas where no estimate was possible, lithological domain average densities were applied. 11.2.10.3 Open pit models Ordinary kriging models were constructed for the open pit models, followed by UC to generate a recoverable Mineral Resource model for both mineralised and waste zones. 11.2.10.4 Stockpiles Stockpile estimates are based on open pit mining production records, that are supported by grade control drilling, grade control models and mined using conventional open pit truck and shovel mining method. 11.2.11 Block model validation Mineral Resource estimates were checked using a combination of visual validation, statistical validation, trend analysis, regression plots, discrete Gaussian change of support, and grade-tonnage curves. No material biases were noted in the estimations compiled in final Mineral Resource models. 11.3 Mineral Resource classification and uncertainty Mineral Resource was classified as follows: • Measured Mineral Resource: typically achieved on completion of grade control drilling and modelling, at 10m x 5m or 10m x 10m drill spacing in underground grade control, and 12.5m x 5m drill spacing in open pit. • Indicated Mineral Resource: drill spacing varies from 20m x 20m to 25m x 15m to 40m x 20m on a staggered pattern, depending on the deposit. The Mineral Resource conversion objective is to define a two-year plus production window at an Indicated confidence classification in the Geita mine LOM production schedule. • Inferred Mineral Resource: defined within a grid spacing of 40m x 40m to a maximum of 80m x 80m. Table 11.4 summarises the drill hole spacings evaluated to determine Mineral Resource classification for each Mineral Resource estimate. Table 11.4. Drill hole spacings for Mineral Resource confidence classification. Model Measured (Grade control) Indicated Inferred Nyamulilima 12.5 x 5m 20/25 x 20/40m 40 x 40m Nyankanga 10 x 10m 20 x 20m 40 x 40m Geita Hill 10 x 5m 20 x 20m 40 x 40m Star and Comet 10 x 5m 20 x 20m 40 x 40m Chipaka - 20 x 40m 40 x 40m Selous - 20/25 x 40m 40 x 40m Kukuluma 5 x 10m 20 x 40m 40 x 80m Matandani 5 x 10m 20 x 40m 40 x 80m Area 3 West 20 x 20m 20 x 40m 40 x 80m

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 121 No uncertainties were identified that would materially impact the Mineral Resource, including classification or level of confidence of the Mineral Resource. All aspects of the data capture from drilling, geological logging, sampling, and assaying are verified to ensure location / positional accuracy and sampling and assaying follows strict guidelines for data processing, gold analysis and QA/QC validation. Drilling, sampling, data processing and handling, geological modelling and Mineral Resource estimation were conducted as per AngloGold Ashanti standard operating procedures and guidelines, aiming at addressing uncertainties to increase Mineral Resource confidence. 11.4 Mineral Resource statement The Mineral Resource for mineralisation assumed to be amenable to open pit and underground mining methods is reported in situ. Mineralisation in stockpiles is reported as broken material, in stockpiles. The Mineral Resource is reported exclusive of the Mineral Resource converted to Mineral Reserve. Mineral Resource that is not Mineral Reserve does not have demonstrated economic viability. The Mineral Resource is current at 31 December 2025 and is shown in Table 11.5. Table 11.5. Mineral Resource statement. Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained gold (t) (Moz Au) Area 3 West (oxides) (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 1.65 2.11 3.48 0.11 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 1.65 2.11 3.48 0.11 Inferred 0.62 1.51 0.94 0.03 Area 3 West (transitional) (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.18 1.96 0.35 0.01 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 0.18 1.96 0.35 0.01 Inferred 0.01 2.56 0.02 0.00 Area 3 West (sulphides) (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.01 2.15 0.01 0.00 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 0.01 2.15 0.01 0.00 Inferred 0.00 1.22 0.00 0.00 Chipaka (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.62 1.92 1.18 0.04 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 0.62 1.92 1.18 0.04 Inferred 1.19 2.17 2.59 0.08 Kalondwa Hill (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Sub-total Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 1.81 2.62 4.75 0.15 Kukuluma (oxides) (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.07 3.14 0.21 0.01 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 0.07 3.14 0.21 0.01 Inferred 0.03 1.89 0.07 0.00 Kukuluma (transitional) (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.14 4.12 0.58 0.02 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 0.14 4.12 0.58 0.02 Inferred 0.03 4.56 0.14 0.00 Kukuluma (sulphides) (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.03 4.62 0.13 0.00 AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 122 Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained gold (t) (Moz Au) Sub-total Measured & Indicated 0.03 4.62 0.13 0.00 Inferred 0.40 3.94 1.58 0.05 Matandani (oxides) (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 1.95 1.78 3.47 0.11 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 1.95 1.78 3.47 0.11 Inferred 1.01 1.79 1.80 0.06 Matandani (transitional) (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.09 2.70 0.24 0.01 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 0.09 2.70 0.24 0.01 Inferred 0.26 3.53 0.91 0.03 Matandani (sulphides) (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.08 3.21 0.27 0.01 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 0.08 3.21 0.27 0.01 Inferred 3.52 3.47 12.21 0.39 Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2, 3 and 4 (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 46.01 0.94 43.07 1.38 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 46.01 0.94 43.07 1.38 Inferred 29.19 1.23 35.88 1.15 Selous (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Sub-total Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 3.03 1.86 5.62 0.18 Geita stockpile (refractory) (open pit) Measured - - - - Indicated 0.56 2.80 1.57 0.05 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 0.56 2.80 1.57 0.05 Inferred - - - - Geita Hill - West (underground) Measured 1.66 2.04 3.38 0.11 Indicated 3.38 3.54 11.94 0.38 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 5.03 3.04 15.32 0.49 Inferred 2.20 3.18 6.99 0.22 Geita Hill - East (underground) Measured - - - - Indicated 6.09 4.55 27.75 0.89 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 6.09 4.55 27.75 0.89 Inferred 1.82 3.20 5.84 0.19 Nyankanga - Blocks 1 and 2 (underground) Measured 0.81 3.47 2.80 0.09 Indicated 1.76 4.40 7.73 0.25 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 2.57 4.11 10.53 0.34 Inferred 0.43 2.79 1.20 0.04 Nyankanga - Blocks 3 and 4 (underground) Measured 3.65 2.42 8.83 0.28 Indicated 2.74 3.03 8.30 0.27 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 6.39 2.68 17.13 0.55 Inferred 2.43 3.22 7.83 0.25 Nyankanga - Block 5 (underground) Measured 0.33 2.69 0.88 0.03 Indicated 0.92 2.35 2.17 0.07 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 1.25 2.44 3.05 0.10 AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 123 Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained gold (t) (Moz Au) Inferred 2.69 3.30 8.89 0.29 Ridge 8 (underground) Measured - - - - Indicated 1.37 3.76 5.14 0.17 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 1.37 3.76 5.14 0.17 Inferred 0.88 4.04 3.57 0.11 Star and Comet - Cut 2 (underground) Measured 2.12 2.24 4.75 0.15 Indicated 0.94 0.76 0.71 0.02 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 3.06 1.78 5.46 0.18 Inferred 0.24 3.39 0.82 0.03 Star and Comet - Cut 3 (underground) Measured 1.29 2.83 3.66 0.12 Indicated 1.11 3.21 3.56 0.11 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 2.40 3.01 7.21 0.23 Inferred 0.56 3.57 2.01 0.06 Star and Comet - Cut 5 (underground) Measured 0.05 4.44 0.21 0.01 Indicated 0.47 5.19 2.46 0.08 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 0.52 5.12 2.67 0.09 Inferred 0.86 4 3.45 0.11 Total Geita mine (underground and open pit) Measured 9.90 2.47 24.51 0.79 Indicated 70.15 1.77 124.31 4.00 Total Measured & Indicated 80.05 1.86 148.82 4.78 Inferred 53.22 2.01 107.09 3.44 Notes: Rounding of numbers may result in computational discrepancies in the Mineral Resource tabulations. All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated. To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, grade and content for gold to two decimals. All ounces are Troy ounces. “Moz” refers to million ounces. 1. The Mineral Resource stated herein is current at date and was prepared in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300 2. All disclosure of Mineral Resource is exclusive of Mineral Reserve. The Mineral Resource exclusive of Mineral Reserve is defined as the inclusive Mineral Resource less the Mineral Reserve before dilution and other factors are applied. 3. “Tonnes” refers to a metric tonne which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms. 4. The Mineral Resource tonnages and grades are reported in situ and constrained to meet the requirement for reasonable prospects of economic extraction by volumes created through a mine shape optimiser process for underground or within an economically optimised pit shell for open pit and stockpiled material is reported as broken material. 5. Property currently in a production stage. 6. Based on a gold price of $2,000/oz. 7. Ms. Janeth Luponelo, RM SME, employed by AngloGold Ashanti, is the Qualified Person for the Geita mine Mineral Resource. 8. In 2025, a cut-off grade range from 0.50g/t to 1.20g/t gold (varying according to area) was applied to the open pit, and a cut-off grade range from 0.88g/t to 2.52g/t gold (varying according to area) was applied to the underground. 9. In 2025, a metallurgical recovery factor range from 43.50% to 97.00% (varying according to material type) was applied to the open pit, a metallurgical recovery factor of 92.80% was applied to the stockpile, and a metallurgical recovery factor range from 78.02% to 93.37% (varying according to area) was applied to the underground for gold. 11.5 Factors that may affect the Mineral Resource estimates Uncertainties that may affect the Mineral Resource estimates include changes to the following: • Metal price and exchange rate assumptions. • Assumptions used to generate the gold grade cut-off grade. • Local interpretations of mineralisation geometry and continuity of mineralised zones. • Geological and mineralisation shape and geological and grade continuity assumptions. • Density and domain assignments. • Geotechnical, mining, and metallurgical recovery assumptions. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 124 • Input and design parameter assumptions that pertain to the conceptual stope designs and pit shells constraining the estimates. • Assumptions as to the continued ability to access the site, retain mineral and surface rights titles, maintain environment and other regulatory permits, and maintain the social licence to operate. 11.6 Qualified Person's opinion There is upside potential for the estimates if mineralisation that is currently classified as Inferred Mineral Resource can be upgraded to higher-confidence Mineral Resource categories. Current reconciliation of the Mineral Resource models with actual production is in line with industry benchmarks; however, it is possible that the reconciliation of the Mineral Resource models with actual production may decline as mining goes deeper. The Mineral Resource estimate has been prepared using industry accepted practice and conforms to the disclosure requirements of S-K1300. The Mineral Resource estimates are evaluated annually providing the opportunity to reassess the assumed conditions. There are no other environmental, legal, title, taxation, socioeconomic, marketing, political or other relevant factors known to the Qualified Person that would materially affect the estimation of the Mineral Resource that are not discussed in this Report. 12. Mineral Reserve estimates The Mineral Reserve is reported for Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2, 3 and 4, Geita Hill, Nyankanga, Star and Comet, and in stockpiles. The Mineral Reserve tonnages and grades are estimated and reported as delivered to the plant (i.e., the point where material is delivered to the processing facility). The selected point of reference is 31 December 2025. 12.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods used The open pit mine makes use of traditional truck and shovel mining while the underground mines make use of two methods, up-hole longitudinal retreat and/or transverse mining. Mine designs are derived from optimised mining shapes using a gold price of $1,700/oz. 12.1.1 Open pit The Mineral Resource models received from the geology department on-site were first prepared for pit optimisation. The first step was performing the model data checks that include checking for zero densities, missing cells, and grade errors. Waste blocks were added to the Mineral Resource models by the geology departments evaluation team so as to cover projected practical pit limits. The models are also depleted using projected end-of-year surfaces. The conversion of Mineral Resource models to Gemcoms Whittle 4X optimisation models also includes the digital insertion into the model of mining and processing costs. A reference level or elevation is selected for each pit and the base cost applicable at that reference level determined. Additional costs related to elevation and material type are added. These are termed the mining cost adjustment factors and processing cost adjustment factors. The Datamine sub-celled model was converted to a Datamine regularised model (10m length x 5m width x 3.33m height) and used in Whittle 4X. The Datamine regularised mode enables faster processing time allowing for multiple scenarios. For the open pit, optimised pit shells were created using Whittle optimisation software and typically selected the optimisation shell that represented the revenue factor shell, i.e., the $1,700/oz gold shell. A practical mine design was created from the selected optimised Whittle shell allowing for in pit haul roads, berms, water deviation channels and other infrastructure considerations. All relevant geological, geotechnical, hydrogeological, equipment type, and mining rates were factored into the design and schedules. In the Whittle pit optimisation process only, Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource was considered for process plant treatment, with the combined marginal-grade ore deferred for treatment at the end of the LOM. The four components of the Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource are the in situ full-grade ore, the in situ marginal-grade ore, stockpiled full-grade ore and stockpiled marginal-grade ore. The in situ components

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 125 are determined from the material above the respective full-grade ore and marginal-grade ore cut-off grades and lie within the practical design pit shell. To assist the sequencing of the Mineral Reserve sources, the cash cost per recovered ounce for each cutback or pit was calculated and ranked from lowest to highest. To maximise the return on investment, cutbacks with the lowest cash cost (or in other words highest cash margins) were excavated first. Other considerations were: • Target range of volumes moved per annum matched to the heavy mining fleet capacity. • Satellite ROM to main ROM haulage capacity. • Practical bench turnover rate. This sequencing was independent of any sequencing information obtained from the nested pits in Whittle. The treatment scheduling philosophy was that higher-grade, lower stripping ratio ore was preferentially treated, whilst lower-grade and marginal material was stockpiled for later treatment. 12.1.2 Underground The underground department uses Datamine Studio Underground, Enhanced Production Scheduler (EPS) and MSO software for the underground Mineral Reserve optimisation. The first principal costing approach is followed where the in situ economic cut-off grade is determined using the cost and modifying factors and then applied in the Datamine's Studio Underground software to determine the Mineral Reserve MSO shapes. The appropriate factors are then applied to declare Mineral Reserve (Figure 12.1). Figure 12.1. 2025 Mineral Reserve modifying factors regarding mining methods. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. 12.1.3 Input assumptions A combination of MSO and Stope Notes is used for Mineral Reserve estimates. Stope Notes is an AngloGold Ashanti-approved method for creating signed-off stope notes. All relevant geological, geotechnical, and hydrogeological data, ventilation requirements, equipment types, and mining rates are factored into the design and schedules. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 126 Mining and processing assumption factors were applied such as: • Face and regional pit slope angles. • Dilution. • Mining recovery. • Metallurgical recovery factor. • Revenue factors: - Gold price. - Refinery costs. - Selling costs. - Royalties. • Costs: - Mining. - Material handling - General and administrative. - Processing. - Mine closure. The open pit and underground assumptions are listed in Table 12.1 and Table 12.2, respectively. Table 12.1. Open pit input assumptions. Cost inputs Unit Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2, 3 and 4 Ore tonnes mined kt 41,071 Waste mined kt 131,772 Total material mined kt 172,844 Stripping ratio t:t 3.21 Costs Mineralisation mining $/t mined 3.32 Waste mining $/t mined 3.22 Material handling $/t treated 2.08 Processing $/t treated 19.07 General and administrative $/t treated 16.88 Other Parameters Metallurgical recovery % 92.80 Slope angles degree 40-55 Mineral Reserve cut-off grade g/t Au 0.95 Mineral Reserve price $/oz Au 1,700 Royalties % 8.1 AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 127 Table 12.2. Underground input assumptions. Cost Inputs Unit SC3 SC5 R8 NYB12 NY34 NYB5 GHW GHE Ore tonnes mined kt 196.7 568.7 500.2 722.0 5,656.4 765.1 748.3 4,263.0 Total material mined kt 218.2 889.3 752.7 907.4 6,538.45 862.4 917.0 4,968.4 Costs Production (mining cost) $/t mineralisation 70.08 70.08 70.08 53.02 53.02 53.02 51.00 51.00 Mine services $/t mineralisation 28.59 28.59 28.59 36.55 36.55 36.55 24.77 24.77 Processing cost $/t treated 19.32 19.32 19.32 19.30 19.30 19.30 19.94 19.94 MSO optimising cut-off g/t Au 3.29 2.97 3.36 2.40 2.83 2.78 2.88 2.68 Mineral Reserve cut-off grade g/t Au 2.33 2.90 2.94 2.12 2.32 2.12 2.14 2.08 Mineral Reserve price $/oz Au 1,700 1,700 1,700 1,700 1,700 1,700 1,700 1,700 Metallurgical recovery factor %MetRF 85.00 82.65 78.02 93.37 93.37 93.37 89.26 89.30 Royalties % 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 8.1 Note: MSO: mineable shape optimiser; MetRF: metallurgical recovery factor; SC: Star and Comet; NY: Nyankanga; B: blocks; GH: Geita Hill; W: west; E: east. 12.1.4 Modifying factors The factors applied are Mineral Resource modifying factor (RMF), mining recovery factor (MRF), mine call factor (MCF) and metallurgical recovery factor (MetRF). For underground operations a MRF and dilution is applied. The Mineral Reserve modifying factors are listed in Table 12.3. Table 12.3. Mineral Reserve modifying factors. Deposit/Area Primary commodity price (Au) ($/oz) Cut-off grade (g/t Au) Stoping width (cm) Dilution (%) Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2, 3 and 4 (open pit) 1,700 0.95 - 5.44 Stockpile (full grade) (open pit) 1,700 0.88 - - Stockpile (marginal) (open pit) 1,700 0.70 - - Geita Hill – West (underground) 1,700 2.88 450 14.80 Geita Hill – East (underground) 1,700 2.68 2,500 14.80 Nyankanga - Blocks 1 and 2 (underground) 1,700 2.40 2,500 14.40 Nyankanga - Blocks 3 and 4 (underground) 1,700 2.83 2,500 14.20 Nyankanga - Block 5 (underground) 1,700 2.78 2,500 17.40 Ridge 8 (underground) 1,700 3.36 450 10.00 Star and Comet - Cut 3 (underground) 1,700 3.29 450 19.90 Star and Comet - Cut 5 (underground) 1,700 2.97 450 10.00 AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 128 Table 12.3. Mineral Reserve modifying factors (continued). Deposit/Area RMF (%) (based on g/t Au) MRF (%) (based on tonnes) MRF (%) (based on g/t Au) MCF (%) MetRF (%) Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2, 3 and 4 (open pit) 106.88 107.0 95.0 100.0 92.80 Stockpile (full grade) (open pit) - - - - 92.80 Stockpile (marginal) (open pit) - - - - 92.80 Geita Hill – West (underground) 100.0 86.01 86.01 100.0 89.26 Geita Hill – East (underground) 100.0 76.44 76.44 100.0 89.30 Nyankanga - Blocks 1 and 2 (underground) 100.0 89.00 89.00 100.0 93.37 Nyankanga - Blocks 3 and 4 (underground) 100.0 93.04 93.04 100.0 93.37 Nyankanga - Block 5 (underground) 100.0 95.00 95.00 100.0 93.37 Ridge 8 (underground) 100.0 89.15 89.15 100.0 78.02 Star and Comet - Cut 3 (underground) 100.0 81.33 81.33 100.0 85.00 Star and Comet - Cut 5 (underground) 100.0 95.00 95.00 100.0 82.65 Note: RMF: Mineral Resource modifying factor; MRF: mining recovery factor; MCF: mine call factor; MetRF: metallurgical recovery factor. 12.2 Cut-off grades All costs and parameters were based on the 2026 business plan. The cut-off grade was based on economic factors using a break-even point to determine ore. 12.2.1 Full-grade ore cut-off The full-grade ore cut-off is the breakeven grade where all costs, except direct mining cost, carry the full operation. The key assumption is that direct mining costs are sunk since the decision to mine would have been made already. What would be outstanding at that stage is determining the destination of the material in line with its ability to pay for varying levels of other input costs. Material above full-grade ore cut-off grades will be processed as it is mined, subject to stockpile variations. The following formula is used to calculate the full-grade ore cut-off: )(** CsPrm CmcCsibcComCmfCrCaCp g − ++++++ = Where: • Cp is the total processing costs (fixed and variable) in $/t of ore treated. • Ca is general and administrative cost in $/t of ore treated. • Cr is the cost of rehandle in $/t treated. • Cmf is mining, contractor (<10%) and geology fixed cost in $/t treated. • Com is the difference between ore and waste mining cost in $/t treated (also called the additional ore cost). • Csibc is non-mining stay in business capital and items of a capital nature in $/t treated over LOM. • Cmc is mine closure cost incurred during the LOM in $/t treated. • r is the metallurgical recovery (%). • m is the mine call factor (96%). • P is the gold price in $/g. • Cs is the cost of selling gold (refining, royalties, management fees) in $/g. 12.2.2 Open pit The following cut-off grades were used: • Nyamulilima oxide: 0.85g/t gold. • Nyamulilima transitional: 0.90g/t gold.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 129 • Nyamulilima sulphide: 0.95g/t gold. The open pit cut-off grade calculations for full-grade ore are shown in Table 12.4. Table 12.4. Cut-off grade calculation for full-grade ore (open pit). Nyamulilima Full grade cut-off grade Unit Oxide Transition Sulphide Revenue Gold price $/oz 1,700 1,700 1,700 Royalty % 8.1 8.1 8.1 Refinery and transport cost $/oz 4.38 4.38 4.38 Total selling cost $/oz 128.48 128.48 128.48 Net gold revenue $/oz 1,572 1,572 1,572 Net gold revenue $/g 50.53 50.53 50.53 Recovery Gold recovery % 97.0 95.0 92.8 MCF Mine Call Factor % 100 100 100 Ore costs Time cost General and administration cost $/t 16.88 16.88 16.88 Rehandling cost $/t 0.88 0.88 0.88 Mining and geology fixed cost $/t 0.70 0.70 0.70 Additional ore mining cost $/t 0.89 0.89 0.89 Total time cost $/t 19.35 19.35 19.35 Closure Cost Mine closure cost incurred over life of mine $/t 1.76 1.76 1.76 Sustaining capital cost Non-mining stay-in-business capital $/t 0.81 0.81 0.81 Processing cost Plant process cost $/t 17.95 19.23 20.02 Road ore haulage Road haulage unit cost $/t/km 0.14 0.14 0.14 Road haulage distance (one way) km 22.4 22.4 22.4 Total road haulage cost $/t 2.08 2.08 2.08 Total ore cost $/t 41.96 43.24 44.02 Cut-off Full grade cut-off grade g/t 0.85 0.90 0.95 12.2.3 Underground Cut-off grade inputs are based on recent operating experience, projected costs, and AngloGold Ashanti corporate guidance. Cut-off grades were applied to stope panels after dilution and ore loss had been accounted for in the stope. AngloGold Ashanti’s internal guidance requires Mineral Reserve to be a subset of the business plan. A summary of the full-ore cut-off grades used is provided in Table 12.5. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 130 Table 12.5. Cut-off calculation for full-grade ore (underground). Full-grade ore cut-off grades SC3 SC5 R8 NYB12 NYB34 NYB5 GH123_W GH456_E Item Description Unit UG 2025 UG 2025 UG 2025 UG 2025 UG 2025 UG 2025 UG 2025 UG 2025 Cp Total processing cost (fixed and variable) $/t 20.03 20.03 18.23 19.30 19.30 19.30 19.94 19.94 Ca General and administrative cost $/t 15.24 15.24 15.24 15.24 15.24 15.24 15.24 15.24 Cr Rehandling cost $/t 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 Cmf Mining and geology fixed cost - GC drilling and modelling $/t 8.69 8.69 8.69 18.13 18.13 18.13 6.16 6.16 Com Additional ore mining cost - above waste mining cost $/t 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69 Reliability department (process) $/t 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Csibc Non-mining stay-in-business capital $/t 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.12 0.13 0.12 0.12 0.12 Cmc Mine closure cost incurred over LOM $/t 1.76 1.76 1.76 1.76 1.84 1.76 1.76 1.76 Road haulage to ROM $/t 1.79 1.79 1.79 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.50 0.50 Contractor mobilisation $/t 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Contractor fixed cost $/t 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Mining cost $/t 52.64 73.95 70.85 45.53 55.12 45.61 52.95 50.53 Cs Cost of selling gold $/oz 106.59 106.59 106.59 106.59 106.59 106.59 106.59 106.59 Oz Conv Grams per troy ounce g/oz 31.10 31.10 31.10 31.10 31.10 31.10 31.10 31.10 m MCF % 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 r MetRF % 85.00 82.65 78.02 93.37 93.37 93.37 89.26 89.30 P Gold price $/oz 1,700 1,700 1,700 1,700 1,700 1,700 1,700 1,700 COG Cut-off feed grade 2025 g/t 2.33 2.90 2.94 2.12 2.32 2.12 2.14 2.08 2025 Mineral Reserve COG Sensitivity 1 1,600 g/t 2.48 3.09 3.14 2.26 2.48 2.27 2.28 2.22 Reserve 1,700 g/t 2.33 2.90 2.94 2.12 2.32 2.12 2.14 2.08 Sensitivity 2 1,800 g/t 2.19 2.72 277 2.00 2.18 2.00 2.01 1.96 COG Cut-off feed grade (optimal MSO COG) g/t 3.29 2.97 3.36 2.40 2.83 2.78 2.88 2.68 Note: Cp: total processing costs; Ca: general and administrative cost; Cr: rehandle cost; Cmf: mining, contractor and geology fixed cost; Com: difference between ore and waste mining cost; Csibc: non-mining stay in business capital/items of a capital nature; Cmc: mine closure cost; Cs: selling gold cost ; m: mine call factor; r: metallurgical recovery; P: gold price; GC: grade control; LOM: life of mine; ROM: run-of-mine; MCF: mine call factor; MetRF: metallurgical recovery factor; COG: cut-off grade; MSO: mineable shape optimiser; UG: underground; SC: Star and Comet; NY: Nyankanga; B: block; GH: Geita Hill. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 131 Figure 12.2 illustrates the interpretation process of the breakeven grade guidance using Nyankanga Blocks 1 and 2 as an example. Figure 12.2. Cut-off grade interpretation and use in MSO shapes. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. COG: cut-off grade; BEG: breakeven grade. The cut-off grade should be equal to the economic determined cut-off grade of 2.43g/t gold derived from the 2.12g/t gold feed grade that includes dilution. For MSO purposes, grades have to be converted to in situ grades as the MSO optimisation uses in situ grades. Optimised stopes already have planned dilution factored into the shapes. Once exported into EPS software, appropriate factors are applied to estimate the Mineral Reserve. However, a case can be made for Geita mine in that in some blocks, MSO strategic grades that are slightly lower the economic break-even grade can be used as those instances add more value to operation as a whole. This initiative was validated by an improvement study completed in Q4 2022. As such, a back- calculated MSO in situ grade of 2.40g/t gold corresponding to the study strategic grade of 3.26g/t gold was used for the 2026 business plan and Mineral Reserve 2025 cut-off grade for Nyankanga Blocks 1 and 2. The following cut-off grades were used for Mineral Reserve estimation: • Geita Hill (underground) - West at 2.88g/t gold. • Geita Hill (underground) - East at 2.68g/t gold. • Nyankanga underground Block 1 and 2 at 2.40g/t gold. • Nyankanga underground Block 3 and 4 at 2.83g/t gold. • Nyankanga underground Block 5 at 2.78g/t gold. • Ridge 8 underground at 3.36g/t gold. • Star and Comet underground Block 3 at 3.29g/t gold. • Star and Comet underground Block 5 at 2.97g/t gold. 12.3 Mineral Reserve classification and uncertainty The Mineral Reserve estimate was classified as either Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve based on the confidence levels determined in the Mineral Resource confidence classifications and the level of understanding of the historical performance of the appropriate modifying parameters. Inferred Mineral Resource is not used in the estimation and reporting of the Mineral Reserve estimate. The Mineral Reserve from stockpiles is declared as a Proved Mineral Reserve. The Geita mine in situ mining based Mineral Reserve is declared as a Probable Mineral Reserve and has been derived from Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource. 12.4 Mineral Reserve statement The Mineral Reserve using underground and open pit mining methods is reported at the point of delivery to the process plant. Mineralisation in stockpiles is reported as broken material, in stockpiles. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 132 The total Geita mine estimated Mineral Reserve is 75.69Mt at 1.65g/t gold and 4.02Moz. The open pit Mineral Reserve is 41.07Mt at 1.31g/t gold and 1.73Moz, the underground Mineral Reserve is 13.42Mt at 3.65g/t gold and 1.57Moz and 21.19Mt at 1.06g/t and 0.72Moz in stockpiles. A gold price of $1,700/oz was provided by AngloGold Ashanti and viewed as sound and reasonable. The quoted Mineral Reserve from these volumes includes only the converted Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource and no Inferred Mineral Resource is converted to Mineral Reserve. The Geita mine Mineral Reserve is derived from open pit, underground and stockpile ore sources with a 43%, 39% and 18% contribution in terms of ounces, respectively. The Mineral Reserve is current at 31 December 2025 and is shown in Table 12.6. Table 12.6. Mineral Reserve statement. Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained gold (t) (Moz Au) Nyamulilima Cuts 1, 2, 3 and 4 (open pit) Proven - - - - Probable 41.07 1.31 53.68 1.73 Sub-total Proven & Probable 41.07 1.31 53.68 1.73 Geita stockpile (full grade) (open pit) Proven 11.43 1.23 14.06 0.45 Probable - - - - Sub-total Proven & Probable 11.43 1.23 14.06 0.45 Geita stockpile (marginal) (open pit) Proven 9.76 0.86 8.38 0.27 Probable - - - - Sub-total Proven & Probable 9.76 0.86 8.38 0.27 Geita Hill - West (underground) Proven - - - - Probable 0.75 3.30 2.47 0.08 Sub-total Proven & Probable 0.75 3.30 2.47 0.08 Geita Hill - East (underground) Proven - - - - Probable 4.26 3.59 15.29 0.49 Sub-total Proven & Probable 4.26 3.59 15.29 0.49 Nyankanga - Blocks 1 and 2 (underground) Proven - - - - Probable 0.72 3.24 2.34 0.08 Sub-total Proven & Probable 0.72 3.24 2.34 0.08 Nyankanga - Blocks 3 and 4 (underground) Proven - - - - Probable 5.66 3.70 20.91 0.67 Sub-total Proven & Probable 5.66 3.70 20.91 0.67 Nyankanga - Block 5 (underground) Proven - - - - Probable 0.77 3.96 3.03 0.10 Sub-total Proven & Probable 0.77 3.96 3.03 0.10 Ridge 8 (underground) Proven - - - - Probable 0.50 4.07 2.04 0.07 Sub-total Proven & Probable 0.50 4.07 2.04 0.07 Star and Comet - Cut 3 (underground) Proven - - - - Probable 0.20 3.31 0.65 0.02 Sub-total Proven & Probable 0.20 3.31 0.65 0.02 Star and Comet - Cut 5 (underground) Proven - - - - Probable 0.57 3.96 2.25 0.07 Sub-total Proven & Probable 0.57 3.96 2.25 0.07 Total Geita mine (underground and open pit) Proven 21.20 1.06 22.44 0.72 Probable 54.49 1.88 102.65 3.30 Total Proven & Probable 75.69 1.65 125.09 4.02 Notes:

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 133 Rounding of numbers may result in computational discrepancies in the Mineral Reserve tabulations. All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated. To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, grade and content for gold to two decimals. All ounces are Troy ounces. “Moz” refers to million ounces. 1. The Mineral Reserve stated herein is current at date and was prepared in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300. 2. “Tonnes” refers to a metric tonne which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms. 3. The Mineral Reserve tonnages and grades are estimated and reported as delivered to the plant (i.e., the point where material is delivered to the processing facility). 4. Property currently in a production stage. 5. Based on a gold price of $1,700/oz. 6. Mr. Duan Campbell, Pr. Eng, employed by AngloGold Ashanti, is the Qualified Person for the Geita mine Mineral Reserve. 7. In 2025, a cut-off grade range from 0.85g/t to 0.95g/t (varying according to area) was applied to the open pit, a cut-off grade range from 0.70g/t to 0.88g/t (varying according to the material type) was applied to the stockpiles, and a cut-off grade range from 2.40g/t to 3.36g/t (varying according to area) was applied to the underground. 8. In 2025, a metallurgical recovery factor range from 92.80% to 97.00% (varying according to material type) was applied to the open pit, a metallurgical recovery factor of 92.80% was applied to the stockpiles, and a metallurgical recovery factor range from 78.02% to 93.37% (varying according to area) was applied to the underground for gold. 12.5 Factors that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates Uncertainties that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates include: • Long-term commodity price assumptions. • Long-term exchange rate assumptions. • Long-term consumables price assumptions. Other factors that can affect the estimates include changes to: • Mineral Resource input parameters for the Mineral Resource converted to Mineral Reserve. • Input parameters used in the constraining stope and pit shell designs. • Cut-off grade assumptions. • Changes to geotechnical (including seismicity) and hydrogeological factors and assumptions. • Changes to metallurgical and mining recovery assumptions. • Assumptions as to the ability to control unplanned dilution in the underground operations. • Inputs to capital and operating cost estimates. • Assumptions as to the ability to access the site, retain mineral and surface rights titles. • Assumptions as to the ability to maintain environmental and other regulatory permits and maintain the social licence to operate. 12.6 Qualified Person's opinion There is upside potential for the estimates if mineralisation that is currently classified as Mineral Resource can be converted to Mineral Reserve following appropriate technical studies. There is no other mining, metallurgical, infrastructure, permitting, and other relevant factors known to the Qualified Person that would materially affect the estimation of Mineral Reserve that are not discussed in this Report. 13. Mining methods Mining at Geita mine uses both open pit and underground mining methods. 13.1 Open pit Open pit mines are known to have high productivities and flexibility, with high ore recoveries and better working conditions than underground mines. The unit costs of mining with the open pit method are normally lower than the unit costs of mining using underground methods because of economies of scale. Usually when the unit costs of mining with open pit method becomes higher than unit costs of mining with underground methods, a decision must be made to switch to underground methods. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 134 For the open pit operations at Geita, a conventional drill, blast, load and haul shovel and truck open pit mining method is used. This is the same mine method that was used at completed open pits for Nyankanga, Geita Hill, Lone Cone, Matandani, Kukuluma and Star and Comet. Currently open pit operations are located at the Nyamulilima open pit deposit. The Nyamulilima open pit began production in April 2021 and reached full production during 2022. The Nyamulilima open pit is comprised of four phases or cutbacks (Cuts 1, 2, 3 and 4). The deposit is situated 1km east of the on-going underground operation at Star and Comet and 22km from the processing plant. Studies for this mining this open pit deposit were completed to FS level in 2020. Ore from the open pit operations is trucked by Caterpillar 785C and Caterpillar 777D haul trucks from the Nyamulilima ROM stockpile to the central stockpiling area about 22km by haul road from the Nyamulilima Pit. Open pit mining activities are conducted as owner miner for both open pit operations and ore haulage from Nyamulilima open pit to the plant. An intermediate ROM pad at Nyamulilima has been designed to allow flexibility in ore haulage and provide safety around mining and ore haulage equipment interactions. The primary waste dump (WD17) has been designed and placed following sterilisation drilling in 2020 and 2021, to avoid sterilising any further potential pit expansions due to economics changes as well as staying within the exclusion zones and licence areas, and the waste dump (WD17) extension has been designed to accommodate the additional waste from Cut 4 updated pit design and the following sterilisation drilling is completed Mining operations at Nyamulilima open pit involve the conventional drilling of grade control and production holes, blasting, loading, and hauling. The design parameters are driven by previous open pit such Nyankanga and Geita Hill. These include a bench height of 10m mined in three flitches of 3.33m each. Some significant considerations for the Nyamulilima open pit Mineral Reserve included the following: • The Mineral Resource model used for the 2026 business plan budget was released in Q1 2025. • The process recoveries are based on the test results done on site and in laboratories in South Africa as well as actuals derived from the current feed. • The geotechnical slope angles are based using latest geotechnical results. • The costs are based on the detailed Geita mine’s business plan for 2026. • A $1,700/oz gold price was used for cut-off-grade calculation and optimisation. The open pit LOM plan is based on a mining schedule with a start position based on the nine-month actual plus three-month forecast for 2025, therefore effectively started in October 2025. The mining operations is owner operated and uses the existing mining fleet on site, RH170 excavators and Cat785 haulage trucks. The current pit design is based on a selected shell from the Whittle optimisation following metallurgical recoveries, economics, geotechnical assumptions and has been designed to accommodate the size of mining fleet equipment. When deciding on the theoretical pit shell to use for design, the limiting pit is initially selected as the highest, best-case shell. A push back strategy is applied with the final shell lying between the best- and worst-case scenarios. This selection method can provide a final pit at a price below the base gold price used. In addition to the discounted value, overall cost per ounce, incremental cost by pushback, minimum mining width, pit size, required Mineral Reserve base, and ore and waste volumes are considered before selecting the final pit. The $1,700/oz gold price used in the optimisation process was issued as part of the in-house Guidelines for Reporting. The optimal open pit excavation rates were based on the existing mining fleet capacity and in particular the hauling fleet. The mining schedule was optimised with the key objective of minimising cash and capital costs, while maximising free cash flow. Increased amount of stripping is expected ahead of ore mining in Nyamulilima open pit with mining volumes of approximately 30Mbcm maintained. Once the requisite sequence was determined, the equipment and materials inputs were estimated in line with the concept of resourcing to the schedule. The forecast fleet availabilities and utilisations were used to derive the fleet size. Any shortfall in the ROM ore delivery to the plant meant that plant feed had to be supplemented with ore from the underground sources and from existing stockpiles, a large portion of the latter being low-grade marginal ore. The Mineral Resource models received from the geology department on site were first prepared for pit optimisation. The first step was performing the model data checks that include checking for zero densities, AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 135 missing cells, and grade errors. Waste blocks were added to the Mineral Resource models by the geology departments evaluation team so as to cover projected practical pit limits. The models are also depleted using projected end of year surfaces. The conversion of Mineral Resource models to Gemcoms Whittle 4X optimisation models also includes the digital insertion into the model of mining and processing costs. A reference level or elevation is selected for each pit and the base cost applicable at that reference level determined. Additional costs related to elevation and material type are added. These are termed the mining cost adjustment factors and processing cost adjustment factors. The Datamine subcelled model was converted to a Datamine regularised model (10m length x 5m width x 3.33m height) and used in Whittle 4X. The Datamine regularised mode enables faster processing time allowing for multiple scenarios. In the Whittle pit optimisation process only, Measured and Indicated full grade ore (FGO) Mineral Resource was considered for process plant treatment, with the combined marginal grade ore (MGO) and mineralised waste material being available for sensitivity studies, and later if required, treatment scheduling. The four components of the Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource are the in situ FGO, the in situ MGO, stockpiled FGO and stockpiled MGO. The in situ components are determined from the material above the respective FGO and MGO cut-off grades and lie within the practical design pit shell. A set of nested pits for each deposit is produced during the pit optimisation exercise. Using various scheduling simulations in the Whittle software, a series of net present values (NPVs), stripping profiles, and pushback options were generated. The pit with the optimum NPV was chosen as the ultimate theoretical pit for each area. Factors such as pit value, mill tonnes, pit depth, strip ratios, mining width, and incremental profit per tonne milled, and ounce of gold recovered were considered in arriving at the optimal shell. In general, the biggest pit with last significant increase in content whilst still having positive incremental shell value was selected. This selected pit was used as a guideline to design the final practical pit in Datamine mine planning software. Pit shell selection during mine optimisation for Nyamulilima deposit based on two sets of optimisations conducted separately for Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource; and Measured and Indicated and Inferred Mineral Resource. The pits were designed based on the shell generated from Measured, Indicated and Inferred Mineral Resource at $1,700/oz, optimisations using the Measured, Indicated and Inferred Mineral Resource at $1,700/oz were completed to confirm additional cutbacks and hence the final pit shell was derived from the Measured, Indicated and Inferred Mineral Resource at $1,700/oz. Mining blocks are generated and evaluated in the Datamine software provide the tonnes and grade classified into FGO, MGO, waste material and waste for oxide, transitional and sulphide material types. In addition, any Inferred Mineral Resource within the cutbacks or practical pit designs is tracked so that it can be excluded from the Mineral Reserve to be published. Tonnage and grade factors and mining parameters are applied in SPRY to provide detailed mining production, ore tonnes and metal delivered to the ROM stockpiles. To assist the sequencing of the Mineral Reserve sources, cash cost per recovered ounce for each cutback or pit was calculated and ranked from lowest to highest. To maximise the return on investment, cutbacks with the lowest cash cost (or in other words highest cash margins) are excavated first. Other considerations were: • Target range of volumes moved per annum matched to the heavy mining fleet capacity, • Satellite ROM to main ROM haulage capacity, and • Practical bench turnover rate. This sequencing is independent of any sequencing information obtained from the nested pits in Whittle. The ore treatment scheduling philosophy is that the higher grade, lower stripping ratio ore is preferentially treated, whilst the lower grade and marginal ore material is stockpiled for later treatment. From its very definition, marginal ore is treated at the end of mine life after all mining has stopped, i.e., under a much- reduced cost structure. 13.2 Underground The current and proposed mining methods for underground operations at Geita mine are well proven mining techniques that do not introduce unknown risks to people, equipment, and the environment; and are mining AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 136 methods adopted in other underground mining operations in Tanzania, and globally. At Geita mine, a combination of longitudinal and transverse stoping methods is used. The main underground mining activities include horizontal development, vertical development, production and grade control drilling, production blasting, bogging, and hauling, and all associated works required as part of the mining cycle. The advantages of this mining method include: • Less upfront capital with balanced development and stoping schedules. • Ability to access high-grade ore located at the top of the orebody during the early stages of the production schedule. • Rapid payback period due to early access to ore. • Provides flexibility through grade control, and then drill and blast techniques to define the ore boundary on each production level; and • Development ahead of mining for underground Mineral Resource conversion and extensional exploration drilling. Transverse longhole stoping is a bulk mining method in which the long axis of the stope and access drives are perpendicular to the strike of the orebody. Transverse longhole stoping is more favourable to longitudinal stoping in areas of increased ore thickness. Transverse longhole stoping is also used where the rock mass quality of the hanging wall limits the length of the stope strike length. Transverse open stope mining method with a variant of top-down and bottom-up mining sequence is used for primary and secondary stope mining respectively. CAF and rockfill are used for stability support of primary and secondary stopes respectively. Cable bolting of the sub-panel backs and hanging walls are also implemented. The general minimum guidance rule of thumb for the mining of stopes in proximity to the pit walls stopes was evaluated at 50m when the stopes are mined below a water inundated pit lake and a minimum standoff of 25m applies when stopes are above the water level of the pit lake. A detailed stability risk assessment is conducted for every stope planned to be mined in proximity to the pit. It is the intention of GGM management to dewater the pit lakes and de-risk the mining plan. Fortunately, due to the shallow dipping nature of the orebody, all planned stopes do not lie directly below the pit bottom. Underground mining began at Star and Comet in 2016 and subsequently at Nyankanga in 2017, and most recently Geita Hill in 2020. At Star and Comet, the orebody is structurally controlled and sub-vertically dipping with a northwest- southeast strike. Orebody width varies from about 5m is generally less than 20m. The rock mass is competent and slightly blocky to massive. Ground stability is controlled by localised poor rock mass conditions associated with sub-vertical dyke contacts and faults; and interaction of steep dipping mineralisation controlling thrusts with the stope excavations. longitudinal longhole methods operate parallel to the strike of the orebody. Longitudinal longhole stoping is more favourable to transverse stoping in areas where ore thickness is narrower. Longitudinal methods are used where the rock mass quality of the hanging wall rock is competent enough to allow the development of greater stope strike lengths. The resulting open stopes are supported using a combination of vertical (rib) pillars and horizontal (sill) pillars to achieve local and regional stability. Rib pillars are generally used to provide stope stability for thicker ore bodies while sill pillars are used to provide stope stability for thinner ore bodies. An inverted V mining advance shape is employed to manage regional stability. A minimum crown pillar thickness from the base of the pit to the stopes was evaluated at 25m, with a minimum standoff of 15m of the stopes from the pit walls. At Nyankanga, the orebody is structurally controlled and shallow dipping to the north. Orebody width varies from about 10m to over 50m for Nyankanga Blocks 3,4 and 5. The ore body width for the Nyankanga Blocks 1 and 2 varies between 10-20m. The rock mass is moderately competent and generally blocky to very blocky. Ground stability at Nyankanga is controlled by poor rock mass conditions associated with Iyoda shears, shallow dipping thrusts and fault contacts; and interaction of shallow north dipping thrusts and fault contacts with trending northwest-southeast subvertical shears, veins and joints that tend to form blocks that can be released from stope backs and hanging walls. At strategic positions, cover holes are drilled serving a dual purpose to validate the presence of water bearing structures/bodies and geotechnical rock conditions. The information derived from these holes guide further development plans and execution. The cover drilling is carried out at all underground operations ahead of

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 137 'blind' development zones supervised by the geotechnical section, to check for structure ahead of development, water, and voids. Underground water intersections from drilling are reported to and monitored by the hydrogeology and geotechnical departments, who advise on appropriate water management strategies (i.e., whether to grout or plug drill holes or to allow drill holes to self-drain into the underground sumps). Water and void intersections encountered during exploration drilling follow the same procedure. Typically, the majority of water-bearing structures intersected are left open and drain with time, requiring minimal intervention. Depending on operational requirements, development plans and sump infrastructure, some water intersections are sealed using a Van Ruth plug, which is removed once development has proceeded to allow gravity drainage. Overall, the preferred method is to minimise piezometric pressure build-up in and around underground workings. For the underground schedule, a combination of MSO and Stope Note are used to generate Mineral Reserve estimates. The MSO process is run using Datamine mine planning software and is the underground optimisation equivalent of the open pit Whittle optimisation and is widely recognised as the industry-standard software tool for generating stope optimisation shapes. A Stope Note is an AngloGold Ashanti approved method for creating signed off stope notes. All relevant geological, geotechnical, hydrogeological, ventilation, equipment type, and mining rates are factored into the design and schedules. For the LOM steady state ore tonnes of 1,141ktpa, 1,516ktpa and 712ktpa are targeted for Geita Hill, Nyankanga and Star and Comet respectively resulting in a combined underground mined ounces profile of 391kozpa. To sustainably mine the required ounce profile and create Mineral Reserve development rates of 6,245 metres per annum (mpa), 8,096mpa and 6,896mpa for Geita Hill, Nyankanga and Star and Comet respectively are required, where these include capital development and operation development headings with capital development contributing 45%. Mining dilution and recovery are mainly affected by the geotechnical structures, the methods of mining have been adapted to safely operate within the geotechnical constraints to minimise dilution and recovery losses. The economic stable mining shapes are designed to include dilution that would otherwise create unsafe working conditions. The unplanned dilution and recovery factors depend on the mining methods used, values ranging from 10% to 21.5% and 76.44% to 95% for dilution and mining recovery respectively are applied to stable shape designs. For stopes that that were derived from MSO, higher factors are assigned, and this is to allow for the geotechnical structures. Underground grade control forms an integral part of any mining operation being a precursor to any stoping activity. Grade control drilling is conducted at a 10 x 10m optimal fan drilling pattern from the ore drives using specialised underground RC drill rigs, and minor DD. In addition, face sampling is done at every cut (nominally 4m). The information gathered from the grade control drill sampling are used to create the grade control models that the mine planners use for final stope designs. Mining production rates and grades are aligned with the strategic objectives of Geita, aiming to consistently produce >0.5Mozpa. The process plant is designed to treat approximately 5.2Mt of sulphide ore per annum. The instantaneous plant throughput is around 680tph, and the mill availability and utilisation are about 96% and 94% respectively. Ore from open pit and underground sources are placed and blended on the main ROM stockpile to and through blending strategy achieve the desired feed grade blend. Ore is hauled from Star and Comet (17km), Nyankanga (4km) and Geita Hill (2km) underground operations to the central ROM pad by the Geita mine surface mining fleet. The following items form key elements of the combined open pit and underground LOM plan: • GGM has four sources of ore. The mine will continue to focus on developing Nyamulilima for open pit operations (Cuts 2 to 4) while underground operations are mining at Nyankanga Blocks 1 to 5, Geita Hill Blocks East and West and Star and Comet Cut 3, 5 and Ridge 8 for Mineral Reserve. • The mine continues with the cash conservation approach that implies reduced stripping levels and increased depletion of ore from existing ore stockpiles. • The marginal Mineral Reserve currently on stockpiles and future mining will form part of mill feed over LOM. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 138 • The gold production profile will increase gradually in the next three years maintaining gold production above 0.5Mozpain the next four years. The mining of all four sources of ore is of strategic importance ensuring a steady flow of ore supply to the process plant. • LOM scheduling was done using SPRY and EPS software for the open pit and underground respectively. Simplistically the software enables manual block by block scheduler, to produce material movements, equipment usage and an input into the processing plant schedule, budget system and financial models. • Safety is AngloGold Ashanti's first value, all economic extraction activities are planned and executed with this value in mind. Geita mine is compliant with ISO 45001 and ISO 14001 Standards. • The Underground Planning section uses Datamine Studio Underground, EPS and MSO software for the underground Mineral Reserve optimisation. The first principal costing approach is followed where the in situ economic cut-off Grade is determined using the cost and modifying factors and then applied in the Datamine's Studio Underground software to determine the Mineral Reserve MSO shapes. The appropriate factors are then applied to declare Mineral Reserve. 13.3 Requirements for stripping, underground development and backfilling 13.3.1 Mine scheduling strategies The guiding strategy is to continue mining the Nyamulilima Pit and together with underground ore sources feed the plant. Any shortfalls in ore supply required to fill the plant will be supplemented by marginal ore stockpiles. 13.3.1.1 Open pit stripping strategy The mining of the Nyamulilima open pit has progressed in a phased manner. Bulk waste stripping for Cut 2 will be completed in October 2026. Ore volumes from Cut 2 steadily increased while waste stripping for Cut 3 began. Waste stripping for Cut 3 continued throughout 2025 and into 2028, with ore extraction from Cut 3 gradually increasing. Cut 3 will be completed in February 2028 Nyamulilima Cut 4 waste stripping will begin in May 2026 throughout the LOM until 2032. 13.3.1.2 Waste rock dump strategy The waste dumping schedule incorporates management of PAFNAF materials, where waste tipping designs are converted to block models to calculate volumes and to have as waste dump models as inputs for scheduling waste dumping. The waste dumping strategy manages PAF material by encapsulation. The Nyamulilima WD17 waste dump is currently active with an expansion eminent now that Cut 4 has been added. 13.3.1.3 Stockpile strategy Gold bearing material from the pit has three destinations namely, full grade ore stockpiles (ROM pad), marginal and mineralised waste stockpiles. The marginal and mineralised stockpiles need clear demarcation and undergo regular volume and grade balances. Marginal ore is preferably stockpiled at the satellite ROM pad (temporary) close to the open pit and treated at the end of the mine's life or at any time when the full grade ore cannot fill up the plant. This approach enables haulage costs to be deferred as much as practically possible. The plan also strives to maintain on the ROM pad full grade ore tonnages equivalent two to three months of production at the planned feed grade. This is to enable smooth blending, manage the possible risks that can cause disruptions to pit operations (floods, small scale wall or ramp failures) as well as enable unhurried, carefully thought out and safe excavation of the pits. Stockpiles are an inherent part of a gold mine with different processing plant feed sources available (especially if they all have different effects on the plant), high variability of grades in the model, pits, and pushbacks at various stages (pre-stripping, waste stripping and ore mining) and the mine striving to produce a certain target at a certain margin. By creating a stable feed and treating the higher grade at a stable enough high production rate, NPV is maximised under stable conditions. 13.3.1.4 Blending strategy AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 139 The blending strategy was established to ensure stable hardness, recovery, and grade blend to stabilise processing plant operations. Since the inception of the Star and Comet underground, it has been discovered that the blend of Geita Hill and Star and Comet material does not yield good recoveries because of pyrrhotite in the Star and Comet Cut 3 material, and the silver in Geita Hill material. There is also excessive consumption of reagents associated with a Geita Hill and Star and Comet blend. However, a better recovery is achieved from a blend of Nyankanga and Star and Comet material. Current practice is that before the Nyankanga and Star and Comet blend, the plant needs to run with only Nyankanga material for 24 hours before the new blend can be introduced. Geita Hill ore is similar, where Geita Hill ore maintains good recoveries when blended with Nyankanga and Nyamulilima ores. The feeding of Star and Comet alone remains a challenge in the plant because of the mineralogy of the material. The excessive consumption of cyanide, lead nitrate and oxygen can result in low recoveries, of 88%. Star and Comet sulphide ore is also very hard and can result lower throughputs. In response Star and Comet ore is limited to 30% of the plant feed blend at any time to manage both lower metallurgical recoveries and throughput relating to ore hardness. Star and Comet ore is only blended with Nyankanga and Nyamulilima ores. Geita Hill ore is fed to a maximum of 35% with only Nyankanga and Nyamulilima ores. Oxide material, currently being mined from Nyamulilima, is limited to 35% of the blend. The oxide material poses major handling challenges, during the wet season, where high moisture in the oxide results in clogging and blocking of the crusher. This is managed by reducing the oxide blend where high moisture is encountered in saturated, oxide ores. 13.3.1.5 Underground stoping strategy There are two distinct sequencing patterns for the various mining methods, including transverse primary and secondary stoping and longitudinal retreat stoping. The transverse primary and secondary sequencing concept is that primary stopes mine from hanging wall to footwall on a top-down mining sequence with a vertical height not exceeding 50m. The secondary stopes follow a bottom-up approach, this is achieved by placing rockfill in the bottom stope before the next stope above can be mined. A secondary stope cannot start mining until the primary stopes on either side have been mined and filled with CAF. Regional pillars are required in areas of high stress. Access development is via portals in the open pit. Major development infrastructure is placed in the footwall side of the orebody with ore drives placed parallel to the transverse stopes, stopes are placed 25m apart. Hanging wall drives connect the ore drives with the footwall drives (effectively forming multiple access points. Declines are spiralled as far as practically possible with longer straight sections strategically placed to maintain the optimal weighted strike per production level as it connects the production levels that are spaced 25m vertically apart. Longitudinal retreat stoping is used as the extraction method to mine the narrower stopes retreating from the furthest extent of the economical stopes back towards the crosscut. Major development infrastructure is placed in the footwall side of the orebody. Cross cuts are placed in the middle of the strike as far as practically possible to allow for dual mining horizons per level. Rib and sill pillars are required to stabilise the ore body to ensure safe stable mining extraction. 13.3.1.6 Mine ventilation strategy All underground mines at GGM are ventilated by both primary and secondary ventilation systems. Ventilation requirements are modelled using Ventsim software to ensure all working areas have adequate ventilation for both personnel and diesel equipment. Geita provides mine ventilation designs that support best practice and good quality air to ensure the health and safety of mine workers as well as providing a suitable atmosphere for the safe and effective operation of mining plant and equipment. The primary ventilation system utilises the decline as the fresh air intake, with a system of inter- level rises forming the return air circuit, exhausting the return air through the vent rises into the atmosphere. This system of rises provides the exhaust ventilation circuit for the mine development, preventing recirculation of contaminated mine air. The primary exhaust system is ventilated using dedicated primary fans, located at the top of the vent rises. Where possible as the mine deepens longer dedicated ventilation return air rises are bored as this reduces air friction losses, improving the overall pressures that primary fans need to operate at. Secondary ventilation is provided by underground secondary fans and ventilation ducting. Secondary fans are mounted in the main decline or incline development, drawing in fresh air, which will force fresh air to the AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 140 working face via the ventilation duct. The ducting is extended periodically as the development advances and shifted to the new mine areas as they are developed. 13.4 Mine equipment, machinery and personnel 13.4.1 Mine equipment and machinery 13.4.1.1 Open Pit The equipment list for the open pit is provided in Table 13.1 and represents peak equipment requirements. Table 13.1. Equipment list for the open pit. Purpose Equipment type Peak LOM requirements Excavators RH40; 6m3 2 RH170, RH170E; 20m3 3 Front-end loaders Caterpillar 966; 5m3 1 Caterpillar 990; 9m3 1 Caterpillar 992K 12m3 4 Haul trucks Caterpillar 777D; 100t 12 Caterpillar 785C/D; 150t 21 Dozers Caterpillar D10T 7 Wheeled dozers Caterpillar 834H 2 Graders Caterpillar 16H 4 Water trucks Caterpillar 777WC 3 Support equipment Caterpillar 336 3 Drill rigs DML with 203mm drill bit diameter for production drilling 3 D65 with 127mm drill bit diameter for presplit drilling 2 Charging trucks MMU from Orica Note: LOM: life of mine; MMU: mobile manufacturing unit. 13.4.1.2 Underground The underground fleet equipment includes twin boom jumbo drills, long-hole drill rigs, load-haul-dump and low-profile haul trucks as the primary mining fleet. Table 13.2 provides the underground equipment list. Table 13.2. Equipment list for the underground. Mine/operation Equipment type Peak LOM requirements Star and Comet Jumbo drills capable of 180m/month 2 Jumbo drills capable of 275m/month 1 Longhole drills capable of 5,700m/month 2 Tele remote loaders capable of 27,820t/month 1 Tele remote loaders capable of 33,447t/month 1 Conventional loaders capable of 43,738t/month 2 Trucks capable of 53,914tkm/month 3 Trucks capable of 63,804tkm/month 2 Charge wagons 3 Integrated tool carriers 5 Nyankanga Jumbo drills capable of 275m/month 4 Longhole drills capable of 7,000m/month 1 Tele remote loaders capable of 27,820t/month 3 Tele remote loaders capable of 33,447t/month 1 Conventional loaders capable of 43,738t/month 2

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 141 Mine/operation Equipment type Peak LOM requirements Trucks capable of 53,914tkm/month 3 Trucks capable of 63,804tkm/month 1 Charge wagons 2 Integrated tool carriers 2 Geita Hill Jumbo drills capable of 275m/month 2 Longhole drills capable of 7,000m/month 1 Conventional loader capable of 36,380t/month 1 Tele remote loaders capable of 33,447t/month 1 Trucks capable of 53,914tkm/month 1 Trucks capable of 63,804tkm/month 2 Charge wagon 2 Integrated tool carrier 3 Electric-powered Sandvik DD421-60C jumbos are used for all development and ground support installation. Diesel-powered Sandvik LH621i loaders are the primary loaders used for the extraction of ore and waste. Due to the Sandvik LH621i loaders having a larger bucket capacity than the Catepillar R2900G loader, Geita commenced a transition from Caterpillar to Sandvik loaders in February 2024, with the last unit commissioned in October 2025. These loaders are used to load waste and ore onto trucks for transportation to the designated dumping areas. Diesel-powered Sandvik TH663i underground haul trucks are used as the primary haul and dump units for both waste and ore. A transition from Caterpillar AD60 trucks commenced in September 2023 to improve the payload carrying capacity, with the last unit commissioned in February 2026. Waste is transported and dumped into mined out open pits. Ore is transported to the ore stockpile locations on surface. A Volvo L120 IT is used as a utility and support vehicle. Some units will be fitted with quick hitch and forks, as well as fork extensions. Light vehicles including single and dual cab Land Cruisers personnel carriers are utilised at the Nyankanga, Geita Hill and Star and Comet underground projects. The light vehicles will be used for transportation into the mine and between the mine, workshop and camp. The personal carriers will be used to transport employees between their places of residence and work. The equipment selection was based on the rates that can be achieved using industry benchmarks for each required piece of equipment. This was derived from the mining schedule and the unit rate for each piece of equipment. 13.4.2 Personnel The open pit workforce consists of 369 employees, while the combined underground workforce, spanning both owner-operated (240) and contractor personnel (260), totals 500 employees. Engineering services contribute an additional 576 personnel to bring the total mining-related compliment to 1,445 personnel. The process area assumed a personnel count of 266. A total of 862 personnel (Community Affairs, Executive Management, Finance, Geology, Health, Safety and Environment, Human Resources, Security, Sustainability and Technical Services) provide the essential services that enable safe and productive mining. 13.5 Final mine outline Geita is an operating mine adequately equipped with all the facilities and infrastructure to safely maintain the production profiles. The final mine outline is shown in Figure 3.1. 14. Processing and recovery methods 14.1 Process plant design Processing starts with crushing through a three-stage crushing circuit. Mined ore is delivered to the ROM pad where it is temporarily stored before being blended and fed to the 42″ x 70″ primary gyratory crusher, using dump trucks and front-end loaders. The primary crusher is operated at a closed side setting of 120mm. The primary crushed product is screened to remove +120mm size fraction which is either fed to the secondary AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 142 crusher or sent directly to the fine ore stockpile. The -120mm fraction is screened again in the tertiary screen to remove the -40mm (to the fine ore stockpile) before feeding the two off tertiary crushers (CH600 Sandvik). The tertiary crushers are in closed circuit with one 40mm aperture double deck screen. The +40mm and - 120mm material from the tertiary screen is delivered to the tertiary crusher. Products from both secondary and tertiary crushers report to the double deck tertiary screen (closed circuit) which recovers the -40mm material as final product conveyed to the fine ore stockpile. The fine ore stockpile has a live capacity of 9kt, and a total capacity of around 100kt. Crushed ore from the fine ore stockpile is reclaimed by two hydraulically driven apron feeders to the mill feed conveyor which feeds the grinding circuit. Dry quicklime is added directly onto the mill feed conveyor to condition the ore for the leaching process. The grinding circuit is a two-stage milling process consisting of a SAG mill in open circuit and a ball mill in closed circuit with hydro-cyclones. Both mills are rated at 9.0MW individually. The SAG mill product is screened through a trommel that produces the oversize scats (pebbles) and the undersize mill product which reports to the mill discharge hopper. The scats product is recycled back to the SAG mill via a series of conveyors. The SAG mill product is combined with the ball mill product in the common mill discharge hopper where the two products are diluted using process water prior to cyclone classification. The cyclones include two primary clusters which produce the final product and two gravity (dewatering) clusters dedicated for the gravity circuit. The diluted mill discharge slurry is pumped to a distribution box which feeds the primary clusters and the gravity clusters. The cyclone overflow at about 40 w/w% solids (weight per weight percent) gravitate to the thickener via two trash screens for trash removal whilst the underflow gravitates to ball mill at 80 w/w% solids. The underflow from the gravity cluster feeds a scalping screen which removes and returns the +3mm particles to the SAG mill. Undersize from the scalping screen reports directly to two off 48″ Knelson concentrators. The Knelson concentrator is a centrifugal gravity concentrator that recovers free gold from the scalping screen underflow into a small mass concentrate suitable for treatment in an Acacia reactor by an intensive cyanidation leaching process. The intensive leach reactor produces a highly concentrated gold solution that is pumped to an electrowinning cell where gold concentrate is plated before the smelting process. The tails stream from Knelson concentrator is gravity fed to the mill discharge hopper. Overflow from both the primary and gravity clusters gravitates to two linear trash screens (to remove trash and grit) before reporting to the 25m diameter high-rate thickener for solid-liquid separation. Flocculant is added to accelerate the settling rate of solid particles to the underflow stream. Thickened slurry at 52 w/w% solids as thickener underflow is pumped to the CIL circuit for the cyanidation process. The CIL circuit consists of two pre oxidation tanks and ten CIL tanks, each with a live capacity of 2,240m3. The slurry flows by gravity through the tanks which are interconnected by launders. Each tank has been fitted with a mechanical agitator for uniform slurry mixing. The ten CIL tanks are each fitted with two mechanically swept wedge wire screens (Kemix screens) to retain the carbon. The pH is maintained around 10.5 for optimum cyanidation and cyanide stabilisation. Lead nitrate is added into the pre-oxidation tanks for gold recovery improvement. Oxygen is sparged through the agitator shafts for an optimal dissolved oxygen concentration. In addition, hydrogen peroxide is added to supplement the oxygen supply. Sodium cyanide solution is dosed in two stages to maintain the desired concentration for gold leaching process. The first dose is tank no. 03 (the first CIL stage) and the second one in tank no. 06. Regenerated and activated carbon is added in tank no.12 (last CIL stage) and advanced counter-current to the slurry flow until it reaches the first CIL tank (tank no. 03), where loaded carbon is recovered with slurry and pumped to the loaded carbon recovery screen. All parameters for the CIL operation are monitored and controlled by in line instruments for optimal metallurgical requirements. Two automatic samplers are installed before and after the CIL circuit to determine the CIL gold feed grade and the tails grade. Gold barren slurry (tailings) from the last CIL tank (tank 12) gravitates to the tailing’s hopper via the linear carbon safety screen where fine carbon is recovered for further treatment. Tailings slurry is pumped and safely stored at the TSF. On the carbon recovery screen, slurry is washed off the loaded carbon through the screen underflow and gravitates back to the CIL tanks whilst the loaded carbon reports to the 14-ton acid wash column to begin the gold stripping processes. The acid wash process makes use of a dilute (3%) hydrochloric acid to remove inorganic foulants from the carbon. After acid washing, the loaded carbon is hydraulically transferred to the AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 143 elution column. Elution is by means of the Anglo American Research Laboratory (AARL) method using treated water (through the inline solution heaters and a heat exchanger) and sodium hydroxide (caustic soda) at high temperature and pressure. After desorbing, the gold from the surface of the carbon is transported in solution referred to as the pregnant solution which is directed to one of the pregnant solution tanks prior to electrowinning. After elution, carbon is re-activated in the regeneration kiln and recycled back to the CIL circuit through the carbon sizing screen. The pregnant solution is pumped through the electrowinning cells and recirculated back to the pregnant solution tank. Direct current is passed between stainless steel anodes and cathodes, which are covered with a fine stainless-steel mesh. Electrolysis causes the gold in solution to plate out on the cathodes. Seven cells are arranged in parallel, with an eighth cell dedicated to the gravity circuit. Electrowinning takes approximately eight to 12 hours and continues until the solution leaving the electrowinning cells (barren solution) is depleted of gold. The barren solution is recycled back to either the strip solution tank or leaching circuit. Concentrate gold is washed off the cathodes, filtered and dried in electric ovens. The dried concentrate is then smelted and poured into bullion bars which are shipped to Rand Refinery in Johannesburg for further refining and sale. Bullion fineness ranges between 85% to 92% gold and 8% to 12% Ag. A summary of the process plant design components is shown in Table 14.1. Table 14.1. Process plant design components. Design component Description Manufacturer Crushing Primary Crusher 1 x Sandvik Gyratory - 42″ × 70″ SANDVIK Secondary Crusher 1 x Sandvik Cone Crusher – CH660 SANDVIK Tertiary Crusher 2 x Sandvik Cone Crusher - CH660 SANDVIK Milling and classification SAG Mill 9.14m Diameter x 5.50m EGL, 9Mw METSO-OUTOTEC Ball Mill 6.71m Diameter x 9.6m EGL, 9Mw METSO-OUTOTEC Cyclone gMax150 KREBS Gravity circuit Scalping Screen 2 x Vibrating (3.0 x 3.0 mm panels) VIBRAMECH Centrifugal Concentrator Type 2 x 48″ Knelson,G5 Cone FLSMIDTH Leach Reactor Type Acacia ACACIA Thickening Thickener 1 x 25m Diameter Outotec Highrate METSO-OUTOTEC Leach and adsorption Circuit Configuration 2 x Pre-Ox + 10 x CIL Tanks (12 CIL tanks in total) - Oxygen Plant 2 x 10t per day plant Pressure Swing Adsorption Intertank Screen 2 x Kemix MPS(P) Screens Per Tank - 820µm KEMIX Carbon Safety Screen 1 x Linear Screen - Aperture 600 x 750 µm DELKOR Elution, electrowinning and regeneration Elution Column Capacity 14t - Acid Wash Column Capacity 14t - Electrowinning Cells 8 Stainless Steel - 12 per cell - Furnace - Crucible Diesel Fired Type - Kiln Type Rotary Horizontal - AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 144 14.2 Energy, water, and process materials requirements 14.2.1 Power Unit power consumption is currently 57kWh/t on average which converts to approximately 26MWh per month. The future forecast estimate has been split per operation: • Processing: 16.0MWh per month. • Nyankanga underground: 4.7MWh per month. • Geita Hill underground: 3.7MWh per month. • Star and Comet underground: 2.5MWh per month. • Nyamulilima open pit: 0.3MWh per month. • General: 0.9MWh per month. In mid-2024, the Geita mine was successfully connected to the national electricity grid, with power supplied by Tanesco. Grid power is synchronised with the existing Wärtsilä power plant, which is maintained in hot- standby mode. 14.2.1.1 Own power source and supply The 40MW Wärtsilä diesel generation plant was completed July 2018. Currently three 10MW units are running to produce 33.2MW maximum demand for site. There are three gensets that operate 24hrs a day, with one unit as standby/backup unit when there is a need to meet higher power demands. The power supply for the Nyamulilima open pit will strategically form part of Star and Comet operation’s power supply plan but currently the Star and Comet operation is served by a 500kVA generator and a 1MW Cumming engine that is standby unit. The Wärtsilä plant is also supported by the Old Geita Power Station which has five Allen diesel engines with capability of generating 10MW. That power station is synchronised with the Wärtsilä power station. The power generation plant located at the Star and Comet operation consists of five 1,250kVa diesel generators designed to deliver a total of 4.25MW. The plant is supplied and operated by Agrekko Tanzania. Each genset delivers an output voltage of 415V. The five units supply a 6.3MVA distribution transformer which steps up to 11,000V, providing power to the Star and Comet underground mine. Four gensets operate 24hrs a day, with one unit as standby/backup unit to meet instances of higher power demand. The 11kV powerline feed to underground operations provides power for substations, ring main units (RMUs), Jumbo boxes, Cubex, ventilation fans, etc. 14.2.1.2 Tanesco power source and supply AngloGold Ashanti embarked on a decarbonisation journey in 2022. A baseline study indicated that Geita mine produces 0.67t of carbon per megawatt hour, using the diesel-powered electrical sources. AngloGold Ashanti entered into discussions with Tanesco, the Tanzanian power authority to supply high voltage power to the mine site from Geita town. The high voltage power connection will replace diesel generation, but power quality will be the biggest challenge to mitigate. By connecting to the Tanesco grid, the emission factor will significantly decrease from 0.67 tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (tCO2e)/kWh to 0.30 tCO2e at 95% grid and 5% generator, which is expected to reduce emissions by 72kt CO2e per annum by 2030. A five-year Power Supply Agreement (renewable upon expiry) was reached with Tanesco for the supply of electricity. Construction of a 40MVA substation to enable the mine to connect to the national electricity grid started in 2022 and was commissioned mid-2024. A significant cost benefit to AngloGold Ashanti from using high voltage power versus diesel generation has been realised, both in carbon emission reduction and costs. The current power cost using diesel engine is $0.20/kWh and emissions intensity factor of 0.67kg/kWh. The current Tanesco connection power cost is $0.081$/kWh with an intensity factor of 0.17kg/kWh. AngloGold Ashanti is working with Tanesco to identify risks and future opportunities. 14.2.2 Water The water requirement for process is currently 1.6m3/t of ore treated. This equates to 564Mm3 of water per month. Half of the water supply is sourced from the water resources such as Lake Victoria and Nyankanga Dam and the mined-out Lone Cone open pit.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 145 14.2.3 Process consumables The typical processing consumables are steel balls, sodium cyanide, caustic soda, lime, lead nitrate, hydrochloric acid, activated carbon, Millsperse 816/5, flocculant, leach aid ACACIA, sulphamic acid, borax, hydrogen peroxide, sodium nitrate, silica, and silver nitrate. 14.3 Flowsheet The Geita mine process flow is shown in Figure 14.1. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 146 Figure 14.1. Process flow chart. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 147 15. Infrastructure 15.1 Logistics The mine benefits from a robust network of well-maintained roads, enabling easy access to nearby towns and major highways. This facilitates the efficient movement of heavy machinery, materials, and the workforce. The mine is strategically located near the port city of Mwanza on Lake Victoria, allowing for the transport of goods and equipment by lake and onward via road networks, which is cost-effective compared to direct long- haul trucking. Themine is served by its own airstrip, which provides direct flight access for personnel and essential equipment, enhancing logistical flexibility. 15.2 Power Power for the mine is generated on-site by three diesel power stations (refer to discussion in Chapter 17.3). The total diesel power generation capacity at Geita mine is 54.25MW. In mid-2024, the Geita mine was successfully connected to the national electricity grid, with power supplied by Tanesco. Grid power is synchronised with the existing Wärtsilä power plant, which is maintained in hot- standby mode (see Chapter 14.2.1 for additional information). 15.3 Water supply Water for processing and other needs is sourced from Lake Victoria, just over 20km away, and supplementary sources such as the mine’s own boreholes. Water is transported through pipelines to the site, ensuring sustainable and adequate supply for mineral processing. AngloGold Ashanti has invested in advanced water treatment and recycling facilities. This setup ensures efficient water use and minimises environmental impact, in line with sustainability goals. 15.4 Accommodation and facilities To accommodate its workforce, the mine has developed on-site housing, including dormitories and family residences. This infrastructure enhances workforce retention and morale by providing a comfortable living environment. 15.5 Built infrastructure The location of the key infrastructure was shown in Figure 13.1. The key on-site surface and underground infrastructure at the Geita mine include the following: • One operating open pit and six mined-out open pits. • Three operating underground mines and no mined-out underground operations. • A 5.5Mtpa process plant. • Mine access and internal road network from the neighbouring Geita town. • TSF upgraded in 2020 and a recent lift (completed in 2024). The next wall lift is scheduled in financial year 2027 with anticipation of a rise of 6m at a cost of approximately $15M. • Stockpiles. • Accommodation village at Mchauru for married and single staff and employees. • Administrative buildings, stores warehouses, laboratory, workshops for surface and underground equipment, security buildings, medical and emergency response facilities, laydown facilities. • Fuel storage facility with capacity to create buffer of two months. • Raw and process water containment and storage dams and water distribution network. • Communications and data transmission networks. • Airstrip. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 148 • Multiple portal access drives into underground workings from the mined-out open pits. There is an on-site medical clinic equipped to handle routine and emergency medical cases, which reduces health-related downtime and provides a safe working environment. There are no anticipated impediments to the construction of new haul roads for open pit mining support. Access to underground deposits is assumed to be via mechanised mining methods and there are no anticipated impediments to developing the required underground access infrastructure. Extraction of this Mineral Reserve will use existing administration, engineering, power and other utility and support infrastructure, upgraded or expanded where necessary. The mine is supported by a well-maintained processing plant that includes crushing, milling, gravity separation, carbon in leach, electrowinning and smelting facilities. These facilities are essential for maximizing ore recovery rates and ensuring the economic viability of the mine. There are extensive TSFs designed with robust engineering standards to safely store processed ore waste. These facilities are monitored to mitigate environmental impact and comply with Tanzanian regulatory standards. A tailings dam lift was completed in 2020, and in mid-2024, buttress re-enforcements were completed on the Western wall and plans are in place to re-enforce the northern and southern wall in 2026. Current WRSFs have sufficient capacity to accommodate all waste in the LOM plan. AngloGold Ashanti has invested in various community infrastructure projects, such as schools, water supply systems, and health centres in nearby communities. This investment bolsters relations with local communities and supports regional development. Geita is a well-established operation with comprehensive support infrastructure fully in place to meet all operational requirements. 15.6 Communications There is leaky feeder radio communication between two sides with supportive dispatch on message relay services for heavy mobile equipment, safety and workforce management. A site has well established communication infrastructures both telecommunication, radio communication, voice, and internet data to support operation. 16. Market studies 16.1 Market for mine products Gold is freely traded. The Geita mine is an operating mine producing a readily saleable commodity in the form of doré. The accepted framework governing the sale or purchase of gold, is conformance to the Loco London standard. Only gold that meets the London Bullion Market Association’s (LBMA) Good Delivery standard is acceptable in the settlement of a Loco London contract. In the Loco London market, gold is traded directly between two parties without the involvement of an exchange, and so the system relies on strict specifications for fine ounce weight, purity and physical appearance. For a bar to meet the LBMA Good Delivery standard, the following specifications must be met as a minimum: • Weight: 350 fine troy ounces (min) 430 fine troy ounces (max). • Purity/fineness: minimum fineness of 995.0 parts per thousand of fine gold. • Appearance: bars must be of good appearance not displaying any defects, irregularities such as cavities, holes or blisters. Only bullion produced by refiners whose practices and bars meet the stringent standards of the LBMA’s Good Delivery List can be traded on the London market. Such a refiner is then an LBMA Accredited Refiner and must continue to meet and uphold these standards in order for its bars to be traded in the London market. Provided the bullion meets the LBMA Good Delivery standard, it is accepted by all market participants and thus provides a ready market for the sale or purchase of bullion.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 149 16.2 Commodity price forecasts AngloGold Ashanti management determined the gold prices (in US dollars) used for estimating the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are based on the use of economic assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for the Mineral Resource as well as the expected price for the Mineral Reserve to be economically viable. These economic assumptions are based on the AngloGold Ashanti’s assessment of multiple factors, including long-range commodity price trends, consensus exchange rate and price forecasts, historical price averages, impacts on inflation and the resulting high-interest rate environment. AngloGold Ashanti selects appropriate prices for the Mineral Reserve mine plan that align to its strategy for each asset. The resultant plan is then tested for economic viability at the stated Mineral Reserve price. A gold price of $1,700/oz was used for the Mineral Reserve estimates. A gold price of $2,000/oz was used for the Mineral Resource estimates. Typically, the price is set higher than the Mineral Reserve price. The metal price assumptions for the mine’s metal products are considered suitable to support the financial analysis of the Mineral Reserve evaluation. 16.3 Contracts Major service contracts in place include: • African Underground Mining Services (AUMS): provides underground mining services (development and stoping) at Nyankanga and Geita Hill underground operations. • Capital Mining Services (Tanzania): provides surface and underground grade control and exploration drilling and provides surface open pit production drilling for open pit blasting operations. • Orica: supplies explosives and provides open pit and underground blasting services. • African Assay Laboratories (SGS): provides on-site geological and metallurgical sample assaying services. All contracts listed above are with unaffiliated third parties as at the Report current date. Contracts are negotiated and renewed as needed. Contract terms are within industry norms, and typical of similar contracts in Tanzania with which AngloGold Ashanti is familiar. 17. Environmental studies, permitting plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups No known permitting or social constraints are expected to materially impact the Mineral Reserve production schedule as at the Report current date. 17.1 Permitting The SML was granted under the Mining Act of 1998. The law required an EIA report to accompany the application for the licence. The first EIA study was completed in 1998 to that end, in addition to AngloGold Ashanti’s commitment to environmental protection as a best practice. Over time, several EIAs were conducted for licence enlargement and other projects in compliance with applicable acts and regulations. The EIA also includes a comprehensive evaluation of social and community aspects related to the mine. It assesses potential social and economic impacts on the host community and provides recommendations for appropriate actions, including the implementation of targeted projects and the development of social infrastructure. The following is a list of EIAs conducted to date: • EIA for main Geita mine area (1998). • Supplementary EIA for Kukuluma and Matandani (1998). • EIA for Nyamulilima (2003). • EIA for relocation of air strip (2003). • EIA for Geita Hill (2005). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 150 • EIA for Star and Comet underground project (2016). • EIA for new power plant, Nyankanga and Geita Hill pits underground projects (2016). • EMP update (2016). • EIA for Nyamulilima open pit project (2021). • EIA for Installation of the new incinerator (2021). Approximately 77% of the SML is within the Geita forest reserve. AngloGold Ashanti has permission to carry out mining operations in the reserve from the Ministry of Natural Resources and Tourism and has controls in place to comply with the Forest Act and regulations. Geita mine works closely with the Tanzania Forest Services (an agency under the Ministry) to manage the SML area that falls within the forest reserve. In addition to the SML, the Permission to Mine in the Geita forest reserve, and EIA certificates, AngloGold Ashanti has all of the environmental permits/licences/approvals required for mining operations in compliance with applicable legislation. These include: mining plan approval, water use permits, waste disposal facility, water discharge permits, chemical registration certificate, WRSF construction permits, change of mining method to underground operations, permit to operate waste landfills, permit to operate a waste incinerator, registration of TSF, licence to possess and use medical diagnostic x-ray equipment, petroleum consumer installation licence, electricity own use generation licence and registration of the Nyankanga water dam. Controls are in place to ensure compliance with legal and other requirements such as audits and inspections, legal registries, and compliance evaluations. In addition, AngloGold Ashanti is subject to regulatory audits and inspections. AngloGold Ashanti subscribes to ISO14001 and has maintained this certification since 2001. 17.2 Requirements and plans for waste tailings disposal, site monitoring and water management In Tanzania, TSFs are managed by the Water Resources Management Act, 2009 and the Dam Safety Regulations of 2013. In addition, TSF management must comply with the Mining Act and the Environmental Management Acts, together with their respective regulations. The TSF was registered with the Ministry of Water in compliance with the Dam Safety regulations. It was part of the EIA studies conducted. Water quality monitoring plans cover locations in and around the TSF. AngloGold Ashanti appointed an Approved Professional Person for management of the facility. The Geita mine is certified by the International Cyanide Management Institute for meeting cyanide code requirements and is within the institute’s audit scope. Site monitoring and water management are covered in an approved EMP, which was prepared to comply with relevant legal requirements. The objectives of the water management plan include: • Prevent contamination of surface and groundwater. • Optimise water use in mining and other activities. • Minimise interference with natural drainage systems. • Minimise impact on community water sources. • Ensure availability of water for intended use in the area. 17.3 Socio-economic impacts Geita is an operating mine and has budgets and programmes in place to comply with legislative requirements. Section 105 of the Written Laws (Miscellaneous Amendment) Act 2017 requires a mineral rights holder to prepare a credible Corporate Social Responsibilities plan in consultation with local government authorities that considers the social, economic, cultural, and environmental needs of the host community. AngloGold Ashanti complies with a legal requirement that it commits on an annual basis to spend 0.7% of its total turnover on corporate social investment, estimated to about $4M. The funds are directed to financing of social infrastructure in education, health, water, environmental management, and roads, as well as small and medium enterprises. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 151 In addition to the social investment, the Geita mine also plays a key role as a source of revenue for local government authorities. AngloGold Ashanti pays a statutory local government service levy at the rate of 0.3% equivalent to $3.4M to $3.6M of the net turn over to the local government authorities (district and town councils). At the time mining activities began, the service levy fee was at a fixed amount of $200,000 per annum. However, the fee changed in September 2014, following renegotiation and amendment of the MDA between the Government and Geita mine, resulting to payment of 0.3% of AngloGold Ashanti’s gross turnover. At the Report current date, the extraction of the Mineral Reserve was not anticipated to have any additional socio-economic or cultural impact for which specific mitigations will be required. Impacts from the current on- going operation of the mine are managed through dedicated budgets and teams and these operational costs are included in the Mineral Reserve estimation process. These ongoing programmes include management of artisanal and small-scale mining and securing the SML. In 2022, AngloGold Ashanti conducted a land audit to assess the best way to use land within the concession without impacting the host community. In 2023, another study was done by AngloGold Ashanti in collaboration with the Government to determine the best use of land especially in areas that Geita mine cohabitates with the host community. 17.4 Mine closure and reclamation In Tanzania, mine closure requirements are covered in the Mining Act, the Mining Regulations, and the Mine Closure Guidelines. AngloGold Ashanti has a mine closure plan to guide closure activities. The current mine closure plan was reviewed by the National Mine Closure Committee and approved by the Chief Inspector of Mines in April 2020. Biophysical closure includes restoration and demolition plan over the LOM. Progressive rehabilitation is carried out where disturbed areas are available for rehabilitation. The mine closure plan is an active document which is updated on a regular basis. The Mine Closure Guidelines require the mine closure plan to be updated once in three years where the LOM is more than three years, and annually where the LOM is equal to or less than three years. In addition, the associated closure liability estimate is updated on a quarterly basis. Current at December 2025, the total mine closure liability is estimated at $88.6M. These costs cover the restoration of all facilities and domains and the decommissioning and demolition of infrastructure. Aftercare and maintenance costs are assumed at 10% of rehabilitation and decommissioning costs, while contingency is applied at 5–30% depending on risk and level of certainty to allow for potential oversights and omissions at the time of estimate preparation. 17.5 Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy of current plans The environmental and socio-economic plans in place are adequate ensuring environmental compliance. Any new environmental and socio-economic concerns will be addressed as they arise. 17.6 Commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring GGM complies with Tanzanian labour laws and adheres to international labour organisation conventions ratified by Tanzania and all other labour guidelines and international best human resources practices in dealing with employees. Strategic relations with employees are governed by: • The employment legislations regulating relationship at workplace. • Collective Bargaining Agreement between GGM management and the majority Trade Union. • Disciplinary Policy and Procedures. • Employee's engagements and communication. • A How We Work Programme which is an internal AngloGold Ashanti based approach. GGM’s vision is to be the overall best mining employer in Tanzania in all employment aspects including, but not limited to: • Attraction and retention of critical human capital. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 152 • Occupational Health and Safety. • Employees development aimed at enhancing capabilities of Tanzanian employees to be able to deliver to their full potentials. • Labour relations. • Compensation strategy. The recruitment and selection process starts with the definition of each role description, advertising the position and choosing the most appropriate candidate for the job through a rigorous and objective interview and assessment processes. To date, Geita mine employs 98% Tanzanian Nationals, with 2% being non-citizens. This is a very good ratio for a multinational entity; however, management continues its efforts to build capabilities of local employees to run the mine in full. Currently, 13% of employees at the Geita mine are women, with several initiatives in place to increase the level of female employment, including increased female intake of the mine’s internship programme. Geita mine works closely with the Association of Tanzania Employers through its Female Future programme to enhance managerial and supervisory capabilities of Geita mine’s female employees. On local procurement, Geita mine is committed to empowering local vendors. Goods and services that meet industry standards are first sourced in the local market before looking to foreign vendors. Geita complies with Local Content Regulations of 2018 and its 2022 amendments. All local vendors are given equal chance to express Interest for services and goods with a value of $100,000 and above as they are advertised in the newspapers as per the Regulation 16 (2)(a). For the Corporate Social Responsibility projects, Geita mine is using local vendors to supply goods and services required in the projects. Moreover, GGM is working closely with the Government to conduct capacity building programmes for the local business community to build knowledge and skills to participate in procurement processes. 18. Capital and operating costs 18.1 Capital costs Stay-in-business and exploration sustaining capital expenditure was estimated on a zero-base using the Geita mine’s Mineral Reserve based capital assumptions and is estimated at $231M for the Mineral Reserve. The stay-in-business relates to surface and underground infrastructure, mining fleet replacement, process infrastructure upgrades and other site stay-in-business projects. Exploration capital was categorised by sustaining, non-sustaining, and brownfields; however, only sustaining exploration costs were proportioned using produced ounces. Geita has a long operating history and as such the accuracy of the capital cost estimate developed at a ±15% which meets the S-K1300 requirements of a feasibility level study. The Geita operation reviews the capital inputs and refines them as appropriate as the level of risk in the capital forecasting is low. The stay-in-business provisions are summarised in Table 18.1. Table 18.1. LOM capital cost estimate. Mineral Reserve stay-in-business expectations Units UG GH UG NY UG SC OP NYM Total LOM per operation Years 5 5 3 7 — Stay-in-business capital $M 14.27 22.37 58.53 135.62 230.79 $/t treated 2.85 3.13 46.25 2.18 3.05 Note: LOM: life of mine; UG: underground; GH: Geita Hill; NY: Nyankanga; SC: Star and Comet; OP: open pit; NYM: Nyamulilima. 18.2 Operating costs Operating expenditure is estimated by a first principles budget process, applying known unit costs from mine contracts to physicals, and is estimated at $4,336M for the LOM plan. The average all in costs (AIC) over the Mineral Reserve derived LOM plan equates to $1,379/oz gold. Operating costs per operation are summarised in Table 18.2 and grouped as consolidated total costs for the open pit and underground in Table 18.3. Geita has a long operating history and as such the accuracy of the operating cost estimate developed at a ±15%

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 153 which meets the S-K1300 requirements of a feasibility level study. The Geita operation reviews the operating cost inputs and refines them as appropriate as the level of risk in the operating cost forecasting is low. Table 18.2. Unit operating costs. Description Unit UG GH UG NY UG SC OP NYM Total Mining cost (ore tonnes) $/t 51.00 53.02 70.08 10.97 18.58 Processing cost $/t 19.94 19.30 19.32 19.07 19.15 General and administrative cost $/t 15.24 15.24 15.24 12.86 13.28 Other operational $/t 7.65 19.36 11.47 4.56 6.27 Stay-in-business capital $/t 2.85 3.13 46.25 2.18 3.05 Closure cost $/t 1.76 1.82 1.76 1.04 1.17 Total mining cost/tonne ore treated $/t 98.43 111.88 164.11 50.67 61.51 Note: UG: underground; GH: Geita Hill; NY: Nyankanga; SC: Star and Comet; OP: open pit; NYM: Nyamulilima. Table 18.3. LOM operating cost estimate. Item Unit Total Open pit Underground Operating Costs Mining $M 1,406 683 723 Processing $M 1,450 1,187 262 General and administrative $M 1,005 801 204 Other operating $M 475 284 191 Total Operating Cost $M 4,336 2,955 1,381 Sustaining capital $M 231 136 95 Non-GAAP Metrics and Cash Flow Total AISC $M 5,073 3,405 1,675 Total AISC $/oz 1,379 1,491 1,158 Other capital (non-sustaining) $M 0 0 0 Total AIC $M 5,073 3,405 1,675 Total AIC $/oz 1,379 1,491 1,158 Closure costs $M 89 64 24 Tax $M 328 124 228 Free Cash Flow $M 766 289 532 Note: AISC: all-in sustaining costs (includes stay-in-business capital and items of capital nature and excludes growth capital); AIC: all-in costs (includes growth capital and exploration cost for new deposits and or expansions). The cost basis for mining operations was established as part of an integrated mine production plan and schedule. This plan outlines the monthly requirements for equipment units and operator numbers over the LOM. Labour positions specified in the mine plan were aligned with master labour categories, with workforce numbers adjusted according to operational needs. Costs associated with mine production equipment encompass maintenance and fuel consumption, calculated based on hourly rates and equipment utilisation. Key mining activities costed include drilling and blasting, loading and hauling, ground support, dewatering, backfilling, dayworks and direct labour supporting mining activities. The open pit workforce consists of 369 employees, while the combined underground workforce, spanning both owner-operated (240) and contractor personnel (260), totals 500 employees. Engineering services contribute an additional 576 personnel to bring the total mining-related compliment to 1,445 personnel. A significant number of contractors are also engaged at the mine site. The total mining costs are $683M for open pit operations and $723M for underground operations, amounting to a combined total of $1,406M, or 32% of the total operating cost. The process area assumed a personnel count of 266. Equipment maintenance, power estimate, reagent and consumables usage and sampling services were based on a nominal process capacity of 5.5Mtpa as derived AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 154 from 2026 business plan operating budget forecasts. The total processing cost estimate for the operation is $1,450M, or 33% of the total operating cost. General and administrative costs are derived from services rendered by the following: executive management, finance, geology, technical services, community affairs, health safety environment and training, human resources, security and sustainability. A total of 862 personnel (Community Affairs, Executive Management, Finance, Geology, Health, Safety and Environment, Human Resources, Security, Sustainability and Technical Services) provide the essential services that enable safe and productive mining. The general and administrative cost estimate for the operation is $1,005M, or 23% of the total operating cost. Other operational costs typically include grade control drilling and rehandle costs, contributing $475M, or 11% of the total operating cost. 18.3 Risk assessment Risks that may affect the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates are summarised in Chapter 11.4 and Chapter 12.4, respectively. 18.3.1 Technical and operational risks • Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation uncertainty: There is always some degree of uncertainty inherent in Mineral Resource estimation. Variations in the mineralisation, especially as mining depths increase, could affect the Mineral Reserve estimates that are converted from the Mineral Resource, and ultimately the feasibility of extraction. • Mining and metallurgical risks: Mining operations involve both open pit and underground mining, with the underground environment presenting potential operational challenges, including rock stability, water inflows linked to waterlogged voids (remnants from historical mining activities), and ventilation requirements. Metallurgical variability could also impact recovery rates, though these are typically managed through process optimisation. • Power supply reliability: The mine relies on both an on-site 40MW diesel power plant and connection to the Tanzanian national grid. While this dual-source approach enhances reliability, interruptions from grid power or fluctuations in diesel costs may impact operational costs and efficiency. 18.3.2 Environmental, social, and permitting risks • Environmental management and compliance: AngloGold Ashanti operates in an area where environmental protection is a priority, especially given the proximity to Lake Victoria. Risks of water contamination, waste management issues, and air emissions from both the mine and the processing plant require stringent management to comply with local environmental regulations and maintain community support. • Community relations and social licence to operate: Given the mine’s central role in the local economy, maintaining positive relations with the surrounding communities is essential. Any issues related to land use, employment, or perceived environmental impacts could affect the mine’s social licence to operate. • Permit renewal and compliance risks: Regulatory changes or delays in permit renewals could impact future expansions or changes in operations. Compliance with Tanzanian environmental and labour laws must be carefully managed to mitigate any delays or legal issues. 18.3.3 Economic and financial risks • Commodity price volatility: Gold price fluctuations directly impact the mine’s revenue and profitability. A significant decline in gold prices could reduce the economic viability of lower grade ore, impact future cash flow and possibly leading to reductions in mining activity. • Inflation and foreign exchange rates: Operating in Tanzania exposes Geita mine to currency exchange rate risks, particularly given the fluctuating value of the Tanzanian Shilling against the US dollar. Additionally, inflationary pressures on labour and fuel could increase operating costs. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 155 18.3.4 Political and regulatory risks • Government and regulatory changes: As a significant foreign investment, mine operations may be affected by potential changes in Tanzanian mining legislation, taxation, and royalty structures. Political transitions or amendments to existing regulations could introduce uncertainties in tax obligations, permitting, or operational conditions, impacting long-term planning and profitability. • Regional stability: While the current administration has been supportive of foreign investment, some degree of uncertainty accompanies any upcoming government change. Geopolitical factors in the East African region could also have indirect impacts on operational security and logistics. 19. Economic analysis 19.1 Key assumptions, parameters and methods The business plan assumptions used for the Mineral Reserve are as follows: • Gold price $1,700/oz real terms. • Royalties: 8.1% of gross gold revenue which includes the following: ▪ Government Royalty: 6.0% of gross gold revenue. ▪ Service Levy: 0.3% of gross gold revenue. ▪ Inspection and clearance fees: 1% of gross gold revenue. ▪ Community Investment Spent: 0.7% of gross gold revenue. ▪ World Gold Council: 0.10% of gross gold revenue. • Income Tax: 30% of net profit (as per current tax legislation). 19.2 Results of economic analysis The investment analysis received input for operating costs, capital expenditure, physical activity, tax and macro-economic assumptions from the technical functional areas involved in the project and from the corporate office. Over the LOM of the Mineral Reserve a cash flow of $766M is achieved. The cash flow and NPV calculations are shown in Table 19.1. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 156 Table 19.1. Cash flow and NPV calculations. Item Unit Total LOM 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 Gold Price $/oz 1,700.0 1,700.0 1,700.0 1,700.0 1,700.0 1,700.0 1,700.0 1,700.0 1,700.0 1,700.0 1,700.0 1,700.0 1,700.0 1,700.0 Production Gold Oz ('000) 3,679.8 480.7 500.5 512.7 436.6 324.0 238.6 230.9 188.6 126.6 147.0 141.6 122.1 122.1 107.9 Revenue By product (+/-) $M 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Gross Revenue $M 6,255.7 817.2 850.8 871.5 742.3 550.9 405.7 392.5 320.6 215.2 249.8 240.7 207.5 207.5 183.4 Royalties $M 506.7 66.2 68.9 70.6 60.1 44.6 32.9 31.8 26.0 17.4 20.2 19.5 16.8 16.8 14.9 Operating Costs Mining Cost $M 1,406.1 269.7 300.4 288.6 222.2 153.5 109.1 62.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Processing Cost $M 1,449.6 106.1 111.7 111.4 94.5 104.8 103.7 104.0 103.7 103.7 104.0 104.0 103.7 103.7 90.9 General & Admin $M 1,005.5 87.4 91.3 91.6 78.9 90.9 91.8 91.7 89.2 68.8 46.0 46.0 45.9 45.9 40.2 Other Operating Costs $M 474.8 61.8 63.5 61.8 39.7 27.9 24.8 24.8 24.8 24.8 24.8 24.8 24.8 24.8 21.7 Total Operating Cost $M 4,336.0 525.1 566.9 553.5 435.3 377.0 329.3 283.0 217.6 197.3 174.8 174.8 174.3 174.3 152.8 Sustaining Capital $M 230.8 81.7 47.5 33.6 22.0 11.4 10.1 6.4 5.0 4.2 3.6 2.9 2.2 0.0 0.0 Non-GAAP Metrics & Cash Flow Total AISC $M 5,073.5 672.9 683.4 657.7 517.4 433.1 372.3 321.2 248.6 219.0 198.6 197.2 193.3 191.1 167.7 Total AISC $/oz 1,378.7 1,400 1,365 1,283 1,185 1,337 1,560 1,391 1,318 1,730 1,352 1,393 1,584 1,566 1,554 Other Capital (non Sust.) $M 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Total AIC $M 5,073.5 672.9 683.4 657.7 517.4 433.1 372.3 321.2 248.6 219.0 198.6 197.2 193.3 191.1 167.7 Total AIC $/oz 1,378.7 1,400 1,365 1,283 1,185 1,337 1,560 1,391 1,318 1,730 1,352 1,393 1,584 1,566 1,554 Closure Costs $M 88.6 10.2 10.5 9.8 8.0 6.2 8.2 9.6 9.6 9.3 7.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Tax $M 328.1 56.6 48.4 55.0 61.4 30.2 6.2 17.7 18.1 0.0 8.8 12.9 4.0 4.4 4.5 Free Cash Flow $M 765.5 77.5 108.5 149.0 155.5 81.4 18.9 44.1 44.4 -13.1 35.2 30.7 10.1 12.0 11.2 Key metrics NPV0 $M 765.5 NPV5 $M 632.3

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 157 The investment analysis received input for operating costs, capital expenditure, physical activity, tax and macro-economic assumptions from the technical functional areas involved in the project and from the corporate office. The economic evaluation results show (Figure 19.1): • NPV0% is $765.5M • NPV5% is $632.3M • NPV10% is $536.3M • NPV15% is $464.5M Figure 19.1. Net present value at a $1,700/oz gold Mineral Reserve price. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. Inferred Mineral Resource was not included as part of the economic assessment. All Inferred tonnes reporting as part of Reserve estimation are due to partial inclusion in the smallest mining unit, 0g/t was assigned effectively discounting any Inferred Mineral Resource value. 19.3 Sensitivity analysis The $1,700/oz Mineral Reserve estimation schedule was used for the sensitivity runs with the only variable being the gold price. Mineral Reserve sensitivities for the below graph were run at -20% and at +20% for the following criteria: gold price, grade processed, operating cost and capital cost. Sensitivities to gold price and grade processed effectively demonstrated a similar outcome (Figure 19.2). 0.0 100.0 200.0 300.0 400.0 500.0 600.0 700.0 800.0 900.0 NPV0 NPV5 NPV10 NPV15 NPV Outcomes in $M AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 158 Figure 19.2. NPV sensitivity analysis. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. 20. Adjacent properties This Chapter is not relevant to this Report. 21. Other relevant data and information This Chapter is not relevant to this Report. 22. Interpretation and conclusions The Qualified Persons have reviewed the licensing, geology, exploration, Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation methods, mining, mineral processing, infrastructure requirements, environmental, permitting, social considerations and financial information and consider the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates for the Geita mine, current at 31 December, 2025, are reported in accordance with Regulation S-K 1300. AngloGold Ashanti maintains a process of verifying and documenting the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates, information for which is located at the mine site and AngloGold Ashanti corporate offices. AngloGold Ashanti conducts ongoing studies of its ore bodies to optimize economic value and to manage risk. AngloGold Ashanti and the Qualified Persons believe that the geologic interpretation and modelling of exploration data, economic analysis, mine design and sequencing, process scheduling, and operating and capital cost estimation have been developed using accepted industry practices. Periodic reviews by third-party consultants confirm these conclusions. The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve represent the amount of gold estimated at 31 December 2025 and are based on information available at the time of estimation. Such estimates are, or will be, to a large extent, based on the prices of the respective commodities and interpretations of geologic data obtained from drill holes and other exploration techniques, which data may not necessarily be indicative of future results. The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates are published at 31 December 2025, taking into account economic assumptions, changes to future production and capital costs, depletion, additions as well as any acquisitions or disposals during 2025. The legal tenure of each material property has been verified to the satisfaction of the accountable Qualified Person and all of the Mineral Reserve has been confirmed to be covered by the required mining permits or there exists a realistic expectation, based on applicable laws and regulations, that issuance of permits or resolution of legal issues necessary for mining and processing at a particular deposit will be accomplished in the ordinary course and in a timeframe consistent with AngloGold Ashanti’s (or its joint venture partners’) current mine plans. 632.3 (200.0) 0.0 200.0 400.0 600.0 800.0 1,000.0 1,200.0 1,400.0 -20% Base Case +20% C as h F lo w in $ M Sensitivities on Key Value Drivers +/- 20% Gold Price Grade Processed Operating Costs Capital AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 159 If estimations must be revised due to significantly lower commodity prices, increases in operating costs, reductions in metallurgical recovery or other factors, the Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve may not be mined or processed profitably. In addition, material write-downs of AngloGold Ashanti’s investment in its mining properties may be required, including impacts on goodwill, as well as increased amortisation, reclamation and closure charges. If AngloGold Ashanti determines that certain parts of its Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve have become uneconomic, this may ultimately lead to a reduction in its reported aggregate Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve, respectively. Consequently, if AngloGold Ashanti’s actual Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve is less than current estimates, its business, prospects, results of operations and financial position may be materially impaired. An economic analysis was performed in support of the estimation of the Mineral Reserve; this indicated a positive cash flow using the assumptions detailed in this Report. 23. Recommendations Geita is a mature operating mine with established open pit and underground operations. The Qualified Persons consider the work completed and operating performance data available to be appropriate to support the declaration of Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves as at the Report current date. To maintain and, where applicable, improve confidence in the estimates, modifying factors, and the supporting LOM plan, the Qualified Persons recommend the following sustaining programmes maintain Mineral Reserve confidence definition/infill drilling in areas scheduled for mining to support geological interpretation, grade continuity, classification, and Mineral Reserve conversion where applicable. Grade control and reconciliation governance for both mining methods to test model performance and confirm key assumptions (including selectivity/SMU, dilution/ore loss, and cut-off application) remain representative; update assumptions where persistent, material deviations are observed. Geotechnical and hydrogeology performance confirmation to validate that observed conditions remain consistent with design assumptions supporting open pit slope designs and underground excavation/stope stability assumptions used for Mineral Reserve conversion, strengthen modifying factors and LOM confidence Metallurgical variability and recovery refresh using testwork and/or plant performance data to confirm recovery assumptions for forecast ore types and blends, and to support blending strategies across open pit and underground ore sources. Underground performance and modifying factor review (as applicable) to confirm dilution, stope performance, ground support assumptions, and productivity inputs remain consistent with planned mining areas and current performance for longhole stoping. 23.1 Continuous improvement The Qualified Persons recommend that the assumptions and modifying factors supporting the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates be reviewed through the normal annual planning and reporting cycle and updated where new information becomes available that is reasonably expected to materially affect the estimates, the mine plan, or the supporting economic analysis. 23.2 Costs and schedule These programmes are expected to be implemented through the normal annual planning and budgeting process. Where incremental work beyond routine sustaining activities is required, scope, schedule, and order-of-magnitude costs should be defined and documented in supporting technical memoranda to maintain traceability for subsequent reporting. 24. References 24.1 References 24.1.1 External International Society of Rock Mechanics Commission on Standardization of Laboratory and Field Tests (1978). AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 160 24.1.2 Internal AngloGold Ashanti (2025). Guideline for the reporting of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. AngloGold Ashanti (2024). Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Reporting Group Standard. AngloGold Ashanti (2025). Resource Prices and FX Rates, updated 12 November 2025. AngloGold Ashanti (2025). Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve sensitivities. AngloGold Ashanti Geita (2023). Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP). AngloGold Ashanti (2025). Geoscience QA/QC Guideline v2.4. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine (2023). Mine Closure Plan Volume 1. SRK Consulting (2023). Findings from the 2022 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Audit of Geita Gold Mine. Internal report prepared for Geita Gold Mine. Paterson and Cooke (2018). Geita Gold Mine CAF application – Geotechnical Evaluation. Paterson and Cooke (2019). Geita Mine Cemented Aggregate Backfill, Final Design Report. 24.2 Glossary of terms All-in costs (AIC): All-in cost refers to the total expenses associated with completing a transaction, project, or obtaining a loan, inclusive of all direct and indirect costs. AIC includes growth capital and exploration cost for new deposits and or expansions. All-in sustaining costs (AISC): AISC is a non-GAAP measure which is an extension of the “total cash costs” metric and incorporates all costs related to sustaining production and recognises sustaining capital expenditures associated with developing and maintaining gold mines. In addition, the metric includes the cost associated with corporate office structures that support these operations, the community and environmental rehabilitation costs attendant with responsible mining and any exploration and evaluation cost associated with sustaining current operations. AISC includes stay-in-business capital and items of capital nature and excludes growth capital. By-products: Any potentially economic or saleable products that emanate from the core process of producing gold or copper, including silver, molybdenum and sulphuric acid. Capital expenditure: Capital expenditures are the funds companies allocate to acquire, upgrade, and maintain essential physical assets like property, technology, or equipment, crucial for expanding operational capacity and securing long-term economic benefits. Carbon-in-leach (CIL): Gold is leached from a slurry of ore where cyanide and carbon granules are added to the same agitated tanks. The gold loaded carbon granules are separated from the slurry and treated in an elution circuit to remove the gold. Carbon-in-pulp (CIP): Gold is leached conventionally from a slurry of ore with cyanide in agitated tanks. The leached slurry then passes into the CIP circuit where activated carbon granules are mixed with the slurry and gold is adsorbed on to the activated carbon. The gold-loaded carbon is separated from the slurry and treated in an elution circuit to remove the gold. Comminution: Comminution is the crushing and grinding of ore to make gold available for physical or chemical separation (see also “Milling”). Contained gold: The total gold content (tonnes multiplied by grade) of the material being described. Cut-off grade: Cut-off grade is the grade (i.e., the concentration of metal or mineral in rock) that determines the destination of the material during mining. For purposes of establishing “prospects of economic extraction,” the cut-off grade is the grade that distinguishes material deemed to have no economic value (it will not be mined in underground mining or if mined in surface mining, its destination will be the waste dump) from material deemed to have economic value (its ultimate destination during mining will be a processing facility). Other terms used in similar fashion as cut-off grade include net smelter return, pay limit, and break- even stripping ratio.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 161 Depletion: The decrease in the quantity of ore in a deposit or property resulting from extraction or production. Development: The process of accessing an orebody through shafts and/or tunnelling in underground mining operations. Development stage property: A development stage property is a property that has Mineral Reserve disclosed, but no material extraction. Diorite: An igneous rock formed by the solidification of molten material (magma). Doré: Impure alloy of gold and silver produced at a mine to be refined to a higher purity. Economically viable: Economically viable, when used in the context of Mineral Reserve determination, means that the Qualified Person has determined, using a discounted cash flow analysis, or has otherwise analytically determined, that extraction of the Mineral Reserve is economically viable under reasonable investment and market assumptions. Electrowinning: A process of recovering gold from solution by means of electrolytic chemical reaction into a form that can be smelted easily into gold bars. Elution: Recovery of the gold from the activated carbon into solution before zinc precipitation or electrowinning. Exploration results: Exploration results are data and information generated by mineral exploration programmes (i.e., programmes consisting of sampling, drilling, trenching, analytical testing, assaying, and other similar activities undertaken to locate, investigate, define or delineate a mineral prospect or mineral deposit) that are not part of a disclosure of Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve. A registrant must not use exploration results alone to derive estimates of tonnage, grade, and production rates, or in an assessment of economic viability. Exploration stage property: An exploration stage property is a property that has no Mineral Reserve disclosed. Exploration target: An exploration target is a statement or estimate of the exploration potential of a mineral deposit in a defined geological setting where the statement or estimate, quoted as a range of tonnage and a range of grade (or quality), relates to mineralisation for which there has been insufficient exploration to estimate a Mineral Resource. Feasibility study: A feasibility study is a comprehensive technical and economic study of the selected development option for a mineral project, which includes detailed assessments of all applicable modifying factors, as defined by this section, together with any other relevant operational factors, and detailed financial analyses that are necessary to demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that extraction is economically viable. The results of the study may serve as the basis for a final decision by a proponent or financial institution to proceed with, or finance, the development of the project. A feasibility study is more comprehensive, and with a higher degree of accuracy, than a pre-feasibility study. It must contain mining, infrastructure, and process designs completed with sufficient rigour to serve as the basis for an investment decision or to support project financing. The confidence level in the results of a feasibility study is higher than the confidence level in the results of a pre-feasibility study. Terms such as full, final, comprehensive, bankable, or definitive feasibility study are equivalent to a feasibility study. Flotation: Concentration of gold and gold-hosting minerals into a small mass by various techniques (e.g. collectors, frothers, agitation, air-flow) that collectively enhance the buoyancy of the target minerals, relative to unwanted gangue, for recovery into an over-flowing froth phase. Gold produced or gold production: Refined gold in a saleable form derived from the mining process. Grade: The quantity of ore contained within a unit weight of mineralised material generally expressed in grams per metric tonne (g/t) or ounce per short ton for gold bearing material. Greenschist: A schistose metamorphic rock whose green colour is due to the presence of chlorite, epidote or actinolite. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 162 Indicated Mineral Resource: An Indicated Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of adequate geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with an Indicated Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a Qualified Person to apply modifying factors in sufficient detail to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because an Indicated Mineral Resource has a lower level of confidence than the level of confidence of a Measured Mineral Resource, an Indicated Mineral Resource may only be converted to a Probable Mineral Reserve. Inferred Mineral Resource: An Inferred Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of limited geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological uncertainty associated with an Inferred Mineral Resource is too high to apply relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospects of economic extraction in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. Because an Inferred Mineral Resource has the lowest level of geological confidence of all Mineral Resource, which prevents the application of the modifying factors in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability, an Inferred Mineral Resource may not be considered when assessing the economic viability of a mining project, and may not be converted to a Mineral Reserve. Initial assessment (also known as concept study, scoping study, conceptual study and preliminary economic assessment): An initial assessment is a preliminary technical and economic study of the economic potential of all or parts of mineralisation to support the disclosure of Mineral Resource. The initial assessment must be prepared by a Qualified Person and must include appropriate assessments of reasonably assumed technical and economic factors, together with any other relevant operational factors, that are necessary to demonstrate at the time of reporting that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. An initial assessment is required for disclosure of Mineral Resource but cannot be used as the basis for disclosure of Mineral Reserve. Leaching: Dissolution of gold from crushed or milled material, including reclaimed slime, prior to adsorption on to activated carbon or direct zinc precipitation. Life of mine (LOM): Number of years for which an operation is planning to mine and treat ore, and is taken from the current mine plan. Measured Mineral Resource: A Measured Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of conclusive geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with a Measured Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors, as defined in this section, in sufficient detail to support detailed mine planning and final evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because a Measured Mineral Resource has a higher level of confidence than the level of confidence of either an Indicated Mineral Resource or an Inferred Mineral Resource, a Measured Mineral Resource may be converted to a Proven Mineral Reserve or to a Probable Mineral Reserve. Metallurgical plant / gold plant / plant: A processing plant constructed to treat ore and extract gold (and, in some cases, often valuable by-products). Metallurgical recovery factor (MetRF): A measure of the efficiency in extracting gold or silver from the ore. Milling: A process of reducing broken ore to a size at which concentrating or leaching can be undertaken (see also “Comminution”). Mine call factor (MCF): The ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the total quantity of recovered and unrecovered mineral product after processing with the amount estimated in the ore based on sampling. The ratio of contained gold delivered to the metallurgical plant divided by the estimated contained gold of ore mined based on sampling. Mineralisation: The process or processes by which a mineral or minerals are introduced into rock, resulting in a potentially valuable deposit. Mineral deposit: A mineral deposit is a concentration (or occurrence) of material of possible economic interest in or on the earth’s crust. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 163 Mineral Reserve: A Mineral Reserve is an estimate of tonnage and grade or quality of Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource that, in the opinion of the Qualified Person, can be the basis of an economically viable project. More specifically, it is the economically mineable part of a Measured or Indicated Mineral Resource, which includes diluting materials and allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined or extracted. Mineral Reserve is subdivided in order of increasing confidence into Probable Mineral Reserve and Proven Mineral Reserve. Mineral Reserve is aggregated from the Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve categories. A Measured Mineral Resource may be converted to either a Proven Mineral Reserve or a Probable Mineral Reserve depending on uncertainties associated with modifying factors that are taken into account in the conversion from Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve. The Mineral Reserve tonnages and grades are estimated and reported as delivered to plant (i.e., the point where material is delivered to the processing facility). Mineral Resource: A Mineral Resource is a concentration or occurrence of material of economic interest in or on the Earth's crust in such form, grade or quality, and quantity that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. A Mineral Resource is a reasonable estimate of mineralisation, taking into account relevant factors such as cut-off grade, likely mining dimensions, location or continuity, that, with the assumed and justifiable technical and economic conditions, is likely to, in whole or in part, become economically extractable. It is not merely an inventory of all mineralisation drilled or sampled. Mineral Resource is subdivided and must be so reported, in order of increasing confidence in respect of geoscientific evidence, into Inferred, Indicated or Measured categories. The Mineral Resource tonnages and grades are reported in situ and stockpiled material is reported as broken material. Mining recovery factor (MRF): This factor reflects a mining efficiency factor relating the recovery of material during the mining process and is the variance between the tonnes called for in the mining design and what the plant receives. It is expressed in both a grade and tonnage number. Modifying factors: Modifying factors are the factors that a Qualified Person must apply to Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource and then evaluate in order to establish the economic viability of Mineral Reserve. A Qualified Person must apply and evaluate modifying factors to convert Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource to Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve. These factors include but are not restricted to: Mining; processing; metallurgical; infrastructure; economic; marketing; legal; environmental compliance; plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups; and governmental factors. The number, type and specific characteristics of the modifying factors applied will necessarily be a function of and depend upon the mineral, mine, property, or project. Non-sustaining capital (expenditure): Non-sustaining capital (expenditure) is a non-GAAP measure comprising capital expenditure incurred at new operations and capital expenditure related to ‘major projects’ at existing operations where these projects will materially increase production. Open pit mining: An excavation made at the surface of the ground for the purpose of extracting minerals, inorganic and organic, from their natural deposits, which excavation is open to the surface. Operating expenditure: An operating expense is an expenditure that a business incurs as a result of performing its normal business operations. Operating expenses differ from capital expenses, which are involved with acquiring or upgrading assets over time, and non-operating expenses, which are not related to core business activities. Ounce (oz) (troy): Used in imperial statistics for the standard measurement of mass specifically for precious metals. A kilogram is equal to 32.1507 ounces. A troy ounce is equal to 31.1035 grams. Pay limit: The grade of a unit of ore at which the revenue from the recovered mineral content of the ore is equal to the sum of total cash costs, closure costs, Mineral Reserve development and sustaining capital. This grade is expressed as an in situ value in grams per tonne or ounces per short ton (before dilution and mineral losses). Precipitate: The solid product formed when a change in solution chemical conditions results in conversion of some pre-dissolved ions into solid state. AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 164 Preliminary feasibility study (pre-feasibility study): is a comprehensive study of a range of options for the technical and economic viability of a mineral project that has advanced to a stage where a Qualified Person has determined (in the case of underground mining) a preferred mining method, or (in the case of surface mining) a pit configuration, and in all cases has determined an effective method of mineral processing and an effective plan to sell the product. A pre-feasibility study includes a financial analysis based on reasonable assumptions, based on appropriate testing, about the modifying factors and the evaluation of any other relevant factors that are sufficient for a Qualified Person to determine if all or part of the Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource may be converted to Mineral Reserve at the time of reporting. The financial analysis must have the level of detail necessary to demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that extraction is economically viable. A pre-feasibility study is less comprehensive and results in a lower confidence level than a feasibility study. A pre-feasibility study is more comprehensive and results in a higher confidence level than an initial assessment. Probable Mineral Reserve: A Probable Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of an Indicated and, in some cases, a Measured Mineral Resource. The confidence in the modifying factors applying to a Probable Mineral Reserve is lower than that applying to a Proven Mineral Reserve. The degree of assurance, although lower than that for Proven Mineral Reserve, is high enough to assume continuity between points of observation. Production stage property: A production stage property is a property with material extraction of Mineral Reserve. Productivity: An expression of labour productivity based on the ratio of ounces of gold produced per month to the total number of employees in mining operations. Proven Mineral Reserve: A Proven Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of a Measured Mineral Resource and can only result from conversion of a Measured Mineral Resource. A Proven Mineral Reserve implies a high degree of confidence in the modifying factors. Qualified Person: A Qualified Person is an individual who is (1) a mineral industry professional with at least five years of relevant experience in the type of mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and in the specific type of activity that person is undertaking on behalf of the registrant; and (2) an eligible member or licencee in good standing of a recognised professional organisation at the time the technical report is prepared. Section 229.1300 of Regulation S-K 1300 details further recognised professional organisations and also relevant experience. Quartz: A hard mineral consisting of silica dioxide found widely in all rocks. Recovered grade: The recovered mineral content per unit of ore treated. Refining: The final purification process of a metal or mineral. Regulation S-K 1300: Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K (17 CFR § 229.1300) which contains the SEC’s mining property disclosure requirements for mining registrants. Rehabilitation: The process of reclaiming land disturbed by mining to allow an appropriate post-mining use. Rehabilitation standards are defined by country-specific laws, including but not limited to the US Bureau of Land Management, the US Forest Service, and the relevant Australian mining authorities, and address among other issues, ground and surface water, topsoil, final slope gradient, waste handling and re- vegetation issues. Resource modification factor (RMF): This factor is applied when there is an historic reconciliation discrepancy in the Mineral Resource model. For example, between the Mineral Resource model tonnage and the grade control model tonnage. It is expressed in both a grade and tonnage number. Scats: Within the metallurgical plants, scats is a term used to describe ejected ore or other uncrushable / grinding media arising from the milling process. This, typically oversize material (ore), is ejected from the mill and stockpiled or re-crushed via a scats retreatment circuit. Retreatment of scats is aimed at fracturing the material such that it can be returned to the mills and processed as with the other ores to recover the gold locked up within this oversize material.

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 165 Seismic event: A sudden inelastic deformation within a given volume of rock that radiates detectable seismic energy. Shaft: A vertical or subvertical excavation used for accessing an underground mine; for transporting personnel, equipment and supplies; for hoisting ore and waste; for ventilation and utilities; and/or as an auxiliary exit. Smelting: A pyro-metallurgical operation in which gold precipitate from electro-winning or zinc precipitation is further separated from impurities. Stay-in-business capital (or sustaining capital): Refers to funds used to maintain existing assets and operations to ensure continued service. These expenditures, often categorised as maintenance capital expenditure, are crucial for replacing old equipment, ensuring safety compliance, and improving operational efficiency without necessarily driving growth. Stoping: The process of excavating ore underground. Stripping ratio: The ratio of waste tonnes to ore tonnes mined calculated as total tonnes mined less ore tonnes mined divided by ore tonnes mined. Sustaining capital (expenditure): Sustaining capital (expenditure) is a non-GAAP measure comprising capital expenditure incurred to sustain and maintain existing assets at their current productive capacity in order to achieve constant planned levels of productive output and capital expenditure to extend useful lives of existing production assets. This includes replacement of vehicles, plant and machinery, Mineral Reserve development, deferred stripping and capital expenditure related to financial benefit initiatives, safety, health and the environment. Tailings: Finely ground rock of low residual value from which valuable minerals have been extracted. Tailings storage facility/facilities (TSF): Facilities designed to store discarded tailings. Tonnage: Quantity of material measured in tonnes. Tonne: Used in metric statistics. Equal to 1,000 kilograms. Total cash costs: Total cash costs is a non-GAAP metric and, as calculated and reported by AngloGold Ashanti, includes costs for all mining, processing, onsite administration costs, royalties and production taxes, as well as contributions from by-products, but exclude amortisation of tangible, intangible and right of use assets, rehabilitation costs and other non-cash costs, retrenchment costs, corporate administration, marketing and related costs, capital costs and exploration costs. Underground mining: The extraction of rocks, minerals and industrial materials, other than coal, oil and gas, from the Earth by developing entries or shafts from the surface to the seam or deposit before recovering the product by underground extraction methods. Waste: Material that contains insufficient mineralisation for consideration for future treatment and, as such, is discarded. Yield: The amount of valuable mineral or metal recovered from each unit mass of ore expressed as ounces per short ton or grams per metric tonne. Zinc precipitation: Zinc precipitation is the chemical reaction using zinc dust that converts gold in solution to a solid form for smelting into unrefined gold bars. 24.3 Abbreviations and acronyms ° Degrees > Greater than ≥ Greater than or equal to ″ Inch AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 166 < Less than µm Micrometres % Percentage $ United States dollars $/kWh United States dollar per kilo watt hour $/oz United States dollar per ounce $/t United States dollar per tonne $/t/km United States dollar per tonne per kilometre 2D Two dimensional 3D Three dimensional AC Aircore AARL Anglo American Research Laboratory AAS Atomic absorption spectroscopy AGA AngloGold Ashanti ALS Australian Laboratory Services AMT Audio-frequency magnetotellurics AMTEL Advanced Mineral Technology Laboratory AngloGold AngloGold Limited Ashanti Ashanti Goldfields Company Limited Au Gold AUMS African Underground Mining Services BIF Banded iron formation BIF-C Banded iron formation-chemical BIF-S Banded iron formation-sediment BWi Bond work index C Celsius CAF Cemented aggregate fill CRM Certified reference material cm Centimetre(s) CWi Crushability index DD Diamond drilling ECSA Engineering Council of South Africa EIA Environmental impact assessment EMP Environmental management plan EPS Enhanced Production Scheduler FGO Full grade ore g Grams g/t Grams per tonne Ga Giga annum Geita Gold Geita Gold Mine Limited GGM Geita Gold Mine GPS global positioning system HCl Hydrochloric acid Hz hertz i Flow gradient ICP Inductively coupled plasma IFRS International Financial Reporting Standards K Permeability AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 167 Kg Kilogram(s) kg/kWh Kilogram per kilo watt hour kg/t Kilogram per tonne Kozpa Kilo (thousand) ounces per annum Kt Kilo (thousand) tonnes Km Kilometre(s) km2 Square kilometre(s) Ktpa Kilo tonne(s) per annum kV Kilo volt(s) kVa Kilo volt ampere(s) kWh/t Kilo watt hour(s) per tonne L/s Litres per second LiDAR Light detection and ranging LMBA London Bullion Market Association LUC Localised uniform conditioning M Metre m/d Metre(s) per day M Million m2 Square metre m3 Cubic metre m3/h Cubic metre per hour m3/t Cubic metre per tonne Mm3 Million cubic metres Ma Million annum MDA Mine development agreement MetRF Metallurgical recovery factor MIDAS High-resolution helicopter-borne airborne magnetic survey Mm millimetre(s) Moz Million ounces Mozpa Million ounces per annum Mpa Metres per annum MPa Megapascal mRL Metres relative level MSO Mineable shape optimiser Mt Million tonnes Mtpa Million tonnes per annum MVA Mega volt ampere(s) MW Megawatt MWh Megawatt hour NAF Non-acid forming NPV Net present value Non-GAAP Non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles OES Optical emission spectroscopy OPSIM Operational Simulation of Industrial water Management and natural resource systems Oz Ounce(s) PAF Potential acid forming PAFIND Potential acid forming indicator pH Potential of hydrogen AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 168 PL Prospecting licence PML Primary mining licence ppb Parts per billion ppm Parts per million Pr. Eng. Professional member of the Engineering Council of South Africa PSD Particle size distribution pXRF Portable X-ray fluorescence QA/QC Quality assurance and quality control QEMSCAN Quantitative evaluation of minerals by scanning electron microscopy RAB Rotary air blast RC Reverse circulation RCDD Reverse circulation pre-collars with a diamond drill tail RM SME Registered Member of the Society for Mining, Metallurgy and Exploration RMU Ring main units ROM Run-of-mine RQD Rock quality designation RTK Trimble global positioning system s Storativity SAG Semi-autogenous grinding SG Specific gravity SML Special mining licence SMU Selective mining unit SQL Structured query language T Transmissivity t/month Tonnes per month t:t Tonne to tonne ratio Tanesco Tanzania Electric Supply Company Limited tCO2e Tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent TEM Time domain electromagnetic tkm/month Tonne kilometre per month TOTS Total sulphur from geological logging tph Tonnes per hour TSF Tailings storage facility/facilities UC Uniform conditioning UTM Universal Transverse Mercator w/w% Percentage weight concentration WRSF Waste rock storage facilities XRF X-ray fluorescence 25. Reliance on information provided by the registrant The Qualified Persons are of the opinion that AngloGold Ashanti has extensive experience in managing the complex challenges associated with operating at local, regional, national and international levels in support of successful global mining operations. AngloGold Ashanti maintains well-established divisions, departments and multidisciplinary teams organised both at mine sites and at corporate level to meet its operational and business requirements. These closely integrated functions address matters which, while not directly related to the physical production of saleable metals, are essential to fulfilling corporate obligations and navigating the regulatory, financial, environmental and social dimensions of modern mining. By way of illustration of AngloGold Ashanti’s organisational structure, the corporate office includes departments responsible for Financial and Operational Analysis, Information Services, Administration and Sales, Business Development and Growth, Legal, Global Strategic Relations, Government Relations,

AngloGold Ashanti Geita Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 169 Communications, Finance, Accounting, Tax and Investor Relations. Additional corporate teams are similarly structured to provide broad-based services and oversight. These departments work in coordination with the operating divisions, ensuring alignment of requirements, reporting and information flow. At mine-site level, operating divisions are organised into dedicated management teams, including Mine Management, Operations, Maintenance and Construction, Processing, Finance and Accounting, Social Responsibility and Community Development, Environmental Management, Regional Supply Chain and Human Resources. These teams are staffed with experienced professionals responsible for addressing the full range of technical, regulatory and operational requirements associated with mining activities. As subject- matter specialists within their respective disciplines, they represent reliable sources of information and have been consulted in the preparation, support and characterisation of information contained in this Report. In connection with the preparation of this Report, AngloGold Ashanti departments have provided information in the following areas: • Macroeconomic trends, data, interest rates and related assumptions • Marketing information • Legal matters outside the scope of the Qualified Persons’ expertise • Environmental matters outside the scope of the Qualified Persons’ expertise • Community development initiatives and local stakeholder accommodation • Governmental and regulatory factors outside the scope of the Qualified Persons’ expertise The Qualified Persons have prepared Chapter 16.2 of this Report in reliance on the information provided by AngloGold Ashanti as described above. The Qualified Persons consider it reasonable to rely upon AngloGold Ashanti for the information specified above because it is generated and maintained by AngloGold Ashanti’s responsible corporate and site functions under established governance, control and review processes, and has been checked by the Qualified Persons for consistency and reasonableness in the context of this Report. As noted, the corporate and mine-site divisions contributing information to this Report are business-directed functions responsible for generating accurate and reliable data in support of AngloGold Ashanti’s operational and strategic objectives. This structured organisational framework supports the production of dependable information and provides an appropriate foundation for Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates.

Sukari Gold Mine, Egypt Technical Report Summary Report current at: 31 December 2025 Report prepared for: AngloGold Ashanti plc Qualified Persons: Mr. Doxel Mutunda, MAIG, Senior Resource Geologist Mr. Sherif Moemen, MAusIMM (CP), Senior Open Pit Mining Engineer Mr. Mahmoud Abdelmonem, MIMMM QMR, Underground Planning Superintendent AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 2 Forward looking statements Certain statements contained in this Technical Report Summary (Report), other than statements of historical fact, including, without limitation, those concerning metal price assumptions, cash flow forecasts, projected capital and operating costs, metal recoveries, mine life and production rates, and other assumptions used in this Report, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements or forecasts are not based on historical facts, but rather reflect current beliefs and expectations concerning future events and generally may be identified by the use of forward-looking words, phrases and expressions such as “believe”, “expect”, “aim”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “foresee”, “forecast”, “predict”, “project”, “estimate”, “likely”, “may”, “might”, “could”, “should”, “would”, “seek”, “plan”, “scheduled”, “possible”, “continue”, “potential”, “outlook”, “target” or other similar words, phrases, and expressions; provided that the absence thereof does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Similarly, statements that describe objectives, plans or goals are or may be forward- looking statements. These forward-looking statements or forecasts involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, performance, actions or achievements to differ materially from the anticipated results, performance, actions or achievements expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements. Although AngloGold Ashanti plc (AngloGold Ashanti) believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements and forecasts are reasonable, no assurance can be given that such expectations will prove to have been correct. Accordingly, results, performance, actions or achievements could differ materially from those set out in the forward-looking statements as a result of, among other factors, changes in economic, social, political and market conditions, including related to inflation or international conflicts, the success of development and operating initiatives, changes in the regulatory environment and other government actions, including environmental approvals, fluctuations in gold prices and exchange rates, the lack of legal challenges or social opposition to our mines or facilities, the outcome of future litigation proceedings, any supply chain disruptions, any public health crises, pandemics or epidemics, the ultimate determination and realisation of Mineral Reserve, the existence or realisation of Mineral Resource, the availability and receipt of required approvals, titles, licences and permits, the availability of sufficient working capital, availability of a qualified work force, the timing and amount of future production, the ability to meet production, cost and capital expenditure targets, the timing and ability to produce studies and analyses, the ultimate ability to mine, process and sell mineral products on economically favourable terms and other timing, business and operational risks and challenges and other factors that may influence future events or conditions. These factors are not necessarily all of the important factors that could cause AngloGold Ashanti’s actual results, performance, actions or achievements to differ materially from those expressed in any forward- looking statements. Other unknown or unpredictable factors could also have material adverse effects on AngloGold Ashanti’s future results, performance, actions or achievements. Consequently, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. AngloGold Ashanti undertakes no obligation to update publicly or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except to the extent required by applicable law. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 3 Qualified Persons signature page This Report is current at 31 December 2025. In preparing this Report, the Qualified Person(s) may have, where necessary, relied on the registrant, AngloGold Ashanti, company reports, property data, public information, and assumptions supplied by AngloGold Ashanti employees and other third party sources, including the reports and documents listed in Chapter 24 of this Report, available at the time of writing this Report. All information provided by AngloGold Ashanti has been identified in Chapter 25: Reliance on information provided by the registrant in this Report. QUALIFIED PERSONS /s/ Doxel Mutunda Doxel Mutunda, MAIG Senior Resource Geologist /s/ Mahmoud Abdelmonem Mahmoud Abdelmonem, MIMMM QMR Underground Planning Superintendent /s/ Sherif Moemen Sherif Moemen, MAusIMM (CP) Senior Open Pit Mining Engineer AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 4 Contents 1. Executive summary ........................................................................................................................... 16 1.1. Property description including mineral rights ................................................................................... 16 1.2. Ownership ....................................................................................................................................... 16 1.3. Geology and mineralisation ............................................................................................................. 16 1.4. Status of exploration, development and operations ......................................................................... 17 1.5. Mining methods ............................................................................................................................... 17 1.5.1. Open pit ............................................................................................................................... 17 1.5.2. Underground ....................................................................................................................... 17 1.5.3. Cemented pastefill system ................................................................................................... 17 1.5.4. Underground ventilation ...................................................................................................... 18 1.6. Mineral processing .......................................................................................................................... 18 1.7. Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates .......................................................................... 18 1.7.1. Mineral Resource estimates ................................................................................................ 18 1.7.2. Mineral Resource statement ................................................................................................ 19 1.7.2.1. Factors that may affect the Mineral Resource estimates .................................................. 19 1.7.3. Mineral Reserve estimates .................................................................................................. 19 1.7.4. Mineral Reserve statement .................................................................................................. 20 1.7.4.1. Factors that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates .................................................... 21 1.8. Capital and operating cost estimates .............................................................................................. 21 1.8.1. Capital costs ........................................................................................................................ 21 1.8.2. Operating costs ................................................................................................................... 21 1.9. Economic analysis .......................................................................................................................... 22 1.10. Permitting requirements .................................................................................................................. 22 1.11. Conclusions and recommendations ................................................................................................ 22 2. Introduction ....................................................................................................................................... 22 2.1. Disclose registrant .......................................................................................................................... 22 2.2. Terms of reference .......................................................................................................................... 23 2.3. Purpose of this Report .................................................................................................................... 23 2.4. Sources of information and data contained in the Report or used in its preparation ........................ 23 2.5. Report date ..................................................................................................................................... 23 2.6. Qualified Person(s) site inspections ................................................................................................ 23 2.6.1. Mr. Doxel Mutunda .............................................................................................................. 24 2.6.2. Mr. Mahmoud Abdelmonem ................................................................................................. 24 2.6.3. Mr. Sherif Moemen .............................................................................................................. 25 3. Property description .......................................................................................................................... 26 3.1. Location of the property .................................................................................................................. 26 3.2. Area of the property ........................................................................................................................ 29 3.3. Legal aspects and permitting .......................................................................................................... 29 3.3.1. Ownership ........................................................................................................................... 29 3.3.2. Legal aspects ...................................................................................................................... 29

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 5 3.3.3. Permitting ............................................................................................................................ 30 3.3.3.1. Mining concession ........................................................................................................... 30 3.3.3.2. Exploration concessions .................................................................................................. 31 3.3.4. Surface rights ...................................................................................................................... 32 3.3.5. Water rights ......................................................................................................................... 33 3.3.6. Encumbrances .................................................................................................................... 33 3.3.7. Significant factors and risks that may affect access, title, or work programs ........................ 34 3.4. Royalties ......................................................................................................................................... 34 4. Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure and physiography ............................................. 34 4.1. Physiography .................................................................................................................................. 34 4.2. Accessibility .................................................................................................................................... 34 4.3. Climate ........................................................................................................................................... 34 4.4. Local resources and infrastructure .................................................................................................. 35 5. History ............................................................................................................................................... 35 6. Geological setting, mineralisation and deposit ................................................................................... 36 6.1. Geological setting and mineralisation .............................................................................................. 36 6.1.1. Regional and local geology .................................................................................................. 36 6.1.2. Property geology ................................................................................................................. 38 6.2. Deposit descriptions ........................................................................................................................ 43 6.2.1. Geometry ............................................................................................................................ 43 6.2.2. Structure .............................................................................................................................. 44 6.2.3. Mineralisation controls ......................................................................................................... 46 6.2.4. Vein geometry ..................................................................................................................... 46 6.2.5. Sulphides ............................................................................................................................ 47 6.2.6. Gold .................................................................................................................................... 47 6.2.7. Alteration ............................................................................................................................. 47 6.3. Deposit types .................................................................................................................................. 47 7. Exploration ........................................................................................................................................ 48 7.1. Nature and extent of relevant exploration work ............................................................................... 48 7.1.1. Grids and surveys ............................................................................................................... 49 7.1.2. Geological mapping ............................................................................................................. 50 7.1.3. Geochemical sampling ........................................................................................................ 52 7.1.4. Geophysical surveys ........................................................................................................... 54 7.1.5. Petrology, mineralogy, and research studies ........................................................................ 55 7.1.6. Exploration potential ............................................................................................................ 55 7.1.7. Near-mine surface exploration ............................................................................................. 57 7.2. Drilling ............................................................................................................................................. 58 7.2.1. Drilling techniques and spacing ........................................................................................... 60 7.2.2. Logging ............................................................................................................................... 61 7.2.3. Recovery ............................................................................................................................. 61 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 6 7.2.4. Collar surveys ...................................................................................................................... 61 7.2.5. Downhole surveys ............................................................................................................... 61 7.2.6. Condemnation, geotechnical and hydrogeological drilling.................................................... 61 7.2.7. Metallurgical drilling ............................................................................................................. 62 7.2.8. Grade control drilling ........................................................................................................... 63 7.2.9. Drill hole spacing ................................................................................................................. 63 7.2.10. Sample length/true thickness ............................................................................................... 63 7.2.11. Results ................................................................................................................................ 64 7.3. Hydrogeology .................................................................................................................................. 64 7.3.1. Nature and quality of sampling methods .............................................................................. 64 7.3.2. Type and appropriateness of laboratory techniques............................................................. 64 7.3.3. Results ................................................................................................................................ 65 7.3.4. Qualified Person(s) interpretation ........................................................................................ 65 7.4. Geotechnical testing and analysis ................................................................................................... 65 7.4.1. Nature and quality of sampling methods .............................................................................. 65 7.4.2. Type and appropriateness of laboratory techniques............................................................. 66 7.4.3. Results ................................................................................................................................ 66 7.4.4. Qualified Person(s) interpretation ........................................................................................ 66 8. Sample preparation, analyses and security ....................................................................................... 67 8.1. Sampling methods .......................................................................................................................... 67 8.1.1. Diamond drill core ............................................................................................................... 67 8.1.2. RC chips .............................................................................................................................. 67 8.2. Density determinations .................................................................................................................... 67 8.3. Sample retention ............................................................................................................................. 67 8.4. Laboratories .................................................................................................................................... 68 8.5. Sample preparation ......................................................................................................................... 68 8.6. Analytical methods .......................................................................................................................... 68 8.6.1. Soil samples ........................................................................................................................ 69 8.6.2. RC drilling samples.............................................................................................................. 69 8.7. Database ........................................................................................................................................ 69 8.8. Quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC) ............................................................................... 70 8.9. Sampling governance ..................................................................................................................... 71 8.10. Summary of data used within the Mineral Resource estimates ....................................................... 71 8.10.1. Additional drilling for the open pit Mineral Resource estimate .............................................. 71 8.10.2. Additional drilling for the underground Mineral Resource estimate ...................................... 72 8.11. Qualified Person's opinion on the adequacy of sample preparation, security and analytical procedures ............................................................................................................................................... 72 9. Data verification ................................................................................................................................ 73 9.1. Data verification procedures ............................................................................................................ 73 9.1.1. Internal reviews ................................................................................................................... 73 9.1.2. External audit ...................................................................................................................... 73 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 7 9.2. Limitations on, or failure to conduct verification ............................................................................... 73 9.3. Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy .................................................................................. 73 9.3.1. Mr. Doxel Mutunda .............................................................................................................. 73 9.3.2. Mr. Mahmoud Abdelmonem ................................................................................................. 74 9.3.3. Mr. Sherif Moemen .............................................................................................................. 74 10. Mineral processing and metallurgical testing ..................................................................................... 75 10.1. Mineral processing and metallurgical testing ................................................................................... 75 10.1.1. Independent Metallurgical Laboratories 2005 testwork ........................................................ 75 10.1.2. AMMTEC 2006 testwork ...................................................................................................... 75 10.1.3. AMMTEC 2011 testwork ...................................................................................................... 76 10.1.3.1. Head sample analysis ...................................................................................................... 77 10.1.3.2. Flotation testing ............................................................................................................... 77 10.1.3.3. Knelson gravity process route .......................................................................................... 77 10.1.4. ALS 2022 testwork .............................................................................................................. 77 10.1.5. ALS 2023 testwork .............................................................................................................. 78 10.1.5.1. Comminution testwork ..................................................................................................... 78 10.1.5.2. Head assays, mineralogy, and gravity recoverable gold .................................................. 79 10.1.5.3. Extractive testwork .......................................................................................................... 79 10.1.6. Maelgwyn 2023 testwork ..................................................................................................... 80 10.1.6.1. Samples head assay ....................................................................................................... 80 10.1.6.2. Bond ball work index........................................................................................................ 80 10.1.6.3. Extended gravity recoverable gold ................................................................................... 80 10.1.6.4. Diagnostic leach .............................................................................................................. 81 10.1.6.5. Bulk flotation .................................................................................................................... 81 10.1.6.6. Concentrate leach ........................................................................................................... 83 10.1.6.7. Tailing leach ..................................................................................................................... 83 10.1.7. Additional gravity testwork ................................................................................................... 84 10.1.7.1. Consep gravity testwork and modelling report ................................................................. 84 10.1.7.2. Maelgwyn South Africa pilot plant gravity recovery testwork ............................................ 84 10.1.7.3. Gekko testwork 2023 ....................................................................................................... 85 10.1.7.4. Maelgwyn South Africa testwork 2024 ............................................................................. 85 10.2. Recovery forecast ........................................................................................................................... 85 10.3. Metallurgical variability .................................................................................................................... 85 10.4. Deleterious elements ...................................................................................................................... 86 10.5. Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy .................................................................................. 86 11. Mineral Resource estimates .............................................................................................................. 87 11.1. Mineral Resource potentially amenable to open pit mining methods ............................................... 87 11.1.1. Multiple indicator kriging for Mineral Resource estimation ................................................... 87 11.1.2. Mineralisation modelling ...................................................................................................... 87 11.1.3. Data analysis ....................................................................................................................... 90 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 8 11.1.4. Negative values treatment ................................................................................................... 91 11.1.5. Sample compositing ............................................................................................................ 91 11.1.6. Top capping ......................................................................................................................... 91 11.1.7. Variography ......................................................................................................................... 91 11.1.8. Dry bulk density ................................................................................................................... 92 11.1.9. Estimation ........................................................................................................................... 92 11.1.10. Validation ............................................................................................................................. 94 11.2. Mineral Resource potentially amenable to underground mining methods ........................................ 95 11.2.1. Mineral Resource data set ................................................................................................... 95 11.2.2. Geological modelling ........................................................................................................... 95 11.2.3. Mineralisation modelling ...................................................................................................... 95 11.2.4. Sample compositing ............................................................................................................ 97 11.2.5. Top capping ......................................................................................................................... 97 11.2.6. Variography ......................................................................................................................... 97 11.2.7. Dry bulk density ................................................................................................................... 97 11.2.8. Block model setup ............................................................................................................... 97 11.2.9. Estimation ........................................................................................................................... 98 11.2.10. Validation ............................................................................................................................. 98 11.3. Combined Mineral Resource ........................................................................................................... 98 11.3.1. Mineral Resource classification and uncertainty .................................................................. 98 11.3.2. Depletion and sterilisation.................................................................................................... 99 11.3.3. Block model to mill reconciliation ......................................................................................... 99 11.3.4. Stockpiles .......................................................................................................................... 100 11.3.5. Reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction ........................... 100 11.3.5.1. Open pit ......................................................................................................................... 100 11.3.5.2. Underground ................................................................................................................. 100 11.4. Mineral Resource statement ......................................................................................................... 101 11.5. Factors that may affect the Mineral Resource estimates ............................................................... 104 11.6. Qualified Person's opinion ............................................................................................................. 104 12. Mineral Reserve estimates .............................................................................................................. 104 12.1. Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 104 12.2. Open pit Mineral Reserve ............................................................................................................. 105 12.2.1. Open pit optimisation ......................................................................................................... 105 12.2.1.1. Input parameters ........................................................................................................... 105 12.2.1.2. Geotechnical parameters ............................................................................................... 106 12.2.1.3. Process recoveries ........................................................................................................ 106 12.2.1.4. Dilution and losses ........................................................................................................ 106 12.2.1.5. Operating costs ............................................................................................................. 106 12.2.2. Open pit cut-off grades ...................................................................................................... 107

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 9 12.2.3. Pit design .......................................................................................................................... 107 12.3. Underground Mineral Reserve ...................................................................................................... 109 12.3.1. Optimisation input parameters ........................................................................................... 109 12.3.2. Underground cut-off grade ................................................................................................. 110 12.3.3. Underground mine design ................................................................................................. 110 12.3.3.1. Design basis .................................................................................................................. 110 12.3.3.2. Development ................................................................................................................. 110 12.3.3.3. Stoping .......................................................................................................................... 111 12.3.4. Underground dilution and recovery .................................................................................... 111 12.4. Modifying factors ........................................................................................................................... 112 12.5. Mineral Reserve statement ........................................................................................................... 112 12.6. Factors that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates ................................................................. 114 12.7. Qualified Persons’ opinion ............................................................................................................ 115 13. Mining methods ............................................................................................................................... 115 13.1. Open pit operations ....................................................................................................................... 115 13.1.1. Open pit development ....................................................................................................... 115 13.1.2. Load and haul .................................................................................................................... 116 13.1.3. Drill and blast ..................................................................................................................... 117 13.1.4. Mining equipment .............................................................................................................. 117 13.1.5. Ore and waste selection .................................................................................................... 118 13.1.6. Waste dumps .................................................................................................................... 118 13.2. Underground operations ............................................................................................................... 119 13.2.1. Underground development ................................................................................................ 119 13.2.2. Transverse long hole stoping ............................................................................................. 121 13.2.3. Longitudinal long hole stoping ........................................................................................... 122 13.2.4. Mining equipment .............................................................................................................. 123 13.2.5. Cemented pastefill system ................................................................................................. 123 13.2.6. Ventilation .......................................................................................................................... 124 13.2.7. Refuge and emergency egress .......................................................................................... 124 13.3. Mining schedule ............................................................................................................................ 124 13.4. Geotechnical considerations ......................................................................................................... 126 13.4.1. Open pit ............................................................................................................................. 126 13.4.1.1. Mine hydrogeology ........................................................................................................ 126 13.4.1.2. Open pit geotechnical risk mitigation ............................................................................. 126 13.4.1.3. Open pit stability modelling ............................................................................................ 127 13.4.2. Underground ..................................................................................................................... 127 13.4.2.1. Underground geotechnical conditions ............................................................................ 127 13.4.2.2. Underground development ............................................................................................ 127 13.4.2.3. Void management .......................................................................................................... 127 13.4.2.4. Underground monitoring ................................................................................................ 127 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 10 13.5. Hydrogeological considerations .................................................................................................... 128 13.5.1. Open pit ............................................................................................................................. 128 13.5.2. Underground ..................................................................................................................... 128 14. Processing and recovery methods .................................................................................................. 128 14.1. Process description ....................................................................................................................... 129 14.1.1. Crushing and ore storage .................................................................................................. 129 14.1.2. Milling ................................................................................................................................ 131 14.1.3. Flotation ............................................................................................................................ 131 14.1.4. Thickeners ......................................................................................................................... 132 14.1.5. Regrind .............................................................................................................................. 132 14.1.6. Leach and carbon-in-leach circuits .................................................................................... 132 14.1.6.1. Float concentrate leach and CIL circuit .......................................................................... 132 14.1.6.2. Float tail leach and CIL circuit ........................................................................................ 133 14.1.7. Elution, carbon regeneration and gold room ...................................................................... 133 14.1.7.1. Carbon transfer .............................................................................................................. 133 14.1.7.2. Acid wash ...................................................................................................................... 134 14.1.7.3. Elution ........................................................................................................................... 134 14.1.7.4. Carbon regeneration ...................................................................................................... 134 14.1.7.5. Ashing plant ................................................................................................................... 134 14.1.7.6. Gold room ...................................................................................................................... 134 14.2. Energy, water, process materials and personnel requirements ..................................................... 135 14.2.1. Reagents ........................................................................................................................... 135 14.2.2. Water services ................................................................................................................... 135 14.2.2.1. Water management and effluents .................................................................................. 135 14.2.2.2. Process water ................................................................................................................ 135 14.2.2.3. Raw water ..................................................................................................................... 136 14.2.2.4. Gland water ................................................................................................................... 136 14.2.2.5. Freshwater .................................................................................................................... 136 14.2.2.6. Potable water ................................................................................................................ 136 14.2.2.7. Firewater ....................................................................................................................... 136 14.2.3. Power ................................................................................................................................ 136 14.2.4. Personnel .......................................................................................................................... 136 14.3. Laboratory ..................................................................................................................................... 136 14.4. Dump leaching .............................................................................................................................. 136 14.5. Process plant improvements ......................................................................................................... 137 15. Infrastructure ................................................................................................................................... 137 15.1. On-site infrastructure..................................................................................................................... 137 15.2. Tailings storage facilities ............................................................................................................... 138 15.2.1. TSF #1 .............................................................................................................................. 140 15.2.2. TSF #2 .............................................................................................................................. 140 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 11 15.3. Power supply ................................................................................................................................ 140 15.4. Off-site infrastructure..................................................................................................................... 141 16. Market studies and contracts ........................................................................................................... 141 16.1. Market for mine products .............................................................................................................. 141 16.2. Commodity price forecasts ............................................................................................................ 141 16.3. Contracts ...................................................................................................................................... 142 17. Environmental studies, permitting plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups .. ........................................................................................................................................................ 142 17.1. Socio-economic considerations ..................................................................................................... 143 17.1.1. Land use ........................................................................................................................... 143 17.1.2. Communities and livelihoods ............................................................................................. 143 17.1.3. Stakeholder engagement................................................................................................... 143 17.2. Permitting and approvals .............................................................................................................. 144 17.3. Requirements and plans for waste tailings disposal, site monitoring and water management ....... 144 17.3.1. Air emissions ..................................................................................................................... 144 17.3.2. Waste management .......................................................................................................... 145 17.3.2.1. Mineral waste – rock ...................................................................................................... 145 17.3.2.2. Non-hazardous wastes .................................................................................................. 145 17.3.2.3. Security ......................................................................................................................... 145 17.4. Environmental management ......................................................................................................... 145 17.4.1. Environmental monitoring, compliance and reporting ........................................................ 145 17.4.2. Social initiatives and community development ................................................................... 146 17.5. Health and safety considerations .................................................................................................. 146 17.5.1. Occupational health and safety management system ........................................................ 146 17.5.2. Emergency preparedness and response ........................................................................... 146 17.6. Mine closure and reclamation ....................................................................................................... 146 17.6.1. Key 2025 milestones ......................................................................................................... 146 17.6.2. Asset retirement obligation ................................................................................................ 147 17.6.3. Closure principles and activities......................................................................................... 147 17.7. Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy of current plans .............................................................. 147 17.8. Commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring ................................................................... 147 18. Capital and operating cost estimates ............................................................................................... 148 18.1. Capital costs ................................................................................................................................. 148 18.2. Operating costs ............................................................................................................................. 148 18.3. Risk assessment ........................................................................................................................... 150 18.3.1. Carbon tax ......................................................................................................................... 150 18.3.2. Voids impact ...................................................................................................................... 150 18.3.3. Productivity targets ............................................................................................................ 150 18.3.4. Fleet replacement plan ...................................................................................................... 150 18.3.5. Operational risks ............................................................................................................... 151 19. Economic analysis ........................................................................................................................... 151 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 12 19.1. Key assumptions, parameters and methods ................................................................................. 151 19.2. Results of economic analysis ........................................................................................................ 151 19.3. Sensitivity analysis ........................................................................................................................ 153 20. Adjacent properties ......................................................................................................................... 153 21. Other relevant data and information ................................................................................................ 154 22. Interpretation and conclusions ......................................................................................................... 154 23. Recommendations .......................................................................................................................... 154 23.1. Exploration .................................................................................................................................... 154 23.2. Drilling, sampling and analysis ...................................................................................................... 155 23.3. Mineral Resource estimation ......................................................................................................... 155 23.4. Recovery methods ........................................................................................................................ 155 23.5. Environmental and social management ........................................................................................ 155 24. References ...................................................................................................................................... 156 24.1. References ................................................................................................................................... 156 24.1.1. External ............................................................................................................................. 156 24.1.2. Internal .............................................................................................................................. 156 24.2. Glossary of terms .......................................................................................................................... 157 24.3. Abbreviations and acronyms ......................................................................................................... 163 25. Reliance on information provided by the registrant .......................................................................... 166 List of figures Figure 3.1. Location of Sukari Gold Mine. ................................................................................................... 27 Figure 3.2. Map showing the location, infrastructure and mining licence area for Sukari Gold Mine............ 28 Figure 3.3. Sukari mining concession and Nugrus Block showing location of Little Sukari. ......................... 31 Figure 6.1. Geological map of the Eastern Desert, Egypt. .......................................................................... 37 Figure 6.2. Geology of the Sukari area. ...................................................................................................... 38 Figure 6.3. Geology of the Sukari and Nugrus Block area. ......................................................................... 39 Figure 6.4. Sukari Hill and geographical zones, viewed from the north-west. .............................................. 39 Figure 6.5. Map of Sukari geology and original relogging fences. ............................................................... 40 Figure 6.6. Geological cross-section - Horus Fence 33, 10200N. ............................................................... 41 Figure 6.7: Stratigraphic column for Sukari Gold Mine. ............................................................................... 42 Figure 6.8. Long section showing the geometry of the granodiorite (pink) system and different ore zones (yellow). ...................................................................................................................................................... 44 Figure 6.9. Cross section 10100N (right) and level plan 800mRL (left) highlighting the deposit-scale structural architecture. ................................................................................................................................ 45 Figure 6.10. Conceptual genetic model of the Sukari gold deposit. ............................................................. 48 Figure 7.1. An example of a geological plan and interpretation showing lithological and structural domains at Sukari. .................................................................................................................................................... 51 Figure 7.2. Sukari licence, soil sampling results.......................................................................................... 53 Figure 7.3. Soil sampling programme at Nugrus Block with drill targets outlined......................................... 54 Figure 7.4. Airborne geophysics flight lines, Sukari licence. ........................................................................ 55 Figure 7.5. Sukari licence target generation map. ....................................................................................... 56 Figure 7.6. Worked prospects within the Sukari concession. ...................................................................... 57

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 13 Figure 7.7. Sukari drill hole plan. ................................................................................................................ 59 Figure 7.8. Nugrus Block drill hole plan. ..................................................................................................... 60 Figure 7.9. Sterilisation drill holes within the planned Dump Leach 3 area. ................................................. 62 Figure 10.1. Flotation concentrates cyanidation gold extraction. ................................................................. 83 Figure 10.2. Flotation tail cyanidation gold extraction. ................................................................................ 84 Figure 11.1. 3D long section of major mineralisation domains (looking east). ............................................. 88 Figure 11.2. Boundary analysis and development of western contact domain - section 10940N. ................ 89 Figure 11.3. 3D View of Sukari mineralisation lodes looking east. .............................................................. 96 Figure 12.1. Sukari mine layout. ............................................................................................................... 105 Figure 12.2. LOM design. ......................................................................................................................... 108 Figure 13.1. Remaining open pit stages at Sukari open pit. ...................................................................... 116 Figure 13.2. Map of the final underground mine outline. ........................................................................... 120 Figure 13.3 Schematic transverse long-hole stoping progression. ............................................................ 121 Figure 13.4. Schematic longitudinal long-hole stoping progression. .......................................................... 122 Figure 13.5. Sukari primary ventilation schematic. .................................................................................... 124 Figure 14.1. Sukari process plant flowsheet. ............................................................................................ 130 Figure 15.1. TSF site layout plan of the existing TSF #1 and TSF #2. ...................................................... 139 Figure 19.1. Sukari Mineral Reserve (100% basis) sensitivity analysis (±20%) for key value drivers (numbers as after-tax NPV5, in $M). ......................................................................................................... 153 List of tables Table 1.1. Mineral Resource statement – 100% basis. ............................................................................... 19 Table 1.2. Mineral Resource statement – attributable basis (50%). ............................................................ 19 Table 1.3. Mineral Reserve statement – 100% basis. ................................................................................. 20 Table 1.4. Mineral Reserve statement – attributable basis (50%). .............................................................. 20 Table 1.5. Capital budget in the financial model. ........................................................................................ 21 Table 1.6. Cost per tonne estimates for the LOM Mineral Reserve. ............................................................ 22 Table 3.1. Sukari mining concession coordinates. ...................................................................................... 31 Table 3.2. Nugrus Block concession coordinates........................................................................................ 32 Table 5.1. Production summary for Sukari (2009 to 2025). ......................................................................... 36 Table 6.1. Stratigraphic interpretation for Sukari Gold Mine. ....................................................................... 43 Table 7.1. Coordinate transformation between UTM WGS84 Zone 36N and the Sukari Local Grid. ........... 49 Table 7.2. Sukari drilling summary current at 31 December 2025. .............................................................. 58 Table 7.3. Nugrus Block drilling summary current at 31 December 2025. ................................................... 60 Table 7.4. Drill hole spacing and drill hole type in relation to Mineral Resource classification. .................... 63 Table 8.1. Analytical methods used. ........................................................................................................... 68 Table 8.2. Summary of drill hole types for the open pit Mineral Resource. .................................................. 71 Table 8.3. Summary of drill hole types for the underground Mineral Resource. .......................................... 72 Table 10.1. Samples used in the AMMREC testwork programme. .............................................................. 75 Table 10.2. Samples used in ALS testwork programme. ............................................................................. 78 Table 10.3. Results summary of the various comminution tests. ................................................................. 78 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 14 Table 10.4. Key head assay data and total gravity recoverable gold content. ............................................. 79 Table 10.5. Sample mineralogy. ................................................................................................................. 79 Table 10.6. Gold assay results. .................................................................................................................. 80 Table 10.7. Sulphur speciation results. ....................................................................................................... 80 Table 10.8. Bond ball work index results. ................................................................................................... 80 Table 10.9. Horus domain 1 bulk flotation. .................................................................................................. 81 Table 10.10. Horus domain 2 bulk flotation. ................................................................................................ 82 Table 10.11. Bast domain 1 bulk flotation. .................................................................................................. 82 Table 10.12. Bast domain 2 bulk flotation. .................................................................................................. 83 Table 11.1. Domain codes and orientations. ............................................................................................... 90 Table 11.2. Indicator statistics for Domain 10. ............................................................................................ 92 Table 11.3. Average density values by lithology and oxidation zone ........................................................... 92 Table 11.4. Open pit Mineral Resource model dimensions. ........................................................................ 93 Table 11.5. Multiple indicator kriging estimation search strategy. ............................................................... 93 Table 11.6. Soft (1) and hard (0) boundaries. ............................................................................................. 94 Table 11.7. Top indicator class statistics (preferred values indicated by shading). ...................................... 94 Table 11.8. Categorisation and number of mineralised domains. ................................................................ 96 Table 11.9. Block model extents. ................................................................................................................ 97 Table 11.10. Mineral Resource classification parameters. .......................................................................... 98 Table 11.11. Input parameters, conceptual constraining pit shell for Mineral Resources. ......................... 100 Table 11.12. Parameters used for generating the Mineral Resource considered potentially amenable to underground mining methods. .................................................................................................................. 101 Table 11.13. Mineral Resource statement – 100% basis. ......................................................................... 101 Table 11.14. Mineral Resource statement – attributable basis (50%). ...................................................... 103 Table 12.1. General input factors. ............................................................................................................. 105 Table 12.2. Pit optimisation parameters. ................................................................................................... 105 Table 12.3. Pit slope angles. .................................................................................................................... 106 Table 12.4. Open pit cut-off grade parameters and costs. ........................................................................ 107 Table 12.5. Cut-off grades. ....................................................................................................................... 107 Table 12.6. Underground cut-off grade parameters and costs. ................................................................. 109 Table 12.7. Development design standards. ............................................................................................. 110 Table 12.8. Standard stope sizes. ............................................................................................................ 111 Table 12.9. Dilution and recovery (ore loss) assumptions used in Mineral Reserve estimates. ................. 112 Table 12.10. Mineral Reserve modifying factors. ...................................................................................... 112 Table 12.10. Mineral Reserve modifying factors (continued). ................................................................... 112 Table 12.11. Mineral Reserve statement – 100% basis. ........................................................................... 113 Table 12.12. Mineral Reserve statement – attributable basis (50%). ........................................................ 113 Table 13.1. General production blast pattern. ........................................................................................... 117 Table 13.2. Sukari open pit equipment. .................................................................................................... 117 Table 13.3. Waste dump design parameters. ........................................................................................... 118 Table 13.4. Sukari underground LOM equipment fleet. ............................................................................. 123 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 15 Table 13.5. Open pit and underground mining schedule for Mineral Reserve estimation – 100% basis. ... 125 Table 18.1. Capital budget in the financial model...................................................................................... 148 Table 18.2. Key operational costs for open pit mining. .............................................................................. 149 Table 18.3. Key operational costs for underground mining. ...................................................................... 149 Table 18.4. Key operational costs for processing. ..................................................................................... 149 Table 18.5. Key operational costs for administration costs. ...................................................................... 150 Table 19.1. Sukari cash flow analysis (Mineral Reserve material only) – 100% basis. .............................. 152 Table 19.2. Sukari Mineral Reserve (100% basis) sensitivity analysis (±20%) for key value drivers (numbers as after-tax NPV5, in $M). ......................................................................................................................... 153 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 16 1. Executive summary 1.1. Property description including mineral rights This Technical Report Summary (Report) for the Sukari Gold Mine (also referred to as Sukari or the Project, including the adjacent exploration licence Nugrus Block), located in Egypt, was prepared for AngloGold Ashanti plc (AngloGold Ashanti) by Mr. Doxel Mutunda, MAIG, Mr. Sherif Moemen, MAusIMM (CP), and Mr. Mahmoud Abdelmonem, MIMMM QMR. Sukari, a production stage property, is jointly owned by Pharoah Gold Mines NL (Pharoah Gold) (a wholly owned subsidiary of AngloGold Ashanti) and Egyptian Mineral Resource Authority (EMRA) through their respective 50% equity stake in Sukari Gold Mining Company, which operates the Sukari Gold Mine. The Nugrus Block is operated by Eastern Desert Exploration (EDX), a wholly owned subsidiary of AngloGold Ashanti. The Sukari concession agreement was ratified by the Egyptian Parliament through the adoption of Law No. 222/1994 and came into effect on 13 June 1995. The Sukari exploitation lease covers an area of approximately 160km² surrounding the Sukari Gold Mine site within the Sukari concession. Under the terms of the Sukari concession agreement, the exploitation lease is valid for 30 years from the first date of commercial discovery. The lease may be renewed for a further 30-year period at the option of Pharoah Gold, provided there is reasonable commercial justification and upon six months' written notice to EMRA prior to the expiry of the initial 30-year period. Any such renewal of the exploitation lease will require ratification by the Egyptian Parliament. The Nugrus Block comprises an exploration licence around the eastern, northern, and western boundaries of the mining lease. The exploration licence for the Nugrus Block, covering an area of approximately 848km2 located adjacent to the Sukari gold mine, is held by Centamin Central Mining SAE. It is currently in its second exploration phase which has a duration of two years and will expire on 25 May 2026. An extension request for the current Nugrus Block licence has been formally submitted and is currently under review by the EMRA. Per regulatory requirements and existing legislation, the renewal is expected to be granted as a matter of legal standing, ensuring the continued retention of the ground into the third exploration phase. The Project is located in the Red Sea Governorate in the Eastern Desert of Egypt, approximately 25km southwest of the tourist town of Marsa Alam on the Red Sea, and approximately 750km southeast of Cairo. Sukari includes: the open pit mine, underground mine, processing plant, on-site thermal power generation facilities, solar plant and associated facilities at the mine site, three pipelines and associated pumping stations to take seawater from the Red Sea to the Sukari site, and the access road from Marsa Alam. The Nugrus Block features a satellite camp at Little Sukari (located 27km east of Sukari Gold Mine), comprising accommodation, messing facilities, offices, a core yard with core cutting facilities, and a maintained gravel access road. The geographic coordinates of the processing plant at Sukari are latitude 24°57’34” N and longitude 34°42’42” E (Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) Zone 36R and UTM coordinates 672797E, 2761546N). The mine can be easily accessed through a well-connected paved road network from Cairo to Hurghada to Marsa Alam on the Red Sea. Additionally, air transport is available from Cairo, with international flights landing in both Hurghada and Marsa Alam. 1.2. Ownership Sukari Gold Mine is jointly owned by Pharoah Gold (a wholly owned subsidiary of AngloGold Ashanti) and EMRA through their respective 50% equity stake in Sukari Gold Mining Company, which operates the Sukari Gold Mine. The Nugrus Block is being explored by EDX, a wholly owned subsidiary of AngloGold Ashanti. AngloGold Ashanti has the requisite surface rights that are sufficient to support the life of mine (LOM) plan presented in this Report. Under the mining concession agreement between the Egyptian government and AngloGold Ashanti, royalties are payable by Sukari to Egypt. The royalty is set at 3% of the total revenue from gold production at Sukari. Pharaoh Gold holds the necessary water rights for mining operations and associated activities at Sukari under the terms of its concession agreement (Law No. 222/1994) and in compliance with Egyptian water and environmental regulations. 1.3. Geology and mineralisation The Sukari deposit is an example of an orogenic gold deposit.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 17 The Project is located in the Neoproterozoic (900 to 650Ma) Arabian Nubian Shield, one of a number of areas of African continental crust that accreted and stabilised during the Pan-African Orogeny. At a district scale, the host sequence at Sukari comprises a north-northeast striking mélange, while the Nugrus Block hosts east-west and north-northeast striking melanges. These sequences predominantly consist of calc-alkaline igneous rocks and metasediments, which have undergone regional metamorphism to mid-upper greenschist facies. The gold mineralisation comprises a broadly mineralised granodiorite dislocated by major shear/vein hosted higher grade mineralised zones. The Sukari granodiorite strikes north-northeast and typically dips between 50° and 75° to the east. The granodiorite has a strike length of approximately 2.3km, and ranges in thickness from approximately 100m in the south to 600m in the north. Gold mineralisation within the granodiorite is not homogenous and its deposition has been influenced by major long-lived structures that experienced continuous reactivation. Gold mineralisation is hosted mainly by granodiorite and diorite at Little Sukari, with some mineralisation extending into the surrounding metasediments. The Little Sukari deposit is characterised by a shear-bound, east-west trending intrusive mass comprising a composite sequence of diorites, quartz diorites, and granodiorites. The deposit exhibits a strong alteration overprint and hosts protracted syn- to late deformation gold mineralisation. The mineralised body measures approximately 50m wide by 300m long, plunging moderately east, and is geologically analogous to Sukari. Bulk mineralisation is associated with a quartz-sericite-pyrite-altered granodiorite that hosts extensive vein stockworks whereas narrower higher-grade zones in chlorite-pyrite-altered diorite and quartz diorite are associated with zones of sulphidic veining. 1.4. Status of exploration, development and operations Exploration is currently focused on defining targets close to existing infrastructure (within 10km) and continuing to test the depth and strike extents of the known mineralisation. Horus Deeps zone remains open to the north, south and down dip. Surface exploration has identified multiple shallow potentially open pit-amenable gold satellite targets within the mining concession and Nugrus Block. 1.5. Mining methods 1.5.1. Open pit The Sukari open pit mine is operated as a conventional truck and shovel mine using face shovels and backhoe excavators to load ore and waste to CAT 785 haul trucks. All ore and waste material requires drilling and blasting. Ore is transported to a run-of-mine (ROM) pad adjacent to the processing plant and either stockpiled for blending purposes or direct tipped to the crusher. Waste is transported to waste rock dumps which are located around the perimeter of the pit. Working benches are of 10m height, whilst final benches are 10 to 20m in height, depending on geotechnical factors. 1.5.2. Underground Underground operations at Sukari utilise a fully mechanised mining method for both development and stoping with access from surface via the Amun decline. The Ptah decline has been developed from the 710mRL to access the Ptah orebody to the north and Amun and Horus orebodies to the south. Historically underground mining targeted high-grade zones which were followed by the open pit, but current and future underground operations are now planned to be deeper and below the final open pit shell. A minimum crown pillar of 40m is maintained between the pit and active underground workings. The Sukari underground mine utilises two mining methods for ore production: • Transverse long hole open stoping. • Longitudinal long hole open stoping. 1.5.3. Cemented pastefill system Following commissioning of a paste plant in Q4 2023, Sukari uses cemented pastefill for stability with the long hole open stoping mining method. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 18 Paste is delivered to the designated stope by the underground delivery system and will discharge from the top drive to fill the stope. A barricade will retain the initial plug pour that will cure before filling the bulk of the stope. Allowing the system to operate up to 7,000kPa provides operating flexibility and gives the paste plant operator the time to take corrective actions if the cemented pastefill yield stress increases. 1.5.4. Underground ventilation The total ventilation air is approximately 560m3/s with intake via the main decline portal, 920 and 850 portals, and via leakage through stoping that has caved at surface. Air is exhausted via two circuits, Ptah and Horus exhaust, and both exhaust to the open pit. 1.6. Mineral processing The processing plant was commissioned in 2009 and has undergone several expansions and modifications to enhance gold recovery. The plant was initially designed to process 4Mtpa of oxide ore using a crushing, milling, and carbon-in-leach (CIL) circuit. Subsequent expansions increased the capacity to 5Mtpa with the addition of secondary crushing, flotation, flotation concentrate regrind, and a flotation concentrate CIL circuit. A major expansion in 2012 doubled throughput to 10Mtpa with the addition of a second crushing, milling, and flotation circuit. Further optimisations, including a second Zadra elution circuit and a second carbon regeneration kiln, have increased the nominal processing capacity to 12Mtpa. The processing plant operates two parallel crushing and milling circuits (Line #1 and Line #2). Line #1 processes a higher-grade blend of underground and open pit ore, while Line #2 predominantly treats lower- grade open pit ore. Each line consists of a semi-autogenous grinding (SAG) mill, a ball mill, and a pebble crushing circuit. Crushed ore from the two stockpiles is reclaimed via apron feeders and fed into the milling circuits, where it is ground to a target P80 size of 150–200µm before being processed through flotation. The flotation circuit is key to gold recovery at Sukari, producing a high-grade sulphide concentrate. The flotation process utilises potassium amyl xanthate as the collector, with copper sulphate as the activator. Sulphide recovery typically ranges from 88–89%, though gold recovery can remain stable even if sulphide recovery drops to 80%. The flotation concentrate is thickened before entering the CIL circuit for gold adsorption onto activated carbon. Additional recovery methods at Sukari include dump leaching, which contributes a small amount of gold production and offsets mine waste transportation costs. There are two active dump leach operations, with a third under construction. Furthermore, gold is recovered from carbon fines and tailings dam return solution via an Ashing plant and a carbon-in-column circuit. The Sukari process plant is designed for a LOM throughput of 12Mtpa with an average gold recovery of 89.5%. The plant receives power from on-site diesel generators. Water for processing is sourced from the Red Sea, while potable water is trucked to site from Marsa Alam. Continuous process optimisation, including automated sampling systems and ongoing metallurgical testwork, ensures maximum gold recovery and operational efficiency. 1.7. Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates 1.7.1. Mineral Resource estimates Open pit Mineral Resource is estimates of potentially recoverable tonnes and grade using multiple indicator kriging with indirect lognormal change of support, whilst underground Mineral Resource was estimated via ordinary kriging into block models of specific dimensions. The database supporting the Mineral Resource estimate, was closed as at June 30 2024 for open pit mining, and closed as at 15 May 2025 for underground mining. The Mineral Resource considered potentially amenable to open pit mining was constrained within a $2,150/oz pit shell, while Mineral Resource considered potentially amenable to underground mining methods was constrained by optimised stope shapes generated using mineable shape optimiser (MSO) software, assuming long-hole open stoping as the primary mining method. A gold price of $2,150/oz and $2,000/oz, along with cost assumptions, was used to determine the appropriate cut-off grades for the open pit and underground, respectively. The cut-off grade applied was 0.2g/t gold for open pit and 1.0g/t gold for underground. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 19 1.7.2. Mineral Resource statement The Mineral Resource for mineralisation assumed to be amenable to open pit and underground mining methods is reported in situ. Mineralisation in stockpiles is reported as broken material, in stockpiles. The Mineral Resource is reported exclusive of the Mineral Resource converted to Mineral Reserve. Mineral Resource that is not Mineral Reserve does not have demonstrated economic viability. The Mineral Resource is current at 31 December 2025 and is summarised in Table 1.1 (100% basis) and Table 1.2 (50% attributable basis). Table 1.1. Mineral Resource statement – 100% basis. Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained Gold (t) (Moz Au) Total Sukari (underground, open pit and stockpiles) Measured 83.20 0.82 67.92 2.18 Indicated 80.95 0.59 47.96 1.54 Total Measured & Indicated 164.15 0.71 115.88 3.73 Inferred 60.68 0.59 35.88 1.15 Table 1.2. Mineral Resource statement – attributable basis (50%). Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained Gold (t) (Moz Au) Total Sukari (underground, open pit and stockpiles) Measured 41.60 0.82 33.96 1.09 Indicated 40.48 0.59 23.98 0.77 Total Measured & Indicated 82.08 0.71 57.94 1.86 Inferred 30.34 0.59 17.94 0.58 Notes: Rounding of numbers may result in computational discrepancies in the Mineral Resource tabulations. All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated. To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, grade and content for gold to two decimals. All ounces are Troy ounces. “Moz” refers to million ounces. 1. The Mineral Resource stated herein is current at date and was prepared in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300 2. All disclosure of Mineral Resource is exclusive of Mineral Reserve. The Mineral Resource exclusive of Mineral Reserve is defined as the inclusive Mineral Resource less the Mineral Reserve before dilution and other factors are applied. 3. “Tonnes” refers to a metric tonne which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms. 4. The Mineral Resource tonnages and grades are reported in situ and constrained to meet the requirement for reasonable prospects of economic extraction by volumes created through a mine shape optimiser process for underground or within an economically optimised pit shell for open pit and stockpiled material is reported as broken material. 5. Property currently in a production stage. 6. Mr. Doxel Mutunda, MAIG, employed by AngloGold Ashanti, is the Qualified Person for the Sukari Mineral Resource. 7. Based on a gold price of $2,150 (open pit) and $2,000/oz (underground). 8. In 2025, a metallurgical recovery factor of 89.5% was applied to the open pit and underground, and 86.56% was applied to the stockpile. 9. In 2025, a cut-off grade of 0.20g/t was applied to the open pit, a cut-off grade of 0.40g/t was applied to the stockpile and a cut-off grade of 1.20g/t was applied to the underground. 1.7.2.1. Factors that may affect the Mineral Resource estimates Uncertainties that may affect the Mineral Resource estimates include: metal price and exchange rate assumptions; changes to the assumptions used to generate the gold grade cut-off grade; changes in local interpretations of mineralisation geometry and continuity of mineralised zones; changes to geological and mineralisation shape and geological and grade continuity assumptions; density and domain assignments; changes to geotechnical, mining and metallurgical recovery assumptions; changes to the input and design parameter assumptions that pertain to the conceptual stope designs constraining the underground estimates; and assumptions as to the continued ability to access the site, retain mineral and surface rights titles, maintain environment and other regulatory permits, and maintain the social licence to operate. 1.7.3. Mineral Reserve estimates Mineral Reserve was converted from Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource. Inferred Mineral Resource was treated as waste in the mining schedule. Sukari consists of both an open pit and underground operation and undertakes annual updates of its Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates, which includes changes to various modifying factors such as gold price, process recoveries, geotechnical parameters, costs and estimates, dilution, ore loss, as well as additions and subtractions due to exploration and depletion. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 20 General parameters and modifying factors, applicable to both the open pit and underground operations, includes the assumed gold price, sales costs, mineral royalty and diesel price. The operating costs and process recoveries for optimisation have been provided based upon production actuals defined by the Sukari mining, metallurgical and processing department. Sukari is currently undertaking metallurgical testwork of samples to better understand the differences in recovery from the various ore sources. Calculations of open pit dilution at Sukari have been based upon the regularisation of an original sub-celled Mineral Resource estimate block model to a selective mine unit (SMU) of 20 x 25 x 10m (XYZ). Calculation of underground dilution and ore loss factors was based on stope reconciliation data and calculation of dilution percentages and grades using dilution shells within Deswik.SO. Only Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource within the optimised pit shell are classified as Mineral Reserve. The underground stope cut-off grade is calculated as 2.00g/t gold. The stope cut-off is used for Deswik.SO stope optimisation and Mineral Reserves reporting. Stopes are generated at sectional intervals of 10m to 20m based on geotechnical parameters, including rock mass characteristics and numerical modelling; minimum mining widths suitable for the longitudinal long hole open stoping method; a cut-off grade that factors in mining and processing costs, backfill type and haulage distance; and the gold price assumption of $1,700/oz and a metallurgical recover factor of 89.5%. The LOM plan integrates fleet capacity, infrastructure needs, and scheduling constraints. The Mineral Reserve estimate considers only Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource as ore (which are converted to Proven and Probable Reserves) and are designed to ensure that all included blocks are economically mineable under the proposed conditions. 1.7.4. Mineral Reserve statement The Mineral Reserves are reported at the point of delivery to the process plant. Mineralisation in stockpiles is reported as broken material. The Mineral Reserve is current at 31 December 2025 and is summarised in Table 1.3 (100% basis) and Table 1.4 (50% attributable basis). Table 1.3. Mineral Reserve statement – 100% basis. Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained Gold (t) (Moz Au) Total Sukari (underground, open pit and stockpiles) Proven 111.22 1.00 110.79 3.56 Probable 40.89 0.88 36.17 1.16 Total Proven & Probable 152.11 0.97 146.95 4.72 Table 1.4. Mineral Reserve statement – attributable basis (50%). Area/Deposit Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained Gold (t) (Moz Au) Total Sukari (underground, open pit and stockpiles) Proven 55.61 1 55.39 1.78 Probable 20.44 0.88 18.08 0.58 Total Proven & Probable 76.06 0.97 73.48 2.36 Notes: Rounding of numbers may result in computational discrepancies in the Mineral Reserve tabulations. All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated. To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, grade and content for gold to two decimals. All ounces are Troy ounces. “Moz” refers to million ounces. 1. The Mineral Reserve stated herein is current at date and was prepared in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300 2. “Tonnes” refers to a metric tonne which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms. 3. The Mineral Reserve tonnages and grades are estimated and reported as delivered to the plant (i.e., the point where material is delivered to the processing facility). 4. Property currently in a production stage. 5. Based on a gold price of $1,700/oz. 6. Mr. Sherif Moemen, MAusIMM (CP), employed by AngloGold Ashanti, is the Qualified Person for the Sukari open pit Mineral Reserve, and Mahmoud Abdelmonem, MIMMM QMR, employed by AngloGold Ashanti, is the Qualified Person for the Sukari underground Mineral Reserve. 7. In 2025, a metallurgical recovery factor of 89.5% was applied to the open pit and underground, and 86.56% was applied to the stockpile. 8. In 2025, a cut-off grade of 0.43g/t was applied to the open pit and stockpile, and a cut-off grade of 2.34g/t was applied to the underground.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 21 1.7.4.1. Factors that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates Uncertainties that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates include: long-term commodity price assumptions; long-term exchange rate assumptions; long-term consumables price assumptions; Mineral Resource input parameters for the Mineral Resource converted to Mineral Reserve; Mineral Reserves to grade control reconciliations; changes to input parameters used in the constraining stope and open pit designs; changes to cut-off grade assumptions; changes to mining method; changes to geotechnical (including seismicity) and hydrogeological factors and assumptions; underground void interaction with the open pit; open pit interaction with underground decline; changes to metallurgical and mining recovery assumptions; the ability to control unplanned dilution; changes to inputs to capital and operating cost estimates; ability to access the site, retain mineral and surface rights titles; and the ability to maintain environmental and other regulatory permits, and maintain the social licence to operate. 1.8. Capital and operating cost estimates 1.8.1. Capital costs The open pit and underground capital costs were calculated by the site maintenance team using current equipment hours, maintenance plans and life of asset planning to maximise the life of the equipment. Capital for tailings storage facility-lifts was based on the current LOM design capacity. Total capital expenditure was estimated to total $556M. A summary of total capital cost estimates is presented in Table 1.5. Table 1.5. Capital budget in the financial model. Sustaining capital LOM (2026-2035) ($M) Open pit fleet rebuilds 160 Open pit fleet replacements 80 Total open pit capital 240 Underground fleet replacements 13 Underground fleet rebuilds 13 Total underground capital 26 Tailings dam lifts 170 Plant 30 Crusher feed fleet rebuilds 19 Crusher feed fleet replacement 6 Total processing capital 225 Dump Leach capital 31 General and administrative 34 Total 556 1.8.2. Operating costs Open pit operating costs were estimated by applying existing and budgeted fixed costs and unit rates to the estimated equipment hours; volumes drilled, blasted and mined; required grade control for ore mined and areas for geotechnical control. Underground mining costs were based on an average of the last 18 of months actual costs and average $42.05/t mined. The key operating costs are categorised into four main components: open pit mining, underground mining, processing and general and administrative. These costs are based on the LOM plan (Mineral Reserve only). The estimated average LOM mining operating cost is $2.18/t mined. The annual unit cost of mining per tonne increases over the LOM from $2.06/t mined to $2.37/t mined reflecting additional haulage costs for mining at depth. A summary of estimates cost per tonne for the areas for 2025 LOM Mineral Reserve-only case is presented in Table 1.6. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 22 Table 1.6. Cost per tonne estimates for the LOM Mineral Reserve. Operating expenditure - cost per tonnes $/t LOM (2026-2035) ($/t) Open pit mining 2.18 Underground mining 42.05 Processing 11.04 Dump leach 2.46 General and administrative 3.31 1.9. Economic analysis The following are material assumptions used for the Sukari 2025 Mineral Reserve business plan: • Power rate: $0.045/kWh. • Diesel cost: $0.90/L. • Gold: $1,700/oz as determined by AngloGold Ashanti (refer to Chapter 25). Mineral Reserve declaration is supported by a positive cash flow. 1.10. Permitting requirements The Sukari Gold Mine operates under robust environmental, permitting, and social frameworks that support its long-term viability. All necessary permits are current, with renewals systematically tracked, and the mine complies with Egypt's Environmental Law 4/1994. Various permits and authorisations are required for Sukari. AngloGold Ashanti currently holds all permits required for operational and exploration activities. In terms of permitting requirements, there are no significant current or future encumbrances affecting the property. 1.11. Conclusions and recommendations Sukari is well-placed to continue Mineral Resource extraction with a focus on efficiency and sustainability. The outlined risks and opportunities highlight areas for continued attention and improvement, which will help balance operational demands with the need for long-term viability and community alignment. AngloGold Ashanti runs a comprehensive business planning process that is framed by its strategic options process. This sets the mine budget requirements aligned to both the larger group and the necessities of the operation. The decisions that result from this process are ultimately approved by AngloGold Ashanti Executive Leadership, Business Unit Level management, and mine Senior management. While the Qualified Person is an intimate part of this process, they do not make recommendations for the operation without it being part of the described framework. As Sukari is a mature operating mine, the Qualified Persons recommend sustaining programs to maintain and, where applicable, improve confidence in the estimates and key modifying factors, including targeted definition/infill drilling in planned open pit and underground areas, reconciliation governance, confirmation of geotechnical/hydrogeology performance against design assumptions, and ongoing metallurgical and underground performance reviews as part of normal planning and continuous improvement processes. 2. Introduction 2.1. Disclose registrant This Technical Report Summary (Report) for Sukari Gold Mine (also referred to as Sukari or the Project, including the adjacent exploration licence Nugrus Block), located in Egypt, was prepared for AngloGold Ashanti plc (AngloGold Ashanti) by Mr. Doxel Mutunda, MAIG, Mr. Sherif Moemen, MAusIMM (CP), and Mr. Mahmoud Abdelmonem, MIMMM QMR. AngloGold Ashanti has a 50% interest in the Project and is operator through its acquisition of Centamin plc (Centamin). The in-country operating subsidiary is Pharoah Gold Mines NL (Pharoah Gold). The remaining 50% of the Sukari Gold Mine is owned by the Egyptian Mineral Resource Authority (EMRA). AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 23 2.2. Terms of reference The terms of reference are based on public reporting requirements as per Subpart 229.1300 of Regulation S-K (Regulation S-K 1300) of the US Securities and Exchange Commission. The Technical Report Summary aims to reduce complexity and therefore does not include large amounts of technical or other project data, either in the Report or as appendices to the Report, as stipulated in Subpart § 229.1300 and § 229.1301, Disclosure by Registrants Engaged in Mining Operations and § 229.601 (Item 601) Exhibits, and General Instructions. Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves are reported using the definitions in Regulation S-K 1300 (S-K1300), under Item 1300. The Qualified Persons have drafted the summary to conform, to the extent practicable, with the plain English principles set forth in Subpart 230.421 of Regulation S-K. Should more detail be required they will be furnished on request. The following should be noted in respect of this Report: • Unless otherwise stated, monetary units are in US dollars; $ or dollar refers to United States dollars. • This Report uses UK English. • All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated. • Rounding of numbers may result in computational discrepancies in this Report. • To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage and content for gold to two decimal places. • Metric tonnes (t) are used throughout, and all ounces are Troy ounces. • The reference coordinate system used for the location of properties as well as infrastructure and licences maps/plans are latitude longitude geographic coordinates. • All figures and images in this Report have been prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, unless otherwise stated. • The Report includes certain “non-GAAP” financial performance measures, which have been determined using industry guidelines and practices and are not measures under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Such non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed in addition to, and not as an alternative to, any other measure of performance prepared in accordance with IFRS, and the presentation of these measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures that other companies use. 2.3. Purpose of this Report The purpose of this Report is to support public disclosure of the updated Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates current at 31 December 2025. This Report updates the following Technical Report Summary previously filed by AngloGold Ashanti on the Sukari Gold Mine: • 2024 Technical Report Summary, Sukari Gold Mine, A Life of Mine Summary (dated at 31 December 2024). 2.4. Sources of information and data contained in the Report or used in its preparation The reported estimates and supporting background information, conclusions, and opinions contained herein are based on AngloGold Ashanti reports, property data, public information, and assumptions supplied by AngloGold Ashanti employees and other third party sources, including the reports and documents listed in Chapter 24 of this Report, available at the time of writing this Report. Unless otherwise stated, all figures and images were prepared by AngloGold Ashanti. All information provided by AngloGold Ashanti was identified in Chapter 25: Reliance on information provided by the registrant in this Report. 2.5. Report date Information in the Report is current at 31 December 2025. 2.6. Qualified Person(s) site inspections All of the Qualified Persons either work at Sukari or visit regularly on roster or on a quarterly basis. The Qualified Persons’ inspections are integral to maintaining the accuracy and compliance of Mineral Resource AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 24 and Mineral Reserve estimations, with detailed reports provided to track and verify their findings across exploration, operations, infrastructure, and financial metrics. Each Qualified Person is responsible for the chapters identified below under each Qualified Person’s name in the following sub-chapters and has relied on information provided by AngloGold Ashanti as described in Chapter 25. 2.6.1. Mr. Doxel Mutunda Mr. Doxel Mutunda has been based full-time at the mine site since July 2024. While onsite he has been actively involved with Sukari as a Senior Resource Geologist. His responsibilities include: • Oversee and produce the annual Resource Estimation, ensuring accuracy, robustness, and adherence to industry standards. • Assist in project evaluation, due diligence, and new project acquisitions, ensuring resource potential is accurately assessed to align with Sukari’s growth strategy. • Providing technical guidance to the geology department in data validation, open pit and underground mining requirements, modelling and estimation techniques, sampling quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC), drilling, logging and interpretation, target generation and management. • Maintain an active field presence by conducting regular inspections of active drill rigs, performing detailed reviews of drill core at the logging sheds, and visiting both underground and open-pit workings to ensure geological interpretations align with observed mineralisation. • Ensure comprehensive database management, maintaining industry best practices for data collection, validation, and storage. • Mineral Resource modelling and geological data verification: ensuring the accuracy of geological models by conducting regular reviews of geological interpretations, drilling plans, data reviews, logging practices, and validating mineralisation continuity. • Team development & skills transfer, mentoring geologists and ensuring continuous professional growth. • Long-term geological planning: collaborating on the strategic direction of future exploration initiatives, including regional geological studies and potential new Mineral Resource identification, which directly impacts Mineral Resource growth and mine longevity. Mr. Doxel Mutunda is responsible for the following chapters of this Report as well as the tables/figures associated with these chapters: • Chapters 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.7.1, 1.7.2, 1.10, and 1.11. • Chapters 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, and 2.6.1. • Chapters 3, 4, 5, 6. • Chapters 7.1 and 7.2. • Chapter 8. • Chapters 9.1, 9.2, and 9.3.1. • Chapter 11. • Chapters 17.1, and 17.2. • Chapters 20, 21, and 22. • Chapters 23.1, 23.2, and 23.3. • Chapters 24 and 25. 2.6.2. Mr. Mahmoud Abdelmonem Mr. Mahmoud Abdelmonem has been based full-time at the mine site since May 2017. While onsite he has been actively involved with Sukari as an Underground Planning Superintendent. His responsibilities include:

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 25 • Mine planning oversight across short, medium and long term planning • Checking the validity of inputs required for the Mineral Reserve: geological block model; geotechnical assumptions; processing inputs; mining, processing, general and administrative cost and commercial assumptions. • Developing and maintaining underground level, access and stope designs in line with optimisation updates, pastefill requirements and current geotechnical constraints. • Maintaining staff development to provide competent engineers to carry out the mining engineering functions on site. • Providing mining engineering technical input to underground infrastructure, including development, ventilation circuits, backfill systems and associated surface support facilities. • Underground mine inspections to verify stope designs, ground support, development advance rates and paste backfill quality against approved plans. • Review of paste production rates, quality control, and distribution system functionality to support the underground backfill strategy • Condition surveys of workshops, access roads, air compressors, and electrical substations critical to the underground operations • Processing plant liaison to validate metallurgical recovery assumptions against operational performance. • Oversight of ore stockpiles and waste rock storage facilities. Mr. Mahmoud Abdelmonem is responsible for the following chapters of this Report as well as the tables/figures associated with these chapters: • Chapters 1.5.2, 1.5.3, 1.5.4, 1.6, 1.7.3, 1.7.4, 1.8, 1.9, 1.10 and 1.11. • Chapter 2.6.2. • Chapters 7.3 and 7.4. • Chapters 9.2 and 9.3.2. • Chapter 10. • Chapters 12.1, 12.3, 12.4, 12.5, and 12.6. • Chapters 13.2, 13.3, 13.4.2, and 13.5.2. • Chapters 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22. • Chapters 23.4 and 23.5. • Chapters 24 and 25. 2.6.3. Mr. Sherif Moemen Mr. Sherif Moemen has been based full-time at the mine site since July 2019. During the last three years he has been regularly visiting the site infrastructure, main roads and capital projects as part of his retinue check. While onsite he has been actively involved with Sukari as a Senior Open Pit Mining Engineer. His responsibilities include: • Mine planning oversight across short, medium and long term planning. • Checking the validity of inputs required for the Mineral Reserve: geological block model; geotechnical assumptions; processing inputs; mining, processing, general and administrative cost and commercial assumptions. • Checking the operation activities of site main infrastructure like plant, tailings storage facilities (TSF) and dump leach facilities. • Developing and maintaining pit and stage designs in line with pit optimisation updates and current geotechnical constraints. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 26 • Maintaining staff development to provide competent engineers to carry out the mining engineering functions on site. • Providing mining engineering technical input to TSFs and dump leach development. Mr. Sherif Moemen is responsible for the following chapters of this Report as well as the tables/figures associated with these chapters: • Chapters 1.5.1, 1.6, 1.7.3, 1.7.4, 1.8, 1.9, 1.10 and 1.11. • Chapter 2.6.3. • Chapters 9.2, and 9.3.3. • Chapter 10 • Chapters 12.1, 12.2, 12.4, 12.5, and 12.6. • Chapters 13.1, 13.3, 13.4.1, and 13.5.1. • Chapters 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22. • Chapters 23.4, and 23.5. • Chapters 24 and 25. 3. Property description 3.1. Location of the property The Sukari Gold Mine and surrounding the Nugrus Block is located in the Red Sea Governorate in the Eastern Desert of Egypt, approximately 25km southwest of the tourist town of Marsa Alam on the Red Sea, and approximately 750km southeast of Cairo (Figure 3.1). AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 27 Figure 3.1. Location of Sukari Gold Mine. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. EDEX/EDX: Eastern Desert Exploration; AGA: AngloGold Ashanti; SMW Gold company. Sukari includes: the open pit mine, underground mine, processing plant and associated facilities at the mine site, three pipelines and associated pumping stations to take seawater from the Red Sea to the mine site and the access road from Marsa Alam. The geographic coordinates of the processing plant at Sukari are latitude 24°57’34” N and longitude 34°42’42” E (Universal Transverse Mercator (UTM) Zone 36R; UTM coordinates 672797E, 2761546N) and the location is shown in Figure 3.2. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 28 Figure 3.2. Map showing the location, infrastructure and mining licence area for Sukari Gold Mine. Note: Figure prepared by AngloGold Ashanti, 2025. The mine coordinates, as represented by the plant, are depicted on the map and are in the geographic coordinate system. TSF: tailings storage facility.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 29 3.2. Area of the property The mining concession area currently operated by the Sukari Gold Mine covers 160km², while the surrounding Nugrus Block, operated by Eastern Desert Exploration (EDX), spans 848km². 3.3. Legal aspects and permitting 3.3.1. Ownership Sukari Gold Mine is jointly owned by Pharoah Gold and EMRA through their respective 50% equity stake in the Sukari Gold Mining Company which operates the Sukari Gold Mine. EMRA is entitled to 50% of the operating profits from the Sukari Gold Mine, as per the terms of the concession agreement. The Nugrus Block is being explored by EDX. 3.3.2. Legal aspects Egypt is an Arabic-speaking country in North Africa, bordered by the Mediterranean Sea to the north and the Red Sea to the east. It shares land borders with Libya to the west, Sudan to the south, and Israel and the Gaza Strip to the northeast. Egypt has a population of approximately 113M people (Worldometer, 2023), making it the most populous country in the Arab world. Its capital, Cairo, is located near the Nile River and serves as the country’s political, economic, and cultural hub. Other major cities include Alexandria, Giza, Sharm El-Sheikh, and Luxor. Egypt has multiple seaports, with the largest being the Port of Alexandria, which handles the majority of the country’s trade. Other key ports include Port Said at the northern entrance of the Suez Canal, Safaga on the Red Sea, and Damietta on the Mediterranean. The Suez Canal, one of the world’s most significant waterways, connects the Mediterranean Sea to the Red Sea, facilitating global maritime trade. Egypt is divided into 27 governorates, with Marsa Alam and the Sukari Gold Mine located in the Red Sea Governorate. Egypt is a presidential republic with a multi-party political system. Abdel Fattah el-Sisi has served as the country’s president since 2014, following his re-election in 2018 and 2024. Egypt has a mixed economy driven by sectors such as tourism, agriculture, oil and gas, and mining. According to GlobalData, Egypt produced approximately 650,000 ounces of gold in 2022, ranking it among Africa’s significant gold producers. The country’s estimated gross domestic product (GDP) in 2023 was $475B, with a per capita GDP of $4,150. The Egyptian Pound (EGP) is the national currency, and current at December 2025, the exchange rate to the US dollar was approximately 47.57. Despite economic growth, Egypt faces challenges such as inflation, high public debt, and infrastructure constraints, particularly in energy and transportation. The mineral resources of Egypt, including gold, are considered state-owned assets. The legal framework for mining is governed by the Mineral Resources Law No. 198/2014 and its amendments, which regulate exploration, extraction, and investment in the sector. EMRA oversees the issuance of mining licences and agreements, with terms subject to approval by the government. Mining contracts in Egypt typically involve production-sharing agreements, with the state retaining a stake in key mining projects. Additionally, mining companies are subject to royalty payments, corporate taxes, and investment regulations. Upon the expiration of a mining licence, all immovable assets revert to the state, while moveable property may be transferred at a negotiated value. Mining operations must adhere to environmental and land-use regulations set by the government. The Sukari Gold Mine operates under Law No. 222/1994, which governs concession agreements for gold and associated minerals in Egypt. This law is distinct from the Mineral Resources Law No. 198/2014, which applies to other mining projects in Egypt. Since the Sukari Gold Mine operates under Law 222, it has different contractual terms compared to newer mining projects regulated by Law 198/2014, which applies to most other mineral exploration and mining activities in Egypt. Key provisions of Law 222/1994 (as applicable to the Sukari Gold Mine) include: • Sukari concession agreement and EMRA partnership: o The law grants a long-term mining concession to Pharaoh Gold in partnership with EMRA. o The agreement follows a 50/50 profit-sharing model, with revenues split between Pharoah Gold and EMRA after cost recovery. • Cost recovery mechanism: o Pharoah Gold (the operator) is entitled to recover operating and capital costs before splitting profits with EMRA. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 30 o There is a defined cost recovery period and cap, ensuring that a portion of revenues is allocated to the Egyptian government. • Tax and royalty exemptions: o The Sukari Gold Mine is exempt from certain taxes and duties under the concession terms. o The tax exemption on all income generated in Egypt is renewed every 15 years, with the most recent renewal completed at the end of 2024. • State ownership and asset reversion: o Upon termination or expiry of the concession, all immovable assets (e.g., infrastructure, plant, and facilities) revert to state ownership. o Moveable assets (e.g., equipment) may be acquired by the state or removed by the operator. • Operational and environmental obligations: o The mine must comply with Egyptian environmental laws and report to regulatory authorities on its activities. o Rehabilitation and closure obligations are outlined in the concession agreement. • Renewal and duration: o The concession agreement is long-term, but renewals or modifications require government approval. o The law ensures stability for investors while maintaining sovereign control over resources. A Model Mining Exploitation Agreement (MMEA), agreed in principle in 2023, serves as the investment framework for commercial discoveries within AngloGold Ashanti's EDX blocks, including the Nugrus Block. The MMEA will come into effect upon signing and following approval by the Egyptian parliament, with the approval date yet to be determined. Exploration activities by EDX are continuing in parallel with the approval process. Under the MMEA, exploitation licences will be granted for a 30-year period, governed by a stabilised fiscal and legal regime. Key terms include: • A 5% government net smelter royalty on revenue pending final approval from the Egyptian Parliament, subject to change. • A 22.5% corporate tax rate. • A 15% government financial net profit interest (applied to post-tax income). • A 0.5% contribution towards community development. • Life of mine (LOM) commitments focused on local employment, training, and procurement. This framework aims to provide long-term fiscal stability while ensuring benefits for local communities and stakeholders throughout the mine's operational life. 3.3.3. Permitting 3.3.3.1. Mining concession The Sukari concession agreement was ratified by the Egyptian Parliament through the adoption of Law No. 222/1994 and came into effect on 13 June 1995. The Sukari exploitation lease covers an area of approximately 160km² surrounding the Sukari Gold Mine site within the Sukari concession. Under the terms of the Sukari concession agreement, the exploitation lease is valid for 30 years from the first date of commercial discovery. While the agreement took effect in 1995, the formal commercial announcement occurred in 2001; consequently, the initial term is set to expire in 2031. The lease may be renewed for a further 30-year period at the option of Pharoah Gold, provided there is reasonable commercial justification and upon six months' written notice to EMRA prior to the expiry of the initial term. Any such renewal of the exploitation lease will require ratification by the Egyptian Parliament. The mining concession contains the Sukari Gold Mine and surrounding prospects, and its extents are shown in Figure 3.3 and Table 3.1. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 31 Figure 3.3. Sukari mining concession and Nugrus Block showing location of Little Sukari. Note: Figure sourced from Sukari Gold Mine, 2025. Red boundary Sukari mining concession; white boundary the Nugrus Block. Table 3.1. Sukari mining concession coordinates. Longitude Latitude 34°30’0” E 25°3’4” N 34°35’6” E 25°2’17” N 34°39’47” E 25°5’3” N 34°45’0” E 25°5’2” N At the current date of this Report, the tenure of the Sukari mining lease was secure and all government/statutory requirements for its validity and enforceability had been met. The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates are constrained within the one mining lease. 3.3.3.2. Exploration concessions Beyond the near-mine exploration opportunities within the Sukari mining concession, AngloGold Ashanti also holds a highly prospective terrain in the Eastern Desert comprising the Nugrus Block which surrounds the Sukari mining concession. The exploration licence for the Nugrus Block, covering an area of approximately 848km2 located adjacent to the Sukari gold mine, is held by Centamin Central Mining SAE, and was granted on 12 October 2021. The Nugrus Block is operated by EDX. It is currently in its second exploration phase which has a duration of two years and will expire on 25 May 2026. An extension request for the current Nugrus Block licence has been formally submitted and is currently under review by the EMRA. Per regulatory requirements and existing legislation, the renewal is expected to be granted as a matter of legal standing, ensuring the continued retention of the ground into the third exploration phase. Table 3.2 provides the exploration concession coordinates. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 32 Table 3.2. Nugrus Block concession coordinates. Nugrus Block (East) Coordinate point Longitude Latitude O 34°46’30” E 25°00’00” N P 34°52’30” E 25°00’00” N Q 34°52’30” E 24°52’30” N R 34°46’30” E 24°52’30” N Nugrus Block (West) Coordinate point Longitude Latitude A 34°30'0'' E 25°3'4'' N B 34°35'6'' E 25°2'17'' N C 34°39'47'' E 25°5'3'' N D 34°45'0'' E 25°5'2'' N E 34°45'0'' E 25°0'20'' N F 34°40'40'' E 25°0'20'' N G 34°40'40'' E 24°52'30'' N H 34°30'0'' E 24°52'30'' N I 34°30'0'' E 24°50'33'' N J 34°23'51'' E 24°46'4'' N K 34°23'50'' E 24°45'0'' N L 34°22'30'' E 24°45'0'' N M 34°22'30'' E 25°0'0'' N N 34°30'0'' E 25°0'0'' N 3.3.4. Surface rights Pharaoh Gold holds the requisite surface rights for mining operations and related activities at the Sukari Gold Mine. Under Egyptian law, surface rights are granted as part of the mining concession and are distinct from mineral rights. The concession agreement allows Pharoah Gold to: • Conduct mineral operations, including mining for the specified minerals covered under the concession. • Erect equipment, processing plants, and infrastructure necessary for mining, transporting, crushing, processing, smelting, or refining minerals recovered during operations. • Extract and remove minerals from the concession area and sell or export them in accordance with the approved marketing plan. • Stack or store ore, waste, and tailings in designated areas as approved in the mine’s environmental impact assessment (EIA) and operational permits. • Carry out other ancillary or supporting activities necessary for efficient mining and processing operations. EMRA maintains oversight of the operation, ensuring compliance with the concession terms, environmental regulations, and profit-sharing mechanisms. Furthermore, the Sukari Gold Mining Company holds the rights to lease land for infrastructure beyond the mining concession, including easements for power lines, water pipelines, and the water intake structure on the Red Sea. Centamin Central Mining SAE holds the surface rights over the Nugrus Block area. Tenure is managed through a system of two-year exploration cycles, providing a maximum tenure of eight years via two standard renewals and one exceptional renewal. Additional renewals may be granted if a "commercial discovery" is agreed upon with EMRA, potentially allowing further tenure for commercial satellite deposits.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 33 The project is currently in the middle of this tenure cycle. One renewal has already been obtained, and the process for the second renewal is currently underway. The initial application was submitted six months prior to the licence expiry, with the final application currently being prepared for submission 60 days before the deadline. Following this, the third exploration phase is scheduled to commence on 25 May 2026 and will continue until 25 May 2028. Each renewal cycle requires a minimum relinquishment of 20% of the area. Ground rent begins at 5,000 EGP/km² and increases by 5,000 EGP at each renewal; however, due to EGP devaluation since 2020, these costs have effectively reduced in real terms. Expenditure commitments are enforced by EMRA, with a “Letter of Guarantee” equivalent to 10% of the committed budget required to ensure compliance. At Report current date, there were no known impediments related to the security of tenure and the right to operate with respect to the current Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. 3.3.5. Water rights Pharaoh Gold holds the necessary water rights for mining operations and associated activities at Sukari Gold Mine under the terms of its concession agreement (Law No. 222/1994) and in compliance with Egyptian water and environmental regulations. Water supply for Sukari Gold Mine is primarily sourced from: • Seawater desalination: the mine operates a desalination plant near the Red Sea to produce freshwater for processing and operational use. • Groundwater wells: limited volumes of groundwater may be utilised, subject to government approval and EIAs. • Recycling and reuse: water management strategies prioritise recycling process water to minimise freshwater consumption. Sukari’s water use is governed by agreements with: • The Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency: ensures compliance with EIAs and water management plans. • The Ministry of Water Resources and Irrigation: regulates water abstraction, use, and discharge to protect national water resources. • The Red Sea Governorate: oversees coastal water use and environmental protections related to desalination and wastewater management. Water use permits must be obtained and periodically reviewed to ensure compliance with Egyptian environmental laws and best practice water conservation measures. The mine is required to monitor and report water consumption, discharge quality, and compliance with regulatory standards. Discharge of treated water or waste into the environment must meet Egyptian water quality and environmental protection regulations. Effective water management is critical for the Sukari Gold Mine’s operations due to the arid climate of Egypt’s Eastern Desert. The mine continues to implement sustainable water strategies, including increased recycling, to reduce its environmental footprint. 3.3.6. Encumbrances At Sukari Gold Mine, significant encumbrances include compliance with Egyptian mining regulations, government royalties, and environmental obligations. The mine operates under an exploitation lease granted by the Egyptian government, which requires adherence to strict permitting and reporting requirements. Future permitting includes approvals for underground expansions, waste disposal, and tailings storage facility modifications, all subject to review by the Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency and EMRA. The permitting timelines vary, with major approvals potentially taking several months to over a year. Permit conditions involve environmental monitoring, water management, and rehabilitation plans to mitigate ecological impact. To date, there have been no major violations or fines reported that significantly impact operations, though ongoing compliance with evolving regulations remains a key operational focus. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 34 3.3.7. Significant factors and risks that may affect access, title, or work programs There are no known significant factors or risks that may affect access, title, or the right or ability to perform work at the Sukari Gold Mine. The mine and exploration units operate under a secure and legally recognised exploitation and exploration lease, with all necessary permits and regulatory approvals in place. Infrastructure, including roads, power, and water supply, supports uninterrupted operations, and there are no disputes or legal challenges impacting access or ownership. Additionally, the mine maintains strong relationships with local stakeholders and complies with all government regulations, ensuring continued stability in its operations. While regulatory requirements evolve, there are no foreseeable risks that would materially impact mining activities at Sukari. 3.4. Royalties The royalty is set at 3% of the net sales revenue from the sale of gold at Sukari and is paid to the Government of Egypt each calendar half year. 4. Accessibility, climate, local resources, infrastructure and physiography 4.1. Physiography The Sukari Gold Mine is located in the central part of the Eastern Desert of Egypt on the western slope of Sukari Hill with elevation of 630m above sea level. The mine area is located within a mountainous terrain characterised by the sharply incised Red Sea Hills and numerous wadis draining towards the Red Sea coast. Elevations range between approximately 300m and 585m. No seismic activity has been recorded in the region. The closest settlement is the coastal town of Marsa Alam, some 25km to the northeast. The Sukari deposit is associated with a granodiorite outcrop, that, prior to operations, formed a topographic high rising to 350m above the local wadi level and extending for up to 2,500m along strike. The surrounding topography comprises wadi drainage plains that pass to the east and west of the outcrop and the sharply incised, green-brown, Red Sea Hills which surround these. Vegetation in the Sukari deposit area is sparse due to the arid desert environment. The landscape is largely rugged rock outcrops and barren, with plant life limited by extreme water scarcity. However, sporadic trees and shrubs can be found along the main wadi drainage lines, including umbrella thorn acacia, spiny zilla, desert cotton and tumbleweed. 4.2. Accessibility The closest settlement is the coastal town of Marsa Alam, some 25km to the northeast. A coastal highway runs along the west coast of the Red Sea from the border with Sudan in the south to Suez in the north, passing through Marsa Alam, and providing connectivity to Cairo. The distance from Cairo to Marsa Alam by highway is some 750km (or 8-10 hours travel time). There is also a bitumen highway from Edfu on the Nile River to Marsa Alam. From the town of Marsa Alam, the Edfu highway is followed to the west for around 20km before taking a good, corrugated gravel road which runs southerly for approximately 8km, crossing a low divide and running down into Wadi Sukari (a wadi is an intermittent water course) before turning east to the Sukari Gold Mine operations complex. Drive time from Marsa Alam is around 30 minutes. EDX has an office in Marsa Alam and a campsite at Little Sukari. To reach the Little Sukari camp, the Edfu– Marsa Alam highway is taken to the west for 41km, then turning south onto the Al Sheikh Shazli road for 3km. From there, a west-southwest corrugated gravel road is taken for 11.5km. This route leads to the camp, which serves as the base for most exploration activities. The total drive time from Marsa Alam is approximately one hour. The closest international airports are located at Marsa Alam (airport situated some 60km to the north, close to Port Ghalib) and in Hurghada (some four hours by car). 4.3. Climate The climate at the Sukari site, Nugrus Block and the Marsa Alam region on the Red Sea, where critical mine infrastructure is located, is characteristic of a desert environment. Average temperatures during the winter months (October to March) range from 17-27°C and during the summer months (April to September) from 26-36°C with maximum temperatures frequently exceeding 40°C. Humidity is normally very low but has been known to exceed 80% at the seawater intake near the coast, especially during the winter months. Precipitation is almost non-existent with rainfall rarely exceeding 10mm per year. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 35 A steady wind from the northwest helps to lower the temperature near the coast. The Khamaseen is a wind that blows from the south in Egypt, usually in spring or summer, bringing sand and dust, and sometimes raises the temperature in the desert to >38°C. Mining and processing operations are conducted year-round, while exploration activities are primarily conducted during the cooler months (November – March). 4.4. Local resources and infrastructure No permanent population is present in the immediate area. The nearest local town is Marsa Alam, which is a tourism-focused suburban town area with population estimated at approximately 10,000. The town offers hospital facilities, a police presence, and other municipal facilities associated with a tourist destination. There are numerous resort complexes located along the coastline and within proximity of the town, which also offer similar public facilities such as automated teller machines (ATMs), restaurants and shops. AngloGold Ashanti rented the Moon Resort in Marsa Alam town under a three-year contract which acts as additional accommodation for the mine, with staff bussed to and from the mine. A longer-term solution is under development. Infrastructure to support mining operations is in place, and includes the mine site, onsite power generation facilities, as well as water pipelines and a water pumping station on the coast. More detailed information on Project-related infrastructure is provided in Chapter 15. 5. History Gold was mined in Pharaonic and Roman times. Small-scale mining was re-established between 1912 and 1914. In 1936, a renewed effort by government authorities to re-establish Egypt’s gold mining industry saw the Sukari Gold Mine selected as the first mine to be brought back into production. After preparatory work, production started in August 1937 and continued intermittently until February 1951. All mining activities terminated in 1958 due to political reasons. The first systematic modern exploration in the Sukari area was carried out in the 1970s by the Egyptian Government with assistance from the former Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (USSR). While the USSR was assisting Egypt with major infrastructure projects such as the Aswan Dam, cooperative mineral resource exploration efforts were undertaken across the Eastern Desert. The Egyptian Geological Survey and Mining Authority, in collaboration with Soviet geologists, conducted systematic regional geological surveys, geochemical sampling, and detailed mapping at Sukari between 1971 and 1977. This included trenching over mineralised zones and the completion of five diamond drill holes, which confirmed the presence of gold mineralisation at depth (Cavaney, 2004). However, neither the USSR nor the Egyptian government operated the Sukari Gold Mine as a production site during this period. Their role remained focused on geological assessments rather than active mining. From 1912 to 1920, the Sukari Gold Mine was operated under Mining Licence 15, granted initially to John Wells and later transferred to Sukkari Mines Ltd. During this period, records show that 522.5t of ore were treated, producing 8.324kg of gold at a recovered grade of 15.93g/t gold. Between 1936 and 1958, the mine was managed by the Egyptian Mining Department. The estimated production from 1937 to 1951 was approximately 476.8kg of gold from 27,800t of ore, equating to a recovered grade of 17.0g/t gold (Cavaney, 2004). Additional historical production estimates suggest that ancient miners extracted around 30,000t of ore, producing between 300 and 400kg of gold at estimated grades ranging from 16 to 22g/t gold. Tailings studies indicate that 32,000 tonnes of tailings averaging 2.8g/t gold remained from earlier operations (Cavaney, 2004). Exploration by Pharoah Gold began in 1995 with the establishment of a camp. Work completed consisted of a detailed literature search prior to gridding, traversing, mapping, geochemical sampling, trenching, channel sampling, heavy mineral sampling, augering, and surveying. Drilling started in April 1997. In 1999, Centamin acquired Pharoah Gold. In November 2000, Pharoah Gold submitted a feasibility study, dated 26 October 2000 on the Sukari Gold Project, in accordance with the terms of the concession agreement. On 4 November 2001, Pharoah Gold was formally notified by EMRA that the feasibility study had been accepted and had demonstrated the existence of a “commercial discovery” at the Sukari Gold Project. Pharoah Gold and EMRA were required to establish an operating company to develop mining operations. Sukari Gold Mining Company was incorporated under the laws of Egypt on 13 April 2006, to conduct AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 36 exploration, development, exploitation and marketing operations in accordance with the concession agreement. Centamin completed a feasibility study in 2007. The first gold was poured in June 2009. The open pit was owner-operated. Underground mining was initially performed by a contractor but is now owner-operated. A summary of the recorded production since modern mining operations started is shown in Table 5.1. Table 5.1. Production summary for Sukari (2009 to 2025). Year Tonnes milled (kt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained metal (oz Au) Metallurgical recovery (% Au) 2009 3,612 1.37 67,101 87.0 2010 1,378 2.06 83,432 85.4 2011 3,612 1.90 202,699 85.3 2012 4,526 2.04 262,828 87.8 2013 5,684 2.12 356,943 88.5 2014 8,427 1.53 377,261 87.8 2015 10,575 1.40 439,072 88.8 2016 11,559 1.65 551,036 89.4 2017 12,032 1.57 544,658 88.1 2018 12,568 1.26 472,418 88.7 2019 12,859 1.28 480,528 88.1 2020 11,913 1.35 452,320 87.8 2021 11,916 1.18 415,370 87.6 2022 12,114 1.26 440,974 88.2 2023 12,019 1.26 488,928 88.7 2024 12,450 1.27 506,951 88.5 2025 12,182 1.37 537,796 89.1 Total 159,426 1.35 6,680,315 87.9 6. Geological setting, mineralisation and deposit 6.1. Geological setting and mineralisation 6.1.1. Regional and local geology The Sukari deposit and exploration concessions are located in the Neoproterozoic (900-650Ma) Arabian Nubian Shield, one of a number of areas of African continental crust that accreted and stabilised during the Pan-African Orogeny. Formation of the Arabian Nubian Shield took place during closure of the Mozambique Ocean between the East and West Gondwanan continental blocks. Ocean closure led to amalgamation of numerous circa 870– 625Ma juvenile arc and back-arc igneous and sedimentary rock sequences, with many resulting terrane sutures marked by mafic-ultramafic ophiolitic assemblages and fragments. The orogeny began at circa 650Ma, continued for approximately 100Ma, and included crustal shortening, lithospheric reworking, escape tectonics (i.e., the movement of rock layers to relieve pressure), and eventual orogenic collapse. Peak metamorphism was reached in different parts and depths of the orogen at different times between 620 and 585Ma. Magmatism was widespread during 650–580Ma, and rapid exhumation of the metamorphosed rocks and mid-crustal intrusions took place from circa 600 to 580Ma. Regional fault sets that controlled much of the gold occurrences were related to initial transpression by oblique convergence between the arcs and associated with subsequent sinistral shearing reported as overlapping the exhumation. As existing geological data are not adequate to fully evaluate the overall terrane history, work by Zoheir et al. (2019) has subdivided the Eastern Desert into nine structural blocks, rather than arc terranes, commonly based on bounding shear zones and major faults (Figure 6.1).

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 37 Figure 6.1. Geological map of the Eastern Desert, Egypt. Note: Figure sourced from Zoheir et al., 2019. The greatest abundance of gold deposits is associated with the north-west-trending Najd Fault system that comprises many splays throughout the blocks in the central Eastern Desert, and underwent episodes of shearing at circa 640–570Ma. Significant deposits are also notably widespread along reactivated east-west thrust faults in the Allaqi-Sol Hamed block of the southern Eastern Desert, with significant shearing at 610– 580Ma. Sulphide mineralogy of the Eastern Desert gold-bearing veins is dominated by pyrite, arsenopyrite, and (or) pyrrhotite, in addition to subordinate chalcopyrite, sphalerite, galena and tetrahedrite. Alteration minerals include white mica, chlorite, and carbonate, and are typical of orogenic gold deposits. Many gold occurrences are located along sheared margins to granitic intrusions or along contacts between different lithologies; sheared silica- and carbonate-altered ultramafic rocks. Fault zones are particularly widely associated with many of the gold occurrences. At a district scale, the host sequence of the Sukari deposit comprises a north-northeast striking mélange of predominantly calc-alkaline igneous rocks and metasedimentary units representing an accreted island arc or arcs. Several bodies of serpentinite, representing accreted slivers of highly deformed oceanic crustal rocks, occur in the hanging wall of the north-northeast striking, east-southeast verging, Sefein-Sukari thrust (Akaad, et al., 1993). This district-scale (circa 25km) structure is mapped as passing immediately to the east of the AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 38 Sukari Gold Mine, where it separates rocks of the Um Khariga metapyroclastic unit (west of Sukari granitoid and enveloping serpentinite seen within the Nugrus Block) from the Sukari metavolcanic rocks (east of the Sukari Gold Mine). Vail (1983) assigns an age of 770-660Ma to rocks of the region. The entire sequence has undergone regional metamorphism to mid-upper greenschist facies. 6.1.2. Property geology The Sukari granodiorite outcrop is located in an easterly-dipping sequence of andesite flows, serpentinites and associated volcanoclastic sediments, mainly tuffs and epiclastic rocks. It strikes for 2.3km and is 100m to 600m thick. Drilling to date indicates that the Sukari granodiorite dips toward the east at between 50° and 75°. The western and eastern contacts of the granodiorite are thus regarded as footwall and hanging wall contacts respectively. Granodiorite/wall rock contacts are, in places, vertical or overturned. The geology of the Sukari area is presented in Figure 6.2. Figure 6.2. Geology of the Sukari area. Note: Figure prepared by EDX, 2024. The Nugrus Block, predominately located to the west of the Sukari mining concession hosts similar lithologies and has significant mineral potential. It is bordered by Atud to the north and the Hangaliya and Umm Ud deposits to the south, predominantly within ophiolitic sequences (Figure 6.3). AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 39 Figure 6.3. Geology of the Sukari and Nugrus Block area. Note: Figure prepared by EDX, 2024. The northern part of the block is dominated by a gabbro-diorite complex, while the southern and eastern regions are characterised by granites. A large thrust outlier of mafic- to intermediate calc-alkaline volcanics, mostly andesites, occurs northeast of Sukari. The block also contains metasedimentary rocks, including volcano-siliciclastic and ultramafic units, along with felsic- to intermediate volcanics, which are observed on either side of the Nugrus Block shear zone and in the northwest-trending range of hills west of Sukari. The geology of Nugrus Block includes granitoids and arc-related rocks, commonly hosted within ophiolite mélanges. Carbonate alteration is prevalent throughout the block, indicating significant hydrothermal activity. Mineralisation within the Nugrus Block is primarily constrained to structural high-strain corridors trending east- west and north-south, highlighting the importance of deformation zones in localising gold and associated mineralisation. The original Sukari area was designated by four geographical zones namely the Amun, Ra, Gazelle, and Pharaoh Zones from south to north respectively (Khalil et al., 2015), as shown in Figure 6.4. Figure 6.4. Sukari Hill and geographical zones, viewed from the north-west. Note: Figure sourced from Khalil et al., 2015. Red lines are fault planes. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 40 The initial geological interpretation suggested that the hanging wall sequences comprised a mixture of serpentinite, meta-conglomerate, fine-grained metasediments, minor basalt and granodiorite dykes or sills. Drill hole logging clearly defined the hanging wall sequence as metasediments (i.e., lapilli and ash tuffs). Surface exposures indicated that these rocks were strongly deformed. It is reasonable to assume that the granodiorite dykes in the hanging wall sequence were genetically and temporally related to the main Sukari granodiorite. The footwall sequence was devoid of granodiorite dykes. This potentially indicated that the entire sequence was overturned as it would be reasonable to expect subsidiary or feeder dykes in the footwall of the main intrusion rather than the hanging wall. From 2021, an intensive relogging programme started, covering the entire Sukari deposit on 25m sections. The programme started with seven typical sections (Figure 6.5) on 200–400m centres through the Sukari granodiorite system to obtain a basic framework. Figure 6.5. Map of Sukari geology and original relogging fences. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2021. This was subsequently infilled over a 16 month period with 108 infill sections completed. An example of the results is illustrated by Horus-Section_33-10200N (see Figure 6.6), which was specifically aimed at defining the hanging wall and the footwall geological sequence with different intrusion events, determining the relative age of dykes, determining the geological control of mineralisation and defining potential mineralisation extensions.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 41 Figure 6.6. Geological cross-section - Horus Fence 33, 10200N. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2024. Section looks north. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 42 Figure 6.7 illustrates the stratigraphic column across the Sukari mélange, while Table 6.1 presents a tabulated sequence, listing the youngest units at the top along with their thicknesses as mapped by Cavaney (2004). Although faulting complicates the geological setting, a general stratigraphic framework can still be established for the region. Similar lithological units are also observed at the Nugrus Block. Figure 6.7: Stratigraphic column for Sukari Gold Mine. Note: Figure sourced from Cavaney, 2004. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 43 Table 6.1. Stratigraphic interpretation for Sukari Gold Mine. Note: Figure sourced from Cavaney, 2004. ID: identity; Max: maximum; Av: average; m: metres. 6.2. Deposit descriptions 6.2.1. Geometry The granodiorite host for the mineralisation has a strike length of approximately 2.3km, and ranges in thickness from 100m in the south to approximately 600m in the north. Gold mineralisation is not continuous. Gold deposition was influenced by major long-lived structures, the most important of which are tabular sheets of crackle breccia found on the east and west contacts of the granodiorite hosting >1g/t gold. The high-grade Main Reef and Hapi Reef (Amun Zone) are the major areas of brecciation. The lower grade material (<1g/t Au) found predominantly within the open pit is associated with disseminated sulphides throughout the southern, narrower portion of the granodiorite. The Cleopatra Zone to the north is made up of two extension quartz vein zones (30cm quartz veinlets hosted by granodiorite; 5-20m wide; 350-400m long) dipping shallowly (32°) to the northwest (dip direction: 316°) grading 1-1.5g/t gold with limited migration of gold into AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 44 the country rock. Figure 6.8 illustrates the overall shape and size of the granodiorite host and the geometry of the different ore zones. Figure 6.8. Long section showing the geometry of the granodiorite (pink) system and different ore zones (yellow). Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2025. UG: underground. 6.2.2. Structure The Sukari deposit architecture and gold mineralisation are strongly influenced by two major deformation events (D1 and D2) and two principal periods of fluid flow. The D1 event, associated with subhorizontal east- west shortening, created a major permeability framework that later accommodated the deposition of multiple alteration and veining episodes, including the milky white veins hosting gold mineralisation. The emplacement of the Sukari granodiorite along the contact of the melange and metavolcanoclastic rocks, occurred early during the D1 event. This intrusion resulted in strong strain partitioning and intense strain accumulation at the pluton margins. Following a tectonic hiatus, the D2 event involved subvertical shortening and reactivated the D1 permeability framework. This led to the emplacement of several vein stages, with the final stages of structural development involving a gold-sulphide overprint. The geometries of low-dipping structures, such as the Osiris Fault, can be explained by D2 rotation of early- formed D1 structures (Figure 6.9).

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 45 Figure 6.9. Cross section 10100N (right) and level plan 800mRL (left) highlighting the deposit-scale structural architecture. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2024. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 46 The primary structural features observed in the mine area and displayed in Figure 6.9 are characterised by complex shearing, faulting, folding and structural convergence, which significantly influence gold mineralisation and alteration patterns. A key observation is the shearing along the western contact of the Sukari granodiorite. This shearing is associated with a dominant, north-south trending set of stacked shear zones that are both confined to and proximal to the granodiorite body. Notable structures within this shear set include the Sukari Transfer Fault, the Puggy Shear, and a series of east-dipping Yehia-parallel structures. These shears play a crucial role in controlling mineralisation by facilitating fluid flow and deformation within the host rock. Another significant structural feature is the shallowly west dipping Osiris Fault, which converges with the Akbar Wahid Fault. The Akbar Wahid Fault encircles and displaces the base of the Sukari pluton, defining what is known as the Keel Zone. The interaction between these major fault systems is believed to be integral to the structural evolution of the deposit, influencing both the geometry and distribution of mineralised zones. Kinematic indicators from underground exposures show top block north with a 30° plunge to the north. In addition to these primary structures, several east-west trending transverse faults are present across the mine area. These faults exhibit both north- and south-dipping orientations, show a history of reactivation and are interpreted as pre-mineralisation structures. They play a compartmentalising role by segmenting zones of gold mineralisation and alteration. These transverse faults are associated with D1 deformation events and exhibit north-south directional extension. A distinctive characteristic of these transverse faults is their supergene enrichment and kaolinite-filled fault planes, which indicate post-mineralisation weathering processes. Examples include the Buthanie and KF Fault (Kaolinite Faults), as illustrated in Figure 6.8. These kaolinite-rich zones may also represent pathways for late-stage hydrothermal fluids, further influencing the mineralisation patterns observed at Sukari. 6.2.3. Mineralisation controls Gold mineralisation is structurally controlled, with the southern end of the Sukari granodiorite containing the highest grades. The first-order structural control is steep shear zones found mainly on the contacts of the granodiorite. The second-order control is a shallow angle short shear, parallel to bedding. The third-order control is early east/west trending, north- and south-dipping transverse faults. Gold mineralisation is late and post-dates these structures. The structures were subsequently filled by andesitic dykes or altered to kaolinite. Gold mineralisation is found within quartz veins, breccia, and shears, and hosted within disseminated sulphides and sulphide veinlets within stacked extensional veins. 6.2.4. Vein geometry Quartz veins and veinlets are commonly found intruding the granodiorite and the metavolcano-sedimentary association and form a fissure-filling system. The quartz veinlet thicknesses vary between few millimetres up to 10-20m. Quartz veins are grouped into three sets of orientations: • East-west (older). • Northwest-southeast (younger). • Northeast-southwest. The Main Reef vein strikes 20–30° northeast and dips 25–50° southeast. It attains a thickness of 2.5m at the upper level, and is composed of massive, milky-white quartz with sulphides. In the northeast-southwest directions, the mineralised zones are located along shear fractures paralleling the contact between the metavolcano-sedimentary country rocks and granodiorite. It consists of the main northeast auriferous quartz veins, accompanied by a series of subparallel contiguous veinlets and offshoots forming a vein system. The Sukari Main Reef and Hapi Reef are the most significant mineralised features in the high-grade Amun Zone. The Sukari Main Reef is a 0.2-2m thick quartz reef with massive, laminated, and breccia habit, while the Hapi Reef comprises a zone of stockwork quartz veins and stylolitic quartz, sulphide and sericite veins, as well as through-going laminated and massive quartz reefs. The most conspicuous feature of the mineralised granodiorite is the intensive hydrothermal alteration of the country rocks on both sides of the mineralised veins. Brecciated veins consist of brecciated vein quartz and granodiorite rock fragments or granodiorite fragments in a matrix of vein quartz ±sulphides ±hematite. Shear veins appear to be rare, whilst extensional veins are distinguished by their short strike lengths and normally form stacked arrays between thin linking shears. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 47 The orientation of the shear zones, not the extensional veins, indicates the large-scale direction of continuity of a stacked vein array that is commonly arranged en-echelon. 6.2.5. Sulphides Gold mineralisation is intimately related with sulphides; pyrite is the most abundant sulphide, followed by arsenopyrite. Higher gold grades are associated with increased arsenopyrite concentration. The sulphides, occur as fine grained, subhedral disseminations in altered granodiorite and as blebby sub- to euhedral crystals and finer disseminations in quartz veins, fractures and breccias. Pyrite is found in all the mineralised zones. Arsenopyrite is most common in the zones of higher-grade gold mineralisation, notably in the Main and Hapi Reefs, and breccias. Arsenopyrite is less abundant in the stacked extensional zones and minor quartz veins. Pyrite and arsenopyrite exhibit deformation and even brecciation textures, whilst younger, native gold fills stringers and tiny holes in this deformed pyrite and arsenopyrite. Other sulphides such as galena, chalcopyrite, sphalerite, pyrrhotite have been noted. Sphalerite is sometimes a significant sulphide mineral. Abundant exsolved chalcopyrite bodies are randomly distributed in the sphalerite host. The sphalerite- chalcopyrite association seems to be filling and replacing the older pre-existing pyrite. 6.2.6. Gold Visible gold occurs as anhedral grains in milky-white extensional and breccia quartz veins and as intergrowths with pyrite and arsenopyrite, commonly in narrow shear veins at quartz vein margins and margins to clasts in hydraulic quartz vein breccias. High-purity gold commonly occurs free in quartz and anhydrite veining, on the margins of pyrite and arsenopyrite crystals, and as microfracture fillings. Gold is fine grained and ranges from 1 to 40μm. 6.2.7. Alteration The intrusion-hosting intermediate andesitic volcano-sedimentary rocks have generally been altered to a carbonate (ankerite, calcite)-silica-sericite-chlorite assemblage. The granodiorite itself has undergone varying degrees of alteration, including silicification, sericitisation, carbonatisation, albitisation and more advanced kaolinisation. Sericite and silica are the most prevalent alteration products, closely associated with shears and stockworks. The extent of granodiorite alteration corresponds to the intensity of the extensional veins and their proximity to major shear structures This often manifests as a zonal alteration halo encircling breccia-quartz vein-shears, characterised by a central zone of intense kaolin-sulphide-sericite alteration, transitioning to a sericite-silica ± albite intermediate zone, and further outward to a weaker sericite-silica-carbonate environment. Silica, sericite, and carbonate alterations are pre- to syn-mineralisation, with gold mineralisation spatially associated with phases of silica, kaolin, sericite, and sulphides. Sericite occurs in all granodiorites as well as in shears, as vein selvedge, veins, and blebby masses. Kaolinite alteration occurs along shear and fracture zones such as the Main Reef, but its occurrence is not consistent along these structures. The alteration is distinctly white, clayey to sandy (from resistant quartz grains in clay matrix), hosted in bleached rock, and is associated with strong fine-grained pyrite and elevated gold grades. Poor core recovery is common in these zones. Dissolution textures and vuggy cavities in the granodiorite where acidic fluids have dissolved minerals (mainly carbonates) are common. This indicates a late acidic fluid that has selectively penetrated shears and either deposited gold directly from the fluid, or perhaps remobilised it. 6.3. Deposit types The mineralisation at Sukari exhibits characteristics of an orogenic gold deposit, which generally forms at crustal depths between 3 and 15km and is commonly associated with regional-scale fault zones or shear zones. These deposits originated from metamorphic fluids, derived either from metamorphism of intra-basinal rock sequences or de-volatilization of a subducted sediment wedge. Formation occurs during the transition from a compressional to transpressional stress regime, prior to orogenic collapse (Groves et al., 2018). A conceptual genetic model of the formation of the Sukari gold deposit is shown in Figure 6.10. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 48 Figure 6.10. Conceptual genetic model of the Sukari gold deposit. Note: Figure sourced from Zoheir et al., 2023. The geological concepts being applied, and forming the basis of the exploration programme, centre around the orogenic gold model and the shear-hosted nature of the deposit. The Qualified Person considers that an orogenic gold model is appropriate to guide exploration vectoring. 7. Exploration 7.1. Nature and extent of relevant exploration work Sukari is a producing mine, and exploration is now dominated by drilling. Other exploration methods applied at the mine have included: • Gridding and traversing carried out at 1:10,000 scale. • Mapping at 1:500 scale (Amun Zone) and 1:1,000 scale. • Trenching and channel sampling within cut trenches, undertaken mainly within zones of intense silicification and sulphidisation. Total length of trenching was 1,143m. • Channel sampling from historical underground workings. A total of 982 samples were submitted for analysis. • Auger sampling across two heaps of tailings on a 10m x 10m grid to a maximum depth of 1m. A total of 327 samples were taken for gold analysis. • Rock chip sampling initially on 160m spaced lines with some supplementary infill lines. In addition, dykes, quartz veins and zones of hydrothermal alteration were grab-sampled. Later rock chip sampling was undertaken on 100m spaced lines and samples were approximately 1m to 2m in length.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 49 • Regional sampling and prospecting comprising rock chip and channel sampling at various small mines in the vicinity. • Heavy mineral sampling at various suitable sites in wadis. • Airborne geophysical surveys. Exploration work conducted at the Nugrus Block included: • An initial desktop prospectivity assessment to identify camp-scale targets by analysing historic gold occurrences, regional geology, and the Sukari structural model. o Lithostructural interpretation using Landsat and Sentinel-2 imagery defined ophiolitic- decorated sutures and high-strain mélanges with listvenite beds. o Machine learning successfully identified artisanal mining activity. o Satellite spectral mapping, focused on clay alteration intensity and potassic granitoid signatures, with the deposit which has been call Little Sukari appeared as key anomalies. o A gold source area map and geochemical orientation studies further refined exploration targets, with all findings undergoing ground-truthing. o Geological maps identified ophiolite sequences to the north at Atud and south at Hangaliya and Umm Ud. These were the same rock sequence seen at Sukari. • A bulk leach extractable gold regional screening programme was conducted at a nominal density of one sample per 2km² collected from shallow trenches across wadis. A total of 750 samples were collected with gold analysis performed via bulk leach extractable gold at Bureau Veritas in Perth, Western Australia (Bureau Veritas Perth) and multi-element analysis at ALS Loughrea in Ireland (ALS Loughrea), successfully identifying known areas exceeding 5ppb gold. • Following the bulk leach extractable gold results, soil sampling grids were implemented to fast-track early drill targets, primarily at artisanal mining sites, for potential ore trucking to the Sukari processing plant. Gold, behaving as detrital particles, was sampled in 200 x 50m grids, with 3–5 pits per location at 30cm depth to collect 1kg of -1mm regolith soil. Samples were wet sieved to 150g (-170µm) for gold and portable x-ray fluorescence (pXRF) analysis, with fire assay at ALS Loughrea. A total of 17,500 soil samples were collected. Geologists undertook line mapping and chip sampling, complemented by rock chip grids around artisanal mining areas, and prospect mapping to refine targets. • Geological mapping and ground induced polarisation were conducted at Little Sukari, supported by follow-up drilling. Ongoing geological mapping continues over three prospects in the Atud South (north-west Nugrus Block) area. Detailed relogging and geological frameworks for Little Sukari have been established. 7.1.1. Grids and surveys The Sukari Gold Mine employs two main grid systems, which are: • Local mine grid system (Surpac): as a standard, the mine maintains and keeps all its open pit and underground plans in this local mine grid system. • National Grid System (UTM WGS84 Zone 36N): the Sukari Gold Mine maintains all its surface plans in this grid system. For both underground and surface plans to be submitted to EMRA per statutory requirements, the mine submits them in the UTM WGS84 Zone 36N coordinate system. With reference to figures displaying local grid coordinates the transformation calculation from UTM WGS84 Zone 36N to local grid is outlined in Table 7.1. The relative level remains the same. Table 7.1. Coordinate transformation between UTM WGS84 Zone 36N and the Sukari Local Grid. UTM WGS84 Zone 36N Sukari Local Grid Northing 2759995.158 10000.000 Easting 672647.134 10000.000 Rotation - -21.757374769 Scale - 1.00008715 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 50 For topographic surveys, the mine works in the National Grid System. The mine works within a vertical accuracy of 0.015m and 0.020m for global positioning system (GPS) instrument surveys. For engineering surveys, work is done within higher tolerable accuracies per engineering specification (≤4mm). Activities conducted within the Nugrus Block (mapping, sampling and drilling) also use the national grid system - UTM WGS84 Zone 36N. 7.1.2. Geological mapping The mapping programmes integrate regional-scale gridding and traversing at 1:10,000 with detailed geological studies to define structural and lithological controls on mineralisation. A focused mapping campaign on Sukari Main Hill and Little Sukari (Nugrus Block), conducted at 1:500 and 1:1,000 or 1:2000 scales, refined the geological framework of the deposits, particularly investigating the granodiorite and its surrounding country rocks at a local scale. These country rocks include serpentinites, carbonaceous metasediments, volcaniclastic metasediments, and metasediments within both the hanging wall and footwall domains. Detailed surface mapping identified key features such as quartz veining patterns and alteration halos within the Sukari and Little Sukari granodiorite, linking them to fluid pathways and gold enrichment across the deposit surfaces. Current open pit mapping at Sukari follows a systematic approach, covering all exposed pit walls—north, east, south, and west—at scales of 1:500 and 1:250 in structurally-complex areas. This detailed mapping captures lithological contacts, fault geometries, alteration assemblages, and quartz vein networks. The 1:500 scale mapping enables precise documentation of vein density, orientation, and cross-cutting relationships, which are critical for understanding fluid overprinting and mineralisation timing. Additionally, it identifies alteration halos, including silicification, sericitisation, and sulphidation proximal to veins. Underground mapping (Figure 7.1.) is conducted at 1:500 scale to record in sufficient detail and frequency lithological contacts, fault/shear/brecciated zones, quartz veining, and mineralisation. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 51 Figure 7.1. An example of a geological plan and interpretation showing lithological and structural domains at Sukari. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2021. Amun Level 800mRL mine grid scale – 1:500. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 52 Real-time integration of pit-wall and underground data into 3D geological models enhances the accuracy of resource delineation, particularly in zones beyond the Sukari granodiorite, within both the hanging wall and footwall domains. This process also helps mitigate operational risks where geotechnical concerns exist. These mapping activities ensure continuous refinement of 3D geological and structural models, maintaining a robust understanding of the orebody. Data recorded from mapping are then plotted on 1:500 scale geology plan and incorporated into the geological modelling process. A similar process is being conducted at Little Sukari within the Nugrus Block. Mapping activities are carried out by experienced and qualified geologists. 7.1.3. Geochemical sampling Extensive soil sampling programmes across Sukari and the Nugrus Block have been undertaken since acquiring the licences. A bulk leach extractable gold wadi sediment survey was conducted in 2012, covering the 160km² concession with 226 samples at a density of 1.4 samples/km². The results highlighted known mineralised zones, including Sukari Gold deposit, Quartz Ridge, and Kurdeman, with no significant new anomalies. Rock chip sampling was carried out in phases between 2008–2016, with 4,666 systematic samples (400 x 100m grid) and an additional 41,255 samples from targeted gold prospects. These confirmed known deposits and identified new exploration targets. A soil geochemistry programme between 2021–2023 collected 7,315 samples across 50% of the concession on a 200 x 50m grid, refining drill targets. The 80-mesh fraction proved the most effective for detecting low- level gold anomalies. Combined, this work generated 32 prospects with 14 of these having a length of >400m. Figure 7.2 shows the results of the soil sampling work completed at Sukari.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 53 Figure 7.2. Sukari licence, soil sampling results. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2022. ppm: parts per million. Exploration activities at the Nugrus Block started in Q2 2022 with a bulk leach extractable gold regional screening programme designed to rapidly distinguish between barren and mineralised zones. Sampling was conducted at a density of one sample per 2km². A total of 741 bulk leach extractable gold samples were collected from shallow trenches (30–40cm deep, 10–12m long) across wadi systems. The samples were wet sieved using a nylon mesh, and ultrafine material was separated and dried to produce a 150g fraction, which was then analysed for gold at Bureau Veritas, Perth and for multi-element geochemistry at ALS Loughrea, Ireland. Results from the bulk leach extractable gold programme successfully delineated key mineralised corridors, guiding the next phase of geochemical sampling. Following the bulk leach extractable gold results, a systematic soil sampling programme was conducted on a 200 x 50m grid, targeting key bulk leach extractable gold anomalies and potential drill targets. A total of 18,257 soil samples were collected, focusing on weathered rock environments where gold behaves as detrital particles and accumulates at the base of slopes. Field sampling involved collecting 1kg of -1mm fraction AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 54 material, with further wet sieving to obtain a 150g -170µm (80#) sample for gold analysis (fire assay at ALS, Ireland) and pXRF multi-element testing. This approach provided improved grade discrimination at lower gold concentrations. In parallel, 3,066 rock chip samples were taken from artisanal workings and mapped prospects, further refining exploration models. This extensive geochemical programme identified eight high-priority drill targets, leading to the beginning of the initial drill testing programme in May 2023. The integration of bulk leach extractable gold and soil geochemistry with rock chip mapping successfully highlighted mineralised zones with gold concentrations exceeding 5ppb (Figure 7.3). Figure 7.3. Soil sampling programme at Nugrus Block with drill targets outlined. Note: Figure prepared by EDX, 2024. Green lines show highlight prospective ophiolite sequence; ppb: parts per billion. 7.1.4. Geophysical surveys An airborne geophysical survey, covering the entire 160km2 Sukari mining concession area, was completed during Q2 2022. The heliborne survey combined versatile time-domain electromagnetic, magnetic and radiometric techniques, flown at 100m line spacing. The programme was designed to further the understanding of the geological and structural setting of the Sukari mineralised system itself as well as the numerous gold prospects across the concession area. Figure 7.4 shows the flight lines of the versatile time-domain electromagnetic survey which further defined the arcuate nature of the Sukari mineralised corridor, supporting the soil geochemistry results presented in Figure 7.2. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 55 Figure 7.4. Airborne geophysics flight lines, Sukari licence. Note: Figure prepared by Geotech, 2022. In April 2024, a ground induced polarisation and magnetic survey was conducted along Little Sukari, covering an area of 1.3km x 1.2km. The primary objective of the induced polarisation survey was to delineate zones of high chargeability, potentially indicating the dissemination of sulphides associated with gold mineralisation. The survey identified a significant chargeability anomaly to the southwest of Little Sukari, linked to extensive carbonate-silica alteration resulting from metasomatic processes. In the northern and northwestern parts of the survey area, a high resistivity anomaly was detected, attributed to intense silicification and carbonisation. The induced polarisation survey was conducted using a pole-dipole configuration at 50m x 50m spacing, achieving a depth of investigation between 200 and 250m. The ground magnetic survey, conducted over the same area, proved valuable in identifying key structural features, including faults, folds, and linear ligaments. These structures are significant as they provide important contrasts related to mineralisation within the Little Sukari area. 7.1.5. Petrology, mineralogy, and research studies Several petrological, mineralogical, and research studies were conducted on the Sukari Gold Mine and Nugrus Block. Between 2006 and 2008, Dr. A.I. Arslan and Dr. K.I. Khalil from Alexandria University completed extensive petrological and mineralogical investigations. Earlier studies were conducted between 2000 and 2001 by J.E. Borner from Mintek Services. More recently, AMTEL Ltd. completed deportment studies in 2014, 2016, and 2020, further refining the understanding of Sukari’s mineralogy and gold deportment. While significant research has been conducted by Egyptian universities, with findings published in recognised journals, a PhD study is currently underway at the University of Western Australia’s Centre for Targeting. Supervised by Dr. Steffen Hagemann, this research aims to further advance the understanding of Sukari’s geology and mineralisation, with completion expected in September 2027. Petrographic studies were conducted on all formations defined at Little Sukari within the Nugrus Block to support lithological classification. Nineteen samples were collected from various lithologies, including diorites, granodiorites, mafic dykes, ultramafic serpentinites, and sheared meta-sediments. The study was carried out by EDX geologist Ahmed Yosief, with thin section preparation completed by the University of Cairo. 7.1.6. Exploration potential Exploration at Sukari is currently focussed on defining targets close to existing infrastructure (within 10km), while also continuing to test the depth and strike extents of the known mineralisation (Figure 7.5). AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 56 Figure 7.5. Sukari licence target generation map. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2022. Drilling within the mining concession is focused on identifying satellite deposits with specified tonnage and grade criteria to potentially enhance flexibility in the LOM plan. A total of 18 targets were drill-tested across the concession, with 50% warranting follow-up drilling. Results from six prospects were justified further infill drilling and metallurgical testwork. However, this work did not support the internal tonnage and grade criteria for additional studies, and no additional work is planned for these six areas. Systematic exploration across the Nugrus Block has revealed strong potential for gold mineralisation. Initial work, including satellite imagery interpretation, mineral mapping, mapping of artisanal mining sites, geological mapping, bulk leach extractable gold sampling, and soil geochemistry, collectively defined eight priority drill targets within the Nugrus Block. Given its proximity to the Sukari mining concession, the Nugrus Block was prioritised for exploration in Q2 2022. There is potential to use Sukari processing infrastructure, subject to agreement with EMRA, to process any mineralisation discovered in the area.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 57 Little Sukari is situated roughly 28km west of the Sukari Gold Mine and was tested by two drilling campaigns (RC and DD) completed in 2023 and 2024. Located 5km southeast of Little Sukari, the Umm Majal prospect hosts gold mineralisation within an altered granitoid, distinct from the host rocks at Little Sukari but still occurring within a similar ophiolitic mélange sequence. Mineralisation extends over a 200–250m strike length, with mineralised zones up to 20m wide. Initial shallow drilling confirmed gold mineralisation to depths of 30-40m below surface, with the mineralisation remaining open down dip. 7.1.7. Near-mine surface exploration A map showing the principal near-mine prospects at Sukari is shown in Figure 7.6. Figure 7.6. Worked prospects within the Sukari concession. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2024. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 58 7.2. Drilling Sukari Gold Mine uses a combination of RC and DD. At Sukari, drilling started in April 1997 and is ongoing at the Report current date. Current at 31st December, 2025, the Sukari drill hole database comprised 100,719 drill holes for 4,697,582m of drilling. No historic drilling has been recorded prior to drilling undertaken by Sukari Gold Mine. A summary of drilling by type and year for Sukari is provided in Table 7.2. Table 7.2. Sukari drilling summary current at 31 December 2025. Year Diamond drill Reverse circulation RC Collar + DD Tail Holes Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres 1997 59 8,694 - - - - 1998 56 7,675 - - - - 1999 54 6,122 - - - - 2000 31 4,340 - - - - 2001 57 8,189 - - - - 2002 54 12,586 21 2,380 10 3,396 2003 29 8,046 6,957 245,391 - - 2004 395 9,778 6 185 - - 2005 83 16,926 9 1,086 58 21,992 2006 74 13,656 60 6,729 214 74,463 2007 116 31,807 668 51,504 55 22,939 2008 133 52,766 712 16,104 9 4,283 2009 116 56,674 6,618 111,475 - - 2010 137 67,051 6,940 145,269 - - 2011 390 73,965 6,622 131,920 - - 2012 363 74,406 4,806 122,477 - - 2013 452 77,654 6,263 219,344 1 521 2014 618 77,273 3,109 130,506 - - 2015 733 78,456 3,255 121,007 - - 2016 619 76,290 2,611 121,259 - - 2017 571 75,854 4,198 184,659 - - 2018 513 74,939 5,779 222,541 - - 2019 870 88,445 4,616 170,946 1 174 2020 327 79,056 4,702 162,044 - - 2021 399 96,082 3,899 151,696 - - 2022 372 70,123 3,919 150,758 1 155 2023 623 100,474 5,776 215,560 10 754 2024 706 102,203 6,707 242,725 - - 2025 503 71,227.3 3654 169,502.5 - - Total 9,453 1,520,757.3 91907 3,097,067.5 359 128,677 Note: RC: reverse circulation; DD: diamond drilling. Figure 7.7 displays all the types of surface drilling that has been performed since 1997. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 59 Figure 7.7. Sukari drill hole plan. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2025. Drilling at the Nugrus Block began in Q3 2023 with two phases completed. No drilling was undertaken in 2025. A summary of drilling by type and year for the Nugrus Block is provided in Table 7.3. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 60 Table 7.3. Nugrus Block drilling summary current at 31 December 2025. Year Prospect Diamond drill Reverse circulation RC Collar + DD Tail Holes Metres Holes Metres Holes Metres 2023 Wadi Kiribi - - 24 3,361 - - Jebel Rabdi - - 16 1,943 - - Ambaud South - - 9 1,380 - - Ambaud North - - 8 1,137 - - Little Sukari - - 29 4,793 - - Umm Majal - - 12 870 - - Wadi Marwah - - 13 1,710 - - Umm Shaw - - 7 1,022 - - 2024 Little Sukari 22 5,744 42 11,622 17 7,152 Total 22 5,744 160 27,838 17 7,152 Note: RC: reverse circulation; DD: diamond drilling. The drill hole plan for Nugrus Block is shown in Figure 7.8. Figure 7.8. Nugrus Block drill hole plan. Note: Figure prepared by EDX, 2024. 7.2.1. Drilling techniques and spacing Drill contractors up to the Report’s effective date have included Barminco Australia, Capital Drilling, and Geodrill.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 61 Drilling operations were completed by a range of DD, multi-purpose, and RC drill rigs. Programmes have mainly been executed using Atlas Copco (252, 262, CS14, CS3001, CS1000), Boart Longyear (LM90, LMP850), Epiroc (Explorac 235 and 100) and Newland Erubus (MCR) rigs. Most of the underground core was NQ2 (47.6mm core diameter) size and orientated using a Reflex EZ-Trac digital core orientation tool. The DD hole core size used for surface exploration is HQ (61.1mm core diameter) and NQ2. Exploration RC holes were drilled using 114mm diameter rods with a 140mm (5.5”) face‐sampling bit and 146 casing bits. 2025 grade control RC holes were drilled using 146 mm diameter rods with a 5.5-inch face‐ sampling bit. A drill spacing of 48mE x 72mN is used for the open pit, and a spacing of 50mE x 100mN is used for surface and underground exploration. Drill coverage extends to approximately 1500m below surface at Sukari and 200m at satellite prospects. Drilling is orientated to ensure that drill intersections are as close to perpendicular with mineralisation as technically possible. In the open pit, drilling is oriented east-west perpendicular to mineralisation strike, whilst the drill hole dip is steep to sub-vertical (except at the edges of the pit). The underground drilling is mostly fan drilling, with the majority orientated east to west and drilled over a broad range of hole dips. 7.2.2. Logging DD core is geologically logged and includes weathering, veining, mineralisation, alteration, lithology, and structure onto paper logging templates. The paper logs are transcribed into the central database using a digital data entry template after verification. Tablets were introduced in 2022 for logging. The core is photographed both wet and dry before sampling. RC chip samples are logged with the same lithological, weathering, veining, mineralogical, and alteration information as DD core. 7.2.3. Recovery Drill sample recovery is captured for both DD and RC drilling. Core recovery (by length) is measured during logging, with core loss marked out clearly. RC sample recovery is measured by weighing the total weight of sample collected over the sample interval drilled and compared to the theoretical weight for each lithological unit and weathering type. A 2015 review of all prior drilling of the Sukari deposit showed average core recovery of 94.7% and RC recovery of 86%. More recent checks of 2025 data found average core recovery of 99% and RC recovery of 88%. Whilst there are intervals of low recovery, no correlation exists between gold grade and drill sample recovery for either drilling type. No drilling, sampling, or recovery factors have been applied to the Sukari drill hole data. 7.2.4. Collar surveys Surface collar location is measured with high accuracy Trimble GPS with an accuracy of 10mm. Underground drill collars are surveyed using a Leica total station instrument. 7.2.5. Downhole surveys Downhole survey is carried out using both Reflex EZ-Trac and conventional gyroscopic instruments. The downhole survey is ranked in terms of priority where the gyroscopic results are the top priority, and the design directions are the bottom priority. Downhole survey equipment is checked weekly in a designated testing frame, calibrated annually, and checked every quarter by qualified technicians from the supplier. Coordinate system conversion is automated within the drill hole database. 7.2.6. Condemnation, geotechnical and hydrogeological drilling Detailed geotechnical logging is performed on holes drilled specifically for geotechnical assessment as required for projects, however the Mineral Resource DD holes still capture some geo-mechanical parameters AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 62 such as rock quality designation and fracture frequency for each logged metre. Refer to Chapter 7.4. for more detail on geotechnical testing and analysis. Hydrogeological drilling focuses on installing piezometers around the operation to monitor water and particle movement, as well as depressurisation holes to control water accumulation behind the pit walls. Several regional structures influence the hydrogeological characteristics, leading to the compartmentalisation of groundwater within the wall rocks. Refer to Chapter 7.3. for more detail on hydrogeological sampling methods and results. Sterilisation drilling is carried out within the operation to assess areas designated for infrastructure. This includes drilling in the processing and TSF areas before and during operations for TSF #2, the solar farm, and, more recently, the northern Dump Leach 3 area (Figure 7.9). Figure 7.9. Sterilisation drill holes within the planned Dump Leach 3 area. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2024. Sterilisation drilling at the Dump Leach 3 footprint area was conducted to assess the suitability of the site for infrastructure development. The area is situated in low-lying terrain between the eastern contact of the ophiolitic mélange and the Arc prospect to the east, with the northern dump located to the west. Arc is a historical exploration prospect situated approximately 1.7 km northeast of the Sukari open pit, bounded to the west by the northern waste dump. Lithological mapping indicates that the region is primarily composed of mélange-related graphite schists, which host isolated rootless boudins of gabbro and serpentinite, along with recent wadi deposits. Structurally, the dominant trends include north-northeast-trending transpressional shear zones, which reflect the flow of the mélange, as well as more recent extensional deformation features associated with the relaxation of the system. Drilling activities were carried out in two phases. The first phase, conducted in 2018, focused on sterilising the solar panel option and involved the drilling of 32 RC boreholes, totalling 1,310m. These holes overlapped with the Dump Leach 3 footprint and encountered small boudins of mafic and serpentinite within a background of metasediments and graphite schists. The second phase, completed in 2024, included three RC boreholes with a total drilled depth of 300m. This phase encountered similar lithological units as the first phase, along with clasts of listvenites and granites likely derived from the proximal Arc prospect units. Both drilling phases confirmed the absence of economically significant mineralisation, confirming that the area is suitable for infrastructure development. 7.2.7. Metallurgical drilling Annual geometallurgical testwork is conducted to mitigate risks associated with future optimal ore extraction over the LOM from stoping and end of period surfaces across the orebody, adopting a long-term predictive AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 63 approach. A comprehensive geometallurgical testwork gap analysis is carried out over the LOM to identify key focus areas for the next 12 months, ensuring adequate spatial coverage of various geometallurgical variables, including recoveries, multi-element analysis, comminution test variables, and gold deportment studies. As part of the annual geometallurgical test framework, at least 10 samples from both underground and open pit areas are analysed each month. The expansion of mills and increased throughput occasionally necessitate additional advanced tests, such as comminution testing, with the most recent conducted in 2024 in no-depletion areas. These tests, which include cores, chips, and stope samples, are spatially referenced, and their results are incorporated into the Mineral Resource model. The process also includes short-term geometallurgical testwork on stockpiles to predict feed responses. Additionally, the metallurgical laboratory periodically conducts production metallurgical testwork on the most plausible blending scenarios over a defined feed period. Plant feed samples, collected after the mill circuit for better representation, are used alongside ROM stockpile samples provided by the geologists for plant simulation tests as part of an ongoing optimisation process. 7.2.8. Grade control drilling Grade control drilling is used to refine production boundaries and support advanced resource development. The programme is designed to provide high-resolution geological and grade data necessary for short-term mine planning and resource estimation. The drill spacing and methodology are optimised based on the deposit's continuity and the specific mining environment: • Open pit RC: Standard production definition is performed via RC drilling on a 6mE x 8mN or 8mE x 12mN grid. For broader geological definition and early-stage planning, a expanded spacing of 24mE x 36mN is used. • Underground RC: High-density definition for active stoping areas is conducted using RC drilling at a 10m x 10m spacing. • Underground DD: To achieve higher geological confidence and structural detail, diamond core drilling is conducted at spacings of 10mE x 20mN to 10mE x 25mN. Regional or broader geological definition underground is maintained at a 25mE x 50mN spacing. 7.2.9. Drill hole spacing The details of the average drill hole spacing and type of drilling in relation to the Mineral Resource classification, is summarised in Table 7.4. Table 7.4. Drill hole spacing and drill hole type in relation to Mineral Resource classification. Category Spacing (metres) Type of drilling Diamond Reverse circulation Measured 15x25 30x30 Yes Yes Indicated 25x50 45x45 Yes Yes Inferred 50x80 60x60 Yes Yes Grade/ore control 10x10 10x20 8x12 Yes Yes 7.2.10. Sample length/true thickness The reported drill intercepts represent apparent thicknesses. The mineralisation exhibits varying dips and orientations but predominantly features a steep north-south strike. Drill holes are generally designed to intersect the mineralisation at 90° where possible. The relationship between sample length and true thickness is well-constrained to approximate, depending on drill site availability and mineralisation orientation. True thickness is estimated to range between 65% and 75% of the drilled length. Drill hole planning considers the orebody geometry to maximise perpendicular intersections. However, underground drilling is often constrained by site availability, leading to a "fan" drilling approach that may not always achieve optimal intersections. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 64 All drill holes are surveyed, ensuring intersection angles are known, and true widths can be estimated accordingly. The actual true width depends on the inclination and direction of the hole at the point of intersection with the mineralised zone. 7.2.11. Results In the opinion of the Qualified Person, the quantity and quality of the logged geological and geotechnical data, collar and downhole survey data collected in the exploration and infill drill programmes on the mine are sufficient to support Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation and mine planning for the following reasons: • Drilling procedures, core and RC logging meets industry standards for gold exploration. • Collar surveys have been performed using industry standard instrumentation. • Downhole surveys were collected at the time of the programmes using industry standard instrumentation. • Recovery data from core and RC drill programmes are acceptable. • Drill orientations are appropriate for the mineralisation style and are optimal for the orientation of the mineralisation for the bulk of the deposit area. • Drilling intervals have been regularly spaced and considered adequate and representative of the deposits. Drilling was not specifically targeted to the high-grade portions of the deposits, rather a relatively consistent drill spacing was completed. No material factors were identified with the data collection from the drill programmes that could affect Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve estimation. 7.3. Hydrogeology 7.3.1. Nature and quality of sampling methods Hydrogeological drilling at Sukari is designed to install piezometers for monitoring water and particle movement, as well as depressurisation holes to control water accumulation behind pit walls. The drilling programme follows industry-standard hydrogeological techniques, ensuring representative sampling of groundwater conditions. Sampling is conducted at varying depths, with piezometers placed at strategic locations to track changes in water pressure and flow over time. The collected samples are analysed for water quality, hydrochemical properties, and potential contaminants, ensuring a comprehensive understanding of groundwater behaviour. In addition, hydrogeological core samples are extracted and logged to evaluate lithological and structural controls on groundwater flow. The core samples are assessed for permeability, porosity, and fracture density, providing essential data for the mine’s dewatering strategy. Field observations, including water strike levels and inflow rates, are systematically recorded to correlate with laboratory results and numerical models. 7.3.2. Type and appropriateness of laboratory techniques A range of laboratory techniques are employed to analyse rock and groundwater properties, ensuring that data meets the required accuracy and precision for geotechnical and hydrogeological modelling. Key laboratory tests include: • Hydraulic conductivity testing: conducted on selected core samples using permeameters to measure fluid movement through rock units, essential for assessing dewatering potential. • Pore pressure monitoring: utilises vibrating wire piezometers to track pressure variations within pit walls and underground workings, allowing for real-time stability assessment. • Geochemical analysis: water samples undergo laboratory testing for pH, total dissolved solids, major cations and anions, and trace elements, helping determine water-rock interaction and potential contamination. • Rock strength testing: since 2006, extensive mechanical testing has been conducted, including: o 765 uniaxial compressive strength tests to determine rock integrity. o 499 tensile strength tests to assess material response to stress. o 712 modulus tests to evaluate rock elasticity and deformation behaviour.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 65 o 509 triaxial tests to establish shear strength parameters under varying confinement conditions. o 128 direct shear tests to obtain the cohesion and friction angle of certain structures These tests provide reliable input data for geotechnical stability analysis, supporting slope design and mine planning in accordance with the Read and Stacey guidelines. 7.3.3. Results Hydrogeological studies confirm that the wall rocks exhibit low permeability, with groundwater compartmentalised by regional structural features such as the Sukari thrust, Puggy shear, and major fault zones. Groundwater recharge occurs episodically through wadi sediments, with minor seepage observed along faults and geological contacts. Despite the presence of underground workings beneath the open pit, no significant drawdown has been recorded in the pit walls due to the impermeable nature of the host rock. The geotechnical analysis indicates that intact rock strength varies between 32MPa (graphite schist) and 85MPa (granodiorite), reflecting the diverse lithological units present. Numerical modelling, incorporating both static and dynamic conditions, confirms that pit slope stability remains within acceptable factors of safety. However, localised zones with high pore-water pressure, particularly in structural features like the Sukari thrust and Puggy shear zones, may require targeted depressurisation using horizontal drill holes extending up to 150m behind the pit walls. Groundwater inflows to the open pit and underground workings remain low, generally <5L/s and <2L/s respectively, as reported by SRK (2022). These inflows are effectively managed using sump collection and localised dewatering. The findings suggest that while the hydraulic gradient between bedrock groundwater and the pit base exists, connectivity remains limited due to structural compartmentalisation. Continued monitoring via installed piezometers will ensure that hydrogeological models remain updated, guiding future depressurisation efforts and slope design modifications as mining progresses. 7.3.4. Qualified Person(s) interpretation The hydrogeological investigations at Sukari confirm that groundwater flow is largely controlled by regional structural features, with limited permeability in the wall rocks leading to compartmentalisation of groundwater. Episodic recharge through wadi sediments contributes to localised inflows, but overall groundwater inflow rates remain low (<5L/s in the open pit and <2L/s in the underground workings). Laboratory analyses of rock strength and permeability indicate that pit slope stability is within acceptable safety factors, though localised zones of elevated pore-water pressure, particularly within shear zones, may require targeted depressurisation through horizontal drilling. The numerical modelling results align with field observations, supporting the continued use of dewatering infrastructure and piezometer monitoring to refine hydrogeological models. Based on current data, no significant impact from underground workings on pit wall draw-down has been observed, and seepage inflows remain manageable within existing sump storage capacity. Ongoing monitoring will be essential to assess any changes as mining progresses, ensuring proactive adjustments to dewatering and slope stability management strategies. 7.4. Geotechnical testing and analysis 7.4.1. Nature and quality of sampling methods The sampling methods for both underground and open pit mining at Sukari Gold Mine are comprehensive and adhere to industry best practices. In the open pit, DD was conducted with 12 geotechnical holes totalling 3,660m from 2024 to 2025. Rock mass classification follows the RMR89, GSI, and Q-prime systems, with core samples sent to a Cairo laboratory for uniaxial compressive strength, Poisson’s ratio, Young’s modulus, unit weight, and triaxial testing. Geotechnical monitoring involves prisms, Interferometric Synthetic Aperture Radar, mine survey radars, sloughmeters, and time-domain reflectometers to detect ground movement and void propagation. Hydrogeological assessments show low permeability rock with compartmentalised groundwater influenced by geological structures, with depressurisation drilling in the southwest to manage seepage. Post-blast inspections ensure pit wall integrity, while 2D and 3D limit equilibrium stability analyses help in risk mitigation. For the underground mine, the 2025 drilling programme included 762 DD holes, covering 90,120m, with >50 geotechnical drill holes specifically targeting structural zones such as Puggy Shear and Buthinae Fault. Additionally, 1,549m were logged from the grade control drilling programme for Bast underground, and used AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 66 for advanced development design approval. Advance geotechnical DD is used to cover proposed development infrastructure and stopes in the underground, to improve the robustness of the mine planning process. A total of 13,500m of drilling is planned for Ptah and Ptah-keel, and 4,650m is planned for Bast. Rock mass characterisation follows rock mass rating of RMR89, geological strength index, and Q-prime systems, with extensive core logging and mapping. Ground control methods include a combination of friction bolts, Kinloc bolts, dynamic bolts, mesh, fibrecrete, and Osro straps, with additional spiling and shotcrete arch ribs in weak zones. Numerical modelling using RS3 and Map3D software assesses stress distribution, with major principal stress analysis identifying areas of potential strain bursts. Hydrogeological monitoring includes vibrating wire piezometers and micro-seismic systems, and the paste backfill system helps mitigate void migration risks. Overall, the sampling methods at Sukari are rigorous and data-driven, ensuring robust geotechnical design, stability assessments, and risk mitigation. The integration of advanced monitoring, laboratory testing, and numerical modelling supports both short-term operational safety and long-term mine planning. 7.4.2. Type and appropriateness of laboratory techniques Laboratory testing for both open pit and underground geotechnical investigations at Sukari Gold Mine follows industry-standard methodologies to characterise rock mass properties. Core samples are collected from DD and sent to a Cairo-based laboratory for uniaxial compressive strength, Poisson’s ratio, Young’s modulus, unit weight, and triaxial strength testing. Uniaxial compressive strength testing provides direct strength measurements, while triaxial tests determine shear strength parameters under different confinement conditions, aiding in rock mass stability assessments. Point load tests are used as a rapid method to assess rock strength, particularly for weak zones such as shear-hosted mineralisation. Additionally, acoustic televiewer logging allows for high-resolution structural analysis, improving the accuracy of geotechnical domain modelling. These techniques are appropriate for assessing both competent and weak rock formations, with triaxial and uniaxial compressive strength tests particularly crucial for determining pit slope and underground pillar stability. In situ stress measurement testing using the over coring method (CSIRO HI Cell) for three testing sites underground at Sukari was conducted in July 2025 for the underground to validate previous stress studies. Findings will be incorporated into the 2026 LOM numerical modelling. All the tests conducted are appropriate for gathering geotechnical data which in turn will aid into rock mass classification, potential failure mode prediction, geotechnical domaining, geotechnical designs and numerical modelling. 7.4.3. Results The laboratory results confirm variable rock mass quality across both the open pit and underground operations. High-strength units, such as granodiorite and gabbro, show uniaxial compressive strength values exceeding 100MPa, with moderate deformation characteristics. In contrast, shear zones, serpentinite, and black shale units exhibit significantly lower uniaxial compressive strength values, often below 40MPa, with higher deformability and fracture persistence. Young’s modulus values vary according to rock type, with competent units such as porphyry displaying higher stiffness, while weathered sediments and altered zones show lower modulus values indicative of weaker ground conditions. Hydrogeological assessments indicate low overall permeability, with some localised water ingress associated with faults and shear zones, particularly in the southwest pit wall and some underground stope abutments. Numerical modelling results, incorporating laboratory test data, highlight localised zones of potential failure in faulted or highly altered rock domains, guiding ground support and depressurisation strategies. 7.4.4. Qualified Person(s) interpretation The geotechnical and geomechanical assessment indicates that the Sukari deposit consists of a mix of high- strength competent rock and structurally complex weaker zones, requiring a multi-faceted ground control strategy. The Qualified Person interprets the results as confirming the feasibility of current pit and underground designs, provided adequate ground support and depressurisation measures are maintained. The stronger rock units allow for steep inter-ramp and overall slope angles, but localised support measures are necessary in faulted or low-strength units. In the underground mine, stress modelling results indicate manageable stress conditions, but areas near major geological structures (e.g., Puggy Shear and Osiris AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 67 Fault) require enhanced support, including cable bolting and reinforced shotcrete. The integration of laboratory test results, in situ monitoring, and numerical modelling provides a robust geotechnical framework, supporting safe and efficient mining while mitigating risks associated with slope instability, underground stress redistribution, and void migration. 8. Sample preparation, analyses and security Diamond and RC drilling are the primary sampling methods that provide the data for the Mineral Resource estimates. Underground face sampling is also used for modelling of geological contacts and grade interpolation. Other samples such as surface grab, channel, and soil samples are collected in the early stages of exploration to assess prospectivity but are excluded from use in Mineral Resource estimation. 8.1. Sampling methods 8.1.1. Diamond drill core Drill core is placed into core boxes marked with hole ID, sequence numbering and depth interval. DD core is used for both exploration and grade control in the underground Mine. The core is cut in half using an Almonte automatic core saw. Half core samples are taken within geological units and are normally between 0.8m and 1.2m long. Half core is submitted for assay analysis whilst the other half is either submitted as a field duplicate (5% of samples) or stored for future reference. 8.1.2. RC chips All RC samples are collected through a static cone splitter attached to the cyclone. Approximately 7% of the total sample interval is split into a calico bag. The remaining bulk sample is collected and stored in large plastic bags. RC sample length varies between drill programmes including: • Exploration RC drilling with 1m intervals. • Grade control samples with 1.5m intervals (underground). • Grade control samples with 2.5m intervals (open pit). All RC drilling was carried out using face sampling hammers and rigs with large air capacity and pressure, to effectively flush samples from the hole face through the rod string and hoses. Prior to drilling and sampling each metre, the driller is instructed to clean the sample system by lifting off the bottom of hole and blowing back through the rods and cyclone to clear all sample from the previous metre. This is undertaken to minimise any potential downhole contamination. The same processes are used by EDX. 8.2. Density determinations A total of approximately 92,000 dry bulk density measurements was collected from DD core (the majority) and grab samples up to December 2025. This dataset provides good spatial coverage across the deposit and is considered representative of the range of lithologies present. To ensure the maximum integrity of the measured data, two types of certified density and weight materials are used as QA/QC standards. QA/QC samples are inserted at a rate of one in every ten samples, alternately, to monitor and validate analytical accuracy. Density samples are taken every 3m along the diamond core, with each sample tested three times to ensure accuracy, and the average value recorded. Fresh rock density measurements range from 2.00 to 3.31t/m³. Granodiorite, which hosts the majority of the gold mineralisation, has an average density of 2.76t/m³. These density values are then assigned to the block model for tonnage and ounce calculations. The same process is used by EDX. 8.3. Sample retention DD half-core samples are permanently retained and securely stored in the core farm. RC chip trays and pulp reject samples from the onsite laboratory are kept in sea containers or on covered pallets in the core yard. These storage facilities are located adjacent to the maintenance workshop, within the operational grounds, which are under 24/7 security. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 68 8.4. Laboratories All samples (including exploration samples) are analysed by the Sukari laboratory based at Sukari Gold Mine. The onsite laboratory is accredited with ISO/IEC 17025:2017 for general requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories. The ALS Loughrea is used as an umpire laboratory, with 5% of all samples sent to ALS on a quarterly basis for check analysis. ALS Loughrea is accredited by the Irish National Accreditation Board to undertake testing as detailed in the scope bearing the registration number 173T, in conformity with ISO/IEC 17025:2017. ALS Loughrea is independent of AngloGold Ashanti. In addition to the onsite laboratory, Sukari Gold Mine has started submitting samples to MSA Laboratories (MSALABS in Marsa Alam, Egypt). MSALABS provides internationally recognised geochemical analytical services to the exploration and mining industry and has achieved ISO 9001:2015 certification. MSALABS Egypt has been formally accredited for the determination of gold concentrations in rock and soil samples in accordance with ISO/IEC 17025:2017. EDX uses ALS Marsa Alam and ALS Loughrea for all exploration sample preparation and analysis respectively. 8.5. Sample preparation Samples are bagged, sealed, numbered, and delivered to the onsite laboratory from the Sukari Gold Mine core storage facility in the case of DD samples and from the pit area in the case of RC grade control samples. A hard copy sample submission form accompanies each sample batch, and a digital copy is emailed to the laboratory. Upon receipt at the onsite laboratory, the submission is sorted and checked against the sample submission form. Any discrepancies, including missing or additional samples, are immediately communicated to the core shed geologists and the database specialist. Pulp reject samples are catalogued and stored in a dedicated container in the core yard area. These samples are retained for re-assay or umpire laboratory checks until a given area is mined out. Umpire laboratory check samples are analysed outside the mine site at MSALABS. Sukari staff and security deliver the pulp samples to ALS Marsa Alam. This facility then forwards the samples to ALS Loughrea. A duplicate of the pulp sample is sent to EMRA and kept for reference. ALS Marsa Alam organises approvals to dispatch the samples outside the country for analysis. The sample preparation procedure conducted by the Sukari laboratory involves drying, crushing to 2mm (for DD and face samples only), splitting of a 1kg sub-sample, which is then pulverised to 90% passing 75µm. 8.6. Analytical methods Various analytical methods have been employed, including those outlined in Table 8.1. Table 8.1. Analytical methods used. Technique Laboratory Analytical method Comment 1. Soils ALS Loughrea Au-ICP22 Au 50g FA ICP-AES finish; ME using pXRF Since 2021 2. Rock chip SGM site laboratory FA 30g; ME using pXRF 3. Trenching, and SGM site laboratory FA 30g 4. Exploration drilling at Sukari. SGM site laboratory/ALS Loughrea SGM Lab: FA 30g - ALS Lab: Au-ICP22 Au 50g FA ICP-AES finish; ME using pXRF ALS laboratory was used between 2021 and H1 2022. Otherwise, all the analysis was completed at the SGM site laboratory. Note: SGM: Sukari Gold Mine; Au: gold; FA: fire assay; ICP-AES: inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometry; ME: multi element; pXRF: portable x-ray fluorescence; ICP: inductively coupled plasma. Samples were typically delivered to the ALS facility in Marsa Alam (ALS Marsa Alam; e.g., EDX samples) before the pulp samples were shipped to ALS Loughrea for analysis.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 69 8.6.1. Soil samples No sample preparation was conducted at ALS Marsa Alam. Once shipped to Ireland, the soil samples underwent the ROL-21 Manual Sheet Rolling process before analysis using Au-ICP22: gold 50g FA ICP-AES finish. 8.6.2. RC drilling samples Sample preparation for RC drilling was carried out at ALS Marsa Alam using the following protocol: • PREP-31B – Crushing, splitting, and pulverising a 1kg sample. • PREP-31B Weight charge – reconfirmation of sample weight before further processing. • SPLIT-Z – Splitting the pulp into two portions: o One for EMRA. o One for Sukari Gold Mine. • SPLIT-Zd – Duplicate pulp split for additional send-out. • After shipment to Ireland, the following steps were performed before analysis: o ROL-21 Manual Sheet Rolling. o Au-ICP22: gold 50g FA ICP-AES finish. If visible gold nuggets were observed, ALS Loughrea conducted further analysis using Au-GRA22: gold 50g FA-GRAV finish. 8.7. Database Geological logging data, including weathering, veining, mineralisation, alteration, lithology, and structural observations, are initially recorded on paper templates during drilling. These data are then captured and directly uploaded into the Datamine Fusion database, which operates as a relational system and incorporates all key datasets and associated metadata. Validation mechanisms are embedded within the data management system to maintain accuracy, completeness, and integrity. Automatic checks flag anomalies or outliers, prompting immediate review by the logging geologist. An additional layer of verification is performed by the on-site database administrator before data are authorised for modelling and estimation. To maintain data security, the Fusion database operates within Sukari’s secured server infrastructure, employing stringent cybersecurity protocols to prevent unauthorised access. Access control measures with passwords are strictly enforced, with only authorised personnel at different levels able to modify and or extract data, preserving data integrity and security. The entire database is backed up daily and stored on the Sukari Gold Mine server, which is also backed up weekly, ensuring backup and recovery capabilities that protect against data loss in the event of system failures or other disruptions. Data extraction from Fusion for modelling and estimation is enabled through open database connectivity (ODBC) connections, allowing seamless integration with geological modelling software. This direct data connection eliminates the need for manual data handling, thereby minimising errors and ensuring that the most up-to-date data is used in Mineral Resource modelling. At Sukari Gold Mine, a robust system of validation, security, and integrity checks ensures that the geological database supports accurate Mineral Resource estimation, reliable decision-making, and optimal operational outcomes. The ODBC connection is linked to structured query language (SQL) views, which function as virtual tables based on the result set of SQL queries. Unlike physical tables, views do not store data but dynamically retrieve it from underlying tables when queried. Views serve multiple purposes, including simplifying complex queries, enhancing data security, providing data abstraction, and ensuring consistency. By using views, direct access to physical tables is restricted, safeguarding the database from unauthorised modifications and unintended errors. This approach aligns with our data security policies and helps maintain the integrity of the database. Data collected by EDX is currently stored in Excel with the expectation to move to a database format in 2025. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 70 8.8. Quality assurance and quality control (QA/QC) The QA/QC programme follows industry standard practices for Mineral Resource estimation, ensuring the reliability of assay data and laboratory analyses. This programme includes the routine submission of certified reference materials (CRMs), pulp and coarse blanks and pulp and coarse duplicates at regular intervals for both DD and RC drilling to monitor assay accuracy, precision, and contamination. The pulp CRMs used were sourced from ORE Research and Exploration Pty Ltd (OREAS). Multiple CRM samples were inserted into the sample batches to cover a wide range of gold grades (<0.01g/t to 15.70g/t Au). Each QC type is inserted at a rate of approximately one in 20 (5%) for both grade control and exploration samples. This level of insertion is considered adequate to comprehensively test for assay accuracy, precision, and contamination both in DD and RC drilling and is consistent with industry best practices. The results are analysed by the database and QA/QC specialist as received and are compiled into a monthly report. Re-assay is requested for failed samples. The accepted range for the CRMs is the expected value of ±2 standard deviations. The expected value and standard deviations are as per the product certificate. It is expected that, if the laboratory is performing well, <5% of submitted CRMs will be outside of the two standard deviation limits. For samples submitted 2025, overall, CRM performance was considered acceptable, with 90% of results falling within ±2 standard deviations of the certified value and 97% within ±3 standard deviations. However, these results do not fully meet the applied performance criteria of 95% within ±2 standard deviations and 99.7% within ±3 standard deviations, indicating that while analytical quality is generally satisfactory, further improvement is required to consistently achieve best-practice standards. In-house coarse blanks are sourced from barren gabbro and serpentine aggregate from the Sukari concession (GBLANK). Pulp blanks from OREAS (OREAS 23b – STD011) were also used. Expected gold values for all blanks are below the analytical detection limit (i.e. <0.01g/t Au). In 2025, blank performance was considered good, with 92.19% of results for the in-house gabbro blank falling within ±2 standard deviations and 98.57% within ±3 standard deviations. In addition, the CRM blank (OREAS 23b) returned 100% of results within both ±2 and ±3 standard deviations, indicating effective control of sample contamination. Pulp and coarse duplicates were inserted and compared with the original assay to measure assay precision and bias. For pulps, 100% of the duplicate pairs measured an imprecision of <20% (as measured by a half absolute relative difference (HARD) analysis). For coarse duplicates, 100% of the pulp duplicate pairs measured an imprecision of <25% HARD. Both are within the limits set given the nature and style of mineralisation at the Sukari Gold Mine. Overall, these results show that the onsite laboratory is achieving good accuracy and precision, and that no significant contamination is occurring. This QA/QC programme is run in addition to the routine QC insertions and monitoring undertaken in-house by the laboratory. The results for the QA/QC samples are frequently analysed, with any discrepancies dealt with in conjunction with the laboratory prior to the analytical data being imported into the database. QA/QC records are available for samples collected since 2010. External quality control is maintained by submitting 5% of total assays to referee laboratories; this workload is split between ALS Loughrea and MSALABS for an independent check analysis. Similar to the process followed for the onsite assay laboratory, CRMs, and blanks are inserted at regular intervals into the sample stream at a rate of about one in 20. In 2024, a general positive bias was observed with the CRMs but within acceptable limits of ±2 standard deviations of the respective standard deviations as stated in their product certificates. For the blanks, a general failure percentage below 1% confirms that contamination was well controlled at the laboratory. Umpire checks on the onsite laboratory shows a slight negative bias towards the umpire laboratory which is considered generally acceptable given the nature of mineralisation with the presence of coarse gold. Given these, the results are within acceptable thresholds and can be reliably used in Mineral Resource estimation. EDX is following the same protocols. The Qualified Person has reviewed the available QC data and identified no issues of concern. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 71 8.9. Sampling governance Sample recovery is measured for all core and RC samples and is considered good (>95% for DD and 86% for RC) and is not considered to be a significant source of bias. A comprehensive QA/QC process is in place. It includes internal QA/QC processes used by the laboratory as well as an independent, external process used by Sukari Gold Mine to independently verify QA/QC performance. Overall, the QA/QC results showed adequate accuracy and precision with no significant contamination. In addition, ongoing production data confirms the reliability of prior sampling and assaying. Barcodes are currently being introduced at all stages of core and RC sample movement and sampling. Initially, the core samples will be transported by the drilling contractor in barcoded trays with the hand over point being the core yard where the core is checked and is electronically recorded as "received". Samples taken for assay are also barcoded at the core yard before dispatch to the laboratory, with the individual sample's barcode being retained throughout its preparation and assay. When logging and sampling are complete, the geologists deliver the samples to the onsite laboratory, and all parties sign a sample dispatch sheet. The dispatch of the samples is also electronically recorded as "dispatched". The geology department completes quarterly audits of the laboratory processes and procedures to ensure that the delivered assays are of adequate quality and reliability and that expected conditions are being met. A more comprehensive audit by a specialist is instituted on an ad-hoc basis. Such an audit was completed in April 2022. Several continuous improvement items were identified, but no material risks. All existing core and pulp samples are stored at the core laydown area for easy archiving and data retrieval. EDX follows Sukari QA/QC protocols for testing sample precision and accuracy, while adhering to ALS sample protocols for sample submission. 8.10. Summary of data used within the Mineral Resource estimates The database supporting the Mineral Resource estimate, was closed as at June 30 2024 for open pit mining, and closed as at 15 May 2025 for underground mining. The extracted information included collar coordinates, downhole survey data, assay results, density measurements, and geological logging. This dataset was imported into Vulcan software. The compiled dataset comprises 134,918 drill holes, consisting of: • 80,374 RC drill holes • 9,535 DD drill holes and DD Tail • 45,009 Face samples 8.10.1. Additional drilling for the open pit Mineral Resource estimate Between 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2024, a total of 7,384 new drill holes were added to the database, comprising: • 527 DD • 6,857 Open pit grade control drill holes A summary of the drill hole types and their proportional contribution by drilled length for new drill holes, old drill holes and combined datasets for the open pit Mineral Resource is shown in Table 8.2. Table 8.2. Summary of drill hole types for the open pit Mineral Resource. Period Drill hole type Number of holes Length (m) Proportion by length (%) New DD 527 68,696 21 RC 6,857 254,962 79 Sub-total 7,384 323,657 9 Old DD 7,561 1,139,994 34 RC 68,543 2,170,507 66 Sub-total 76,104 3,310,501 91 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 72 Period Drill hole type Number of holes Length (m) Proportion by length (%) New + Old DD 8,088 1,208,689 33 RC 75,400 2,425,469 67 Total 83,488 3,634,158 100 Note: DD: diamond drilling; RC: reverse circulation. 8.10.2. Additional drilling for the underground Mineral Resource estimate Between 30 June 2024 and 15 May 2025, a total of 7,201 new drillholes were added to the database, comprising: • 664 DD • 107 RC • 4,867 Open pit grade control drill holes • 1,563 Face samples A summary of the drill hole types and their proportional contribution by drilled length for new drill holes, old drill holes and combined datasets for the underground Mineral Resource is shown in Table 8.3. Table 8.3. Summary of drill hole types for the underground Mineral Resource. Period Drill hole type Number of holes Length (m) Proportion by length (%) New DD 664 93,135 33 RC 4,974 182,353 64 FS 1,563 8,422 3 Sub-total 7,201 283,910 7 Old DD 8,871 1,217,145 32 RC 75,400 2,425,469 63 FS 43,446 217,036 6 Sub-total 127,717 3,859,650 93 New + Old DD 9,535 1,310,280 32 RC 80,374 2,607,822 63 FS 45,009 225,458 5 Total 134,918 4,143,560 100 Note: DD: diamond drilling; RC: reverse circulation. 8.11. Qualified Person's opinion on the adequacy of sample preparation, security and analytical procedures The Qualified Person considers that sample preparation, security and analytical procedures are acceptable for the 2025 Mineral Resource estimates. Industry-standard practices are followed by the laboratory for sample preparation and analysis. The analytical procedures used represent conventional industry practice. Rigorous QA/QC processes are applied (internal and external) to check for contamination and ensure that sample results are reliable and representative. QA/QC programme results do not indicate any problems with the analytical programmes. Laboratory audits are completed to identify any non-conformances and external check assaying is done every quarter. The handover point of the samples is at the onsite laboratory by geology staff which is within the mine perimeter (<3km away from the core yard) and is also a secure facility. Data are subject to validation, which includes checks on surveys, collar co-ordinates, lithology data, and assay data. The checks are appropriate, and consistent with industry standards. Data are acceptable to provide reliable gold data to support estimation of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve and can be used in mine planning.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 73 9. Data verification 9.1. Data verification procedures Data entry, validation, storage and database maintenance is carried out using established procedures. Data used for the Mineral Resource estimates included diamond core and RC drilling. All data are stored in a central Fusion SQL database located at the Sukari site. The database has a series of automated validation tools during import and export for error identification and data that fails validation are rejected and stored for further verification. Assay data are imported directly from laboratory assay certificates by assigned persons. A laboratory information management system has been installed, with a barcode system being implemented. The database validates every input and produces a report, detailed log and full quality control charts of duplicates and CRMs such that checks are completed during each batch import. A full-time database administrator is employed at the Sukari site. 9.1.1. Internal reviews Sukari Gold Mine has developed and implemented a rigorous system of internal and external reviews aimed at providing assurance in respect of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. This structured system ensures the accuracy and validity of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. The approach involves a clear delegation of responsibilities, with individuals at various organisational levels assuming responsibility and reviewing the work they are directly involved in through an internal review and sign-off process. Mine-site technical specialists, who may be Qualified Persons, prepare and document the information supporting the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. Mineral Resource estimates are audited by external consultants during key stages of the estimate generation and reporting, followed by a final review conducted by corporate Qualified Persons with a global oversight role. Sukari has a number of internal processes in support of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. These include reconciliation, mineability and dilution evaluations, investigations of grade discrepancies, long- term/strategic plan reviews, and mining studies to meet internal financing criteria for project advancement. 9.1.2. External audit An external independent audit was undertaken by Snowden Optiro during November 2025. Snowden Optiro concluded that the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve was reported in accordance with Regulation S-K 1300. No material risks were identified following completion of the external review. 9.2. Limitations on, or failure to conduct verification There were no limitations with verifying the data that supports the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimate. 9.3. Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy 9.3.1. Mr. Doxel Mutunda Doxel Mutunda completed site visits (refer to Chapter 2.6). Through completion of data verification procedures and activities listed in Chapter 9.1, Doxel Mutunda has verified that: • Appropriate procedures, checks, and validations for drilling, sampling, assaying, and geological logging are in place. • Drilling, sampling, assaying, and logging activities are conducted and/or supervised by trained and competent personnel. • Core and RC logging is conducted to a high standard and meets industry standards for gold exploration. • Collar and downhole surveying have been performed using industry standard instrumentation, and suitable for determining 3D position of mineralised intercepts relied upon for interpreting mineralisation wireframes. • Appropriate levels of QA/QC are performed routinely to confirm precision and accuracy. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 74 • Density data is accurately measured, and adequate coverage of density data is available for tonnage estimation in Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates. • Routine RC recovery checks are completed, demonstrating acceptable RC sample recoveries over time. • Core recovery is measured, demonstrating acceptable DD core recoveries over time. • Data integrity is verified for data in the drill hole database. In summary, data are considered by the Qualified Person to be sufficiently reliable to support estimation without limitations on Mineral Resource confidence categories. The checks are appropriate, and consistent with industry standards. Data are acceptable to provide reliable data to inform estimation of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve, and for use in mine planning. 9.3.2. Mr. Mahmoud Abdelmonem Mahmoud Abdelmonem completed site visits (refer to Chapter 2.6). Mahmoud Abdelmonem focused on verifying the adequacy and accuracy of data specifically related to Mineral Reserve estimation, covering the following aspects: • Ensured that mine designs, including stope shapes, and layouts, were feasible and based on accurate data, such as geotechnical stability and access requirements. • Verified that Mineral Reserve estimates were based on realistic and current economic assumptions, including commodity prices, recovery rates, mining costs, processing costs, and capital expenditures. • Reviewed the cut-off grade calculations, ensuring they accurately reflected processing costs, metallurgical recoveries, and operational constraints. • Confirmed that recovery factors, processing methods, and throughput rates aligned with the Mineral Reserve estimates, and that metallurgical assumptions for ore processing were reliable and consistent with the expected mineralised material characteristics. • Evaluated the adequacy of site infrastructure required to support Mineral Reserve extraction. • Assessed whether the processing plant and TSFs have adequate capacity and design to support production. This included verifying that infrastructure plans aligned with the scale of mining and processing required. • Conducted risk and sensitivity analyses to assess the impact of potential changes in key factors such as metal prices, operating costs, and recovery rates on the Mineral Reserve estimates. The Qualified Person's opinion on these aspects ensures that the data used to support Mineral Reserve estimates are comprehensive, and reliable, with appropriate consideration of economic, operational, environmental, and technical factors that are critical to the LOM mining and process plan. 9.3.3. Mr. Sherif Moemen Sherif Moemen completed site visits (refer to Chapter 2.6). Sherif Moemen focused on verifying the adequacy and accuracy of data specifically related to Mineral Reserve estimation, covering the following aspects: • The mine, dump and stockpile designs, and access requirements are accurate and feasible. Representative economic assumptions, including commodity prices, recovery rates, mining costs, processing costs, general and administrative costs and capital expenditures were used. Cut-off grade calculations reflect processing costs, metallurgical recoveries, and operational constraints. • The recovery factors are representative of the processing methods used. • Adequate mine infrastructure is in place to support Mineral Reserve extraction. • The geotechnical data, including slope stability and rock mass characteristics, are suitable for long- term mining operations. • Suitable mine dewatering and groundwater control measures are in place. • Processing plant throughput is accurate and reflects achievable rates. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 75 • The TSF has adequate capacity to support short-term production and conceptual designs to support the LOM production. The opinion of the Qualified Person is that the data used is adequate, accurate and sufficient to support the Mineral Reserve estimates. 10. Mineral processing and metallurgical testing Metallurgical testwork was conducted at multiple laboratories to evaluate ore characteristics and optimise processing parameters. Early test programmes were carried out at ALS, and AMMTEC, focusing on comminution, gravity recovery, and flotation performance. Subsequent studies at Core Resources and SGS expanded on these findings, assessing leaching kinetics, reagent consumption, and variability across different ore domains. These comprehensive studies provided critical data for process design and operational planning. 10.1. Mineral processing and metallurgical testing Starting in 2000, numerous metallurgical and comminution testwork programmes have been conducted on samples from across the Sukari deposit, including the Amun, Ptah, Horus, Cleopatra and Bast zones. 10.1.1. Independent Metallurgical Laboratories 2005 testwork Mineralogical investigation showed that Sukari ore is a competent, siliceous rock consisting mainly of quartz, albite, and orthoclase, with minor sericite, kaolin, and hematite. Gold occurs in the ore as gold and argentian gold, as fine inclusions in pyrite or arsenopyrite, or enclosed in sulphides. Sulphide minerals are present in low proportion, with an average assay of 1% sulphur in the ore. Pyrite is the most common sulphide present. Weathering of rock is predominant at and near the surface of the orebody. There is limited and localised weathering down surface fractures, and deeper along fractures associated with shear and brecciation. Sulphides have been oxidised to a varying extent in the weathered zones, with formation of mainly iron oxides. Comminution testwork was performed on a composite sample taken from the underground workings, as well as on variability drill-core samples. Comminution test results show that the ore is competent, abrasive, and hard to grind to its final product size. The results were consistent and indicate an orebody with unusually low variation in its hardness and abrasivity. 10.1.2. AMMTEC 2006 testwork The AMMTEC third party independent metallurgical laboratory based in Australia, and accredited for ISO/IEC 17025, and ISO 9001, performed a testwork programme consisted of flotation test, followed by cyanidation of flotation concentrates and tailing streams. The AMMTEC study included tests on samples of Set A – a bulk ore sample, Set C1 – oxide ore, and Set C2 – siliceous/sulphide ore, these materials were all sourced from the open pit. These samples had previously been tested at Independent Metallurgical Laboratories. The samples used in the AMMREC testwork programme are listed in Table 10.1. Table 10.1. Samples used in the AMMREC testwork programme. Sample type Description No. of samples Head grade (g/t Au) Mineralisation Composite M1 1 1.74 M2 1 1.46 M3 1 1.22 M4 1 1.28 M5 1 1.13 Mineralisation Variability Sulphur grade 4 1.77 Low grade gold 5 0.99 High grade gold 6 5.85 Primary hematite 1 1.87 Hanging wall/granodiorite 1 1.67 Kaolinite 2 3.36 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 76 Sample type Description No. of samples Head grade (g/t Au) Mining stage one 11 1.39 Mining stage two 7 1.60 Note: g/t: grams per tonne. M1: fresh rock, only sulphide mineralisation present; M2: Mixed sulphide and oxide, >75% of mineralisation is sulphide; M3: Mixed sulphide and oxide, >25% but <75% of mineralisation is sulphide; M4: Mixed sulphide and oxide, <25% of mineralisation is sulphide; M5: Fully oxidised, only mineralisation present. The sulphur grade decreases from M1 to M5, consistent with the increasing proportion of oxide mineralisation. The gold grade also decreases from M1 to M5, which reflects the general trend of lower-grade ore closer to surface. Flotation tests on the mineralisation composites showed gold recovery ranging from 97.6% to 65.8%, with recovery decreasing from Type M1 to M5 proportional to the degree of oxidation of the sulphide mineralisation. Flotation of a 1:1 blend of M1 and M5 material gave 83% gold recovery. This is slightly greater than the arithmetic mean of the individual M1 and M5 recoveries, which shows that flotation is not affected by a high proportion of oxide (M5) material in the sample. Flotation of the sulphur variability samples showed gold recovery of 88.8% for the low grade (0.53% sulphur) sample. A similar result of 91.7% was achieved on the low-grade gold (0.75g/t gold) sample. Flotation tests on the other sulphur and low-grade variability samples gave recoveries consistent with the results achieved on mineralisation composite M1. Flotation tests on the high grade and mining variability samples gave recoveries ranging from 61.1% to 99.4%, consistent with the results achieved on the mineralisation composites. Regrinding of the flotation concentrates to a nominal grind P80 of 10μm followed by cyanidation, gave gold extraction of 91.9% for type M1. Gold extraction increased for types M2 to M5 consistent with the degree of oxidation of the sulphide mineralisation. A maximum gold extraction of 98% was achieved on mineralisation composite M5. Subsequent checks of the actual grinds achieved on these samples showed the P80 size varied between 9 and 13μm, with an average of 11.2μm. The agreement between mineralisation composite and average mineralisation variability sample results was good. Cyanidation of the mineralisation composite flotation tailings gave gold extraction ranging from 67% to 72%. Cyanidation tests on the mineralisation variability sample flotation tailings gave gold extraction (by mineralisation type) ranging from 60.2% to 75.5%, which is consistent with the mineralisation composite results. Heap leach amenability cyanidation on set C1, using a seven day bottle roll at a crush size of 3.35mm, gave a gold extraction of 88.6%. Tests on samples of M3 and M5, at the same conditions, gave gold extractions of 66.3% and 83.9% respectively. 10.1.3. AMMTEC 2011 testwork In 2011 a programme of laboratory testwork was undertaken on five samples by AMMTEC external lab based in Australia Accredited for ISO/IEC 17025, ISO 9001. The samples were designated as follows: • High sulphide open pit – Main Zone. • High sulphide open pit – Main Reef. • High grade underground. The two high sulphide open pit samples were combined to produce a “Main Sulphide Ore” composite. The high-grade underground sample was re-designated as “Hapi Zone Ore”. A 25kg sub-sample of each composite was combined to produce an additional test composite, designated as “50/50 blend ore”. After head analysis of each composite, the gold grade of the main sulphide ore composite was considered to be too low, which prompted the dispatch of a replacement composite, designated as “New Main Sulphide Ore”. Each of the test composites were treated individually throughout the test programme.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 77 10.1.3.1. Head sample analysis Variability in gold grades indicated the presence of coarse-grained gold in the ore. Arsenic levels were moderate, increasing the possibility of gold locked in ultra-refractory mode in solid solution with minerals such as arsenopyrite. Organic carbon levels were below detection, limiting the possibility of preg-robbing occurring during cyanidation leaching. Base metal levels were relatively low, reducing the possibility of excess cyanide consumption through complexation with these minerals. 10.1.3.2. Flotation testing The use of froth flotation was investigated as a means of upgrading the ore to maximise gold extraction. A series of sighter tests were carried out followed by bulk separation. The bulk flotation products were utilised for subsequent extraction testwork. Excellent results were achieved in all of the tests, with >98% of the gold recovered in each case. Increasing the grind size from 80% passing 150 to 200µm significantly reduced concentrate gold grade at a similar recovery. A sub-sample of the bulk flotation tailing produced for the Hapi Zone and 50/50 Blend composites were used for carbon-in-leach (CIL) cyanidation time leach testwork. For both composites, gold extraction was relatively high, suggesting that little gold would be lost to tailings in a full-scale operation. Relatively high lime consumption could most likely be attributed to the high level of dissolved salts in the sea water. Sub-samples of the bulk flotation concentrate produced for each composite were used for CIL cyanidation time leach testwork at ultra-fine grind sizes to investigate the effect of grind size and oxygen on gold extraction levels. For the new main sulphide ore composite bulk flotation concentrate product, gold extraction was significantly improved at the finer grind size. The use of oxygen had no discernible effect on overall gold extraction, but it did appear to improve dissolution kinetics (however, note that the addition of oxygen for optimal gold recovery was demonstrated and applied in practice). For the Hapi Zone and 50/50 Blend ore composites, gold extraction levels were excellent, with >99% of the gold recovered in each case. This indicates that the majority of refractory gold in these ore types had reported to the flotation tailing. 10.1.3.3. Knelson gravity process route The use of gravity separation via Knelson concentrator was investigated as a means of upgrading the ore to maximise gold extraction. A bulk separation was undertaken on each ore sample. The bulk gravity separation products were used for subsequent extraction testwork. Gravity separation was conducted using a Knelson KC-MD3 gravity concentrator. The results indicate the relative inefficiency of gravity separation in comparison to flotation separation. The results suggest a close association between the gold in the ore and the heavy sulphide minerals. Subsequent gravity work has been undertaken with summary findings from the testwork available in Chapter 10.1.7. A 4kg sub-sample of each of the bulk gravity tailings products (excluding the original main sulphide ore composite) was used for rougher flotation testwork to further concentrate the gold in the ore prior to cyanidation. Excellent results were achieved in all of the tests, with >98% of the gold recovered in each case. Results again suggest a close association between the gold in the ore and the sulphide minerals. A sub-sample of the gravity tailing flotation tailing produced for the three test composites were used for CIL cyanidation time leach testwork. Gold extraction was relatively poor for each of the composites, indicating that gravity separation followed by flotation was relatively successful at isolating the highly refractory gold component of the ore. 10.1.4. ALS 2022 testwork Testwork was completed by an independent ALS laboratory in Perth, Westerna Australia, Australia (ALS Australia) accredited for SO 9001, and ISO/IEC 17025, in July 2022 on three composite samples from EMRA (transitional), Finger 13 (oxide and transitional), and Finger 17 (transitional and fresh material) stockpiles. The main objective of the testwork was to determine the suitability of dump/heap leaching as a means of extracting gold from the composites. Column leach tests were conducted at two different crush sizes – P100 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 78 100mm and P100 38mm - for a duration of 60 days. The results from a 38 and 100mm crush size using operational parameters saw a 30 – 65% gold recovery from material ranging in grades from 0.23-0.69g/t gold. A trial was conducted on transition and fresh ore from Finger 17, as well as Stage 5 fresh subgrade ore, to assess the economic viability of constructing a third dump leach pad. This trial was carried out in collaboration with ALS Metallurgy. The dump leach trials yielded recoveries ranging from 21% to 33% from two composite samples grading 0.30 to 0.42g/t gold. These results were generally consistent with ALS testwork, except for sample BK15849, which achieved a 65% recovery - notably the highest among all samples - while also having the highest grade at 0.69g/t gold. 10.1.5. ALS 2023 testwork ALS Australia completed metallurgical testwork on seven “future ore” composites from across the Sukari deposit as shown in Table 10.2. Table 10.2. Samples used in ALS testwork programme. Composite no. Composite description Mass (kg) 1 Open pit area 540.5 2 Open pit area 2 483.5 3 Open pit area 3 652.7 4 Underground - east contact samples of Ptah 160.5 5 Underground - west stock work of Ptah 100.4 6 Underground - quartz vein along Ptah western contact 91.5 7 Underground - along Amun western contact 152.7 The key results and outcomes from the testwork programme are summarised below. 10.1.5.1. Comminution testwork The results in Table 10.3 highlight the comminution characteristics of rock composites from Sukari, based on SMC testwork, Bond abrasion index (Ai), Bond crushing work index (CWi), and Bond ball mill work index (BWi). Table 10.3. Results summary of the various comminution tests. Composit e no. Composite description SMC testwork Bond abrasion index Bond work index (kWh/t) DWi (kWh/m3) A B Crushing Ball mill 1 Open pit area 7.1 76.0 0.5 0.4322 6.78 17.50 2 Open pit area 2 6.3 68.5 0.6 0.3427 6.06 17.00 3 Open pit area 3 6.4 73.4 0.6 0.3666 5.94 17.20 4 Underground - east contact samples of Ptah 7.0 81.0 0.5 0.5277 12.50 17.40 5 Underground - west stock work of Ptah 5.9 64.1 0.7 0.2589 6.56 17.20 6 Underground - quartz vein along Ptah western contact 5.6 66.2 0.7 0.4213 6.97 17.60 7 Underground - along Amun western contact 8.0 77.2 0.4 0.5138 8.80 19.20 Note: DWi: drop weight index. The SMC testwork shows that the underground - along Amun western contact sample is the hardest to break (Drop weight index (Dwi): 8.0kWh/m³), while the underground - quartz vein along Ptah western contact is the easiest (DWi: 5.6kWh/m³). The Bond abrasion index indicates that the Amun western contact sample is the most abrasive (Ai: 8.0), leading to higher wear rates, whereas the quartz vein sample is the least abrasive (Ai: 5.6). AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 79 The Bond crushing work index reveals that the east contact of Ptah requires the most energy for crushing (CWi: 81.0kWh/t), while the west stock work of Ptah requires the least (CWi: 64.1kWh/t). Similarly, the Bond ball mill work index shows that grinding the Amun western contact sample demands the highest energy (BWi: 19.20kWh/t), compared to the open pit area 2 sample (BWi: 17.00kWh/t). Overall, open pit materials are less abrasive and easier to process, resulting in lower energy and operational costs, while underground materials, particularly from the Amun western contact, are harder and more abrasive, requiring higher energy input and increasing processing costs. 10.1.5.2. Head assays, mineralogy, and gravity recoverable gold The disparity between the duplicate gold head assays indicates the composites are likely to contain coarse gold, particularly composite #2 and the underground composites (#4 to #7). This is confirmed by the high gravity recoverable gold content determined for these composites – particularly composites #4 and #6 (Table 10.4) Table 10.4. Key head assay data and total gravity recoverable gold content. Analyte Unit Composite no. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Au 1 g/t 1.75 1.88 1.71 4.86 5.52 14.60 5.77 Au 2 g/t 1.65 2.73 1.57 3.96 4.11 16.90 6.35 Au average g/t 1.70 2.31 1.64 4.41 4.82 15.80 6.06 As ppm 2,230 1,150 2,080 60 150 230 2,680 S2- % 0.42 0.30 0.22 0.70 1.32 0.36 0.96 Gravity recoverable gold % 24.7 34.2 24.4 75.6 35.3 91.0 43.2 Note: Au: gold; As: arsenic; S2-: sulphide; ppm: parts per million. For the open pit composites, the total gravity recoverable gold was moderate, ranging from ~25% to ~34%. For the underground ore composites, the total gravity recoverable gold ranged from moderate (~35% for composite #5) to very high (~91% for composite #6). Elevated arsenic in composites #1, #2, #3 and #7 indicates these samples contain arsenopyrite, which may contain refractory gold. The mineralogical analysis confirmed these composites contained gold in arsenopyrite (as well as pyrite), as shown in Table 10.5. Table 10.5. Sample mineralogy. Composite no. No. of gold grains detected Grain size (µm) Dominant gold-hosting minerals Liberated gold detected 1 63 2-15 Pyrite/arsenopyrite No 2 37 2-20 Pyrite/arsenopyrite No 3 44 2-53 Pyrite > Fe-arsenate/arsenopyrite Yes 4 23 2-10 Pyrite No 5 114 2-27 Pyrite No 6 29 2-210 Pyrite Yes 7 36 2-38 Pyrite/arsenopyrite No Note: µm: micrometres; Fe: iron. Pyrite and arsenopyrite were the main sulphide minerals detected in the samples, whilst the bulk of the samples was comprised of feldspars and quartz. 10.1.5.3. Extractive testwork Sub-samples of each composite were ground to P80 212μm and submitted for extractive testwork. The testwork investigated two different processing options: • Flotation followed by ultrafine grinding (to P80 7μm) and cyanide leaching of the flotation concentrate. The flotation tail was also cyanide leached (separate to the concentrate) at the ‘as-received’ size. • As above, but with gravity gold recovery ahead of flotation. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 80 All flotation and leaching testwork was conducted in site process water. Flotation concentrates leach extractions after fine grinding to P80 7μm, however, were quite high (>90%) for all but one of the samples. Similarly, cyanidation of the flotation tail was moderate to high, ranging from 53% to 92%. Somewhat surprisingly, gravity gold recovery/removal prior to flotation provided very marginal or no benefit at all to overall gold extraction for all samples. 10.1.6. Maelgwyn 2023 testwork Sukari Gold Mine requested testwork be conducted at Maelgwyn South Africa (Maelgwyn) on samples from two new zones: • Horus Deeps • Bast The testwork focused on the simulation and evaluation of the current processing flowsheet. 10.1.6.1. Samples head assay The sample head assay results are shown in Table 10.6 and Table 10.7. Table 10.6. Gold assay results. Unit Horus domain 1 Horus domain 2 Bast domain 1 Bast domain 2 Gold g/t 8.95 1.72 9.25 2.66 Gold duplicate g/t 8.04 1.97 8.97 2.55 Gold triplicate g/t 6.96 1.75 8.96 2.00 Gold average g/t 7.98 1.81 9.06 2.40 Table 10.7. Sulphur speciation results. Unit Horus domain 1 Horus domain 2 Bast domain 1 Bast domain 2 Sulphur total % 0.76 0.55 0.81 0.43 Sulphide % 0.59 0.36 0.59 0.14 Sulphate % 0.168 0.187 0.218 0.293 10.1.6.2. Bond ball work index The bond ball work index results are shown in Table 10.8. Table 10.8. Bond ball work index results. Sample BWi (kW/t) Classification Horus domain 1 20.8 Very hard Horus domain 2 22.6 Very hard Bast domain 1 19.5 Hard Bast domain 2 19.8 Hard Note: BWi: bond ball work index. 10.1.6.3. Extended gravity recoverable gold Horus domain 1 sample had an overall gravity recoverable gold content of 65.8%. A gravity recoverable gold recovery of 35.2% was achieved after stage 1 at 850μm. Further liberation at 212μm yielded another 21.1% recovery, while an additional 9.5% was achieved at 75μm. Based on the AMIRA scale, the gravity recoverable gold recovered is very coarse. Around 7.23% of the gravity recoverable gold particles were finer than 38μm, the recovery of which is more difficult for traditional gravity devices. Horus domain 2 sample had an overall gravity recoverable gold content of 46.8%. A gravity recoverable gold recovery of 7.4% was achieved after stage 1 at 850μm. Further liberation at 212μm yielded another 20.3% recovery, while an additional 19.1% was achieved at 75μm. Based on the AMIRA scale, the gravity recoverable gold recovered is coarse to very coarse. Around 4.92% of the gravity recoverable gold particles were finer than 38μm, the recovery of which is more difficult for traditional gravity devices.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 81 Bast domain 1 sample had an overall gravity recoverable gold content of 57.6%. A gravity recoverable gold recovery of 21.2% was achieved after stage 1 at 850μm. Further liberation at 212μm yielded another 18.0% recovery, while an additional 18.3% was achieved at 75μm. Based on the AMIRA scale, the gravity recoverable gold recovered is coarse. Around 7.64% of the gravity recoverable gold particles were finer than 38μm, the recovery of which is more difficult for traditional gravity devices. The Bast domain 2 sample had an overall gravity recoverable gold content of 50.8%. A gravity recoverable gold recovery of 28.6% was achieved after stage 1 at 850μm. Further liberation at 212μm yielded another 13.6% recovery, while an additional 8.7% was achieved at 75μm. Based on the AMIRA scale, the gravity recoverable gold recovered is very coarse. Around 5.89% of the gravity recoverable gold particles were finer than 38μm, the recovery of which is more difficult for gravity devices. 10.1.6.4. Diagnostic leach Horus domain 1 sample yielded a 93.2% CIL recovery with 1.68% preg-robbing. 1.43% of the gold was locked in the HCl digestible minerals, such as pyrrhotite, calcite and galena. An additional 4.34% of the gold was associated with the HNO3 digestible minerals such as pyrite and arsenopyrite. Only 0.24% of the gold was locked in the carbonaceous material, liberated through the roasting process, while the remainder of the gold was associated with the silica/gangue material. Horus domain 2 sample yielded an 80.14% CIL recovery with 7.06% preg-robbing. 0.95% of the gold was locked in the HCl digestible minerals, such as pyrrhotite, calcite and galena. An additional 15.76% of the gold was associated with the HNO3 digestible minerals such as pyrite and arsenopyrite. Only 1.58% of the gold was locked in the carbonaceous material, liberated through the roasting process, while the remainder of the gold was associated with the silica/gangue material Bast domain 1 sample yielded a 96.47% CIL recovery with 3.44% preg-robbing. 0.86% of the gold was locked in the HCl digestible minerals, such as pyrrhotite, calcite and galena. An additional 1.00% of the gold was associated with the HNO3 digestible minerals such as pyrite and arsenopyrite. None of the gold was locked in the carbonaceous material, liberated through the roasting process, while the remainder of the gold was associated with the silica/gangue material. Bast domain 2 sample yielded an 87.82% CIL recovery with negligible preg-robbing. 4.62% of the gold was locked in the HCl digestible minerals, such as pyrrhotite, calcite and galena. An additional 6.81% of the gold was associated with the HNO3 digestible minerals such as pyrite and arsenopyrite. None of the gold was locked in the carbonaceous material, liberated through the roasting process, while the remainder of the gold was associated with the silica/gangue material. 10.1.6.5. Bulk flotation The Horus domain 1 bulk flotation results are shown in Table 10.9. Table 10.9. Horus domain 1 bulk flotation. Horus domain 1 % Cumulative mass Assays Au (g/t) Cumulative assays Au (g/t) % Distribution Au % Cumulative distribution Au Product Mass (g) Mass (%) Rougher concentrate 3.63 7.69 7.69 96.27 96.27 94.68 94.68 Final tails 43.60 92.31 100.00 0.45 7.81 5.32 100.00 Calculated head 47.23 100.00 - 7.81 - 100.00 - Measured head - - - 7.98 - - - Horus domain 1 % Cumulative mass Assays S (%) Cumulative assays S (%) % Distribution S % Cumulative distribution S Product Mass (g) Mass (%) Rougher concentrate 3.63 7.69 7.69 10.90 10.90 94.88 94.88 Final tails 43.60 92.31 100.00 0.05 0.88 5.12 100.00 Calculated head 47.23 100.00 - 0.88 - 100.00 - Measured head - - - 0.86 - - - AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 82 The Horus domain 2 bulk flotation results are shown in Table 10.10. Table 10.10. Horus domain 2 bulk flotation. Horus domain 2 % Cumulative mass Assays Au (g/t) Cumulative assays Au (g/t) % Distribution Au % Cumulative distribution Au Product Mass (g) Mass (%) Rougher concentrate 4.10 8.63 8.63 21.27 21.27 83.40 83.40 Final tails 43.35 91.37 100.00 0.40 2.20 16.60 100.00 Calculated head 47.44 100.00 - 2.20 - 100.00 - Measured head - - - 1.81 - - - Horus domain 2 % Cumulative mass Assays S (%) Cumulative assays S (%) % Distribution S % Cumulative distribution S Product Mass (g) Mass (%) Rougher concentrate 4.10 8.63 8.63 10.10 10.10 95.50 95.50 Final tails 43.35 91.37 100.00 0.05 0.91 4.50 100.00 Calculated head 47.44 100.00 - 0.91 - 100.00 - Measured head - - - 1.03 - - - The Bast domain 1 bulk flotation results are shown in Table 10.11. Table 10.11. Bast domain 1 bulk flotation. Bast domain 1 % Cumulative mass Assays Au (g/t) Cumulative assays Au (g/t) % Distribution Au % Cumulative distribution Au Product Mass (g) Mass (%) Rougher concentrate 4.05 8.55 8.55 70.63 70.63 75.53 75.53 Final tails 43.30 91.45 100.00 2.14 8.00 24.47 100.00 Calculated head 47.35 100.00 - 8.00 - 100.00 - Measured head - - - 9.06 - - - Bast domain 1 % Cumulative mass Assays S (%) Cumulative assays S (%) % Distribution S % Cumulative distribution S Product Mass (g) Mass (%) Rougher concentrate 4.05 8.55 8.55 6.59 6.59 92.08 92.08 Final tails 43.30 91.45 100.00 0.05 0.61 7.92 100.00 Calculated head 47.35 100.00 - 0.61 - 100.00 - Measured head - - - 0.70 - - - The Bast domain 2 bulk flotation results are shown in Table 10.12. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 83 Table 10.12. Bast domain 2 bulk flotation. Bast domain 2 % Cumulative mass Assays Au (g/t) Cumulative assays Au (g/t) % Distribution Au % Cumulative distribution Au Product Mass (g) Mass (%) Rougher concentrate 3.28 6.78 6.78 27.57 27.57 88.13 88.13 Final tails 45.16 93.22 100.00 0.27 2.12 11.87 100.00 Calculated head 48.45 100.00 - 2.12 - 100.00 - Measured head - - - 2.66 - - - Bast domain 2 % Cumulative mass Assays S (%) Cumulative assays S (%) % Distribution S % Cumulative distribution S Product Mass (g) Mass (%) Rougher concentrate 3.28 6.78 6.78 13.70 13.70 95.59 95.59 Final tails 45.16 93.22 100.00 0.05 0.97 4.41 100.00 Calculated head 48.45 100.00 - 0.97 - 100.00 - Measured head - - - 1.01 - - - 10.1.6.6. Concentrate leach The Horus domain 2 sample had the lowest final gold recovery of ~82%, while the other three samples all achieved gold recoveries of >90%. The calculated head grades differ greatly from that of the assayed head grades; this is suspected to be a result of the ‘nugget effect’ caused by gravity gold. The extended gravity recoverable gold test results confirmed that the samples all had significant gravity recoverable gold values, the removal of this gold before leaching would theoretically result in a better correlation between the assayed and calculated head grades, without compromising the recoveries (Figure 10.1). Figure 10.1. Flotation concentrates cyanidation gold extraction. 10.1.6.7. Tailing leach The Horus domain 1 sample had the lowest gold recovery of ~60%, followed by Bast domain 2 with an gold recovery of ~77%, while the other two samples both achieved gold recoveries of ~87%. The calculated head grades differ slightly from that of the assayed head grades, again, this is suspected to be a result of the ‘nugget effect’ caused by gravity gold, only to a lesser extent. This would suggest that the majority of the gravity gold reports to the concentrate during flotation (Figure 10.2). AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 84 Figure 10.2. Flotation tail cyanidation gold extraction. 10.1.7. Additional gravity testwork 10.1.7.1. Consep gravity testwork and modelling report The independent Consep metallurgical laboratory in Wetherill Park, New South Wales, Australia, accredited for ISO 9001 issued a report on gravity testwork and modelling in March 2019. Samples tested from Line #1 included semi-autogenous grinding (SAG) mill feed, cyclone overflow and flotation tailings. The test data from the SAG mill feed sample were used for gravity circuit modelling. Overall, the ore was very high in gravity-recoverable gold at 78.5-81.7%. Very high gravity-recoverable gold values in the cyclone overflow and flotation tails samples were directly related to the lack of a gravity circuit. Consep recommended a gravity circuit consisting of four KC-QS48 Knelson concentrators and a Consep CS4000 Acacia intensive leach reactor. Modelling indicated that, at a flotation grind size P80 of 150µm, gravity gold recovery was 37.6%. The circuit, conceptually to be installed as a dedicated “gravity tower” due to lack of space, was based on treating a portion of the cyclone feed stream. 10.1.7.2. Maelgwyn South Africa pilot plant gravity recovery testwork Maelgwyn completed pilot plant testwork using a Knelson KC-CD10 unit. The unit was initially installed on Line #1 treating the cyclone feed and then cyclone underflow streams. Finally, the unit was moved to Line #2 treating the cyclone underflow stream. A 1mm screen was used to feed the unit. Each concentrate sample was also intensively leached. Varying unit cycle times was investigated, and multiple tests conducted for each cycle time. A sampling valve and flowmeter was installed on the tailings line, and the tailings density was measured at set intervals. The concentrate grade was determined from intensive leaching and the head grade was determined from the shift composite sample assay results for the cyclone underflow samples but actual sample grades for the cyclone feed samples. For the Line #1 cyclone underflow stream, the best gravity gold recovery of 40.9% was achieved at the lowest cycle time of 20 minutes to a concentrate grading 1.5kg/t on average and from an average head grade of 10.1g/t gold. For the Line #1 cyclone feed stream, the best gravity gold recovery of 21.4% was achieved at the highest cycle time of 120 minutes to a concentrate grading 7.7kg/t on average and from an average head grade of 25.4g/t gold. For the Line #2 cyclone underflow stream, the best gravity gold recovery of 45.4% was achieved at the lowest cycle time of 20 minutes to a concentrate grading 1.8kg/t on average and from an average head grade of 10.7g/t gold. Intensive leaching recovered approximately 89-96.9% of the gold in the concentrates. Throughout the testwork campaign, visible coarse gold particles were seen.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 85 It was concluded that the trials were successful and showed that the ore sources tested were highly amenable to gravity recovery, with the Line #1 and Line #2 Cyclone underflow stream being most amenable to a gravity circuit. 10.1.7.3. Gekko testwork 2023 Laboratory gravity three-stage gravity recoverable gold testwork was conducted on two samples from conveyor belt CV-02 and CV-403, representing Line #1 and Line #2 respectively. The entirety of the Knelson test concentrates were sent to the independent Gekko Assay Laboratory (Gekko) in Ballarat, Victoria, Australia, accredited for ISO/IEC 17025 (NATA), for sizing and assay. The average head assay for CV-02 was 1.30g/t gold (average of assayed and recalculated head grades). The average head grade for CV-403 was 0.78g/t gold. After the conventional third stage of gravity recoverable gold testing, a gold recovery of 59.1% was obtained for the CV-02 sample and 55.4% for the CV-403 sample. Gekko provided information on three-stage gravity recoverable gold testwork results. Gekko used the AMIRA P420 BCC gravity model to simulate the change of gravity recovery with feed rate for three gravity circuit feed scenarios: mill discharge, cyclone underflow, and cyclone feed. For both Plant #1 and Plant #2, the mill discharge-fed gravity circuit configuration resulted in the highest gold recoveries at all feed rates. For Plant #1, based on mill discharge, the gravity recovery increased with increasing feed rate and no distinct plateau in the curve was observed. The steepest part of the curve was below 375tph and a recommended minimum throughput of 425tph was advised. The gravity recovery at this rate was approximately 27%, increasing to about 33% at 750tph. For Plant #2, based on mill discharge, the gravity recovery also increased with increasing feed rate and no distinct plateau in the curve was observed. The steepest part of the curve was below 425tph and a recommended minimum throughput of 475tph was advised. The gravity recovery at this rate was approximately 25%, increasing to about 27% at 750tph, so a slightly flatter curve than for Plant #1. For both plants, the installation of a gravity circuit fed from a split of the mill discharge stream was recommended. The limiting factor for the optimal throughput to maximise gold recovery is dependent on the overall water balance (including the screen spray and concentrator fluidisation water flows) and its effect on the mill density and grinding efficiency. 10.1.7.4. Maelgwyn South Africa testwork 2024 Five samples from Little Sukari representing waste, low-grade, and high-grade material, along with a sample of Sukari mill processing water, were sent to Maelgwyn South Africa in Randburg for metallurgical and comminution testing. Results were received in late October 2024. Testing revealed that 59% of the gold could be recovered through gravity separation when milled to 80% passing 75µm. An additional 84% of the gold remaining in the gravity tails was recovered via leaching over a 24-hour period. For ROM samples milled to 80% passing 150µm, gold recovery ranged from 72% to 96%. The average bond work index was determined to be 18.5kWh/t. 10.2. Recovery forecast No change in recovery has been identified or flagged as the open pit and underground operations progress deeper, as all zones, except Horus Deeps, have been mined previously. Metallurgical samples from Horus Deeps indicate a consistent recovery rate of 88–89%. A recovery rate of 89.5% has therefore been applied to the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve categories and has been incorporated into the LOM plan, including the production schedule and economic model. This assumption is consistent with historical operating data and recent metallurgical testwork. 10.3. Metallurgical variability Metallurgical variability exists at Sukari, particularly where carbonaceous sediments come into contact with the ore at the footwall contact. While these sediments contain little to no mineralisation, when mineralisation does occur, recoveries tend to decrease. However, the proportion of carbonaceous sediments is minimal and has a negligible impact on overall plant recoveries. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 86 Bast is a lode where carbonaceous sediments are present in both the footwall and hanging wall. However, since these sediments are associated with only small tonnages (hundreds of tonnes at high grade) compared to the tens of thousands of tonnes processed daily, the overall recovery remains unaffected. 10.4. Deleterious elements The primary deleterious elements affecting processing are kaolinite and talc, which are associated with the supergene enrichment of transverse faults trending east-west across the open pit and the deposit. These clay minerals pose challenges in the flotation process, as they interfere with the hydrophobic properties of gold-bearing particles, preventing them from floating efficiently. This displacement reduces flotation recovery, which is a key step in the gold extraction process. To mitigate this impact, material containing kaolinite and talc is stockpiled separately and blended into the mill feed in low proportions to minimise any adverse effects on processing performance. This controlled blending ensures that the overall recovery rates remain stable while maintaining efficient throughput. Beyond kaolinite and talc, no other deleterious elements have been identified at Sukari that could significantly impact gold recovery or processing efficiency. 10.5. Qualified Person's opinion on data adequacy The metallurgical and mineral processing data available for the Sukari deposit are considered adequate, reliable, and consistent with current industry standards for the purposes of this Report. Metallurgical testwork has been conducted over an extended period (from 2000 to 2023) by multiple internationally recognised and accredited independent laboratories, including ALS, AMMTEC, SGS, Core Resources, Maelgwyn, Consep, and Gekko. These laboratories operate under internationally recognised quality systems such as ISO/IEC 17025 and ISO 9001, providing confidence in the reliability and traceability of the analytical and metallurgical results. The metallurgical database includes a comprehensive range of testwork programmes covering the principal ore domains across the Sukari deposit, including the Amun, Ptah, Horus, Cleopatra, Bast, and Hapi zones. The testwork programmes have evaluated: • Comminution characteristics, including SMC tests, Bond crushing work index, Bond ball mill work index, and abrasion indices. • Mineralogical and diagnostic investigations, identifying gold associations with pyrite, arsenopyrite, and gangue minerals. • Gravity recoverable gold testing, including laboratory and pilot-scale testwork. • Flotation performance and variability testing across multiple ore types and mineralisation styles. • Ultrafine grinding and cyanidation performance of flotation concentrates. • CIL/CIP leaching kinetics, reagent consumption, and tailings extraction; and • Heap and dump leach amenability testing for lower-grade materials. The metallurgical testwork has also incorporated variability testing across multiple ore types, including oxide, transitional, and fresh sulphide mineralisation, as well as high-grade underground and lower-grade open pit materials. The results consistently demonstrate that the ore responds well to the established processing flowsheet, consisting primarily of grinding, flotation, ultrafine grinding of concentrates, and cyanide leaching, with overall recoveries generally exceeding 85–90% depending on ore type and processing route. Additional gravity recovery investigations and pilot-scale trials have confirmed the presence of significant gravity-recoverable gold in certain ore domains and have provided further insight into potential process optimisation opportunities. The metallurgical testwork results are internally consistent, supported by mineralogical observations, and representative of the range of mineralisation types expected to be processed during the life of mine. Furthermore, the large operational history of the Sukari processing plant provides additional validation that the metallurgical assumptions used in this report are reasonable. Based on the quantity, quality, and representativeness of the available data, the Qualified Person considers the metallurgical information to be sufficiently robust to support process design assumptions, recovery forecasts, and the conclusions presented in this Report. No material data gaps have been identified that would materially impact the reliability of the metallurgical interpretations or the projected plant performance. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 87 It is the opinion of the Qualified Person that the supporting technical information is with industry standards and adequate for this Report. 11. Mineral Resource estimates 11.1. Mineral Resource potentially amenable to open pit mining methods The Mineral Resource estimate potentially amenable to open pit mining methods was estimated using multiple indicator kriging; the model was constructed using a database cut-off of 30 June 2024 and Maptek Vulcan software. Trench and face samples were excluded from estimation support. Selected underground drill holes were also excluded if the drill holes were <10m long, or <25m long with high grade samples at each end. 11.1.1. Multiple indicator kriging for Mineral Resource estimation The basic unit of a multiple indicator kriging block model is a panel that typically has the dimensions of the average drill hole spacing in the horizontal plane. The average drill hole spacing is 20m in the grid east direction and 25m in the grid north direction. The panel should be large enough to contain a reasonable number of blocks, or selective mining units (SMUs) (about 15). The dimensions of this block are assumed to be in the order of 5mE x 8mN x 10mRL which coincides with the grade control drill spacing. The following steps were performed: 1. Estimate the proportion of each domain within each panel. Wireframes were used for the assigning of domain proportions into panels for the Mineral Resource model. 2. Estimate the histogram of grades of sample-sized units within each domain within each panel using multiple indicator kriging. 3. For each domain, and for each panel that receives an estimated grade >0.0g/t gold, implement a block support correction (variance adjustment) using indirect lognormal correction and using zero variance reduction on the estimated histogram of sample grades to achieve a histogram of grades for SMU-sized blocks. 4. Calculate the proportion of each panel estimated to exceed a set of selected cut-off grades, and the grades of those proportions. 5. Apply to each panel, or portion of a panel below surface, a bulk density value based on the lithology and weathering profile to achieve estimates of recoverable tonnages and grades for each panel. 6. For the recoverable multiple indicator kriging resource model, an indirect lognormal correction was applied without a variance reduction factor. The corrected multiple indicator kriging model assumes larger SMUs, equivalent to panel-sized units, to account for the limited selectivity resulting from the bulk mining practices at Sukari. Apart from considerations of Mineral Resource classification (Chapter 11.3.1), step five was the final step in construction of the Mineral Resource model. 11.1.2. Mineralisation modelling The geological interpretation and mineralisation domaining were based on lithological and structural wireframe models (Figure 11.1). Structural measurements collected in the open pit and underground, were used to assist with modelling the mineralised zones. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 88 Figure 11.1. 3D long section of major mineralisation domains (looking east). Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2025.GD: Granodiorite; Au_ppm: gold grade in parts per million. There are three main blocks – the upper Main zone (Domains 10 – 40), the middle Amun zone (Domain 50) and the lower Horus zone (Domain 60) as shown in Figure 14.1. The Hapi fault separates the Main and Amun zones, while the Osiris fault separates the Amun and Horus zones. There is also some sub-horizontal granodiorite and gold mineralisation within the Osiris fault zone that constitutes the Osiris domain. The upper Main zone was sub-divided into four domains by the Buthinae and Kaolin 1 faults, including the northern domain which was split into eastern and western following a barren dyke boundary. The Main zone north of the Buthinae fault is generally weakly mineralised with a number of sub-parallel northwest-dipping lodes (Cleopatra, Anthony, Julious). The central Main zone between the Buthinae and Kaolin 1 faults is strongly mineralised and appears to plunge to the north. Part of the Main Reef mineralisation occurs in the Central Main domain. The Main zone south of the Kaolin 1 faults is also strongly mineralised, has a horizontal plunge and includes the other half of the Main Reef. The bottom part of the Central zone is more strongly mineralised around the keel of the granodiorite, so this material was divided into a separate Keel domain. A number of subsidiary granodiorite bodies occur to the east of the Main zone to the south of the Buthinae faults and generally west of the Akbar Wahed fault. These hanging wall granodiorites are sometimes mineralised, so this area was treated as another domain for estimation. The footwall and hanging wall of the Upper Main zone are generally unmineralised, although there are occasional narrow high-grade veins. The main footwall contact domain was split into an immediate domain that is 20m off the granodiorite contact to avoid grade smearing from the high-grade contact samples into the dominantly non-mineralised domain (Figure 11.2).

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 89 Figure 11.2. Boundary analysis and development of western contact domain - section 10940N. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2024. The figure on the right shows gold grade in g/t. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 90 The footwall and hanging wall of the Sukari granodiorite are considered to be two continuous domains undulating around the main mineralised body and were treated using a dynamic anisotropy approach at the estimation stage. The fault and lithology wireframes were generated onsite. Minor modifications were applied to the lithological and structural interpretations to provide consistent domains when assigned in the estimation block model. Mineralisation domains were a result of cutting the main mineralised granodiorite by major structures. However, mineralisation domains were expanded vertically above topography to overcome samples snapped outside the surface. Mineralisation within domains was checked for its continuity directions based on the geological understanding, structural trends, and visual trends based on multiple cut-off grades. Table 11.1 shows the domain codes and dip/dip directions of mineralisation for each domain. The Main North Wall (Domain 83) is a waste domain defined parallel to the north wall of the Main granodiorite to minimise smearing of isolated high-grade samples in this area. Table 11.1. Domain codes and orientations. Bound Description Dip>Direction 10 Main North East 45>320 15 Main North West 85>105 20 Main Central 55>077 25 Central Keel 8>000 30 Main South 38>094 40 Amun 51>090 50 Osiris 25>315 60 Horus 67>092 61 Horus HW 60>095 70 HW GD 81>326 80 FW Contact Mineralisation 65>090 81 Main FW 65>090 82 Main HW 75>290 83 Main North Wall 53>180 Note: HW: hanging wall; GD: granodiorite; FW: footwall. The major barren andesite dykes were modelled across the host rock, and dip moderately to steeply towards azimuths between 090° and 180° (east to south). Only major dykes were defined, and it was assumed that the estimation process would adequately account for the numerous minor dykes. The major dykes were incorporated into the estimation process because they would not otherwise be adequately accounted for, based on their oblique orientation to mineralisation and the relatively wide data spacing. The dyke model was split into footwall and hanging wall dykes around the Buthinae fault zone with no major offset. The northern dyke was incorporated in the northern Granodiorite main domain where it decreased the grade continuity and was used as a domain contact. The interpretation of these dykes could be improved to ensure that high-grade samples are excluded, and all relevant low-grade intersections are captured. Currently, 5.4% of drill hole samples inside dyke wireframes have grades >0.2g/t gold. Oxidation surfaces (base of complete and base of partial oxidation) were updated by site geologist. Oxidation has little impact on gold grades so was not used in estimation domain definition. 11.1.3. Data analysis The Sukari database includes columns for three different gold assay methods, with one or other of these selected as the preferred assay in a separate column named AUPPM. The preferred gold assay was selected based on the following criteria: AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 91 • If the hole is an open pit grade control hole then the order is: o Au_ppm_FA o AuPGM_ppm_FA o Au_ppm_AR • If not an open pit grade control hole then the order is: o AuPGM_ppm_FA o Au_ppm_FA o Au_ppm_AR 11.1.4. Negative values treatment Three negative codes were assigned to the Vulcan dhd.isis database to help in the mineralisation modelling stage. The three codes were: • -9999.0: not assayed (negative value driven from the database based on the database calculation of the assay sample type code i.e., insufficient sample etc.). • -999.0: outstanding assay (default value during import into Vulcan). • -99.0: not sampled (calculation after import based on sample type “NS”). During the compositing stage, the Vulcan compositing form permits the exclusion of only two types of negatives. The value of -9999.0 was revised to -99.0 using field calculations, ensuring this value was disregarded in the compositing process. 11.1.5. Sample compositing The dominant sample length is 1m. However, considering the length-weighted interval, a 2.5m length prevails as the dominant metreage between sampling intervals and was selected as the composite length. Another rationale for opting for 2.5m is the alignment with the SMU and mining selectivity when using a larger composite. Samples <0.5m long were excluded from estimation. Drill hole composites were flagged by the domain, lithology and oxidation wireframes for analysis and estimation. Barren dyke samples were removed from the composite file after flagging with the dyke wireframes, because the dykes were estimated separately from the mineralisation. Only barren dyke samples <0.2g/t gold were removed, to avoid excluding incorrectly flagged mineralised samples. Barren dyke samples outside the wireframes were retained. Most domains have skewed grade distributions with relatively high coefficients of variation (CV; where CV = standard deviation/mean), indicating that a non-linear estimation method such as recoverable multiple indicator kriging would be more appropriate than ordinary kriging. The mineralised domains tended to have lower CVs than the nominal waste domains, because the waste domains are dominated by low grades with only occasional high-grade samples. Mineralised domain 20 includes a single very high-grade grade control Removing this sample resulted in a CV <5, which was a similar CV to the rest of the mineralisation domains. 11.1.6. Top capping No capping of high-grade outlier values was applied to the composite file for grade estimation, as multiple indicator kriging inherently accounts for outliers through its transformation process. Multiple indicator kriging effectively manages extreme values by modelling grade distributions using indicator thresholds, thereby mitigating the impact of high-grade outliers without the need for explicit capping. This approach ensures a more accurate representation of the grade variability while preserving the integrity of the dataset for Mineral Resource estimation. 11.1.7. Variography Variogram maps were generated and examined to help determine the principal directions of gold grade continuity within each domain. In some cases, gold mineralisation is parallel to the granodiorite boundaries, while in other cases the mineralisation is oblique to the granodiorites. Variograms were generated for gold grade and a set of indicator variograms for each domain. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 92 An indicator variable is either zero or one, depending on whether the original sample variable, in this case gold grade, is above (1) or below (0) the indicator grade threshold. Indicator thresholds were applied to each domain, based on a consistent set of grade percentiles (cumulative proportion) as shown in the example in Table 11.2 for Domain 10. Table 11.2. Indicator statistics for Domain 10. Grade Threshold Cumulative Proportion Class Mean Class Median No. Data 0.00 0.00 0.34 0.09 527,912 0.01 0.10 0.34 0.09 519,328 0.01 0.20 0.42 0.15 422,539 0.03 0.30 0.47 0.19 375,462 0.05 0.40 0.53 0.24 325,146 0.09 0.50 0.64 0.32 265,113 0.15 0.60 0.77 0.42 212,405 0.25 0.70 0.96 0.57 159,214 0.32 0.75 1.11 0.68 132,039 0.43 0.80 1.29 0.82 105,613 0.58 0.85 1.55 1.02 79,278 0.82 0.90 1.98 1.35 52,807 1.35 0.95 2.92 2.01 26,450 1.82 0.97 3.82 2.61 15,930 3.17 0.99 6.83 4.36 5,297 11.1.8. Dry bulk density A total of approximately 92,000 dry bulk density measurements was collected from DD core (the majority) and grab samples up to December 2025. This dataset provides good spatial coverage across the deposit and is considered representative of the range of lithologies present. A geology block model was generated using lithology and oxidation wireframes. Density was then assigned to this model using the average values, shown in Table 11.3. Finally, the combined geology and density model was added to the multiple indicator kriging grade model. Table 11.3. Average density values by lithology and oxidation zone Lith-Code Lith-Group Fresh (g/cm3) Transition (g/cm3) Oxide (g/cm3) 100 Sediments 2.78 2.75 2.68 200 Volcanic Tuff 2.80 2.75 2.76 300 Carbonaceous Sediment 2.76 2.70 2.66 320 Schist 2.71 2.58 2.52 400 Talc Chlorite Schist 2.71 2.58 2.52 500 Granodiorite 2.67 2.64 2.62 600 Andesitic Intermediate Volcanics 2.74 2.72 2.68 700 Serpentine 2.80 2.68 2.58 750 Quartz vein 2.67 2.66 2.63 800 Dykes 2.79 2.76 2.75 900 Gabbro 2.75 2.72 2.67 Note: g/cm3: grams per cubic centimetre. 11.1.9. Estimation Soft boundaries were applied between mineralised domains and waste domains keeping the mineralisation/waste domains as hard boundaries. In soft boundaries, block estimation was informed by composites from another domain, using variogram and search parameters specific to each domain. When

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 93 samples from neighbouring domains were used, the boundary was classified based on the main domain parameters being estimated. This estimation methodology is appropriate given that: • Around open pit cut-off grades the deposit has relatively diffuse grade architecture. • Mixed distributions are present within domains, which may not be effectively partitioned by further domaining. • Domain statistics show extreme positive skew (CVs ranging from ~5 to 30). • It is useful to estimate within a large block (panel), to better forecast grade control model/production results at SMU scale. The multiple indicator kriging estimates were depleted using pit topography and underground voids as of end of December 2025. Blocks were constrained within a $2,150/oz gold reporting pit shell. The input parameters for multiple indicator kriging include: • Indicator variogram models describing the spatial continuity of indicator variables within each domain at each indicator threshold. • Variograms describing the spatial continuity of gold grades within each domain. • Mean gold grades of each of the indicator classes within each domain. Details of block model dimensions for the multiple indicator kriging estimates are provided in Table 11.4. Table 11.4. Open pit Mineral Resource model dimensions. Parameter X Y Z Origin 9690 9000 -500 Offset 2020 3400 1950 Block Size 20 25 10 Number of blocks 101 136 195 Pass 1 represents the minimum radii required to ensure that the block is entirely enclosed by the search ellipsoid regardless of the rotations. The ellipsoids for each domain were tested so that the geological directions stated in Table 11.5 are replicated in the software. Table 11.5. Multiple indicator kriging estimation search strategy. Estimation Pass Search Radii Samples Octants X Y Z Min Max Min 1 30 30 15 16 48 4 2 45 45 22.5 16 48 4 3 60 60 30 8 48 4 4 75 75 37.5 4 48 2 Discretisation was set at 5 x 5 x 5 points per block to generate block rather than point estimates. Multiple indicator kriging was first used to estimate a panel cumulative distribution function, used to calculate a panel E-type grade. Change of support was then implemented using the indirect log-normal method with a variance reduction of zero so the correction only applied the mean and variance of the distribution. The boundary treatment was by restricting the soft boundaries between the mineralised zones and the waste zones to prevent grade smearing both ways. The footwall mineralisation domain “80” was in the mineralised zones side. A matrix showing the relation between domains is provided in Table 11.6 where 1 is a soft and 0 is a hard boundary. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 94 Table 11.6. Soft (1) and hard (0) boundaries. Bound Description 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 61 70 80 81 82 83 10 Main North East 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 15 Main North West 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 20 Main Central 20 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 25 Central Keel 25 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 30 Main South 30 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 40 Amun 40 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 50 Osiris 50 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 60 Horus 60 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 61 Horus HW 61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 70 HW GD 70 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 80 FW Сontact Mineralisation 80 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 81 Main FW 81 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 82 Main HW 82 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 83 Main North Wall 83 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 Note: HW: hanging wall; FW: footwall; GD: granodiorite. Based on the experience gained from the reconciliation of estimates against mine production, the following scheme was developed. The preferred value in mineralised domains was the average of the mean and median grades for the top indicator class, while the more conservative median grade was used for the waste domains, to limit smearing of isolated high-grade samples in these nominally low-grade domains. Table 11.7 shows the top indicator statistics for all domains, with the values used for the preferred model indicated by shading. Table 11.7. Top indicator class statistics (preferred values indicated by shading). Description Bound Gold threshold ppm Count Mean Median Mn+Md/2 Main North East 10 3.17 5,297 6.83 4.37 5.60 Main North West 15 0.46 98 0.89 0.69 0.79 Main Central 20 7.256 1,981 32.75 11.23 21.99 Central Keel 25 14.913 94 49.07 23.92 36.49 Main South 30 8.173 2,022 24.80 12.80 18.80 Amun 40 30.7 293 90.00 56.00 73.00 Osiris 50 8.058 286 38.95 16.77 27.86 Horus 60 7.1 516 28.95 13.73 21.34 Horus HW 61 0.406 373 1.70 0.72 1.21 HWGD 70 2.629 2,672 8.69 3.71 6.20 FW Contact Mineralisation 80 7.985 542 62.32 24.56 43.44 Main FW 81 0.284 203 13.62 0.84 7.23 Main HW 82 1.82 149 12.48 4.82 8.65 Main North Wall 83 0.129 28 4.95 0.41 2.68 Note: HW: hanging wall; FW: footwall; GD: granodiorite. 11.1.10. Validation The model was validated in several ways, including visual comparison of block and drill hole grades, statistical analysis (summary statistics, swath plot), examination of grade-tonnage data, and comparison with grade control and the previous resource model. Visual comparison of block and drill hole grades showed reasonable agreement in all areas examined and no obvious evidence of excessive smearing of high-grade assays. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 95 A comparison of average sample composite and model block grades by domain was completed. The composite statistics were not declustered and length weighted, while the block grades were volume weighted. The block averages by domain were consistently less than the samples, this was due to the clustering of the high-grade samples. Overall, the average block grades were lower than the sample grades because the sample grades tended to be clustered in high grade areas, particularly the underground grade controlled areas. Swath plots of gold grades demonstrated that the composite and block grades showed similar spatial trends and average values were comparable, allowing for smoothing in the model, clustering in the drill hole data and the generally larger volume represented by the model. Two sets of swath plots were generated, one using all drill holes and the other using only Mineral Resource drill holes. The grade profiles for the Mineral Resource drill holes only are closer to the block model grades than those using all drill holes, which is due to the underground grade control holes being clustered in high grade areas. The impact and location of the underground grade control holes was most apparent in the swath plots by elevation. The visual validation between the block model and sample data demonstrated a reasonably strong alignment, indicating that the block model accurately represented the spatial distribution of grade values observed in the samples. This consistency reflected the reliability of the interpolation methods used and validated the integrity of the geological and grade modelling processes. A grade-tonnage curve showed a smooth gradation in both tonnage and grade over the range of cut-off grades examined, and no obvious kinks or bumps suggestive of estimation issues were noted. Validation of the model showed that estimates are reasonable compared to all drilling, grade control data and the previous model. 11.2. Mineral Resource potentially amenable to underground mining methods The Mineral Resource estimate potentially amenable to underground mining methods was estimated using ordinary kriging and was informed by drilling up to 15 May 2025. 11.2.1. Mineral Resource data set The mineralisation interpretation included all validated open pit RC grade control holes 60m above the 30 June 2024 hard pit shell in Amun and 150m above in the Ptah Zone. All open pit RC grade control holes below the hard pit shell and the advanced grade control drill holes from surface were retained. The remainder of the open pit RC grade control holes were excluded. All underground grade control and face samples were used in estimation. Underground grade control was nominally drilled on a 25 x 25m spacing and face samples were taken across each exposed development face, determined by lithology and structural orientation. Holes without assays were excluded from estimation support. 11.2.2. Geological modelling Geological paper cross sections and level plans were generated on 25m intervals or on drill hole (oblique) section and georeferenced in Maptek Vulcan and Leapfrog software for 3D explicit and implicit modelling, respectively. Lithological, weathering, and redox wireframes were modelled and subsequently flagged into the database and block model. Geological sections are updated daily while the geological models are updated quarterly, and interpretations are regularly cross checked with drill core, RC chips, and underground mapping to ensure the model is representative of the geology on the local scale. 11.2.3. Mineralisation modelling Mineralisation domains were built based on a combination of grade, lithology, alteration and structural data from drill core, open pit and underground mapping. Statistical and visual analysis showed that a suitable geologically related boundary cut-off grade was approximately 0.5g/t gold for the underground. The resulting low-grade mineralised envelopes incorporated minor amounts of internal sub-grade material to preserve continuity. Where grades >2g/t gold were observed with geological continuity, a high-grade domain was generated that capture internal rod-like ore shoots. Boundary analysis was completed to confirm if there was a sharp change in grade profile across domain boundaries. Mineralisation models were generated from geo-referenced paper cross-sections into Vulcan. Interval selection method using Leapfrog was completed on vertical sections in a north-south direction across the mineralisation extent. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 96 Wireframes were snapped, where possible, to the drill hole sample intervals to create a precise boundary. The resulting interpretation produced consistent geometry and geological continuity for the plunging mineralised lodes (Figure 11.3). Figure 11.3. 3D View of Sukari mineralisation lodes looking east. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2025. The mineralisation domains were categorised into eight main groups of lodes, comprising a total of 389 individual domains (Table 11.8). Table 11.8. Categorisation and number of mineralised domains. Lode Domains LG Domains (<1.6g/t Au) MG Domains (1.6g/t – 2.2g.t Au) HG Domains (2.2g/t – 8g/t Au) VHG Domains (>8g/t Au) Granodiorite 1000 4 0 0 0 Amun 2000 28 4 36 6 Osiris 3000 6 3 12 6 Horus 4000 46 12 32 9 Ptah 5000 33 8 16 7 Cleopatra 6000 90 1 0 0 Bast 7000 10 3 2 5 Keel 8000 3 1 6 0 Note: g/t Au: grams per ton of gold; LG: low grade; MG: marginal grade; HG: high grade; VHG: very high grade. The 1000 lode refers to the main granodiorite intrusion, excluding mineralisation above 0.5g/t gold. The 2000 lodes comprise the Amun domains, situated in the southern portion of the deposit. The 3000 lodes represent the Osiris domains, located beneath Amun. The 4000 lodes represent the Top of Horus and Horus Deeps domains. The 5000 lodes represent the Ptah domains, found in the central portion of the deposit. The 6000 lodes represent the Cleopatra domains, situated in the north of the deposit. The 7000 lodes represent the Bast domains, situated between the Amun and Ptah zones. The 8000 lodes represent the Keel domains beneath the Ptah domains. Amun, Ptah, and Cleopatra are mined from both open pit and underground, whereas Horus is mined exclusively from underground. Thin, continuous, barren, mafic dyke units are interspersed within the metasedimentary units in the footwall and within the main granodiorite in the northern zone. These barren units were modelled independently and flagged as code 800 for both the composites and block model.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 97 11.2.4. Sample compositing Drill samples were composited down hole on a 1m length for underground samples. The minimum composite length was 0.2m. Compositing was completed in Vulcan software using the merge option for small composites, which adds the last composite, to the previous interval. A tolerance length of 0.2m was used. Compositing honoured the estimation domains by terminating on the domain boundary. 11.2.5. Top capping Top capping was applied to reduce the effect of high-grade outliers during Mineral Resource estimation. A multi-variate analysis method was used to select the top cap, including analysing a combination of histograms, probability plots, and their disintegration trends. The top capping occurred within the top percentile ranges, between the 95th and 99.9th percentiles within the individual mineralised lodes. Mine to mill reconciliation data in active areas of the mine were also used when assessing the final top cut grade. Occasionally, where there were many other notable disintegration points in a grade population for a given domain, high yield limits were also used. In these instances, the distance in which elevated values could be used during interpolation were restricted (limited range of influence), minimising the potential for grade smearing. Gold top cut ranges applied to each domain included: • Amun: 1.8–209g/t. • Osiris: 6–246g/t. • Horus: 1.66–265g/t. • Ptah: 2.5–600g/t. • Cleopatra: 1.2–40g/t. • Bast: 5.8–419g/t. • Keel: 0.55–42g/t. 11.2.6. Variography Variography was conducted using Snowden Supervisor v9 software. Individual domains with sufficient data to support modelling were generated for variography based on spatial continuity, directional grade variability and orientation. A normal scores transform was applied to declustered composites to help resolve spatial structures. Gaussian variogram models were back transformed to derive model inputs for estimation. Where an individual domain had insufficient samples to undertake variography, the variogram model parameters from a comparative domain with a similar trend were used, and the orientation adjusted to match the domain with insufficient data. 11.2.7. Dry bulk density Density was assigned in the block model using the approach described for the Mineral Resources considered potentially amenable to open pit mining methods. 11.2.8. Block model setup The block model parent block size was tailored to the local data spacing. The maximum parent block size was 30mE x 32mN x 10mRL in waste areas and the minimum was 6mE x 4mN x 2.5mRL. The minimum sub cell size was 2mE x 2mN x 1.25mRL, which effectively resolves domain boundaries. The block model was not rotated, and was flagged by weathering, lithology and mineralisation domain. Table 11.9 summarises the block extents. Table 11.9. Block model extents. Block extents Easting (X) Northing (Y) Elevation (Z) Origin 9,600 9,000 -500 Minimum Offset 0 0 0 Maximum Offset 2,010 3,424 2,000 Parent Block Size (m) 30 32 10 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 98 Block extents Easting (X) Northing (Y) Elevation (Z) Sub Cell Size (m) 2 2 1.25 Rotation (°) 90 0 0 Note: m: metres; °degrees. 11.2.9. Estimation Mineral Resource potentially amenable to underground mining methods was estimated using ordinary kriging in Vulcan software. All domains used hard boundaries to ensure that separate grade populations did not influence the estimate. Dynamic anisotropy was implemented to align variogram and search orientations to local domain orientation. Each estimation domain was attributed its own estimation parameters defined via quantitative kriging neighbourhood analysis (QKNA). QKNA was used to optimise the search ranges, sample numbers, and for discretisation. Optimisations looked at kriging efficiency slope of regression and negative kriging weights. The QKNA was completed for each variogram domain with the first estimation pass. Each estimation domain was sub-domained by data density such that smaller blocks and more localised searches could be applied to the estimation of grade control-drilled areas, relative to the wider-spaced exploration drilling. Sulphur was also estimated for geometallurgical purposes. 11.2.10. Validation Model validation used volume comparison, swath plots, grade comparisons with nearest neighbour, and visual validation techniques to ensure no significant errors occurred during the estimation process. Validation checks showed good agreement between drill hole composite values and model block values. The hard boundaries between wireframes constrained grades to their respective estimation domains. Top capping and high-grade restraining succeeded in minimising grade smearing in regions of sparse data. 11.3. Combined Mineral Resource 11.3.1. Mineral Resource classification and uncertainty Classification for the open pit estimate was based on estimation passes. Pass 1 (30 x 30 x 15m) could support Measured Mineral Resource classification, pass 2 (45 x 45 x 22.5m) could support Indicated Mineral Resource classification, pass 3 (60 x 60 x 30m) could support Inferred Mineral Resource classification and an additional pass 4 (75 x 75 x 37.5m) was assigned as “unclassified”. The Mineral Resource classification was not smoothed because the use of octant constraints minimised isolated confidence category blocks and areas of Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource confidence classifications are generally quite coherent. This classification included consideration of deposit type, continuity of geology and grade, sampling and assaying methods, and analysis of QA/QC data. This strategy was considered by the Qualified Person to be defensible, given consistent data quality across the deposit and precise lithological modelling, with changes primarily driven by search parameters/distances. An additional step was taken to reclassify Inferred material within the host rock. Inferred blocks that were located within a conservatively defined drilling solid and supported by at least 16 samples from two or more drill holes, were upgraded to Indicated status. Mineral Resources potentially amenable to underground mining methods were classified as Measured, Indicated, and Inferred Mineral Resources based on data quality, drilling density, geological continuity, the variogram range, number of passes and the slope of regression. The main classification parameters applied are presented in Table 11.10. Table 11.10. Mineral Resource classification parameters. Parameter Measured Indicated Inferred Kriging efficiency and slope of regression >0.7 0.5-0.7 0.3-0.5 Number of samples >12 12–8 8-4 Minimum drill hole samples 8 6 4 Minimum consecutive sections 4 good geological continuity - Grade continuity very good good moderate to poor AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 99 Parameter Measured Indicated Inferred Infrastructure existing underground development No existing underground development no existing underground development Maximum drilling density Underground 20m by 10m or 25m by 10m 20m by 25m 50m by 50m Note: m: metres. For Indicated Mineral Resource, there was some allowances for areas where drilling density was lower, but where successive drilling campaigns had shown grade and geological continuity. To ensure that the classification was continuous, classification wireframes were generated from the classification criteria and used to flag the block models. 11.3.2. Depletion and sterilisation Active mining areas are scanned using cavity monitoring laser scanners on a monthly basis for underground and detailed drone photometry scans are completed weekly for open pit. Depletion pit surveys and underground cavity monitoring scans were updated at the end of December 2025 and used to flag the block models in the mined-out field. The block models were not sub-celled on depletion boundaries and reporting used a partial block depletion percentage. For the open pit, grade estimates were generated with barren dyke samples excluded. Barren dyke depletion used the following process. Blocks were flagged with their proportion of barren dyke, which was treated as dilution if <20% but was assumed to potentially be selectively mineable if >20%. Therefore, if the proportion of dyke was <20%, then the block proportions and grades above each cut-off were diluted by the proportion of dyke at a grade of 0.02g/t gold. However, if the proportion of dyke was >20%, then the block proportions above each cut-off were reduced by the proportion of dyke, but grades above cut-off were unchanged. In both cases, the average block grade was re-calculated. The 20% threshold between dilution and mineability was selected based on the current mining selectivity. The open pit Mineral Resource model was also depleted using existing (current at end of December 2025) underground development and stopes, as well as an additional set of voids, referred to as open pit voids, which includes previously unsurveyed voids encountered during open pit and underground mining. These were treated in the same way as stopes for the purpose of model depletion. Stopes were depleted from the open pit Mineral Resource model by preferentially removing the highest-grade material in each block, if stopes targeted the highest available grades. Development was depleted at average gold grades, assuming that no specific material was targeted by this type of mining. While this approach is simplistic, it is more realistic than applying a single methodology to all underground voids. For the underground model, regions considered sterilised by existing stoping or capital infrastructure were flagged and excluded from Mineral Resource reporting. 11.3.3. Block model to mill reconciliation Several metrics are used for reconciliation of open pit and underground estimated tonnages and grade versus actual values on a weekly, monthly, quarterly and annual basis. In 2025, the grade control model consistently overperformed in tonnes by 6% but underperformed in grade and ounces by 8% and 3% respectively compared to the multiple indicator kriging model. Variation in tonnes, grade and ounces, ranged between +15% and -24% on a monthly basis. This issue was resolved in the latest Mineral Resource model by using additional drill hole data, improved geological constraints, top cuts, and high yields in the estimation process. Overall, the ounce linear trend line showed a +7% reduction in ounces compared to the Mineral Resource model. Advanced grade control drilling on a 24 x 24m grid is planned to be continued until the open pit has been drilled out to that spacing. Initiatives are underway to address the disparity between actuals versus resource model forecasts in the underground mining operation. These include use of RC drilling and will add the second RC underground rig at the end of 2026, and conditional simulation, adjustment of top cut values, ongoing geological interpretation refinements, and defining the true shape, orientation and grade continuity of the deposit. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 100 Underground RC drilling was introduced in Q1 2025 and continues to increase the sample size and decrease the grade variability seen in core samples. Drilling rates will also be higher, meaning that a tighter-spaced drill pattern can be achieved. 11.3.4. Stockpiles A total of seven stockpiles containing substantial tonnages of low-grade material (>0.2g/t gold), along with ROM material that is blended and fed into the processing plant, was reported as at 31 December 2025. This material primarily originates from the open pit and was classified based on grade control drilling. The stockpile tonnages were determined through monthly survey control and loose density testwork, while grades were assigned based on drilling results. All stockpiled mineralised material is planned for processing through the mill or placement under irrigation on the dump leach. Underground ore, which is higher grade than the open pit material, is hauled to the surface immediately after mining. It is then stockpiled on the ROM pad before being fed in batches into the processing plant. 11.3.5. Reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction 11.3.5.1. Open pit Mineral Resource potentially amenable to open pit mining methods was reported within a $2,150/oz gold pit shell and above a 0.2g/t gold cut-off grade. The input parameters are listed in Table 11.11. Table 11.11. Input parameters, conceptual constraining pit shell for Mineral Resources. Parameter Unit Value Gold price $/oz 2,150 Refining and selling cost $/oz 3.10 Mineral royalty % 3.0 Diesel price $/L 0.90 Base open pit mining cost (mined) $/t/mined 2.07 Depth cost $/t/mined ±$0.02 (per 10m vertical uphill haul) ±$0.02 (per 10m vertical downhill haul) Mining recovery fraction % 100 Mining dilution fraction % 7 Rock types used # Measured, Indicated and Inferred Processing stream # CIL (Fresh / Transition @ 0.4g/t cut-off grade) CIL (Oxide @ 0.9g/t cut-off grade) DL (Oxide & SG @ 0.2g/t cut-off grade) Process recovery CIL fixed % 89.5 Process recovery dump leach fixed % 60.5 Process recovery subgrade fixed % 32.5 Processing cost CIL (processed) $/t/processed 12.93 Processing cost dump leach (processed) $/t/processed 2.27 Optimisation method # Lerchs-Grossman Discount rate % 7 Note: CIL: carbon-in-leach; DL: dump leach. 11.3.5.2. Underground Mineral Resource potentially amenable to underground mining methods was reported above a 1.2g/t gold cut-off grade, and below the $2,150/oz pit shell. The estimate was constrained by optimised stope shapes using mineable shape optimiser (MSO) software, and an assumption of long-hole open stoping as the mining method. The shape optimiser creates and evaluates 3D envelopes of material based on the cut-off grade and other relevant factors such as minimum size, shape, dilution, and orientation of mining units. The reported Mineral Resource is confined within these mining shapes, and all material within these shapes is included in the estimate. This means that the cut-off

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 101 grade is considered during the creation of these shapes, and no additional cut-off grade is applied when reporting from them. The parameters used are summarised in Table 11.12. A gold price of $2,000/oz was used in conjunction with cost assumptions to calculate the appropriate cut-off grades for the Mineral Resource considered amenable to underground mining methods. Table 11.12. Parameters used for generating the Mineral Resource considered potentially amenable to underground mining methods. Inputs Sukari underground Gold price Gold price ($/oz) 2,000 Costs Mining cost – mined ($/t) 42.04 Processing cost – processed only ($/t) 14.57 General and administrative – processed ($/t) 3.02 Royalty (%) 3% Metallurgical Recovery Metallurgical Recovery (%) 89.5 Cut-off grades MSO optimising cut-off grade (g/t) 1.2 Mineral Resource cut-off grade (g/t) 1.15 Other MSO parameters Dynamic dip and strike control Used (mineralisation wireframes for stope dip and strike control) Sub-stope definition method Not applicable Stope sections (m) Slice interval 2.0m Stope levels Aligned with development levels or proposed development levels Stope width (m) Apparent width method (min 2m, max 20m) Stope dilution (m) Applied (ELOS dilution; near/far method; single values of 0.5m for near and far) Stope dip angle (°) Min 42, max 135, and max change 45 Stope strike angle (°) Min -30, max 30, and max change 60 Note: ELOS: equivalent linear overbreak slough; MSO: mineable shape optimiser; m: metres 11.4. Mineral Resource statement The Mineral Resource for mineralisation assumed to be amenable to open pit and underground mining methods is reported in situ and constrained to meet the requirement for reasonable prospects of economic extraction by volumes created through a mine shape optimiser process for underground or within an economically optimised pit shell for open pit. Mineralisation in stockpiles is reported as broken material, in stockpiles. The Mineral Resource is reported exclusive of the Mineral Resource converted to Mineral Reserve. Mineral Resource that is not Mineral Reserve does not have demonstrated economic viability. The selected point of reference is 31 December 2025. The Mineral Resource is current at 31 December 2025 and is summarised in Table 11.13 (100% basis) and Table 11.14 (50% attributable basis). Table 11.13. Mineral Resource statement – 100% basis. Deposit/Area Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained Gold (t) (Moz Au) Open pit Measured 78.51 0.72 56.79 1.83 Indicated 73.47 0.47 34.45 1.11 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 151.98 0.60 91.23 2.93 Inferred 34.22 0.47 16.10 0.52 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 102 Deposit/Area Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained Gold (t) (Moz Au) Open pit – Stage 5 Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Sub-total Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 0.19 0.82 0.16 0.01 Open pit – Stage 6 Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Sub-total Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 3.57 0.85 3.03 0.10 Open pit – Stage 7 Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Sub-total Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 0.05 0.45 0.02 0.00 Open pit – Stage 8 Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Sub-total Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 9.01 0.46 4.16 0.13 Underground – Amun Measured 0.35 1.99 0.69 0.02 Indicated 0.28 2.17 0.61 0.02 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 0.63 2.07 1.31 0.04 Inferred 0.05 2.15 0.10 0.00 Underground – Bast Measured 0.16 7.43 1.18 0.04 Indicated 0.04 5.00 0.19 0.01 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 0.20 6.95 1.37 0.04 Inferred 0.10 2.27 0.23 0.01 Underground – Horus Measured 2.41 2.50 6.02 0.19 Indicated 6.55 1.79 11.69 0.38 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 8.96 1.98 17.72 0.57 Inferred 4.27 1.73 7.40 0.24 Underground – Ptah Measured 1.78 1.82 3.24 0.10 Indicated 0.60 1.68 1.02 0.03 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 2.38 1.79 4.26 0.14 Inferred 0.26 2.08 0.54 0.02 Stockpiles Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Sub-total Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 8.96 0.46 4.14 0.13 Total Sukari (open pit, underground and stockpiles) Measured 83.20 0.82 67.92 2.18 Indicated 80.95 0.59 47.96 1.54 Total Measured & Indicated 164.15 0.71 115.88 3.73 Inferred 60.68 0.59 35.88 1.15 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 103 Table 11.14. Mineral Resource statement – attributable basis (50%). Deposit/Area Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained Gold (t) (Moz Au) Open pit Measured 39.26 0.72 28.39 0.91 Indicated 36.74 0.47 17.22 0.55 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 75.99 0.60 45.62 1.47 Inferred 17.11 0.47 8.05 0.26 Open pit – Stage 5 Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Sub-total Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 0.10 0.82 0.08 0.00 Open pit – Stage 6 Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Sub-total Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 1.78 0.85 1.51 0.05 Open pit – Stage 7 Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Sub-total Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 0.02 0.45 0.01 0.00 Open pit – Stage 8 Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Sub-total Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 4.50 0.46 2.08 0.07 Underground – Amun Measured 0.17 1.99 0.35 0.01 Indicated 0.14 2.17 0.31 0.01 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 0.32 2.07 0.65 0.02 Inferred 0.02 2.15 0.05 0.00 Underground – Bast Measured 0.08 7.43 0.59 0.02 Indicated 0.02 5 0.10 0.00 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 0.10 6.95 0.68 0.02 Inferred 0.05 2.27 0.11 0.00 Underground – Horus Measured 1.21 2.50 3.01 0.10 Indicated 3.27 1.79 5.85 0.19 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 4.48 1.98 8.86 0.28 Inferred 2.13 1.73 3.70 0.12 Underground – Ptah Measured 0.89 1.82 1.62 0.05 Indicated 0.30 1.68 0.51 0.02 Sub-total Measured & Indicated 1.19 1.79 2.13 0.07 Inferred 0.13 2.08 0.27 0.01 Stockpiles Measured - - - - Indicated - - - - Sub-total Measured & Indicated - - - - Inferred 4.48 0.46 2.07 0.07 Total Sukari (open pit, underground and stockpiles) Measured 41.60 0.82 33.96 1.09 Indicated 40.48 0.59 23.98 0.77 Total Measured & Indicated 82.08 0.71 57.94 1.86 Inferred 30.34 0.59 17.94 0.58 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 104 Notes: Rounding of numbers may result in computational discrepancies in the Mineral Resource tabulations. All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated. To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, grade and content for gold to two decimals. All ounces are Troy ounces. “Moz” refers to million ounces. 1. The Mineral Resource stated herein is current at date and was prepared in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300 2. All disclosure of Mineral Resource is exclusive of Mineral Reserve. The Mineral Resource exclusive of Mineral Reserve is defined as the inclusive Mineral Resource less the Mineral Reserve before dilution and other factors are applied. 3. “Tonnes” refers to a metric tonne which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms. 4. The Mineral Resource tonnages and grades are reported in situ and constrained to meet the requirement for reasonable prospects of economic extraction by volumes created through a mine shape optimiser process for underground or within an economically optimised pit shell for open pit and stockpiled material is reported as broken material. 5. Property currently in a production stage. 6. Based on a gold price of $2,150 (open pit) and $2,000/oz (underground). 7. Mr. Doxel Mutunda, MAIG, employed by AngloGold Ashanti, is the Qualified Person for the Sukari Mineral Resource. 8. In 2025, a metallurgical recovery factor of 89.5% was applied to the open pit and underground, and 86.56% was applied to the stockpile. 9. In 2025, a cut-off grade of 0.20g/t was applied to the open pit, a cut-off grade of 0.40g/t was applied to the stockpile and a cut-off grade of 1.20g/t was applied to the underground. 11.5. Factors that may affect the Mineral Resource estimates Uncertainties that may affect the Mineral Resource estimates include changes to the following: • Metal price and exchange rate assumptions. • Assumptions used to generate the gold grade cut-off grade • Local interpretations of mineralisation geometry and continuity of mineralised zones. • Geological and mineralisation shape and geological and grade continuity assumptions. • Density and domain assignments. • Geotechnical, mining and metallurgical recovery assumptions. • Input and design parameter assumptions that pertain to the conceptual stope designs constraining the underground estimates. • Assumptions as to the continued ability to access the site, retain mineral and surface rights titles, maintain environment and other regulatory permits, and maintain the social licence to operate. 11.6. Qualified Person's opinion There is upside potential for the estimates if mineralisation that is currently classified as Inferred Mineral Resource can be upgraded to higher-confidence Mineral Resource categories. The Mineral Resource estimate has been prepared using industry accepted practice and conforms to the disclosure requirements of S-K1300. The Mineral Resource estimates are evaluated annually providing the opportunity to reassess the assumed conditions. The Qualified Person's opinion is that all relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospect of economic extraction can be resolved with further work. Additional drilling and ongoing modelling will help refine the Mineral Resource estimate, improve geological confidence, and support the assessment of economic viability. These efforts will contribute to a more comprehensive understanding of the deposit, addressing any outstanding uncertainties related to grade distribution, geological continuity, and mining considerations. There are no other environmental, legal, title, taxation, socioeconomic, marketing, political or other relevant factors known to the Qualified Person that would materially affect the Mineral Resource estimates that are not discussed in this Report. 12. Mineral Reserve estimates 12.1. Introduction The Mineral Reserve tonnages and grades are estimated and reported as delivered to the plant (i.e., the point where material is delivered to the processing facility). The selected point of reference is 31 December 2025. The open pit is designed with eight phases, four of which remain to be completed, and there are four underground mining zones: Amun, Ptah, Horus and Bast, as shown in Figure 12.1.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 105 Figure 12.1. Sukari mine layout. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2025. Mineral Reserve was converted from Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource. Inferred Mineral Resource is treated as waste in the mine schedule. 12.2. Open pit Mineral Reserve 12.2.1. Open pit optimisation 12.2.1.1. Input parameters General parameters and modifying factors, applicable to both the open pit and underground operations, include the forecast gold price, sales costs, mineral royalty and diesel price. For the 2025 Mineral Reserve estimation, the general parameters in Table 12.1 were used. Table 12.1. General input factors. Parameter Unit 2025 Mineral Reserve Notes Gold price $/oz 1,700 Refining and selling costs $/oz 3.1 Mineral royalty % 3.00 Apply to sales revenue Diesel price $/L 0.90 The pit optimisation parameters are given in Table 12.2. Table 12.2. Pit optimisation parameters. Parameter Units Value Notes Final bench height m 10 Overall slope angle North wall ° North-east wall° East wall° South-east wall° South-west wall° West wall° 45 43 42 42 34 32 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 106 Parameter Units Value Notes Base mining cost $/t mined 2.07 ±$0.02 (per 10m vertical uphill haul) ±$0.02 (per 10m vertical downhill haul) (datum at 1090mRL) Including sustaining capex CIL processing cost $/t processed 12.93 Including sustaining capex Dump leaching cost $/t processed 2.45 Including general and administrative cost proportion to DL (0.175) General and administrative cost $/t processed 2.52 Applied to CIL processing cost CIL process recovery % 89.5 Dump leach recovery % 60.5 32.5 Dump leach oxide Dump leach sub-grade Mining dilution % 7 Additional to dilution accounted for via model reblocking to 20m x 25m x 10m (XYZ) Ore losses % Nil Note: CIL: carbon-in-leach; mRL: metres relative; m: metres Values are based on 2025 budget annualised costs and assume a connection to grid power in 2027. 12.2.1.2. Geotechnical parameters A geotechnical review was completed for the stage eight pit design. Revised pit design walls have typical inter-ramp angles and overall slope angles as per Table 12.3. Table 12.3. Pit slope angles. Wall Inter-ramp Overall slope IRA (°) Slope height (m) OSA (°) Slope Height (m) East 46° 190 42° 550 West 36° 450 32° 500 North 49° 295 42° 570 South 44° 180 38.5° 520 Note IRA: inter-ramp angles; OSA: overall slope angles; m: metres; °: degrees. East wall was reviewed as Geotech information was updated to add the Anubis fault to the wall stability model. To stabilise the wall a cutback was added with 40 Mt to be mined from the top of the east wall to make it flatter (35°). 12.2.1.3. Process recoveries The process recoveries for optimisation were based upon production actuals. The recovery values used for pit optimisation and cut-off grade calculation are in line with the production actuals. 12.2.1.4. Dilution and losses Dilution calculations were based on regularisation of the sub-celled block model to a SMU of 20m x 25m x 10m (XYZ). The re-blocking process accounted for any mineralisation below cut-off grade in the evaluation process. A 7% dilution was applied in the optimisation process to account for unplanned dilution during mining. 12.2.1.5. Operating costs Operating cost assumptions were based on actual mine data combined with production estimates, including haulage fleet and maintenance-related improvements. The average elevation of the base mining cost of $2.07/t mined is 1090mRL, with an assumption of incremental depth variation of ±$0.02/t mined per 10m bench (with increased cost as depth increases). AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 107 12.2.2. Open pit cut-off grades Table 12.4 provides the assumptions used in the calculation of cut-off grade to be applied to the material contained within the optimised pit and final designed pits, and Table 12.5 summarises the resulting cut-off grades. Table 12.4. Open pit cut-off grade parameters and costs. Description Unit CIL process Dump leach OX Dump leach SG Parameters Gold price $/oz $/g 1,700 54.65 1,700 54.65 1,700 54.65 Revenue and selling cost $/g 0.099 0.099 0.099 Mineral royalty % 3.00 3.00 3.00 Mining dilution/loss % - - - Process recovery % 89.5 60.5 32.5 Costs Total mining cost $/t ore 2.52 2.52 2.52 Total processing $/t ore 12.93 2.27 2.27 Power $/t ore 1.29 0.20 0.20 General and administrative $/t ore 2.52 0.175 0.175 Table 12.5. Cut-off grades. Cut-off grade Unit CIL Process Dump leach OX Dump leach SG Full grade g/t 0.43 0.12 - Marginal grade g/t 0.4 0.10 - Mineralised waste g/t - - 0.18 Full ore cut-off grade refers to the breakeven grade where cost is representative of all cost to carry the full operation (excluding direct mining cost), and revenue is at the Mineral Reserve/planning gold price. Marginal cut-off grade is the breakeven grade where the cost is representative of the reduced cost that will be experienced after mining, and revenue is at the Mineral Reserve/planning gold price. A 7% mining dilution is applied to the calculated and marginal values to provide the in situ cut-off grades. The parameters quoted result in a theoretical (calculated) ore cut-off grade for material sent to the CIL process plant of 0.43g/t gold. Operationally, a mill cut-off of 0.50g/t gold and an ore cut-off grade of 0.40g/t gold is used; with material in the 0.40-0.50g/t gold range stockpiled as low grade, and material of >0.50g/t gold sent to the ROM stockpile. Operationally, material grade bins can be summarised as follows: • High-grade fresh and transitional ore portion: transitional and fresh ore, ≥0.90g/t gold, sent to the ROM pad. • Medium-grade fresh and transitional ore portion: transitional and fresh ore, 0.50-0.90g/t gold, sent to the ROM pad. • Low-grade fresh and transitional ore portion: transitional and fresh ore, 0.40-0.50g/t gold, sent to the low grade stockpile. • High-grade oxide ore portion: oxide ore, ≥0.90 g/t gold, sent to the ROM pad. • Low-grade oxide ore portion for dump leach: oxide ore, 0.20-0.90g/t gold, sent to the to dump leach. • Sub-grade material: transitional and fresh material, 0.25-0.4g/t gold, sent to the sub-grade stockpile. • Waste: oxide material where gold <0.20g/t and fresh or transitional material where gold <0.25g/t. 12.2.3. Pit design No material changes were made to the pit design during 2025. Minor operational changes based on updated localised geotechnical information were completed. There is also a change in the north to mine part of the Mineral Reserve that was left between Stage 7 and 8. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 108 The final pit was used to generate the LOM schedule and generate the Mineral Reserve estimate. Figure 12.2 presents the final LOM pit design. Figure 12.2. LOM design. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2025.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 109 Operational design parameters for the open pit include: • Dual-lane haul ramp of 32m width at a gradient of 1 in 10. • Underground void intersections in final pit walls have been considered by adopting void fill parameters within the numerical modelling. • Mining capacity: o 107Mtpa production rate, which deceases steadily from 2030 as stages are completed. • Geotechnical observations: o Industry-accepted methods have been used to assess slope stability (2D and 3D limit equilibrium) and industry-accepted design acceptance criteria (adopted from Read and Stacey 2009) have been applied. The failure mechanisms are well-known from back-analysis of previous and existing slope performance. An acceleration of 0.04g was also applied to the analyses. Slopes were assessed using a detailed model of the geology including large-scale structures. o Investigations into the properties of Sukari thrust 2 indicated that the fault conditions are better than previously assumed. Similarly, the conditions in the Cross fault were also found to be improved. The Cross fault will potentially affect wall stability in stage seven, and the Sukari thrust 2 will potentially affect wall stability in stage eight. o The analysis results indicate that for the majority of areas, the design acceptance criteria are exceeded. Minor areas where marginal factor of safety values is obtained from the assessments, additional mitigation measures are undertaken, for example, reinforcing and buttressing the slope. • Mine scheduling: o Mining to be completed in four remaining stages (five, six, seven and eight). o Allowances for rill material in the mine schedule. o 10m benches for scheduling purposes. o Maximum vertical rate advance of 120m per year per stage. 12.3. Underground Mineral Reserve 12.3.1. Optimisation input parameters General parameters and modifying factors, applicable to both the open pit and underground operations, includes the assumed gold price, sales costs, mineral royalty and diesel price. For the 2025 Mineral Reserve estimation, the general parameters and assumptions are shown in Table 12.6. Table 12.6. Underground cut-off grade parameters and costs. Description Unit Value Gold price $/oz 1,450 Gold price $/g 46.62 Process recovery % 88.4 Unplanned average stope dilution % 20 Unplanned average dev dilution % 20 Stope unplanned ore loss % 10 Development unplanned ore loss % 2 Ore development $/t 8.40 Stoping $/t 33.15 Underground mining (ore + waste)1 $/t 43.81 Processing $/t 14.65 Haulage $/t 5.58 Power $/t 2.56 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 110 Description Unit Value General and administrative $/t 3.19 Total cost2 $/t 69.79 Full economic g/t 2.34 Stope3 g/t 1.99 Development g/t 1.06 Processing g/t 0.51 Haulage g/t 0.80 Underground operational stope g/t 2.00 Underground operational development g/t 1.00 Note: 1 Includes operating and sustaining capital development costs; 2 All costs, inclusive of development and sustaining capital; 3 Stope or incremental cut-off grade considers that the development cost is already sunk. 12.3.2. Underground cut-off grade The assumptions used in the calculation of cut-off grades for the underground mine design and Mineral Reserve are presented in Table 12.6. The full cut-off grade and stope cut-off grade of 2.34g/t and 2.00g/t respectively, are applied for operational continuity. A new stope cut-off grade was calculated from updated cost assumptions of 1.34g/t gold based on an average of the last 18 months of underground mining costs, reflecting lower mining and processing costs alongside a higher gold price. However, a decision was made to allow time for detailed evaluation and validation before considering adopting the lower grade. The cut-off value for treating development material as ore is 1.00g/t. The stope cut-off is used for Deswik.SO stope optimisation and Mineral Reserve reporting. 12.3.3. Underground mine design 12.3.3.1. Design basis Mineral Reserve estimation was carried out based on the 2025 Mineral Resource geological block model and the grade control block model. This model was depleted from the current Mineral Reserve open pit design, generating stope shapes using Deswik.SO. Manual stope designs were completed for some of the areas where grade control drilling was completed. The stopes were limited to a maximum hydraulic radius of 5m (area/perimeter) in the effective unsupported spans for backs, hanging wall, footwall and side walls. Cable bolting at a maximum spacing of 2.0m (and up to 2.5m on strike) using 6.0m cables in the backs and 8.0m cables in the walls was typically used to reduce the effective unsupported spans. 12.3.3.2. Development The LOM development design was completed using the design criteria set out in Table 12.7 with the purpose of optimising layouts for the mining methods employed per section. Table 12.7. Development design standards. Type Item Guideline Development Decline minimum radius 25m Vertical height between horizontal development 2.5:1 Pillar between vertical and horizontal development 2.0-2.5:1 Vertical development offset from declines ≥10m Pillar between horizontal development and pit >25m Ore pillars and horizontal development 2:1 Decline standoff from major structure (if parallel) 20m Decline standoff from orebody 50m Return air raise standoff from orebody >25m 4-way intersections Avoid, otherwise use Jn x 3 Development drive parallel to major structure Support as per geotechnical recommendations AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 111 Type Item Guideline Major/mine scale geological structures Avoid development drives and intersections along structures or support as per geotechnical recommendations Stopes Longitudinal and transverse stope height 20m (floor to floor) Longitudinal stope width 2–20m (subject to ground conditions) Longitudinal stope strike length Variable not exceeding 20m1 Transverse stope strike length Variable not exceeding 20m1 Transverse stope width Variable not exceeding 20m1 Within Horus, development has been laid out in such a way that either longitudinal or transverse mining methods can be employed should the mineralised zone lend itself to bulk mining. Inter-level spacing is governed by the geotechnical requirement that the middling (pillar) between vertical and horizontal development be at least three times the width of the controlling drive. In case of ore drives, the standard width of 5m therefore dictates a “floor to floor” spacing minimum of 20m apart from sill pillars where access to the top is required for filling purposes. These drives are closely monitored, and local amendments may be made as required to the standard support patterns. 12.3.3.3. Stoping Stope dimensions are limited to 20m heights because of interlevel spacing. For transverse stopes, the “T- drive” required for establishing the slot raise and opening a void suitable to blast the remainder of the stope, is also limited to 20m (Table 12.8). Table 12.8. Standard stope sizes. Item Guideline Longitudinal and transverse stope height 20m floor to floor Longitudinal stope width 2–20m (subject to ground conditions) Longitudinal stope strike length Variable not exceeding 20m Transverse stope strike length 20m Transverse stope width Variable not exceeding 20m With changing ground conditions, controlling overall stope stability is addressed by limiting the stope width in transverse stopes, and stope length in longitudinal stopes. Geotechnical stope stability assessments are completed for every stope, and guidelines as to stope detailing are communicated before stope drilling begins. 12.3.4. Underground dilution and recovery Calculation of dilution and ore loss factors used two methods: • Unplanned dilution based on stope reconciliation data. • Planned dilution using dilution shells within Deswik.SO. Dilution and recovery/ore loss are tracked and reported on a monthly basis. This performance is considered in the LOM planning process and in Mineral Reserve estimation. Planned dilution of 0.5m on both hanging wall and footwall was coded into stope optimiser parameters. The final drill and blast design shapes were reconciled against the original optimised shapes. As the planned dilution was added within the optimised shapes during creation, the amount of unplanned dilution (added manually from within the long-term scheduler) was reduced. Dilution and ore loss assumptions used are provided in Table 12.9. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 112 Table 12.9. Dilution and recovery (ore loss) assumptions used in Mineral Reserve estimates. Modifying factors verification Dilution Ore loss Tonnes (%) g/t Au Tonnes (%) Grade (%) Development Development 20 0 2 100 Stopes Bulk Primary 20 0.75 10 100 Secondary 20 0 10 100 Narrow 20 0 10 100 12.4. Modifying factors The factors applied are Mineral Resource modifying factor (RMF), mining recovery factor (MRF), mine call factor (MCF) and metallurgical recovery factor (MetRF). The Mineral Reserve modifying factors are listed in Table 12.10. Table 12.10. Mineral Reserve modifying factors. Deposit/Area Primary commodity price (Au) ($/oz) Cut-off grade (g/t Au) Dilution (%) RMF (%) (based on tonnes) Open pit – Stage 5 1,700 0.43 100.0 100.0 Open pit – Stage 6 1,700 0.43 100.0 100.0 Open pit – Stage 7 1,700 0.43 100.0 100.0 Open pit – Stage 8 1,700 0.43 100.0 100.0 Underground - Amun 1,700 2.13 100.0 100.0 Underground - Bast 1,700 2.13 20.0 100.0 Underground - Horus 1,700 2.13 20.0 100.0 Underground - Ptah 1,700 2.13 20.0 100.0 Stockpiles 1,700 0.43 100.0 100.0 Table 12.10. Mineral Reserve modifying factors (continued). Deposit/Area RMF (%) (based on g/t Au) MRF (%) (based on tonnes) MRF (%) (based on g/t Au) MCF (%) MetRF (%) Open pit – Stage 5 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 89.58 Open pit – Stage 6 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 89.58 Open pit – Stage 7 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 89.58 Open pit – Stage 8 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 89.58 Underground - Amun 100.0 90.0 100.0 100.0 89.58 Underground - Bast 100.0 90.0 100.0 100.0 89.58 Underground - Horus 100.0 90.0 100.0 100.0 89.58 Underground - Ptah 100.0 90.0 100.0 100.0 89.58 Stockpiles 100.0 100.0 100.0 100.0 86.56 Note: RMF: Mineral Resource modifying factor; MRF: mining recovery factor; MCF: mine call factor; MetRF: metallurgical recovery factor. 12.5. Mineral Reserve statement The Mineral Reserve is reported at the point of delivery to the process plant. Mineralisation in stockpiles is reported as broken material, in stockpiles. The Mineral Reserve is current at 31 December 2025 and is summarised in Table 12.11 (100% basis) and Table 12.12 (50% attributable basis).

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 113 Table 12.11. Mineral Reserve statement – 100% basis. Deposit/Area Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained Gold (t) (Moz Au) Open pit – Stage 5 Proven 4.18 1.36 5.69 0.18 Probable 0.45 0.53 0.24 0.01 Sub-total Proven & Probable 4.63 1.28 5.92 0.19 Open pit – Stage 6 Proven 25.84 1.54 39.77 1.28 Probable 6.23 0.91 5.64 0.18 Sub-total Proven & Probable 32.07 1.42 45.42 1.46 Open pit – Stage 7 Proven 2.76 0.70 1.92 0.06 Probable 0.46 0.73 0.34 0.01 Sub-total Proven & Probable 3.22 0.70 2.26 0.07 Open pit – Stage 8 Proven 55.83 0.76 42.27 1.36 Probable 29.27 0.56 16.35 0.53 Sub-total Proven & Probable 85.10 0.69 58.62 1.88 Underground - Amun Proven 0.14 3.66 0.51 0.02 Probable 0.08 2.87 0.24 0.01 Sub-total Proven & Probable 0.22 3.36 0.75 0.02 Underground – Bast Proven 0.05 14.73 0.67 0.02 Probable 0.01 5.61 0.04 0.00 Sub-total Proven & Probable 0.05 13.52 0.71 0.02 Underground – Horus Proven 0.76 3.47 2.64 0.08 Probable 3.35 3.13 10.50 0.34 Sub-total Proven & Probable 4.11 3.20 13.14 0.42 Underground – Ptah Proven 2.91 3.00 8.72 0.28 Probable 1.03 2.73 2.81 0.09 Sub-total Proven & Probable 3.94 2.93 11.53 0.37 Stockpiles Proven 18.77 0.46 8.60 0.28 Probable - - - - Sub-total Proven & Probable 18.77 0.46 8.60 0.28 Total Sukari (open pit, underground and stockpiles) Proven 111.22 1.00 110.79 3.56 Probable 40.89 0.88 36.17 1.16 Total Proven & Probable 152.11 0.97 146.95 4.72 Table 12.12. Mineral Reserve statement – attributable basis (50%). Deposit/Area Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained Gold (t) (Moz Au) Open pit – Stage 5 Proven 2.09 1.36 2.84 0.09 Probable 0.22 0.53 0.12 0.00 Sub-total Proven & Probable 2.31 1.28 2.96 0.10 Open pit – Stage 6 Proven 12.92 1.54 19.89 0.64 Probable 3.12 0.91 2.82 0.09 Sub-total Proven & Probable 16.04 1.42 22.71 0.73 Open pit – Stage 7 Proven 1.38 0.70 0.96 0.03 Probable 0.23 0.73 0.17 0.01 Sub-total Proven & Probable 1.61 0.70 1.13 0.04 Open pit – Stage 8 Proven 27.91 0.76 21.14 0.68 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 114 Deposit/Area Category Tonnes (Mt) Grade (g/t Au) Contained Gold (t) (Moz Au) Probable 14.64 0.56 8.18 0.26 Sub-total Proven & Probable 42.55 0.69 29.31 0.94 Underground - Amun Proven 0.07 3.66 0.25 0.01 Probable 0.04 2.87 0.12 0.00 Sub-total Proven & Probable 0.11 3.36 0.38 0.01 Underground – Bast Proven 0.02 14.73 0.34 0.01 Probable 0.00 5.61 0.02 0.00 Sub-total Proven & Probable 0.03 13.52 0.35 0.01 Underground - Horus Proven 0.38 3.47 1.32 0.04 Probable 1.68 3.13 5.25 0.17 Sub-total Proven & Probable 2.05 3.20 6.57 0.21 Underground – Ptah Proven 1.45 3 4.36 0.14 Probable 0.52 2.73 1.41 0.05 Sub-total Proven & Probable 1.97 2.93 5.76 0.19 Stockpiles Proven 9.38 0.46 4.30 0.14 Probable - - - - Sub-total Proven & Probable 9.38 0.46 4.30 0.14 Total Sukari (open pit, underground and stockpiles) Proven 55.61 1.00 55.39 1.78 Probable 20.44 0.88 18.08 0.58 Total Proven & Probable 76.06 0.97 73.48 2.36 Notes: Rounding of numbers may result in computational discrepancies in the Mineral Reserve tabulations. All figures are expressed on an attributable basis unless otherwise indicated. To reflect that figures are not precise calculations and that there is uncertainty in their estimation, AngloGold Ashanti reports tonnage, grade and content for gold to two decimals. All ounces are Troy ounces. “Moz” refers to million ounces. 1. The Mineral Reserve stated herein is current at date and was prepared in compliance with Regulation S-K 1300 2. “Tonnes” refers to a metric tonne which is equivalent to 1,000 kilograms. 3. The Mineral Reserve tonnages and grades are estimated and reported as delivered to the plant (i.e., the point where material is delivered to the processing facility). 4. Property currently in a production stage. 5. Based on a gold price of $1,700/oz. 6. Mr. Sherif Moemen, MAusIMM (CP), employed by AngloGold Ashanti, is the Qualified Person for the Sukari open pit Mineral Reserve, and Mahmoud Abdelmonem, MIMMM QMR, employed by AngloGold Ashanti, is the Qualified Person for the Sukari underground Mineral Reserve. 7. In 2025, a metallurgical recovery factor of 89.5% was applied to the open pit and underground, and 86.56% was applied to the stockpile. 8. In 2025, a cut-off grade of 0.43g/t was applied to the open pit and stockpile, and a cut-off grade of 2.34g/t was applied to the underground. 12.6. Factors that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates Uncertainties that may affect the Mineral Reserve estimates include: • Long-term commodity price assumptions. • Long-term exchange rate assumptions. • Long-term consumables price assumptions. Other factors that can affect the estimates include changes to: • Mineral Resource input parameters for the Mineral Resource converted to Mineral Reserve. • Mineral Reserve to grade control reconciliation. • Input parameters used in the constraining stope designs. • Cut-off grade assumptions. • Changes to geotechnical (including seismicity) and hydrogeological factors and assumptions. • Changes to metallurgical and mining recovery assumptions. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 115 • Assumptions as to the ability to control unplanned dilution. • Changes to mining method. • Underground void interaction with the open pit. • Open pit interaction with the main underground decline. • Inputs to capital and operating cost estimates. • Assumptions as to the ability to access the site, retain mineral and surface rights titles. • Assumptions as to the ability to maintain environmental and other regulatory permits and maintain the social licence to operate. 12.7. Qualified Persons’ opinion There are no other mining, metallurgical, infrastructure, permitting, and other relevant factors known to the Qualified Persons that would materially affect the Mineral Reserve estimates that are not discussed in this Report. The Qualified Persons consider that the relevant modifying factors used are reasonably estimated within industry standards. As such, there is a reasonable expectation that the modifying factors will not change materially to adversely affect the Mineral Reserve estimates. 13. Mining methods 13.1. Open pit operations The Sukari open pit mine is operated as a conventional truck and shovel operation using a combination of 400t class face shovels and backhoe excavators to load ore and waste into 150t class haul trucks. All ore and waste material requires drilling and blasting. Ore is classified into three categories: mill feed, low grade and dump leach. Mill feed ore is transported to a ROM pad adjacent to the processing plant and either stockpiled for blending purposes or direct tipped to the crusher. Low grade ore is stockpiled for processing towards the end of the operation or to supplement mill feed as required, and dump leach ore consists of economic low grade oxide material. Sub–grade material below the economic cut-off grade is stockpiled separately and waste is transported to waste rock dumps that are located around the perimeter of the pit. Working benches are of 10m height, whilst final benches are 10 to 20m in height, depending on geotechnical factors. The mine is currently operating at rate of 107Mtpa for total rock movement. Mining will be completed in four stages over the remaining LOM, stages five, six, seven, and eight. Mining is owner-operated. 13.1.1. Open pit development The final pit dimensions will be 2,450m (north-south), 1,400m (east-west) and the pit will have a maximum depth of 490m. Figure 13.1 shows the final pit phases. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 116 Figure 13.1. Remaining open pit stages at Sukari open pit. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2025. 13.1.2. Load and haul All ore and waste from the open pit is mined as owner-operator using a conventional open pit truck and shovel method, across two, 12-hour shifts, with three crews. Dual lane pit ramps (32m wide) provide an operating width of 25m and are designed at a gradient of one in 10. Switchbacks are designed on the flat to accommodate the required turning radius of the trucks. Mining occurs in two flitches over a 10m bench.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 117 The operation is selective in terms of separating ore and waste, with the degree of selectivity is appropriate for the scale of mining equipment and the nature of the mineralisation. Water used for dust suppression is sourced from the Red Sea at Marsa Alam and transported to site via a pipeline. All other water used in mining is brought to site via tanker. 13.1.3. Drill and blast All in situ ore and waste requires blasting with no free dig material. Production drilling is conducted at 10m benches while pre-split drilling is generally over 20m bench heights, hole diameters are 165mm holes and 140mm respectively. There are variations to pattern size, hole diameter, and powder factor, depending on rock type, oxidation state, and structure, to ensure optimal fragmentation of the rock mass for mining operations. General pattern sizes by key material type are provided in Table 13.1 but can be modified as required based on local material characteristics. Table 13.1. General production blast pattern. Description Granodiorite Sediments Black Shale Hole diameter (mm) 165 165 165 Burden (m) 4.5 4.5 4.6 Spacing (m) 5.2 5.2 5.3 Bench height (m) 10.0 10.0 10.0 Powder factor (kg/m3) 0.78 0.74 0.68 All production drilling is done by a contractor and currently uses 14 drill rigs. The drill fleet consists of: • Four Sandvik 410 Platform rigs. • Ten Epiroc D65 rigs (also used for short geotechnical probe holes). All stemming is sourced from a local supplier and delivered to site. Explosives used in the open pit consist of an emulsion, which is produced and supplied by a contractor on site. The mine personnel provide the technical designs, tie-ups, and perform blasting services. Blasting typically occurs daily at the end of dayshift. 13.1.4. Mining equipment The mine currently operates a fleet of six loaders (four CAT 6040 face-shovels and two CAT 6040 backhoe excavators) with fifty-three CAT785C haul trucks to carry out the ore and waste movement. The CAT785C trucks were fitted with lightweight trays with a capacity of 153t, increasing the original capacity by some 15t per load. Four loaders operate in waste and one in ore, with one on planned maintenance. Two of the existing open pit shovels are reaching the end-of-life phase, with replacement of the units expected to start in 2026. A new fleet, consisting of one face shovel and six trucks is planned to be added during 2027 to match the increased material movement due to the planned east cutback. The mining fleet includes the requisite ancillary equipment (track and wheel dozers, motor graders, front-end wheel loaders, service trucks, and water trucks). These are used to maintain the pit haul roads, loading and tipping areas, for ROM pad operations. There is also a projects fleet for pioneering work and TSF construction. A list of the primary production and key ancillary equipment required for the LOM plan is provided in Table 13.2. Table 13.2. Sukari open pit equipment. Equipment Type Peak LOM equipment requirements Face shovel CAT 6040 4 Excavator CAT 6040 2 Dump truck CAT 785C 53 Track dozer CAT D10T 5 Track dozer CAT D11T 2 Wheel dozer CAT 884H 4 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 118 Equipment Type Peak LOM equipment requirements Grader CAT 16M 5 Water cart CAT 740 1 Water cart CAT 775G 5 Wheel loader CAT 990H 1 Wheel loader CAT 993K 2 Portable lighting towers, and trailer-mounted diesel generator sets with banks of halogen floodlights mounted on an easily erected towers are used to illuminate the working areas in the open pit at night. Typically, lighting towers are used at the excavating face, dumping face and other locations around the pit perimeter to give overall illumination of working areas, and ramp intersections. Lighting towers are also required for night shift drilling crews. Permanent lighting for nighttime operation is installed at fixed locations close to mains power, such as the ROM pad. 13.1.5. Ore and waste selection Ore and waste are visually distinct in certain areas of the pit; however, this is not always the case. Ore and waste segregation is generally based upon RC drilling, sampling, and assays for definition of ore blocks. RC drilling is done by a drilling contractor, using three rigs (two dedicated to grade control and one with grade control and production capability). Grade control drilling is generally completed in a grid of 12mN, 8mE over a depth of 40m, with samples every 2.5m Plant feed (ore ≥0.5g/t Au) is hauled to the ROM pad adjacent to the primary crusher. A portion of ore is direct-tipped into the crusher, with provision for ore to be stockpiled for reclaim by a front-end-loader operated as part of the crushing and processing operation. Low-grade ore (0.4-0.5g/t Au) is hauled to stockpiles for reclaiming towards the end of the mine life or to supplement mill feed to keep the plant at the required 12.4Mt throughput. Oxide ore with a grade between 0.2-0.9g/t gold is transported to the dump leach facilities adjacent to stage seven in the north, with oxide ore ≥0.9g/t gold sent to the ROM pad as part of mill feed. Mineralised waste classified as sub-grade material (0.25-0.4g/t Au) is hauled to the dump leach facility. Waste is used for construction of roads and Zone C areas at the TSF or is hauled to the mine waste dumps, located to the north, east and south of the pit. 13.1.6. Waste dumps The total remaining LOM waste is estimated at 528Mt. A total of 40Mt was added as a cutback to flatten the east wall due to the Anubis fault. Waste rock will be hauled to and placed in the south, east or north waste dumps, as well as being used to construct the TSF stages (lifts). The dump design capacities are sufficient to contain the planned mining waste volume. A swell factor of 42% was used for material placed on waste dumps. Waste dumps were developed in accordance with the parameters provided in Table 13.3 and progressively battered down to their final profiles during construction. Table 13.3. Waste dump design parameters. Waste Type Lift height (m) Berm width (m) Overall slope angle (°) Corresponding Max dump height (m) Black shale 20 10 28.7 100 Sediments 20 10 28.7 100 Granodiorite 20 10 32.4 160 Note: m: metres; °: degrees. A ring road was constructed on the east side of the pit that links the east dump to the northeast and southeast pit ramps, providing haul-route options to optimise the waste haulage cycles. In addition to the waste dumps adjacent to the open pit, a series of ore stockpiles (sub-grade, low-grade, and ROM feed grade) are designed as close as practicable to the plant site. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 119 13.2. Underground operations Underground operations use fully mechanised mining methods for both development and stoping with access from surface via the Amun decline. The Ptah decline was developed from the 710mRL to access the Ptah orebody to the north and Amun and Horus orebodies to the south. A minimum crown pillar of 40m is maintained between the open pit and active underground workings. The underground mine uses the following mining methods: • Transverse long hole open stoping. • Longitudinal long hole open stoping. 13.2.1. Underground development Figure 13.2 shows the final underground mine outline for Sukari Gold Mine. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 120 Figure 13.2. Map of the final underground mine outline. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2025. Development and stoping zones: purple/pink: Horus; red: Amun; green: Bast; blue: Ptah.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 121 13.2.2. Transverse long hole stoping The transverse mining method is used for bulk stoping areas, allowing for multiple stopes to be in production along strike simultaneously on any given sublevel. Stopes along strike are split into primary and secondary stopes, allowing a pillar to be maintained between the primaries during excavation to improve overall stability. Once primary stopes have been excavated, backfilled and cured, a secondary stope between pairs of primaries is excavated and subsequently filled with either lower-strength fill, waste rock or a combination of the two. Mining then progresses bottom-up. The transverse method is predominantly employed in the Ptah East, West and Keel zones. Figure 13.3 shows an example of the progression of the transverse stoping method within the Ptah Keel Zone. Figure 13.3 Schematic transverse long-hole stoping progression. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2024; P: primary; S: secondary. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 122 13.2.3. Longitudinal long hole stoping A longitudinal long-hole method is used for narrower vein stoping. This method consists of driving horizontal drifts along the strike of the vein and then blasting the ore vertically between the upper and lower drifts. The current methodology mines a block of three, 20m high levels in an overhand lift sequence using cemented rock fill to fill the completed stopes and later be used as a platform for the next sub-level. Development waste is currently used for fill purposes either on its own or as the primary component of cemented rock fill. The use of cemented rock fill has now been predominantly replaced by cemented paste backfill. The transverse methodology is predominantly employed in the Amun, Bast and Horus (Horus and Deep) zones. Figure 13.4 shows a schematic for the longitudinal stoping method. Figure 13.4. Schematic longitudinal long-hole stoping progression. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2024. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 123 13.2.4. Mining equipment The underground operation uses a conventional fleet of underground trucks and loaders for material movement, in addition to jumbo drill rigs and auxiliary equipment. Table 13.4 presents the equipment requirements for the LOM. Table 13.4. Sukari underground LOM equipment fleet. Plant description Make and model Number Forklift CAT DP30NT Underground workshop 1 Jumbo development drill Sandvik DD421 4 Sandvik DD422 1 Long hole drill Sandvik DL431 1 Sandvik DL421 1 Sandvik DL432i 1 Surface top hammer drill Commando DC300Ri T3 1 Tele handler MANITOU MHT 860L Underground maintenance 1 Underground agitator ULTIMEC LF600 3 Underground concrete spraying Spraymec SF050D 2 Underground explosives charging equipment CHARMEC 1614B 1 CHARMEC MF605D 2 Underground integrated tool carrier Volvo L120F 6 Underground maintenance graders CAT 12M 1 CAT 14H 1 Underground truck CAT AD45 2 CAT AD63 6 CAT AD55 1 Sandvik TH663 1 Underground water truck CAT AD30 1 Underground wheel loader CAT R1700 3 CAT R2900G 4 There is a potential production risk due to the current long lead times for new equipment purchases. The strategy to mitigate production disruptions is as follows: • Purchase new equipment where available. • Rebuild existing equipment where sufficient value can be extracted. 13.2.5. Cemented pastefill system Following commissioning of a paste plant in Q3 2023, cemented pastefill is used for stability with the long hole open stoping and cut and fill mining methods. Tailings from the process plant are sent to the paste plant and stored in a buffer tank. If needed, a cyclone cluster installed on the buffer tank allows for the de-sliming of the tailings feed. The buffer tank feeds a horizontal belt filter that discharges to a transfer conveyor that feeds into the paste mixer. Binder and trim slurry are added to the paste mixer to achieve the desired backfill concentrations. A hopper feeds the pastefill to a positive displacement piston pump. The pump sends the pastefill to an underground distribution system. The paste is transferred from the paste hopper via a paste pipeline to the underground mine stopes using a duty paste pump. Paste is delivered to the designated stope by the underground distribution system and discharges from the top drive to fill the stope. A barricade retains the initial plug pour and allows for the mix to cure before the bulk of the stope is filled. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 124 13.2.6. Ventilation The total ventilation air movement is approximately 560m3/s with intake via the main decline portal, 920 and 850 portals, and via leakage through stoping that has caved at surface. Air is exhausted via two circuits, Ptah and Horus exhaust, and both exhaust to the open pit. The ventilation system (Figure 13.5) has approximately 11% leakage from the intake straight to the exhaust. Around 16% of the Horus intake air is used air coming from the Ptah area. Figure 13.5. Sukari primary ventilation schematic. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2025. m3/s: cubic metres per second. 13.2.7. Refuge and emergency egress The mine has a number of mobile refuge chambers for between four and 20 persons. Fixed permanent fresh air bases are also in place or planned. An emergency set of services runs through the exhaust system, providing an independent source of compressed air and fire-fighting water. Radio communications are available throughout the mine, and a backup conventional telephone system is also in place. 13.3. Mining schedule The detailed production schedule is based on ROM tonnages from the open pit and underground operation and augmented by stockpile feed where required to provide plant feed at a throughput rate of 12Mtpa. Table 13.5 presents the LOM schedule.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 125 Table 13.5. Open pit and underground mining schedule for Mineral Reserve estimation – 100% basis. Production schedule Units 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 Total Open pit Total ex-pit rock kt 86,733 103,693 103,333 96,231 93,189 75,455 58,606 35,811 653,050 Total waste kt 77,183 90,499 95,403 84,429 75,157 53,738 36,869 14,751 528,030 Total ore kt 9,550 13,194 7,929 11,802 18,032 21,716 21,736 21,060 125,020 Mined ore grade g/t 1.07 1.01 0.93 1.04 0.78 0.82 0.82 0.93 0.90 Total mined metal koz 329 428 238 394 450 569 572 627 3,608 Strip ratio tw:to 8.08 6.86 12.03 7.15 4.17 2.47 1.70 0.70 4.22 Underground mine Total rock mined kt 1,900 2,018 2,183 2,373 1,964 1,143 654 12,235 Total waste kt 866 720 794 969 563 3,912 Total ore kt 1,034 1,298 1,389 1,404 1,401 1,143 654 8,324 Mined ore grade g/t 3.36 3.09 2.90 3.15 3.05 3.49 2.95 3.14 Total mined metal koz 112 129 129 142 137 128 62 840 Process plant and dump leach feed Total milling feed kt 11,920 12,314 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500 12,500 4,561 116,295 Mill feed head grade g/t 1.24 1.38 1.05 1.36 1.29 1.45 1.19 1.15 0.63 0.63 1.17 Total mill feed metal koz 476 545 424 545 518 581 479 463 253 92 4,377 Dump leach feed kt 1,308 4,106 2,281 4,477 6,788 8,049 5,203 3,603 0 35,816 Dump leach grade g/t 0.27 0.30 0.29 0.31 0.34 0.32 0.21 0.32 0 0.30 Dump leach metal koz 11 39 21 45 74 83 35 38 0 347 Overall Recovery % 91 86 89 87 83 82 87 86 93 86 87 Total recovered metal koz 445 506 396 515 494 544 448 432 234 80 4,093 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 126 13.4. Geotechnical considerations 13.4.1. Open pit The slope design is based on the Read and Stacey geotechnical guidelines, which incorporate rock mass data, representative geological structures, and geometry. These guidelines also account for weathering conditions and include a numerical modelling study to determine the factors of safety for various design sectors of the ultimate pit. Additionally, the analysis considers acceleration due to gravity, with results reflecting both static and dynamic conditions. The outcomes are evaluated against a design acceptance criterion to ensure stability and safety. For modelling the LOM stage pit, a substantial amount of rock strength test data has been collected since 2006. This includes 155 uniaxial compressive strength tests, 252 tensile strength tests, 89 modulus tests, and 35 triaxial tests. These tests have been utilised to accurately define the shear strengths of various rock units and major structures. The intact rock strength ranges from 32MPa (graphite schist) to 85MPa (granodiorite). 13.4.1.1. Mine hydrogeology Hydrogeological studies show that the wall rocks consist of low permeability rocks. Several regional structures influence the hydrogeological character with compartmentalisation of groundwater within the wall rocks. Recharge to bedrock occurs during sporadic rainfall events, mostly through the wadi sediments. The wadi is dry in the local area for most of the year but can become saturated and flow during episodic rainfall events. Minor seepage from the walls has been recorded as associated with some faults and thrusts and the areas in between. Minor seepage from the Puggy shear zone has been observed in the underground. Minor water seepages occur along some geological contacts and fracture zones. Although there are significant underground developments under the open pit area, they have not influenced groundwater drawdown in the pit walls. Due to the low permeability of the wall rocks, dewatering of the pit walls from out-pit bores is not possible. An advanced depressurisation programme (extending the current programme) is planned using horizontal drill holes in targeted areas. The horizontal drill holes will extend up to 150m behind the pit walls. Piezometers will be installed to monitor the performance of the horizontal drill holes programme. 13.4.1.2. Open pit geotechnical risk mitigation Four significant potential geotechnical risk factors pertaining to the stage six, seven, and eight LOM designs. These risks are being addressed through a risk management matrix for the mine as explained below: The following programmes are planned for implementation: • Uncertainties in orebody knowledge, including: o Continuous update of the geological and structural knowledge. As the pit is developed in a series of cutbacks there is opportunity to improve on the geology and structural models. o Monitoring of the performance of horizontal drainage drilling to evaluate hydrogeological assumptions. • Influence from underground voids, including: o Implementation of the open pit Ground Control Management Plan and Void Management Plan. o Undertake filling of any unfilled underground excavations and stopes proximal to the pit walls. o Implement radar monitoring for areas of concern. • Assumption of fully depressurised slopes, including a comprehensive evaluation of depressurisation performance. • Adversely oriented structures, including: o Further evaluation of the presence of major structures. o Geology model updates. o Influence of groundwater if full depressurisation cannot be achieved. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 127 13.4.1.3. Open pit stability modelling For slope designs, design acceptance criteria were adopted that require a factor of safety target of 1.2 for most slopes except where a factor of safety of 1.3 is required due to the presence of permanent haulage ramps or other infrastructure. The design acceptance criteria specify a factor of safety ≥1.0 to 1.1 for pseudo-static stability assessments. The kinematic stability assessments were conducted using the Mohr-Coulomb strength model and the inter- ramp and overall slope stability analysis of fresh rock domains using the generalized Hoek-Brown strength criterion. Two-dimensional and three-dimensional limit equilibrium analyses were completed using Rocscience software Slide2 and Slide3, and finite element analysis using RS2, which uses the strength reduction method. The anisotropic analysis was carried out using RS2. These are industry-accepted methodologies. 13.4.2. Underground 13.4.2.1. Underground geotechnical conditions Geotechnical domains were developed for each of the principal ore zones, based on a combination of lithological and structural models. Geotechnical conditions were assessed using industry-standard rock mass classification systems. The Underground Ground Control Management Plan is based on industry-standard methods and documentation for geotechnical risk mitigation controls, design methods and operational QA/QC procedures. Laboratory testing for rock material properties has been conducted at a commercial laboratory in Italy and at the University of Cairo with reasonable agreement in the results for the main rock types at the project. Typical rock mass quality for the planned stoping blocks ranges from “poor” to “fair” in the granodiorite units, to “extremely poor” to “very poor” in shear zones specifically in the Bast mining zone. An assessment of the in situ stress conditions was undertaken based on borehole breakout data and structural considerations. Numerical modelling was conducted using the more conservatively interpreted stress field interpretation. The current mining depth is <500m below surface. Underground observations suggest that the current stress environment is low to moderate stress. Recognising that mining is planned to extend to depths exceeding 1,000m, preparations are in hand to conduct overcoring stress measurements. 13.4.2.2. Underground development Standard ground support designs were developed to cover drive function, profile, dimensions, and prevailing ground conditions using the Q system and local experience. The designs typically comprise a combination of friction bolts, mechanical point anchor dynamic bolts, with either mesh or fibrecrete for surface control. Osro straps are used for strapping pillars and fibrecreted to minimise equipment damage. Spiling and short development rounds are used for development in “extremely poor” to “very poor” ground categories associated with the shear zones. In addition, shotcrete arch ribs are installed to mitigate potentially converging/squeezing ground conditions. Intersections are routinely supported with patterns of cable bolts. 13.4.2.3. Void management Interactions between previously mined stopes and other excavations including the Sukari open pit are managed with a formal Void Management Plan. This is based on a review of global void management practices and includes probe drilling from underground and open pit platforms, inspection of breakthroughs into voids using borehole cameras, a cavity auto-scanning laser system and barricading to prevent access into hazardous locations. 13.4.2.4. Underground monitoring A range of procedures, tools, and equipment are used to monitor the rock mass response to excavation and to provide assurance of the effectiveness of ground support in accessible development. This includes a Maptek scanner for development mapping and convergence monitoring, laser-based stope surveys, extensometers, and an Institute of Mine Seismology seismic system that was commissioned in November 2022. Geotechnical instruments from Yield Point Inc. are used including (but not limited) to multi-point borehole extensometers and smart cables, for which data are uploaded and processed through cloud-based Vantage Point software. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 128 Data are collected, analysed, and reported monthly or at shorter intervals when required. 13.5. Hydrogeological considerations 13.5.1. Open pit The anticipated total depth of the open pit is 560mRL, circa 500m below the initial water strike recordings. Although a degree of connection between the wadi groundwater and bedrock groundwater is likely (promoting bedrock recharge), it is not clear what the degree of hydraulic continuum is between units. The relative elevations of the water strike/water table recorded, and the pit base means there is potential for a hydraulic gradient between surrounding saturated bedrock and discharge points in the pit faces and pit base. SRK (2023) has reported that regional structural features, namely the Sukari thrust, Puggy shear, and the Golden Boy and Akbar Wahed fault zones play a key role in controlling seepages to the pit and underground mine. The Sukari thrust dominates the groundwater flow to the western wall and the intersection between the Puggy shear and the Sukari thrust dominates the groundwater inflow observed in the south-western corner of the pit. Despite the potentially high hydraulic gradient, there are low inflows to both the underground and open pit mine which are typically <5L/s (SRK Consulting (UK), 2022). Given the aridity and scale of the pits with significant capacity for sump storage, these inflows rarely require pumping out. There is potential for significantly elevated ‘pore-water pressure’ in the pit faces. Fracture connectivity in many of the massive blocks of the pit walls will be limited and corresponding pore-water pressures may be low to moderate because the blocks are essentially isolated. In structural zones such as the Sukari thrust and Puggy shear units, the material may have more porous, or equivalent porous properties and be hydraulically connected over larger vertical distances. Inflows from seepages are collected in a sump within the open pit and each zone of the underground mine and dewatered from there. 13.5.2. Underground Inflows to the underground mine are generally <2L/s and short-lived, typically dropping to <1L/s after a few days. Inflows are typically associated with the same geological structures which are also associated with seepages in the open pit, for example the Puggy shear, Golden Boy fault and the Sukari thrust. Groundwater inflows to the underground mine cannot be discerned from service water, the latter of which constitutes the majority of dewatering requirements. 14. Processing and recovery methods The processing plant was commissioned in 2009 and has since undergone several expansions. The initial crushing, milling and CIL circuits (purchased second-hand) were designed to process oxide ore at a rate of 4Mtpa. The circuit was expanded to process a 5Mtpa blend of oxide and sulphide ores with the addition of secondary crushers, a flotation circuit, flotation concentrate regrind circuit, flotation concentrate CIL circuit and expansion of the essential support services. The processing plant was further expanded to process 5.6Mtpa in 2012 by the addition of a second crushing, milling and flotation circuit. Several other smaller circuit modifications to debottleneck the process plant were made including the addition of a second Zadra elution circuit and a second carbon regeneration kiln which allows the circuit to operate at a nominal throughput rate of 12Mtpa. In addition, there are two dump leach operations, with a third under construction. The south dump leach has effectively been operating since the start of operations, though it contributes only a small amount of the total gold production. The primary focus is to cover mine waste transportation costs. A small amount of gold is produced from processing the CIL carbon fines and tailings dam return solution through the Ashing plant and a carbon-in-column plant. The current LOM is 10 years with an average plant feed head grade of 1.17g/t gold, sourced from both the open pit and underground mining operations. The underground ore has a higher average head grade of circa 3.14g/t gold and will primarily be processed through the Line #1 processing circuit, with appropriate blending from open pit ore. The underground ore will supply on average about 7% of the tonnes and 19% of the gold production. The average LOM plan requires a process plant throughput of 12.5Mtpa and a gold recovery of 89%.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 129 14.1. Process description 14.1.1. Crushing and ore storage Two crushing circuits are operating. The Line #1 circuit consists of a 1,372mm x 1,880mm primary gyratory and an open circuit Sandvik CH870 secondary cone crusher. The circuit receives a higher-grade blend of underground and open pit ROM material. The crushed product is fed onto Stockpile #1 with a live capacity of 15,000t. Line #2 consists of a 1,397mm x 2,108mm primary gyratory crusher, two vibrating scalping screens on the primary crusher product and three Sandvik CH870 secondary cone crushers to crush the screen oversize. This circuit receives mainly lower-grade open pit ROM material and feeds crushed product onto Stockpile #2 with a live capacity of 15,000t. A portion of the product may also supplement the feed to Stockpile #1 if required. The flowsheet is shown as Figure 14.1. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 130 Figure 14.1. Sukari process plant flowsheet. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2025. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 131 Crushed ore is reclaimed from the two stockpiles via apron feeders and discharged onto conveyors that feed the two separate milling circuits. Each stockpile is fitted with three apron feeders. The design capacity of the feeders is such that only two feeders are required to operate at any time with the third being a standby. However, due to the conical shape of the stockpile and natural segregation occurring when crushed ore is discharged onto the stockpile, all three feeders are operated per stockpile. The crushing circuits are designed to crush a total of 15Mtpa of ROM material to a product P80 size of 40mm. The crushing circuits have a combined availability of approximately 87% per annum. The capacities of the installed equipment are significantly more than the required design throughput, resulting in an estimated crusher circuit operating utilisation of 68% per annum. Trials were conducted to see if it was possible to operate only the larger crushing circuit and shut down the smaller one as a cost-saving exercise, but throughput was adversely affected and so both crushing circuits remain in operation. 14.1.2. Milling Two SAG mills, ball mill, and pebble crushing milling circuits are operating at Sukari for the two process lines. The first circuit, Line #1, consists of a SAG mill (8.32m diameter by 3.81m - effective grinding length (EGL), 5,593kW fixed speed drive) and two ball mills (4.85m diameter by 9.14m EGL, 4,100kW fixed speed drive each). Pebbles from the SAG mill product are removed using a combination of a trommel screen and a vibrating screen. The pebbles are crushed using a single Metso HP500 short head cone crusher. Crushed pebbles are returned to the SAG mill feed conveyor. Trommel and pebble screen undersize material is pumped to the combined ball mill discharge pump box. The combined SAG mill and ball mill products are pumped to a cyclone cluster where the cyclone underflow is returned equally to the two ball mills, and the cyclone overflow is discharged onto one new and larger (originally three smaller) vibrating trash screen. Trash screen underflow is pumped to the Line #1 flotation conditioning tank. Trash screen overflow is currently dumped to the milling area floor and pumped back into the SAG or ball mill discharge hoppers via the spillage pumps. The second milling circuit, Line #2, consists of a SAG mill (8.54m diameter by 4.65m EGL, 7,000kW variable speed drive) and a ball mill (6.10m diameter by 9.62m EGL, 7,000kW fixed speed drive). Pebbles from the SAG mill discharge are removed using a trommel screen. The pebbles are crushed using two FLSmidth Raptor XL300 short head cone crushers. Crushed pebbles are returned to the SAG mill feed conveyor. Trommel screen undersize material discharges into a combined mill discharge pump box. The combined SAG mill and ball mill products are pumped to a cyclone cluster where the cyclone underflow is returned to the ball mill, and the cyclone overflow is discharged onto three linear vibrating trash screens. Trash screen underflow gravitates into the Line #2 flotation conditioning tank. Trash screen overflow is currently dumped to the milling area floor and pumped back into the combined mill discharge hopper via the spillage pumps. The milling circuits are currently producing a combined flotation feed of approximately 12Mtpa at a P80 grind size of 150µm for Line #1 and 200µm for Line #2 compared to the original design of 10Mtpa at a grind P80 size of 150 µm. Line #1 typically receives a blend of higher-grade underground ore and lower grade open pit ore. Line #2 receives mainly lower grade open pit ore. The grinding media make-up sizes are 80mm and 60mm for the ball mills and 125mm for the SAG mills. 14.1.3. Flotation Two rougher flotation circuits (Lines #1 and #2) receive the underflow from the corresponding circuit’s trash screens. The Line #1 flotation circuit consists of four 100m3 rougher flotation cells and two 100m3 rougher scavenger flotation cells. The concentrate from the rougher flotation cells is pumped to the Line #1 concentrate thickener, and the concentrate from the rougher scavenger cells is recycled back to the rougher feed conditioning tank. The Line #2 flotation circuit consists of six 130m3 rougher flotation cells. There are no scavenger flotation cells in Line #2. The combined concentrate from the six cells is pumped to the Line #2 concentrate thickener. The tailings from the two flotation circuits are pumped to their respective tailings thickeners. The thickened underflow from Line #1 tailings thickener reports to the float tail CIL circuit to recover additional non-floatable gold particles from the higher-grade input from underground ore (up to 5g/t Au). Line #2 flotation produces a low-grade tailings stream that is pumped directly to the TSF. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 132 Both circuits produce a high-grade gold-enriched sulphide (pyrite) concentrate. Various quantities and types of gangue minerals in the ore, e.g., talc, kaolinite clays, carbonaceous material and shales cause flotation difficulties. The carbonaceous/graphitic ore present in the pit can potentially preg-rob some of the gold in the leach circuit if included in the plant feed, although this is generally waste material. Although some arsenic sulphides are present, arsenic is not a significant issue. The pyrite flotation circuits are the core processes for gold recovery to the downstream circuits. Automatic control systems developed by Metso Outotec are employed and include sulphide measurements of the flotation head and tails streams, froth depth and air flowrates. Flotation is conducted at the natural pH of circa 8.0. Potassium amyl xanthate is used as the collector with copper sulphate as the activator. The addition of the secondary collector, sodium di-isobutyl dithiophosphate, alongside the primary collector, potassium amyl xanthate, for the selective froth flotation of sulphide ores—using copper sulphate as an activator—has significantly improved flotation recovery across both flotation circuits. The sulphide recovery is generally circa 88-89% but can vary, although there is not always a direct correlation between sulphide and gold recovery. For example, sulphide recovery can fall to about 80% without impacting the gold recovery. Fully automatic samplers are installed, incorporating primary and secondary sampling systems. 14.1.4. Thickeners There are four thickeners installed. Two float concentrate thickeners (14m and 15m diameter), dewatering the flotation concentrate from the two lines, and two flotation tailings thickeners (23m and 25m diameter) dewatering the flotation tails from the two lines respectively. The overflow from the concentrate and tails thickeners reports to the respective process water tanks in each line. 14.1.5. Regrind The underflow from the concentrate thickeners is pumped to surge tanks ahead of the regrind circuit to ensure that a stable and constant feed is provided to the regrind mills. Particle size analysis of the regrind circuit feed indicates that the average feed size to the circuit is 25µm. The regrind circuit originally consisted of a single Metso VTM1250 Vertimill operating as the primary mill with four secondary Metso SMD355 stirred media detritors and four tertiary Metso SMD355 stirred media detritors. These mills operate in series in four pairs. The Vertimill is no longer in operation but is retained on standby for emergency use only. The final grind P80 size from the stirred media detritors averages 10µm, with a P50 of circa 5µm. The concentrate (thickened underflow) reports to a pump box and is pumped to the first-stage stirred media detritor regrind mill splitter box where the slurry is split equally between the number of operating first-stage regrind mills (four). The product then reports to the second stage stirred media detritors (four) operating in series and in pairs. The final product is pumped to a stirred media detritor media recovery screen where misplaced ceramic media is removed and recovered before it is pumped to the float concentrate CIL circuit. The regrind circuit was initially designed to produce a float concentrate CIL circuit feed with a grind P80 size of 12µm. Site and laboratory testwork indicated that additional gold could be recovered by reducing the CIL circuit feed P80 size to 7µm, but this target size has subsequently been increased to 10µm. All eight of the stirred media detritors are in operation. 14.1.6. Leach and carbon-in-leach circuits The process plant contains two leach and CIL circuits, a pyrite flotation concentrate leach and CIL circuit, and the Line #1 flotation tails leach and CIL circuit. 14.1.6.1. Float concentrate leach and CIL circuit The combined flotation concentrate from the two flotation circuits (Lines #1 and #2) reports to the float concentrate leach and CIL circuit, after it has been reground to the P80 size of 10µm. Slaked lime is added to increase the pulp pH to 10.2. Oxygen is also added to increase the dissolved oxygen concentration in the solution to circa 15-20ppm. Ten tanks of 288m3 volume and two tanks of 3,000m3 volume are used of which the first five small tanks are used for pre-oxidation only. Cyanide is added to the sixth small tank (CIL) with the remaining CIL tanks containing activated carbon and the associated inter-stage screens. All the tanks are agitated, and oxygen is sparged into each tank (three spargers per tank). The oxygen pressure and flowrate are regulated to each tank. The overflow pulp from each tank gravitates through the tanks via launders from the inter-stage screens. Carbon is pumped through the carbon adsorption tanks counter- currently to the flow of pulp.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 133 Oxygen is supplied on site from two sources: the first is from a dedicated cryogenic oxygen plant, the second is through the supply of liquid oxygen which is trucked to site. The first two tanks of the flotation tails leach and CIL circuit have been converted to pyrite flotation concentrate leach tanks to increase the residence time of the pyrite concentrate leach circuit, circa 36 hours, for increased gold recovery. Carbon recovered from the float tail CIL circuit is pumped to the last CIL tank and then pumped counter- current to the slurry stream, using airlift vertical slurry pumps, to adsorb the gold in solution. Gold-loaded carbon is recovered in batches from the first CIL tank via the carbon recovery pump and a vibrating screen. The loaded carbon overflows the loaded carbon screen and discharges into a three-tonne carbon transfer column. The carbon recovery pump is stopped when the transfer column is full. The transfer column is pressurised using freshwater, and the carbon is transferred to either one of the acid wash columns. The pulp pH is monitored, and slaked lime and cyanide can be stage-added as required to the pre-oxidation and CIL tanks. The slurry temperature in the float concentrate leach circuit is too high for dissolved oxygen probes to function correctly. Therefore, oxygen is continuously metered into all the tanks based on pre- determined flow set points. For the first two tanks, oxygen is added via a multimixer oxygen sparging system with hyper spargers for the other tanks. A project to replace the three small pre-oxidation tanks with a single large tank from the float tail CIL circuit was successfully completed, with TK10, a 3,000m³ capacity tank, converted for pre-oxidation, and the Aachen shear reactor successfully commissioned which will result in improving the leaching kinetics as well as reduce cyanide consumption. 14.1.6.2. Float tail leach and CIL circuit The Line #1 flotation tailings are thickened and then pumped to the float tail leach and CIL circuit, which consists of six 3,000m3 volume CIL tanks (originally the old oxide CIL circuit containing eight tanks, but the second and fourth tanks are currently used for the flotation concentrate leach and CIL circuit). Slaked lime is added to the first tank to maintain a pH of 9.9. Cyanide is also added to start the gold leach process. Oxygen is metered into all the tanks via side sparging. The tailings slurry from the last pyrite float concentrate CIL tank is also added to the third tank. The slurry gravitates through the six tanks via the intertank screens and launders. The tailings from the last CIL tank gravitates over three carbon safety screens before being pumped to the TSF without thickening. Regenerated carbon, fresh carbon and loaded carbon from the north and south heap leach dumps are added directly to the acid wash column then to the elution column. Carbon is pumped counter-current to the slurry from the last and through to the first tank using an airlift pumping system. Loaded carbon is recovered from the first tank using the carbon recovery pump and a Dutch State Mines (DSM) screen. Recovered carbon discharges into the last pyrite float concentrate CIL tank, and the slurry returns back to the first float tail CIL tank. The carbon recovered using the DSM screen and carbon recovery pump is not sufficient to maintain a constant carbon concentration throughout the float tail CIL tanks and the pyrite float concentrate CIL tanks. Therefore, carbon is also recovered from the first float tail CIL tank using the carbon recovery pump and the old, loaded vibrating carbon recovery screen. Carbon recovered from this screen discharges into either of the two acid wash columns and is then transferred to the penultimate float concentrate CIL tank using pressurised freshwater. 14.1.7. Elution, carbon regeneration and gold room Gold is recovered from the loaded carbon using two parallel 9t Zadra elution circuits, each processing two batches of carbon per day. This requires a daily carbon movement of 36t. The average loaded carbon value is circa 1kg/t gold. Two regeneration kilns are operating with a smaller 3t column which is used, when required, to reduce gold in circuit. 14.1.7.1. Carbon transfer Loaded carbon is recovered from the first pyrite float concentrate CIL tank via the loaded carbon recovery screen and discharged into a 3t transfer column. The transfer column is pressurised when full using freshwater and the carbon is then transferred in batches to one of the two 9t acid wash columns. Three batches of carbon are required to fill one acid wash column. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 134 14.1.7.2. Acid wash The two acid wash columns operate independently from the elution circuit, i.e., any one of the acid wash columns can feed any one of the elution columns. During acid washing, concentrated hydrochloric acid is metered into the bottom of the column where it is diluted with freshwater to achieve a 2.6% w/w concentration. The acid solution in the column is circulated through the acid wash column by the acid circulation pump for 60 minutes at a flow rate of 0.9 bed volumes per hour. The acid wash circulation pump is shared between the two acid wash columns. Therefore, only one acid wash column can conduct the soaking cycle at any one time. The loaded carbon is then rinsed with 6.8 bed volumes of freshwater. The rinse water displaces any residual acid from the loaded carbon. Dilute acid and rinse water is discharged into the float tail CIL tail pump box. Once the rinse is complete, the water is drained into the bund. The carbon is then hydraulically transferred using freshwater to either of the two elution columns which are ready to receive the next batch of loaded carbon. 14.1.7.3. Elution There are three Zadra elution circuits: two with 9t elution columns and one with a 3t elution column. Each circuit includes an elution column, strip solution heaters, heat exchangers, and four electrowinning cells, each containing 12 cathodes. A stripping solution containing 1% cyanide and 3% caustic soda is prepared before elution begins. More solution is added before the second elution to replace losses from the first. After every two elutions, the entire solution is replaced to prevent contamination. The solution is continuously pumped through the elution column and heat exchangers while being heated. Once it reaches 85°C for 10 minutes, it is sent through a flash vessel, where the pressure drops to atmospheric, then into the electrowinning cells at 124°C. In these cells, an electric current causes the gold to deposit onto stainless-steel cathodes. The remaining solution flows back to the strip solution tank and recirculates through the system nine times. Once this cycle is complete, the heaters are turned off, and the solution continues to circulate until it cools below 95°C. Finally, fresh cold water is pumped in to remove any remaining solution and cool the carbon. 14.1.7.4. Carbon regeneration After the carbon in the elution column is cooled down, the barren carbon is hydraulically transferred using freshwater to the carbon dewatering screen ahead of the carbon regeneration kiln. Two kilns are available, one of which is new to replace one of the older kilns that was previously used for drying the carbon only due to low temperatures. The throughput for both regeneration kilns is 1.5tph. 14.1.7.5. Ashing plant Fine carbon is generated during the long process of carbon transfer in the CIL tanks, which can negatively impact gold recovery. To prevent this, fine carbon is removed from the circuit, leading to the accumulation of a large amount of barren fine carbon over time. The ashing plant is designed to recover gold traces from this fine barren carbon using a combustion system. A new Holman shaking table has been installed to separate grit from the fine carbon, improving the efficiency of the ashing process. 14.1.7.6. Gold room After elution and electrowinning, the cathodes are washed in a designated washing bay using a high-pressure water machine. The washed gold-bearing material, or calcine, is collected in a hopper. Water from the hopper is drained through a vacuum filter to separate the sludge. The filtered water is transferred to another vacuum filtrate tank, where any remaining particles settle for collection. The gold sludge is then placed in oven trays and dried at 500°C for 12 hours. Once dried, the sludge is mixed by hand with fluxes (borax, soda ash, and silica) and fed into one of two diesel-fired smelting furnaces. The molten gold is poured into moulds to form bars, which are stamped with an identification number and weighed for shipment. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 135 Crystallised slag from the smelting process is crushed and passed through a mineral cone. Heavy particles are recovered and reprocessed with the gold sludge, while lighter slag particles are sent to the ball mill. Gold bars are packed inside the gold room, sealed, and prepared for shipment. 14.2. Energy, water, process materials and personnel requirements 14.2.1. Reagents The following reagents are used in the process: • Lime. • Sodium cyanide. • Caustic. • Hydrochloric acid. • Flocculant. • Collector. • Secondary collector (dithiophosphate-type) • Frother. • Sodium sulphite • Copper sulphate and ferrous sulphate. • Carboxymethyl cellulose dispersant. • Oxygen. A new reagent preparation area has been installed and commissioned for copper sulphate, ferrous sulphate, flocculant, and carboxymethyl cellulose. 14.2.2. Water services 14.2.2.1. Water management and effluents There are no surface water resources in the mine area. Groundwater resources originate from occasional rainfall, that partially infiltrate through the more permeable wadi deposits and accumulate in basement depressions or is trapped by faults and buried dykes. Based on the numerous faults and shear zones intersecting the Sukari open pit and underground mine, it is reasonable to deduce that seepage is minimal and structurally controlled. Groundwater is characterised as brackish with high total dissolved solids levels and is not suitable for drinking. The combined capacity of 1,700m3/h is sufficient to meet the process plant and mining water requirements at Sukari. The seawater pipelines report to the raw water ponds located within the process plant area. Reverse osmosis water treatment plants draw a portion of the seawater for potable and fresh water supplies. Brine solution produced at the desalination plant is recycled to the raw water ponds. A back-up bore field is installed close to the coastline were seawater freely infiltrates into the groundwater. It has not been required to support operations to the Report current date. The water balance for the TSF is strongly negative due to the low rainfall and high evaporation that characterises the region’s climate, thus 60-70% of total process water requirements need to be extracted from the Red Sea. Above 50% of water is reused. A closed-circuit system is in place, and the mine does not discharge water to the environment. 14.2.2.2. Process water Process water is stored and reticulated through the process plant from three storage tanks. Two of the process water tanks, one in each flotation circuit, receive the overflow from the flotation concentrate and tailings thickeners of each circuit and decant return water from the TSF. Raw water is used as make-up water to maintain the tank level if required. The process water is then reticulated to the respective milling and flotation circuits for dilution and spray water. The process water tank in Line #1 also provides process water to the float concentrate CIL and the float tail CIL circuits. Process water to the concentrate regrind circuit is provided from the Line #2 process water tank. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 136 14.2.2.3. Raw water Raw water from the Red Sea is supplied from two seawater harvesting systems containing intake pumps, buffer tanks and booster pumps. Harvested seawater is discharged into a concrete tank located at the process plant that feeds the freshwater supply system. The concrete tank overflows into two raw water storage ponds. Raw water pumps reticulate raw water through the process plant from the storage ponds. 14.2.2.4. Gland water Raw water is used as gland water for the slurry pumps. Gland water is stored in several surge tanks throughout the process plant and reticulated to the slurry pumps via ring main systems. Dedicated gland water and gland water booster pumps provide gland water to the two-stage tailings pumps. 14.2.2.5. Freshwater Freshwater to the process plant, offices and camp is supplied by two reverse osmosis plants with a combined capacity of 3,000m3 per day and stored in two freshwater tanks. Freshwater in the process plant is used for reagent make-up, carbon transfer and strip solution in the elution process. Freshwater is also reticulated to the camp, offices and the mining areas. 14.2.2.6. Potable water Potable water is delivered to site in a bulk tanker from Marsa Alam and stored in the potable water tank. Potable water is reticulated to the safety showers in the process plant and for domestic use in the camp and office buildings. 14.2.2.7. Firewater A firewater reserve of approximately 1,800m3 is maintained in the two freshwater tanks. Firewater is reticulated through the plant using an electrical and diesel motor driven pump. Pressure in the firewater system is maintained with an electrical jockey pump. 14.2.3. Power Power generation is from both a dedicated solar power station and from diesel-fuelled generators in two power stations. Additional detail on power generation and consumption is provided in Chapter 15. 14.2.4. Personnel The Sukari processing plant currently employs a total workforce of 274 personnel, covering all operational, maintenance, and technical support functions necessary for efficient plant performance. The staffing levels are structured to ensure optimal throughput, equipment reliability, and adherence to safety and environmental regulations. Given the stability of operations and the absence of any significant expansions or process modifications, no changes to the current workforce are anticipated in the foreseeable future. The existing personnel structure is considered sufficient to maintain production targets while supporting continuous improvement initiatives. 14.3. Laboratory The on-site laboratory is owner-operated and can treat up to 1,200 samples per day from the plant, exploration and grade control departments. The laboratory also includes an extensive metallurgical test laboratory, enabling all areas of the process plant to be tested at a laboratory scale. 14.4. Dump leaching Dump leaching of low-grade mine waste has essentially been operating since the mine began and is an effective way of paying for the mine waste transportation costs, with any additional gold recovery a bonus. There are two dump leach areas, South and North, with a third under construction to minimise stockpiling lower grade material. The South dump leach is basically completed with no new stacking of material, although leaching continues. This contains approximately 16Mt of material. The North dump leach operation was extended through 2024 to process extra 8.3Mt of fresh ore. The reticulation of the cells being extended, pumps have been upgraded and the carbon-in-column was increased from 8 to 26 and the reticulation rates were increased from approximately 200m3/hr to nearly 600m3/hr to recover gold from the solutions off the pads.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 137 The dump leach operations treat ore with grades of typically 0.25-0.50g/t gold. The North dump leach is currently irrigated with 15-30ppm cyanide. The current LOM plan indicates an average grade of 0.38g/t gold and is based on leaching the mined oxide Mineral Reserves only. However, it is currently planned to also leach sub-grade transitional material that was added to the Mineral Reserve and also rehandled portion of stockpiles which are not in the Mineral Reserves. Gold recovery is typically 30-40% for oxide material and 20-30% for both the sub-grade transitional and potential fresh material. Gold production in 2025 for both South and North dump leach operation was 3,722oz and 18,214oz respectively. A third Dump leach pad started operation in 2025 and produced 2,760oz A carbon-in-column plant is used to recover gold from the dam return water prior to being pumped to the process water tanks. Gold production in 2025 from carbon-in-column plant was 56oz. 14.5. Process plant improvements In 2024 and 2025, a series of key process optimisations were implemented to enhance plant performance, with a particular focus on improving reagent dosage strategies for higher gold recovery. These improvements were driven by continuous research, metallurgical testwork, and operational refinements. The optimisation initiatives included the introduction of multi-stage potassium amyl xanthate dosing, a new detoxification system, the addition of a secondary collector, and the successful commissioning of the Aachen reactor. Additionally, the North dump leach expansion significantly increased ore processing capacity, further contributing to recovery improvements. 15. Infrastructure 15.1. On-site infrastructure The existing infrastructure in the mine is sufficient to support the LOM plan. Refer to Figure 3.2. for a detailed infrastructure map for the Sukari Gold Mine. The key onsite infrastructure facilities include: • Open pit: open pit excavation, haul roads and adjacent areas on the crest of the open pit. • Waste rock dumps: North, East and South dumps. • Low-grade ore stockpile. • ROM pads. • TSF #1: tailings surface, process pond, evaporation ponds, TSF embankment, perimeter access road and adjacent areas. • TSF #2: Tailings surface, TSF embankment, perimeter access road and adjacent areas. • Process plant area: process plant, reagent and supply chain warehouses, power stations, offices, fuel station and storage, laydown area, workshops, roads and adjacent areas. • Camp site area: accommodation camp including mosque, sports fields, recreation building, mess and kitchen, administration office, sewage treatment plant, driver training area, site entrance and security. • Salvage/scrap yard. • Water supply infrastructure: Red Sea water intake, water pipeline, booster pump stations, and back- up groundwater bore field. • Underground mine area: underground portal, ventilation shafts and facilities, offices and workshop, waste rock dump, roads and parking area. • Dump leach facilities: dump leach, ponds and process area. • Emulsion plants. • Explosive magazines. • Main access road. • Solar power farm. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 138 • New site entrance and security. Power supply for processing stages one to three and infrastructure is generated using five MAK and six Cummins generators capable of supplying 6.5MW (de-rated) and 1.2MW (de-rated) respectively. Processing stage four receives power generated from five Wartsila generator sets capable of supplying 7.8MW (de- rated). A diesel fuel storage facility is present on site with a combined capacity of 5,207m3. A 36MWDC solar farm was commissioned which produces a significant proportion of the mine’s power. AngloGold Ashanti is also continuing to work towards a full national grid connection. This, combined with the solar farm, will displace the diesel generator sets which will then be retained in case of a loss of supply from the grid. A communications network using satellite and fibre-optic cable is in place. The fibre-optic cabling extends into the underground operations, following the main decline. A “trunked” repeater system enables the system of hand-held and mobile radio sets to communicate around the site. A 125m3/hour pastefill plant was commissioned in 2023. 15.2. Tailings storage facilities The Sukari Gold Mine has two TSFs, TSF #1 and TSF #2 located to the west and south of the main mine area respectively, as shown in Figure 15.1. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 139 Figure 15.1. TSF site layout plan of the existing TSF #1 and TSF #2. Note: Figure prepared by Sukari Gold Mine, 2025. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 140 TSF #1 was commissioned in 2009 and has been in continuous operation since but is now near full capacity and provides emergency contingency storage only. The starter embankment (stage one) of TSF #2 was constructed in 2020 and commissioned in January 2021 under the supervision of Knight Piésold. The facility has since been progressively raised to Lift 6, completed in 2025, providing a total storage capacity of 76Mt and supporting a design throughput of 12.5Mtpa. Lift 7 is planned to be constructed during 2026 and 2027 to further increase the capacity for the following years. The required elevation of TSF #2 to meet the LOM production is Lift 11. The TSFs meet host country legislative requirements and are managed through a robust framework of principles, standards and guidelines to ensure structural stability, human safety and environment protection, whilst maintaining efficient and responsible production. The facilities are designed in accordance with the Australian National Committee on Large Dams (ANCOLD) guidelines. The embankments were constructed using the downstream method and facilities comprise a high-density polyethylene (HDPE) geomembrane line to provide adequate seepage management. The TSFs have an operating manual covering the operation, monitoring, maintenance, and surveillance for the facility; clear definition of responsibility for key personnel; and a trigger action response plan to effectively assess deviations from standard operating practice and required actions. AngloGold Ashanti is committed to the Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management. In 2025, a self- assessment against Sukari’s conformance to the Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management was undertaken and a roadmap to address necessary actions was put into place. Both TSFs meet the principles of the Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management. 15.2.1. TSF #1 TSF #1 is a single-cell paddock storage facility containing approximately 70Mm3 of tailings with containment provided by downstream engineered earthfill embankments and the natural strata and is fully lined with 1.5mm HDPE liner. The embankments were formed from waste rock fill, wadi gravels and a sand and gypsum blended soil liner, with a maximum embankment height of 60m. The HDPE liner is bedded on a sand and gypsum blended soil layer. The tailings were deposited by sub-aerial spigots and the supernatant water decanted via a floating barge. The deposition has stopped since the commission of the TSF #2 and it has been maintained for ‘emergency’ deposition during shutdowns and planned maintenance cycles on the tailings delivery line. There is no accumulation of water on top of the tailings surface. 15.2.2. TSF #2 TSF #2 is a single-cell containment facility provided by zoned earth and rock fill embankment and the natural strata. The main embankment is to the north side of the facility extending to the west and eastern sides, a smaller embankment forms the southern end of stage one. The natural strata form the remainder of the containment on the western and eastern sides. The TSF has a double liner system to ensure full containment. TSF #2 is currently operational with an annual deposition design of 12.5Mtpa - the current capacity of the Lift 6 in Q4 2027. Lift 7 is planned to start construction on 2026 to add 17.8Mt of storage. 15.3. Power supply The Sukari Gold Mine site is fully equipped to provide the power services necessary to sustain its operations. Energy supply is delivered through a hybrid system that integrates both a thermal power plant and a solar facility, ensuring reliability and efficiency. The thermal component of the system consists of three distinct power stations, each operating with diesel- fueled generators: • MAK Power Station: equipped with Caterpillar 12CM32 engines paired with AVK alternators, rated at 6.3kV and 8.7MVA at 0.8 power factor. • Wärtsilä Power Station: powered by Wärtsilä 18V32 engines with AVK alternators, rated at 6.3kV and 10MVA at 0.8 power factor. • Cummins Power Station: using Cummins QSK45 engines with AVK alternators, rated at 6.3kV and 1.65MVA continuous at 0.8 power factor. To reduce reliance on diesel and enhance sustainability, Sukari commissioned a 36MWDC (30MWAC) solar plant alongside a 7MW battery energy storage system in 2022. This facility provides a secondary energy source, raising the renewable blend of site power generation to 21%. The solar plant achieves substantial

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 141 savings, reducing diesel consumption by approximately 21ML per year, which translates into an annual reduction of 41,000t of CO₂ emissions. AngloGold Ashanti has established a decarbonisation roadmap for Sukari Gold Mine, setting an interim target of a 30% reduction in scope 1 and scope 2 greenhouse gas emissions by 2030. To achieve this, several carbon abatement projects have been identified: • A 13MWAC extension of the existing solar plant. • An 80MWAC connection to the national electricity grid. • Increased integration of renewable energy sourced through the national grid compared to the 2021 baseline. 15.4. Off-site infrastructure The mine receives a supply of seawater via three pipelines, two sets of intake pumps and coastal wells, and booster pumping stations. The pipeline was constructed at a depth of 1m below ground level. Power is carried along an overhead 34.5kV cable from the site power plant, mentioned above, which feeds the five booster stations and the intake pumps. 16. Market studies and contracts 16.1. Market for mine products No market studies are currently relevant as the Sukari Gold Mine is an operating mine producing a readily saleable commodity in the form of doré. The accepted framework governing the sale or purchase of gold, is conformance with the Loco London standard. Only gold that meets the London Bullion Market Association’s (LMBA) Good Delivery standard is acceptable in the settlement of a Loco London contract. In the Loco London market, gold is traded directly between two parties without the involvement of an exchange, and so the system relies on strict specifications for fine ounce weight, purity and physical appearance. For a bar to meet the LMBA’s Good Delivery standard, the following specifications must be met as a minimum: • Weight: 350 fine troy ounces (min) to 430 fine troy ounces (max). • Purity/fineness: minimum fineness of 995.0 parts per thousand fine gold. • Appearance: bars must be of good appearance not displaying any defects, irregularities such as cavities, holes or blisters. Only bullion produced by refiners whose practices and bars meet the stringent standards of the LMBA’s Good Delivery List can be traded on the London market. Such a refiner is then a LMBA Accredited Refiner and must continue to meet and uphold these standards in order for its bars to be traded in the London market. Provided the bullion meets the LMBA’s Good Delivery standard, it is accepted by all market participants and thus provides a ready market for the sale or purchase of bullion. 16.2. Commodity price forecasts AngloGold Ashanti management determined the gold prices (in US dollars) used for estimating the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve are based on the use of economic assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for establishing the prospects of economic extraction for the Mineral Resource as well as the expected price for the Mineral Reserve to be economically viable. These economic assumptions are based on AngloGold Ashanti’s assessment of multiple factors, including long-range commodity price trends, consensus exchange rate and price forecasts, historical price averages, impacts on inflation and the resulting high-interest rate environment. AngloGold Ashanti selects appropriate prices for the Mineral Reserve mine plan that align to its strategy for each asset. The resultant plan is then tested for economic viability at the stated Mineral Reserve price. A gold price of $1,700/oz was used for the Mineral Reserve. A gold price of $2,150/oz (open pit) and $2,000/oz (underground) was used for the Mineral Resource. Typically, the price for Mineral Resource is set AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 142 higher than the Mineral Reserve price. The metal price assumptions for the mine’s metal products are considered suitable to support the financial analysis of the Mineral Reserve evaluation. 16.3. Contracts Numerous contracts are in place with local and international companies relating to the operation of the mining and processing operations. The following key contracts are in place: • The open pit drilling operations is contracted to Capital Ltd. • Mantrac Egypt provide labour and parts for the caterpillar mining equipment used in the open pit and underground mines. • Exploration and grade control drilling are undertaken by two third party contractors, Capital Ltd for the open pit and Silverback Egypt (a subsidiary of Geodrill) in the underground mine. • Bulk explosive manufacturing and accessories are supplied by Maxam Egypt (a subsidiary of Maxam). • Mining equipment is purchased from Caterpillar, Sandvik, Normet and Volvo. • Construction Technology Contractors Egypt provides critical labour hire for ad-hoc activities for the mine. • Cyplus are contracted to supply cyanide for gold recovery. • Lubricants, oils and grease are supplied by Shell Corporation. • Heavy earthmoving equipment tyres are supplied by Michelin. • Oxygen used in gold processing is supplied by Air Liquide Egypt. • Gold refining services are contracted to MKS Pamp, Switzerland. • Internation freight forwarding services are contracted to Gulf Agency Company. • Engineer of record for the TSFs is contracted to Epoch Pty, South Africa. All contracts listed above are with unaffiliated third parties as at the Report current date. Contracts are negotiated and renewed as needed. Contract terms are within industry norms, and typical of similar contracts in Egypt with which AngloGold Ashanti is familiar. 17. Environmental studies, permitting plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups No known permitting or social constraints are expected to materially impact the Mineral Reserve production schedule as at the Report current date. The Sukari Gold Mine continues to operate without significant flaws regarding environmental, socio-economic, or occupational health and safety aspects. The operation maintains a robust social licence through strict legal compliance, ethical conduct, and a commitment to transparent stakeholder partnerships. All essential permits remain current, and risk management plans are reviewed regularly to ensure alignment with evolving industry best practices. A key milestone achieved in 2025 was the successful attainment of ISO 14001 certification, formalizing Sukari’s commitment to an internationally recognised Environmental Management System. Furthermore, the operation has advanced its long-term sustainability strategy by developing a conceptual mine closure plan strictly aligned with the current LOM plan. To ensure continuous improvement, the following priorities have been established for the upcoming period: • System Integration: Maintain and leverage the newly acquired ISO 14001 certification to drive operational efficiencies and environmental excellence. • Tailings Stewardship: Complete the final stages of aligning the Sukari tailings management system with the Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management. • Ongoing collaboration with contractors and suppliers to strengthen their conformance to good industry practice. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 143 • Tailings Stewardship: Complete the final stages of aligning the Sukari tailings management system with the Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management. • Decarbonisation: Execute scheduled projects under the Sukari 2030 Decarbonisation Roadmap to achieve measurable reductions in greenhouse gas emissions. • Carbon Policy Monitoring: Routinely assess domestic and international carbon pricing developments to mitigate potential impacts on the asset’s carrying value. • Closure Refinement: Transition the conceptual closure plan into a detailed operational framework as the LOM plan evolves. 17.1. Socio-economic considerations 17.1.1. Land use There are few forms of active land use within the Sukari mining licence area due to the rugged terrain, remoteness, absence of surface water and low flora coverage. There are no communities living within the licence area, nor is it judged to be of importance to indigenous peoples. The operations have not resulted in the physical resettlement of communities nor economic displacement and there are no reported grievances or disputes between Sukari Gold Mine and local communities related to land use rights. Small-scale mechanised mining is widespread in the Eastern Desert, including areas within the Sukari licence area, but generally at remote sites where it neither disturbs nor presents a risk to mine operation. It is an unauthorised, clandestine activity that employs a relatively small number of people. The Eastern Desert is notable for its geological history, with a variety of ancient Egyptian and Romanic mining settlements of varying archaeological value. At Sukari, one site of archaeological value comprising the rock ruins of mine worker houses was identified during the environmental and social impact assessment and was protected from mine disturbance on the recommendation of the Supreme Council of Antiquities (GM, 2007). At the request of Sukari in 2022, the Supreme Council of Antiquities performed an operation to salvage and relocate the ruins to allow for the progressive expansion of the mine. Excavations of the ruins have revealed features typical of the Ptolemaic and Roman empires, including artefacts dating back to the Modern Pharaonic State. These findings are of surprising richness in the context of ancient gold mining and investigations are ongoing including academic research led by the Supreme Council of Antiquities. A small museum has been established at the Sukari Gold Mine to display these findings. 17.1.2. Communities and livelihoods There are a small number of Bedouin families who live outside but adjacent to the mine licence area with whom Sukari Gold Mine retains good relations. The nearest Bedouin camp, located 9km away, is occupied intermittently by one family. The nearest town is Marsa Alam, located approximately 25km to the east of Sukari located on the Red Sea coast, with a population of approximately 10,000. The population of Marsa Alam comprises a mix of Bedouin people and economic migrants from elsewhere in Egypt, attracted by opportunities in the tourism sector and the presence of the mine. The opening of an international airport in Marsa Alam in 2003, led to a rapid increase in coastal development associated with the tourism sector. This development was substantially curtailed following the Egyptian revolution in 2011 and coronavirus pandemic in 2020/21. The Sukari Gold Mine is the largest industrial operator in the region and provides a significant contribution to the economy of Marsa Alam through the procurement of goods and services. 17.1.3. Stakeholder engagement Sukari Gold Mine has in place various tools and processes to guide local stakeholder engagement. This includes stakeholder mapping, social risks and opportunities register, stakeholder engagement register, commitments register and community grievance mechanism. At the level of Marsa Alam, the Community Consultation Committee, comprising Bedouin elders and community leaders, is in place to provide a formal channel for informed consultation and participation on matters relating to Sukari. Committee meetings are held monthly, supplemented by regular meetings with government authorities, public service providers, community-based organisations and vulnerable groups. Since 2021, Sukari Gold Mine has conducted an annual community perceptions survey to assess the strength of its relations with the township of Marsa Alam, the effectiveness of its engagement practices and community investment initiatives. The overwhelming majority of survey respondents support Sukari. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 144 Owing to the relative remoteness of Sukari Gold Mine from community areas, the number of community incidents and grievances reported is minimal. Zero community incidents were recorded in 2025. 17.2. Permitting and approvals The concession agreement signed with the government of Egypt in 1995, defines the legal, administrative, financial and fiscal conditions of the mine and activities within the Sukari licence area. More broadly, Sukari is subject to the laws, regulations, guidelines, and standards of Egypt. Issues of environmental protection in Egypt are governed by Environmental Law 4/1994 (amended in 2009 and 2015) that outlines regulations pertaining to land, air, and water pollution and creates the Environmental Affairs Agency, endowing it with the powers to enforce these requirements. As per the requirements of Law 4/1994 and its executive regulations, new projects are to prepare and submit an EIA study according to the EIA guidelines as part of the project approval process. An environmental and social impact assessment was carried out in 2007 by Environics and approved by the Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency. Various elements of mine infrastructure have been the subject of an EIA addenda subsequent to the original environmental and social impact assessment, including the extension of the power plant (2008); water intake from the Red Sea and borefield (2009); oily sludge incinerator (2009); the second tailings storage facility (2016); the solar farm project (2021) and solar expansion (2023); and the third dump leach facility (2024). Sukari Gold Mine maintains various other operational permits, including: • Approval from the Egyptian Armed Forces for development of new facilities within the licence area. • Approval from the Industrial Development Authority for the establishment and operation of the process plant and hazardous chemical storage areas. • Approvals from EMRA and the Red Sea Governorate for the lease of land for facilities located outside the Sukari licence area i.e. water offtake and pipeline. • Approvals from the Supreme Council of Antiquities for the excavation of archaeological ruins. Sukari Gold Mine has a tracking system to ensure timely renewal and/or extension of regulatory permits. As of December 2025, all permits were reported as current, with two permits under renewal: • Importation and use of explosives. • Use of ammonium nitrate. 17.3. Requirements and plans for waste tailings disposal, site monitoring and water management 17.3.1. Air emissions Sukari is located 25km from Marsa Alam, to which it is connected by a bitumen road, and 13km from the northern extent of the Wadi El Gamal National Park. The operation has negligible impact on the airshed of these sensitive receptors and no community incidents related to air quality have been reported. The priority issues regarding air quality are the impact on work conditions and potential impact on occupational health, rather than fugitive emissions. Occupational health risks are assessed in each work area and the necessary controls implemented to ensure compliance with relevant exposure limits. The primary sources of air pollutant emissions included drilling, blasting, haulage, crushing, power generation and transportation. Associated air emissions include particulate matter and thermal combustion gases. In recent years, Sukari Gold Mine has paid particular attention to underground air quality including upgrade of the underground ventilation system and investigating the opportunities of replacing the underground equipment with more environmentally friendly options. The introduction of new primary fans underground in 2025 increased ventilation capacity to 560m3/s. The mine also sources low sulphur diesel for use by an underground mobile plant, subject to availability. The principal dust suppression and control measures deployed at Sukari include road maintenance and watering, strict control on vehicle speed limits, waste dump/ROM pads management, enclosures and screens within the rock crushing circuit, environmentally controlled operator booths and personal protective equipment.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 145 Stack emissions from thermal electricity generators are sampled monthly for SO2, CO and NOX. Mine workers are regularly fitted with personal dust monitors to measure their occupational exposure to dust and gases during their workday. Twice a year, the air quality monitoring programme is externally audited including independent sampling and analysis. There are occasional exceedance of NO/NOX levels in stack emissions, other parameters were typically in compliance with the permissible limits, established by Egyptian Environmental Law 4/1994. 17.3.2. Waste management 17.3.2.1. Mineral waste – rock A detailed waste management plan is in place to ensure all hazardous and non-hazardous waste generated is managed in a manner that minimises environmental risks and reduces closure and reclamation liabilities. The largest waste product by volume is waste rock generated from the extraction of ore. A total of 636Mt of waste rock will be mined, based on the LOM plan. The bulk of this material is stored onsite in designated waste rock dumps to the south, east and north of the pit, that are engineered for geotechnical stability. Quantities of waste rock are used for construction of TSF stages, haul roads maintenance and backfilling of underground voids. Geochemical testwork (Knight Piésold, 2006) on waste rock and low-grade ore samples showed that the materials were non-acid forming with low sulphide contents and variable acid neutralising capacities. The acid neutralising capacity was predominantly from contained carbonate minerals. Owing to extremely low rainfall, the risk of mobilisation of environmentally significant elements is considered low. Further geochemical testwork was completed by Digby Wells in 2023 which verified these results. 17.3.2.2. Non-hazardous wastes Non-hazardous waste includes scrap metal, wood waste, tyres, cardboard, plastic, rubber, and food waste. Non-hazardous waste materials of beneficial value for reuse or recycling are segregated and stockpiled for periodic collection and transfer off-site by licenced third party waste contractors appointed by EMRA. Food waste is donated as animal feed to local herders. Non-mineral wastes that are classified as hazardous include sewerage effluent, used oils and lubricants, residual hazardous chemicals and their packaging, batteries and some medical waste. To ensure safe management and legal compliance, all hazardous waste removal is conducted through a contract with a certified and approved contractor officially licenced by the Egyptian Environmental Affairs Agency. 17.3.2.3. Security Plant infrastructure is surrounded by 2.4m-high mesh fencing, and all persons entering controlled areas must enter through security gatehouses which are staffed 24hr/d. 17.4. Environmental management 17.4.1. Environmental monitoring, compliance and reporting Sukari Gold Mine continues to operate under a robust Environmental Management System (EMS) that ensures sustainable practices across all operational facets. Project performance is systematically monitored through visual inspections, internal and external auditing, data collection, and precise measurements. Current monitoring focuses on: • Water Quality: Continuous assessment of groundwater, sewage, and TSF water. A network of boreholes upstream and downstream of TSFs, pits, and water ponds monitors for parameters including total dissolved solids, pH, cyanide (CN- and weakly acid dissociable (WAD) CN-), sulphate, chloride, copper (Cu), and arsenic (As). • Air Quality & Emissions: Stack emissions from thermal electricity generators are sampled monthly for SO₂, CO, and NOₓ. To reduce reliance on diesel and lower greenhouse gas intensity, the mine uses a 36MW solar power plant and is integrating national grid power into its mix. • Work Environment: Occupational exposure to dust, noise, and illumination is tracked via personal monitors and site sensors. The majority of monitored components consistently align with the permissible limits established by Egyptian Environmental Law 4/1994. While occasional exceedances of NO/NOₓ were historically noted in stack AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 146 emissions, ongoing investments in clean energy and operational efficiency target full and continuous compliance. 17.4.2. Social initiatives and community development Sukari Gold Mine allocates an annual budget for community investments and donations. The Marsa Alam Community Consultative Committee supports the governance of the community investment programme, ensuring that community needs are effectively identified and prioritised. Through partnership with a registered training organisation and the Ministry of Education, Sukari is continuing to advance the establishment of a technical school in Marsa Alam that will provide specialised vocational training in heavy equipment maintenance. 17.5. Health and safety considerations 17.5.1. Occupational health and safety management system Sukari Gold Mine is certified to ISO 45001:2018 occupational health and safety management system. Sukari Gold Mine has a structured approach to the identification, control and review of occupational health and safety related risks and impacts. Critical risk standards have been developed to mitigate and control risks that can cause grave damage to mine operation or result in worker fatality. These standards are in place for: fitness for work; light vehicle operations; mobile vehicle, plant, equipment and operation; hazardous energy; lifting; explosives and blasting; hazardous work; hazardous materials; geotechnical and ground control; confined space; working at heights; and management of TSFs. Each operational department has in place a risk register that identifies material risks which is reviewed at leadership level on a quarterly basis. Leading and lagging indicators, and progress against safety targets are reviewed. All workers are trained in hazard recognition, avoidance and reporting. All hazards are entered into a hazard register including the corrective and preventative actions. A training matrix identifies the occupational health and safety training requirements relevant to the work activities of each role. It is mandatory for all employees and contractors to attend the safety training relevant to their role. The Sukari Gold Mine tracks and reports on fatality, lost time injuries, total recordable injury, and all injuries frequency rates. Sukari submits a monthly report to the Egyptian regulator which details occupational health and safety performance against key indicators and monitoring results. 17.5.2. Emergency preparedness and response A comprehensive site-specific crisis management plan was developed. The plan, which is regularly updated, includes site description and risk assessment, guidance for its activation and application in a step-by-step manner, and sections featuring contact details of key staff member, crisis communications information, duties, and responsibilities. It is supported by a series of standard operating procedures, open pit and surface operations emergency management plan and underground mining emergency duty cards. The standard operating procedures outline the requirements for everyone who might be involved in a specific emergency. Duty cards provide detailed instructions to people involved in emergency response activities. The emergency and crisis management plan as well as its all supporting documentation are reviewed on a regular basis. There is an emergency response team on site, which is trained and equipped to manage emergency situations, including potential incidents related to tailings management or hazardous chemical spills. 17.6. Mine closure and reclamation At the end of 2025, the total land disturbed within the Sukari operational footprint was 30.12km². While the mine operates with closure objectives in mind, all components remain active, and substantive large-scale reclamation activities have not yet begun. 17.6.1. Key 2025 milestones • First Closure Plan Completed: The Sukari Gold Mine successfully developed and formalized its first comprehensive conceptual closure plan during 2025. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 147 • Execution Plan Development: A detailed closure execution plan successfully developed for the next two years to address all knowledge gaps, conduct specific risk assessments, and complete necessary specialised studies. 17.6.2. Asset retirement obligation • To meet reporting and financial assurance obligations, an asset retirement obligation for the closure and decommissioning of the mine and rehabilitation of the affected area is routinely reviewed and updated annually. • The estimated cost liability as of 31 December 2025 was $68.8M. 17.6.3. Closure principles and activities The asset retirement obligation defines preliminary, site-specific objectives based on established general principles: • Salvage equipment for local socio-economic benefit or repurpose select infrastructure as agreed in closure objectives. • Remove project infrastructure and rehabilitate affected areas to sustain post-mining land use. • Stabilise physical, chemical, ecological, and social conditions to prevent long-term degradation. • Design final landforms to be geotechnically stable and blend with the surrounding landscape. • Establish stormwater systems to restore natural drainage or protect geotechnical integrity. • Ensure the closed facility requires minimal maintenance and poses no health and safety risks to humans, livestock, or wildlife above natural ambient levels. • Meet all regulatory obligations and facilitate a smooth social transition for the workforce and local communities. Main closure activities include dismantling infrastructure, moving waste rock, ripping compacted surfaces, and grading the area topographically. As the site is in an arid desert, no topsoil conservation or revegetation is required as part of the mine closure plan. 17.7. Qualified Person's opinion on adequacy of current plans Sukari Gold Mine currently holds valid permits to operate and ensures compliance with all requirements of the permits. The closure plans have been catered for in the mine plan. Future permits can be reasonably expected to be obtained. The social-economic, local, and general community issues are acceptably managed, and the Qualified Person considers these plans to be adequate. 17.8. Commitments to ensure local procurement and hiring At Sukari, AngloGold Ashanti is committed to prioritising the employment of local, regional, and national candidates in that order. AngloGold Ashanti has set a target of achieving a national employment rate of over 90% across the operation, in alignment with the Egyptian Ministry of Manpower’s directive that expatriates should not exceed 10% of the total workforce. Additionally, AngloGold Ashanti aims to progressively increase the proportion of leadership positions held by national employees at Sukari. Under the Sukari concession agreement, Sukari Gold Mines implements stringent procedures to maximise local procurement opportunities. International sourcing is only considered when local suppliers are unable to meet quality and performance standards or if the international price is at least 10% lower than that offered by local suppliers. As per the exploration agreement, AngloGold Ashanti prioritises local contractors, provided their performance meets international standards and their service costs do not exceed those of other contractors by more than 10%. Exploration also favours locally manufactured goods, provided their quality and delivery timelines are comparable to those available internationally. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 148 Additionally, AngloGold Ashanti is committed to hiring skilled and semi-skilled Egyptian candidates, particularly those residing in the Governorate where the project is located. To support workforce development, AngloGold Ashanti will implement training programmes designed to enhance employee skills and practical experience. 18. Capital and operating cost estimates Capital and operating expenditures were estimated based on the 10-year (2026-2035) LOM, mining and processing schedule. In accordance with S-K1300 costs were estimated based on the LOM mining schedule and are within an accuracy of ±15%, which is reasonable based on the operating history of the mine and the level of risk of risk being low. The costs are updated on an annual basis. The open pit and underground capital costs were calculated by the site maintenance team using current equipment hours, maintenance plans and life of asset planning to maximise the life of the equipment. Capital for TSF lifts was based on the current LOM design capacity. Open pit operating costs were estimated by applying existing and budgeted fixed costs and unit rates to the: estimated equipment hours; volumes drilled, blasted and mined; required grade control for ore mined and areas for geotechnical control. Underground mining costs were based on an average of the last 21 months actual costs. A gold price of $1,700/oz and diesel price of $0.90/L were used. 18.1. Capital costs Total capital expenditure was estimated to total $556M. These capital cost estimates are based on a site‐specific cost model built using vendor quotes for major equipment, historical capital expenditure multiples from prior projects, and updated results from previous studies. A summary of total capital cost estimates is presented in Table 18.1. Table 18.1. Capital budget in the financial model. Sustaining capital LOM (2026-2035) ($M) Open pit fleet rebuilds 160 Open pit fleet replacements 80 Total open pit capital 240 Underground fleet replacements 13 Underground fleet rebuilds 13 Total underground capital 26 Tailings dam lifts 170 Plant 30 Crusher feed fleet rebuilds 19 Crusher feed fleet replacement 6 Total processing capital 225 Dump Leach capital 31 General and administrative 34 Total 556 18.2. Operating costs Open pit operating costs were estimated by applying existing and budgeted fixed costs and unit rates to the estimated equipment hours; volumes drilled, blasted and mined; required grade control for ore mined and areas for geotechnical control. Underground mining costs were based on an average of the last 18 of months actual costs. The key operating costs are categorised into four main components: open pit mining (Table 18.2), underground mining (Table 18.3); processing (Table 18.4) and general and administrative (Table 18.5). These costs are based on the LOM plan.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 149 Table 18.2. Key operational costs for open pit mining. Open pit mining costs LOM (2026-2034) ($M) Mining overheads 149 Open pit drilling 222 Open pit blasting 217 Open pit loading 111 Open pit hauling 491 Pit ancillary works 80 Underground waste rehandle cost 5 Waste mining contractor 67 Geology and geotechnical 79 Total open pit mining costs 1,421 Table 18.3. Key operational costs for underground mining. Underground mining costs LOM (2026-2033) ($M) Underground development 171 Underground stoping 242 Underground load and haul 75 Underground power 26 Total underground mining costs 514 Table 18.4. Key operational costs for processing. Processing costs LOM (2026-2035) ($M) Administration 82 Mobile equipment 5 Processing 348 Reagents 607 Gold room 35 Support and services 18 Power and maintenance 150 Rehandle costs 40 Dump leach 88 Total processing costs 1,372 AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 150 Table 18.5. Key operational costs for administration costs. General and administration costs LOM (2026-2035) ($M) Administration – site 53 Supply 70 Information technology 53 Human resources 21 Mine site messing and accommodation 95 Heath, safety and environment 40 Security department 25 Administration - Alexandria 14 Other cost 14 Total general and administration costs 385 The estimated average LOM open pit mining operating cost is $2.18/t mined. The annual unit cost of mining per tonne increases over the LOM from $2.06/t mined to $2.37/t mined reflecting additional haulage costs for mining at depth. Underground mining costs are based on an average of the last 18 months actual costs and average $42.05/t mined. Processing costs are estimated using budget costs for the CIL and dump leach processes. ROM rehandle costs reflect that 70% of mill tonnes are being rehandled and 30% direct tip. A reduction in power costs reflects the plan to develop a grid connection in 2026. 18.3. Risk assessment Specific risks associated with the specific engineering estimation methods used to arrive at the estimates include the following: 18.3.1. Carbon tax The introduction of carbon pricing on Sukari’s Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions in Egypt could have a material impact on operating costs over medium and long-term time horizons (with the effect of reducing Mineral Resource and Reserve estimates). However, Egypt does not currently have a carbon mechanism in place and there is no indication of when one may be implemented. Consequently, carbon pricing is not expected to have a material impact on the carrying values of Sukari in the short term and not until such mechanisms are introduced. Through the 2030 Decarbonisation Roadmap, Sukari mitigates the potential financial impact of carbon pricing. 18.3.2. Voids impact The Amun east contact zone contains underground voids totalling approximately 1Mm³, which are and will be intersected by the life-of-mine pit shell. These voids have the potential to propagate along major structures, potentially impacting the overall stability and progression of mining activities. Consequently, this may lead to the deferral of stage five ore extraction into stage six, impacting the planned ore extraction schedule. 18.3.3. Productivity targets The LOM uses productivity targets of circa 2,605tph from the main digging units. This is an increase with historical rates, but consistent rates of >3,000tph have been achieved with blasting quality and good planning practices. Areas of slower digging, such as through void areas, have been derated in the schedule to 1,900tph. 18.3.4. Fleet replacement plan Sukari has an aging fleet, and the risk associated with achieving required availabilities and utilisation increases. This is being mitigated with scheduled maintenance a fleet replacement and management strategy, which begins with the planned replacement of two open pit shovels in 2026. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 151 18.3.5. Operational risks • Mine interaction between working stages (stage five and six). This risk is mitigated by the reduction of equipment in stage five, which is reduced to one fleet for the remainder of its development. Interaction between any of the stages is managed through the mine planning and day-to-day operational management. • Open pit and underground interaction continues to play a major part in the development of the open pit, in particular the voids both inside and outside the LOM pit footprint. This is managed through probe drilling and strict management practices. Dig rates have also been derated in line with the slower mining through these areas. • Blasting close to underground main decline. Vibration monitoring continues to be done from the interaction with stage six. This includes reviewing blasting practices to identify any improvement opportunities by the drill and blast team and site geotechnical team and to reduce potential risk to the decline. This will continue to be monitored as stage six develops on the west wall. 19. Economic analysis 19.1. Key assumptions, parameters and methods Refer to Chapter 12 for the key assumptions, parameters and methods used to demonstrate economic viability. The following are material assumptions used for the Sukari 2025 Mineral Reserve business plan: • Power rate: $0.045/kwh. • Diesel cost: $0.90/L. • Gold: $1,700/oz as determined by AngloGold Ashanti (refer to Chapter 25). Sukari Gold Mine is exempt from certain taxes and duties under the concession terms. The tax exemption on all income generated in Egypt is renewed every 15 years, with the most recent renewal submission at the end of 2025. 19.2. Results of economic analysis Mineral Reserve declaration is supported by a positive cash flow (Table 19.1). The attributable interest for Sukari is 50%. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 152 Table 19.1. Sukari cash flow analysis (Mineral Reserve material only) – 100% basis. Item Unit Total LOM 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 Production Gold oz ('000) 4,093 445 506 396 515 494 544 448 432 234 80 Revenue Gross revenue $M 6,958 757 860 673 876 840 925 761 734 398 136 Royalties $M 210 23 26 20 26 25 28 23 22 12 4 Operating costs Mining costs $M 1,936 276 301 322 298 275 221 159 85 0 0 Processing costs $M 1,372 136 143 147 147 151 152 146 149 146 56 General and administrative costs $M 385 34 35 37 38 40 42 44 46 49 21 Other operating costs1 $M 13 1.4 1.6 1.2 1.6 1.5 1.7 1.4 1.3 0.7 0.2 Total operating costs $M 3,706 448 480 506 485 467 417 351 281 195 77 Sustaining capital $M 556 206 88 89 54 48 55 14 3 0 0 Non-GAAP metrics and cash flow Total all-in sustaining costs $M 4,471 677 593 615 565 541 500 387 306 207 81 Total all-in sustaining costs $/oz 1,092 1,519 1,173 1,555 1,096 1,095 920 864 709 884 1,014 Other capital (non-sustaining) $M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Total all-in costs $M 4,471 677 593 615 565 541 500 387 306 207 81 Total all-in costs $/oz 1,092 1,519 1,173 1,555 1,096 1,095 920 864 709 884 1,014 Closure costs $M 69 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 Tax $M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Free cash flow $M 2,418 74 260 50 304 292 417 367 421 184 48 Key metrics NPV0 $M 2,418 NPV5 $M 1,879 Note: 1 Includes refining charges, shipping and transport of ounces; LOM: life of mine; GAAP: generally accepted accounting principles; NPV: net present value.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 153 19.3. Sensitivity analysis A sensitivity analysis on NPV5 model for key value drivers (gold price, capital cost, operating cost, and processed grade) was completed on the Mineral Reserve financial model. A 20% change in either gold price or processed grade resulted in the NPV5 changes of 60%, with a 20% change in operating and capital costs resulted in 33% and 5% changes to the NPV5, respectively. As shown in Table 19.2 and Figure 19.1, the Mineral Reserve is most sensitive to gold price and processed grade changes. Capital and operating costs have less impact compared to price and feed grade. Table 19.2. Sukari Mineral Reserve (100% basis) sensitivity analysis (±20%) for key value drivers (numbers as after-tax NPV5, in $M). Parameter 1 Unit -20% Base case +20% % Change NPV5 -20% +20% Gold price $/oz 747 1,879 3,012 -60% 60% Grade processed g/t 747 1,879 3,012 -60% 60% Operating costs $M 2,491 1,879 1,267 33% -32% Capital costs $M 1,979 1,879 1,780 5% -5% Note: 1 Sensitivities estimated based on given current mine plan for the base case; NPV: net present value. Figure 19.1. Sukari Mineral Reserve (100% basis) sensitivity analysis (±20%) for key value drivers (numbers as after-tax NPV5, in $M). 20. Adjacent properties This Chapter is not relevant to this Report. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 154 21. Other relevant data and information This Chapter is not relevant to this Report. 22. Interpretation and conclusions The Qualified Persons have reviewed the licensing, geology, exploration, Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimation methods, mining, mineral processing, infrastructure requirements, environmental, permitting, social considerations and financial information and consider the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates for Sukari, current at 31 December, 2025, are reported in accordance with Regulation S- K 1300.AngloGold Ashanti maintains a process of verifying and documenting the Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates, information for which is located at the mine site and AngloGold Ashanti corporate offices. AngloGold Ashanti conducts ongoing studies of its ore bodies to optimize economic value and to manage risk. AngloGold Ashanti and the QPs believe that the geologic interpretation and modelling of exploration data, economic analysis, mine design and sequencing, process scheduling, and operating and capital cost estimation have been developed using accepted industry practices. Periodic reviews by third- party consultants confirm these conclusions. The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve represent the amount of gold estimated at 31 December 2025 and are based on information available at the time of estimation. Such estimates are, or will be, to a large extent, based on the prices of the respective commodities and interpretations of geologic data obtained from drill holes and other exploration techniques, which data may not necessarily be indicative of future results. The Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates are published at 31 December 2025, taking into account economic assumptions, changes to future production and capital costs, depletion, additions as well as any acquisitions or disposals during 2025. The legal tenure of each material property has been verified to the satisfaction of the accountable Qualified Person and all of the Mineral Reserve has been confirmed to be covered by the required mining permits or there exists a realistic expectation, based on applicable laws and regulations, that issuance of permits or resolution of legal issues necessary for mining and processing at a particular deposit will be accomplished in the ordinary course and in a timeframe consistent with AngloGold Ashanti’s (or its joint venture partners’) current mine plans. If estimations must be revised due to significantly lower commodity prices, increases in operating costs, reductions in metallurgical recovery or other factors, the Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve may not be mined or processed profitably. In addition, material write-downs of AngloGold Ashanti’s investment in its mining properties may be required, including impacts on goodwill, as well as increased amortisation, reclamation and closure charges. If AngloGold Ashanti determines that certain parts of its Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve have become uneconomic, this may ultimately lead to a reduction in its reported aggregate Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve, respectively. Consequently, if AngloGold Ashanti’s actual Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve is less than current estimates, its business, prospects, results of operations and financial position may be materially impaired. An economic analysis was performed in support of the estimation of the Mineral Reserve; this indicated a positive cash flow using the assumptions detailed in this Report. 23. Recommendations AngloGold Ashanti runs a comprehensive business planning process that is framed by the its strategic options process. This sets the mine budget requirements aligned to both the larger group and the necessities of the operation. The decisions that result from this process are ultimately approved by AngloGold Ashanti Executive Leadership, Business Unit Level management, and mine Senior management. While the Qualified Persons are an intimate part of this process, they do not make recommendations for the operation without it being part of the described framework. The following recommendations can be made to ensure continuous improvement: 23.1. Exploration Continued exploration at Sukari is paramount to extend the LOM and increase optionality. This includes testing strike and depth extensions to the underground mine (e.g. Horus South and North; Ptah and Cleopatra), alongside development of potential satellite deposits including Little Sukari which is part of the EDX portfolio of targets to define a maiden Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve for inclusion into the LOM plan. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 155 23.2. Drilling, sampling and analysis The fractured nature of the Sukari host rocks makes it challenging to collect oriented drill core. To obtain reliable oriented planar structural data during exploration DD, the use of televiewers or other downhole tools should be considered. The onsite laboratory is currently managed and operated by Sukari employees. To enhance compliance, it should be independently managed and operated by an internationally reputable laboratory services company. 23.3. Mineral Resource estimation Moving both the open pit and underground models to recoverable local estimates (i.e., local multiple indicator kriging and/or local uniform conditioning (UC)). Testwork was conducted in 2025 on the open pit Mineral Resource estimate, with the implementation of localised uniform conditioning (LUC) planned for 2026. Ongoing initiatives to improve model reconciliation include on-site model ownership, alignment of Mineral Resource and grade control model domain architecture, the introduction of underground RC drilling, and the expansion of the grade control inventory to cover one year ahead of underground and open pit production. Further improvements to underground Mineral Resource model reconciliation could involve calibrating top- caps and high-yield limits based on domain grade-tonnage curve comparisons with the grade control model. Additionally, underground reconciliation results would provide a more accurate representation of model performance if calculated over a common volume encompassing both the LOM stope and design stope extents. 23.4. Recovery methods To enhance Sukari’s processing efficiency and gold recovery, ongoing optimisation of flotation and CIL circuits is recommended. Further testing of alternative collector reagents and refining reagent dosages could improve the recovery of gold-enriched pyrite concentrates. Automation and artificial intelligence-driven process control could also be explored to enhance milling efficiency and reagent consumption. Additionally, energy audits could identify cost-saving opportunities in regrinding and seawater desalination, potentially reducing operational expenses while improving overall process performance. Water management remains a critical aspect of Sukari’s operations, given its reliance on seawater and limited freshwater sources. Increasing the current 38% water reuse rate through enhanced recycling strategies could significantly reduce seawater extraction requirements. Expanding reverse osmosis capacity would also improve freshwater availability while minimising dependency on external water sources. To address high evaporation losses at the TSF, strategies such as improved water covers, or evaporation suppression technologies could be considered. Additionally, continuous monitoring of groundwater infiltration and regional hydrology is essential to ensure long-term water sustainability. From an environmental and operational standpoint, Sukari should explore integrating more renewable energy sources, such as solar or hybrid solutions, to reduce reliance on fuel-based power generation. Maintaining strict compliance with environmental regulations, particularly in tailings and water management, will ensure sustainable operations. Regular assessments of tailings storage and disposal strategies should align with best practices to minimise environmental impact. By implementing these measures, Sukari can improve efficiency, reduce costs, and ensure the long-term sustainability of its mining operations. To reduce further future operating costs, decommissioning the old/oxide CIL circuit would be beneficial; however, this depends on the successful implementation of the current project to install a gravity circuit. Testwork and simulation studies conducted to date clearly demonstrate the metallurgical benefits of installing a gravity circuit, given the high gravity gold content, which would enhance overall gold recovery. 23.5. Environmental and social management • Continuous update of operational management systems and plans to ensure they are relevant and proportionate to risks, including alignment with ISO standards and successfully achieve the accreditation in ISO14001. • Ongoing collaboration with contractors and suppliers to strengthen their conformance to good industry practice, including the contract renewal condition of converting solid cyanide supply to an SLS (Solid- Liquid-Station) system to reduce human intervention and the carbon footprint from burning cyanide boxes. • Alignment of the Sukari tailings management system to the requirements of the Global Industry Standard on Tailings Management. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 156 • Ongoing reduction of greenhouse gas emissions through the execution of projects identified under the 2030 decarbonisation roadmap, including the investigation of additional opportunities. • Routinely monitor the development of domestic and international policy on carbon pricing and the anticipated impact on the carrying values of Sukari. • Develop a standalone mine closure plan aligned with the LOM plan, which includes developing the first conceptual closure plan, a closure execution plan for the next two years to address knowledge gaps, conducting proper closure risk assessments, and performing additional special studies. 24. References 24.1. References The references cited in the Technical Report Summary include the following: 24.1.1. External Abd El-Wahed, M.A., Harraz, H.Z., and El-Behairy, M.H., 2016, Transpressional imbricate thrust zones controlling gold mineralization in the Central Eastern Desert of Egypt: Ore Geology Reviews, v. 78, p. 424– 446. Abdelnasser, A., Kumral, M., 2017. The nature of gold-bearing fluids in Atud gold deposit, Central Eastern Desert, Egypt. Int. Geol. Rev. 59 (15), 1845e1860. Akaad, MK., Abu El-Ela, AM., and El Kamshoshy, HI., 1993. Geology of the Region West of Marsa Alam, Eastern Desert, Egypt. In Annals of the Geological Survey of Egypt, vol. XIX, pp 1-15. Helmy, HM., Kaindl, R., Fritz, H., and Loizenbauer, J., 2004. The Sukari Gold Mine, Eastern Desert – Egypt: structural setting, mineralogy and fluid inclusion study. Mineralium Deposita (2004) 39: pp 495-511. Groves, D.I., Santosh, M., Goldfarb, R.J., and Zhang, L., 2018, Structural geometry of orogenic gold deposits: Implications for exploration of worldclass and giant deposits: Geoscience Frontiers, v. 9, no. 4, p. 1163–1177. Groves, D.I., Santosh, M., and Zhang, L., 2020, A scale-integrated exploration model for orogenic gold deposits based on a mineral system approach: Geoscience Frontiers, v. 11, no. 3, p. 719–738. Khalil, SM., Mesbah, MA., Soliman, FA., Abd El-Khalek, IM., 2015. Geological Evolution of Sukari Gold Mines Area – Eastern Desert, Egypt. Journal of Petroleum and Mining Engineering 17(1)2015. McCuaig, T.C., and Kerrick, R., 1998, P-T-t-deformation-fluid characteristics of lode gold deposits: evidence from alteration systematics: Ore Geology Reviews, v. 12, p. 381–453. Passchier, C.W., and Trouw, R., 2005, Microtectonics, 2nd ed.: Heidelberg, Springer, 366 p. Ridley, R., and Diamond, L.W., 2000, Fluid chemistry of orogenic lode gold deposits and implications for genetic models: Reviews in Economic Geology, v. 13, p. 141–162. Sharara, N., & Vennemann, T.W., 1999. Composition and Origin of the Fluid Responsible for Gold Mineralization in Some Occurrences in the Eastern Desert, Egypt: Evidence from Fluid Inclusions and Stable Isotopes. The First International Conference on the Geology of Africa, 1, 421-445. Vail, J.R., 1983. Pan-African Crustal Accretion in North-East Africa. Journal of African Earth Sciences, v. 1, p. 285-294. Zoheir, B.A., Johnson, P.R., Goldfarb, RJ., and Klemm, DD., 2019. Orogenic gold in the Egyptian Eastern Desert: Widespread Gold Mineralization in the Late Stages of Neoproterozoic Orogeny. Gondwana Research 75: 184-217. Zoheir, BA., Mcaleer, RJ., Zeh, A., and El Behairy MH., 2023. The Sukari Gold Deposit, Egypt: Geochemical and Geochronological Constraints on the Ore Genesis and Implications for Regional Exploration. Economic Geology, January 2023. 24.1.2. Internal AngloGold Ashanti., 2025. Guideline for the reporting of Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve. AngloGold Ashanti., 2024. Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Reporting Group Standard. AngloGold Ashanti., 2025. Resource Prices and FX Rates, updated 12 November 2025.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 157 Cavaney, R.J, 2004. Geology of Sukari Gold Mine, Eastern Desert, Egypt. Internal Pharaoh Gold Mines NL Technical Report. Chilala, G. C., 2024. Geotechnical Review of Stage 8 Open Pit Design for Resource and Reserve Estimation, Sukari Gold Mine. Internal report prepared for AMC by Sukari Gold Mine. November 12, 2024. Consep Engineering Innovation, 2023. Gravity Testwork and Modeling Report. Internal Centamin Technical Report. Cowan, J., 2021. Deposit-scale Structural Controls of the Sukari Gold Deposit. Internal Centamin Technical Report. Davis, B., 2023. Insights into the Evolution of the Sukari Gold Deposit, Egypt. Internal Centamin Technical Report. Maelgwyn South Africa, 2023. Flowsheet Evaluation on Horus and Bast Samples. Internal Centamin Technical Report. Snowden Optiro., 2026. Report for AngloGold Ashanti, 2025 Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve Audit Sukari Gold Mine. Internal report prepared for Sukari Gold Mine, February 2026. SRK Consulting (UK) Limited., 2022. Review of hydrogeology and water management at Sukari open pit and underground gold mine, Egypt. Internal report prepared for Sukari Gold Mines. Report No. UK31559, October 2022. Sukari Gold Mine – Geotechnical Superintendent., 2024. Geotechnical Review of Underground Mine Design for Reserve and Resource Estimation, Sukari Gold Mine. Internal report prepared for AMC Consultants. December 20, 2024. Sukari Gold Mine., 2025. Underground Ground Control Management Plan. Sukari Gold Mine., 2024. Void Management Plan. 24.2. Glossary of terms All-in costs (AIC): All-in cost refers to the total expenses associated with completing a transaction, project, or obtaining a loan, inclusive of all direct and indirect costs. AIC includes growth capital and exploration cost for new deposits and or expansions. All-in sustaining costs (AISC): AISC is a non-GAAP measure which is an extension of the “total cash costs” metric and incorporates all costs related to sustaining production and recognises sustaining capital expenditures associated with developing and maintaining gold mines. In addition, the metric includes the cost associated with corporate office structures that support these operations, the community and environmental rehabilitation costs attendant with responsible mining and any exploration and evaluation cost associated with sustaining current operations. AISC includes stay-in-business capital and items of capital nature and excludes growth capital. By-products: Any potentially economic or saleable products that emanate from the core process of producing gold or copper, including silver, molybdenum and sulphuric acid. Capital expenditure: Capital expenditures are the funds companies allocate to acquire, upgrade, and maintain essential physical assets like property, technology, or equipment, crucial for expanding operational capacity and securing long-term economic benefits. Carbon-in-leach (CIL): Gold is leached from a slurry of ore where cyanide and carbon granules are added to the same agitated tanks. The gold loaded carbon granules are separated from the slurry and treated in an elution circuit to remove the gold. Carbon-in-pulp (CIP): Gold is leached conventionally from a slurry of ore with cyanide in agitated tanks. The leached slurry then passes into the CIP circuit where activated carbon granules are mixed with the slurry and gold is adsorbed on to the activated carbon. The gold-loaded carbon is separated from the slurry and treated in an elution circuit to remove the gold. Comminution: Comminution is the crushing and grinding of ore to make gold available for physical or chemical separation (see also “Milling”). AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 158 Contained gold: The total gold content (tonnes multiplied by grade) of the material being described. Cut-off grade: Cut-off grade is the grade (i.e., the concentration of metal or mineral in rock) that determines the destination of the material during mining. For purposes of establishing “prospects of economic extraction,” the cut-off grade is the grade that distinguishes material deemed to have no economic value (it will not be mined in underground mining or if mined in surface mining, its destination will be the waste dump) from material deemed to have economic value (its ultimate destination during mining will be a processing facility). Other terms used in similar fashion as cut-off grade include net smelter return, pay limit, and break- even stripping ratio. Depletion: The decrease in the quantity of ore in a deposit or property resulting from extraction or production. Development: The process of accessing an orebody through shafts and/or tunnelling in underground mining operations. Development stage property: A development stage property is a property that has Mineral Reserve disclosed, but no material extraction. Diorite: An igneous rock formed by the solidification of molten material (magma). Doré: Impure alloy of gold and silver produced at a mine to be refined to a higher purity. Economically viable: Economically viable, when used in the context of Mineral Reserve determination, means that the Qualified Person has determined, using a discounted cash flow analysis, or has otherwise analytically determined, that extraction of the Mineral Reserve is economically viable under reasonable investment and market assumptions. Electrowinning: A process of recovering gold from solution by means of electrolytic chemical reaction into a form that can be smelted easily into gold bars. Elution: Recovery of the gold from the activated carbon into solution before zinc precipitation or electrowinning. Exploration results: Exploration results are data and information generated by mineral exploration programmes (i.e., programmes consisting of sampling, drilling, trenching, analytical testing, assaying, and other similar activities undertaken to locate, investigate, define or delineate a mineral prospect or mineral deposit) that are not part of a disclosure of Mineral Resource or Mineral Reserve. A registrant must not use exploration results alone to derive estimates of tonnage, grade, and production rates, or in an assessment of economic viability. Exploration stage property: An exploration stage property is a property that has no Mineral Reserve disclosed. Exploration target: An exploration target is a statement or estimate of the exploration potential of a mineral deposit in a defined geological setting where the statement or estimate, quoted as a range of tonnage and a range of grade (or quality), relates to mineralisation for which there has been insufficient exploration to estimate a Mineral Resource. Feasibility study: A feasibility study is a comprehensive technical and economic study of the selected development option for a mineral project, which includes detailed assessments of all applicable modifying factors, as defined by this section, together with any other relevant operational factors, and detailed financial analyses that are necessary to demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that extraction is economically viable. The results of the study may serve as the basis for a final decision by a proponent or financial institution to proceed with, or finance, the development of the project. A feasibility study is more comprehensive, and with a higher degree of accuracy, than a pre-feasibility study. It must contain mining, infrastructure, and process designs completed with sufficient rigour to serve as the basis for an investment decision or to support project financing. The confidence level in the results of a feasibility study is higher than the confidence level in the results of a pre-feasibility study. Terms such as full, final, comprehensive, bankable, or definitive feasibility study are equivalent to a feasibility study. Flotation: Concentration of gold and gold-hosting minerals into a small mass by various techniques (e.g. collectors, frothers, agitation, air-flow) that collectively enhance the buoyancy of the target minerals, relative to unwanted gangue, for recovery into an over-flowing froth phase. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 159 Gold produced or gold production: Refined gold in a saleable form derived from the mining process. Grade: The quantity of ore contained within a unit weight of mineralised material generally expressed in grams per metric tonne (g/t) or ounce per short ton for gold bearing material. Greenschist: A schistose metamorphic rock whose green colour is due to the presence of chlorite, epidote or actinolite. Indicated Mineral Resource: An Indicated Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of adequate geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with an Indicated Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a Qualified Person to apply modifying factors in sufficient detail to support mine planning and evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because an Indicated Mineral Resource has a lower level of confidence than the level of confidence of a Measured Mineral Resource, an Indicated Mineral Resource may only be converted to a Probable Mineral Reserve. Inferred Mineral Resource: An Inferred Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of limited geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological uncertainty associated with an Inferred Mineral Resource is too high to apply relevant technical and economic factors likely to influence the prospects of economic extraction in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability. Because an Inferred Mineral Resource has the lowest level of geological confidence of all Mineral Resource, which prevents the application of the modifying factors in a manner useful for evaluation of economic viability, an Inferred Mineral Resource may not be considered when assessing the economic viability of a mining project, and may not be converted to a Mineral Reserve. Initial assessment (also known as concept study, scoping study, conceptual study and preliminary economic assessment): An initial assessment is a preliminary technical and economic study of the economic potential of all or parts of mineralisation to support the disclosure of Mineral Resource. The initial assessment must be prepared by a Qualified Person and must include appropriate assessments of reasonably assumed technical and economic factors, together with any other relevant operational factors, that are necessary to demonstrate at the time of reporting that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. An initial assessment is required for disclosure of Mineral Resource but cannot be used as the basis for disclosure of Mineral Reserve. Leaching: Dissolution of gold from crushed or milled material, including reclaimed slime, prior to adsorption on to activated carbon or direct zinc precipitation. Life of mine (LOM): Number of years for which an operation is planning to mine and treat ore, and is taken from the current mine plan. Measured Mineral Resource: A Measured Mineral Resource is that part of a Mineral Resource for which quantity and grade or quality are estimated on the basis of conclusive geological evidence and sampling. The level of geological certainty associated with a Measured Mineral Resource is sufficient to allow a qualified person to apply modifying factors, as defined in this section, in sufficient detail to support detailed mine planning and final evaluation of the economic viability of the deposit. Because a Measured Mineral Resource has a higher level of confidence than the level of confidence of either an Indicated Mineral Resource or an Inferred Mineral Resource, a Measured Mineral Resource may be converted to a Proven Mineral Reserve or to a Probable Mineral Reserve. Metallurgical plant / gold plant / plant: A processing plant constructed to treat ore and extract gold (and, in some cases, often valuable by-products). Metallurgical recovery factor (MetRF): A measure of the efficiency in extracting gold or silver from the ore. Milling: A process of reducing broken ore to a size at which concentrating or leaching can be undertaken (see also “Comminution”). AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 160 Mine call factor (MCF): The ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the total quantity of recovered and unrecovered mineral product after processing with the amount estimated in the ore based on sampling. The ratio of contained gold delivered to the metallurgical plant divided by the estimated contained gold of ore mined based on sampling. Mineralisation: The process or processes by which a mineral or minerals are introduced into rock, resulting in a potentially valuable deposit. Mineral deposit: A mineral deposit is a concentration (or occurrence) of material of possible economic interest in or on the earth’s crust. Mineral Reserve: A Mineral Reserve is an estimate of tonnage and grade or quality of Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource that, in the opinion of the Qualified Person, can be the basis of an economically viable project. More specifically, it is the economically mineable part of a Measured or Indicated Mineral Resource, which includes diluting materials and allowances for losses that may occur when the material is mined or extracted. Mineral Reserve is subdivided in order of increasing confidence into Probable Mineral Reserve and Proven Mineral Reserve. Mineral Reserve is aggregated from the Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve categories. A Measured Mineral Resource may be converted to either a Proven Mineral Reserve or a Probable Mineral Reserve depending on uncertainties associated with modifying factors that are taken into account in the conversion from Mineral Resource to Mineral Reserve. The Mineral Reserve tonnages and grades are estimated and reported as delivered to plant (i.e., the point where material is delivered to the processing facility). Mineral Resource: A Mineral Resource is a concentration or occurrence of material of economic interest in or on the Earth's crust in such form, grade or quality, and quantity that there are reasonable prospects for economic extraction. A Mineral Resource is a reasonable estimate of mineralisation, taking into account relevant factors such as cut-off grade, likely mining dimensions, location or continuity, that, with the assumed and justifiable technical and economic conditions, is likely to, in whole or in part, become economically extractable. It is not merely an inventory of all mineralisation drilled or sampled. Mineral Resource is subdivided and must be so reported, in order of increasing confidence in respect of geoscientific evidence, into Inferred, Indicated or Measured categories. The Mineral Resource tonnages and grades are reported in situ and stockpiled material is reported as broken material. Mining recovery factor (MRF): This factor reflects a mining efficiency factor relating the recovery of material during the mining process and is the variance between the tonnes called for in the mining design and what the plant receives. It is expressed in both a grade and tonnage number. Modifying factors: Modifying factors are the factors that a Qualified Person must apply to Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource and then evaluate in order to establish the economic viability of Mineral Reserve. A Qualified Person must apply and evaluate modifying factors to convert Measured and Indicated Mineral Resource to Proven and Probable Mineral Reserve. These factors include but are not restricted to: Mining; processing; metallurgical; infrastructure; economic; marketing; legal; environmental compliance; plans, negotiations, or agreements with local individuals or groups; and governmental factors. The number, type and specific characteristics of the modifying factors applied will necessarily be a function of and depend upon the mineral, mine, property, or project. Non-sustaining capital (expenditure): Non-sustaining capital (expenditure) is a non-GAAP measure comprising capital expenditure incurred at new operations and capital expenditure related to ‘major projects’ at existing operations where these projects will materially increase production. Open pit mining: An excavation made at the surface of the ground for the purpose of extracting minerals, inorganic and organic, from their natural deposits, which excavation is open to the surface. Operating expenditure: An operating expense is an expenditure that a business incurs as a result of performing its normal business operations. Operating expenses differ from capital expenses, which are involved with acquiring or upgrading assets over time, and non-operating expenses, which are not related to core business activities. Ounce (oz) (troy): Used in imperial statistics for the standard measurement of mass specifically for precious metals. A kilogram is equal to 32.1507 ounces. A troy ounce is equal to 31.1035 grams.

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 161 Pay limit: The grade of a unit of ore at which the revenue from the recovered mineral content of the ore is equal to the sum of total cash costs, closure costs, Mineral Reserve development and sustaining capital. This grade is expressed as an in situ value in grams per tonne or ounces per short ton (before dilution and mineral losses). Precipitate: The solid product formed when a change in solution chemical conditions results in conversion of some pre-dissolved ions into solid state. Preliminary feasibility study (pre-feasibility study): is a comprehensive study of a range of options for the technical and economic viability of a mineral project that has advanced to a stage where a Qualified Person has determined (in the case of underground mining) a preferred mining method, or (in the case of surface mining) a pit configuration, and in all cases has determined an effective method of mineral processing and an effective plan to sell the product. A pre-feasibility study includes a financial analysis based on reasonable assumptions, based on appropriate testing, about the modifying factors and the evaluation of any other relevant factors that are sufficient for a Qualified Person to determine if all or part of the Indicated and Measured Mineral Resource may be converted to Mineral Reserve at the time of reporting. The financial analysis must have the level of detail necessary to demonstrate, at the time of reporting, that extraction is economically viable. A pre-feasibility study is less comprehensive and results in a lower confidence level than a feasibility study. A pre-feasibility study is more comprehensive and results in a higher confidence level than an initial assessment. Probable Mineral Reserve: A Probable Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of an Indicated and, in some cases, a Measured Mineral Resource. The confidence in the modifying factors applying to a Probable Mineral Reserve is lower than that applying to a Proven Mineral Reserve. The degree of assurance, although lower than that for Proven Mineral Reserve, is high enough to assume continuity between points of observation. Production stage property: A production stage property is a property with material extraction of Mineral Reserve. Productivity: An expression of labour productivity based on the ratio of ounces of gold produced per month to the total number of employees in mining operations. Proven Mineral Reserve: A Proven Mineral Reserve is the economically mineable part of a Measured Mineral Resource and can only result from conversion of a Measured Mineral Resource. A Proven Mineral Reserve implies a high degree of confidence in the modifying factors. Qualified Person: A Qualified Person is an individual who is (1) a mineral industry professional with at least five years of relevant experience in the type of mineralisation and type of deposit under consideration and in the specific type of activity that person is undertaking on behalf of the registrant; and (2) an eligible member or licencee in good standing of a recognised professional organisation at the time the technical report is prepared. Section 229.1300 of Regulation S-K 1300 details further recognised professional organisations and also relevant experience. Quartz: A hard mineral consisting of silica dioxide found widely in all rocks. Recovered grade: The recovered mineral content per unit of ore treated. Refining: The final purification process of a metal or mineral. Regulation S-K 1300: Subpart 1300 of Regulation S-K (17 CFR § 229.1300) which contains the SEC’s mining property disclosure requirements for mining registrants. Rehabilitation: The process of reclaiming land disturbed by mining to allow an appropriate post-mining use. Rehabilitation standards are defined by country-specific laws, including but not limited to the US Bureau of Land Management, the US Forest Service, and the relevant Australian mining authorities, and address among other issues, ground and surface water, topsoil, final slope gradient, waste handling and re- vegetation issues. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 162 Resource modification factor (RMF): This factor is applied when there is an historic reconciliation discrepancy in the Mineral Resource model. For example, between the Mineral Resource model tonnage and the grade control model tonnage. It is expressed in both a grade and tonnage number. Scats: Within the metallurgical plants, scats is a term used to describe ejected ore or other uncrushable / grinding media arising from the milling process. This, typically oversize material (ore), is ejected from the mill and stockpiled or re-crushed via a scats retreatment circuit. Retreatment of scats is aimed at fracturing the material such that it can be returned to the mills and processed as with the other ores to recover the gold locked up within this oversize material. Seismic event: A sudden inelastic deformation within a given volume of rock that radiates detectable seismic energy. Shaft: A vertical or subvertical excavation used for accessing an underground mine; for transporting personnel, equipment and supplies; for hoisting ore and waste; for ventilation and utilities; and/or as an auxiliary exit. Smelting: A pyro-metallurgical operation in which gold precipitate from electro-winning or zinc precipitation is further separated from impurities. Stay-in-business capital (or sustaining capital): Refers to funds used to maintain existing assets and operations to ensure continued service. These expenditures, often categorised as maintenance capital expenditure, are crucial for replacing old equipment, ensuring safety compliance, and improving operational efficiency without necessarily driving growth. Stoping: The process of excavating ore underground. Stripping ratio: The ratio of waste tonnes to ore tonnes mined calculated as total tonnes mined less ore tonnes mined divided by ore tonnes mined. Sustaining capital (expenditure): Sustaining capital (expenditure) is a non-GAAP measure comprising capital expenditure incurred to sustain and maintain existing assets at their current productive capacity in order to achieve constant planned levels of productive output and capital expenditure to extend useful lives of existing production assets. This includes replacement of vehicles, plant and machinery, Mineral Reserve development, deferred stripping and capital expenditure related to financial benefit initiatives, safety, health and the environment. Tailings: Finely ground rock of low residual value from which valuable minerals have been extracted. Tailings storage facility/facilities (TSF): Facilities designed to store discarded tailings. Tonnage: Quantity of material measured in tonnes. Tonne: Used in metric statistics. Equal to 1,000 kilograms. Total cash costs: Total cash costs is a non-GAAP metric and, as calculated and reported by AngloGold Ashanti, includes costs for all mining, processing, onsite administration costs, royalties and production taxes, as well as contributions from by-products, but exclude amortisation of tangible, intangible and right of use assets, rehabilitation costs and other non-cash costs, retrenchment costs, corporate administration, marketing and related costs, capital costs and exploration costs. Underground mining: The extraction of rocks, minerals and industrial materials, other than coal, oil and gas, from the Earth by developing entries or shafts from the surface to the seam or deposit before recovering the product by underground extraction methods. Waste: Material that contains insufficient mineralisation for consideration for future treatment and, as such, is discarded. Yield: The amount of valuable mineral or metal recovered from each unit mass of ore expressed as ounces per short ton or grams per metric tonne. AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 163 Zinc precipitation: Zinc precipitation is the chemical reaction using zinc dust that converts gold in solution to a solid form for smelting into unrefined gold bars. 24.3. Abbreviations and acronyms ° Degree(s) > Greater than ≥ Greater than or equal to < Less than ≤ Less than or equal to % Percentage µm Micrometre(s) $ United States dollar $/kWh United States dollar per kilo watt hour $/L United States dollar per litre $/oz United States dollar per ounce $/t United States dollar per tonne 3D Three dimensional Ai Bond abrasion index ANCOLD Australian National Committee on Large Dams ATM Automated teller machine Au Gold B Billion BWi Bond ball work index C Celsius cm Centimetre(s) CO Carbon monoxide CO2 Cardon dioxide CORG Organic carbon CRM Certified reference material CTOT Total carbon CV Coefficient of variation DD Diamond drilling DSM Dutch State Mines DWi Drop weight index EDX Eastern Desert Exploration EGL Effective grinding length EGP Egyptian Pound EGP/km2 Egyptian Pound(s) per square kilometre EIA Environmental impact assessment EMRA Egyptian Mineral Resource Authority EMS Environmental Management System FA Fire assay Fe Iron AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 164 FW Footwall g Gram(s) g/cm3 Gram(s) per cubic centimetre g/t Gram(s) per tonne GAAP Generally accepted accounting principles GD Granodiorite GDP Gross domestic product GPS Global positioning system HARD Half absolute relative difference HCl Hydrochloric Acid HDPE High-density polyethylene HNO3 Nitric acid hr/d Hours per day HW Hanging wall ICP Inductively coupled plasma ICP-AES Inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometry IRA Inter-ramp angles kg Kilogram(s) kg/m3 Kilogram(s) per cubic metre kg/t Kilgram(s) per tonne km Kilometre(s) km2 Square kilometre(s) koz Kilo (thousand) ounces kPa Kilopascal kW Kilowatt kWh/m3 Kilowatt hour(s) per cubic metre kWh/t Kilowatt hour(s) per tonne L/s Litre(s) per second L/m Litres(s) per minute LMBA London Bullion Market Association LUC Localised uniform conditioning m Metre(s) M Million m3 Cubic metre(s) m3/hour Cubic metre(s) per hour m3/s Cubic metre(s) per second Ma Million annum MAIG Member of the Australian Institute of Geoscientists MAusIMM (CP) Chartered Professional Member of the Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy mE Metres east ME Multi element

AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 165 MIMMM QMR Member of the Institute of Materials, Minerals and Mining and Qualified for Minerals Reporting ML Million litre(s) mm Millimetre(s) MMEA Model Mining Exploitation Agreement mN Metres north Moz Million ounces MPa Megapascal(s) mRL Metres relative MSO Mineable shape optimiser Mt Million tonnes Mtpa Million tonne(s) per annum MVA Megavolt-ampere MW Megawatt(s) MWAC Megawatt(s) alternating current MWDC Megawatt(s) direct current NaCN Sodium cyanide NOx Nitric oxide NSR Net smelter return ODBC Open database connectivity OREAS ORE Research and Exploration Pty Ltd OSA Overall slope angles oz Ounce(s) Pharoah Gold Pharoah Gold Mines NL ppb Parts per billion ppm Parts per million pXRF Portable x-ray fluorescence Q Quarter QA/QC Quality assurance and quality control QKNA Quantitative kriging neighbourhood analysis RC Reverse circulation ROM Run-of-mine rpm Revolutions per minute SAG Semi-autogenous grinding SMU Selective mining unit SO2 Sulphur dioxide SQL Structured query language SSULPH Sulphide STOT Total sulphur t Tonne(s) tCO2 Total carbon dioxide tph Tonnes per hour AngloGold Ashanti Sukari Gold Mine Technical Report Summary – current at 31 December 2025 _____________________________________________________________________________________ 26 March 2026 166 TSF Tailings storage facility UC Uniform conditioning USSR Union of Soviet Socialist Republics UTM Universal Transverse Mercator w/w% Percentage weight concentration 25. Reliance on information provided by the registrant The Qualified Persons are of the opinion that AngloGold Ashanti has extensive experience in managing the complex challenges associated with operating at local, regional, national and international levels in support of successful global mining operations. AngloGold Ashanti maintains well-established divisions, departments and multidisciplinary teams organised both at mine sites and at corporate level to meet its operational and business requirements. These closely integrated functions address matters which, while not directly related to the physical production of saleable metals, are essential to fulfilling corporate obligations and navigating the regulatory, financial, environmental and social dimensions of modern mining. By way of illustration of AngloGold Ashanti’s organisational structure, the corporate office includes departments responsible for Financial and Operational Analysis, Information Services, Administration and Sales, Business Development and Growth, Legal, Global Strategic Relations, Government Relations, Communications, Finance, Accounting, Tax and Investor Relations. Additional corporate teams are similarly structured to provide broad-based services and oversight. These departments work in coordination with the operating divisions, ensuring alignment of requirements, reporting and information flow. At mine-site level, operating divisions are organised into dedicated management teams, including Mine Management, Operations, Maintenance and Construction, Processing, Finance and Accounting, Social Responsibility and Community Development, Environmental Management, Regional Supply Chain and Human Resources. These teams are staffed with experienced professionals responsible for addressing the full range of technical, regulatory and operational requirements associated with mining activities. As subject- matter specialists within their respective disciplines, they represent reliable sources of information and have been consulted in the preparation, support and characterisation of information contained in this Report. In connection with the preparation of this Report, AngloGold Ashanti departments have provided information in the following areas: • Macroeconomic trends, data, interest rates and related assumptions • Marketing information • Legal matters outside the scope of the Qualified Persons’ expertise • Environmental matters outside the scope of the Qualified Persons’ expertise • Community development initiatives and local stakeholder accommodation • Governmental and regulatory factors outside the scope of the QPs’ expertise The Qualified Persons have prepared Chapter 16.2 of this Report in reliance on the information provided by AngloGold Ashanti as described above. The Qualified Persons consider it reasonable to rely upon AngloGold Ashanti for the information specified above because it is generated and maintained by the its responsible corporate and site functions under established governance, control and review processes, and has been checked by the Qualified Persons for consistency and reasonableness in the context of this Report. As noted, the corporate and mine-site divisions contributing information to this Report are business-directed functions responsible for generating accurate and reliable data in support of AngloGold Ashanti’s operational and strategic objectives. This structured organisational framework supports the production of dependable information and provides an appropriate foundation for Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve estimates.